c9bafdd74bac120257a1049ca268ea2a237e0b81
[exim.git] / doc / doc-docbook / spec.xfpt
1 . $Cambridge: exim/doc/doc-docbook/spec.xfpt,v 1.64 2009/10/27 14:42:57 nm4 Exp $
2 .
3 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4 . This is the primary source of the Exim Manual. It is an xfpt document that is
5 . converted into DocBook XML for subsequent conversion into printing and online
6 . formats. The markup used herein is "standard" xfpt markup, with some extras.
7 . The markup is summarized in a file called Markup.txt.
8 .
9 . WARNING: When you use the .new macro, make sure it appears *before* any
10 . adjacent index items; otherwise you get an empty "paragraph" which causes
11 . unwanted vertical space.
12 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
13
14 .include stdflags
15 .include stdmacs
16
17 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18 . This outputs the standard DocBook boilerplate.
19 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20
21 .docbook
22
23 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 . These lines are processing instructions for the Simple DocBook Processor that
25 . Philip Hazel has developed as a less cumbersome way of making PostScript and
26 . PDFs than using xmlto and fop. They will be ignored by all other XML
27 . processors.
28 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29
30 .literal xml
31 <?sdop
32 foot_right_recto="&chaptertitle; (&chapternumber;)"
33 foot_right_verso="&chaptertitle; (&chapternumber;)"
34 toc_chapter_blanks="yes,yes"
35 table_warn_overflow="overprint"
36 ?>
37 .literal off
38
39 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 . This generate the outermost <book> element that wraps then entire document.
41 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
42
43 .book
44
45 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 . These definitions set some parameters and save some typing. Remember that
47 . the <bookinfo> element must also be updated for each new edition.
48 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
49
50 .set previousversion "4.69"
51 .set version "4.70"
52
53 .set ACL "access control lists (ACLs)"
54 .set I "&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"
55
56
57 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
58 . Additional xfpt markup used by this document, over and above the default
59 . provided in the xfpt library.
60 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
61
62 . --- Override the &$ flag to automatically insert a $ with the variable name
63
64 .flag &$ $& "<varname>$" "</varname>"
65
66 . --- Short flags for daggers in option headings. They will always be inside
67 . --- an italic string, but we want the daggers to be roman.
68
69 .flag &!! "</emphasis>&dagger;<emphasis>"
70 .flag &!? "</emphasis>&Dagger;<emphasis>"
71
72 . --- A macro for an Exim option definition heading, generating a one-line
73 . --- table with four columns. For cases when the option name is given with
74 . --- a space, so that it can be split, a fifth argument is used for the
75 . --- index entry.
76
77 .macro option
78 .arg 5
79 .oindex "&%$5%&"
80 .endarg
81 .arg -5
82 .oindex "&%$1%&"
83 .endarg
84 .itable all 0 0 4 8* left 6* center 6* center 6* right
85 .row "&%$1%&" "Use: &'$2'&" "Type: &'$3'&" "Default: &'$4'&"
86 .endtable
87 .endmacro
88
89 . --- A macro for the common 2-column tables. The width of the first column
90 . --- is suitable for the many tables at the start of the main options chapter;
91 . --- the small number of other 2-column tables override it.
92
93 .macro table2 196pt 254pt
94 .itable none 0 0 2 $1 left $2 left
95 .endmacro
96
97 . --- A macro that generates .row, but puts &I; at the start of the first
98 . --- argument, thus indenting it. Assume a minimum of two arguments, and
99 . --- allow up to four arguments, which is as many as we'll ever need.
100
101 .macro irow
102 .arg 4
103 .row "&I;$1" "$2" "$3" "$4"
104 .endarg
105 .arg -4
106 .arg 3
107 .row "&I;$1" "$2" "$3"
108 .endarg
109 .arg -3
110 .row "&I;$1" "$2"
111 .endarg
112 .endarg
113 .endmacro
114
115 . --- Macros for option, variable, and concept index entries. For a "range"
116 . --- style of entry, use .scindex for the start and .ecindex for the end. The
117 . --- first argument of .scindex and the only argument of .ecindex must be the
118 . --- ID that ties them together.
119
120 .macro cindex
121 &<indexterm role="concept">&
122 &<primary>&$1&</primary>&
123 .arg 2
124 &<secondary>&$2&</secondary>&
125 .endarg
126 &</indexterm>&
127 .endmacro
128
129 .macro scindex
130 &<indexterm role="concept" id="$1" class="startofrange">&
131 &<primary>&$2&</primary>&
132 .arg 3
133 &<secondary>&$3&</secondary>&
134 .endarg
135 &</indexterm>&
136 .endmacro
137
138 .macro ecindex
139 &<indexterm role="concept" startref="$1" class="endofrange"/>&
140 .endmacro
141
142 .macro oindex
143 &<indexterm role="option">&
144 &<primary>&$1&</primary>&
145 .arg 2
146 &<secondary>&$2&</secondary>&
147 .endarg
148 &</indexterm>&
149 .endmacro
150
151 .macro vindex
152 &<indexterm role="variable">&
153 &<primary>&$1&</primary>&
154 .arg 2
155 &<secondary>&$2&</secondary>&
156 .endarg
157 &</indexterm>&
158 .endmacro
159
160 .macro index
161 .echo "** Don't use .index; use .cindex or .oindex or .vindex"
162 .endmacro
163 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
164
165
166 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
167 . The <bookinfo> element is removed from the XML before processing for Ascii
168 . output formats.
169 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
170
171 .literal xml
172 <bookinfo>
173 <title>Specification of the Exim Mail Transfer Agent</title>
174 <titleabbrev>The Exim MTA</titleabbrev>
175 <date>27 October 2009</date>
176 <author><firstname>Philip</firstname><surname>Hazel</surname></author>
177 <authorinitials>PH</authorinitials>
178 <affiliation><orgname>University of Cambridge Computing Service</orgname></affiliation>
179 <address>New Museums Site, Pembroke Street, Cambridge CB2 3QH, England</address>
180 <revhistory><revision>
181 <revnumber>4.70</revnumber>
182 <date>27 October 2009</date>
183 <authorinitials>PH</authorinitials>
184 </revision></revhistory>
185 <copyright><year>2009</year><holder>University of Cambridge</holder></copyright>
186 </bookinfo>
187 .literal off
188
189
190 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
191 . This chunk of literal XML implements index entries of the form "x, see y" and
192 . "x, see also y". However, the DocBook DTD doesn't allow <indexterm> entries
193 . at the top level, so we have to put the .chapter directive first.
194 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
195
196 .chapter "Introduction" "CHID1"
197 .literal xml
198
199 <indexterm role="variable">
200 <primary>$1, $2, etc.</primary>
201 <see><emphasis>numerical variables</emphasis></see>
202 </indexterm>
203 <indexterm role="concept">
204 <primary>address</primary>
205 <secondary>rewriting</secondary>
206 <see><emphasis>rewriting</emphasis></see>
207 </indexterm>
208 <indexterm role="concept">
209 <primary>Bounce Address Tag Validation</primary>
210 <see><emphasis>BATV</emphasis></see>
211 </indexterm>
212 <indexterm role="concept">
213 <primary>Client SMTP Authorization</primary>
214 <see><emphasis>CSA</emphasis></see>
215 </indexterm>
216 <indexterm role="concept">
217 <primary>CR character</primary>
218 <see><emphasis>carriage return</emphasis></see>
219 </indexterm>
220 <indexterm role="concept">
221 <primary>CRL</primary>
222 <see><emphasis>certificate revocation list</emphasis></see>
223 </indexterm>
224 <indexterm role="concept">
225 <primary>delivery</primary>
226 <secondary>failure report</secondary>
227 <see><emphasis>bounce message</emphasis></see>
228 </indexterm>
229 <indexterm role="concept">
230 <primary>dialup</primary>
231 <see><emphasis>intermittently connected hosts</emphasis></see>
232 </indexterm>
233 <indexterm role="concept">
234 <primary>exiscan</primary>
235 <see><emphasis>content scanning</emphasis></see>
236 </indexterm>
237 <indexterm role="concept">
238 <primary>failover</primary>
239 <see><emphasis>fallback</emphasis></see>
240 </indexterm>
241 <indexterm role="concept">
242 <primary>fallover</primary>
243 <see><emphasis>fallback</emphasis></see>
244 </indexterm>
245 <indexterm role="concept">
246 <primary>filter</primary>
247 <secondary>Sieve</secondary>
248 <see><emphasis>Sieve filter</emphasis></see>
249 </indexterm>
250 <indexterm role="concept">
251 <primary>ident</primary>
252 <see><emphasis>RFC 1413</emphasis></see>
253 </indexterm>
254 <indexterm role="concept">
255 <primary>LF character</primary>
256 <see><emphasis>linefeed</emphasis></see>
257 </indexterm>
258 <indexterm role="concept">
259 <primary>maximum</primary>
260 <seealso><emphasis>limit</emphasis></seealso>
261 </indexterm>
262 <indexterm role="concept">
263 <primary>monitor</primary>
264 <see><emphasis>Exim monitor</emphasis></see>
265 </indexterm>
266 <indexterm role="concept">
267 <primary>no_<emphasis>xxx</emphasis></primary>
268 <see>entry for xxx</see>
269 </indexterm>
270 <indexterm role="concept">
271 <primary>NUL</primary>
272 <see><emphasis>binary zero</emphasis></see>
273 </indexterm>
274 <indexterm role="concept">
275 <primary>passwd file</primary>
276 <see><emphasis>/etc/passwd</emphasis></see>
277 </indexterm>
278 <indexterm role="concept">
279 <primary>process id</primary>
280 <see><emphasis>pid</emphasis></see>
281 </indexterm>
282 <indexterm role="concept">
283 <primary>RBL</primary>
284 <see><emphasis>DNS list</emphasis></see>
285 </indexterm>
286 <indexterm role="concept">
287 <primary>redirection</primary>
288 <see><emphasis>address redirection</emphasis></see>
289 </indexterm>
290 <indexterm role="concept">
291 <primary>return path</primary>
292 <seealso><emphasis>envelope sender</emphasis></seealso>
293 </indexterm>
294 <indexterm role="concept">
295 <primary>scanning</primary>
296 <see><emphasis>content scanning</emphasis></see>
297 </indexterm>
298 <indexterm role="concept">
299 <primary>SSL</primary>
300 <see><emphasis>TLS</emphasis></see>
301 </indexterm>
302 <indexterm role="concept">
303 <primary>string</primary>
304 <secondary>expansion</secondary>
305 <see><emphasis>expansion</emphasis></see>
306 </indexterm>
307 <indexterm role="concept">
308 <primary>top bit</primary>
309 <see><emphasis>8-bit characters</emphasis></see>
310 </indexterm>
311 <indexterm role="concept">
312 <primary>variables</primary>
313 <see><emphasis>expansion, variables</emphasis></see>
314 </indexterm>
315 <indexterm role="concept">
316 <primary>zero, binary</primary>
317 <see><emphasis>binary zero</emphasis></see>
318 </indexterm>
319
320 .literal off
321
322
323 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
324 . This is the real start of the first chapter. See the comment above as to why
325 . we can't have the .chapter line here.
326 . chapter "Introduction"
327 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
328
329 Exim is a mail transfer agent (MTA) for hosts that are running Unix or
330 Unix-like operating systems. It was designed on the assumption that it would be
331 run on hosts that are permanently connected to the Internet. However, it can be
332 used on intermittently connected hosts with suitable configuration adjustments.
333
334 Configuration files currently exist for the following operating systems: AIX,
335 BSD/OS (aka BSDI), Darwin (Mac OS X), DGUX, Dragonfly, FreeBSD, GNU/Hurd,
336 GNU/Linux, HI-OSF (Hitachi), HI-UX, HP-UX, IRIX, MIPS RISCOS, NetBSD, OpenBSD,
337 OpenUNIX, QNX, SCO, SCO SVR4.2 (aka UNIX-SV), Solaris (aka SunOS5), SunOS4,
338 Tru64-Unix (formerly Digital UNIX, formerly DEC-OSF1), Ultrix, and Unixware.
339 Some of these operating systems are no longer current and cannot easily be
340 tested, so the configuration files may no longer work in practice.
341
342 There are also configuration files for compiling Exim in the Cygwin environment
343 that can be installed on systems running Windows. However, this document does
344 not contain any information about running Exim in the Cygwin environment.
345
346 The terms and conditions for the use and distribution of Exim are contained in
347 the file &_NOTICE_&. Exim is distributed under the terms of the GNU General
348 Public Licence, a copy of which may be found in the file &_LICENCE_&.
349
350 The use, supply or promotion of Exim for the purpose of sending bulk,
351 unsolicited electronic mail is incompatible with the basic aims of the program,
352 which revolve around the free provision of a service that enhances the quality
353 of personal communications. The author of Exim regards indiscriminate
354 mass-mailing as an antisocial, irresponsible abuse of the Internet.
355
356 Exim owes a great deal to Smail 3 and its author, Ron Karr. Without the
357 experience of running and working on the Smail 3 code, I could never have
358 contemplated starting to write a new MTA. Many of the ideas and user interfaces
359 were originally taken from Smail 3, though the actual code of Exim is entirely
360 new, and has developed far beyond the initial concept.
361
362 Many people, both in Cambridge and around the world, have contributed to the
363 development and the testing of Exim, and to porting it to various operating
364 systems. I am grateful to them all. The distribution now contains a file called
365 &_ACKNOWLEDGMENTS_&, in which I have started recording the names of
366 contributors.
367
368
369 .section "Exim documentation" "SECID1"
370 . Keep this example change bar when updating the documentation!
371 .new
372 .cindex "documentation"
373 This edition of the Exim specification applies to version &version; of Exim.
374 Substantive changes from the &previousversion; edition are marked in some
375 renditions of the document; this paragraph is so marked if the rendition is
376 capable of showing a change indicator.
377 .wen
378
379 This document is very much a reference manual; it is not a tutorial. The reader
380 is expected to have some familiarity with the SMTP mail transfer protocol and
381 with general Unix system administration. Although there are some discussions
382 and examples in places, the information is mostly organized in a way that makes
383 it easy to look up, rather than in a natural order for sequential reading.
384 Furthermore, the manual aims to cover every aspect of Exim in detail, including
385 a number of rarely-used, special-purpose features that are unlikely to be of
386 very wide interest.
387
388 .cindex "books about Exim"
389 An &"easier"& discussion of Exim which provides more in-depth explanatory,
390 introductory, and tutorial material can be found in a book entitled &'The Exim
391 SMTP Mail Server'& (second edition, 2007), published by UIT Cambridge
392 (&url(http://www.uit.co.uk/exim-book/)).
393
394 This book also contains a chapter that gives a general introduction to SMTP and
395 Internet mail. Inevitably, however, the book is unlikely to be fully up-to-date
396 with the latest release of Exim. (Note that the earlier book about Exim,
397 published by O'Reilly, covers Exim 3, and many things have changed in Exim 4.)
398
399 .cindex "Debian" "information sources"
400 If you are using a Debian distribution of Exim, you will find information about
401 Debian-specific features in the file
402 &_/usr/share/doc/exim4-base/README.Debian_&.
403 The command &(man update-exim.conf)& is another source of Debian-specific
404 information.
405
406 .cindex "&_doc/NewStuff_&"
407 .cindex "&_doc/ChangeLog_&"
408 .cindex "change log"
409 As the program develops, there may be features in newer versions that have not
410 yet made it into this document, which is updated only when the most significant
411 digit of the fractional part of the version number changes. Specifications of
412 new features that are not yet in this manual are placed in the file
413 &_doc/NewStuff_& in the Exim distribution.
414
415 Some features may be classified as &"experimental"&. These may change
416 incompatibly while they are developing, or even be withdrawn. For this reason,
417 they are not documented in this manual. Information about experimental features
418 can be found in the file &_doc/experimental.txt_&.
419
420 All changes to the program (whether new features, bug fixes, or other kinds of
421 change) are noted briefly in the file called &_doc/ChangeLog_&.
422
423 .cindex "&_doc/spec.txt_&"
424 This specification itself is available as an ASCII file in &_doc/spec.txt_& so
425 that it can easily be searched with a text editor. Other files in the &_doc_&
426 directory are:
427
428 .table2 100pt
429 .row &_OptionLists.txt_& "list of all options in alphabetical order"
430 .row &_dbm.discuss.txt_& "discussion about DBM libraries"
431 .row &_exim.8_& "a man page of Exim's command line options"
432 .row &_experimental.txt_& "documentation of experimental features"
433 .row &_filter.txt_& "specification of the filter language"
434 .row &_Exim3.upgrade_& "upgrade notes from release 2 to release 3"
435 .row &_Exim4.upgrade_& "upgrade notes from release 3 to release 4"
436 .endtable
437
438 The main specification and the specification of the filtering language are also
439 available in other formats (HTML, PostScript, PDF, and Texinfo). Section
440 &<<SECTavail>>& below tells you how to get hold of these.
441
442
443
444 .section "FTP and web sites" "SECID2"
445 .cindex "web site"
446 .cindex "FTP site"
447 The primary site for Exim source distributions is currently the University of
448 Cambridge's FTP site, whose contents are described in &'Where to find the Exim
449 distribution'& below. In addition, there is a web site and an FTP site at
450 &%exim.org%&. These are now also hosted at the University of Cambridge. The
451 &%exim.org%& site was previously hosted for a number of years by Energis
452 Squared, formerly Planet Online Ltd, whose support I gratefully acknowledge.
453
454 .cindex "wiki"
455 .cindex "FAQ"
456 As well as Exim distribution tar files, the Exim web site contains a number of
457 differently formatted versions of the documentation. A recent addition to the
458 online information is the Exim wiki (&url(http://wiki.exim.org)),
459 which contains what used to be a separate FAQ, as well as various other
460 examples, tips, and know-how that have been contributed by Exim users.
461
462 .cindex Bugzilla
463 An Exim Bugzilla exists at &url(http://bugs.exim.org). You can use
464 this to report bugs, and also to add items to the wish list. Please search
465 first to check that you are not duplicating a previous entry.
466
467
468
469 .section "Mailing lists" "SECID3"
470 .cindex "mailing lists" "for Exim users"
471 The following Exim mailing lists exist:
472
473 .table2 140pt
474 .row &'exim-users@exim.org'& "General discussion list"
475 .row &'exim-dev@exim.org'& "Discussion of bugs, enhancements, etc."
476 .row &'exim-announce@exim.org'& "Moderated, low volume announcements list"
477 .row &'exim-future@exim.org'& "Discussion of long-term development"
478 .endtable
479
480 You can subscribe to these lists, change your existing subscriptions, and view
481 or search the archives via the mailing lists link on the Exim home page.
482 .cindex "Debian" "mailing list for"
483 If you are using a Debian distribution of Exim, you may wish to subscribe to
484 the Debian-specific mailing list &'pkg-exim4-users@lists.alioth.debian.org'&
485 via this web page:
486 .display
487 &url(http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/pkg-exim4-users)
488 .endd
489 Please ask Debian-specific questions on this list and not on the general Exim
490 lists.
491
492 .section "Exim training" "SECID4"
493 .cindex "training courses"
494 Training courses in Cambridge (UK) used to be run annually by the author of
495 Exim, before he retired. At the time of writing, there are no plans to run
496 further Exim courses in Cambridge. However, if that changes, relevant
497 information will be posted at &url(http://www-tus.csx.cam.ac.uk/courses/exim/).
498
499 .section "Bug reports" "SECID5"
500 .cindex "bug reports"
501 .cindex "reporting bugs"
502 Reports of obvious bugs can be emailed to &'bugs@exim.org'& or reported
503 via the Bugzilla (&url(http://bugs.exim.org)). However, if you are unsure
504 whether some behaviour is a bug or not, the best thing to do is to post a
505 message to the &'exim-dev'& mailing list and have it discussed.
506
507
508
509 .section "Where to find the Exim distribution" "SECTavail"
510 .cindex "FTP site"
511 .cindex "distribution" "ftp site"
512 The master ftp site for the Exim distribution is
513 .display
514 &*ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/email/exim*&
515 .endd
516 This is mirrored by
517 .display
518 &*ftp://ftp.exim.org/pub/exim*&
519 .endd
520 The file references that follow are relative to the &_exim_& directories at
521 these sites. There are now quite a number of independent mirror sites around
522 the world. Those that I know about are listed in the file called &_Mirrors_&.
523
524 Within the &_exim_& directory there are subdirectories called &_exim3_& (for
525 previous Exim 3 distributions), &_exim4_& (for the latest Exim 4
526 distributions), and &_Testing_& for testing versions. In the &_exim4_&
527 subdirectory, the current release can always be found in files called
528 .display
529 &_exim-n.nn.tar.gz_&
530 &_exim-n.nn.tar.bz2_&
531 .endd
532 where &'n.nn'& is the highest such version number in the directory. The two
533 files contain identical data; the only difference is the type of compression.
534 The &_.bz2_& file is usually a lot smaller than the &_.gz_& file.
535
536 .cindex "distribution" "signing details"
537 .cindex "distribution" "public key"
538 .cindex "public key for signed distribution"
539 The distributions are currently signed with Nigel Metheringham's GPG key. The
540 corresponding public key is available from a number of keyservers, and there is
541 also a copy in the file &_nigel-pubkey.asc_&. The signatures for the tar bundles are
542 in:
543 .display
544 &_exim-n.nn.tar.gz.asc_&
545 &_exim-n.nn.tar.bz2.asc_&
546 .endd
547 For each released version, the log of changes is made separately available in a
548 separate file in the directory &_ChangeLogs_& so that it is possible to
549 find out what has changed without having to download the entire distribution.
550
551 .cindex "documentation" "available formats"
552 The main distribution contains ASCII versions of this specification and other
553 documentation; other formats of the documents are available in separate files
554 inside the &_exim4_& directory of the FTP site:
555 .display
556 &_exim-html-n.nn.tar.gz_&
557 &_exim-pdf-n.nn.tar.gz_&
558 &_exim-postscript-n.nn.tar.gz_&
559 &_exim-texinfo-n.nn.tar.gz_&
560 .endd
561 These tar files contain only the &_doc_& directory, not the complete
562 distribution, and are also available in &_.bz2_& as well as &_.gz_& forms.
563
564
565 .section "Limitations" "SECID6"
566 .ilist
567 .cindex "limitations of Exim"
568 .cindex "bang paths" "not handled by Exim"
569 Exim is designed for use as an Internet MTA, and therefore handles addresses in
570 RFC 2822 domain format only. It cannot handle UUCP &"bang paths"&, though
571 simple two-component bang paths can be converted by a straightforward rewriting
572 configuration. This restriction does not prevent Exim from being interfaced to
573 UUCP as a transport mechanism, provided that domain addresses are used.
574 .next
575 .cindex "domainless addresses"
576 .cindex "address" "without domain"
577 Exim insists that every address it handles has a domain attached. For incoming
578 local messages, domainless addresses are automatically qualified with a
579 configured domain value. Configuration options specify from which remote
580 systems unqualified addresses are acceptable. These are then qualified on
581 arrival.
582 .next
583 .cindex "transport" "external"
584 .cindex "external transports"
585 The only external transport mechanisms that are currently implemented are SMTP
586 and LMTP over a TCP/IP network (including support for IPv6). However, a pipe
587 transport is available, and there are facilities for writing messages to files
588 and pipes, optionally in &'batched SMTP'& format; these facilities can be used
589 to send messages to other transport mechanisms such as UUCP, provided they can
590 handle domain-style addresses. Batched SMTP input is also catered for.
591 .next
592 Exim is not designed for storing mail for dial-in hosts. When the volumes of
593 such mail are large, it is better to get the messages &"delivered"& into files
594 (that is, off Exim's queue) and subsequently passed on to the dial-in hosts by
595 other means.
596 .next
597 Although Exim does have basic facilities for scanning incoming messages, these
598 are not comprehensive enough to do full virus or spam scanning. Such operations
599 are best carried out using additional specialized software packages. If you
600 compile Exim with the content-scanning extension, straightforward interfaces to
601 a number of common scanners are provided.
602 .endlist
603
604
605 .section "Run time configuration" "SECID7"
606 Exim's run time configuration is held in a single text file that is divided
607 into a number of sections. The entries in this file consist of keywords and
608 values, in the style of Smail 3 configuration files. A default configuration
609 file which is suitable for simple online installations is provided in the
610 distribution, and is described in chapter &<<CHAPdefconfil>>& below.
611
612
613 .section "Calling interface" "SECID8"
614 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "command line interface"
615 Like many MTAs, Exim has adopted the Sendmail command line interface so that it
616 can be a straight replacement for &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& or
617 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& when sending mail, but you do not need to know anything
618 about Sendmail in order to run Exim. For actions other than sending messages,
619 Sendmail-compatible options also exist, but those that produce output (for
620 example, &%-bp%&, which lists the messages on the queue) do so in Exim's own
621 format. There are also some additional options that are compatible with Smail
622 3, and some further options that are new to Exim. Chapter &<<CHAPcommandline>>&
623 documents all Exim's command line options. This information is automatically
624 made into the man page that forms part of the Exim distribution.
625
626 Control of messages on the queue can be done via certain privileged command
627 line options. There is also an optional monitor program called &'eximon'&,
628 which displays current information in an X window, and which contains a menu
629 interface to Exim's command line administration options.
630
631
632
633 .section "Terminology" "SECID9"
634 .cindex "terminology definitions"
635 .cindex "body of message" "definition of"
636 The &'body'& of a message is the actual data that the sender wants to transmit.
637 It is the last part of a message, and is separated from the &'header'& (see
638 below) by a blank line.
639
640 .cindex "bounce message" "definition of"
641 When a message cannot be delivered, it is normally returned to the sender in a
642 delivery failure message or a &"non-delivery report"& (NDR). The term
643 &'bounce'& is commonly used for this action, and the error reports are often
644 called &'bounce messages'&. This is a convenient shorthand for &"delivery
645 failure error report"&. Such messages have an empty sender address in the
646 message's &'envelope'& (see below) to ensure that they cannot themselves give
647 rise to further bounce messages.
648
649 The term &'default'& appears frequently in this manual. It is used to qualify a
650 value which is used in the absence of any setting in the configuration. It may
651 also qualify an action which is taken unless a configuration setting specifies
652 otherwise.
653
654 The term &'defer'& is used when the delivery of a message to a specific
655 destination cannot immediately take place for some reason (a remote host may be
656 down, or a user's local mailbox may be full). Such deliveries are &'deferred'&
657 until a later time.
658
659 The word &'domain'& is sometimes used to mean all but the first component of a
660 host's name. It is &'not'& used in that sense here, where it normally refers to
661 the part of an email address following the @ sign.
662
663 .cindex "envelope, definition of"
664 .cindex "sender" "definition of"
665 A message in transit has an associated &'envelope'&, as well as a header and a
666 body. The envelope contains a sender address (to which bounce messages should
667 be delivered), and any number of recipient addresses. References to the
668 sender or the recipients of a message usually mean the addresses in the
669 envelope. An MTA uses these addresses for delivery, and for returning bounce
670 messages, not the addresses that appear in the header lines.
671
672 .cindex "message" "header, definition of"
673 .cindex "header section" "definition of"
674 The &'header'& of a message is the first part of a message's text, consisting
675 of a number of lines, each of which has a name such as &'From:'&, &'To:'&,
676 &'Subject:'&, etc. Long header lines can be split over several text lines by
677 indenting the continuations. The header is separated from the body by a blank
678 line.
679
680 .cindex "local part" "definition of"
681 .cindex "domain" "definition of"
682 The term &'local part'&, which is taken from RFC 2822, is used to refer to that
683 part of an email address that precedes the @ sign. The part that follows the
684 @ sign is called the &'domain'& or &'mail domain'&.
685
686 .cindex "local delivery" "definition of"
687 .cindex "remote delivery, definition of"
688 The terms &'local delivery'& and &'remote delivery'& are used to distinguish
689 delivery to a file or a pipe on the local host from delivery by SMTP over
690 TCP/IP to another host. As far as Exim is concerned, all hosts other than the
691 host it is running on are &'remote'&.
692
693 .cindex "return path" "definition of"
694 &'Return path'& is another name that is used for the sender address in a
695 message's envelope.
696
697 .cindex "queue" "definition of"
698 The term &'queue'& is used to refer to the set of messages awaiting delivery,
699 because this term is in widespread use in the context of MTAs. However, in
700 Exim's case the reality is more like a pool than a queue, because there is
701 normally no ordering of waiting messages.
702
703 .cindex "queue runner" "definition of"
704 The term &'queue runner'& is used to describe a process that scans the queue
705 and attempts to deliver those messages whose retry times have come. This term
706 is used by other MTAs, and also relates to the command &%runq%&, but in Exim
707 the waiting messages are normally processed in an unpredictable order.
708
709 .cindex "spool directory" "definition of"
710 The term &'spool directory'& is used for a directory in which Exim keeps the
711 messages on its queue &-- that is, those that it is in the process of
712 delivering. This should not be confused with the directory in which local
713 mailboxes are stored, which is called a &"spool directory"& by some people. In
714 the Exim documentation, &"spool"& is always used in the first sense.
715
716
717
718
719
720
721 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
722 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
723
724 .chapter "Incorporated code" "CHID2"
725 .cindex "incorporated code"
726 .cindex "regular expressions" "library"
727 .cindex "PCRE"
728 A number of pieces of external code are included in the Exim distribution.
729
730 .ilist
731 .new
732 Regular expressions are supported in the main Exim program and in the
733 Exim monitor using the freely-distributable PCRE library, copyright
734 &copy; University of Cambridge. The source to PCRE is no longer shipped with
735 Exim, so you will need to use the version of PCRE shipped with your system,
736 or obtain and install the full version of the library from
737 &url(ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre).
738 .wen
739 .next
740 .cindex "cdb" "acknowledgment"
741 Support for the cdb (Constant DataBase) lookup method is provided by code
742 contributed by Nigel Metheringham of (at the time he contributed it) Planet
743 Online Ltd. The implementation is completely contained within the code of Exim.
744 It does not link against an external cdb library. The code contains the
745 following statements:
746
747 .blockquote
748 Copyright &copy; 1998 Nigel Metheringham, Planet Online Ltd
749
750 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
751 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
752 Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
753 version.
754 This code implements Dan Bernstein's Constant DataBase (cdb) spec. Information,
755 the spec and sample code for cdb can be obtained from
756 &url(http://www.pobox.com/~djb/cdb.html). This implementation borrows
757 some code from Dan Bernstein's implementation (which has no license
758 restrictions applied to it).
759 .endblockquote
760 .next
761 .cindex "SPA authentication"
762 .cindex "Samba project"
763 .cindex "Microsoft Secure Password Authentication"
764 Client support for Microsoft's &'Secure Password Authentication'& is provided
765 by code contributed by Marc Prud'hommeaux. Server support was contributed by
766 Tom Kistner. This includes code taken from the Samba project, which is released
767 under the Gnu GPL.
768 .next
769 .cindex "Cyrus"
770 .cindex "&'pwcheck'& daemon"
771 .cindex "&'pwauthd'& daemon"
772 Support for calling the Cyrus &'pwcheck'& and &'saslauthd'& daemons is provided
773 by code taken from the Cyrus-SASL library and adapted by Alexander S.
774 Sabourenkov. The permission notice appears below, in accordance with the
775 conditions expressed therein.
776
777 .blockquote
778 Copyright &copy; 2001 Carnegie Mellon University. All rights reserved.
779
780 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
781 modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
782 are met:
783
784 .olist
785 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
786 notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
787 .next
788 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
789 notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
790 the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
791 distribution.
792 .next
793 The name &"Carnegie Mellon University"& must not be used to
794 endorse or promote products derived from this software without
795 prior written permission. For permission or any other legal
796 details, please contact
797 .display
798 Office of Technology Transfer
799 Carnegie Mellon University
800 5000 Forbes Avenue
801 Pittsburgh, PA 15213-3890
802 (412) 268-4387, fax: (412) 268-7395
803 tech-transfer@andrew.cmu.edu
804 .endd
805 .next
806 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
807 acknowledgment:
808
809 &"This product includes software developed by Computing Services
810 at Carnegie Mellon University (&url(http://www.cmu.edu/computing/)."&
811
812 CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
813 THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
814 AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE
815 FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
816 WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
817 AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
818 OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
819 .endlist
820 .endblockquote
821
822 .next
823 .cindex "Exim monitor" "acknowledgment"
824 .cindex "X-windows"
825 .cindex "Athena"
826 The Exim Monitor program, which is an X-Window application, includes
827 modified versions of the Athena StripChart and TextPop widgets.
828 This code is copyright by DEC and MIT, and their permission notice appears
829 below, in accordance with the conditions expressed therein.
830
831 .blockquote
832 Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
833 and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
834
835 All Rights Reserved
836
837 Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
838 documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
839 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
840 both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
841 supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or MIT not be
842 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
843 software without specific, written prior permission.
844
845 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
846 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
847 DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
848 ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
849 WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
850 ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
851 SOFTWARE.
852 .endblockquote
853
854 .next
855 Many people have contributed code fragments, some large, some small, that were
856 not covered by any specific licence requirements. It is assumed that the
857 contributors are happy to see their code incorporated into Exim under the GPL.
858 .endlist
859
860
861
862
863
864 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
865 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
866
867 .chapter "How Exim receives and delivers mail" "CHID11" &&&
868 "Receiving and delivering mail"
869
870
871 .section "Overall philosophy" "SECID10"
872 .cindex "design philosophy"
873 Exim is designed to work efficiently on systems that are permanently connected
874 to the Internet and are handling a general mix of mail. In such circumstances,
875 most messages can be delivered immediately. Consequently, Exim does not
876 maintain independent queues of messages for specific domains or hosts, though
877 it does try to send several messages in a single SMTP connection after a host
878 has been down, and it also maintains per-host retry information.
879
880
881 .section "Policy control" "SECID11"
882 .cindex "policy control" "overview"
883 Policy controls are now an important feature of MTAs that are connected to the
884 Internet. Perhaps their most important job is to stop MTAs being abused as
885 &"open relays"& by misguided individuals who send out vast amounts of
886 unsolicited junk, and want to disguise its source. Exim provides flexible
887 facilities for specifying policy controls on incoming mail:
888
889 .ilist
890 .cindex "&ACL;" "introduction"
891 Exim 4 (unlike previous versions of Exim) implements policy controls on
892 incoming mail by means of &'Access Control Lists'& (ACLs). Each list is a
893 series of statements that may either grant or deny access. ACLs can be used at
894 several places in the SMTP dialogue while receiving a message from a remote
895 host. However, the most common places are after each RCPT command, and at the
896 very end of the message. The sysadmin can specify conditions for accepting or
897 rejecting individual recipients or the entire message, respectively, at these
898 two points (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&). Denial of access results in an SMTP
899 error code.
900 .next
901 An ACL is also available for locally generated, non-SMTP messages. In this
902 case, the only available actions are to accept or deny the entire message.
903 .next
904 When Exim is compiled with the content-scanning extension, facilities are
905 provided in the ACL mechanism for passing the message to external virus and/or
906 spam scanning software. The result of such a scan is passed back to the ACL,
907 which can then use it to decide what to do with the message.
908 .next
909 When a message has been received, either from a remote host or from the local
910 host, but before the final acknowledgment has been sent, a locally supplied C
911 function called &[local_scan()]& can be run to inspect the message and decide
912 whether to accept it or not (see chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&). If the message
913 is accepted, the list of recipients can be modified by the function.
914 .next
915 Using the &[local_scan()]& mechanism is another way of calling external scanner
916 software. The &%SA-Exim%& add-on package works this way. It does not require
917 Exim to be compiled with the content-scanning extension.
918 .next
919 After a message has been accepted, a further checking mechanism is available in
920 the form of the &'system filter'& (see chapter &<<CHAPsystemfilter>>&). This
921 runs at the start of every delivery process.
922 .endlist
923
924
925
926 .section "User filters" "SECID12"
927 .cindex "filter" "introduction"
928 .cindex "Sieve filter"
929 In a conventional Exim configuration, users are able to run private filters by
930 setting up appropriate &_.forward_& files in their home directories. See
931 chapter &<<CHAPredirect>>& (about the &(redirect)& router) for the
932 configuration needed to support this, and the separate document entitled
933 &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'& for user details. Two different kinds
934 of filtering are available:
935
936 .ilist
937 Sieve filters are written in the standard filtering language that is defined
938 by RFC 3028.
939 .next
940 Exim filters are written in a syntax that is unique to Exim, but which is more
941 powerful than Sieve, which it pre-dates.
942 .endlist
943
944 User filters are run as part of the routing process, described below.
945
946
947
948 .section "Message identification" "SECTmessiden"
949 .cindex "message ids" "details of format"
950 .cindex "format" "of message id"
951 .cindex "id of message"
952 .cindex "base62"
953 .cindex "base36"
954 .cindex "Darwin"
955 .cindex "Cygwin"
956 Every message handled by Exim is given a &'message id'& which is sixteen
957 characters long. It is divided into three parts, separated by hyphens, for
958 example &`16VDhn-0001bo-D3`&. Each part is a sequence of letters and digits,
959 normally encoding numbers in base 62. However, in the Darwin operating
960 system (Mac OS X) and when Exim is compiled to run under Cygwin, base 36
961 (avoiding the use of lower case letters) is used instead, because the message
962 id is used to construct file names, and the names of files in those systems are
963 not always case-sensitive.
964
965 .cindex "pid (process id)" "re-use of"
966 The detail of the contents of the message id have changed as Exim has evolved.
967 Earlier versions relied on the operating system not re-using a process id (pid)
968 within one second. On modern operating systems, this assumption can no longer
969 be made, so the algorithm had to be changed. To retain backward compatibility,
970 the format of the message id was retained, which is why the following rules are
971 somewhat eccentric:
972
973 .ilist
974 The first six characters of the message id are the time at which the message
975 started to be received, to a granularity of one second. That is, this field
976 contains the number of seconds since the start of the epoch (the normal Unix
977 way of representing the date and time of day).
978 .next
979 After the first hyphen, the next six characters are the id of the process that
980 received the message.
981 .next
982 There are two different possibilities for the final two characters:
983 .olist
984 .oindex "&%localhost_number%&"
985 If &%localhost_number%& is not set, this value is the fractional part of the
986 time of reception, normally in units of 1/2000 of a second, but for systems
987 that must use base 36 instead of base 62 (because of case-insensitive file
988 systems), the units are 1/1000 of a second.
989 .next
990 If &%localhost_number%& is set, it is multiplied by 200 (100) and added to
991 the fractional part of the time, which in this case is in units of 1/200
992 (1/100) of a second.
993 .endlist
994 .endlist
995
996 After a message has been received, Exim waits for the clock to tick at the
997 appropriate resolution before proceeding, so that if another message is
998 received by the same process, or by another process with the same (re-used)
999 pid, it is guaranteed that the time will be different. In most cases, the clock
1000 will already have ticked while the message was being received.
1001
1002
1003 .section "Receiving mail" "SECID13"
1004 .cindex "receiving mail"
1005 .cindex "message" "reception"
1006 The only way Exim can receive mail from another host is using SMTP over
1007 TCP/IP, in which case the sender and recipient addresses are transferred using
1008 SMTP commands. However, from a locally running process (such as a user's MUA),
1009 there are several possibilities:
1010
1011 .ilist
1012 If the process runs Exim with the &%-bm%& option, the message is read
1013 non-interactively (usually via a pipe), with the recipients taken from the
1014 command line, or from the body of the message if &%-t%& is also used.
1015 .next
1016 If the process runs Exim with the &%-bS%& option, the message is also read
1017 non-interactively, but in this case the recipients are listed at the start of
1018 the message in a series of SMTP RCPT commands, terminated by a DATA
1019 command. This is so-called &"batch SMTP"& format,
1020 but it isn't really SMTP. The SMTP commands are just another way of passing
1021 envelope addresses in a non-interactive submission.
1022 .next
1023 If the process runs Exim with the &%-bs%& option, the message is read
1024 interactively, using the SMTP protocol. A two-way pipe is normally used for
1025 passing data between the local process and the Exim process.
1026 This is &"real"& SMTP and is handled in the same way as SMTP over TCP/IP. For
1027 example, the ACLs for SMTP commands are used for this form of submission.
1028 .next
1029 A local process may also make a TCP/IP call to the host's loopback address
1030 (127.0.0.1) or any other of its IP addresses. When receiving messages, Exim
1031 does not treat the loopback address specially. It treats all such connections
1032 in the same way as connections from other hosts.
1033 .endlist
1034
1035
1036 .cindex "message sender, constructed by Exim"
1037 .cindex "sender" "constructed by Exim"
1038 In the three cases that do not involve TCP/IP, the sender address is
1039 constructed from the login name of the user that called Exim and a default
1040 qualification domain (which can be set by the &%qualify_domain%& configuration
1041 option). For local or batch SMTP, a sender address that is passed using the
1042 SMTP MAIL command is ignored. However, the system administrator may allow
1043 certain users (&"trusted users"&) to specify a different sender address
1044 unconditionally, or all users to specify certain forms of different sender
1045 address. The &%-f%& option or the SMTP MAIL command is used to specify these
1046 different addresses. See section &<<SECTtrustedadmin>>& for details of trusted
1047 users, and the &%untrusted_set_sender%& option for a way of allowing untrusted
1048 users to change sender addresses.
1049
1050 Messages received by either of the non-interactive mechanisms are subject to
1051 checking by the non-SMTP ACL, if one is defined. Messages received using SMTP
1052 (either over TCP/IP, or interacting with a local process) can be checked by a
1053 number of ACLs that operate at different times during the SMTP session. Either
1054 individual recipients, or the entire message, can be rejected if local policy
1055 requirements are not met. The &[local_scan()]& function (see chapter
1056 &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&) is run for all incoming messages.
1057
1058 Exim can be configured not to start a delivery process when a message is
1059 received; this can be unconditional, or depend on the number of incoming SMTP
1060 connections or the system load. In these situations, new messages wait on the
1061 queue until a queue runner process picks them up. However, in standard
1062 configurations under normal conditions, delivery is started as soon as a
1063 message is received.
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069 .section "Handling an incoming message" "SECID14"
1070 .cindex "spool directory" "files that hold a message"
1071 .cindex "file" "how a message is held"
1072 When Exim accepts a message, it writes two files in its spool directory. The
1073 first contains the envelope information, the current status of the message, and
1074 the header lines, and the second contains the body of the message. The names of
1075 the two spool files consist of the message id, followed by &`-H`& for the
1076 file containing the envelope and header, and &`-D`& for the data file.
1077
1078 .cindex "spool directory" "&_input_& sub-directory"
1079 By default all these message files are held in a single directory called
1080 &_input_& inside the general Exim spool directory. Some operating systems do
1081 not perform very well if the number of files in a directory gets large; to
1082 improve performance in such cases, the &%split_spool_directory%& option can be
1083 used. This causes Exim to split up the input files into 62 sub-directories
1084 whose names are single letters or digits. When this is done, the queue is
1085 processed one sub-directory at a time instead of all at once, which can improve
1086 overall performance even when there are not enough files in each directory to
1087 affect file system performance.
1088
1089 The envelope information consists of the address of the message's sender and
1090 the addresses of the recipients. This information is entirely separate from
1091 any addresses contained in the header lines. The status of the message includes
1092 a list of recipients who have already received the message. The format of the
1093 first spool file is described in chapter &<<CHAPspool>>&.
1094
1095 .cindex "rewriting" "addresses"
1096 Address rewriting that is specified in the rewrite section of the configuration
1097 (see chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&) is done once and for all on incoming addresses,
1098 both in the header lines and the envelope, at the time the message is accepted.
1099 If during the course of delivery additional addresses are generated (for
1100 example, via aliasing), these new addresses are rewritten as soon as they are
1101 generated. At the time a message is actually delivered (transported) further
1102 rewriting can take place; because this is a transport option, it can be
1103 different for different forms of delivery. It is also possible to specify the
1104 addition or removal of certain header lines at the time the message is
1105 delivered (see chapters &<<CHAProutergeneric>>& and
1106 &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&).
1107
1108
1109
1110 .section "Life of a message" "SECID15"
1111 .cindex "message" "life of"
1112 .cindex "message" "frozen"
1113 A message remains in the spool directory until it is completely delivered to
1114 its recipients or to an error address, or until it is deleted by an
1115 administrator or by the user who originally created it. In cases when delivery
1116 cannot proceed &-- for example, when a message can neither be delivered to its
1117 recipients nor returned to its sender, the message is marked &"frozen"& on the
1118 spool, and no more deliveries are attempted.
1119
1120 .cindex "frozen messages" "thawing"
1121 .cindex "message" "thawing frozen"
1122 An administrator can &"thaw"& such messages when the problem has been
1123 corrected, and can also freeze individual messages by hand if necessary. In
1124 addition, an administrator can force a delivery error, causing a bounce message
1125 to be sent.
1126
1127 .oindex "&%timeout_frozen_after%&"
1128 .oindex "&%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&"
1129 There are options called &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%& and
1130 &%timeout_frozen_after%&, which discard frozen messages after a certain time.
1131 The first applies only to frozen bounces, the second to any frozen messages.
1132
1133 .cindex "message" "log file for"
1134 .cindex "log" "file for each message"
1135 While Exim is working on a message, it writes information about each delivery
1136 attempt to its main log file. This includes successful, unsuccessful, and
1137 delayed deliveries for each recipient (see chapter &<<CHAPlog>>&). The log
1138 lines are also written to a separate &'message log'& file for each message.
1139 These logs are solely for the benefit of the administrator, and are normally
1140 deleted along with the spool files when processing of a message is complete.
1141 The use of individual message logs can be disabled by setting
1142 &%no_message_logs%&; this might give an improvement in performance on very busy
1143 systems.
1144
1145 .cindex "journal file"
1146 .cindex "file" "journal"
1147 All the information Exim itself needs to set up a delivery is kept in the first
1148 spool file, along with the header lines. When a successful delivery occurs, the
1149 address is immediately written at the end of a journal file, whose name is the
1150 message id followed by &`-J`&. At the end of a delivery run, if there are some
1151 addresses left to be tried again later, the first spool file (the &`-H`& file)
1152 is updated to indicate which these are, and the journal file is then deleted.
1153 Updating the spool file is done by writing a new file and renaming it, to
1154 minimize the possibility of data loss.
1155
1156 Should the system or the program crash after a successful delivery but before
1157 the spool file has been updated, the journal is left lying around. The next
1158 time Exim attempts to deliver the message, it reads the journal file and
1159 updates the spool file before proceeding. This minimizes the chances of double
1160 deliveries caused by crashes.
1161
1162
1163
1164 .section "Processing an address for delivery" "SECTprocaddress"
1165 .cindex "drivers" "definition of"
1166 .cindex "router" "definition of"
1167 .cindex "transport" "definition of"
1168 The main delivery processing elements of Exim are called &'routers'& and
1169 &'transports'&, and collectively these are known as &'drivers'&. Code for a
1170 number of them is provided in the source distribution, and compile-time options
1171 specify which ones are included in the binary. Run time options specify which
1172 ones are actually used for delivering messages.
1173
1174 .cindex "drivers" "instance definition"
1175 Each driver that is specified in the run time configuration is an &'instance'&
1176 of that particular driver type. Multiple instances are allowed; for example,
1177 you can set up several different &(smtp)& transports, each with different
1178 option values that might specify different ports or different timeouts. Each
1179 instance has its own identifying name. In what follows we will normally use the
1180 instance name when discussing one particular instance (that is, one specific
1181 configuration of the driver), and the generic driver name when discussing
1182 the driver's features in general.
1183
1184 A &'router'& is a driver that operates on an address, either determining how
1185 its delivery should happen, by assigning it to a specific transport, or
1186 converting the address into one or more new addresses (for example, via an
1187 alias file). A router may also explicitly choose to fail an address, causing it
1188 to be bounced.
1189
1190 A &'transport'& is a driver that transmits a copy of the message from Exim's
1191 spool to some destination. There are two kinds of transport: for a &'local'&
1192 transport, the destination is a file or a pipe on the local host, whereas for a
1193 &'remote'& transport the destination is some other host. A message is passed
1194 to a specific transport as a result of successful routing. If a message has
1195 several recipients, it may be passed to a number of different transports.
1196
1197 .cindex "preconditions" "definition of"
1198 An address is processed by passing it to each configured router instance in
1199 turn, subject to certain preconditions, until a router accepts the address or
1200 specifies that it should be bounced. We will describe this process in more
1201 detail shortly. First, as a simple example, we consider how each recipient
1202 address in a message is processed in a small configuration of three routers.
1203
1204 To make this a more concrete example, it is described in terms of some actual
1205 routers, but remember, this is only an example. You can configure Exim's
1206 routers in many different ways, and there may be any number of routers in a
1207 configuration.
1208
1209 The first router that is specified in a configuration is often one that handles
1210 addresses in domains that are not recognized specially by the local host. These
1211 are typically addresses for arbitrary domains on the Internet. A precondition
1212 is set up which looks for the special domains known to the host (for example,
1213 its own domain name), and the router is run for addresses that do &'not'&
1214 match. Typically, this is a router that looks up domains in the DNS in order to
1215 find the hosts to which this address routes. If it succeeds, the address is
1216 assigned to a suitable SMTP transport; if it does not succeed, the router is
1217 configured to fail the address.
1218
1219 The second router is reached only when the domain is recognized as one that
1220 &"belongs"& to the local host. This router does redirection &-- also known as
1221 aliasing and forwarding. When it generates one or more new addresses from the
1222 original, each of them is routed independently from the start. Otherwise, the
1223 router may cause an address to fail, or it may simply decline to handle the
1224 address, in which case the address is passed to the next router.
1225
1226 The final router in many configurations is one that checks to see if the
1227 address belongs to a local mailbox. The precondition may involve a check to
1228 see if the local part is the name of a login account, or it may look up the
1229 local part in a file or a database. If its preconditions are not met, or if
1230 the router declines, we have reached the end of the routers. When this happens,
1231 the address is bounced.
1232
1233
1234
1235 .section "Processing an address for verification" "SECID16"
1236 .cindex "router" "for verification"
1237 .cindex "verifying address" "overview"
1238 As well as being used to decide how to deliver to an address, Exim's routers
1239 are also used for &'address verification'&. Verification can be requested as
1240 one of the checks to be performed in an ACL for incoming messages, on both
1241 sender and recipient addresses, and it can be tested using the &%-bv%& and
1242 &%-bvs%& command line options.
1243
1244 When an address is being verified, the routers are run in &"verify mode"&. This
1245 does not affect the way the routers work, but it is a state that can be
1246 detected. By this means, a router can be skipped or made to behave differently
1247 when verifying. A common example is a configuration in which the first router
1248 sends all messages to a message-scanning program, unless they have been
1249 previously scanned. Thus, the first router accepts all addresses without any
1250 checking, making it useless for verifying. Normally, the &%no_verify%& option
1251 would be set for such a router, causing it to be skipped in verify mode.
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256 .section "Running an individual router" "SECTrunindrou"
1257 .cindex "router" "running details"
1258 .cindex "preconditions" "checking"
1259 .cindex "router" "result of running"
1260 As explained in the example above, a number of preconditions are checked before
1261 running a router. If any are not met, the router is skipped, and the address is
1262 passed to the next router. When all the preconditions on a router &'are'& met,
1263 the router is run. What happens next depends on the outcome, which is one of
1264 the following:
1265
1266 .ilist
1267 &'accept'&: The router accepts the address, and either assigns it to a
1268 transport, or generates one or more &"child"& addresses. Processing the
1269 original address ceases,
1270 .oindex "&%unseen%&"
1271 unless the &%unseen%& option is set on the router. This option
1272 can be used to set up multiple deliveries with different routing (for example,
1273 for keeping archive copies of messages). When &%unseen%& is set, the address is
1274 passed to the next router. Normally, however, an &'accept'& return marks the
1275 end of routing.
1276
1277 Any child addresses generated by the router are processed independently,
1278 starting with the first router by default. It is possible to change this by
1279 setting the &%redirect_router%& option to specify which router to start at for
1280 child addresses. Unlike &%pass_router%& (see below) the router specified by
1281 &%redirect_router%& may be anywhere in the router configuration.
1282 .next
1283 &'pass'&: The router recognizes the address, but cannot handle it itself. It
1284 requests that the address be passed to another router. By default the address
1285 is passed to the next router, but this can be changed by setting the
1286 &%pass_router%& option. However, (unlike &%redirect_router%&) the named router
1287 must be below the current router (to avoid loops).
1288 .next
1289 &'decline'&: The router declines to accept the address because it does not
1290 recognize it at all. By default, the address is passed to the next router, but
1291 this can be prevented by setting the &%no_more%& option. When &%no_more%& is
1292 set, all the remaining routers are skipped. In effect, &%no_more%& converts
1293 &'decline'& into &'fail'&.
1294 .next
1295 &'fail'&: The router determines that the address should fail, and queues it for
1296 the generation of a bounce message. There is no further processing of the
1297 original address unless &%unseen%& is set on the router.
1298 .next
1299 &'defer'&: The router cannot handle the address at the present time. (A
1300 database may be offline, or a DNS lookup may have timed out.) No further
1301 processing of the address happens in this delivery attempt. It is tried again
1302 next time the message is considered for delivery.
1303 .next
1304 &'error'&: There is some error in the router (for example, a syntax error in
1305 its configuration). The action is as for defer.
1306 .endlist
1307
1308 If an address reaches the end of the routers without having been accepted by
1309 any of them, it is bounced as unrouteable. The default error message in this
1310 situation is &"unrouteable address"&, but you can set your own message by
1311 making use of the &%cannot_route_message%& option. This can be set for any
1312 router; the value from the last router that &"saw"& the address is used.
1313
1314 Sometimes while routing you want to fail a delivery when some conditions are
1315 met but others are not, instead of passing the address on for further routing.
1316 You can do this by having a second router that explicitly fails the delivery
1317 when the relevant conditions are met. The &(redirect)& router has a &"fail"&
1318 facility for this purpose.
1319
1320
1321 .section "Duplicate addresses" "SECID17"
1322 .cindex "case of local parts"
1323 .cindex "address duplicate, discarding"
1324 .cindex "duplicate addresses"
1325 Once routing is complete, Exim scans the addresses that are assigned to local
1326 and remote transports, and discards any duplicates that it finds. During this
1327 check, local parts are treated as case-sensitive. This happens only when
1328 actually delivering a message; when testing routers with &%-bt%&, all the
1329 routed addresses are shown.
1330
1331
1332
1333 .section "Router preconditions" "SECTrouprecon"
1334 .cindex "router" "preconditions, order of processing"
1335 .cindex "preconditions" "order of processing"
1336 The preconditions that are tested for each router are listed below, in the
1337 order in which they are tested. The individual configuration options are
1338 described in more detail in chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&.
1339
1340 .ilist
1341 The &%local_part_prefix%& and &%local_part_suffix%& options can specify that
1342 the local parts handled by the router may or must have certain prefixes and/or
1343 suffixes. If a mandatory affix (prefix or suffix) is not present, the router is
1344 skipped. These conditions are tested first. When an affix is present, it is
1345 removed from the local part before further processing, including the evaluation
1346 of any other conditions.
1347 .next
1348 Routers can be designated for use only when not verifying an address, that is,
1349 only when routing it for delivery (or testing its delivery routing). If the
1350 &%verify%& option is set false, the router is skipped when Exim is verifying an
1351 address.
1352 Setting the &%verify%& option actually sets two options, &%verify_sender%& and
1353 &%verify_recipient%&, which independently control the use of the router for
1354 sender and recipient verification. You can set these options directly if
1355 you want a router to be used for only one type of verification.
1356 .next
1357 If the &%address_test%& option is set false, the router is skipped when Exim is
1358 run with the &%-bt%& option to test an address routing. This can be helpful
1359 when the first router sends all new messages to a scanner of some sort; it
1360 makes it possible to use &%-bt%& to test subsequent delivery routing without
1361 having to simulate the effect of the scanner.
1362 .next
1363 Routers can be designated for use only when verifying an address, as
1364 opposed to routing it for delivery. The &%verify_only%& option controls this.
1365 .next
1366 Individual routers can be explicitly skipped when running the routers to
1367 check an address given in the SMTP EXPN command (see the &%expn%& option).
1368 .next
1369 If the &%domains%& option is set, the domain of the address must be in the set
1370 of domains that it defines.
1371 .next
1372 .vindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
1373 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
1374 .vindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
1375 If the &%local_parts%& option is set, the local part of the address must be in
1376 the set of local parts that it defines. If &%local_part_prefix%& or
1377 &%local_part_suffix%& is in use, the prefix or suffix is removed from the local
1378 part before this check. If you want to do precondition tests on local parts
1379 that include affixes, you can do so by using a &%condition%& option (see below)
1380 that uses the variables &$local_part$&, &$local_part_prefix$&, and
1381 &$local_part_suffix$& as necessary.
1382 .next
1383 .vindex "&$local_user_uid$&"
1384 .vindex "&$local_user_gid$&"
1385 .vindex "&$home$&"
1386 If the &%check_local_user%& option is set, the local part must be the name of
1387 an account on the local host. If this check succeeds, the uid and gid of the
1388 local user are placed in &$local_user_uid$& and &$local_user_gid$& and the
1389 user's home directory is placed in &$home$&; these values can be used in the
1390 remaining preconditions.
1391 .next
1392 If the &%router_home_directory%& option is set, it is expanded at this point,
1393 because it overrides the value of &$home$&. If this expansion were left till
1394 later, the value of &$home$& as set by &%check_local_user%& would be used in
1395 subsequent tests. Having two different values of &$home$& in the same router
1396 could lead to confusion.
1397 .next
1398 If the &%senders%& option is set, the envelope sender address must be in the
1399 set of addresses that it defines.
1400 .next
1401 If the &%require_files%& option is set, the existence or non-existence of
1402 specified files is tested.
1403 .next
1404 .cindex "customizing" "precondition"
1405 If the &%condition%& option is set, it is evaluated and tested. This option
1406 uses an expanded string to allow you to set up your own custom preconditions.
1407 Expanded strings are described in chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&.
1408 .endlist
1409
1410
1411 Note that &%require_files%& comes near the end of the list, so you cannot use
1412 it to check for the existence of a file in which to lookup up a domain, local
1413 part, or sender. However, as these options are all expanded, you can use the
1414 &%exists%& expansion condition to make such tests within each condition. The
1415 &%require_files%& option is intended for checking files that the router may be
1416 going to use internally, or which are needed by a specific transport (for
1417 example, &_.procmailrc_&).
1418
1419
1420
1421 .section "Delivery in detail" "SECID18"
1422 .cindex "delivery" "in detail"
1423 When a message is to be delivered, the sequence of events is as follows:
1424
1425 .ilist
1426 If a system-wide filter file is specified, the message is passed to it. The
1427 filter may add recipients to the message, replace the recipients, discard the
1428 message, cause a new message to be generated, or cause the message delivery to
1429 fail. The format of the system filter file is the same as for Exim user filter
1430 files, described in the separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail
1431 filtering'&.
1432 .cindex "Sieve filter" "not available for system filter"
1433 (&*Note*&: Sieve cannot be used for system filter files.)
1434
1435 Some additional features are available in system filters &-- see chapter
1436 &<<CHAPsystemfilter>>& for details. Note that a message is passed to the system
1437 filter only once per delivery attempt, however many recipients it has. However,
1438 if there are several delivery attempts because one or more addresses could not
1439 be immediately delivered, the system filter is run each time. The filter
1440 condition &%first_delivery%& can be used to detect the first run of the system
1441 filter.
1442 .next
1443 Each recipient address is offered to each configured router in turn, subject to
1444 its preconditions, until one is able to handle it. If no router can handle the
1445 address, that is, if they all decline, the address is failed. Because routers
1446 can be targeted at particular domains, several locally handled domains can be
1447 processed entirely independently of each other.
1448 .next
1449 .cindex "routing" "loops in"
1450 .cindex "loop" "while routing"
1451 A router that accepts an address may assign it to a local or a remote
1452 transport. However, the transport is not run at this time. Instead, the address
1453 is placed on a list for the particular transport, which will be run later.
1454 Alternatively, the router may generate one or more new addresses (typically
1455 from alias, forward, or filter files). New addresses are fed back into this
1456 process from the top, but in order to avoid loops, a router ignores any address
1457 which has an identically-named ancestor that was processed by itself.
1458 .next
1459 When all the routing has been done, addresses that have been successfully
1460 handled are passed to their assigned transports. When local transports are
1461 doing real local deliveries, they handle only one address at a time, but if a
1462 local transport is being used as a pseudo-remote transport (for example, to
1463 collect batched SMTP messages for transmission by some other means) multiple
1464 addresses can be handled. Remote transports can always handle more than one
1465 address at a time, but can be configured not to do so, or to restrict multiple
1466 addresses to the same domain.
1467 .next
1468 Each local delivery to a file or a pipe runs in a separate process under a
1469 non-privileged uid, and these deliveries are run one at a time. Remote
1470 deliveries also run in separate processes, normally under a uid that is private
1471 to Exim (&"the Exim user"&), but in this case, several remote deliveries can be
1472 run in parallel. The maximum number of simultaneous remote deliveries for any
1473 one message is set by the &%remote_max_parallel%& option.
1474 The order in which deliveries are done is not defined, except that all local
1475 deliveries happen before any remote deliveries.
1476 .next
1477 .cindex "queue runner"
1478 When it encounters a local delivery during a queue run, Exim checks its retry
1479 database to see if there has been a previous temporary delivery failure for the
1480 address before running the local transport. If there was a previous failure,
1481 Exim does not attempt a new delivery until the retry time for the address is
1482 reached. However, this happens only for delivery attempts that are part of a
1483 queue run. Local deliveries are always attempted when delivery immediately
1484 follows message reception, even if retry times are set for them. This makes for
1485 better behaviour if one particular message is causing problems (for example,
1486 causing quota overflow, or provoking an error in a filter file).
1487 .next
1488 .cindex "delivery" "retry in remote transports"
1489 Remote transports do their own retry handling, since an address may be
1490 deliverable to one of a number of hosts, each of which may have a different
1491 retry time. If there have been previous temporary failures and no host has
1492 reached its retry time, no delivery is attempted, whether in a queue run or
1493 not. See chapter &<<CHAPretry>>& for details of retry strategies.
1494 .next
1495 If there were any permanent errors, a bounce message is returned to an
1496 appropriate address (the sender in the common case), with details of the error
1497 for each failing address. Exim can be configured to send copies of bounce
1498 messages to other addresses.
1499 .next
1500 .cindex "delivery" "deferral"
1501 If one or more addresses suffered a temporary failure, the message is left on
1502 the queue, to be tried again later. Delivery of these addresses is said to be
1503 &'deferred'&.
1504 .next
1505 When all the recipient addresses have either been delivered or bounced,
1506 handling of the message is complete. The spool files and message log are
1507 deleted, though the message log can optionally be preserved if required.
1508 .endlist
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513 .section "Retry mechanism" "SECID19"
1514 .cindex "delivery" "retry mechanism"
1515 .cindex "retry" "description of mechanism"
1516 .cindex "queue runner"
1517 Exim's mechanism for retrying messages that fail to get delivered at the first
1518 attempt is the queue runner process. You must either run an Exim daemon that
1519 uses the &%-q%& option with a time interval to start queue runners at regular
1520 intervals, or use some other means (such as &'cron'&) to start them. If you do
1521 not arrange for queue runners to be run, messages that fail temporarily at the
1522 first attempt will remain on your queue for ever. A queue runner process works
1523 its way through the queue, one message at a time, trying each delivery that has
1524 passed its retry time.
1525 You can run several queue runners at once.
1526
1527 Exim uses a set of configured rules to determine when next to retry the failing
1528 address (see chapter &<<CHAPretry>>&). These rules also specify when Exim
1529 should give up trying to deliver to the address, at which point it generates a
1530 bounce message. If no retry rules are set for a particular host, address, and
1531 error combination, no retries are attempted, and temporary errors are treated
1532 as permanent.
1533
1534
1535
1536 .section "Temporary delivery failure" "SECID20"
1537 .cindex "delivery" "temporary failure"
1538 There are many reasons why a message may not be immediately deliverable to a
1539 particular address. Failure to connect to a remote machine (because it, or the
1540 connection to it, is down) is one of the most common. Temporary failures may be
1541 detected during routing as well as during the transport stage of delivery.
1542 Local deliveries may be delayed if NFS files are unavailable, or if a mailbox
1543 is on a file system where the user is over quota. Exim can be configured to
1544 impose its own quotas on local mailboxes; where system quotas are set they will
1545 also apply.
1546
1547 If a host is unreachable for a period of time, a number of messages may be
1548 waiting for it by the time it recovers, and sending them in a single SMTP
1549 connection is clearly beneficial. Whenever a delivery to a remote host is
1550 deferred,
1551
1552 .cindex "hints database"
1553 Exim makes a note in its hints database, and whenever a successful
1554 SMTP delivery has happened, it looks to see if any other messages are waiting
1555 for the same host. If any are found, they are sent over the same SMTP
1556 connection, subject to a configuration limit as to the maximum number in any
1557 one connection.
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562 .section "Permanent delivery failure" "SECID21"
1563 .cindex "delivery" "permanent failure"
1564 .cindex "bounce message" "when generated"
1565 When a message cannot be delivered to some or all of its intended recipients, a
1566 bounce message is generated. Temporary delivery failures turn into permanent
1567 errors when their timeout expires. All the addresses that fail in a given
1568 delivery attempt are listed in a single message. If the original message has
1569 many recipients, it is possible for some addresses to fail in one delivery
1570 attempt and others to fail subsequently, giving rise to more than one bounce
1571 message. The wording of bounce messages can be customized by the administrator.
1572 See chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>& for details.
1573
1574 .cindex "&'X-Failed-Recipients:'& header line"
1575 Bounce messages contain an &'X-Failed-Recipients:'& header line that lists the
1576 failed addresses, for the benefit of programs that try to analyse such messages
1577 automatically.
1578
1579 .cindex "bounce message" "recipient of"
1580 A bounce message is normally sent to the sender of the original message, as
1581 obtained from the message's envelope. For incoming SMTP messages, this is the
1582 address given in the MAIL command. However, when an address is expanded via a
1583 forward or alias file, an alternative address can be specified for delivery
1584 failures of the generated addresses. For a mailing list expansion (see section
1585 &<<SECTmailinglists>>&) it is common to direct bounce messages to the manager
1586 of the list.
1587
1588
1589
1590 .section "Failures to deliver bounce messages" "SECID22"
1591 .cindex "bounce message" "failure to deliver"
1592 If a bounce message (either locally generated or received from a remote host)
1593 itself suffers a permanent delivery failure, the message is left on the queue,
1594 but it is frozen, awaiting the attention of an administrator. There are options
1595 that can be used to make Exim discard such failed messages, or to keep them
1596 for only a short time (see &%timeout_frozen_after%& and
1597 &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&).
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1604 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1605
1606 .chapter "Building and installing Exim" "CHID3"
1607 .scindex IIDbuex "building Exim"
1608
1609 .section "Unpacking" "SECID23"
1610 Exim is distributed as a gzipped or bzipped tar file which, when unpacked,
1611 creates a directory with the name of the current release (for example,
1612 &_exim-&version;_&) into which the following files are placed:
1613
1614 .table2 140pt
1615 .irow &_ACKNOWLEDGMENTS_& "contains some acknowledgments"
1616 .irow &_CHANGES_& "contains a reference to where changes are &&&
1617 documented"
1618 .irow &_LICENCE_& "the GNU General Public Licence"
1619 .irow &_Makefile_& "top-level make file"
1620 .irow &_NOTICE_& "conditions for the use of Exim"
1621 .irow &_README_& "list of files, directories and simple build &&&
1622 instructions"
1623 .endtable
1624
1625 Other files whose names begin with &_README_& may also be present. The
1626 following subdirectories are created:
1627
1628 .table2 140pt
1629 .irow &_Local_& "an empty directory for local configuration files"
1630 .irow &_OS_& "OS-specific files"
1631 .irow &_doc_& "documentation files"
1632 .irow &_exim_monitor_& "source files for the Exim monitor"
1633 .irow &_scripts_& "scripts used in the build process"
1634 .irow &_src_& "remaining source files"
1635 .irow &_util_& "independent utilities"
1636 .endtable
1637
1638 The main utility programs are contained in the &_src_& directory, and are built
1639 with the Exim binary. The &_util_& directory contains a few optional scripts
1640 that may be useful to some sites.
1641
1642
1643 .section "Multiple machine architectures and operating systems" "SECID24"
1644 .cindex "building Exim" "multiple OS/architectures"
1645 The building process for Exim is arranged to make it easy to build binaries for
1646 a number of different architectures and operating systems from the same set of
1647 source files. Compilation does not take place in the &_src_& directory.
1648 Instead, a &'build directory'& is created for each architecture and operating
1649 system.
1650 .cindex "symbolic link" "to build directory"
1651 Symbolic links to the sources are installed in this directory, which is where
1652 the actual building takes place. In most cases, Exim can discover the machine
1653 architecture and operating system for itself, but the defaults can be
1654 overridden if necessary.
1655
1656
1657 .section "PCRE library" "SECTpcre"
1658 .cindex "PCRE library"
1659 Exim no longer has an embedded PCRE library as the vast majority of
1660 modern systems include PCRE as a system library, although you may need
1661 to install the PCRE or PCRE development package for your operating
1662 system. If your system has a normal PCRE installation the Exim build
1663 process will need no further configuration. If the library or the
1664 headers are in an unusual location you will need to set the PCRE_LIBS
1665 and INCLUDE directives appropriately. If your operating system has no
1666 PCRE support then you will need to obtain and build the current PCRE
1667 from &url(ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre/).
1668
1669 .section "DBM libraries" "SECTdb"
1670 .cindex "DBM libraries" "discussion of"
1671 .cindex "hints database" "DBM files used for"
1672 Even if you do not use any DBM files in your configuration, Exim still needs a
1673 DBM library in order to operate, because it uses indexed files for its hints
1674 databases. Unfortunately, there are a number of DBM libraries in existence, and
1675 different operating systems often have different ones installed.
1676
1677 .cindex "Solaris" "DBM library for"
1678 .cindex "IRIX, DBM library for"
1679 .cindex "BSD, DBM library for"
1680 .cindex "Linux, DBM library for"
1681 If you are using Solaris, IRIX, one of the modern BSD systems, or a modern
1682 Linux distribution, the DBM configuration should happen automatically, and you
1683 may be able to ignore this section. Otherwise, you may have to learn more than
1684 you would like about DBM libraries from what follows.
1685
1686 .cindex "&'ndbm'& DBM library"
1687 Licensed versions of Unix normally contain a library of DBM functions operating
1688 via the &'ndbm'& interface, and this is what Exim expects by default. Free
1689 versions of Unix seem to vary in what they contain as standard. In particular,
1690 some early versions of Linux have no default DBM library, and different
1691 distributors have chosen to bundle different libraries with their packaged
1692 versions. However, the more recent releases seem to have standardized on the
1693 Berkeley DB library.
1694
1695 Different DBM libraries have different conventions for naming the files they
1696 use. When a program opens a file called &_dbmfile_&, there are several
1697 possibilities:
1698
1699 .olist
1700 A traditional &'ndbm'& implementation, such as that supplied as part of
1701 Solaris, operates on two files called &_dbmfile.dir_& and &_dbmfile.pag_&.
1702 .next
1703 .cindex "&'gdbm'& DBM library"
1704 The GNU library, &'gdbm'&, operates on a single file. If used via its &'ndbm'&
1705 compatibility interface it makes two different hard links to it with names
1706 &_dbmfile.dir_& and &_dbmfile.pag_&, but if used via its native interface, the
1707 file name is used unmodified.
1708 .next
1709 .cindex "Berkeley DB library"
1710 The Berkeley DB package, if called via its &'ndbm'& compatibility interface,
1711 operates on a single file called &_dbmfile.db_&, but otherwise looks to the
1712 programmer exactly the same as the traditional &'ndbm'& implementation.
1713 .next
1714 If the Berkeley package is used in its native mode, it operates on a single
1715 file called &_dbmfile_&; the programmer's interface is somewhat different to
1716 the traditional &'ndbm'& interface.
1717 .next
1718 To complicate things further, there are several very different versions of the
1719 Berkeley DB package. Version 1.85 was stable for a very long time, releases
1720 2.&'x'& and 3.&'x'& were current for a while, but the latest versions are now
1721 numbered 4.&'x'&. Maintenance of some of the earlier releases has ceased. All
1722 versions of Berkeley DB can be obtained from
1723 &url(http://www.sleepycat.com/).
1724 .next
1725 .cindex "&'tdb'& DBM library"
1726 Yet another DBM library, called &'tdb'&, is available from
1727 &url(http://download.sourceforge.net/tdb). It has its own interface, and also
1728 operates on a single file.
1729 .endlist
1730
1731 .cindex "USE_DB"
1732 .cindex "DBM libraries" "configuration for building"
1733 Exim and its utilities can be compiled to use any of these interfaces. In order
1734 to use any version of the Berkeley DB package in native mode, you must set
1735 USE_DB in an appropriate configuration file (typically
1736 &_Local/Makefile_&). For example:
1737 .code
1738 USE_DB=yes
1739 .endd
1740 Similarly, for gdbm you set USE_GDBM, and for tdb you set USE_TDB. An
1741 error is diagnosed if you set more than one of these.
1742
1743 At the lowest level, the build-time configuration sets none of these options,
1744 thereby assuming an interface of type (1). However, some operating system
1745 configuration files (for example, those for the BSD operating systems and
1746 Linux) assume type (4) by setting USE_DB as their default, and the
1747 configuration files for Cygwin set USE_GDBM. Anything you set in
1748 &_Local/Makefile_&, however, overrides these system defaults.
1749
1750 As well as setting USE_DB, USE_GDBM, or USE_TDB, it may also be
1751 necessary to set DBMLIB, to cause inclusion of the appropriate library, as
1752 in one of these lines:
1753 .code
1754 DBMLIB = -ldb
1755 DBMLIB = -ltdb
1756 .endd
1757 Settings like that will work if the DBM library is installed in the standard
1758 place. Sometimes it is not, and the library's header file may also not be in
1759 the default path. You may need to set INCLUDE to specify where the header
1760 file is, and to specify the path to the library more fully in DBMLIB, as in
1761 this example:
1762 .code
1763 INCLUDE=-I/usr/local/include/db-4.1
1764 DBMLIB=/usr/local/lib/db-4.1/libdb.a
1765 .endd
1766 There is further detailed discussion about the various DBM libraries in the
1767 file &_doc/dbm.discuss.txt_& in the Exim distribution.
1768
1769
1770
1771 .section "Pre-building configuration" "SECID25"
1772 .cindex "building Exim" "pre-building configuration"
1773 .cindex "configuration for building Exim"
1774 .cindex "&_Local/Makefile_&"
1775 .cindex "&_src/EDITME_&"
1776 Before building Exim, a local configuration file that specifies options
1777 independent of any operating system has to be created with the name
1778 &_Local/Makefile_&. A template for this file is supplied as the file
1779 &_src/EDITME_&, and it contains full descriptions of all the option settings
1780 therein. These descriptions are therefore not repeated here. If you are
1781 building Exim for the first time, the simplest thing to do is to copy
1782 &_src/EDITME_& to &_Local/Makefile_&, then read it and edit it appropriately.
1783
1784 There are three settings that you must supply, because Exim will not build
1785 without them. They are the location of the run time configuration file
1786 (CONFIGURE_FILE), the directory in which Exim binaries will be installed
1787 (BIN_DIRECTORY), and the identity of the Exim user (EXIM_USER and
1788 maybe EXIM_GROUP as well). The value of CONFIGURE_FILE can in fact be
1789 a colon-separated list of file names; Exim uses the first of them that exists.
1790
1791 There are a few other parameters that can be specified either at build time or
1792 at run time, to enable the same binary to be used on a number of different
1793 machines. However, if the locations of Exim's spool directory and log file
1794 directory (if not within the spool directory) are fixed, it is recommended that
1795 you specify them in &_Local/Makefile_& instead of at run time, so that errors
1796 detected early in Exim's execution (such as a malformed configuration file) can
1797 be logged.
1798
1799 .cindex "content scanning" "specifying at build time"
1800 Exim's interfaces for calling virus and spam scanning software directly from
1801 access control lists are not compiled by default. If you want to include these
1802 facilities, you need to set
1803 .code
1804 WITH_CONTENT_SCAN=yes
1805 .endd
1806 in your &_Local/Makefile_&. For details of the facilities themselves, see
1807 chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
1808
1809
1810 .cindex "&_Local/eximon.conf_&"
1811 .cindex "&_exim_monitor/EDITME_&"
1812 If you are going to build the Exim monitor, a similar configuration process is
1813 required. The file &_exim_monitor/EDITME_& must be edited appropriately for
1814 your installation and saved under the name &_Local/eximon.conf_&. If you are
1815 happy with the default settings described in &_exim_monitor/EDITME_&,
1816 &_Local/eximon.conf_& can be empty, but it must exist.
1817
1818 This is all the configuration that is needed in straightforward cases for known
1819 operating systems. However, the building process is set up so that it is easy
1820 to override options that are set by default or by operating-system-specific
1821 configuration files, for example to change the name of the C compiler, which
1822 defaults to &%gcc%&. See section &<<SECToverride>>& below for details of how to
1823 do this.
1824
1825
1826
1827 .section "Support for iconv()" "SECID26"
1828 .cindex "&[iconv()]& support"
1829 .cindex "RFC 2047"
1830 The contents of header lines in messages may be encoded according to the rules
1831 described RFC 2047. This makes it possible to transmit characters that are not
1832 in the ASCII character set, and to label them as being in a particular
1833 character set. When Exim is inspecting header lines by means of the &%$h_%&
1834 mechanism, it decodes them, and translates them into a specified character set
1835 (default ISO-8859-1). The translation is possible only if the operating system
1836 supports the &[iconv()]& function.
1837
1838 However, some of the operating systems that supply &[iconv()]& do not support
1839 very many conversions. The GNU &%libiconv%& library (available from
1840 &url(http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/)) can be installed on such
1841 systems to remedy this deficiency, as well as on systems that do not supply
1842 &[iconv()]& at all. After installing &%libiconv%&, you should add
1843 .code
1844 HAVE_ICONV=yes
1845 .endd
1846 to your &_Local/Makefile_& and rebuild Exim.
1847
1848
1849
1850 .section "Including TLS/SSL encryption support" "SECTinctlsssl"
1851 .cindex "TLS" "including support for TLS"
1852 .cindex "encryption" "including support for"
1853 .cindex "SUPPORT_TLS"
1854 .cindex "OpenSSL" "building Exim with"
1855 .cindex "GnuTLS" "building Exim with"
1856 Exim can be built to support encrypted SMTP connections, using the STARTTLS
1857 command as per RFC 2487. It can also support legacy clients that expect to
1858 start a TLS session immediately on connection to a non-standard port (see the
1859 &%tls_on_connect_ports%& runtime option and the &%-tls-on-connect%& command
1860 line option).
1861
1862 If you want to build Exim with TLS support, you must first install either the
1863 OpenSSL or GnuTLS library. There is no cryptographic code in Exim itself for
1864 implementing SSL.
1865
1866 If OpenSSL is installed, you should set
1867 .code
1868 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1869 TLS_LIBS=-lssl -lcrypto
1870 .endd
1871 in &_Local/Makefile_&. You may also need to specify the locations of the
1872 OpenSSL library and include files. For example:
1873 .code
1874 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1875 TLS_LIBS=-L/usr/local/openssl/lib -lssl -lcrypto
1876 TLS_INCLUDE=-I/usr/local/openssl/include/
1877 .endd
1878 .cindex "USE_GNUTLS"
1879 If GnuTLS is installed, you should set
1880 .code
1881 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1882 USE_GNUTLS=yes
1883 TLS_LIBS=-lgnutls -ltasn1 -lgcrypt
1884 .endd
1885 in &_Local/Makefile_&, and again you may need to specify the locations of the
1886 library and include files. For example:
1887 .code
1888 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1889 USE_GNUTLS=yes
1890 TLS_LIBS=-L/usr/gnu/lib -lgnutls -ltasn1 -lgcrypt
1891 TLS_INCLUDE=-I/usr/gnu/include
1892 .endd
1893 You do not need to set TLS_INCLUDE if the relevant directory is already
1894 specified in INCLUDE. Details of how to configure Exim to make use of TLS are
1895 given in chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&.
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900 .section "Use of tcpwrappers" "SECID27"
1901 .cindex "tcpwrappers, building Exim to support"
1902 .cindex "USE_TCP_WRAPPERS"
1903 Exim can be linked with the &'tcpwrappers'& library in order to check incoming
1904 SMTP calls using the &'tcpwrappers'& control files. This may be a convenient
1905 alternative to Exim's own checking facilities for installations that are
1906 already making use of &'tcpwrappers'& for other purposes. To do this, you
1907 should set USE_TCP_WRAPPERS in &_Local/Makefile_&, arrange for the file
1908 &_tcpd.h_& to be available at compile time, and also ensure that the library
1909 &_libwrap.a_& is available at link time, typically by including &%-lwrap%& in
1910 EXTRALIBS_EXIM. For example, if &'tcpwrappers'& is installed in &_/usr/local_&,
1911 you might have
1912 .code
1913 USE_TCP_WRAPPERS=yes
1914 CFLAGS=-O -I/usr/local/include
1915 EXTRALIBS_EXIM=-L/usr/local/lib -lwrap
1916 .endd
1917 in &_Local/Makefile_&. The name to use in the &'tcpwrappers'& control files is
1918 &"exim"&. For example, the line
1919 .code
1920 exim : LOCAL 192.168.1. .friendly.domain.example
1921 .endd
1922 in your &_/etc/hosts.allow_& file allows connections from the local host, from
1923 the subnet 192.168.1.0/24, and from all hosts in &'friendly.domain.example'&.
1924 All other connections are denied. Consult the &'tcpwrappers'& documentation for
1925 further details.
1926
1927
1928
1929 .section "Including support for IPv6" "SECID28"
1930 .cindex "IPv6" "including support for"
1931 Exim contains code for use on systems that have IPv6 support. Setting
1932 &`HAVE_IPV6=YES`& in &_Local/Makefile_& causes the IPv6 code to be included;
1933 it may also be necessary to set IPV6_INCLUDE and IPV6_LIBS on systems
1934 where the IPv6 support is not fully integrated into the normal include and
1935 library files.
1936
1937 Two different types of DNS record for handling IPv6 addresses have been
1938 defined. AAAA records (analogous to A records for IPv4) are in use, and are
1939 currently seen as the mainstream. Another record type called A6 was proposed
1940 as better than AAAA because it had more flexibility. However, it was felt to be
1941 over-complex, and its status was reduced to &"experimental"&. It is not known
1942 if anyone is actually using A6 records. Exim has support for A6 records, but
1943 this is included only if you set &`SUPPORT_A6=YES`& in &_Local/Makefile_&. The
1944 support has not been tested for some time.
1945
1946
1947
1948 .section "The building process" "SECID29"
1949 .cindex "build directory"
1950 Once &_Local/Makefile_& (and &_Local/eximon.conf_&, if required) have been
1951 created, run &'make'& at the top level. It determines the architecture and
1952 operating system types, and creates a build directory if one does not exist.
1953 For example, on a Sun system running Solaris 8, the directory
1954 &_build-SunOS5-5.8-sparc_& is created.
1955 .cindex "symbolic link" "to source files"
1956 Symbolic links to relevant source files are installed in the build directory.
1957
1958 &*Warning*&: The &%-j%& (parallel) flag must not be used with &'make'&; the
1959 building process fails if it is set.
1960
1961 If this is the first time &'make'& has been run, it calls a script that builds
1962 a make file inside the build directory, using the configuration files from the
1963 &_Local_& directory. The new make file is then passed to another instance of
1964 &'make'&. This does the real work, building a number of utility scripts, and
1965 then compiling and linking the binaries for the Exim monitor (if configured), a
1966 number of utility programs, and finally Exim itself. The command &`make
1967 makefile`& can be used to force a rebuild of the make file in the build
1968 directory, should this ever be necessary.
1969
1970 If you have problems building Exim, check for any comments there may be in the
1971 &_README_& file concerning your operating system, and also take a look at the
1972 FAQ, where some common problems are covered.
1973
1974
1975
1976 .section 'Output from &"make"&' "SECID283"
1977 The output produced by the &'make'& process for compile lines is often very
1978 unreadable, because these lines can be very long. For this reason, the normal
1979 output is suppressed by default, and instead output similar to that which
1980 appears when compiling the 2.6 Linux kernel is generated: just a short line for
1981 each module that is being compiled or linked. However, it is still possible to
1982 get the full output, by calling &'make'& like this:
1983 .code
1984 FULLECHO='' make -e
1985 .endd
1986 The value of FULLECHO defaults to &"@"&, the flag character that suppresses
1987 command reflection in &'make'&. When you ask for the full output, it is
1988 given in addition to the short output.
1989
1990
1991
1992 .section "Overriding build-time options for Exim" "SECToverride"
1993 .cindex "build-time options, overriding"
1994 The main make file that is created at the beginning of the building process
1995 consists of the concatenation of a number of files which set configuration
1996 values, followed by a fixed set of &'make'& instructions. If a value is set
1997 more than once, the last setting overrides any previous ones. This provides a
1998 convenient way of overriding defaults. The files that are concatenated are, in
1999 order:
2000 .display
2001 &_OS/Makefile-Default_&
2002 &_OS/Makefile-_&<&'ostype'&>
2003 &_Local/Makefile_&
2004 &_Local/Makefile-_&<&'ostype'&>
2005 &_Local/Makefile-_&<&'archtype'&>
2006 &_Local/Makefile-_&<&'ostype'&>-<&'archtype'&>
2007 &_OS/Makefile-Base_&
2008 .endd
2009 .cindex "&_Local/Makefile_&"
2010 .cindex "building Exim" "operating system type"
2011 .cindex "building Exim" "architecture type"
2012 where <&'ostype'&> is the operating system type and <&'archtype'&> is the
2013 architecture type. &_Local/Makefile_& is required to exist, and the building
2014 process fails if it is absent. The other three &_Local_& files are optional,
2015 and are often not needed.
2016
2017 The values used for <&'ostype'&> and <&'archtype'&> are obtained from scripts
2018 called &_scripts/os-type_& and &_scripts/arch-type_& respectively. If either of
2019 the environment variables EXIM_OSTYPE or EXIM_ARCHTYPE is set, their
2020 values are used, thereby providing a means of forcing particular settings.
2021 Otherwise, the scripts try to get values from the &%uname%& command. If this
2022 fails, the shell variables OSTYPE and ARCHTYPE are inspected. A number
2023 of &'ad hoc'& transformations are then applied, to produce the standard names
2024 that Exim expects. You can run these scripts directly from the shell in order
2025 to find out what values are being used on your system.
2026
2027
2028 &_OS/Makefile-Default_& contains comments about the variables that are set
2029 therein. Some (but not all) are mentioned below. If there is something that
2030 needs changing, review the contents of this file and the contents of the make
2031 file for your operating system (&_OS/Makefile-<ostype>_&) to see what the
2032 default values are.
2033
2034
2035 .cindex "building Exim" "overriding default settings"
2036 If you need to change any of the values that are set in &_OS/Makefile-Default_&
2037 or in &_OS/Makefile-<ostype>_&, or to add any new definitions, you do not
2038 need to change the original files. Instead, you should make the changes by
2039 putting the new values in an appropriate &_Local_& file. For example,
2040 .cindex "Tru64-Unix build-time settings"
2041 when building Exim in many releases of the Tru64-Unix (formerly Digital UNIX,
2042 formerly DEC-OSF1) operating system, it is necessary to specify that the C
2043 compiler is called &'cc'& rather than &'gcc'&. Also, the compiler must be
2044 called with the option &%-std1%&, to make it recognize some of the features of
2045 Standard C that Exim uses. (Most other compilers recognize Standard C by
2046 default.) To do this, you should create a file called &_Local/Makefile-OSF1_&
2047 containing the lines
2048 .code
2049 CC=cc
2050 CFLAGS=-std1
2051 .endd
2052 If you are compiling for just one operating system, it may be easier to put
2053 these lines directly into &_Local/Makefile_&.
2054
2055 Keeping all your local configuration settings separate from the distributed
2056 files makes it easy to transfer them to new versions of Exim simply by copying
2057 the contents of the &_Local_& directory.
2058
2059
2060 .cindex "NIS lookup type" "including support for"
2061 .cindex "NIS+ lookup type" "including support for"
2062 .cindex "LDAP" "including support for"
2063 .cindex "lookup" "inclusion in binary"
2064 Exim contains support for doing LDAP, NIS, NIS+, and other kinds of file
2065 lookup, but not all systems have these components installed, so the default is
2066 not to include the relevant code in the binary. All the different kinds of file
2067 and database lookup that Exim supports are implemented as separate code modules
2068 which are included only if the relevant compile-time options are set. In the
2069 case of LDAP, NIS, and NIS+, the settings for &_Local/Makefile_& are:
2070 .code
2071 LOOKUP_LDAP=yes
2072 LOOKUP_NIS=yes
2073 LOOKUP_NISPLUS=yes
2074 .endd
2075 and similar settings apply to the other lookup types. They are all listed in
2076 &_src/EDITME_&. In many cases the relevant include files and interface
2077 libraries need to be installed before compiling Exim.
2078 .cindex "cdb" "including support for"
2079 However, there are some optional lookup types (such as cdb) for which
2080 the code is entirely contained within Exim, and no external include
2081 files or libraries are required. When a lookup type is not included in the
2082 binary, attempts to configure Exim to use it cause run time configuration
2083 errors.
2084
2085 .cindex "Perl" "including support for"
2086 Exim can be linked with an embedded Perl interpreter, allowing Perl
2087 subroutines to be called during string expansion. To enable this facility,
2088 .code
2089 EXIM_PERL=perl.o
2090 .endd
2091 must be defined in &_Local/Makefile_&. Details of this facility are given in
2092 chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&.
2093
2094 .cindex "X11 libraries, location of"
2095 The location of the X11 libraries is something that varies a lot between
2096 operating systems, and there may be different versions of X11 to cope
2097 with. Exim itself makes no use of X11, but if you are compiling the Exim
2098 monitor, the X11 libraries must be available.
2099 The following three variables are set in &_OS/Makefile-Default_&:
2100 .code
2101 X11=/usr/X11R6
2102 XINCLUDE=-I$(X11)/include
2103 XLFLAGS=-L$(X11)/lib
2104 .endd
2105 These are overridden in some of the operating-system configuration files. For
2106 example, in &_OS/Makefile-SunOS5_& there is
2107 .code
2108 X11=/usr/openwin
2109 XINCLUDE=-I$(X11)/include
2110 XLFLAGS=-L$(X11)/lib -R$(X11)/lib
2111 .endd
2112 If you need to override the default setting for your operating system, place a
2113 definition of all three of these variables into your
2114 &_Local/Makefile-<ostype>_& file.
2115
2116 .cindex "EXTRALIBS"
2117 If you need to add any extra libraries to the link steps, these can be put in a
2118 variable called EXTRALIBS, which appears in all the link commands, but by
2119 default is not defined. In contrast, EXTRALIBS_EXIM is used only on the
2120 command for linking the main Exim binary, and not for any associated utilities.
2121
2122 .cindex "DBM libraries" "configuration for building"
2123 There is also DBMLIB, which appears in the link commands for binaries that
2124 use DBM functions (see also section &<<SECTdb>>&). Finally, there is
2125 EXTRALIBS_EXIMON, which appears only in the link step for the Exim monitor
2126 binary, and which can be used, for example, to include additional X11
2127 libraries.
2128
2129 .cindex "configuration file" "editing"
2130 The make file copes with rebuilding Exim correctly if any of the configuration
2131 files are edited. However, if an optional configuration file is deleted, it is
2132 necessary to touch the associated non-optional file (that is,
2133 &_Local/Makefile_& or &_Local/eximon.conf_&) before rebuilding.
2134
2135
2136 .section "OS-specific header files" "SECID30"
2137 .cindex "&_os.h_&"
2138 .cindex "building Exim" "OS-specific C header files"
2139 The &_OS_& directory contains a number of files with names of the form
2140 &_os.h-<ostype>_&. These are system-specific C header files that should not
2141 normally need to be changed. There is a list of macro settings that are
2142 recognized in the file &_OS/os.configuring_&, which should be consulted if you
2143 are porting Exim to a new operating system.
2144
2145
2146
2147 .section "Overriding build-time options for the monitor" "SECID31"
2148 .cindex "building Eximon"
2149 A similar process is used for overriding things when building the Exim monitor,
2150 where the files that are involved are
2151 .display
2152 &_OS/eximon.conf-Default_&
2153 &_OS/eximon.conf-_&<&'ostype'&>
2154 &_Local/eximon.conf_&
2155 &_Local/eximon.conf-_&<&'ostype'&>
2156 &_Local/eximon.conf-_&<&'archtype'&>
2157 &_Local/eximon.conf-_&<&'ostype'&>-<&'archtype'&>
2158 .endd
2159 .cindex "&_Local/eximon.conf_&"
2160 As with Exim itself, the final three files need not exist, and in this case the
2161 &_OS/eximon.conf-<ostype>_& file is also optional. The default values in
2162 &_OS/eximon.conf-Default_& can be overridden dynamically by setting environment
2163 variables of the same name, preceded by EXIMON_. For example, setting
2164 EXIMON_LOG_DEPTH in the environment overrides the value of
2165 LOG_DEPTH at run time.
2166 .ecindex IIDbuex
2167
2168
2169 .section "Installing Exim binaries and scripts" "SECID32"
2170 .cindex "installing Exim"
2171 .cindex "BIN_DIRECTORY"
2172 The command &`make install`& runs the &(exim_install)& script with no
2173 arguments. The script copies binaries and utility scripts into the directory
2174 whose name is specified by the BIN_DIRECTORY setting in &_Local/Makefile_&.
2175 .cindex "setuid" "installing Exim with"
2176 The install script copies files only if they are newer than the files they are
2177 going to replace. The Exim binary is required to be owned by root and have the
2178 &'setuid'& bit set, for normal configurations. Therefore, you must run &`make
2179 install`& as root so that it can set up the Exim binary in this way. However, in
2180 some special situations (for example, if a host is doing no local deliveries)
2181 it may be possible to run Exim without making the binary setuid root (see
2182 chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>& for details).
2183
2184 .cindex "CONFIGURE_FILE"
2185 Exim's run time configuration file is named by the CONFIGURE_FILE setting
2186 in &_Local/Makefile_&. If this names a single file, and the file does not
2187 exist, the default configuration file &_src/configure.default_& is copied there
2188 by the installation script. If a run time configuration file already exists, it
2189 is left alone. If CONFIGURE_FILE is a colon-separated list, naming several
2190 alternative files, no default is installed.
2191
2192 .cindex "system aliases file"
2193 .cindex "&_/etc/aliases_&"
2194 One change is made to the default configuration file when it is installed: the
2195 default configuration contains a router that references a system aliases file.
2196 The path to this file is set to the value specified by
2197 SYSTEM_ALIASES_FILE in &_Local/Makefile_& (&_/etc/aliases_& by default).
2198 If the system aliases file does not exist, the installation script creates it,
2199 and outputs a comment to the user.
2200
2201 The created file contains no aliases, but it does contain comments about the
2202 aliases a site should normally have. Mail aliases have traditionally been
2203 kept in &_/etc/aliases_&. However, some operating systems are now using
2204 &_/etc/mail/aliases_&. You should check if yours is one of these, and change
2205 Exim's configuration if necessary.
2206
2207 The default configuration uses the local host's name as the only local domain,
2208 and is set up to do local deliveries into the shared directory &_/var/mail_&,
2209 running as the local user. System aliases and &_.forward_& files in users' home
2210 directories are supported, but no NIS or NIS+ support is configured. Domains
2211 other than the name of the local host are routed using the DNS, with delivery
2212 over SMTP.
2213
2214 It is possible to install Exim for special purposes (such as building a binary
2215 distribution) in a private part of the file system. You can do this by a
2216 command such as
2217 .code
2218 make DESTDIR=/some/directory/ install
2219 .endd
2220 This has the effect of pre-pending the specified directory to all the file
2221 paths, except the name of the system aliases file that appears in the default
2222 configuration. (If a default alias file is created, its name &'is'& modified.)
2223 For backwards compatibility, ROOT is used if DESTDIR is not set,
2224 but this usage is deprecated.
2225
2226 .new
2227 .cindex "installing Exim" "what is not installed"
2228 Running &'make install'& does not copy the Exim 4 conversion script
2229 &'convert4r4'&. You will probably run this only once if you are
2230 upgrading from Exim 3. None of the documentation files in the &_doc_&
2231 directory are copied, except for the info files when you have set
2232 INFO_DIRECTORY, as described in section &<<SECTinsinfdoc>>& below.
2233 .wen
2234
2235 For the utility programs, old versions are renamed by adding the suffix &_.O_&
2236 to their names. The Exim binary itself, however, is handled differently. It is
2237 installed under a name that includes the version number and the compile number,
2238 for example &_exim-&version;-1_&. The script then arranges for a symbolic link
2239 called &_exim_& to point to the binary. If you are updating a previous version
2240 of Exim, the script takes care to ensure that the name &_exim_& is never absent
2241 from the directory (as seen by other processes).
2242
2243 .cindex "installing Exim" "testing the script"
2244 If you want to see what the &'make install'& will do before running it for
2245 real, you can pass the &%-n%& option to the installation script by this
2246 command:
2247 .code
2248 make INSTALL_ARG=-n install
2249 .endd
2250 The contents of the variable INSTALL_ARG are passed to the installation
2251 script. You do not need to be root to run this test. Alternatively, you can run
2252 the installation script directly, but this must be from within the build
2253 directory. For example, from the top-level Exim directory you could use this
2254 command:
2255 .code
2256 (cd build-SunOS5-5.5.1-sparc; ../scripts/exim_install -n)
2257 .endd
2258 .cindex "installing Exim" "install script options"
2259 There are two other options that can be supplied to the installation script.
2260
2261 .ilist
2262 &%-no_chown%& bypasses the call to change the owner of the installed binary
2263 to root, and the call to make it a setuid binary.
2264 .next
2265 &%-no_symlink%& bypasses the setting up of the symbolic link &_exim_& to the
2266 installed binary.
2267 .endlist
2268
2269 INSTALL_ARG can be used to pass these options to the script. For example:
2270 .code
2271 make INSTALL_ARG=-no_symlink install
2272 .endd
2273 The installation script can also be given arguments specifying which files are
2274 to be copied. For example, to install just the Exim binary, and nothing else,
2275 without creating the symbolic link, you could use:
2276 .code
2277 make INSTALL_ARG='-no_symlink exim' install
2278 .endd
2279
2280
2281
2282 .section "Installing info documentation" "SECTinsinfdoc"
2283 .cindex "installing Exim" "&'info'& documentation"
2284 Not all systems use the GNU &'info'& system for documentation, and for this
2285 reason, the Texinfo source of Exim's documentation is not included in the main
2286 distribution. Instead it is available separately from the ftp site (see section
2287 &<<SECTavail>>&).
2288
2289 If you have defined INFO_DIRECTORY in &_Local/Makefile_& and the Texinfo
2290 source of the documentation is found in the source tree, running &`make
2291 install`& automatically builds the info files and installs them.
2292
2293
2294
2295 .section "Setting up the spool directory" "SECID33"
2296 .cindex "spool directory" "creating"
2297 When it starts up, Exim tries to create its spool directory if it does not
2298 exist. The Exim uid and gid are used for the owner and group of the spool
2299 directory. Sub-directories are automatically created in the spool directory as
2300 necessary.
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305 .section "Testing" "SECID34"
2306 .cindex "testing" "installation"
2307 Having installed Exim, you can check that the run time configuration file is
2308 syntactically valid by running the following command, which assumes that the
2309 Exim binary directory is within your PATH environment variable:
2310 .code
2311 exim -bV
2312 .endd
2313 If there are any errors in the configuration file, Exim outputs error messages.
2314 Otherwise it outputs the version number and build date,
2315 the DBM library that is being used, and information about which drivers and
2316 other optional code modules are included in the binary.
2317 Some simple routing tests can be done by using the address testing option. For
2318 example,
2319 .display
2320 &`exim -bt`& <&'local username'&>
2321 .endd
2322 should verify that it recognizes a local mailbox, and
2323 .display
2324 &`exim -bt`& <&'remote address'&>
2325 .endd
2326 a remote one. Then try getting it to deliver mail, both locally and remotely.
2327 This can be done by passing messages directly to Exim, without going through a
2328 user agent. For example:
2329 .code
2330 exim -v postmaster@your.domain.example
2331 From: user@your.domain.example
2332 To: postmaster@your.domain.example
2333 Subject: Testing Exim
2334
2335 This is a test message.
2336 ^D
2337 .endd
2338 The &%-v%& option causes Exim to output some verification of what it is doing.
2339 In this case you should see copies of three log lines, one for the message's
2340 arrival, one for its delivery, and one containing &"Completed"&.
2341
2342 .cindex "delivery" "problems with"
2343 If you encounter problems, look at Exim's log files (&'mainlog'& and
2344 &'paniclog'&) to see if there is any relevant information there. Another source
2345 of information is running Exim with debugging turned on, by specifying the
2346 &%-d%& option. If a message is stuck on Exim's spool, you can force a delivery
2347 with debugging turned on by a command of the form
2348 .display
2349 &`exim -d -M`& <&'exim-message-id'&>
2350 .endd
2351 You must be root or an &"admin user"& in order to do this. The &%-d%& option
2352 produces rather a lot of output, but you can cut this down to specific areas.
2353 For example, if you use &%-d-all+route%& only the debugging information
2354 relevant to routing is included. (See the &%-d%& option in chapter
2355 &<<CHAPcommandline>>& for more details.)
2356
2357 .cindex '&"sticky"& bit'
2358 .cindex "lock files"
2359 One specific problem that has shown up on some sites is the inability to do
2360 local deliveries into a shared mailbox directory, because it does not have the
2361 &"sticky bit"& set on it. By default, Exim tries to create a lock file before
2362 writing to a mailbox file, and if it cannot create the lock file, the delivery
2363 is deferred. You can get round this either by setting the &"sticky bit"& on the
2364 directory, or by setting a specific group for local deliveries and allowing
2365 that group to create files in the directory (see the comments above the
2366 &(local_delivery)& transport in the default configuration file). Another
2367 approach is to configure Exim not to use lock files, but just to rely on
2368 &[fcntl()]& locking instead. However, you should do this only if all user
2369 agents also use &[fcntl()]& locking. For further discussion of locking issues,
2370 see chapter &<<CHAPappendfile>>&.
2371
2372 One thing that cannot be tested on a system that is already running an MTA is
2373 the receipt of incoming SMTP mail on the standard SMTP port. However, the
2374 &%-oX%& option can be used to run an Exim daemon that listens on some other
2375 port, or &'inetd'& can be used to do this. The &%-bh%& option and the
2376 &'exim_checkaccess'& utility can be used to check out policy controls on
2377 incoming SMTP mail.
2378
2379 Testing a new version on a system that is already running Exim can most easily
2380 be done by building a binary with a different CONFIGURE_FILE setting. From
2381 within the run time configuration, all other file and directory names
2382 that Exim uses can be altered, in order to keep it entirely clear of the
2383 production version.
2384
2385
2386 .section "Replacing another MTA with Exim" "SECID35"
2387 .cindex "replacing another MTA"
2388 Building and installing Exim for the first time does not of itself put it in
2389 general use. The name by which the system's MTA is called by mail user agents
2390 is either &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&, or &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& (depending on the
2391 operating system), and it is necessary to make this name point to the &'exim'&
2392 binary in order to get the user agents to pass messages to Exim. This is
2393 normally done by renaming any existing file and making &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&
2394 or &_/usr/lib/sendmail_&
2395 .cindex "symbolic link" "to &'exim'& binary"
2396 a symbolic link to the &'exim'& binary. It is a good idea to remove any setuid
2397 privilege and executable status from the old MTA. It is then necessary to stop
2398 and restart the mailer daemon, if one is running.
2399
2400 .cindex "FreeBSD, MTA indirection"
2401 .cindex "&_/etc/mail/mailer.conf_&"
2402 Some operating systems have introduced alternative ways of switching MTAs. For
2403 example, if you are running FreeBSD, you need to edit the file
2404 &_/etc/mail/mailer.conf_& instead of setting up a symbolic link as just
2405 described. A typical example of the contents of this file for running Exim is
2406 as follows:
2407 .code
2408 sendmail /usr/exim/bin/exim
2409 send-mail /usr/exim/bin/exim
2410 mailq /usr/exim/bin/exim -bp
2411 newaliases /usr/bin/true
2412 .endd
2413 Once you have set up the symbolic link, or edited &_/etc/mail/mailer.conf_&,
2414 your Exim installation is &"live"&. Check it by sending a message from your
2415 favourite user agent.
2416
2417 You should consider what to tell your users about the change of MTA. Exim may
2418 have different capabilities to what was previously running, and there are
2419 various operational differences such as the text of messages produced by
2420 command line options and in bounce messages. If you allow your users to make
2421 use of Exim's filtering capabilities, you should make the document entitled
2422 &'Exim's interface to mail filtering'& available to them.
2423
2424
2425
2426 .section "Upgrading Exim" "SECID36"
2427 .cindex "upgrading Exim"
2428 If you are already running Exim on your host, building and installing a new
2429 version automatically makes it available to MUAs, or any other programs that
2430 call the MTA directly. However, if you are running an Exim daemon, you do need
2431 to send it a HUP signal, to make it re-execute itself, and thereby pick up the
2432 new binary. You do not need to stop processing mail in order to install a new
2433 version of Exim. The install script does not modify an existing runtime
2434 configuration file.
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439 .section "Stopping the Exim daemon on Solaris" "SECID37"
2440 .cindex "Solaris" "stopping Exim on"
2441 The standard command for stopping the mailer daemon on Solaris is
2442 .code
2443 /etc/init.d/sendmail stop
2444 .endd
2445 If &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& has been turned into a symbolic link, this script
2446 fails to stop Exim because it uses the command &'ps -e'& and greps the output
2447 for the text &"sendmail"&; this is not present because the actual program name
2448 (that is, &"exim"&) is given by the &'ps'& command with these options. A
2449 solution is to replace the line that finds the process id with something like
2450 .code
2451 pid=`cat /var/spool/exim/exim-daemon.pid`
2452 .endd
2453 to obtain the daemon's pid directly from the file that Exim saves it in.
2454
2455 Note, however, that stopping the daemon does not &"stop Exim"&. Messages can
2456 still be received from local processes, and if automatic delivery is configured
2457 (the normal case), deliveries will still occur.
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2463 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2464
2465 .chapter "The Exim command line" "CHAPcommandline"
2466 .scindex IIDclo1 "command line" "options"
2467 .scindex IIDclo2 "options" "command line"
2468 Exim's command line takes the standard Unix form of a sequence of options,
2469 each starting with a hyphen character, followed by a number of arguments. The
2470 options are compatible with the main options of Sendmail, and there are also
2471 some additional options, some of which are compatible with Smail 3. Certain
2472 combinations of options do not make sense, and provoke an error if used.
2473 The form of the arguments depends on which options are set.
2474
2475
2476 .section "Setting options by program name" "SECID38"
2477 .cindex "&'mailq'&"
2478 If Exim is called under the name &'mailq'&, it behaves as if the option &%-bp%&
2479 were present before any other options.
2480 The &%-bp%& option requests a listing of the contents of the mail queue on the
2481 standard output.
2482 This feature is for compatibility with some systems that contain a command of
2483 that name in one of the standard libraries, symbolically linked to
2484 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& or &_/usr/lib/sendmail_&.
2485
2486 .cindex "&'rsmtp'&"
2487 If Exim is called under the name &'rsmtp'& it behaves as if the option &%-bS%&
2488 were present before any other options, for compatibility with Smail. The
2489 &%-bS%& option is used for reading in a number of messages in batched SMTP
2490 format.
2491
2492 .cindex "&'rmail'&"
2493 If Exim is called under the name &'rmail'& it behaves as if the &%-i%& and
2494 &%-oee%& options were present before any other options, for compatibility with
2495 Smail. The name &'rmail'& is used as an interface by some UUCP systems.
2496
2497 .cindex "&'runq'&"
2498 .cindex "queue runner"
2499 If Exim is called under the name &'runq'& it behaves as if the option &%-q%&
2500 were present before any other options, for compatibility with Smail. The &%-q%&
2501 option causes a single queue runner process to be started.
2502
2503 .cindex "&'newaliases'&"
2504 .cindex "alias file" "building"
2505 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "calling Exim as &'newaliases'&"
2506 If Exim is called under the name &'newaliases'& it behaves as if the option
2507 &%-bi%& were present before any other options, for compatibility with Sendmail.
2508 This option is used for rebuilding Sendmail's alias file. Exim does not have
2509 the concept of a single alias file, but can be configured to run a given
2510 command if called with the &%-bi%& option.
2511
2512
2513 .section "Trusted and admin users" "SECTtrustedadmin"
2514 Some Exim options are available only to &'trusted users'& and others are
2515 available only to &'admin users'&. In the description below, the phrases &"Exim
2516 user"& and &"Exim group"& mean the user and group defined by EXIM_USER and
2517 EXIM_GROUP in &_Local/Makefile_& or set by the &%exim_user%& and
2518 &%exim_group%& options. These do not necessarily have to use the name &"exim"&.
2519
2520 .ilist
2521 .cindex "trusted users" "definition of"
2522 .cindex "user" "trusted definition of"
2523 The trusted users are root, the Exim user, any user listed in the
2524 &%trusted_users%& configuration option, and any user whose current group or any
2525 supplementary group is one of those listed in the &%trusted_groups%&
2526 configuration option. Note that the Exim group is not automatically trusted.
2527
2528 .cindex '&"From"& line'
2529 .cindex "envelope sender"
2530 Trusted users are always permitted to use the &%-f%& option or a leading
2531 &"From&~"& line to specify the envelope sender of a message that is passed to
2532 Exim through the local interface (see the &%-bm%& and &%-f%& options below).
2533 See the &%untrusted_set_sender%& option for a way of permitting non-trusted
2534 users to set envelope senders.
2535
2536 .cindex "&'From:'& header line"
2537 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line"
2538 For a trusted user, there is never any check on the contents of the &'From:'&
2539 header line, and a &'Sender:'& line is never added. Furthermore, any existing
2540 &'Sender:'& line in incoming local (non-TCP/IP) messages is not removed.
2541
2542 Trusted users may also specify a host name, host address, interface address,
2543 protocol name, ident value, and authentication data when submitting a message
2544 locally. Thus, they are able to insert messages into Exim's queue locally that
2545 have the characteristics of messages received from a remote host. Untrusted
2546 users may in some circumstances use &%-f%&, but can never set the other values
2547 that are available to trusted users.
2548 .next
2549 .cindex "user" "admin definition of"
2550 .cindex "admin user" "definition of"
2551 The admin users are root, the Exim user, and any user that is a member of the
2552 Exim group or of any group listed in the &%admin_groups%& configuration option.
2553 The current group does not have to be one of these groups.
2554
2555 Admin users are permitted to list the queue, and to carry out certain
2556 operations on messages, for example, to force delivery failures. It is also
2557 necessary to be an admin user in order to see the full information provided by
2558 the Exim monitor, and full debugging output.
2559
2560 By default, the use of the &%-M%&, &%-q%&, &%-R%&, and &%-S%& options to cause
2561 Exim to attempt delivery of messages on its queue is restricted to admin users.
2562 However, this restriction can be relaxed by setting the &%prod_requires_admin%&
2563 option false (that is, specifying &%no_prod_requires_admin%&).
2564
2565 Similarly, the use of the &%-bp%& option to list all the messages in the queue
2566 is restricted to admin users unless &%queue_list_requires_admin%& is set
2567 false.
2568 .endlist
2569
2570
2571 &*Warning*&: If you configure your system so that admin users are able to
2572 edit Exim's configuration file, you are giving those users an easy way of
2573 getting root. There is further discussion of this issue at the start of chapter
2574 &<<CHAPconf>>&.
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579 .section "Command line options" "SECID39"
2580 Exim's command line options are described in alphabetical order below. If none
2581 of the options that specifies a specific action (such as starting the daemon or
2582 a queue runner, or testing an address, or receiving a message in a specific
2583 format, or listing the queue) are present, and there is at least one argument
2584 on the command line, &%-bm%& (accept a local message on the standard input,
2585 with the arguments specifying the recipients) is assumed. Otherwise, Exim
2586 outputs a brief message about itself and exits.
2587
2588 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2589 . Insert a stylized XML comment here, to identify the start of the command line
2590 . options. This is for the benefit of the Perl script that automatically
2591 . creates a man page for the options.
2592 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2593
2594 .literal xml
2595 <!-- === Start of command line options === -->
2596 .literal off
2597
2598
2599 .vlist
2600 .vitem &%--%&
2601 .oindex "--"
2602 .cindex "options" "command line; terminating"
2603 This is a pseudo-option whose only purpose is to terminate the options and
2604 therefore to cause subsequent command line items to be treated as arguments
2605 rather than options, even if they begin with hyphens.
2606
2607 .vitem &%--help%&
2608 .oindex "&%--help%&"
2609 This option causes Exim to output a few sentences stating what it is.
2610 The same output is generated if the Exim binary is called with no options and
2611 no arguments.
2612
2613 .vitem &%-B%&<&'type'&>
2614 .oindex "&%-B%&"
2615 .cindex "8-bit characters"
2616 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "8-bit characters"
2617 This is a Sendmail option for selecting 7 or 8 bit processing. Exim is 8-bit
2618 clean; it ignores this option.
2619
2620 .vitem &%-bd%&
2621 .oindex "&%-bd%&"
2622 .cindex "daemon"
2623 .cindex "SMTP" "listener"
2624 .cindex "queue runner"
2625 This option runs Exim as a daemon, awaiting incoming SMTP connections. Usually
2626 the &%-bd%& option is combined with the &%-q%&<&'time'&> option, to specify
2627 that the daemon should also initiate periodic queue runs.
2628
2629 The &%-bd%& option can be used only by an admin user. If either of the &%-d%&
2630 (debugging) or &%-v%& (verifying) options are set, the daemon does not
2631 disconnect from the controlling terminal. When running this way, it can be
2632 stopped by pressing ctrl-C.
2633
2634 By default, Exim listens for incoming connections to the standard SMTP port on
2635 all the host's running interfaces. However, it is possible to listen on other
2636 ports, on multiple ports, and only on specific interfaces. Chapter
2637 &<<CHAPinterfaces>>& contains a description of the options that control this.
2638
2639 When a listening daemon
2640 .cindex "daemon" "process id (pid)"
2641 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of daemon"
2642 is started without the use of &%-oX%& (that is, without overriding the normal
2643 configuration), it writes its process id to a file called &_exim-daemon.pid_&
2644 in Exim's spool directory. This location can be overridden by setting
2645 PID_FILE_PATH in &_Local/Makefile_&. The file is written while Exim is still
2646 running as root.
2647
2648 When &%-oX%& is used on the command line to start a listening daemon, the
2649 process id is not written to the normal pid file path. However, &%-oP%& can be
2650 used to specify a path on the command line if a pid file is required.
2651
2652 The SIGHUP signal
2653 .cindex "SIGHUP"
2654 .cindex "daemon" "restarting"
2655 can be used to cause the daemon to re-execute itself. This should be done
2656 whenever Exim's configuration file, or any file that is incorporated into it by
2657 means of the &%.include%& facility, is changed, and also whenever a new version
2658 of Exim is installed. It is not necessary to do this when other files that are
2659 referenced from the configuration (for example, alias files) are changed,
2660 because these are reread each time they are used.
2661
2662 .vitem &%-bdf%&
2663 .oindex "&%-bdf%&"
2664 This option has the same effect as &%-bd%& except that it never disconnects
2665 from the controlling terminal, even when no debugging is specified.
2666
2667 .vitem &%-be%&
2668 .oindex "&%-be%&"
2669 .cindex "testing" "string expansion"
2670 .cindex "expansion" "testing"
2671 Run Exim in expansion testing mode. Exim discards its root privilege, to
2672 prevent ordinary users from using this mode to read otherwise inaccessible
2673 files. If no arguments are given, Exim runs interactively, prompting for lines
2674 of data. Otherwise, it processes each argument in turn.
2675
2676 If Exim was built with USE_READLINE=yes in &_Local/Makefile_&, it tries
2677 to load the &%libreadline%& library dynamically whenever the &%-be%& option is
2678 used without command line arguments. If successful, it uses the &[readline()]&
2679 function, which provides extensive line-editing facilities, for reading the
2680 test data. A line history is supported.
2681
2682 Long expansion expressions can be split over several lines by using backslash
2683 continuations. As in Exim's run time configuration, white space at the start of
2684 continuation lines is ignored. Each argument or data line is passed through the
2685 string expansion mechanism, and the result is output. Variable values from the
2686 configuration file (for example, &$qualify_domain$&) are available, but no
2687 message-specific values (such as &$sender_domain$&) are set, because no message
2688 is being processed (but see &%-bem%& and &%-Mset%&).
2689
2690 &*Note*&: If you use this mechanism to test lookups, and you change the data
2691 files or databases you are using, you must exit and restart Exim before trying
2692 the same lookup again. Otherwise, because each Exim process caches the results
2693 of lookups, you will just get the same result as before.
2694
2695 .vitem &%-bem%&&~<&'filename'&>
2696 .oindex "&%-bem%&"
2697 .cindex "testing" "string expansion"
2698 .cindex "expansion" "testing"
2699 This option operates like &%-be%& except that it must be followed by the name
2700 of a file. For example:
2701 .code
2702 exim -bem /tmp/testmessage
2703 .endd
2704 The file is read as a message (as if receiving a locally-submitted non-SMTP
2705 message) before any of the test expansions are done. Thus, message-specific
2706 variables such as &$message_size$& and &$header_from:$& are available. However,
2707 no &'Received:'& header is added to the message. If the &%-t%& option is set,
2708 recipients are read from the headers in the normal way, and are shown in the
2709 &$recipients$& variable. Note that recipients cannot be given on the command
2710 line, because further arguments are taken as strings to expand (just like
2711 &%-be%&).
2712
2713 .vitem &%-bF%&&~<&'filename'&>
2714 .oindex "&%-bF%&"
2715 .cindex "system filter" "testing"
2716 .cindex "testing" "system filter"
2717 This option is the same as &%-bf%& except that it assumes that the filter being
2718 tested is a system filter. The additional commands that are available only in
2719 system filters are recognized.
2720
2721 .vitem &%-bf%&&~<&'filename'&>
2722 .oindex "&%-bf%&"
2723 .cindex "filter" "testing"
2724 .cindex "testing" "filter file"
2725 .cindex "forward file" "testing"
2726 .cindex "testing" "forward file"
2727 .cindex "Sieve filter" "testing"
2728 This option runs Exim in user filter testing mode; the file is the filter file
2729 to be tested, and a test message must be supplied on the standard input. If
2730 there are no message-dependent tests in the filter, an empty file can be
2731 supplied.
2732
2733 If you want to test a system filter file, use &%-bF%& instead of &%-bf%&. You
2734 can use both &%-bF%& and &%-bf%& on the same command, in order to test a system
2735 filter and a user filter in the same run. For example:
2736 .code
2737 exim -bF /system/filter -bf /user/filter </test/message
2738 .endd
2739 This is helpful when the system filter adds header lines or sets filter
2740 variables that are used by the user filter.
2741
2742 If the test filter file does not begin with one of the special lines
2743 .code
2744 # Exim filter
2745 # Sieve filter
2746 .endd
2747 it is taken to be a normal &_.forward_& file, and is tested for validity under
2748 that interpretation. See sections &<<SECTitenonfilred>>& to
2749 &<<SECTspecitredli>>& for a description of the possible contents of non-filter
2750 redirection lists.
2751
2752 The result of an Exim command that uses &%-bf%&, provided no errors are
2753 detected, is a list of the actions that Exim would try to take if presented
2754 with the message for real. More details of filter testing are given in the
2755 separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'&.
2756
2757 When testing a filter file,
2758 .cindex "&""From""& line"
2759 .cindex "envelope sender"
2760 .oindex "&%-f%&" "for filter testing"
2761 the envelope sender can be set by the &%-f%& option,
2762 or by a &"From&~"& line at the start of the test message. Various parameters
2763 that would normally be taken from the envelope recipient address of the message
2764 can be set by means of additional command line options (see the next four
2765 options).
2766
2767 .vitem &%-bfd%&&~<&'domain'&>
2768 .oindex "&%-bfd%&"
2769 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
2770 This sets the domain of the recipient address when a filter file is being
2771 tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is the value of
2772 &$qualify_domain$&.
2773
2774 .vitem &%-bfl%&&~<&'local&~part'&>
2775 .oindex "&%-bfl%&"
2776 This sets the local part of the recipient address when a filter file is being
2777 tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is the username of the
2778 process that calls Exim. A local part should be specified with any prefix or
2779 suffix stripped, because that is how it appears to the filter when a message is
2780 actually being delivered.
2781
2782 .vitem &%-bfp%&&~<&'prefix'&>
2783 .oindex "&%-bfp%&"
2784 This sets the prefix of the local part of the recipient address when a filter
2785 file is being tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is an empty
2786 prefix.
2787
2788 .vitem &%-bfs%&&~<&'suffix'&>
2789 .oindex "&%-bfs%&"
2790 This sets the suffix of the local part of the recipient address when a filter
2791 file is being tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is an empty
2792 suffix.
2793
2794 .vitem &%-bh%&&~<&'IP&~address'&>
2795 .oindex "&%-bh%&"
2796 .cindex "testing" "incoming SMTP"
2797 .cindex "SMTP" "testing incoming"
2798 .cindex "testing" "relay control"
2799 .cindex "relaying" "testing configuration"
2800 .cindex "policy control" "testing"
2801 .cindex "debugging" "&%-bh%& option"
2802 This option runs a fake SMTP session as if from the given IP address, using the
2803 standard input and output. The IP address may include a port number at the end,
2804 after a full stop. For example:
2805 .code
2806 exim -bh 10.9.8.7.1234
2807 exim -bh fe80::a00:20ff:fe86:a061.5678
2808 .endd
2809 When an IPv6 address is given, it is converted into canonical form. In the case
2810 of the second example above, the value of &$sender_host_address$& after
2811 conversion to the canonical form is
2812 &`fe80:0000:0000:0a00:20ff:fe86:a061.5678`&.
2813
2814 Comments as to what is going on are written to the standard error file. These
2815 include lines beginning with &"LOG"& for anything that would have been logged.
2816 This facility is provided for testing configuration options for incoming
2817 messages, to make sure they implement the required policy. For example, you can
2818 test your relay controls using &%-bh%&.
2819
2820 &*Warning 1*&:
2821 .cindex "RFC 1413"
2822 You can test features of the configuration that rely on ident (RFC 1413)
2823 information by using the &%-oMt%& option. However, Exim cannot actually perform
2824 an ident callout when testing using &%-bh%& because there is no incoming SMTP
2825 connection.
2826
2827 &*Warning 2*&: Address verification callouts (see section &<<SECTcallver>>&)
2828 are also skipped when testing using &%-bh%&. If you want these callouts to
2829 occur, use &%-bhc%& instead.
2830
2831 Messages supplied during the testing session are discarded, and nothing is
2832 written to any of the real log files. There may be pauses when DNS (and other)
2833 lookups are taking place, and of course these may time out. The &%-oMi%& option
2834 can be used to specify a specific IP interface and port if this is important,
2835 and &%-oMaa%& and &%-oMai%& can be used to set parameters as if the SMTP
2836 session were authenticated.
2837
2838 The &'exim_checkaccess'& utility is a &"packaged"& version of &%-bh%& whose
2839 output just states whether a given recipient address from a given host is
2840 acceptable or not. See section &<<SECTcheckaccess>>&.
2841
2842 Features such as authentication and encryption, where the client input is not
2843 plain text, cannot easily be tested with &%-bh%&. Instead, you should use a
2844 specialized SMTP test program such as
2845 &url(http://jetmore.org/john/code/#swaks,swaks).
2846
2847 .vitem &%-bhc%&&~<&'IP&~address'&>
2848 .oindex "&%-bhc%&"
2849 This option operates in the same way as &%-bh%&, except that address
2850 verification callouts are performed if required. This includes consulting and
2851 updating the callout cache database.
2852
2853 .vitem &%-bi%&
2854 .oindex "&%-bi%&"
2855 .cindex "alias file" "building"
2856 .cindex "building alias file"
2857 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-bi%& option"
2858 Sendmail interprets the &%-bi%& option as a request to rebuild its alias file.
2859 Exim does not have the concept of a single alias file, and so it cannot mimic
2860 this behaviour. However, calls to &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& with the &%-bi%& option
2861 tend to appear in various scripts such as NIS make files, so the option must be
2862 recognized.
2863
2864 If &%-bi%& is encountered, the command specified by the &%bi_command%&
2865 configuration option is run, under the uid and gid of the caller of Exim. If
2866 the &%-oA%& option is used, its value is passed to the command as an argument.
2867 The command set by &%bi_command%& may not contain arguments. The command can
2868 use the &'exim_dbmbuild'& utility, or some other means, to rebuild alias files
2869 if this is required. If the &%bi_command%& option is not set, calling Exim with
2870 &%-bi%& is a no-op.
2871
2872 .vitem &%-bm%&
2873 .oindex "&%-bm%&"
2874 .cindex "local message reception"
2875 This option runs an Exim receiving process that accepts an incoming,
2876 locally-generated message on the current input. The recipients are given as the
2877 command arguments (except when &%-t%& is also present &-- see below). Each
2878 argument can be a comma-separated list of RFC 2822 addresses. This is the
2879 default option for selecting the overall action of an Exim call; it is assumed
2880 if no other conflicting option is present.
2881
2882 If any addresses in the message are unqualified (have no domain), they are
2883 qualified by the values of the &%qualify_domain%& or &%qualify_recipient%&
2884 options, as appropriate. The &%-bnq%& option (see below) provides a way of
2885 suppressing this for special cases.
2886
2887 Policy checks on the contents of local messages can be enforced by means of
2888 the non-SMTP ACL. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for details.
2889
2890 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bm%&"
2891 The return code is zero if the message is successfully accepted. Otherwise, the
2892 action is controlled by the &%-oe%&&'x'& option setting &-- see below.
2893
2894 The format
2895 .cindex "message" "format"
2896 .cindex "format" "message"
2897 .cindex "&""From""& line"
2898 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
2899 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&""From""& line"
2900 of the message must be as defined in RFC 2822, except that, for
2901 compatibility with Sendmail and Smail, a line in one of the forms
2902 .code
2903 From sender Fri Jan 5 12:55 GMT 1997
2904 From sender Fri, 5 Jan 97 12:55:01
2905 .endd
2906 (with the weekday optional, and possibly with additional text after the date)
2907 is permitted to appear at the start of the message. There appears to be no
2908 authoritative specification of the format of this line. Exim recognizes it by
2909 matching against the regular expression defined by the &%uucp_from_pattern%&
2910 option, which can be changed if necessary.
2911
2912 .oindex "&%-f%&" "overriding &""From""& line"
2913 The specified sender is treated as if it were given as the argument to the
2914 &%-f%& option, but if a &%-f%& option is also present, its argument is used in
2915 preference to the address taken from the message. The caller of Exim must be a
2916 trusted user for the sender of a message to be set in this way.
2917
2918 .vitem &%-bnq%&
2919 .oindex "&%-bnq%&"
2920 .cindex "address qualification, suppressing"
2921 By default, Exim automatically qualifies unqualified addresses (those
2922 without domains) that appear in messages that are submitted locally (that
2923 is, not over TCP/IP). This qualification applies both to addresses in
2924 envelopes, and addresses in header lines. Sender addresses are qualified using
2925 &%qualify_domain%&, and recipient addresses using &%qualify_recipient%& (which
2926 defaults to the value of &%qualify_domain%&).
2927
2928 Sometimes, qualification is not wanted. For example, if &%-bS%& (batch SMTP) is
2929 being used to re-submit messages that originally came from remote hosts after
2930 content scanning, you probably do not want to qualify unqualified addresses in
2931 header lines. (Such lines will be present only if you have not enabled a header
2932 syntax check in the appropriate ACL.)
2933
2934 The &%-bnq%& option suppresses all qualification of unqualified addresses in
2935 messages that originate on the local host. When this is used, unqualified
2936 addresses in the envelope provoke errors (causing message rejection) and
2937 unqualified addresses in header lines are left alone.
2938
2939
2940 .vitem &%-bP%&
2941 .oindex "&%-bP%&"
2942 .cindex "configuration options" "extracting"
2943 .cindex "options" "configuration &-- extracting"
2944 If this option is given with no arguments, it causes the values of all Exim's
2945 main configuration options to be written to the standard output. The values
2946 of one or more specific options can be requested by giving their names as
2947 arguments, for example:
2948 .code
2949 exim -bP qualify_domain hold_domains
2950 .endd
2951 .cindex "hiding configuration option values"
2952 .cindex "configuration options" "hiding value of"
2953 .cindex "options" "hiding value of"
2954 However, any option setting that is preceded by the word &"hide"& in the
2955 configuration file is not shown in full, except to an admin user. For other
2956 users, the output is as in this example:
2957 .code
2958 mysql_servers = <value not displayable>
2959 .endd
2960 If &%configure_file%& is given as an argument, the name of the run time
2961 configuration file is output.
2962 If a list of configuration files was supplied, the value that is output here
2963 is the name of the file that was actually used.
2964
2965 .cindex "daemon" "process id (pid)"
2966 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of daemon"
2967 If &%log_file_path%& or &%pid_file_path%& are given, the names of the
2968 directories where log files and daemon pid files are written are output,
2969 respectively. If these values are unset, log files are written in a
2970 sub-directory of the spool directory called &%log%&, and the pid file is
2971 written directly into the spool directory.
2972
2973 If &%-bP%& is followed by a name preceded by &`+`&, for example,
2974 .code
2975 exim -bP +local_domains
2976 .endd
2977 it searches for a matching named list of any type (domain, host, address, or
2978 local part) and outputs what it finds.
2979
2980 .cindex "options" "router &-- extracting"
2981 .cindex "options" "transport &-- extracting"
2982 .cindex "options" "authenticator &-- extracting"
2983 If one of the words &%router%&, &%transport%&, or &%authenticator%& is given,
2984 followed by the name of an appropriate driver instance, the option settings for
2985 that driver are output. For example:
2986 .code
2987 exim -bP transport local_delivery
2988 .endd
2989 The generic driver options are output first, followed by the driver's private
2990 options. A list of the names of drivers of a particular type can be obtained by
2991 using one of the words &%router_list%&, &%transport_list%&, or
2992 &%authenticator_list%&, and a complete list of all drivers with their option
2993 settings can be obtained by using &%routers%&, &%transports%&, or
2994 &%authenticators%&.
2995
2996 .new
2997 .cindex "options" "macro &-- extracting"
2998 If invoked by an admin user, then &%macro%&, &%macro_list%& and &%macros%&
2999 are available, similarly to the drivers. Because macros are sometimes used
3000 for storing passwords, this option is restricted.
3001 The output format is one item per line.
3002 .wen
3003
3004 .vitem &%-bp%&
3005 .oindex "&%-bp%&"
3006 .cindex "queue" "listing messages on"
3007 .cindex "listing" "messages on the queue"
3008 This option requests a listing of the contents of the mail queue on the
3009 standard output. If the &%-bp%& option is followed by a list of message ids,
3010 just those messages are listed. By default, this option can be used only by an
3011 admin user. However, the &%queue_list_requires_admin%& option can be set false
3012 to allow any user to see the queue.
3013
3014 Each message on the queue is displayed as in the following example:
3015 .code
3016 25m 2.9K 0t5C6f-0000c8-00 <alice@wonderland.fict.example>
3017 red.king@looking-glass.fict.example
3018 <other addresses>
3019 .endd
3020 .cindex "message" "size in queue listing"
3021 .cindex "size" "of message"
3022 The first line contains the length of time the message has been on the queue
3023 (in this case 25 minutes), the size of the message (2.9K), the unique local
3024 identifier for the message, and the message sender, as contained in the
3025 envelope. For bounce messages, the sender address is empty, and appears as
3026 &"<>"&. If the message was submitted locally by an untrusted user who overrode
3027 the default sender address, the user's login name is shown in parentheses
3028 before the sender address.
3029
3030 .cindex "frozen messages" "in queue listing"
3031 If the message is frozen (attempts to deliver it are suspended) then the text
3032 &"*** frozen ***"& is displayed at the end of this line.
3033
3034 The recipients of the message (taken from the envelope, not the headers) are
3035 displayed on subsequent lines. Those addresses to which the message has already
3036 been delivered are marked with the letter D. If an original address gets
3037 expanded into several addresses via an alias or forward file, the original is
3038 displayed with a D only when deliveries for all of its child addresses are
3039 complete.
3040
3041
3042 .vitem &%-bpa%&
3043 .oindex "&%-bpa%&"
3044 This option operates like &%-bp%&, but in addition it shows delivered addresses
3045 that were generated from the original top level address(es) in each message by
3046 alias or forwarding operations. These addresses are flagged with &"+D"& instead
3047 of just &"D"&.
3048
3049
3050 .vitem &%-bpc%&
3051 .oindex "&%-bpc%&"
3052 .cindex "queue" "count of messages on"
3053 This option counts the number of messages on the queue, and writes the total
3054 to the standard output. It is restricted to admin users, unless
3055 &%queue_list_requires_admin%& is set false.
3056
3057
3058 .vitem &%-bpr%&
3059 .oindex "&%-bpr%&"
3060 This option operates like &%-bp%&, but the output is not sorted into
3061 chronological order of message arrival. This can speed it up when there are
3062 lots of messages on the queue, and is particularly useful if the output is
3063 going to be post-processed in a way that doesn't need the sorting.
3064
3065 .vitem &%-bpra%&
3066 .oindex "&%-bpra%&"
3067 This option is a combination of &%-bpr%& and &%-bpa%&.
3068
3069 .vitem &%-bpru%&
3070 .oindex "&%-bpru%&"
3071 This option is a combination of &%-bpr%& and &%-bpu%&.
3072
3073
3074 .vitem &%-bpu%&
3075 .oindex "&%-bpu%&"
3076 This option operates like &%-bp%& but shows only undelivered top-level
3077 addresses for each message displayed. Addresses generated by aliasing or
3078 forwarding are not shown, unless the message was deferred after processing by a
3079 router with the &%one_time%& option set.
3080
3081
3082 .vitem &%-brt%&
3083 .oindex "&%-brt%&"
3084 .cindex "testing" "retry configuration"
3085 .cindex "retry" "configuration testing"
3086 This option is for testing retry rules, and it must be followed by up to three
3087 arguments. It causes Exim to look for a retry rule that matches the values
3088 and to write it to the standard output. For example:
3089 .code
3090 exim -brt bach.comp.mus.example
3091 Retry rule: *.comp.mus.example F,2h,15m; F,4d,30m;
3092 .endd
3093 See chapter &<<CHAPretry>>& for a description of Exim's retry rules. The first
3094 argument, which is required, can be a complete address in the form
3095 &'local_part@domain'&, or it can be just a domain name. If the second argument
3096 contains a dot, it is interpreted as an optional second domain name; if no
3097 retry rule is found for the first argument, the second is tried. This ties in
3098 with Exim's behaviour when looking for retry rules for remote hosts &-- if no
3099 rule is found that matches the host, one that matches the mail domain is
3100 sought. Finally, an argument that is the name of a specific delivery error, as
3101 used in setting up retry rules, can be given. For example:
3102 .code
3103 exim -brt haydn.comp.mus.example quota_3d
3104 Retry rule: *@haydn.comp.mus.example quota_3d F,1h,15m
3105 .endd
3106
3107 .vitem &%-brw%&
3108 .oindex "&%-brw%&"
3109 .cindex "testing" "rewriting"
3110 .cindex "rewriting" "testing"
3111 This option is for testing address rewriting rules, and it must be followed by
3112 a single argument, consisting of either a local part without a domain, or a
3113 complete address with a fully qualified domain. Exim outputs how this address
3114 would be rewritten for each possible place it might appear. See chapter
3115 &<<CHAPrewrite>>& for further details.
3116
3117 .vitem &%-bS%&
3118 .oindex "&%-bS%&"
3119 .cindex "SMTP" "batched incoming"
3120 .cindex "batched SMTP input"
3121 This option is used for batched SMTP input, which is an alternative interface
3122 for non-interactive local message submission. A number of messages can be
3123 submitted in a single run. However, despite its name, this is not really SMTP
3124 input. Exim reads each message's envelope from SMTP commands on the standard
3125 input, but generates no responses. If the caller is trusted, or
3126 &%untrusted_set_sender%& is set, the senders in the SMTP MAIL commands are
3127 believed; otherwise the sender is always the caller of Exim.
3128
3129 The message itself is read from the standard input, in SMTP format (leading
3130 dots doubled), terminated by a line containing just a single dot. An error is
3131 provoked if the terminating dot is missing. A further message may then follow.
3132
3133 As for other local message submissions, the contents of incoming batch SMTP
3134 messages can be checked using the non-SMTP ACL (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&).
3135 Unqualified addresses are automatically qualified using &%qualify_domain%& and
3136 &%qualify_recipient%&, as appropriate, unless the &%-bnq%& option is used.
3137
3138 Some other SMTP commands are recognized in the input. HELO and EHLO act
3139 as RSET; VRFY, EXPN, ETRN, and HELP act as NOOP;
3140 QUIT quits, ignoring the rest of the standard input.
3141
3142 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bS%&"
3143 If any error is encountered, reports are written to the standard output and
3144 error streams, and Exim gives up immediately. The return code is 0 if no error
3145 was detected; it is 1 if one or more messages were accepted before the error
3146 was detected; otherwise it is 2.
3147
3148 More details of input using batched SMTP are given in section
3149 &<<SECTincomingbatchedSMTP>>&.
3150
3151 .vitem &%-bs%&
3152 .oindex "&%-bs%&"
3153 .cindex "SMTP" "local input"
3154 .cindex "local SMTP input"
3155 This option causes Exim to accept one or more messages by reading SMTP commands
3156 on the standard input, and producing SMTP replies on the standard output. SMTP
3157 policy controls, as defined in ACLs (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&) are applied.
3158 Some user agents use this interface as a way of passing locally-generated
3159 messages to the MTA.
3160
3161 In
3162 .cindex "sender" "source of"
3163 this usage, if the caller of Exim is trusted, or &%untrusted_set_sender%& is
3164 set, the senders of messages are taken from the SMTP MAIL commands.
3165 Otherwise the content of these commands is ignored and the sender is set up as
3166 the calling user. Unqualified addresses are automatically qualified using
3167 &%qualify_domain%& and &%qualify_recipient%&, as appropriate, unless the
3168 &%-bnq%& option is used.
3169
3170 .cindex "inetd"
3171 The
3172 &%-bs%& option is also used to run Exim from &'inetd'&, as an alternative to
3173 using a listening daemon. Exim can distinguish the two cases by checking
3174 whether the standard input is a TCP/IP socket. When Exim is called from
3175 &'inetd'&, the source of the mail is assumed to be remote, and the comments
3176 above concerning senders and qualification do not apply. In this situation,
3177 Exim behaves in exactly the same way as it does when receiving a message via
3178 the listening daemon.
3179
3180 .vitem &%-bt%&
3181 .oindex "&%-bt%&"
3182 .cindex "testing" "addresses"
3183 .cindex "address" "testing"
3184 This option runs Exim in address testing mode, in which each argument is taken
3185 as a recipient address to be tested for deliverability. The results are
3186 written to the standard output. If a test fails, and the caller is not an admin
3187 user, no details of the failure are output, because these might contain
3188 sensitive information such as usernames and passwords for database lookups.
3189
3190 If no arguments are given, Exim runs in an interactive manner, prompting with a
3191 right angle bracket for addresses to be tested.
3192
3193 Unlike the &%-be%& test option, you cannot arrange for Exim to use the
3194 &[readline()]& function, because it is running as &'root'& and there are
3195 security issues.
3196
3197 Each address is handled as if it were the recipient address of a message
3198 (compare the &%-bv%& option). It is passed to the routers and the result is
3199 written to the standard output. However, any router that has
3200 &%no_address_test%& set is bypassed. This can make &%-bt%& easier to use for
3201 genuine routing tests if your first router passes everything to a scanner
3202 program.
3203
3204 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bt%&"
3205 The return code is 2 if any address failed outright; it is 1 if no address
3206 failed outright but at least one could not be resolved for some reason. Return
3207 code 0 is given only when all addresses succeed.
3208
3209 .cindex "duplicate addresses"
3210 &*Note*&: When actually delivering a message, Exim removes duplicate recipient
3211 addresses after routing is complete, so that only one delivery takes place.
3212 This does not happen when testing with &%-bt%&; the full results of routing are
3213 always shown.
3214
3215 &*Warning*&: &%-bt%& can only do relatively simple testing. If any of the
3216 routers in the configuration makes any tests on the sender address of a
3217 message,
3218 .oindex "&%-f%&" "for address testing"
3219 you can use the &%-f%& option to set an appropriate sender when running
3220 &%-bt%& tests. Without it, the sender is assumed to be the calling user at the
3221 default qualifying domain. However, if you have set up (for example) routers
3222 whose behaviour depends on the contents of an incoming message, you cannot test
3223 those conditions using &%-bt%&. The &%-N%& option provides a possible way of
3224 doing such tests.
3225
3226 .vitem &%-bV%&
3227 .oindex "&%-bV%&"
3228 .cindex "version number of Exim"
3229 This option causes Exim to write the current version number, compilation
3230 number, and compilation date of the &'exim'& binary to the standard output.
3231 It also lists the DBM library this is being used, the optional modules (such as
3232 specific lookup types), the drivers that are included in the binary, and the
3233 name of the run time configuration file that is in use.
3234
3235 As part of its operation, &%-bV%& causes Exim to read and syntax check its
3236 configuration file. However, this is a static check only. It cannot check
3237 values that are to be expanded. For example, although a misspelt ACL verb is
3238 detected, an error in the verb's arguments is not. You cannot rely on &%-bV%&
3239 alone to discover (for example) all the typos in the configuration; some
3240 realistic testing is needed. The &%-bh%& and &%-N%& options provide more
3241 dynamic testing facilities.
3242
3243 .vitem &%-bv%&
3244 .oindex "&%-bv%&"
3245 .cindex "verifying address" "using &%-bv%&"
3246 .cindex "address" "verification"
3247 This option runs Exim in address verification mode, in which each argument is
3248 taken as a recipient address to be verified by the routers. (This does
3249 not involve any verification callouts). During normal operation, verification
3250 happens mostly as a consequence processing a &%verify%& condition in an ACL
3251 (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&). If you want to test an entire ACL, possibly
3252 including callouts, see the &%-bh%& and &%-bhc%& options.
3253
3254 If verification fails, and the caller is not an admin user, no details of the
3255 failure are output, because these might contain sensitive information such as
3256 usernames and passwords for database lookups.
3257
3258 If no arguments are given, Exim runs in an interactive manner, prompting with a
3259 right angle bracket for addresses to be verified.
3260
3261 Unlike the &%-be%& test option, you cannot arrange for Exim to use the
3262 &[readline()]& function, because it is running as &'exim'& and there are
3263 security issues.
3264
3265 Verification differs from address testing (the &%-bt%& option) in that routers
3266 that have &%no_verify%& set are skipped, and if the address is accepted by a
3267 router that has &%fail_verify%& set, verification fails. The address is
3268 verified as a recipient if &%-bv%& is used; to test verification for a sender
3269 address, &%-bvs%& should be used.
3270
3271 If the &%-v%& option is not set, the output consists of a single line for each
3272 address, stating whether it was verified or not, and giving a reason in the
3273 latter case. Without &%-v%&, generating more than one address by redirection
3274 causes verification to end successfully, without considering the generated
3275 addresses. However, if just one address is generated, processing continues,
3276 and the generated address must verify successfully for the overall verification
3277 to succeed.
3278
3279 When &%-v%& is set, more details are given of how the address has been handled,
3280 and in the case of address redirection, all the generated addresses are also
3281 considered. Verification may succeed for some and fail for others.
3282
3283 The
3284 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bv%&"
3285 return code is 2 if any address failed outright; it is 1 if no address
3286 failed outright but at least one could not be resolved for some reason. Return
3287 code 0 is given only when all addresses succeed.
3288
3289 If any of the routers in the configuration makes any tests on the sender
3290 address of a message, you should use the &%-f%& option to set an appropriate
3291 sender when running &%-bv%& tests. Without it, the sender is assumed to be the
3292 calling user at the default qualifying domain.
3293
3294 .vitem &%-bvs%&
3295 .oindex "&%-bvs%&"
3296 This option acts like &%-bv%&, but verifies the address as a sender rather
3297 than a recipient address. This affects any rewriting and qualification that
3298 might happen.
3299
3300 .vitem &%-C%&&~<&'filelist'&>
3301 .oindex "&%-C%&"
3302 .cindex "configuration file" "alternate"
3303 .cindex "CONFIGURE_FILE"
3304 .cindex "alternate configuration file"
3305 This option causes Exim to find the run time configuration file from the given
3306 list instead of from the list specified by the CONFIGURE_FILE
3307 compile-time setting. Usually, the list will consist of just a single file
3308 name, but it can be a colon-separated list of names. In this case, the first
3309 file that exists is used. Failure to open an existing file stops Exim from
3310 proceeding any further along the list, and an error is generated.
3311
3312 When this option is used by a caller other than root or the Exim user, and the
3313 list is different from the compiled-in list, Exim gives up its root privilege
3314 immediately, and runs with the real and effective uid and gid set to those of
3315 the caller. However, if ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is defined in
3316 &_Local/Makefile_&, root privilege is retained for &%-C%& only if the caller of
3317 Exim is root.
3318
3319 That is, the Exim user is no longer privileged in this regard. This build-time
3320 option is not set by default in the Exim source distribution tarbundle.
3321 However, if you are using a &"packaged"& version of Exim (source or binary),
3322 the packagers might have enabled it.
3323
3324 Setting ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY locks out the possibility of testing a
3325 configuration using &%-C%& right through message reception and delivery, even
3326 if the caller is root. The reception works, but by that time, Exim is running
3327 as the Exim user, so when it re-executes to regain privilege for the delivery,
3328 the use of &%-C%& causes privilege to be lost. However, root can test reception
3329 and delivery using two separate commands (one to put a message on the queue,
3330 using &%-odq%&, and another to do the delivery, using &%-M%&).
3331
3332 If ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX is defined &_in Local/Makefile_&, it specifies a
3333 prefix string with which any file named in a &%-C%& command line option
3334 must start. In addition, the file name must not contain the sequence &`/../`&.
3335 However, if the value of the &%-C%& option is identical to the value of
3336 CONFIGURE_FILE in &_Local/Makefile_&, Exim ignores &%-C%& and proceeds as
3337 usual. There is no default setting for ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX; when it is
3338 unset, any file name can be used with &%-C%&.
3339
3340 ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX can be used to confine alternative configuration files
3341 to a directory to which only root has access. This prevents someone who has
3342 broken into the Exim account from running a privileged Exim with an arbitrary
3343 configuration file.
3344
3345 The &%-C%& facility is useful for ensuring that configuration files are
3346 syntactically correct, but cannot be used for test deliveries, unless the
3347 caller is privileged, or unless it is an exotic configuration that does not
3348 require privilege. No check is made on the owner or group of the files
3349 specified by this option.
3350
3351 .vitem &%-D%&<&'macro'&>=<&'value'&>
3352 .oindex "&%-D%&"
3353 .cindex "macro" "setting on command line"
3354 This option can be used to override macro definitions in the configuration file
3355 (see section &<<SECTmacrodefs>>&). However, like &%-C%&, if it is used by an
3356 unprivileged caller, it causes Exim to give up its root privilege.
3357 If DISABLE_D_OPTION is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, the use of &%-D%& is
3358 completely disabled, and its use causes an immediate error exit.
3359
3360 The entire option (including equals sign if present) must all be within one
3361 command line item. &%-D%& can be used to set the value of a macro to the empty
3362 string, in which case the equals sign is optional. These two commands are
3363 synonymous:
3364 .code
3365 exim -DABC ...
3366 exim -DABC= ...
3367 .endd
3368 To include spaces in a macro definition item, quotes must be used. If you use
3369 quotes, spaces are permitted around the macro name and the equals sign. For
3370 example:
3371 .code
3372 exim '-D ABC = something' ...
3373 .endd
3374 &%-D%& may be repeated up to 10 times on a command line.
3375
3376 .vitem &%-d%&<&'debug&~options'&>
3377 .oindex "&%-d%&"
3378 .cindex "debugging" "list of selectors"
3379 .cindex "debugging" "&%-d%& option"
3380 This option causes debugging information to be written to the standard
3381 error stream. It is restricted to admin users because debugging output may show
3382 database queries that contain password information. Also, the details of users'
3383 filter files should be protected. If a non-admin user uses &%-d%&, Exim
3384 writes an error message to the standard error stream and exits with a non-zero
3385 return code.
3386
3387 When &%-d%& is used, &%-v%& is assumed. If &%-d%& is given on its own, a lot of
3388 standard debugging data is output. This can be reduced, or increased to include
3389 some more rarely needed information, by directly following &%-d%& with a string
3390 made up of names preceded by plus or minus characters. These add or remove sets
3391 of debugging data, respectively. For example, &%-d+filter%& adds filter
3392 debugging, whereas &%-d-all+filter%& selects only filter debugging. Note that
3393 no spaces are allowed in the debug setting. The available debugging categories
3394 are:
3395 .display
3396 &`acl `& ACL interpretation
3397 &`auth `& authenticators
3398 &`deliver `& general delivery logic
3399 &`dns `& DNS lookups (see also resolver)
3400 &`dnsbl `& DNS black list (aka RBL) code
3401 &`exec `& arguments for &[execv()]& calls
3402 &`expand `& detailed debugging for string expansions
3403 &`filter `& filter handling
3404 &`hints_lookup `& hints data lookups
3405 &`host_lookup `& all types of name-to-IP address handling
3406 &`ident `& ident lookup
3407 &`interface `& lists of local interfaces
3408 &`lists `& matching things in lists
3409 &`load `& system load checks
3410 &`local_scan `& can be used by &[local_scan()]& (see chapter &&&
3411 &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&)
3412 &`lookup `& general lookup code and all lookups
3413 &`memory `& memory handling
3414 &`pid `& add pid to debug output lines
3415 &`process_info `& setting info for the process log
3416 &`queue_run `& queue runs
3417 &`receive `& general message reception logic
3418 &`resolver `& turn on the DNS resolver's debugging output
3419 &`retry `& retry handling
3420 &`rewrite `& address rewriting
3421 &`route `& address routing
3422 &`timestamp `& add timestamp to debug output lines
3423 &`tls `& TLS logic
3424 &`transport `& transports
3425 &`uid `& changes of uid/gid and looking up uid/gid
3426 &`verify `& address verification logic
3427 &`all `& almost all of the above (see below), and also &%-v%&
3428 .endd
3429 The &`all`& option excludes &`memory`& when used as &`+all`&, but includes it
3430 for &`-all`&. The reason for this is that &`+all`& is something that people
3431 tend to use when generating debug output for Exim maintainers. If &`+memory`&
3432 is included, an awful lot of output that is very rarely of interest is
3433 generated, so it now has to be explicitly requested. However, &`-all`& does
3434 turn everything off.
3435
3436 .cindex "resolver, debugging output"
3437 .cindex "DNS resolver, debugging output"
3438 The &`resolver`& option produces output only if the DNS resolver was compiled
3439 with DEBUG enabled. This is not the case in some operating systems. Also,
3440 unfortunately, debugging output from the DNS resolver is written to stdout
3441 rather than stderr.
3442
3443 The default (&%-d%& with no argument) omits &`expand`&, &`filter`&,
3444 &`interface`&, &`load`&, &`memory`&, &`pid`&, &`resolver`&, and &`timestamp`&.
3445 However, the &`pid`& selector is forced when debugging is turned on for a
3446 daemon, which then passes it on to any re-executed Exims. Exim also
3447 automatically adds the pid to debug lines when several remote deliveries are
3448 run in parallel.
3449
3450 The &`timestamp`& selector causes the current time to be inserted at the start
3451 of all debug output lines. This can be useful when trying to track down delays
3452 in processing.
3453
3454 If the &%debug_print%& option is set in any driver, it produces output whenever
3455 any debugging is selected, or if &%-v%& is used.
3456
3457 .vitem &%-dd%&<&'debug&~options'&>
3458 .oindex "&%-dd%&"
3459 This option behaves exactly like &%-d%& except when used on a command that
3460 starts a daemon process. In that case, debugging is turned off for the
3461 subprocesses that the daemon creates. Thus, it is useful for monitoring the
3462 behaviour of the daemon without creating as much output as full debugging does.
3463
3464 .vitem &%-dropcr%&
3465 .oindex "&%-dropcr%&"
3466 This is an obsolete option that is now a no-op. It used to affect the way Exim
3467 handled CR and LF characters in incoming messages. What happens now is
3468 described in section &<<SECTlineendings>>&.
3469
3470 .vitem &%-E%&
3471 .oindex "&%-E%&"
3472 .cindex "bounce message" "generating"
3473 This option specifies that an incoming message is a locally-generated delivery
3474 failure report. It is used internally by Exim when handling delivery failures
3475 and is not intended for external use. Its only effect is to stop Exim
3476 generating certain messages to the postmaster, as otherwise message cascades
3477 could occur in some situations. As part of the same option, a message id may
3478 follow the characters &%-E%&. If it does, the log entry for the receipt of the
3479 new message contains the id, following &"R="&, as a cross-reference.
3480
3481 .vitem &%-e%&&'x'&
3482 .oindex "&%-e%&&'x'&"
3483 There are a number of Sendmail options starting with &%-oe%& which seem to be
3484 called by various programs without the leading &%o%& in the option. For
3485 example, the &%vacation%& program uses &%-eq%&. Exim treats all options of the
3486 form &%-e%&&'x'& as synonymous with the corresponding &%-oe%&&'x'& options.
3487
3488 .vitem &%-F%&&~<&'string'&>
3489 .oindex "&%-F%&"
3490 .cindex "sender" "name"
3491 .cindex "name" "of sender"
3492 This option sets the sender's full name for use when a locally-generated
3493 message is being accepted. In the absence of this option, the user's &'gecos'&
3494 entry from the password data is used. As users are generally permitted to alter
3495 their &'gecos'& entries, no security considerations are involved. White space
3496 between &%-F%& and the <&'string'&> is optional.
3497
3498 .vitem &%-f%&&~<&'address'&>
3499 .oindex "&%-f%&"
3500 .cindex "sender" "address"
3501 .cindex "address" "sender"
3502 .cindex "trusted users"
3503 .cindex "envelope sender"
3504 .cindex "user" "trusted"
3505 This option sets the address of the envelope sender of a locally-generated
3506 message (also known as the return path). The option can normally be used only
3507 by a trusted user, but &%untrusted_set_sender%& can be set to allow untrusted
3508 users to use it.
3509
3510 Processes running as root or the Exim user are always trusted. Other
3511 trusted users are defined by the &%trusted_users%& or &%trusted_groups%&
3512 options. In the absence of &%-f%&, or if the caller is not trusted, the sender
3513 of a local message is set to the caller's login name at the default qualify
3514 domain.
3515
3516 There is one exception to the restriction on the use of &%-f%&: an empty sender
3517 can be specified by any user, trusted or not, to create a message that can
3518 never provoke a bounce. An empty sender can be specified either as an empty
3519 string, or as a pair of angle brackets with nothing between them, as in these
3520 examples of shell commands:
3521 .code
3522 exim -f '<>' user@domain
3523 exim -f "" user@domain
3524 .endd
3525 In addition, the use of &%-f%& is not restricted when testing a filter file
3526 with &%-bf%& or when testing or verifying addresses using the &%-bt%& or
3527 &%-bv%& options.
3528
3529 Allowing untrusted users to change the sender address does not of itself make
3530 it possible to send anonymous mail. Exim still checks that the &'From:'& header
3531 refers to the local user, and if it does not, it adds a &'Sender:'& header,
3532 though this can be overridden by setting &%no_local_from_check%&.
3533
3534 White
3535 .cindex "&""From""& line"
3536 space between &%-f%& and the <&'address'&> is optional (that is, they can be
3537 given as two arguments or one combined argument). The sender of a
3538 locally-generated message can also be set (when permitted) by an initial
3539 &"From&~"& line in the message &-- see the description of &%-bm%& above &-- but
3540 if &%-f%& is also present, it overrides &"From&~"&.
3541
3542 .vitem &%-G%&
3543 .oindex "&%-G%&"
3544 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-G%& option ignored"
3545 This is a Sendmail option which is ignored by Exim.
3546
3547 .vitem &%-h%&&~<&'number'&>
3548 .oindex "&%-h%&"
3549 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-h%& option ignored"
3550 This option is accepted for compatibility with Sendmail, but has no effect. (In
3551 Sendmail it overrides the &"hop count"& obtained by counting &'Received:'&
3552 headers.)
3553
3554 .vitem &%-i%&
3555 .oindex "&%-i%&"
3556 .cindex "Solaris" "&'mail'& command"
3557 .cindex "dot" "in incoming non-SMTP message"
3558 This option, which has the same effect as &%-oi%&, specifies that a dot on a
3559 line by itself should not terminate an incoming, non-SMTP message. I can find
3560 no documentation for this option in Solaris 2.4 Sendmail, but the &'mailx'&
3561 command in Solaris 2.4 uses it. See also &%-ti%&.
3562
3563 .vitem &%-M%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3564 .oindex "&%-M%&"
3565 .cindex "forcing delivery"
3566 .cindex "delivery" "forcing attempt"
3567 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing delivery"
3568 This option requests Exim to run a delivery attempt on each message in turn. If
3569 any of the messages are frozen, they are automatically thawed before the
3570 delivery attempt. The settings of &%queue_domains%&, &%queue_smtp_domains%&,
3571 and &%hold_domains%& are ignored.
3572
3573 Retry
3574 .cindex "hints database" "overriding retry hints"
3575 hints for any of the addresses are overridden &-- Exim tries to deliver even if
3576 the normal retry time has not yet been reached. This option requires the caller
3577 to be an admin user. However, there is an option called &%prod_requires_admin%&
3578 which can be set false to relax this restriction (and also the same requirement
3579 for the &%-q%&, &%-R%&, and &%-S%& options).
3580
3581 The deliveries happen synchronously, that is, the original Exim process does
3582 not terminate until all the delivery attempts have finished. No output is
3583 produced unless there is a serious error. If you want to see what is happening,
3584 use the &%-v%& option as well, or inspect Exim's main log.
3585
3586 .vitem &%-Mar%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'address'&>&~<&'address'&>&~...
3587 .oindex "&%-Mar%&"
3588 .cindex "message" "adding recipients"
3589 .cindex "recipient" "adding"
3590 This option requests Exim to add the addresses to the list of recipients of the
3591 message (&"ar"& for &"add recipients"&). The first argument must be a message
3592 id, and the remaining ones must be email addresses. However, if the message is
3593 active (in the middle of a delivery attempt), it is not altered. This option
3594 can be used only by an admin user.
3595
3596 .vitem "&%-MC%&&~<&'transport'&>&~<&'hostname'&>&~<&'sequence&~number'&>&&&
3597 &~<&'message&~id'&>"
3598 .oindex "&%-MC%&"
3599 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
3600 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
3601 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
3602 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3603 by Exim to invoke another instance of itself to deliver a waiting message using
3604 an existing SMTP connection, which is passed as the standard input. Details are
3605 given in chapter &<<CHAPSMTP>>&. This must be the final option, and the caller
3606 must be root or the Exim user in order to use it.
3607
3608 .vitem &%-MCA%&
3609 .oindex "&%-MCA%&"
3610 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3611 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option. It signifies that the
3612 connection to the remote host has been authenticated.
3613
3614 .vitem &%-MCP%&
3615 .oindex "&%-MCP%&"
3616 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3617 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option. It signifies that the server to
3618 which Exim is connected supports pipelining.
3619
3620 .vitem &%-MCQ%&&~<&'process&~id'&>&~<&'pipe&~fd'&>
3621 .oindex "&%-MCQ%&"
3622 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3623 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option when the original delivery was
3624 started by a queue runner. It passes on the process id of the queue runner,
3625 together with the file descriptor number of an open pipe. Closure of the pipe
3626 signals the final completion of the sequence of processes that are passing
3627 messages through the same SMTP connection.
3628
3629 .vitem &%-MCS%&
3630 .oindex "&%-MCS%&"
3631 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3632 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option, and passes on the fact that the
3633 SMTP SIZE option should be used on messages delivered down the existing
3634 connection.
3635
3636 .vitem &%-MCT%&
3637 .oindex "&%-MCT%&"
3638 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3639 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option, and passes on the fact that the
3640 host to which Exim is connected supports TLS encryption.
3641
3642 .vitem &%-Mc%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3643 .oindex "&%-Mc%&"
3644 .cindex "hints database" "not overridden by &%-Mc%&"
3645 .cindex "delivery" "manually started &-- not forced"
3646 This option requests Exim to run a delivery attempt on each message in turn,
3647 but unlike the &%-M%& option, it does check for retry hints, and respects any
3648 that are found. This option is not very useful to external callers. It is
3649 provided mainly for internal use by Exim when it needs to re-invoke itself in
3650 order to regain root privilege for a delivery (see chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>&).
3651 However, &%-Mc%& can be useful when testing, in order to run a delivery that
3652 respects retry times and other options such as &%hold_domains%& that are
3653 overridden when &%-M%& is used. Such a delivery does not count as a queue run.
3654 If you want to run a specific delivery as if in a queue run, you should use
3655 &%-q%& with a message id argument. A distinction between queue run deliveries
3656 and other deliveries is made in one or two places.
3657
3658 .vitem &%-Mes%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'address'&>
3659 .oindex "&%-Mes%&"
3660 .cindex "message" "changing sender"
3661 .cindex "sender" "changing"
3662 This option requests Exim to change the sender address in the message to the
3663 given address, which must be a fully qualified address or &"<>"& (&"es"& for
3664 &"edit sender"&). There must be exactly two arguments. The first argument must
3665 be a message id, and the second one an email address. However, if the message
3666 is active (in the middle of a delivery attempt), its status is not altered.
3667 This option can be used only by an admin user.
3668
3669 .vitem &%-Mf%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3670 .oindex "&%-Mf%&"
3671 .cindex "freezing messages"
3672 .cindex "message" "manually freezing"
3673 This option requests Exim to mark each listed message as &"frozen"&. This
3674 prevents any delivery attempts taking place until the message is &"thawed"&,
3675 either manually or as a result of the &%auto_thaw%& configuration option.
3676 However, if any of the messages are active (in the middle of a delivery
3677 attempt), their status is not altered. This option can be used only by an admin
3678 user.
3679
3680 .vitem &%-Mg%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3681 .oindex "&%-Mg%&"
3682 .cindex "giving up on messages"
3683 .cindex "message" "abandoning delivery attempts"
3684 .cindex "delivery" "abandoning further attempts"
3685 This option requests Exim to give up trying to deliver the listed messages,
3686 including any that are frozen. However, if any of the messages are active,
3687 their status is not altered. For non-bounce messages, a delivery error message
3688 is sent to the sender, containing the text &"cancelled by administrator"&.
3689 Bounce messages are just discarded. This option can be used only by an admin
3690 user.
3691
3692 .vitem &%-Mmad%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3693 .oindex "&%-Mmad%&"
3694 .cindex "delivery" "cancelling all"
3695 This option requests Exim to mark all the recipient addresses in the messages
3696 as already delivered (&"mad"& for &"mark all delivered"&). However, if any
3697 message is active (in the middle of a delivery attempt), its status is not
3698 altered. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3699
3700 .vitem &%-Mmd%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'address'&>&~<&'address'&>&~...
3701 .oindex "&%-Mmd%&"
3702 .cindex "delivery" "cancelling by address"
3703 .cindex "recipient" "removing"
3704 .cindex "removing recipients"
3705 This option requests Exim to mark the given addresses as already delivered
3706 (&"md"& for &"mark delivered"&). The first argument must be a message id, and
3707 the remaining ones must be email addresses. These are matched to recipient
3708 addresses in the message in a case-sensitive manner. If the message is active
3709 (in the middle of a delivery attempt), its status is not altered. This option
3710 can be used only by an admin user.
3711
3712 .vitem &%-Mrm%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3713 .oindex "&%-Mrm%&"
3714 .cindex "removing messages"
3715 .cindex "abandoning mail"
3716 .cindex "message" "manually discarding"
3717 This option requests Exim to remove the given messages from the queue. No
3718 bounce messages are sent; each message is simply forgotten. However, if any of
3719 the messages are active, their status is not altered. This option can be used
3720 only by an admin user or by the user who originally caused the message to be
3721 placed on the queue.
3722
3723 .vitem &%-Mset%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3724 .oindex "&%-Mset%&
3725 .cindex "testing" "string expansion"
3726 .cindex "expansion" "testing"
3727 This option is useful only in conjunction with &%-be%& (that is, when testing
3728 string expansions). Exim loads the given message from its spool before doing
3729 the test expansions, thus setting message-specific variables such as
3730 &$message_size$& and the header variables. The &$recipients$& variable is made
3731 available. This feature is provided to make it easier to test expansions that
3732 make use of these variables. However, this option can be used only by an admin
3733 user. See also &%-bem%&.
3734
3735 .vitem &%-Mt%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3736 .oindex "&%-Mt%&"
3737 .cindex "thawing messages"
3738 .cindex "unfreezing messages"
3739 .cindex "frozen messages" "thawing"
3740 .cindex "message" "thawing frozen"
3741 This option requests Exim to &"thaw"& any of the listed messages that are
3742 &"frozen"&, so that delivery attempts can resume. However, if any of the
3743 messages are active, their status is not altered. This option can be used only
3744 by an admin user.
3745
3746 .vitem &%-Mvb%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3747 .oindex "&%-Mvb%&"
3748 .cindex "listing" "message body"
3749 .cindex "message" "listing body of"
3750 This option causes the contents of the message body (-D) spool file to be
3751 written to the standard output. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3752
3753 .vitem &%-Mvc%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3754 .oindex "&%-Mvc%&"
3755 .cindex "message" "listing in RFC 2822 format"
3756 .cindex "listing" "message in RFC 2922 format"
3757 This option causes a copy of the complete message (header lines plus body) to
3758 be written to the standard output in RFC 2822 format. This option can be used
3759 only by an admin user.
3760
3761 .vitem &%-Mvh%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3762 .oindex "&%-Mvh%&"
3763 .cindex "listing" "message headers"
3764 .cindex "header lines" "listing"
3765 .cindex "message" "listing header lines"
3766 This option causes the contents of the message headers (-H) spool file to be
3767 written to the standard output. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3768
3769 .vitem &%-Mvl%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3770 .oindex "&%-Mvl%&"
3771 .cindex "listing" "message log"
3772 .cindex "message" "listing message log"
3773 This option causes the contents of the message log spool file to be written to
3774 the standard output. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3775
3776 .vitem &%-m%&
3777 .oindex "&%-m%&"
3778 This is apparently a synonym for &%-om%& that is accepted by Sendmail, so Exim
3779 treats it that way too.
3780
3781 .vitem &%-N%&
3782 .oindex "&%-N%&"
3783 .cindex "debugging" "&%-N%& option"
3784 .cindex "debugging" "suppressing delivery"
3785 This is a debugging option that inhibits delivery of a message at the transport
3786 level. It implies &%-v%&. Exim goes through many of the motions of delivery &--
3787 it just doesn't actually transport the message, but instead behaves as if it
3788 had successfully done so. However, it does not make any updates to the retry
3789 database, and the log entries for deliveries are flagged with &"*>"& rather
3790 than &"=>"&.
3791
3792 Because &%-N%& discards any message to which it applies, only root or the Exim
3793 user are allowed to use it with &%-bd%&, &%-q%&, &%-R%& or &%-M%&. In other
3794 words, an ordinary user can use it only when supplying an incoming message to
3795 which it will apply. Although transportation never fails when &%-N%& is set, an
3796 address may be deferred because of a configuration problem on a transport, or a
3797 routing problem. Once &%-N%& has been used for a delivery attempt, it sticks to
3798 the message, and applies to any subsequent delivery attempts that may happen
3799 for that message.
3800
3801 .vitem &%-n%&
3802 .oindex "&%-n%&"
3803 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-n%& option ignored"
3804 This option is interpreted by Sendmail to mean &"no aliasing"&. It is ignored
3805 by Exim.
3806
3807 .vitem &%-O%&&~<&'data'&>
3808 .oindex "&%-O%&"
3809 This option is interpreted by Sendmail to mean &`set option`&. It is ignored by
3810 Exim.
3811
3812 .vitem &%-oA%&&~<&'file&~name'&>
3813 .oindex "&%-oA%&"
3814 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-oA%& option"
3815 This option is used by Sendmail in conjunction with &%-bi%& to specify an
3816 alternative alias file name. Exim handles &%-bi%& differently; see the
3817 description above.
3818
3819 .vitem &%-oB%&&~<&'n'&>
3820 .oindex "&%-oB%&"
3821 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
3822 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
3823 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
3824 This is a debugging option which limits the maximum number of messages that can
3825 be delivered down one SMTP connection, overriding the value set in any &(smtp)&
3826 transport. If <&'n'&> is omitted, the limit is set to 1.
3827
3828 .vitem &%-odb%&
3829 .oindex "&%-odb%&"
3830 .cindex "background delivery"
3831 .cindex "delivery" "in the background"
3832 This option applies to all modes in which Exim accepts incoming messages,
3833 including the listening daemon. It requests &"background"& delivery of such
3834 messages, which means that the accepting process automatically starts a
3835 delivery process for each message received, but does not wait for the delivery
3836 processes to finish.
3837
3838 When all the messages have been received, the reception process exits,
3839 leaving the delivery processes to finish in their own time. The standard output
3840 and error streams are closed at the start of each delivery process.
3841 This is the default action if none of the &%-od%& options are present.
3842
3843 If one of the queueing options in the configuration file
3844 (&%queue_only%& or &%queue_only_file%&, for example) is in effect, &%-odb%&
3845 overrides it if &%queue_only_override%& is set true, which is the default
3846 setting. If &%queue_only_override%& is set false, &%-odb%& has no effect.
3847
3848 .vitem &%-odf%&
3849 .oindex "&%-odf%&"
3850 .cindex "foreground delivery"
3851 .cindex "delivery" "in the foreground"
3852 This option requests &"foreground"& (synchronous) delivery when Exim has
3853 accepted a locally-generated message. (For the daemon it is exactly the same as
3854 &%-odb%&.) A delivery process is automatically started to deliver the message,
3855 and Exim waits for it to complete before proceeding.
3856
3857 The original Exim reception process does not finish until the delivery
3858 process for the final message has ended. The standard error stream is left open
3859 during deliveries.
3860
3861 However, like &%-odb%&, this option has no effect if &%queue_only_override%& is
3862 false and one of the queueing options in the configuration file is in effect.
3863
3864 If there is a temporary delivery error during foreground delivery, the
3865 message is left on the queue for later delivery, and the original reception
3866 process exits. See chapter &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>& for a way of setting up a
3867 restricted configuration that never queues messages.
3868
3869
3870 .vitem &%-odi%&
3871 .oindex "&%-odi%&"
3872 This option is synonymous with &%-odf%&. It is provided for compatibility with
3873 Sendmail.
3874
3875 .vitem &%-odq%&
3876 .oindex "&%-odq%&"
3877 .cindex "non-immediate delivery"
3878 .cindex "delivery" "suppressing immediate"
3879 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
3880 This option applies to all modes in which Exim accepts incoming messages,
3881 including the listening daemon. It specifies that the accepting process should
3882 not automatically start a delivery process for each message received. Messages
3883 are placed on the queue, and remain there until a subsequent queue runner
3884 process encounters them. There are several configuration options (such as
3885 &%queue_only%&) that can be used to queue incoming messages under certain
3886 conditions. This option overrides all of them and also &%-odqs%&. It always
3887 forces queueing.
3888
3889 .vitem &%-odqs%&
3890 .oindex "&%-odqs%&"
3891 .cindex "SMTP" "delaying delivery"
3892 This option is a hybrid between &%-odb%&/&%-odi%& and &%-odq%&.
3893 However, like &%-odb%& and &%-odi%&, this option has no effect if
3894 &%queue_only_override%& is false and one of the queueing options in the
3895 configuration file is in effect.
3896
3897 When &%-odqs%& does operate, a delivery process is started for each incoming
3898 message, in the background by default, but in the foreground if &%-odi%& is
3899 also present. The recipient addresses are routed, and local deliveries are done
3900 in the normal way. However, if any SMTP deliveries are required, they are not
3901 done at this time, so the message remains on the queue until a subsequent queue
3902 runner process encounters it. Because routing was done, Exim knows which
3903 messages are waiting for which hosts, and so a number of messages for the same
3904 host can be sent in a single SMTP connection. The &%queue_smtp_domains%&
3905 configuration option has the same effect for specific domains. See also the
3906 &%-qq%& option.
3907
3908 .vitem &%-oee%&
3909 .oindex "&%-oee%&"
3910 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3911 If an error is detected while a non-SMTP message is being received (for
3912 example, a malformed address), the error is reported to the sender in a mail
3913 message.
3914
3915 .cindex "return code" "for &%-oee%&"
3916 Provided
3917 this error message is successfully sent, the Exim receiving process
3918 exits with a return code of zero. If not, the return code is 2 if the problem
3919 is that the original message has no recipients, or 1 any other error. This is
3920 the default &%-oe%&&'x'& option if Exim is called as &'rmail'&.
3921
3922 .vitem &%-oem%&
3923 .oindex "&%-oem%&"
3924 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3925 .cindex "return code" "for &%-oem%&"
3926 This is the same as &%-oee%&, except that Exim always exits with a non-zero
3927 return code, whether or not the error message was successfully sent.
3928 This is the default &%-oe%&&'x'& option, unless Exim is called as &'rmail'&.
3929
3930 .vitem &%-oep%&
3931 .oindex "&%-oep%&"
3932 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3933 If an error is detected while a non-SMTP message is being received, the
3934 error is reported by writing a message to the standard error file (stderr).
3935 .cindex "return code" "for &%-oep%&"
3936 The return code is 1 for all errors.
3937
3938 .vitem &%-oeq%&
3939 .oindex "&%-oeq%&"
3940 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3941 This option is supported for compatibility with Sendmail, but has the same
3942 effect as &%-oep%&.
3943
3944 .vitem &%-oew%&
3945 .oindex "&%-oew%&"
3946 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3947 This option is supported for compatibility with Sendmail, but has the same
3948 effect as &%-oem%&.
3949
3950 .vitem &%-oi%&
3951 .oindex "&%-oi%&"
3952 .cindex "dot" "in incoming non-SMTP message"
3953 This option, which has the same effect as &%-i%&, specifies that a dot on a
3954 line by itself should not terminate an incoming, non-SMTP message. Otherwise, a
3955 single dot does terminate, though Exim does no special processing for other
3956 lines that start with a dot. This option is set by default if Exim is called as
3957 &'rmail'&. See also &%-ti%&.
3958
3959 .vitem &%-oitrue%&
3960 .oindex "&%-oitrue%&"
3961 This option is treated as synonymous with &%-oi%&.
3962
3963 .vitem &%-oMa%&&~<&'host&~address'&>
3964 .oindex "&%-oMa%&"
3965 .cindex "sender" "host address, specifying for local message"
3966 A number of options starting with &%-oM%& can be used to set values associated
3967 with remote hosts on locally-submitted messages (that is, messages not received
3968 over TCP/IP). These options can be used by any caller in conjunction with the
3969 &%-bh%&, &%-be%&, &%-bf%&, &%-bF%&, &%-bt%&, or &%-bv%& testing options. In
3970 other circumstances, they are ignored unless the caller is trusted.
3971
3972 The &%-oMa%& option sets the sender host address. This may include a port
3973 number at the end, after a full stop (period). For example:
3974 .code
3975 exim -bs -oMa 10.9.8.7.1234
3976 .endd
3977 An alternative syntax is to enclose the IP address in square brackets,
3978 followed by a colon and the port number:
3979 .code
3980 exim -bs -oMa [10.9.8.7]:1234
3981 .endd
3982 The IP address is placed in the &$sender_host_address$& variable, and the
3983 port, if present, in &$sender_host_port$&. If both &%-oMa%& and &%-bh%&
3984 are present on the command line, the sender host IP address is taken from
3985 whichever one is last.
3986
3987 .vitem &%-oMaa%&&~<&'name'&>
3988 .oindex "&%-oMaa%&"
3989 .cindex "authentication" "name, specifying for local message"
3990 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMaa%&
3991 option sets the value of &$sender_host_authenticated$& (the authenticator
3992 name). See chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for a discussion of SMTP authentication.
3993 This option can be used with &%-bh%& and &%-bs%& to set up an
3994 authenticated SMTP session without actually using the SMTP AUTH command.
3995
3996 .vitem &%-oMai%&&~<&'string'&>
3997 .oindex "&%-oMai%&"
3998 .cindex "authentication" "id, specifying for local message"
3999 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMai%&
4000 option sets the value of &$authenticated_id$& (the id that was authenticated).
4001 This overrides the default value (the caller's login id, except with &%-bh%&,
4002 where there is no default) for messages from local sources. See chapter
4003 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for a discussion of authenticated ids.
4004
4005 .vitem &%-oMas%&&~<&'address'&>
4006 .oindex "&%-oMas%&"
4007 .cindex "authentication" "sender, specifying for local message"
4008 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMas%&
4009 option sets the authenticated sender value in &$authenticated_sender$&. It
4010 overrides the sender address that is created from the caller's login id for
4011 messages from local sources, except when &%-bh%& is used, when there is no
4012 default. For both &%-bh%& and &%-bs%&, an authenticated sender that is
4013 specified on a MAIL command overrides this value. See chapter
4014 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for a discussion of authenticated senders.
4015
4016 .vitem &%-oMi%&&~<&'interface&~address'&>
4017 .oindex "&%-oMi%&"
4018 .cindex "interface" "address, specifying for local message"
4019 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMi%&
4020 option sets the IP interface address value. A port number may be included,
4021 using the same syntax as for &%-oMa%&. The interface address is placed in
4022 &$received_ip_address$& and the port number, if present, in &$received_port$&.
4023
4024 .vitem &%-oMr%&&~<&'protocol&~name'&>
4025 .oindex "&%-oMr%&"
4026 .cindex "protocol, specifying for local message"
4027 .vindex "&$received_protocol$&"
4028 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMr%&
4029 option sets the received protocol value that is stored in
4030 &$received_protocol$&. However, it does not apply (and is ignored) when &%-bh%&
4031 or &%-bs%& is used. For &%-bh%&, the protocol is forced to one of the standard
4032 SMTP protocol names (see the description of &$received_protocol$& in section
4033 &<<SECTexpvar>>&). For &%-bs%&, the protocol is always &"local-"& followed by
4034 one of those same names. For &%-bS%& (batched SMTP) however, the protocol can
4035 be set by &%-oMr%&.
4036
4037 .vitem &%-oMs%&&~<&'host&~name'&>
4038 .oindex "&%-oMs%&"
4039 .cindex "sender" "host name, specifying for local message"
4040 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMs%&
4041 option sets the sender host name in &$sender_host_name$&. When this option is
4042 present, Exim does not attempt to look up a host name from an IP address; it
4043 uses the name it is given.
4044
4045 .vitem &%-oMt%&&~<&'ident&~string'&>
4046 .oindex "&%-oMt%&"
4047 .cindex "sender" "ident string, specifying for local message"
4048 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMt%&
4049 option sets the sender ident value in &$sender_ident$&. The default setting for
4050 local callers is the login id of the calling process, except when &%-bh%& is
4051 used, when there is no default.
4052
4053 .vitem &%-om%&
4054 .oindex "&%-om%&"
4055 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-om%& option ignored"
4056 In Sendmail, this option means &"me too"&, indicating that the sender of a
4057 message should receive a copy of the message if the sender appears in an alias
4058 expansion. Exim always does this, so the option does nothing.
4059
4060 .vitem &%-oo%&
4061 .oindex "&%-oo%&"
4062 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-oo%& option ignored"
4063 This option is ignored. In Sendmail it specifies &"old style headers"&,
4064 whatever that means.
4065
4066 .vitem &%-oP%&&~<&'path'&>
4067 .oindex "&%-oP%&"
4068 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of daemon"
4069 .cindex "daemon" "process id (pid)"
4070 This option is useful only in conjunction with &%-bd%& or &%-q%& with a time
4071 value. The option specifies the file to which the process id of the daemon is
4072 written. When &%-oX%& is used with &%-bd%&, or when &%-q%& with a time is used
4073 without &%-bd%&, this is the only way of causing Exim to write a pid file,
4074 because in those cases, the normal pid file is not used.
4075
4076 .vitem &%-or%&&~<&'time'&>
4077 .oindex "&%-or%&"
4078 .cindex "timeout" "for non-SMTP input"
4079 This option sets a timeout value for incoming non-SMTP messages. If it is not
4080 set, Exim will wait forever for the standard input. The value can also be set
4081 by the &%receive_timeout%& option. The format used for specifying times is
4082 described in section &<<SECTtimeformat>>&.
4083
4084 .vitem &%-os%&&~<&'time'&>
4085 .oindex "&%-os%&"
4086 .cindex "timeout" "for SMTP input"
4087 .cindex "SMTP" "input timeout"
4088 This option sets a timeout value for incoming SMTP messages. The timeout
4089 applies to each SMTP command and block of data. The value can also be set by
4090 the &%smtp_receive_timeout%& option; it defaults to 5 minutes. The format used
4091 for specifying times is described in section &<<SECTtimeformat>>&.
4092
4093 .vitem &%-ov%&
4094 .oindex "&%-ov%&"
4095 This option has exactly the same effect as &%-v%&.
4096
4097 .vitem &%-oX%&&~<&'number&~or&~string'&>
4098 .oindex "&%-oX%&"
4099 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening ports"
4100 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening interfaces"
4101 .cindex "port" "receiving TCP/IP"
4102 This option is relevant only when the &%-bd%& (start listening daemon) option
4103 is also given. It controls which ports and interfaces the daemon uses. Details
4104 of the syntax, and how it interacts with configuration file options, are given
4105 in chapter &<<CHAPinterfaces>>&. When &%-oX%& is used to start a daemon, no pid
4106 file is written unless &%-oP%& is also present to specify a pid file name.
4107
4108 .vitem &%-pd%&
4109 .oindex "&%-pd%&"
4110 .cindex "Perl" "starting the interpreter"
4111 This option applies when an embedded Perl interpreter is linked with Exim (see
4112 chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&). It overrides the setting of the &%perl_at_start%&
4113 option, forcing the starting of the interpreter to be delayed until it is
4114 needed.
4115
4116 .vitem &%-ps%&
4117 .oindex "&%-ps%&"
4118 .cindex "Perl" "starting the interpreter"
4119 This option applies when an embedded Perl interpreter is linked with Exim (see
4120 chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&). It overrides the setting of the &%perl_at_start%&
4121 option, forcing the starting of the interpreter to occur as soon as Exim is
4122 started.
4123
4124 .vitem &%-p%&<&'rval'&>:<&'sval'&>
4125 .oindex "&%-p%&"
4126 For compatibility with Sendmail, this option is equivalent to
4127 .display
4128 &`-oMr`& <&'rval'&> &`-oMs`& <&'sval'&>
4129 .endd
4130 It sets the incoming protocol and host name (for trusted callers). The
4131 host name and its colon can be omitted when only the protocol is to be set.
4132 Note the Exim already has two private options, &%-pd%& and &%-ps%&, that refer
4133 to embedded Perl. It is therefore impossible to set a protocol value of &`p`&
4134 or &`s`& using this option (but that does not seem a real limitation).
4135
4136 .vitem &%-q%&
4137 .oindex "&%-q%&"
4138 .cindex "queue runner" "starting manually"
4139 This option is normally restricted to admin users. However, there is a
4140 configuration option called &%prod_requires_admin%& which can be set false to
4141 relax this restriction (and also the same requirement for the &%-M%&, &%-R%&,
4142 and &%-S%& options).
4143
4144 .cindex "queue runner" "description of operation"
4145 The &%-q%& option starts one queue runner process. This scans the queue of
4146 waiting messages, and runs a delivery process for each one in turn. It waits
4147 for each delivery process to finish before starting the next one. A delivery
4148 process may not actually do any deliveries if the retry times for the addresses
4149 have not been reached. Use &%-qf%& (see below) if you want to override this.
4150
4151 If
4152 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
4153 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
4154 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
4155 the delivery process spawns other processes to deliver other messages down
4156 passed SMTP connections, the queue runner waits for these to finish before
4157 proceeding.
4158
4159 When all the queued messages have been considered, the original queue runner
4160 process terminates. In other words, a single pass is made over the waiting
4161 mail, one message at a time. Use &%-q%& with a time (see below) if you want
4162 this to be repeated periodically.
4163
4164 Exim processes the waiting messages in an unpredictable order. It isn't very
4165 random, but it is likely to be different each time, which is all that matters.
4166 If one particular message screws up a remote MTA, other messages to the same
4167 MTA have a chance of getting through if they get tried first.
4168
4169 It is possible to cause the messages to be processed in lexical message id
4170 order, which is essentially the order in which they arrived, by setting the
4171 &%queue_run_in_order%& option, but this is not recommended for normal use.
4172
4173 .vitem &%-q%&<&'qflags'&>
4174 The &%-q%& option may be followed by one or more flag letters that change its
4175 behaviour. They are all optional, but if more than one is present, they must
4176 appear in the correct order. Each flag is described in a separate item below.
4177
4178 .vitem &%-qq...%&
4179 .oindex "&%-qq%&"
4180 .cindex "queue" "double scanning"
4181 .cindex "queue" "routing"
4182 .cindex "routing" "whole queue before delivery"
4183 An option starting with &%-qq%& requests a two-stage queue run. In the first
4184 stage, the queue is scanned as if the &%queue_smtp_domains%& option matched
4185 every domain. Addresses are routed, local deliveries happen, but no remote
4186 transports are run.
4187
4188 .cindex "hints database" "remembering routing"
4189 The hints database that remembers which messages are waiting for specific hosts
4190 is updated, as if delivery to those hosts had been deferred. After this is
4191 complete, a second, normal queue scan happens, with routing and delivery taking
4192 place as normal. Messages that are routed to the same host should mostly be
4193 delivered down a single SMTP
4194 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
4195 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
4196 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
4197 connection because of the hints that were set up during the first queue scan.
4198 This option may be useful for hosts that are connected to the Internet
4199 intermittently.
4200
4201 .vitem &%-q[q]i...%&
4202 .oindex "&%-qi%&"
4203 .cindex "queue" "initial delivery"
4204 If the &'i'& flag is present, the queue runner runs delivery processes only for
4205 those messages that haven't previously been tried. (&'i'& stands for &"initial
4206 delivery"&.) This can be helpful if you are putting messages on the queue using
4207 &%-odq%& and want a queue runner just to process the new messages.
4208
4209 .vitem &%-q[q][i]f...%&
4210 .oindex "&%-qf%&"
4211 .cindex "queue" "forcing delivery"
4212 .cindex "delivery" "forcing in queue run"
4213 If one &'f'& flag is present, a delivery attempt is forced for each non-frozen
4214 message, whereas without &'f'& only those non-frozen addresses that have passed
4215 their retry times are tried.
4216
4217 .vitem &%-q[q][i]ff...%&
4218 .oindex "&%-qff%&"
4219 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing delivery"
4220 If &'ff'& is present, a delivery attempt is forced for every message, whether
4221 frozen or not.
4222
4223 .vitem &%-q[q][i][f[f]]l%&
4224 .oindex "&%-ql%&"
4225 .cindex "queue" "local deliveries only"
4226 The &'l'& (the letter &"ell"&) flag specifies that only local deliveries are to
4227 be done. If a message requires any remote deliveries, it remains on the queue
4228 for later delivery.
4229
4230 .vitem &%-q%&<&'qflags'&>&~<&'start&~id'&>&~<&'end&~id'&>
4231 .cindex "queue" "delivering specific messages"
4232 When scanning the queue, Exim can be made to skip over messages whose ids are
4233 lexically less than a given value by following the &%-q%& option with a
4234 starting message id. For example:
4235 .code
4236 exim -q 0t5C6f-0000c8-00
4237 .endd
4238 Messages that arrived earlier than &`0t5C6f-0000c8-00`& are not inspected. If a
4239 second message id is given, messages whose ids are lexically greater than it
4240 are also skipped. If the same id is given twice, for example,
4241 .code
4242 exim -q 0t5C6f-0000c8-00 0t5C6f-0000c8-00
4243 .endd
4244 just one delivery process is started, for that message. This differs from
4245 &%-M%& in that retry data is respected, and it also differs from &%-Mc%& in
4246 that it counts as a delivery from a queue run. Note that the selection
4247 mechanism does not affect the order in which the messages are scanned. There
4248 are also other ways of selecting specific sets of messages for delivery in a
4249 queue run &-- see &%-R%& and &%-S%&.
4250
4251 .vitem &%-q%&<&'qflags'&><&'time'&>
4252 .cindex "queue runner" "starting periodically"
4253 .cindex "periodic queue running"
4254 When a time value is present, the &%-q%& option causes Exim to run as a daemon,
4255 starting a queue runner process at intervals specified by the given time value
4256 (whose format is described in section &<<SECTtimeformat>>&). This form of the
4257 &%-q%& option is commonly combined with the &%-bd%& option, in which case a
4258 single daemon process handles both functions. A common way of starting up a
4259 combined daemon at system boot time is to use a command such as
4260 .code
4261 /usr/exim/bin/exim -bd -q30m
4262 .endd
4263 Such a daemon listens for incoming SMTP calls, and also starts a queue runner
4264 process every 30 minutes.
4265
4266 When a daemon is started by &%-q%& with a time value, but without &%-bd%&, no
4267 pid file is written unless one is explicitly requested by the &%-oP%& option.
4268
4269 .vitem &%-qR%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4270 .oindex "&%-qR%&"
4271 This option is synonymous with &%-R%&. It is provided for Sendmail
4272 compatibility.
4273
4274 .vitem &%-qS%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4275 .oindex "&%-qS%&"
4276 This option is synonymous with &%-S%&.
4277
4278 .vitem &%-R%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4279 .oindex "&%-R%&"
4280 .cindex "queue runner" "for specific recipients"
4281 .cindex "delivery" "to given domain"
4282 .cindex "domain" "delivery to"
4283 The <&'rsflags'&> may be empty, in which case the white space before the string
4284 is optional, unless the string is &'f'&, &'ff'&, &'r'&, &'rf'&, or &'rff'&,
4285 which are the possible values for <&'rsflags'&>. White space is required if
4286 <&'rsflags'&> is not empty.
4287
4288 This option is similar to &%-q%& with no time value, that is, it causes Exim to
4289 perform a single queue run, except that, when scanning the messages on the
4290 queue, Exim processes only those that have at least one undelivered recipient
4291 address containing the given string, which is checked in a case-independent
4292 way. If the <&'rsflags'&> start with &'r'&, <&'string'&> is interpreted as a
4293 regular expression; otherwise it is a literal string.
4294
4295 If you want to do periodic queue runs for messages with specific recipients,
4296 you can combine &%-R%& with &%-q%& and a time value. For example:
4297 .code
4298 exim -q25m -R @special.domain.example
4299 .endd
4300 This example does a queue run for messages with recipients in the given domain
4301 every 25 minutes. Any additional flags that are specified with &%-q%& are
4302 applied to each queue run.
4303
4304 Once a message is selected for delivery by this mechanism, all its addresses
4305 are processed. For the first selected message, Exim overrides any retry
4306 information and forces a delivery attempt for each undelivered address. This
4307 means that if delivery of any address in the first message is successful, any
4308 existing retry information is deleted, and so delivery attempts for that
4309 address in subsequently selected messages (which are processed without forcing)
4310 will run. However, if delivery of any address does not succeed, the retry
4311 information is updated, and in subsequently selected messages, the failing
4312 address will be skipped.
4313
4314 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing delivery"
4315 If the <&'rsflags'&> contain &'f'& or &'ff'&, the delivery forcing applies to
4316 all selected messages, not just the first; frozen messages are included when
4317 &'ff'& is present.
4318
4319 The &%-R%& option makes it straightforward to initiate delivery of all messages
4320 to a given domain after a host has been down for some time. When the SMTP
4321 command ETRN is accepted by its ACL (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&), its default
4322 effect is to run Exim with the &%-R%& option, but it can be configured to run
4323 an arbitrary command instead.
4324
4325 .vitem &%-r%&
4326 .oindex "&%-r%&"
4327 This is a documented (for Sendmail) obsolete alternative name for &%-f%&.
4328
4329 .vitem &%-S%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4330 .oindex "&%-S%&"
4331 .cindex "delivery" "from given sender"
4332 .cindex "queue runner" "for specific senders"
4333 This option acts like &%-R%& except that it checks the string against each
4334 message's sender instead of against the recipients. If &%-R%& is also set, both
4335 conditions must be met for a message to be selected. If either of the options
4336 has &'f'& or &'ff'& in its flags, the associated action is taken.
4337
4338 .vitem &%-Tqt%&&~<&'times'&>
4339 .oindex "&%-Tqt%&"
4340 This an option that is exclusively for use by the Exim testing suite. It is not
4341 recognized when Exim is run normally. It allows for the setting up of explicit
4342 &"queue times"& so that various warning/retry features can be tested.
4343
4344 .vitem &%-t%&
4345 .oindex "&%-t%&"
4346 .cindex "recipient" "extracting from header lines"
4347 .cindex "&'Bcc:'& header line"
4348 .cindex "&'Cc:'& header line"
4349 .cindex "&'To:'& header line"
4350 When Exim is receiving a locally-generated, non-SMTP message on its standard
4351 input, the &%-t%& option causes the recipients of the message to be obtained
4352 from the &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&, and &'Bcc:'& header lines in the message instead of
4353 from the command arguments. The addresses are extracted before any rewriting
4354 takes place and the &'Bcc:'& header line, if present, is then removed.
4355
4356 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-t%& option"
4357 If the command has any arguments, they specify addresses to which the message
4358 is &'not'& to be delivered. That is, the argument addresses are removed from
4359 the recipients list obtained from the headers. This is compatible with Smail 3
4360 and in accordance with the documented behaviour of several versions of
4361 Sendmail, as described in man pages on a number of operating systems (e.g.
4362 Solaris 8, IRIX 6.5, HP-UX 11). However, some versions of Sendmail &'add'&
4363 argument addresses to those obtained from the headers, and the O'Reilly
4364 Sendmail book documents it that way. Exim can be made to add argument addresses
4365 instead of subtracting them by setting the option
4366 &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%& false.
4367
4368 .cindex "&%Resent-%& header lines" "with &%-t%&"
4369 If there are any &%Resent-%& header lines in the message, Exim extracts
4370 recipients from all &'Resent-To:'&, &'Resent-Cc:'&, and &'Resent-Bcc:'& header
4371 lines instead of from &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&, and &'Bcc:'&. This is for compatibility
4372 with Sendmail and other MTAs. (Prior to release 4.20, Exim gave an error if
4373 &%-t%& was used in conjunction with &%Resent-%& header lines.)
4374
4375 RFC 2822 talks about different sets of &%Resent-%& header lines (for when a
4376 message is resent several times). The RFC also specifies that they should be
4377 added at the front of the message, and separated by &'Received:'& lines. It is
4378 not at all clear how &%-t%& should operate in the present of multiple sets,
4379 nor indeed exactly what constitutes a &"set"&.
4380 In practice, it seems that MUAs do not follow the RFC. The &%Resent-%& lines
4381 are often added at the end of the header, and if a message is resent more than
4382 once, it is common for the original set of &%Resent-%& headers to be renamed as
4383 &%X-Resent-%& when a new set is added. This removes any possible ambiguity.
4384
4385 .vitem &%-ti%&
4386 .oindex "&%-ti%&"
4387 This option is exactly equivalent to &%-t%& &%-i%&. It is provided for
4388 compatibility with Sendmail.
4389
4390 .vitem &%-tls-on-connect%&
4391 .oindex "&%-tls-on-connect%&"
4392 .cindex "TLS" "use without STARTTLS"
4393 .cindex "TLS" "automatic start"
4394 This option is available when Exim is compiled with TLS support. It forces all
4395 incoming SMTP connections to behave as if the incoming port is listed in the
4396 &%tls_on_connect_ports%& option. See section &<<SECTsupobssmt>>& and chapter
4397 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for further details.
4398
4399
4400 .vitem &%-U%&
4401 .oindex "&%-U%&"
4402 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-U%& option ignored"
4403 Sendmail uses this option for &"initial message submission"&, and its
4404 documentation states that in future releases, it may complain about
4405 syntactically invalid messages rather than fixing them when this flag is not
4406 set. Exim ignores this option.
4407
4408 .vitem &%-v%&
4409 .oindex "&%-v%&"
4410 This option causes Exim to write information to the standard error stream,
4411 describing what it is doing. In particular, it shows the log lines for
4412 receiving and delivering a message, and if an SMTP connection is made, the SMTP
4413 dialogue is shown. Some of the log lines shown may not actually be written to
4414 the log if the setting of &%log_selector%& discards them. Any relevant
4415 selectors are shown with each log line. If none are shown, the logging is
4416 unconditional.
4417
4418 .vitem &%-x%&
4419 .oindex "&%-x%&"
4420 AIX uses &%-x%& for a private purpose (&"mail from a local mail program has
4421 National Language Support extended characters in the body of the mail item"&).
4422 It sets &%-x%& when calling the MTA from its &%mail%& command. Exim ignores
4423 this option.
4424 .endlist
4425
4426 .ecindex IIDclo1
4427 .ecindex IIDclo2
4428
4429
4430 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4431 . Insert a stylized DocBook comment here, to identify the end of the command
4432 . line options. This is for the benefit of the Perl script that automatically
4433 . creates a man page for the options.
4434 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4435
4436 .literal xml
4437 <!-- === End of command line options === -->
4438 .literal off
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4445 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4446
4447
4448 .chapter "The Exim run time configuration file" "CHAPconf" &&&
4449 "The runtime configuration file"
4450
4451 .cindex "run time configuration"
4452 .cindex "configuration file" "general description"
4453 .cindex "CONFIGURE_FILE"
4454 .cindex "configuration file" "errors in"
4455 .cindex "error" "in configuration file"
4456 .cindex "return code" "for bad configuration"
4457 Exim uses a single run time configuration file that is read whenever an Exim
4458 binary is executed. Note that in normal operation, this happens frequently,
4459 because Exim is designed to operate in a distributed manner, without central
4460 control.
4461
4462 If a syntax error is detected while reading the configuration file, Exim
4463 writes a message on the standard error, and exits with a non-zero return code.
4464 The message is also written to the panic log. &*Note*&: Only simple syntax
4465 errors can be detected at this time. The values of any expanded options are
4466 not checked until the expansion happens, even when the expansion does not
4467 actually alter the string.
4468
4469 The name of the configuration file is compiled into the binary for security
4470 reasons, and is specified by the CONFIGURE_FILE compilation option. In
4471 most configurations, this specifies a single file. However, it is permitted to
4472 give a colon-separated list of file names, in which case Exim uses the first
4473 existing file in the list.
4474
4475 .cindex "EXIM_USER"
4476 .cindex "EXIM_GROUP"
4477 .cindex "CONFIGURE_OWNER"
4478 .cindex "CONFIGURE_GROUP"
4479 .cindex "configuration file" "ownership"
4480 .cindex "ownership" "configuration file"
4481 The run time configuration file must be owned by root or by the user that is
4482 specified at compile time by the EXIM_USER option, or by the user that is
4483 specified at compile time by the CONFIGURE_OWNER option (if set). The
4484 configuration file must not be world-writeable or group-writeable, unless its
4485 group is the one specified at compile time by the EXIM_GROUP option or by the
4486 CONFIGURE_GROUP option.
4487
4488 &*Warning*&: In a conventional configuration, where the Exim binary is setuid
4489 to root, anybody who is able to edit the run time configuration file has an
4490 easy way to run commands as root. If you make your mail administrators members
4491 of the Exim group, but do not trust them with root, make sure that the run time
4492 configuration is not group writeable.
4493
4494 A default configuration file, which will work correctly in simple situations,
4495 is provided in the file &_src/configure.default_&. If CONFIGURE_FILE
4496 defines just one file name, the installation process copies the default
4497 configuration to a new file of that name if it did not previously exist. If
4498 CONFIGURE_FILE is a list, no default is automatically installed. Chapter
4499 &<<CHAPdefconfil>>& is a &"walk-through"& discussion of the default
4500 configuration.
4501
4502
4503
4504 .section "Using a different configuration file" "SECID40"
4505 .cindex "configuration file" "alternate"
4506 A one-off alternate configuration can be specified by the &%-C%& command line
4507 option, which may specify a single file or a list of files. However, when
4508 &%-C%& is used, Exim gives up its root privilege, unless called by root or the
4509 Exim user (or unless the argument for &%-C%& is identical to the built-in value
4510 from CONFIGURE_FILE). &%-C%& is useful mainly for checking the syntax of
4511 configuration files before installing them. No owner or group checks are done
4512 on a configuration file specified by &%-C%&.
4513
4514 The privileged use of &%-C%& by the Exim user can be locked out by setting
4515 ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY in &_Local/Makefile_& when building Exim. However,
4516 if you do this, you also lock out the possibility of testing a
4517 configuration using &%-C%& right through message reception and delivery, even
4518 if the caller is root. The reception works, but by that time, Exim is running
4519 as the Exim user, so when it re-execs to regain privilege for the delivery, the
4520 use of &%-C%& causes privilege to be lost. However, root can test reception and
4521 delivery using two separate commands (one to put a message on the queue, using
4522 &%-odq%&, and another to do the delivery, using &%-M%&).
4523
4524 If ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX is defined &_in Local/Makefile_&, it specifies a
4525 prefix string with which any file named in a &%-C%& command line option must
4526 start. In addition, the file name must not contain the sequence &"&`/../`&"&.
4527 There is no default setting for ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX; when it is unset, any file
4528 name can be used with &%-C%&.
4529
4530 One-off changes to a configuration can be specified by the &%-D%& command line
4531 option, which defines and overrides values for macros used inside the
4532 configuration file. However, like &%-C%&, the use of this option by a
4533 non-privileged user causes Exim to discard its root privilege.
4534 If DISABLE_D_OPTION is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, the use of &%-D%& is
4535 completely disabled, and its use causes an immediate error exit.
4536
4537 Some sites may wish to use the same Exim binary on different machines that
4538 share a file system, but to use different configuration files on each machine.
4539 If CONFIGURE_FILE_USE_NODE is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, Exim first
4540 looks for a file whose name is the configuration file name followed by a dot
4541 and the machine's node name, as obtained from the &[uname()]& function. If this
4542 file does not exist, the standard name is tried. This processing occurs for
4543 each file name in the list given by CONFIGURE_FILE or &%-C%&.
4544
4545 In some esoteric situations different versions of Exim may be run under
4546 different effective uids and the CONFIGURE_FILE_USE_EUID is defined to
4547 help with this. See the comments in &_src/EDITME_& for details.
4548
4549
4550
4551 .section "Configuration file format" "SECTconffilfor"
4552 .cindex "configuration file" "format of"
4553 .cindex "format" "configuration file"
4554 Exim's configuration file is divided into a number of different parts. General
4555 option settings must always appear at the start of the file. The other parts
4556 are all optional, and may appear in any order. Each part other than the first
4557 is introduced by the word &"begin"& followed by the name of the part. The
4558 optional parts are:
4559
4560 .ilist
4561 &'ACL'&: Access control lists for controlling incoming SMTP mail (see chapter
4562 &<<CHAPACL>>&).
4563 .next
4564 .cindex "AUTH" "configuration"
4565 &'authenticators'&: Configuration settings for the authenticator drivers. These
4566 are concerned with the SMTP AUTH command (see chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&).
4567 .next
4568 &'routers'&: Configuration settings for the router drivers. Routers process
4569 addresses and determine how the message is to be delivered (see chapters
4570 &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&&--&<<CHAPredirect>>&).
4571 .next
4572 &'transports'&: Configuration settings for the transport drivers. Transports
4573 define mechanisms for copying messages to destinations (see chapters
4574 &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&&--&<<CHAPsmtptrans>>&).
4575 .next
4576 &'retry'&: Retry rules, for use when a message cannot be delivered immediately.
4577 If there is no retry section, or if it is empty (that is, no retry rules are
4578 defined), Exim will not retry deliveries. In this situation, temporary errors
4579 are treated the same as permanent errors. Retry rules are discussed in chapter
4580 &<<CHAPretry>>&.
4581 .next
4582 &'rewrite'&: Global address rewriting rules, for use when a message arrives and
4583 when new addresses are generated during delivery. Rewriting is discussed in
4584 chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&.
4585 .next
4586 &'local_scan'&: Private options for the &[local_scan()]& function. If you
4587 want to use this feature, you must set
4588 .code
4589 LOCAL_SCAN_HAS_OPTIONS=yes
4590 .endd
4591 in &_Local/Makefile_& before building Exim. Details of the &[local_scan()]&
4592 facility are given in chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&.
4593 .endlist
4594
4595 .cindex "configuration file" "leading white space in"
4596 .cindex "configuration file" "trailing white space in"
4597 .cindex "white space" "in configuration file"
4598 Leading and trailing white space in configuration lines is always ignored.
4599
4600 Blank lines in the file, and lines starting with a # character (ignoring
4601 leading white space) are treated as comments and are ignored. &*Note*&: A
4602 # character other than at the beginning of a line is not treated specially,
4603 and does not introduce a comment.
4604
4605 Any non-comment line can be continued by ending it with a backslash. Note that
4606 the general rule for white space means that trailing white space after the
4607 backslash and leading white space at the start of continuation
4608 lines is ignored. Comment lines beginning with # (but not empty lines) may
4609 appear in the middle of a sequence of continuation lines.
4610
4611 A convenient way to create a configuration file is to start from the
4612 default, which is supplied in &_src/configure.default_&, and add, delete, or
4613 change settings as required.
4614
4615 The ACLs, retry rules, and rewriting rules have their own syntax which is
4616 described in chapters &<<CHAPACL>>&, &<<CHAPretry>>&, and &<<CHAPrewrite>>&,
4617 respectively. The other parts of the configuration file have some syntactic
4618 items in common, and these are described below, from section &<<SECTcos>>&
4619 onwards. Before that, the inclusion, macro, and conditional facilities are
4620 described.
4621
4622
4623
4624 .section "File inclusions in the configuration file" "SECID41"
4625 .cindex "inclusions in configuration file"
4626 .cindex "configuration file" "including other files"
4627 .cindex "&`.include`& in configuration file"
4628 .cindex "&`.include_if_exists`& in configuration file"
4629 You can include other files inside Exim's run time configuration file by
4630 using this syntax:
4631 .display
4632 &`.include`& <&'file name'&>
4633 &`.include_if_exists`& <&'file name'&>
4634 .endd
4635 on a line by itself. Double quotes round the file name are optional. If you use
4636 the first form, a configuration error occurs if the file does not exist; the
4637 second form does nothing for non-existent files. In all cases, an absolute file
4638 name is required.
4639
4640 Includes may be nested to any depth, but remember that Exim reads its
4641 configuration file often, so it is a good idea to keep them to a minimum.
4642 If you change the contents of an included file, you must HUP the daemon,
4643 because an included file is read only when the configuration itself is read.
4644
4645 The processing of inclusions happens early, at a physical line level, so, like
4646 comment lines, an inclusion can be used in the middle of an option setting,
4647 for example:
4648 .code
4649 hosts_lookup = a.b.c \
4650 .include /some/file
4651 .endd
4652 Include processing happens after macro processing (see below). Its effect is to
4653 process the lines of the included file as if they occurred inline where the
4654 inclusion appears.
4655
4656
4657
4658 .section "Macros in the configuration file" "SECTmacrodefs"
4659 .cindex "macro" "description of"
4660 .cindex "configuration file" "macros"
4661 If a line in the main part of the configuration (that is, before the first
4662 &"begin"& line) begins with an upper case letter, it is taken as a macro
4663 definition, and must be of the form
4664 .display
4665 <&'name'&> = <&'rest of line'&>
4666 .endd
4667 The name must consist of letters, digits, and underscores, and need not all be
4668 in upper case, though that is recommended. The rest of the line, including any
4669 continuations, is the replacement text, and has leading and trailing white
4670 space removed. Quotes are not removed. The replacement text can never end with
4671 a backslash character, but this doesn't seem to be a serious limitation.
4672
4673 Macros may also be defined between router, transport, authenticator, or ACL
4674 definitions. They may not, however, be defined within an individual driver or
4675 ACL, or in the &%local_scan%&, retry, or rewrite sections of the configuration.
4676
4677 .section "Macro substitution" "SECID42"
4678 Once a macro is defined, all subsequent lines in the file (and any included
4679 files) are scanned for the macro name; if there are several macros, the line is
4680 scanned for each in turn, in the order in which the macros are defined. The
4681 replacement text is not re-scanned for the current macro, though it is scanned
4682 for subsequently defined macros. For this reason, a macro name may not contain
4683 the name of a previously defined macro as a substring. You could, for example,
4684 define
4685 .display
4686 &`ABCD_XYZ = `&<&'something'&>
4687 &`ABCD = `&<&'something else'&>
4688 .endd
4689 but putting the definitions in the opposite order would provoke a configuration
4690 error. Macro expansion is applied to individual physical lines from the file,
4691 before checking for line continuation or file inclusion (see above). If a line
4692 consists solely of a macro name, and the expansion of the macro is empty, the
4693 line is ignored. A macro at the start of a line may turn the line into a
4694 comment line or a &`.include`& line.
4695
4696
4697 .section "Redefining macros" "SECID43"
4698 Once defined, the value of a macro can be redefined later in the configuration
4699 (or in an included file). Redefinition is specified by using &'=='& instead of
4700 &'='&. For example:
4701 .code
4702 MAC = initial value
4703 ...
4704 MAC == updated value
4705 .endd
4706 Redefinition does not alter the order in which the macros are applied to the
4707 subsequent lines of the configuration file. It is still the same order in which
4708 the macros were originally defined. All that changes is the macro's value.
4709 Redefinition makes it possible to accumulate values. For example:
4710 .code
4711 MAC = initial value
4712 ...
4713 MAC == MAC and something added
4714 .endd
4715 This can be helpful in situations where the configuration file is built
4716 from a number of other files.
4717
4718 .section "Overriding macro values" "SECID44"
4719 The values set for macros in the configuration file can be overridden by the
4720 &%-D%& command line option, but Exim gives up its root privilege when &%-D%& is
4721 used, unless called by root or the Exim user. A definition on the command line
4722 using the &%-D%& option causes all definitions and redefinitions within the
4723 file to be ignored.
4724
4725
4726
4727 .section "Example of macro usage" "SECID45"
4728 As an example of macro usage, consider a configuration where aliases are looked
4729 up in a MySQL database. It helps to keep the file less cluttered if long
4730 strings such as SQL statements are defined separately as macros, for example:
4731 .code
4732 ALIAS_QUERY = select mailbox from user where \
4733 login='${quote_mysql:$local_part}';
4734 .endd
4735 This can then be used in a &(redirect)& router setting like this:
4736 .code
4737 data = ${lookup mysql{ALIAS_QUERY}}
4738 .endd
4739 In earlier versions of Exim macros were sometimes used for domain, host, or
4740 address lists. In Exim 4 these are handled better by named lists &-- see
4741 section &<<SECTnamedlists>>&.
4742
4743
4744 .section "Conditional skips in the configuration file" "SECID46"
4745 .cindex "configuration file" "conditional skips"
4746 .cindex "&`.ifdef`&"
4747 You can use the directives &`.ifdef`&, &`.ifndef`&, &`.elifdef`&,
4748 &`.elifndef`&, &`.else`&, and &`.endif`& to dynamically include or exclude
4749 portions of the configuration file. The processing happens whenever the file is
4750 read (that is, when an Exim binary starts to run).
4751
4752 The implementation is very simple. Instances of the first four directives must
4753 be followed by text that includes the names of one or macros. The condition
4754 that is tested is whether or not any macro substitution has taken place in the
4755 line. Thus:
4756 .code
4757 .ifdef AAA
4758 message_size_limit = 50M
4759 .else
4760 message_size_limit = 100M
4761 .endif
4762 .endd
4763 sets a message size limit of 50M if the macro &`AAA`& is defined, and 100M
4764 otherwise. If there is more than one macro named on the line, the condition
4765 is true if any of them are defined. That is, it is an &"or"& condition. To
4766 obtain an &"and"& condition, you need to use nested &`.ifdef`&s.
4767
4768 Although you can use a macro expansion to generate one of these directives,
4769 it is not very useful, because the condition &"there was a macro substitution
4770 in this line"& will always be true.
4771
4772 Text following &`.else`& and &`.endif`& is ignored, and can be used as comment
4773 to clarify complicated nestings.
4774
4775
4776
4777 .section "Common option syntax" "SECTcos"
4778 .cindex "common option syntax"
4779 .cindex "syntax of common options"
4780 .cindex "configuration file" "common option syntax"
4781 For the main set of options, driver options, and &[local_scan()]& options,
4782 each setting is on a line by itself, and starts with a name consisting of
4783 lower-case letters and underscores. Many options require a data value, and in
4784 these cases the name must be followed by an equals sign (with optional white
4785 space) and then the value. For example:
4786 .code
4787 qualify_domain = mydomain.example.com
4788 .endd
4789 .cindex "hiding configuration option values"
4790 .cindex "configuration options" "hiding value of"
4791 .cindex "options" "hiding value of"
4792 Some option settings may contain sensitive data, for example, passwords for
4793 accessing databases. To stop non-admin users from using the &%-bP%& command
4794 line option to read these values, you can precede the option settings with the
4795 word &"hide"&. For example:
4796 .code
4797 hide mysql_servers = localhost/users/admin/secret-password
4798 .endd
4799 For non-admin users, such options are displayed like this:
4800 .code
4801 mysql_servers = <value not displayable>
4802 .endd
4803 If &"hide"& is used on a driver option, it hides the value of that option on
4804 all instances of the same driver.
4805
4806 The following sections describe the syntax used for the different data types
4807 that are found in option settings.
4808
4809
4810 .section "Boolean options" "SECID47"
4811 .cindex "format" "boolean"
4812 .cindex "boolean configuration values"
4813 .oindex "&%no_%&&'xxx'&"
4814 .oindex "&%not_%&&'xxx'&"
4815 Options whose type is given as boolean are on/off switches. There are two
4816 different ways of specifying such options: with and without a data value. If
4817 the option name is specified on its own without data, the switch is turned on;
4818 if it is preceded by &"no_"& or &"not_"& the switch is turned off. However,
4819 boolean options may be followed by an equals sign and one of the words
4820 &"true"&, &"false"&, &"yes"&, or &"no"&, as an alternative syntax. For example,
4821 the following two settings have exactly the same effect:
4822 .code
4823 queue_only
4824 queue_only = true
4825 .endd
4826 The following two lines also have the same (opposite) effect:
4827 .code
4828 no_queue_only
4829 queue_only = false
4830 .endd
4831 You can use whichever syntax you prefer.
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836 .section "Integer values" "SECID48"
4837 .cindex "integer configuration values"
4838 .cindex "format" "integer"
4839 If an option's type is given as &"integer"&, the value can be given in decimal,
4840 hexadecimal, or octal. If it starts with a digit greater than zero, a decimal
4841 number is assumed. Otherwise, it is treated as an octal number unless it starts
4842 with the characters &"0x"&, in which case the remainder is interpreted as a
4843 hexadecimal number.
4844
4845 If an integer value is followed by the letter K, it is multiplied by 1024; if
4846 it is followed by the letter M, it is multiplied by 1024x1024. When the values
4847 of integer option settings are output, values which are an exact multiple of
4848 1024 or 1024x1024 are sometimes, but not always, printed using the letters K
4849 and M. The printing style is independent of the actual input format that was
4850 used.
4851
4852
4853 .section "Octal integer values" "SECID49"
4854 .cindex "integer format"
4855 .cindex "format" "octal integer"
4856 If an option's type is given as &"octal integer"&, its value is always
4857 interpreted as an octal number, whether or not it starts with the digit zero.
4858 Such options are always output in octal.
4859
4860
4861 .section "Fixed point numbers" "SECID50"
4862 .cindex "fixed point configuration values"
4863 .cindex "format" "fixed point"
4864 If an option's type is given as &"fixed-point"&, its value must be a decimal
4865 integer, optionally followed by a decimal point and up to three further digits.
4866
4867
4868
4869 .section "Time intervals" "SECTtimeformat"
4870 .cindex "time interval" "specifying in configuration"
4871 .cindex "format" "time interval"
4872 A time interval is specified as a sequence of numbers, each followed by one of
4873 the following letters, with no intervening white space:
4874
4875 .table2 30pt
4876 .irow &%s%& seconds
4877 .irow &%m%& minutes
4878 .irow &%h%& hours
4879 .irow &%d%& days
4880 .irow &%w%& weeks
4881 .endtable
4882
4883 For example, &"3h50m"& specifies 3 hours and 50 minutes. The values of time
4884 intervals are output in the same format. Exim does not restrict the values; it
4885 is perfectly acceptable, for example, to specify &"90m"& instead of &"1h30m"&.
4886
4887
4888
4889 .section "String values" "SECTstrings"
4890 .cindex "string" "format of configuration values"
4891 .cindex "format" "string"
4892 If an option's type is specified as &"string"&, the value can be specified with
4893 or without double-quotes. If it does not start with a double-quote, the value
4894 consists of the remainder of the line plus any continuation lines, starting at
4895 the first character after any leading white space, with trailing white space
4896 removed, and with no interpretation of the characters in the string. Because
4897 Exim removes comment lines (those beginning with #) at an early stage, they can
4898 appear in the middle of a multi-line string. The following two settings are
4899 therefore equivalent:
4900 .code
4901 trusted_users = uucp:mail
4902 trusted_users = uucp:\
4903 # This comment line is ignored
4904 mail
4905 .endd
4906 .cindex "string" "quoted"
4907 .cindex "escape characters in quoted strings"
4908 If a string does start with a double-quote, it must end with a closing
4909 double-quote, and any backslash characters other than those used for line
4910 continuation are interpreted as escape characters, as follows:
4911
4912 .table2 100pt
4913 .irow &`\\`& "single backslash"
4914 .irow &`\n`& "newline"
4915 .irow &`\r`& "carriage return"
4916 .irow &`\t`& "tab"
4917 .irow "&`\`&<&'octal digits'&>" "up to 3 octal digits specify one character"
4918 .irow "&`\x`&<&'hex digits'&>" "up to 2 hexadecimal digits specify one &&&
4919 character"
4920 .endtable
4921
4922 If a backslash is followed by some other character, including a double-quote
4923 character, that character replaces the pair.
4924
4925 Quoting is necessary only if you want to make use of the backslash escapes to
4926 insert special characters, or if you need to specify a value with leading or
4927 trailing spaces. These cases are rare, so quoting is almost never needed in
4928 current versions of Exim. In versions of Exim before 3.14, quoting was required
4929 in order to continue lines, so you may come across older configuration files
4930 and examples that apparently quote unnecessarily.
4931
4932
4933 .section "Expanded strings" "SECID51"
4934 .cindex "expansion" "definition of"
4935 Some strings in the configuration file are subjected to &'string expansion'&,
4936 by which means various parts of the string may be changed according to the
4937 circumstances (see chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&). The input syntax for such strings
4938 is as just described; in particular, the handling of backslashes in quoted
4939 strings is done as part of the input process, before expansion takes place.
4940 However, backslash is also an escape character for the expander, so any
4941 backslashes that are required for that reason must be doubled if they are
4942 within a quoted configuration string.
4943
4944
4945 .section "User and group names" "SECID52"
4946 .cindex "user name" "format of"
4947 .cindex "format" "user name"
4948 .cindex "groups" "name format"
4949 .cindex "format" "group name"
4950 User and group names are specified as strings, using the syntax described
4951 above, but the strings are interpreted specially. A user or group name must
4952 either consist entirely of digits, or be a name that can be looked up using the
4953 &[getpwnam()]& or &[getgrnam()]& function, as appropriate.
4954
4955
4956 .section "List construction" "SECTlistconstruct"
4957 .cindex "list" "syntax of in configuration"
4958 .cindex "format" "list item in configuration"
4959 .cindex "string" "list, definition of"
4960 The data for some configuration options is a list of items, with colon as the
4961 default separator. Many of these options are shown with type &"string list"& in
4962 the descriptions later in this document. Others are listed as &"domain list"&,
4963 &"host list"&, &"address list"&, or &"local part list"&. Syntactically, they
4964 are all the same; however, those other than &"string list"& are subject to
4965 particular kinds of interpretation, as described in chapter
4966 &<<CHAPdomhosaddlists>>&.
4967
4968 In all these cases, the entire list is treated as a single string as far as the
4969 input syntax is concerned. The &%trusted_users%& setting in section
4970 &<<SECTstrings>>& above is an example. If a colon is actually needed in an item
4971 in a list, it must be entered as two colons. Leading and trailing white space
4972 on each item in a list is ignored. This makes it possible to include items that
4973 start with a colon, and in particular, certain forms of IPv6 address. For
4974 example, the list
4975 .code
4976 local_interfaces = 127.0.0.1 : ::::1
4977 .endd
4978 contains two IP addresses, the IPv4 address 127.0.0.1 and the IPv6 address ::1.
4979
4980 &*Note*&: Although leading and trailing white space is ignored in individual
4981 list items, it is not ignored when parsing the list. The space after the first
4982 colon in the example above is necessary. If it were not there, the list would
4983 be interpreted as the two items 127.0.0.1:: and 1.
4984
4985 .section "Changing list separators" "SECID53"
4986 .cindex "list separator" "changing"
4987 .cindex "IPv6" "addresses in lists"
4988 Doubling colons in IPv6 addresses is an unwelcome chore, so a mechanism was
4989 introduced to allow the separator character to be changed. If a list begins
4990 with a left angle bracket, followed by any punctuation character, that
4991 character is used instead of colon as the list separator. For example, the list
4992 above can be rewritten to use a semicolon separator like this:
4993 .code
4994 local_interfaces = <; 127.0.0.1 ; ::1
4995 .endd
4996 This facility applies to all lists, with the exception of the list in
4997 &%log_file_path%&. It is recommended that the use of non-colon separators be
4998 confined to circumstances where they really are needed.
4999
5000 .cindex "list separator" "newline as"
5001 .cindex "newline" "as list separator"
5002 It is also possible to use newline and other control characters (those with
5003 code values less than 32, plus DEL) as separators in lists. Such separators
5004 must be provided literally at the time the list is processed. For options that
5005 are string-expanded, you can write the separator using a normal escape
5006 sequence. This will be processed by the expander before the string is
5007 interpreted as a list. For example, if a newline-separated list of domains is
5008 generated by a lookup, you can process it directly by a line such as this:
5009 .code
5010 domains = <\n ${lookup mysql{.....}}
5011 .endd
5012 This avoids having to change the list separator in such data. You are unlikely
5013 to want to use a control character as a separator in an option that is not
5014 expanded, because the value is literal text. However, it can be done by giving
5015 the value in quotes. For example:
5016 .code
5017 local_interfaces = "<\n 127.0.0.1 \n ::1"
5018 .endd
5019 Unlike printing character separators, which can be included in list items by
5020 doubling, it is not possible to include a control character as data when it is
5021 set as the separator. Two such characters in succession are interpreted as
5022 enclosing an empty list item.
5023
5024
5025
5026 .section "Empty items in lists" "SECTempitelis"
5027 .cindex "list" "empty item in"
5028 An empty item at the end of a list is always ignored. In other words, trailing
5029 separator characters are ignored. Thus, the list in
5030 .code
5031 senders = user@domain :
5032 .endd
5033 contains only a single item. If you want to include an empty string as one item
5034 in a list, it must not be the last item. For example, this list contains three
5035 items, the second of which is empty:
5036 .code
5037 senders = user1@domain : : user2@domain
5038 .endd
5039 &*Note*&: There must be white space between the two colons, as otherwise they
5040 are interpreted as representing a single colon data character (and the list
5041 would then contain just one item). If you want to specify a list that contains
5042 just one, empty item, you can do it as in this example:
5043 .code
5044 senders = :
5045 .endd
5046 In this case, the first item is empty, and the second is discarded because it
5047 is at the end of the list.
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052 .section "Format of driver configurations" "SECTfordricon"
5053 .cindex "drivers" "configuration format"
5054 There are separate parts in the configuration for defining routers, transports,
5055 and authenticators. In each part, you are defining a number of driver
5056 instances, each with its own set of options. Each driver instance is defined by
5057 a sequence of lines like this:
5058 .display
5059 <&'instance name'&>:
5060 <&'option'&>
5061 ...
5062 <&'option'&>
5063 .endd
5064 In the following example, the instance name is &(localuser)&, and it is
5065 followed by three options settings:
5066 .code
5067 localuser:
5068 driver = accept
5069 check_local_user
5070 transport = local_delivery
5071 .endd
5072 For each driver instance, you specify which Exim code module it uses &-- by the
5073 setting of the &%driver%& option &-- and (optionally) some configuration
5074 settings. For example, in the case of transports, if you want a transport to
5075 deliver with SMTP you would use the &(smtp)& driver; if you want to deliver to
5076 a local file you would use the &(appendfile)& driver. Each of the drivers is
5077 described in detail in its own separate chapter later in this manual.
5078
5079 You can have several routers, transports, or authenticators that are based on
5080 the same underlying driver (each must have a different instance name).
5081
5082 The order in which routers are defined is important, because addresses are
5083 passed to individual routers one by one, in order. The order in which
5084 transports are defined does not matter at all. The order in which
5085 authenticators are defined is used only when Exim, as a client, is searching
5086 them to find one that matches an authentication mechanism offered by the
5087 server.
5088
5089 .cindex "generic options"
5090 .cindex "options" "generic &-- definition of"
5091 Within a driver instance definition, there are two kinds of option: &'generic'&
5092 and &'private'&. The generic options are those that apply to all drivers of the
5093 same type (that is, all routers, all transports or all authenticators). The
5094 &%driver%& option is a generic option that must appear in every definition.
5095 .cindex "private options"
5096 The private options are special for each driver, and none need appear, because
5097 they all have default values.
5098
5099 The options may appear in any order, except that the &%driver%& option must
5100 precede any private options, since these depend on the particular driver. For
5101 this reason, it is recommended that &%driver%& always be the first option.
5102
5103 Driver instance names, which are used for reference in log entries and
5104 elsewhere, can be any sequence of letters, digits, and underscores (starting
5105 with a letter) and must be unique among drivers of the same type. A router and
5106 a transport (for example) can each have the same name, but no two router
5107 instances can have the same name. The name of a driver instance should not be
5108 confused with the name of the underlying driver module. For example, the
5109 configuration lines:
5110 .code
5111 remote_smtp:
5112 driver = smtp
5113 .endd
5114 create an instance of the &(smtp)& transport driver whose name is
5115 &(remote_smtp)&. The same driver code can be used more than once, with
5116 different instance names and different option settings each time. A second
5117 instance of the &(smtp)& transport, with different options, might be defined
5118 thus:
5119 .code
5120 special_smtp:
5121 driver = smtp
5122 port = 1234
5123 command_timeout = 10s
5124 .endd
5125 The names &(remote_smtp)& and &(special_smtp)& would be used to reference
5126 these transport instances from routers, and these names would appear in log
5127 lines.
5128
5129 Comment lines may be present in the middle of driver specifications. The full
5130 list of option settings for any particular driver instance, including all the
5131 defaulted values, can be extracted by making use of the &%-bP%& command line
5132 option.
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5140 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5141
5142 .chapter "The default configuration file" "CHAPdefconfil"
5143 .scindex IIDconfiwal "configuration file" "default &""walk through""&"
5144 .cindex "default" "configuration file &""walk through""&"
5145 The default configuration file supplied with Exim as &_src/configure.default_&
5146 is sufficient for a host with simple mail requirements. As an introduction to
5147 the way Exim is configured, this chapter &"walks through"& the default
5148 configuration, giving brief explanations of the settings. Detailed descriptions
5149 of the options are given in subsequent chapters. The default configuration file
5150 itself contains extensive comments about ways you might want to modify the
5151 initial settings. However, note that there are many options that are not
5152 mentioned at all in the default configuration.
5153
5154
5155
5156 .section "Main configuration settings" "SECTdefconfmain"
5157 The main (global) configuration option settings must always come first in the
5158 file. The first thing you'll see in the file, after some initial comments, is
5159 the line
5160 .code
5161 # primary_hostname =
5162 .endd
5163 This is a commented-out setting of the &%primary_hostname%& option. Exim needs
5164 to know the official, fully qualified name of your host, and this is where you
5165 can specify it. However, in most cases you do not need to set this option. When
5166 it is unset, Exim uses the &[uname()]& system function to obtain the host name.
5167
5168 The first three non-comment configuration lines are as follows:
5169 .code
5170 domainlist local_domains = @
5171 domainlist relay_to_domains =
5172 hostlist relay_from_hosts = 127.0.0.1
5173 .endd
5174 These are not, in fact, option settings. They are definitions of two named
5175 domain lists and one named host list. Exim allows you to give names to lists of
5176 domains, hosts, and email addresses, in order to make it easier to manage the
5177 configuration file (see section &<<SECTnamedlists>>&).
5178
5179 The first line defines a domain list called &'local_domains'&; this is used
5180 later in the configuration to identify domains that are to be delivered
5181 on the local host.
5182
5183 .cindex "@ in a domain list"
5184 There is just one item in this list, the string &"@"&. This is a special form
5185 of entry which means &"the name of the local host"&. Thus, if the local host is
5186 called &'a.host.example'&, mail to &'any.user@a.host.example'& is expected to
5187 be delivered locally. Because the local host's name is referenced indirectly,
5188 the same configuration file can be used on different hosts.
5189
5190 The second line defines a domain list called &'relay_to_domains'&, but the
5191 list itself is empty. Later in the configuration we will come to the part that
5192 controls mail relaying through the local host; it allows relaying to any
5193 domains in this list. By default, therefore, no relaying on the basis of a mail
5194 domain is permitted.
5195
5196 The third line defines a host list called &'relay_from_hosts'&. This list is
5197 used later in the configuration to permit relaying from any host or IP address
5198 that matches the list. The default contains just the IP address of the IPv4
5199 loopback interface, which means that processes on the local host are able to
5200 submit mail for relaying by sending it over TCP/IP to that interface. No other
5201 hosts are permitted to submit messages for relaying.
5202
5203 Just to be sure there's no misunderstanding: at this point in the configuration
5204 we aren't actually setting up any controls. We are just defining some domains
5205 and hosts that will be used in the controls that are specified later.
5206
5207 The next two configuration lines are genuine option settings:
5208 .code
5209 acl_smtp_rcpt = acl_check_rcpt
5210 acl_smtp_data = acl_check_data
5211 .endd
5212 These options specify &'Access Control Lists'& (ACLs) that are to be used
5213 during an incoming SMTP session for every recipient of a message (every RCPT
5214 command), and after the contents of the message have been received,
5215 respectively. The names of the lists are &'acl_check_rcpt'& and
5216 &'acl_check_data'&, and we will come to their definitions below, in the ACL
5217 section of the configuration. The RCPT ACL controls which recipients are
5218 accepted for an incoming message &-- if a configuration does not provide an ACL
5219 to check recipients, no SMTP mail can be accepted. The DATA ACL allows the
5220 contents of a message to be checked.
5221
5222 Two commented-out option settings are next:
5223 .code
5224 # av_scanner = clamd:/tmp/clamd
5225 # spamd_address = 127.0.0.1 783
5226 .endd
5227 These are example settings that can be used when Exim is compiled with the
5228 content-scanning extension. The first specifies the interface to the virus
5229 scanner, and the second specifies the interface to SpamAssassin. Further
5230 details are given in chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
5231
5232 Three more commented-out option settings follow:
5233 .code
5234 # tls_advertise_hosts = *
5235 # tls_certificate = /etc/ssl/exim.crt
5236 # tls_privatekey = /etc/ssl/exim.pem
5237 .endd
5238 These are example settings that can be used when Exim is compiled with
5239 support for TLS (aka SSL) as described in section &<<SECTinctlsssl>>&. The
5240 first one specifies the list of clients that are allowed to use TLS when
5241 connecting to this server; in this case the wildcard means all clients. The
5242 other options specify where Exim should find its TLS certificate and private
5243 key, which together prove the server's identity to any clients that connect.
5244 More details are given in chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&.
5245
5246 Another two commented-out option settings follow:
5247 .code
5248 # daemon_smtp_ports = 25 : 465 : 587
5249 # tls_on_connect_ports = 465
5250 .endd
5251 .cindex "port" "465 and 587"
5252 .cindex "port" "for message submission"
5253 .cindex "message" "submission, ports for"
5254 .cindex "ssmtp protocol"
5255 .cindex "smtps protocol"
5256 .cindex "SMTP" "ssmtp protocol"
5257 .cindex "SMTP" "smtps protocol"
5258 These options provide better support for roaming users who wish to use this
5259 server for message submission. They are not much use unless you have turned on
5260 TLS (as described in the previous paragraph) and authentication (about which
5261 more in section &<<SECTdefconfauth>>&). The usual SMTP port 25 is often blocked
5262 on end-user networks, so RFC 4409 specifies that message submission should use
5263 port 587 instead. However some software (notably Microsoft Outlook) cannot be
5264 configured to use port 587 correctly, so these settings also enable the
5265 non-standard &"smtps"& (aka &"ssmtp"&) port 465 (see section
5266 &<<SECTsupobssmt>>&).
5267
5268 Two more commented-out options settings follow:
5269 .code
5270 # qualify_domain =
5271 # qualify_recipient =
5272 .endd
5273 The first of these specifies a domain that Exim uses when it constructs a
5274 complete email address from a local login name. This is often needed when Exim
5275 receives a message from a local process. If you do not set &%qualify_domain%&,
5276 the value of &%primary_hostname%& is used. If you set both of these options,
5277 you can have different qualification domains for sender and recipient
5278 addresses. If you set only the first one, its value is used in both cases.
5279
5280 .cindex "domain literal" "recognizing format"
5281 The following line must be uncommented if you want Exim to recognize
5282 addresses of the form &'user@[10.11.12.13]'& that is, with a &"domain literal"&
5283 (an IP address within square brackets) instead of a named domain.
5284 .code
5285 # allow_domain_literals
5286 .endd
5287 The RFCs still require this form, but many people think that in the modern
5288 Internet it makes little sense to permit mail to be sent to specific hosts by
5289 quoting their IP addresses. This ancient format has been used by people who
5290 try to abuse hosts by using them for unwanted relaying. However, some
5291 people believe there are circumstances (for example, messages addressed to
5292 &'postmaster'&) where domain literals are still useful.
5293
5294 The next configuration line is a kind of trigger guard:
5295 .code
5296 never_users = root
5297 .endd
5298 It specifies that no delivery must ever be run as the root user. The normal
5299 convention is to set up &'root'& as an alias for the system administrator. This
5300 setting is a guard against slips in the configuration.
5301 The list of users specified by &%never_users%& is not, however, the complete
5302 list; the build-time configuration in &_Local/Makefile_& has an option called
5303 FIXED_NEVER_USERS specifying a list that cannot be overridden. The
5304 contents of &%never_users%& are added to this list. By default
5305 FIXED_NEVER_USERS also specifies root.
5306
5307 When a remote host connects to Exim in order to send mail, the only information
5308 Exim has about the host's identity is its IP address. The next configuration
5309 line,
5310 .code
5311 host_lookup = *
5312 .endd
5313 specifies that Exim should do a reverse DNS lookup on all incoming connections,
5314 in order to get a host name. This improves the quality of the logging
5315 information, but if you feel it is too expensive, you can remove it entirely,
5316 or restrict the lookup to hosts on &"nearby"& networks.
5317 Note that it is not always possible to find a host name from an IP address,
5318 because not all DNS reverse zones are maintained, and sometimes DNS servers are
5319 unreachable.
5320
5321 The next two lines are concerned with &'ident'& callbacks, as defined by RFC
5322 1413 (hence their names):
5323 .code
5324 rfc1413_hosts = *
5325 rfc1413_query_timeout = 5s
5326 .endd
5327 These settings cause Exim to make ident callbacks for all incoming SMTP calls.
5328 You can limit the hosts to which these calls are made, or change the timeout
5329 that is used. If you set the timeout to zero, all ident calls are disabled.
5330 Although they are cheap and can provide useful information for tracing problem
5331 messages, some hosts and firewalls have problems with ident calls. This can
5332 result in a timeout instead of an immediate refused connection, leading to
5333 delays on starting up an incoming SMTP session.
5334
5335 When Exim receives messages over SMTP connections, it expects all addresses to
5336 be fully qualified with a domain, as required by the SMTP definition. However,
5337 if you are running a server to which simple clients submit messages, you may
5338 find that they send unqualified addresses. The two commented-out options:
5339 .code
5340 # sender_unqualified_hosts =
5341 # recipient_unqualified_hosts =
5342 .endd
5343 show how you can specify hosts that are permitted to send unqualified sender
5344 and recipient addresses, respectively.
5345
5346 The &%percent_hack_domains%& option is also commented out:
5347 .code
5348 # percent_hack_domains =
5349 .endd
5350 It provides a list of domains for which the &"percent hack"& is to operate.
5351 This is an almost obsolete form of explicit email routing. If you do not know
5352 anything about it, you can safely ignore this topic.
5353
5354 The last two settings in the main part of the default configuration are
5355 concerned with messages that have been &"frozen"& on Exim's queue. When a
5356 message is frozen, Exim no longer continues to try to deliver it. Freezing
5357 occurs when a bounce message encounters a permanent failure because the sender
5358 address of the original message that caused the bounce is invalid, so the
5359 bounce cannot be delivered. This is probably the most common case, but there
5360 are also other conditions that cause freezing, and frozen messages are not
5361 always bounce messages.
5362 .code
5363 ignore_bounce_errors_after = 2d
5364 timeout_frozen_after = 7d
5365 .endd
5366 The first of these options specifies that failing bounce messages are to be
5367 discarded after 2 days on the queue. The second specifies that any frozen
5368 message (whether a bounce message or not) is to be timed out (and discarded)
5369 after a week. In this configuration, the first setting ensures that no failing
5370 bounce message ever lasts a week.
5371
5372
5373
5374 .section "ACL configuration" "SECID54"
5375 .cindex "default" "ACLs"
5376 .cindex "&ACL;" "default configuration"
5377 In the default configuration, the ACL section follows the main configuration.
5378 It starts with the line
5379 .code
5380 begin acl
5381 .endd
5382 and it contains the definitions of two ACLs, called &'acl_check_rcpt'& and
5383 &'acl_check_data'&, that were referenced in the settings of &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&
5384 and &%acl_smtp_data%& above.
5385
5386 .cindex "RCPT" "ACL for"
5387 The first ACL is used for every RCPT command in an incoming SMTP message. Each
5388 RCPT command specifies one of the message's recipients. The ACL statements
5389 are considered in order, until the recipient address is either accepted or
5390 rejected. The RCPT command is then accepted or rejected, according to the
5391 result of the ACL processing.
5392 .code
5393 acl_check_rcpt:
5394 .endd
5395 This line, consisting of a name terminated by a colon, marks the start of the
5396 ACL, and names it.
5397 .code
5398 accept hosts = :
5399 .endd
5400 This ACL statement accepts the recipient if the sending host matches the list.
5401 But what does that strange list mean? It doesn't actually contain any host
5402 names or IP addresses. The presence of the colon puts an empty item in the
5403 list; Exim matches this only if the incoming message did not come from a remote
5404 host, because in that case, the remote hostname is empty. The colon is
5405 important. Without it, the list itself is empty, and can never match anything.
5406
5407 What this statement is doing is to accept unconditionally all recipients in
5408 messages that are submitted by SMTP from local processes using the standard
5409 input and output (that is, not using TCP/IP). A number of MUAs operate in this
5410 manner.
5411 .code
5412 deny message = Restricted characters in address
5413 domains = +local_domains
5414 local_parts = ^[.] : ^.*[@%!/|]
5415
5416 deny message = Restricted characters in address
5417 domains = !+local_domains
5418 local_parts = ^[./|] : ^.*[@%!] : ^.*/\\.\\./
5419 .endd
5420 These statements are concerned with local parts that contain any of the
5421 characters &"@"&, &"%"&, &"!"&, &"/"&, &"|"&, or dots in unusual places.
5422 Although these characters are entirely legal in local parts (in the case of
5423 &"@"& and leading dots, only if correctly quoted), they do not commonly occur
5424 in Internet mail addresses.
5425
5426 The first three have in the past been associated with explicitly routed
5427 addresses (percent is still sometimes used &-- see the &%percent_hack_domains%&
5428 option). Addresses containing these characters are regularly tried by spammers
5429 in an attempt to bypass relaying restrictions, and also by open relay testing
5430 programs. Unless you really need them it is safest to reject these characters
5431 at this early stage. This configuration is heavy-handed in rejecting these
5432 characters for all messages it accepts from remote hosts. This is a deliberate
5433 policy of being as safe as possible.
5434
5435 The first rule above is stricter, and is applied to messages that are addressed
5436 to one of the local domains handled by this host. This is implemented by the
5437 first condition, which restricts it to domains that are listed in the
5438 &'local_domains'& domain list. The &"+"& character is used to indicate a
5439 reference to a named list. In this configuration, there is just one domain in
5440 &'local_domains'&, but in general there may be many.
5441
5442 The second condition on the first statement uses two regular expressions to
5443 block local parts that begin with a dot or contain &"@"&, &"%"&, &"!"&, &"/"&,
5444 or &"|"&. If you have local accounts that include these characters, you will
5445 have to modify this rule.
5446
5447 Empty components (two dots in a row) are not valid in RFC 2822, but Exim
5448 allows them because they have been encountered in practice. (Consider the
5449 common convention of local parts constructed as
5450 &"&'first-initial.second-initial.family-name'&"& when applied to someone like
5451 the author of Exim, who has no second initial.) However, a local part starting
5452 with a dot or containing &"/../"& can cause trouble if it is used as part of a
5453 file name (for example, for a mailing list). This is also true for local parts
5454 that contain slashes. A pipe symbol can also be troublesome if the local part
5455 is incorporated unthinkingly into a shell command line.
5456
5457 The second rule above applies to all other domains, and is less strict. This
5458 allows your own users to send outgoing messages to sites that use slashes
5459 and vertical bars in their local parts. It blocks local parts that begin
5460 with a dot, slash, or vertical bar, but allows these characters within the
5461 local part. However, the sequence &"/../"& is barred. The use of &"@"&, &"%"&,
5462 and &"!"& is blocked, as before. The motivation here is to prevent your users
5463 (or your users' viruses) from mounting certain kinds of attack on remote sites.
5464 .code
5465 accept local_parts = postmaster
5466 domains = +local_domains
5467 .endd
5468 This statement, which has two conditions, accepts an incoming address if the
5469 local part is &'postmaster'& and the domain is one of those listed in the
5470 &'local_domains'& domain list. The &"+"& character is used to indicate a
5471 reference to a named list. In this configuration, there is just one domain in
5472 &'local_domains'&, but in general there may be many.
5473
5474 The presence of this statement means that mail to postmaster is never blocked
5475 by any of the subsequent tests. This can be helpful while sorting out problems
5476 in cases where the subsequent tests are incorrectly denying access.
5477 .code
5478 require verify = sender
5479 .endd
5480 This statement requires the sender address to be verified before any subsequent
5481 ACL statement can be used. If verification fails, the incoming recipient
5482 address is refused. Verification consists of trying to route the address, to
5483 see if a bounce message could be delivered to it. In the case of remote
5484 addresses, basic verification checks only the domain, but &'callouts'& can be
5485 used for more verification if required. Section &<<SECTaddressverification>>&
5486 discusses the details of address verification.
5487 .code
5488 accept hosts = +relay_from_hosts
5489 control = submission
5490 .endd
5491 This statement accepts the address if the message is coming from one of the
5492 hosts that are defined as being allowed to relay through this host. Recipient
5493 verification is omitted here, because in many cases the clients are dumb MUAs
5494 that do not cope well with SMTP error responses. For the same reason, the
5495 second line specifies &"submission mode"& for messages that are accepted. This
5496 is described in detail in section &<<SECTsubmodnon>>&; it causes Exim to fix
5497 messages that are deficient in some way, for example, because they lack a
5498 &'Date:'& header line. If you are actually relaying out from MTAs, you should
5499 probably add recipient verification here, and disable submission mode.
5500 .code
5501 accept authenticated = *
5502 control = submission
5503 .endd
5504 This statement accepts the address if the client host has authenticated itself.
5505 Submission mode is again specified, on the grounds that such messages are most
5506 likely to come from MUAs. The default configuration does not define any
5507 authenticators, though it does include some nearly complete commented-out
5508 examples described in &<<SECTdefconfauth>>&. This means that no client can in
5509 fact authenticate until you complete the authenticator definitions.
5510 .code
5511 require message = relay not permitted
5512 domains = +local_domains : +relay_domains
5513 .endd
5514 This statement rejects the address if its domain is neither a local domain nor
5515 one of the domains for which this host is a relay.
5516 .code
5517 require verify = recipient
5518 .endd
5519 This statement requires the recipient address to be verified; if verification
5520 fails, the address is rejected.
5521 .code
5522 # deny message = rejected because $sender_host_address \
5523 # is in a black list at $dnslist_domain\n\
5524 # $dnslist_text
5525 # dnslists = black.list.example
5526 #
5527 # warn dnslists = black.list.example
5528 # add_header = X-Warning: $sender_host_address is in \
5529 # a black list at $dnslist_domain
5530 # log_message = found in $dnslist_domain
5531 .endd
5532 These commented-out lines are examples of how you could configure Exim to check
5533 sending hosts against a DNS black list. The first statement rejects messages
5534 from blacklisted hosts, whereas the second just inserts a warning header
5535 line.
5536 .code
5537 # require verify = csa
5538 .endd
5539 This commented-out line is an example of how you could turn on client SMTP
5540 authorization (CSA) checking. Such checks do DNS lookups for special SRV
5541 records.
5542 .code
5543 accept
5544 .endd
5545 The final statement in the first ACL unconditionally accepts any recipient
5546 address that has successfully passed all the previous tests.
5547 .code
5548 acl_check_data:
5549 .endd
5550 This line marks the start of the second ACL, and names it. Most of the contents
5551 of this ACL are commented out:
5552 .code
5553 # deny malware = *
5554 # message = This message contains a virus \
5555 # ($malware_name).
5556 .endd
5557 These lines are examples of how to arrange for messages to be scanned for
5558 viruses when Exim has been compiled with the content-scanning extension, and a
5559 suitable virus scanner is installed. If the message is found to contain a
5560 virus, it is rejected with the given custom error message.
5561 .code
5562 # warn spam = nobody
5563 # message = X-Spam_score: $spam_score\n\
5564 # X-Spam_score_int: $spam_score_int\n\
5565 # X-Spam_bar: $spam_bar\n\
5566 # X-Spam_report: $spam_report
5567 .endd
5568 These lines are an example of how to arrange for messages to be scanned by
5569 SpamAssassin when Exim has been compiled with the content-scanning extension,
5570 and SpamAssassin has been installed. The SpamAssassin check is run with
5571 &`nobody`& as its user parameter, and the results are added to the message as a
5572 series of extra header line. In this case, the message is not rejected,
5573 whatever the spam score.
5574 .code
5575 accept
5576 .endd
5577 This final line in the DATA ACL accepts the message unconditionally.
5578
5579
5580 .section "Router configuration" "SECID55"
5581 .cindex "default" "routers"
5582 .cindex "routers" "default"
5583 The router configuration comes next in the default configuration, introduced
5584 by the line
5585 .code
5586 begin routers
5587 .endd
5588 Routers are the modules in Exim that make decisions about where to send
5589 messages. An address is passed to each router in turn, until it is either
5590 accepted, or failed. This means that the order in which you define the routers
5591 matters. Each router is fully described in its own chapter later in this
5592 manual. Here we give only brief overviews.
5593 .code
5594 # domain_literal:
5595 # driver = ipliteral
5596 # domains = !+local_domains
5597 # transport = remote_smtp
5598 .endd
5599 .cindex "domain literal" "default router"
5600 This router is commented out because the majority of sites do not want to
5601 support domain literal addresses (those of the form &'user@[10.9.8.7]'&). If
5602 you uncomment this router, you also need to uncomment the setting of
5603 &%allow_domain_literals%& in the main part of the configuration.
5604 .code
5605 dnslookup:
5606 driver = dnslookup
5607 domains = ! +local_domains
5608 transport = remote_smtp
5609 ignore_target_hosts = 0.0.0.0 : 127.0.0.0/8
5610 no_more
5611 .endd
5612 The first uncommented router handles addresses that do not involve any local
5613 domains. This is specified by the line
5614 .code
5615 domains = ! +local_domains
5616 .endd
5617 The &%domains%& option lists the domains to which this router applies, but the
5618 exclamation mark is a negation sign, so the router is used only for domains
5619 that are not in the domain list called &'local_domains'& (which was defined at
5620 the start of the configuration). The plus sign before &'local_domains'&
5621 indicates that it is referring to a named list. Addresses in other domains are
5622 passed on to the following routers.
5623
5624 The name of the router driver is &(dnslookup)&,
5625 and is specified by the &%driver%& option. Do not be confused by the fact that
5626 the name of this router instance is the same as the name of the driver. The
5627 instance name is arbitrary, but the name set in the &%driver%& option must be
5628 one of the driver modules that is in the Exim binary.
5629
5630 The &(dnslookup)& router routes addresses by looking up their domains in the
5631 DNS in order to obtain a list of hosts to which the address is routed. If the
5632 router succeeds, the address is queued for the &(remote_smtp)& transport, as
5633 specified by the &%transport%& option. If the router does not find the domain
5634 in the DNS, no further routers are tried because of the &%no_more%& setting, so
5635 the address fails and is bounced.
5636
5637 The &%ignore_target_hosts%& option specifies a list of IP addresses that are to
5638 be entirely ignored. This option is present because a number of cases have been
5639 encountered where MX records in the DNS point to host names
5640 whose IP addresses are 0.0.0.0 or are in the 127 subnet (typically 127.0.0.1).
5641 Completely ignoring these IP addresses causes Exim to fail to route the
5642 email address, so it bounces. Otherwise, Exim would log a routing problem, and
5643 continue to try to deliver the message periodically until the address timed
5644 out.
5645 .code
5646 system_aliases:
5647 driver = redirect
5648 allow_fail
5649 allow_defer
5650 data = ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/etc/aliases}}
5651 # user = exim
5652 file_transport = address_file
5653 pipe_transport = address_pipe
5654 .endd
5655 Control reaches this and subsequent routers only for addresses in the local
5656 domains. This router checks to see whether the local part is defined as an
5657 alias in the &_/etc/aliases_& file, and if so, redirects it according to the
5658 data that it looks up from that file. If no data is found for the local part,
5659 the value of the &%data%& option is empty, causing the address to be passed to
5660 the next router.
5661
5662 &_/etc/aliases_& is a conventional name for the system aliases file that is
5663 often used. That is why it is referenced by from the default configuration
5664 file. However, you can change this by setting SYSTEM_ALIASES_FILE in
5665 &_Local/Makefile_& before building Exim.
5666 .code
5667 userforward:
5668 driver = redirect
5669 check_local_user
5670 # local_part_suffix = +* : -*
5671 # local_part_suffix_optional
5672 file = $home/.forward
5673 # allow_filter
5674 no_verify
5675 no_expn
5676 check_ancestor
5677 file_transport = address_file
5678 pipe_transport = address_pipe
5679 reply_transport = address_reply
5680 .endd
5681 This is the most complicated router in the default configuration. It is another
5682 redirection router, but this time it is looking for forwarding data set up by
5683 individual users. The &%check_local_user%& setting specifies a check that the
5684 local part of the address is the login name of a local user. If it is not, the
5685 router is skipped. The two commented options that follow &%check_local_user%&,
5686 namely:
5687 .code
5688 # local_part_suffix = +* : -*
5689 # local_part_suffix_optional
5690 .endd
5691 .vindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
5692 show how you can specify the recognition of local part suffixes. If the first
5693 is uncommented, a suffix beginning with either a plus or a minus sign, followed
5694 by any sequence of characters, is removed from the local part and placed in the
5695 variable &$local_part_suffix$&. The second suffix option specifies that the
5696 presence of a suffix in the local part is optional. When a suffix is present,
5697 the check for a local login uses the local part with the suffix removed.
5698
5699 When a local user account is found, the file called &_.forward_& in the user's
5700 home directory is consulted. If it does not exist, or is empty, the router
5701 declines. Otherwise, the contents of &_.forward_& are interpreted as
5702 redirection data (see chapter &<<CHAPredirect>>& for more details).
5703
5704 .cindex "Sieve filter" "enabling in default router"
5705 Traditional &_.forward_& files contain just a list of addresses, pipes, or
5706 files. Exim supports this by default. However, if &%allow_filter%& is set (it
5707 is commented out by default), the contents of the file are interpreted as a set
5708 of Exim or Sieve filtering instructions, provided the file begins with &"#Exim
5709 filter"& or &"#Sieve filter"&, respectively. User filtering is discussed in the
5710 separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'&.
5711
5712 The &%no_verify%& and &%no_expn%& options mean that this router is skipped when
5713 verifying addresses, or when running as a consequence of an SMTP EXPN command.
5714 There are two reasons for doing this:
5715
5716 .olist
5717 Whether or not a local user has a &_.forward_& file is not really relevant when
5718 checking an address for validity; it makes sense not to waste resources doing
5719 unnecessary work.
5720 .next
5721 More importantly, when Exim is verifying addresses or handling an EXPN
5722 command during an SMTP session, it is running as the Exim user, not as root.
5723 The group is the Exim group, and no additional groups are set up.
5724 It may therefore not be possible for Exim to read users' &_.forward_& files at
5725 this time.
5726 .endlist
5727
5728 The setting of &%check_ancestor%& prevents the router from generating a new
5729 address that is the same as any previous address that was redirected. (This
5730 works round a problem concerning a bad interaction between aliasing and
5731 forwarding &-- see section &<<SECTredlocmai>>&).
5732
5733 The final three option settings specify the transports that are to be used when
5734 forwarding generates a direct delivery to a file, or to a pipe, or sets up an
5735 auto-reply, respectively. For example, if a &_.forward_& file contains
5736 .code
5737 a.nother@elsewhere.example, /home/spqr/archive
5738 .endd
5739 the delivery to &_/home/spqr/archive_& is done by running the &%address_file%&
5740 transport.
5741 .code
5742 localuser:
5743 driver = accept
5744 check_local_user
5745 # local_part_suffix = +* : -*
5746 # local_part_suffix_optional
5747 transport = local_delivery
5748 .endd
5749 The final router sets up delivery into local mailboxes, provided that the local
5750 part is the name of a local login, by accepting the address and assigning it to
5751 the &(local_delivery)& transport. Otherwise, we have reached the end of the
5752 routers, so the address is bounced. The commented suffix settings fulfil the
5753 same purpose as they do for the &(userforward)& router.
5754
5755
5756 .section "Transport configuration" "SECID56"
5757 .cindex "default" "transports"
5758 .cindex "transports" "default"
5759 Transports define mechanisms for actually delivering messages. They operate
5760 only when referenced from routers, so the order in which they are defined does
5761 not matter. The transports section of the configuration starts with
5762 .code
5763 begin transports
5764 .endd
5765 One remote transport and four local transports are defined.
5766 .code
5767 remote_smtp:
5768 driver = smtp
5769 .endd
5770 This transport is used for delivering messages over SMTP connections. All its
5771 options are defaulted. The list of remote hosts comes from the router.
5772 .code
5773 local_delivery:
5774 driver = appendfile
5775 file = /var/mail/$local_part
5776 delivery_date_add
5777 envelope_to_add
5778 return_path_add
5779 # group = mail
5780 # mode = 0660
5781 .endd
5782 This &(appendfile)& transport is used for local delivery to user mailboxes in
5783 traditional BSD mailbox format. By default it runs under the uid and gid of the
5784 local user, which requires the sticky bit to be set on the &_/var/mail_&
5785 directory. Some systems use the alternative approach of running mail deliveries
5786 under a particular group instead of using the sticky bit. The commented options
5787 show how this can be done.
5788
5789 Exim adds three headers to the message as it delivers it: &'Delivery-date:'&,
5790 &'Envelope-to:'& and &'Return-path:'&. This action is requested by the three
5791 similarly-named options above.
5792 .code
5793 address_pipe:
5794 driver = pipe
5795 return_output
5796 .endd
5797 This transport is used for handling deliveries to pipes that are generated by
5798 redirection (aliasing or users' &_.forward_& files). The &%return_output%&
5799 option specifies that any output generated by the pipe is to be returned to the
5800 sender.
5801 .code
5802 address_file:
5803 driver = appendfile
5804 delivery_date_add
5805 envelope_to_add
5806 return_path_add
5807 .endd
5808 This transport is used for handling deliveries to files that are generated by
5809 redirection. The name of the file is not specified in this instance of
5810 &(appendfile)&, because it comes from the &(redirect)& router.
5811 .code
5812 address_reply:
5813 driver = autoreply
5814 .endd
5815 This transport is used for handling automatic replies generated by users'
5816 filter files.
5817
5818
5819
5820 .section "Default retry rule" "SECID57"
5821 .cindex "retry" "default rule"
5822 .cindex "default" "retry rule"
5823 The retry section of the configuration file contains rules which affect the way
5824 Exim retries deliveries that cannot be completed at the first attempt. It is
5825 introduced by the line
5826 .code
5827 begin retry
5828 .endd
5829 In the default configuration, there is just one rule, which applies to all
5830 errors:
5831 .code
5832 * * F,2h,15m; G,16h,1h,1.5; F,4d,6h
5833 .endd
5834 This causes any temporarily failing address to be retried every 15 minutes for
5835 2 hours, then at intervals starting at one hour and increasing by a factor of
5836 1.5 until 16 hours have passed, then every 6 hours up to 4 days. If an address
5837 is not delivered after 4 days of temporary failure, it is bounced.
5838
5839 If the retry section is removed from the configuration, or is empty (that is,
5840 if no retry rules are defined), Exim will not retry deliveries. This turns
5841 temporary errors into permanent errors.
5842
5843
5844 .section "Rewriting configuration" "SECID58"
5845 The rewriting section of the configuration, introduced by
5846 .code
5847 begin rewrite
5848 .endd
5849 contains rules for rewriting addresses in messages as they arrive. There are no
5850 rewriting rules in the default configuration file.
5851
5852
5853
5854 .section "Authenticators configuration" "SECTdefconfauth"
5855 .cindex "AUTH" "configuration"
5856 The authenticators section of the configuration, introduced by
5857 .code
5858 begin authenticators
5859 .endd
5860 defines mechanisms for the use of the SMTP AUTH command. The default
5861 configuration file contains two commented-out example authenticators
5862 which support plaintext username/password authentication using the
5863 standard PLAIN mechanism and the traditional but non-standard LOGIN
5864 mechanism, with Exim acting as the server. PLAIN and LOGIN are enough
5865 to support most MUA software.
5866
5867 The example PLAIN authenticator looks like this:
5868 .code
5869 #PLAIN:
5870 # driver = plaintext
5871 # server_set_id = $auth2
5872 # server_prompts = :
5873 # server_condition = Authentication is not yet configured
5874 # server_advertise_condition = ${if def:tls_cipher }
5875 .endd
5876 And the example LOGIN authenticator looks like this:
5877 .code
5878 #LOGIN:
5879 # driver = plaintext
5880 # server_set_id = $auth1
5881 # server_prompts = <| Username: | Password:
5882 # server_condition = Authentication is not yet configured
5883 # server_advertise_condition = ${if def:tls_cipher }
5884 .endd
5885
5886 The &%server_set_id%& option makes Exim remember the authenticated username
5887 in &$authenticated_id$&, which can be used later in ACLs or routers. The
5888 &%server_prompts%& option configures the &(plaintext)& authenticator so
5889 that it implements the details of the specific authentication mechanism,
5890 i.e. PLAIN or LOGIN. The &%server_advertise_condition%& setting controls
5891 when Exim offers authentication to clients; in the examples, this is only
5892 when TLS or SSL has been started, so to enable the authenticators you also
5893 need to add support for TLS as described in &<<SECTdefconfmain>>&.
5894
5895 The &%server_condition%& setting defines how to verify that the username and
5896 password are correct. In the examples it just produces an error message.
5897 To make the authenticators work, you can use a string expansion
5898 expression like one of the examples in &<<CHAPplaintext>>&.
5899
5900 .new
5901 Beware that the sequence of the parameters to PLAIN and LOGIN differ; the
5902 usercode and password are in different positions. &<<CHAPplaintext>>&
5903 covers both.
5904 .wen
5905
5906 .ecindex IIDconfiwal
5907
5908
5909
5910 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5911 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5912
5913 .chapter "Regular expressions" "CHAPregexp"
5914
5915 .cindex "regular expressions" "library"
5916 .cindex "PCRE"
5917 Exim supports the use of regular expressions in many of its options. It
5918 uses the PCRE regular expression library; this provides regular expression
5919 matching that is compatible with Perl 5. The syntax and semantics of
5920 regular expressions is discussed in many Perl reference books, and also in
5921 Jeffrey Friedl's &'Mastering Regular Expressions'&, which is published by
5922 O'Reilly (see &url(http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/regex2/)).
5923
5924 .new
5925 The documentation for the syntax and semantics of the regular expressions that
5926 are supported by PCRE is included in the PCRE distribution, and no further
5927 description is included here. The PCRE functions are called from Exim using
5928 the default option settings (that is, with no PCRE options set), except that
5929 the PCRE_CASELESS option is set when the matching is required to be
5930 case-insensitive.
5931 .wen
5932
5933 In most cases, when a regular expression is required in an Exim configuration,
5934 it has to start with a circumflex, in order to distinguish it from plain text
5935 or an &"ends with"& wildcard. In this example of a configuration setting, the
5936 second item in the colon-separated list is a regular expression.
5937 .code
5938 domains = a.b.c : ^\\d{3} : *.y.z : ...
5939 .endd
5940 The doubling of the backslash is required because of string expansion that
5941 precedes interpretation &-- see section &<<SECTlittext>>& for more discussion
5942 of this issue, and a way of avoiding the need for doubling backslashes. The
5943 regular expression that is eventually used in this example contains just one
5944 backslash. The circumflex is included in the regular expression, and has the
5945 normal effect of &"anchoring"& it to the start of the string that is being
5946 matched.
5947
5948 There are, however, two cases where a circumflex is not required for the
5949 recognition of a regular expression: these are the &%match%& condition in a
5950 string expansion, and the &%matches%& condition in an Exim filter file. In
5951 these cases, the relevant string is always treated as a regular expression; if
5952 it does not start with a circumflex, the expression is not anchored, and can
5953 match anywhere in the subject string.
5954
5955 In all cases, if you want a regular expression to match at the end of a string,
5956 you must code the $ metacharacter to indicate this. For example:
5957 .code
5958 domains = ^\\d{3}\\.example
5959 .endd
5960 matches the domain &'123.example'&, but it also matches &'123.example.com'&.
5961 You need to use:
5962 .code
5963 domains = ^\\d{3}\\.example\$
5964 .endd
5965 if you want &'example'& to be the top-level domain. The backslash before the
5966 $ is needed because string expansion also interprets dollar characters.
5967
5968
5969
5970 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5971 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5972
5973 .chapter "File and database lookups" "CHAPfdlookup"
5974 .scindex IIDfidalo1 "file" "lookups"
5975 .scindex IIDfidalo2 "database" "lookups"
5976 .cindex "lookup" "description of"
5977 Exim can be configured to look up data in files or databases as it processes
5978 messages. Two different kinds of syntax are used:
5979
5980 .olist
5981 A string that is to be expanded may contain explicit lookup requests. These
5982 cause parts of the string to be replaced by data that is obtained from the
5983 lookup. Lookups of this type are conditional expansion items. Different results
5984 can be defined for the cases of lookup success and failure. See chapter
5985 &<<CHAPexpand>>&, where string expansions are described in detail.
5986 .next
5987 Lists of domains, hosts, and email addresses can contain lookup requests as a
5988 way of avoiding excessively long linear lists. In this case, the data that is
5989 returned by the lookup is often (but not always) discarded; whether the lookup
5990 succeeds or fails is what really counts. These kinds of list are described in
5991 chapter &<<CHAPdomhosaddlists>>&.
5992 .endlist
5993
5994 String expansions, lists, and lookups interact with each other in such a way
5995 that there is no order in which to describe any one of them that does not
5996 involve references to the others. Each of these three chapters makes more sense
5997 if you have read the other two first. If you are reading this for the first
5998 time, be aware that some of it will make a lot more sense after you have read
5999 chapters &<<CHAPdomhosaddlists>>& and &<<CHAPexpand>>&.
6000
6001 .section "Examples of different lookup syntax" "SECID60"
6002 It is easy to confuse the two different kinds of lookup, especially as the
6003 lists that may contain the second kind are always expanded before being
6004 processed as lists. Therefore, they may also contain lookups of the first kind.
6005 Be careful to distinguish between the following two examples:
6006 .code
6007 domains = ${lookup{$sender_host_address}lsearch{/some/file}}
6008 domains = lsearch;/some/file
6009 .endd
6010 The first uses a string expansion, the result of which must be a domain list.
6011 No strings have been specified for a successful or a failing lookup; the
6012 defaults in this case are the looked-up data and an empty string, respectively.
6013 The expansion takes place before the string is processed as a list, and the
6014 file that is searched could contain lines like this:
6015 .code
6016 192.168.3.4: domain1:domain2:...
6017 192.168.1.9: domain3:domain4:...
6018 .endd
6019 When the lookup succeeds, the result of the expansion is a list of domains (and
6020 possibly other types of item that are allowed in domain lists).
6021
6022 In the second example, the lookup is a single item in a domain list. It causes
6023 Exim to use a lookup to see if the domain that is being processed can be found
6024 in the file. The file could contains lines like this:
6025 .code
6026 domain1:
6027 domain2:
6028 .endd
6029 Any data that follows the keys is not relevant when checking that the domain
6030 matches the list item.
6031
6032 It is possible, though no doubt confusing, to use both kinds of lookup at once.
6033 Consider a file containing lines like this:
6034 .code
6035 192.168.5.6: lsearch;/another/file
6036 .endd
6037 If the value of &$sender_host_address$& is 192.168.5.6, expansion of the
6038 first &%domains%& setting above generates the second setting, which therefore
6039 causes a second lookup to occur.
6040
6041 The rest of this chapter describes the different lookup types that are
6042 available. Any of them can be used in any part of the configuration where a
6043 lookup is permitted.
6044
6045
6046 .section "Lookup types" "SECID61"
6047 .cindex "lookup" "types of"
6048 .cindex "single-key lookup" "definition of"
6049 Two different types of data lookup are implemented:
6050
6051 .ilist
6052 The &'single-key'& type requires the specification of a file in which to look,
6053 and a single key to search for. The key must be a non-empty string for the
6054 lookup to succeed. The lookup type determines how the file is searched.
6055 .next
6056 .cindex "query-style lookup" "definition of"
6057 The &'query-style'& type accepts a generalized database query. No particular
6058 key value is assumed by Exim for query-style lookups. You can use whichever
6059 Exim variables you need to construct the database query.
6060 .endlist
6061
6062 The code for each lookup type is in a separate source file that is included in
6063 the binary of Exim only if the corresponding compile-time option is set. The
6064 default settings in &_src/EDITME_& are:
6065 .code
6066 LOOKUP_DBM=yes
6067 LOOKUP_LSEARCH=yes
6068 .endd
6069 which means that only linear searching and DBM lookups are included by default.
6070 For some types of lookup (e.g. SQL databases), you need to install appropriate
6071 libraries and header files before building Exim.
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076 .section "Single-key lookup types" "SECTsinglekeylookups"
6077 .cindex "lookup" "single-key types"
6078 .cindex "single-key lookup" "list of types"
6079 The following single-key lookup types are implemented:
6080
6081 .ilist
6082 .cindex "cdb" "description of"
6083 .cindex "lookup" "cdb"
6084 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
6085 &(cdb)&: The given file is searched as a Constant DataBase file, using the key
6086 string without a terminating binary zero. The cdb format is designed for
6087 indexed files that are read frequently and never updated, except by total
6088 re-creation. As such, it is particularly suitable for large files containing
6089 aliases or other indexed data referenced by an MTA. Information about cdb can
6090 be found in several places:
6091 .display
6092 &url(http://www.pobox.com/~djb/cdb.html)
6093 &url(ftp://ftp.corpit.ru/pub/tinycdb/)
6094 &url(http://packages.debian.org/stable/utils/freecdb.html)
6095 .endd
6096 A cdb distribution is not needed in order to build Exim with cdb support,
6097 because the code for reading cdb files is included directly in Exim itself.
6098 However, no means of building or testing cdb files is provided with Exim, so
6099 you need to obtain a cdb distribution in order to do this.
6100 .next
6101 .cindex "DBM" "lookup type"
6102 .cindex "lookup" "dbm"
6103 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
6104 &(dbm)&: Calls to DBM library functions are used to extract data from the given
6105 DBM file by looking up the record with the given key. A terminating binary
6106 zero is included in the key that is passed to the DBM library. See section
6107 &<<SECTdb>>& for a discussion of DBM libraries.
6108
6109 .cindex "Berkeley DB library" "file format"
6110 For all versions of Berkeley DB, Exim uses the DB_HASH style of database
6111 when building DBM files using the &%exim_dbmbuild%& utility. However, when
6112 using Berkeley DB versions 3 or 4, it opens existing databases for reading with
6113 the DB_UNKNOWN option. This enables it to handle any of the types of database
6114 that the library supports, and can be useful for accessing DBM files created by
6115 other applications. (For earlier DB versions, DB_HASH is always used.)
6116 .next
6117 .cindex "lookup" "dbmnz"
6118 .cindex "lookup" "dbm &-- terminating zero"
6119 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
6120 .cindex "Courier"
6121 .cindex "&_/etc/userdbshadow.dat_&"
6122 .cindex "dmbnz lookup type"
6123 &(dbmnz)&: This is the same as &(dbm)&, except that a terminating binary zero
6124 is not included in the key that is passed to the DBM library. You may need this
6125 if you want to look up data in files that are created by or shared with some
6126 other application that does not use terminating zeros. For example, you need to
6127 use &(dbmnz)& rather than &(dbm)& if you want to authenticate incoming SMTP
6128 calls using the passwords from Courier's &_/etc/userdbshadow.dat_& file. Exim's
6129 utility program for creating DBM files (&'exim_dbmbuild'&) includes the zeros
6130 by default, but has an option to omit them (see section &<<SECTdbmbuild>>&).
6131 .next
6132 .cindex "lookup" "dsearch"
6133 .cindex "dsearch lookup type"
6134 &(dsearch)&: The given file must be a directory; this is searched for an entry
6135 whose name is the key by calling the &[lstat()]& function. The key may not
6136 contain any forward slash characters. If &[lstat()]& succeeds, the result of
6137 the lookup is the name of the entry, which may be a file, directory,
6138 symbolic link, or any other kind of directory entry. An example of how this
6139 lookup can be used to support virtual domains is given in section
6140 &<<SECTvirtualdomains>>&.
6141 .next
6142 .cindex "lookup" "iplsearch"
6143 .cindex "iplsearch lookup type"
6144 &(iplsearch)&: The given file is a text file containing keys and data. A key is
6145 terminated by a colon or white space or the end of the line. The keys in the
6146 file must be IP addresses, or IP addresses with CIDR masks. Keys that involve
6147 IPv6 addresses must be enclosed in quotes to prevent the first internal colon
6148 being interpreted as a key terminator. For example:
6149 .code
6150 1.2.3.4: data for 1.2.3.4
6151 192.168.0.0/16: data for 192.168.0.0/16
6152 "abcd::cdab": data for abcd::cdab
6153 "abcd:abcd::/32" data for abcd:abcd::/32
6154 .endd
6155 The key for an &(iplsearch)& lookup must be an IP address (without a mask). The
6156 file is searched linearly, using the CIDR masks where present, until a matching
6157 key is found. The first key that matches is used; there is no attempt to find a
6158 &"best"& match. Apart from the way the keys are matched, the processing for
6159 &(iplsearch)& is the same as for &(lsearch)&.
6160
6161 &*Warning 1*&: Unlike most other single-key lookup types, a file of data for
6162 &(iplsearch)& can &'not'& be turned into a DBM or cdb file, because those
6163 lookup types support only literal keys.
6164
6165 &*Warning 2*&: In a host list, you must always use &(net-iplsearch)& so that
6166 the implicit key is the host's IP address rather than its name (see section
6167 &<<SECThoslispatsikey>>&).
6168 .next
6169 .cindex "linear search"
6170 .cindex "lookup" "lsearch"
6171 .cindex "lsearch lookup type"
6172 .cindex "case sensitivity" "in lsearch lookup"
6173 &(lsearch)&: The given file is a text file that is searched linearly for a
6174 line beginning with the search key, terminated by a colon or white space or the
6175 end of the line. The search is case-insensitive; that is, upper and lower case
6176 letters are treated as the same. The first occurrence of the key that is found
6177 in the file is used.
6178
6179 White space between the key and the colon is permitted. The remainder of the
6180 line, with leading and trailing white space removed, is the data. This can be
6181 continued onto subsequent lines by starting them with any amount of white
6182 space, but only a single space character is included in the data at such a
6183 junction. If the data begins with a colon, the key must be terminated by a
6184 colon, for example:
6185 .code
6186 baduser: :fail:
6187 .endd
6188 Empty lines and lines beginning with # are ignored, even if they occur in the
6189 middle of an item. This is the traditional textual format of alias files. Note
6190 that the keys in an &(lsearch)& file are literal strings. There is no
6191 wildcarding of any kind.
6192
6193 .cindex "lookup" "lsearch &-- colons in keys"
6194 .cindex "white space" "in lsearch key"
6195 In most &(lsearch)& files, keys are not required to contain colons or #
6196 characters, or white space. However, if you need this feature, it is available.
6197 If a key begins with a doublequote character, it is terminated only by a
6198 matching quote (or end of line), and the normal escaping rules apply to its
6199 contents (see section &<<SECTstrings>>&). An optional colon is permitted after
6200 quoted keys (exactly as for unquoted keys). There is no special handling of
6201 quotes for the data part of an &(lsearch)& line.
6202
6203 .next
6204 .cindex "NIS lookup type"
6205 .cindex "lookup" "NIS"
6206 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
6207 &(nis)&: The given file is the name of a NIS map, and a NIS lookup is done with
6208 the given key, without a terminating binary zero. There is a variant called
6209 &(nis0)& which does include the terminating binary zero in the key. This is
6210 reportedly needed for Sun-style alias files. Exim does not recognize NIS
6211 aliases; the full map names must be used.
6212
6213 .next
6214 .cindex "wildlsearch lookup type"
6215 .cindex "lookup" "wildlsearch"
6216 .cindex "nwildlsearch lookup type"
6217 .cindex "lookup" "nwildlsearch"
6218 &(wildlsearch)& or &(nwildlsearch)&: These search a file linearly, like
6219 &(lsearch)&, but instead of being interpreted as a literal string, each key in
6220 the file may be wildcarded. The difference between these two lookup types is
6221 that for &(wildlsearch)&, each key in the file is string-expanded before being
6222 used, whereas for &(nwildlsearch)&, no expansion takes place.
6223
6224 .cindex "case sensitivity" "in (n)wildlsearch lookup"
6225 Like &(lsearch)&, the testing is done case-insensitively. However, keys in the
6226 file that are regular expressions can be made case-sensitive by the use of
6227 &`(-i)`& within the pattern. The following forms of wildcard are recognized:
6228
6229 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
6230 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left.
6231
6232 .olist
6233 The string may begin with an asterisk to mean &"ends with"&. For example:
6234 .code
6235 *.a.b.c data for anything.a.b.c
6236 *fish data for anythingfish
6237 .endd
6238 .next
6239 The string may begin with a circumflex to indicate a regular expression. For
6240 example, for &(wildlsearch)&:
6241 .code
6242 ^\N\d+\.a\.b\N data for <digits>.a.b
6243 .endd
6244 Note the use of &`\N`& to disable expansion of the contents of the regular
6245 expression. If you are using &(nwildlsearch)&, where the keys are not
6246 string-expanded, the equivalent entry is:
6247 .code
6248 ^\d+\.a\.b data for <digits>.a.b
6249 .endd
6250 The case-insensitive flag is set at the start of compiling the regular
6251 expression, but it can be turned off by using &`(-i)`& at an appropriate point.
6252 For example, to make the entire pattern case-sensitive:
6253 .code
6254 ^(?-i)\d+\.a\.b data for <digits>.a.b
6255 .endd
6256
6257 If the regular expression contains white space or colon characters, you must
6258 either quote it (see &(lsearch)& above), or represent these characters in other
6259 ways. For example, &`\s`& can be used for white space and &`\x3A`& for a
6260 colon. This may be easier than quoting, because if you quote, you have to
6261 escape all the backslashes inside the quotes.
6262
6263 &*Note*&: It is not possible to capture substrings in a regular expression
6264 match for later use, because the results of all lookups are cached. If a lookup
6265 is repeated, the result is taken from the cache, and no actual pattern matching
6266 takes place. The values of all the numeric variables are unset after a
6267 &((n)wildlsearch)& match.
6268
6269 .next
6270 Although I cannot see it being of much use, the general matching function that
6271 is used to implement &((n)wildlsearch)& means that the string may begin with a
6272 lookup name terminated by a semicolon, and followed by lookup data. For
6273 example:
6274 .code
6275 cdb;/some/file data for keys that match the file
6276 .endd
6277 The data that is obtained from the nested lookup is discarded.
6278 .endlist olist
6279
6280 Keys that do not match any of these patterns are interpreted literally. The
6281 continuation rules for the data are the same as for &(lsearch)&, and keys may
6282 be followed by optional colons.
6283
6284 &*Warning*&: Unlike most other single-key lookup types, a file of data for
6285 &((n)wildlsearch)& can &'not'& be turned into a DBM or cdb file, because those
6286 lookup types support only literal keys.
6287 .endlist ilist
6288
6289
6290 .section "Query-style lookup types" "SECID62"
6291 .cindex "lookup" "query-style types"
6292 .cindex "query-style lookup" "list of types"
6293 The supported query-style lookup types are listed below. Further details about
6294 many of them are given in later sections.
6295
6296 .ilist
6297 .cindex "DNS" "as a lookup type"
6298 .cindex "lookup" "DNS"
6299 &(dnsdb)&: This does a DNS search for one or more records whose domain names
6300 are given in the supplied query. The resulting data is the contents of the
6301 records. See section &<<SECTdnsdb>>&.
6302 .next
6303 .cindex "InterBase lookup type"
6304 .cindex "lookup" "InterBase"
6305 &(ibase)&: This does a lookup in an InterBase database.
6306 .next
6307 .cindex "LDAP" "lookup type"
6308 .cindex "lookup" "LDAP"
6309 &(ldap)&: This does an LDAP lookup using a query in the form of a URL, and
6310 returns attributes from a single entry. There is a variant called &(ldapm)&
6311 that permits values from multiple entries to be returned. A third variant
6312 called &(ldapdn)& returns the Distinguished Name of a single entry instead of
6313 any attribute values. See section &<<SECTldap>>&.
6314 .next
6315 .cindex "MySQL" "lookup type"
6316 .cindex "lookup" "MySQL"
6317 &(mysql)&: The format of the query is an SQL statement that is passed to a
6318 MySQL database. See section &<<SECTsql>>&.
6319 .next
6320 .cindex "NIS+ lookup type"
6321 .cindex "lookup" "NIS+"
6322 &(nisplus)&: This does a NIS+ lookup using a query that can specify the name of
6323 the field to be returned. See section &<<SECTnisplus>>&.
6324 .next
6325 .cindex "Oracle" "lookup type"
6326 .cindex "lookup" "Oracle"
6327 &(oracle)&: The format of the query is an SQL statement that is passed to an
6328 Oracle database. See section &<<SECTsql>>&.
6329 .next
6330 .cindex "lookup" "passwd"
6331 .cindex "passwd lookup type"
6332 .cindex "&_/etc/passwd_&"
6333 &(passwd)& is a query-style lookup with queries that are just user names. The
6334 lookup calls &[getpwnam()]& to interrogate the system password data, and on
6335 success, the result string is the same as you would get from an &(lsearch)&
6336 lookup on a traditional &_/etc/passwd file_&, though with &`*`& for the
6337 password value. For example:
6338 .code
6339 *:42:42:King Rat:/home/kr:/bin/bash
6340 .endd
6341 .next
6342 .cindex "PostgreSQL lookup type"
6343 .cindex "lookup" "PostgreSQL"
6344 &(pgsql)&: The format of the query is an SQL statement that is passed to a
6345 PostgreSQL database. See section &<<SECTsql>>&.
6346
6347 .next
6348 .cindex "sqlite lookup type"
6349 .cindex "lookup" "sqlite"
6350 &(sqlite)&: The format of the query is a file name followed by an SQL statement
6351 that is passed to an SQLite database. See section &<<SECTsqlite>>&.
6352
6353 .next
6354 &(testdb)&: This is a lookup type that is used for testing Exim. It is
6355 not likely to be useful in normal operation.
6356 .next
6357 .cindex "whoson lookup type"
6358 .cindex "lookup" "whoson"
6359 &(whoson)&: &'Whoson'& (&url(http://whoson.sourceforge.net)) is a protocol that
6360 allows a server to check whether a particular (dynamically allocated) IP
6361 address is currently allocated to a known (trusted) user and, optionally, to
6362 obtain the identity of the said user. For SMTP servers, &'Whoson'& was popular
6363 at one time for &"POP before SMTP"& authentication, but that approach has been
6364 superseded by SMTP authentication. In Exim, &'Whoson'& can be used to implement
6365 &"POP before SMTP"& checking using ACL statements such as
6366 .code
6367 require condition = \
6368 ${lookup whoson {$sender_host_address}{yes}{no}}
6369 .endd
6370 The query consists of a single IP address. The value returned is the name of
6371 the authenticated user, which is stored in the variable &$value$&. However, in
6372 this example, the data in &$value$& is not used; the result of the lookup is
6373 one of the fixed strings &"yes"& or &"no"&.
6374 .endlist
6375
6376
6377
6378 .section "Temporary errors in lookups" "SECID63"
6379 .cindex "lookup" "temporary error in"
6380 Lookup functions can return temporary error codes if the lookup cannot be
6381 completed. For example, an SQL or LDAP database might be unavailable. For this
6382 reason, it is not advisable to use a lookup that might do this for critical
6383 options such as a list of local domains.
6384
6385 When a lookup cannot be completed in a router or transport, delivery
6386 of the message (to the relevant address) is deferred, as for any other
6387 temporary error. In other circumstances Exim may assume the lookup has failed,
6388 or may give up altogether.
6389
6390
6391
6392 .section "Default values in single-key lookups" "SECTdefaultvaluelookups"
6393 .cindex "wildcard lookups"
6394 .cindex "lookup" "default values"
6395 .cindex "lookup" "wildcard"
6396 .cindex "lookup" "* added to type"
6397 .cindex "default" "in single-key lookups"
6398 In this context, a &"default value"& is a value specified by the administrator
6399 that is to be used if a lookup fails.
6400
6401 &*Note:*& This section applies only to single-key lookups. For query-style
6402 lookups, the facilities of the query language must be used. An attempt to
6403 specify a default for a query-style lookup provokes an error.
6404
6405 If &"*"& is added to a single-key lookup type (for example, &%lsearch*%&)
6406 and the initial lookup fails, the key &"*"& is looked up in the file to
6407 provide a default value. See also the section on partial matching below.
6408
6409 .cindex "*@ with single-key lookup"
6410 .cindex "lookup" "*@ added to type"
6411 .cindex "alias file" "per-domain default"
6412 Alternatively, if &"*@"& is added to a single-key lookup type (for example
6413 &%dbm*@%&) then, if the initial lookup fails and the key contains an @
6414 character, a second lookup is done with everything before the last @ replaced
6415 by *. This makes it possible to provide per-domain defaults in alias files
6416 that include the domains in the keys. If the second lookup fails (or doesn't
6417 take place because there is no @ in the key), &"*"& is looked up.
6418 For example, a &(redirect)& router might contain:
6419 .code
6420 data = ${lookup{$local_part@$domain}lsearch*@{/etc/mix-aliases}}
6421 .endd
6422 Suppose the address that is being processed is &'jane@eyre.example'&. Exim
6423 looks up these keys, in this order:
6424 .code
6425 jane@eyre.example
6426 *@eyre.example
6427 *
6428 .endd
6429 The data is taken from whichever key it finds first. &*Note*&: In an
6430 &(lsearch)& file, this does not mean the first of these keys in the file. A
6431 complete scan is done for each key, and only if it is not found at all does
6432 Exim move on to try the next key.
6433
6434
6435
6436 .section "Partial matching in single-key lookups" "SECTpartiallookup"
6437 .cindex "partial matching"
6438 .cindex "wildcard lookups"
6439 .cindex "lookup" "partial matching"
6440 .cindex "lookup" "wildcard"
6441 .cindex "asterisk" "in search type"
6442 The normal operation of a single-key lookup is to search the file for an exact
6443 match with the given key. However, in a number of situations where domains are
6444 being looked up, it is useful to be able to do partial matching. In this case,
6445 information in the file that has a key starting with &"*."& is matched by any
6446 domain that ends with the components that follow the full stop. For example, if
6447 a key in a DBM file is
6448 .code
6449 *.dates.fict.example
6450 .endd
6451 then when partial matching is enabled this is matched by (amongst others)
6452 &'2001.dates.fict.example'& and &'1984.dates.fict.example'&. It is also matched
6453 by &'dates.fict.example'&, if that does not appear as a separate key in the
6454 file.
6455
6456 &*Note*&: Partial matching is not available for query-style lookups. It is
6457 also not available for any lookup items in address lists (see section
6458 &<<SECTaddresslist>>&).
6459
6460 Partial matching is implemented by doing a series of separate lookups using
6461 keys constructed by modifying the original subject key. This means that it can
6462 be used with any of the single-key lookup types, provided that
6463 partial matching keys
6464 beginning with a special prefix (default &"*."&) are included in the data file.
6465 Keys in the file that do not begin with the prefix are matched only by
6466 unmodified subject keys when partial matching is in use.
6467
6468 Partial matching is requested by adding the string &"partial-"& to the front of
6469 the name of a single-key lookup type, for example, &%partial-dbm%&. When this
6470 is done, the subject key is first looked up unmodified; if that fails, &"*."&
6471 is added at the start of the subject key, and it is looked up again. If that
6472 fails, further lookups are tried with dot-separated components removed from the
6473 start of the subject key, one-by-one, and &"*."& added on the front of what
6474 remains.
6475
6476 A minimum number of two non-* components are required. This can be adjusted
6477 by including a number before the hyphen in the search type. For example,
6478 &%partial3-lsearch%& specifies a minimum of three non-* components in the
6479 modified keys. Omitting the number is equivalent to &"partial2-"&. If the
6480 subject key is &'2250.dates.fict.example'& then the following keys are looked
6481 up when the minimum number of non-* components is two:
6482 .code
6483 2250.dates.fict.example
6484 *.2250.dates.fict.example
6485 *.dates.fict.example
6486 *.fict.example
6487 .endd
6488 As soon as one key in the sequence is successfully looked up, the lookup
6489 finishes.
6490
6491 .cindex "lookup" "partial matching &-- changing prefix"
6492 .cindex "prefix" "for partial matching"
6493 The use of &"*."& as the partial matching prefix is a default that can be
6494 changed. The motivation for this feature is to allow Exim to operate with file
6495 formats that are used by other MTAs. A different prefix can be supplied in
6496 parentheses instead of the hyphen after &"partial"&. For example:
6497 .code
6498 domains = partial(.)lsearch;/some/file
6499 .endd
6500 In this example, if the domain is &'a.b.c'&, the sequence of lookups is
6501 &`a.b.c`&, &`.a.b.c`&, and &`.b.c`& (the default minimum of 2 non-wild
6502 components is unchanged). The prefix may consist of any punctuation characters
6503 other than a closing parenthesis. It may be empty, for example:
6504 .code
6505 domains = partial1()cdb;/some/file
6506 .endd
6507 For this example, if the domain is &'a.b.c'&, the sequence of lookups is
6508 &`a.b.c`&, &`b.c`&, and &`c`&.
6509
6510 If &"partial0"& is specified, what happens at the end (when the lookup with
6511 just one non-wild component has failed, and the original key is shortened right
6512 down to the null string) depends on the prefix:
6513
6514 .ilist
6515 If the prefix has zero length, the whole lookup fails.
6516 .next
6517 If the prefix has length 1, a lookup for just the prefix is done. For
6518 example, the final lookup for &"partial0(.)"& is for &`.`& alone.
6519 .next
6520 Otherwise, if the prefix ends in a dot, the dot is removed, and the
6521 remainder is looked up. With the default prefix, therefore, the final lookup is
6522 for &"*"& on its own.
6523 .next
6524 Otherwise, the whole prefix is looked up.
6525 .endlist
6526
6527
6528 If the search type ends in &"*"& or &"*@"& (see section
6529 &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>& above), the search for an ultimate default that
6530 this implies happens after all partial lookups have failed. If &"partial0"& is
6531 specified, adding &"*"& to the search type has no effect with the default
6532 prefix, because the &"*"& key is already included in the sequence of partial
6533 lookups. However, there might be a use for lookup types such as
6534 &"partial0(.)lsearch*"&.
6535
6536 The use of &"*"& in lookup partial matching differs from its use as a wildcard
6537 in domain lists and the like. Partial matching works only in terms of
6538 dot-separated components; a key such as &`*fict.example`&
6539 in a database file is useless, because the asterisk in a partial matching
6540 subject key is always followed by a dot.
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545 .section "Lookup caching" "SECID64"
6546 .cindex "lookup" "caching"
6547 .cindex "caching" "lookup data"
6548 Exim caches all lookup results in order to avoid needless repetition of
6549 lookups. However, because (apart from the daemon) Exim operates as a collection
6550 of independent, short-lived processes, this caching applies only within a
6551 single Exim process. There is no inter-process lookup caching facility.
6552
6553 For single-key lookups, Exim keeps the relevant files open in case there is
6554 another lookup that needs them. In some types of configuration this can lead to
6555 many files being kept open for messages with many recipients. To avoid hitting
6556 the operating system limit on the number of simultaneously open files, Exim
6557 closes the least recently used file when it needs to open more files than its
6558 own internal limit, which can be changed via the &%lookup_open_max%& option.
6559
6560 The single-key lookup files are closed and the lookup caches are flushed at
6561 strategic points during delivery &-- for example, after all routing is
6562 complete.
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567 .section "Quoting lookup data" "SECID65"
6568 .cindex "lookup" "quoting"
6569 .cindex "quoting" "in lookups"
6570 When data from an incoming message is included in a query-style lookup, there
6571 is the possibility of special characters in the data messing up the syntax of
6572 the query. For example, a NIS+ query that contains
6573 .code
6574 [name=$local_part]
6575 .endd
6576 will be broken if the local part happens to contain a closing square bracket.
6577 For NIS+, data can be enclosed in double quotes like this:
6578 .code
6579 [name="$local_part"]
6580 .endd
6581 but this still leaves the problem of a double quote in the data. The rule for
6582 NIS+ is that double quotes must be doubled. Other lookup types have different
6583 rules, and to cope with the differing requirements, an expansion operator
6584 of the following form is provided:
6585 .code
6586 ${quote_<lookup-type>:<string>}
6587 .endd
6588 For example, the safest way to write the NIS+ query is
6589 .code
6590 [name="${quote_nisplus:$local_part}"]
6591 .endd
6592 See chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>& for full coverage of string expansions. The quote
6593 operator can be used for all lookup types, but has no effect for single-key
6594 lookups, since no quoting is ever needed in their key strings.
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599 .section "More about dnsdb" "SECTdnsdb"
6600 .cindex "dnsdb lookup"
6601 .cindex "lookup" "dnsdb"
6602 .cindex "DNS" "as a lookup type"
6603 The &(dnsdb)& lookup type uses the DNS as its database. A simple query consists
6604 of a record type and a domain name, separated by an equals sign. For example,
6605 an expansion string could contain:
6606 .code
6607 ${lookup dnsdb{mx=a.b.example}{$value}fail}
6608 .endd
6609 If the lookup succeeds, the result is placed in &$value$&, which in this case
6610 is used on its own as the result. If the lookup does not succeed, the
6611 &`fail`& keyword causes a &'forced expansion failure'& &-- see section
6612 &<<SECTforexpfai>>& for an explanation of what this means.
6613
6614 The supported DNS record types are A, CNAME, MX, NS, PTR, SRV, and TXT, and,
6615 when Exim is compiled with IPv6 support, AAAA (and A6 if that is also
6616 configured). If no type is given, TXT is assumed. When the type is PTR,
6617 the data can be an IP address, written as normal; inversion and the addition of
6618 &%in-addr.arpa%& or &%ip6.arpa%& happens automatically. For example:
6619 .code
6620 ${lookup dnsdb{ptr=192.168.4.5}{$value}fail}
6621 .endd
6622 If the data for a PTR record is not a syntactically valid IP address, it is not
6623 altered and nothing is added.
6624
6625 .cindex "MX record" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6626 .cindex "SRV record" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6627 For an MX lookup, both the preference value and the host name are returned for
6628 each record, separated by a space. For an SRV lookup, the priority, weight,
6629 port, and host name are returned for each record, separated by spaces.
6630
6631 For any record type, if multiple records are found (or, for A6 lookups, if a
6632 single record leads to multiple addresses), the data is returned as a
6633 concatenation, with newline as the default separator. The order, of course,
6634 depends on the DNS resolver. You can specify a different separator character
6635 between multiple records by putting a right angle-bracket followed immediately
6636 by the new separator at the start of the query. For example:
6637 .code
6638 ${lookup dnsdb{>: a=host1.example}}
6639 .endd
6640 It is permitted to specify a space as the separator character. Further
6641 white space is ignored.
6642
6643 .section "Pseudo dnsdb record types" "SECID66"
6644 .cindex "MX record" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6645 By default, both the preference value and the host name are returned for
6646 each MX record, separated by a space. If you want only host names, you can use
6647 the pseudo-type MXH:
6648 .code
6649 ${lookup dnsdb{mxh=a.b.example}}
6650 .endd
6651 In this case, the preference values are omitted, and just the host names are
6652 returned.
6653
6654 .cindex "name server for enclosing domain"
6655 Another pseudo-type is ZNS (for &"zone NS"&). It performs a lookup for NS
6656 records on the given domain, but if none are found, it removes the first
6657 component of the domain name, and tries again. This process continues until NS
6658 records are found or there are no more components left (or there is a DNS
6659 error). In other words, it may return the name servers for a top-level domain,
6660 but it never returns the root name servers. If there are no NS records for the
6661 top-level domain, the lookup fails. Consider these examples:
6662 .code
6663 ${lookup dnsdb{zns=xxx.quercite.com}}
6664 ${lookup dnsdb{zns=xxx.edu}}
6665 .endd
6666 Assuming that in each case there are no NS records for the full domain name,
6667 the first returns the name servers for &%quercite.com%&, and the second returns
6668 the name servers for &%edu%&.
6669
6670 You should be careful about how you use this lookup because, unless the
6671 top-level domain does not exist, the lookup always returns some host names. The
6672 sort of use to which this might be put is for seeing if the name servers for a
6673 given domain are on a blacklist. You can probably assume that the name servers
6674 for the high-level domains such as &%com%& or &%co.uk%& are not going to be on
6675 such a list.
6676
6677 .cindex "CSA" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6678 A third pseudo-type is CSA (Client SMTP Authorization). This looks up SRV
6679 records according to the CSA rules, which are described in section
6680 &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&. Although &(dnsdb)& supports SRV lookups directly, this is
6681 not sufficient because of the extra parent domain search behaviour of CSA. The
6682 result of a successful lookup such as:
6683 .code
6684 ${lookup dnsdb {csa=$sender_helo_name}}
6685 .endd
6686 has two space-separated fields: an authorization code and a target host name.
6687 The authorization code can be &"Y"& for yes, &"N"& for no, &"X"& for explicit
6688 authorization required but absent, or &"?"& for unknown.
6689
6690
6691 .section "Multiple dnsdb lookups" "SECID67"
6692 In the previous sections, &(dnsdb)& lookups for a single domain are described.
6693 However, you can specify a list of domains or IP addresses in a single
6694 &(dnsdb)& lookup. The list is specified in the normal Exim way, with colon as
6695 the default separator, but with the ability to change this. For example:
6696 .code
6697 ${lookup dnsdb{one.domain.com:two.domain.com}}
6698 ${lookup dnsdb{a=one.host.com:two.host.com}}
6699 ${lookup dnsdb{ptr = <; 1.2.3.4 ; 4.5.6.8}}
6700 .endd
6701 In order to retain backwards compatibility, there is one special case: if
6702 the lookup type is PTR and no change of separator is specified, Exim looks
6703 to see if the rest of the string is precisely one IPv6 address. In this
6704 case, it does not treat it as a list.
6705
6706 The data from each lookup is concatenated, with newline separators by default,
6707 in the same way that multiple DNS records for a single item are handled. A
6708 different separator can be specified, as described above.
6709
6710 The &(dnsdb)& lookup fails only if all the DNS lookups fail. If there is a
6711 temporary DNS error for any of them, the behaviour is controlled by
6712 an optional keyword followed by a comma that may appear before the record
6713 type. The possible keywords are &"defer_strict"&, &"defer_never"&, and
6714 &"defer_lax"&. With &"strict"& behaviour, any temporary DNS error causes the
6715 whole lookup to defer. With &"never"& behaviour, a temporary DNS error is
6716 ignored, and the behaviour is as if the DNS lookup failed to find anything.
6717 With &"lax"& behaviour, all the queries are attempted, but a temporary DNS
6718 error causes the whole lookup to defer only if none of the other lookups
6719 succeed. The default is &"lax"&, so the following lookups are equivalent:
6720 .code
6721 ${lookup dnsdb{defer_lax,a=one.host.com:two.host.com}}
6722 ${lookup dnsdb{a=one.host.com:two.host.com}}
6723 .endd
6724 Thus, in the default case, as long as at least one of the DNS lookups
6725 yields some data, the lookup succeeds.
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730 .section "More about LDAP" "SECTldap"
6731 .cindex "LDAP" "lookup, more about"
6732 .cindex "lookup" "LDAP"
6733 .cindex "Solaris" "LDAP"
6734 The original LDAP implementation came from the University of Michigan; this has
6735 become &"Open LDAP"&, and there are now two different releases. Another
6736 implementation comes from Netscape, and Solaris 7 and subsequent releases
6737 contain inbuilt LDAP support. Unfortunately, though these are all compatible at
6738 the lookup function level, their error handling is different. For this reason
6739 it is necessary to set a compile-time variable when building Exim with LDAP, to
6740 indicate which LDAP library is in use. One of the following should appear in
6741 your &_Local/Makefile_&:
6742 .code
6743 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=UMICHIGAN
6744 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=OPENLDAP1
6745 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=OPENLDAP2
6746 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=NETSCAPE
6747 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=SOLARIS
6748 .endd
6749 If LDAP_LIB_TYPE is not set, Exim assumes &`OPENLDAP1`&, which has the
6750 same interface as the University of Michigan version.
6751
6752 There are three LDAP lookup types in Exim. These behave slightly differently in
6753 the way they handle the results of a query:
6754
6755 .ilist
6756 &(ldap)& requires the result to contain just one entry; if there are more, it
6757 gives an error.
6758 .next
6759 &(ldapdn)& also requires the result to contain just one entry, but it is the
6760 Distinguished Name that is returned rather than any attribute values.
6761 .next
6762 &(ldapm)& permits the result to contain more than one entry; the attributes
6763 from all of them are returned.
6764 .endlist
6765
6766
6767 For &(ldap)& and &(ldapm)&, if a query finds only entries with no attributes,
6768 Exim behaves as if the entry did not exist, and the lookup fails. The format of
6769 the data returned by a successful lookup is described in the next section.
6770 First we explain how LDAP queries are coded.
6771
6772
6773 .section "Format of LDAP queries" "SECTforldaque"
6774 .cindex "LDAP" "query format"
6775 An LDAP query takes the form of a URL as defined in RFC 2255. For example, in
6776 the configuration of a &(redirect)& router one might have this setting:
6777 .code
6778 data = ${lookup ldap \
6779 {ldap:///cn=$local_part,o=University%20of%20Cambridge,\
6780 c=UK?mailbox?base?}}
6781 .endd
6782 .cindex "LDAP" "with TLS"
6783 The URL may begin with &`ldap`& or &`ldaps`& if your LDAP library supports
6784 secure (encrypted) LDAP connections. The second of these ensures that an
6785 encrypted TLS connection is used.
6786
6787
6788 .section "LDAP quoting" "SECID68"
6789 .cindex "LDAP" "quoting"
6790 Two levels of quoting are required in LDAP queries, the first for LDAP itself
6791 and the second because the LDAP query is represented as a URL. Furthermore,
6792 within an LDAP query, two different kinds of quoting are required. For this
6793 reason, there are two different LDAP-specific quoting operators.
6794
6795 The &%quote_ldap%& operator is designed for use on strings that are part of
6796 filter specifications. Conceptually, it first does the following conversions on
6797 the string:
6798 .code
6799 * => \2A
6800 ( => \28
6801 ) => \29
6802 \ => \5C
6803 .endd
6804 in accordance with RFC 2254. The resulting string is then quoted according
6805 to the rules for URLs, that is, all non-alphanumeric characters except
6806 .code
6807 ! $ ' - . _ ( ) * +
6808 .endd
6809 are converted to their hex values, preceded by a percent sign. For example:
6810 .code
6811 ${quote_ldap: a(bc)*, a<yz>; }
6812 .endd
6813 yields
6814 .code
6815 %20a%5C28bc%5C29%5C2A%2C%20a%3Cyz%3E%3B%20
6816 .endd
6817 Removing the URL quoting, this is (with a leading and a trailing space):
6818 .code
6819 a\28bc\29\2A, a<yz>;
6820 .endd
6821 The &%quote_ldap_dn%& operator is designed for use on strings that are part of
6822 base DN specifications in queries. Conceptually, it first converts the string
6823 by inserting a backslash in front of any of the following characters:
6824 .code
6825 , + " \ < > ;
6826 .endd
6827 It also inserts a backslash before any leading spaces or # characters, and
6828 before any trailing spaces. (These rules are in RFC 2253.) The resulting string
6829 is then quoted according to the rules for URLs. For example:
6830 .code
6831 ${quote_ldap_dn: a(bc)*, a<yz>; }
6832 .endd
6833 yields
6834 .code
6835 %5C%20a(bc)*%5C%2C%20a%5C%3Cyz%5C%3E%5C%3B%5C%20
6836 .endd
6837 Removing the URL quoting, this is (with a trailing space):
6838 .code
6839 \ a(bc)*\, a\<yz\>\;\
6840 .endd
6841 There are some further comments about quoting in the section on LDAP
6842 authentication below.
6843
6844
6845 .section "LDAP connections" "SECID69"
6846 .cindex "LDAP" "connections"
6847 The connection to an LDAP server may either be over TCP/IP, or, when OpenLDAP
6848 is in use, via a Unix domain socket. The example given above does not specify
6849 an LDAP server. A server that is reached by TCP/IP can be specified in a query
6850 by starting it with
6851 .code
6852 ldap://<hostname>:<port>/...
6853 .endd
6854 If the port (and preceding colon) are omitted, the standard LDAP port (389) is
6855 used. When no server is specified in a query, a list of default servers is
6856 taken from the &%ldap_default_servers%& configuration option. This supplies a
6857 colon-separated list of servers which are tried in turn until one successfully
6858 handles a query, or there is a serious error. Successful handling either
6859 returns the requested data, or indicates that it does not exist. Serious errors
6860 are syntactical, or multiple values when only a single value is expected.
6861 Errors which cause the next server to be tried are connection failures, bind
6862 failures, and timeouts.
6863
6864 For each server name in the list, a port number can be given. The standard way
6865 of specifying a host and port is to use a colon separator (RFC 1738). Because
6866 &%ldap_default_servers%& is a colon-separated list, such colons have to be
6867 doubled. For example
6868 .code
6869 ldap_default_servers = ldap1.example.com::145:ldap2.example.com
6870 .endd
6871 If &%ldap_default_servers%& is unset, a URL with no server name is passed
6872 to the LDAP library with no server name, and the library's default (normally
6873 the local host) is used.
6874
6875 If you are using the OpenLDAP library, you can connect to an LDAP server using
6876 a Unix domain socket instead of a TCP/IP connection. This is specified by using
6877 &`ldapi`& instead of &`ldap`& in LDAP queries. What follows here applies only
6878 to OpenLDAP. If Exim is compiled with a different LDAP library, this feature is
6879 not available.
6880
6881 For this type of connection, instead of a host name for the server, a pathname
6882 for the socket is required, and the port number is not relevant. The pathname
6883 can be specified either as an item in &%ldap_default_servers%&, or inline in
6884 the query. In the former case, you can have settings such as
6885 .code
6886 ldap_default_servers = /tmp/ldap.sock : backup.ldap.your.domain
6887 .endd
6888 When the pathname is given in the query, you have to escape the slashes as
6889 &`%2F`& to fit in with the LDAP URL syntax. For example:
6890 .code
6891 ${lookup ldap {ldapi://%2Ftmp%2Fldap.sock/o=...
6892 .endd
6893 When Exim processes an LDAP lookup and finds that the &"hostname"& is really
6894 a pathname, it uses the Unix domain socket code, even if the query actually
6895 specifies &`ldap`& or &`ldaps`&. In particular, no encryption is used for a
6896 socket connection. This behaviour means that you can use a setting of
6897 &%ldap_default_servers%& such as in the example above with traditional &`ldap`&
6898 or &`ldaps`& queries, and it will work. First, Exim tries a connection via
6899 the Unix domain socket; if that fails, it tries a TCP/IP connection to the
6900 backup host.
6901
6902 If an explicit &`ldapi`& type is given in a query when a host name is
6903 specified, an error is diagnosed. However, if there are more items in
6904 &%ldap_default_servers%&, they are tried. In other words:
6905
6906 .ilist
6907 Using a pathname with &`ldap`& or &`ldaps`& forces the use of the Unix domain
6908 interface.
6909 .next
6910 Using &`ldapi`& with a host name causes an error.
6911 .endlist
6912
6913
6914 Using &`ldapi`& with no host or path in the query, and no setting of
6915 &%ldap_default_servers%&, does whatever the library does by default.
6916
6917
6918
6919 .section "LDAP authentication and control information" "SECID70"
6920 .cindex "LDAP" "authentication"
6921 The LDAP URL syntax provides no way of passing authentication and other control
6922 information to the server. To make this possible, the URL in an LDAP query may
6923 be preceded by any number of <&'name'&>=<&'value'&> settings, separated by
6924 spaces. If a value contains spaces it must be enclosed in double quotes, and
6925 when double quotes are used, backslash is interpreted in the usual way inside
6926 them. The following names are recognized:
6927 .display
6928 &`DEREFERENCE`& set the dereferencing parameter
6929 &`NETTIME `& set a timeout for a network operation
6930 &`USER `& set the DN, for authenticating the LDAP bind
6931 &`PASS `& set the password, likewise
6932 &`REFERRALS `& set the referrals parameter
6933 &`SIZE `& set the limit for the number of entries returned
6934 &`TIME `& set the maximum waiting time for a query
6935 .endd
6936 The value of the DEREFERENCE parameter must be one of the words &"never"&,
6937 &"searching"&, &"finding"&, or &"always"&. The value of the REFERRALS parameter
6938 must be &"follow"& (the default) or &"nofollow"&. The latter stops the LDAP
6939 library from trying to follow referrals issued by the LDAP server.
6940
6941 The name CONNECT is an obsolete name for NETTIME, retained for
6942 backwards compatibility. This timeout (specified as a number of seconds) is
6943 enforced from the client end for operations that can be carried out over a
6944 network. Specifically, it applies to network connections and calls to the
6945 &'ldap_result()'& function. If the value is greater than zero, it is used if
6946 LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT is defined in the LDAP headers (OpenLDAP), or
6947 if LDAP_X_OPT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT is defined in the LDAP headers (Netscape
6948 SDK 4.1). A value of zero forces an explicit setting of &"no timeout"& for
6949 Netscape SDK; for OpenLDAP no action is taken.
6950
6951 The TIME parameter (also a number of seconds) is passed to the server to
6952 set a server-side limit on the time taken to complete a search.
6953
6954
6955 Here is an example of an LDAP query in an Exim lookup that uses some of these
6956 values. This is a single line, folded to fit on the page:
6957 .code
6958 ${lookup ldap
6959 {user="cn=manager,o=University of Cambridge,c=UK" pass=secret
6960 ldap:///o=University%20of%20Cambridge,c=UK?sn?sub?(cn=foo)}
6961 {$value}fail}
6962 .endd
6963 The encoding of spaces as &`%20`& is a URL thing which should not be done for
6964 any of the auxiliary data. Exim configuration settings that include lookups
6965 which contain password information should be preceded by &"hide"& to prevent
6966 non-admin users from using the &%-bP%& option to see their values.
6967
6968 The auxiliary data items may be given in any order. The default is no
6969 connection timeout (the system timeout is used), no user or password, no limit
6970 on the number of entries returned, and no time limit on queries.
6971
6972 When a DN is quoted in the USER= setting for LDAP authentication, Exim
6973 removes any URL quoting that it may contain before passing it LDAP. Apparently
6974 some libraries do this for themselves, but some do not. Removing the URL
6975 quoting has two advantages:
6976
6977 .ilist
6978 It makes it possible to use the same &%quote_ldap_dn%& expansion for USER=
6979 DNs as with DNs inside actual queries.
6980 .next
6981 It permits spaces inside USER= DNs.
6982 .endlist
6983
6984 For example, a setting such as
6985 .code
6986 USER=cn=${quote_ldap_dn:$1}
6987 .endd
6988 should work even if &$1$& contains spaces.
6989
6990 Expanded data for the PASS= value should be quoted using the &%quote%&
6991 expansion operator, rather than the LDAP quote operators. The only reason this
6992 field needs quoting is to ensure that it conforms to the Exim syntax, which
6993 does not allow unquoted spaces. For example:
6994 .code
6995 PASS=${quote:$3}
6996 .endd
6997 The LDAP authentication mechanism can be used to check passwords as part of
6998 SMTP authentication. See the &%ldapauth%& expansion string condition in chapter
6999 &<<CHAPexpand>>&.
7000
7001
7002
7003 .section "Format of data returned by LDAP" "SECID71"
7004 .cindex "LDAP" "returned data formats"
7005 The &(ldapdn)& lookup type returns the Distinguished Name from a single entry
7006 as a sequence of values, for example
7007 .code
7008 cn=manager, o=University of Cambridge, c=UK
7009 .endd
7010 The &(ldap)& lookup type generates an error if more than one entry matches the
7011 search filter, whereas &(ldapm)& permits this case, and inserts a newline in
7012 the result between the data from different entries. It is possible for multiple
7013 values to be returned for both &(ldap)& and &(ldapm)&, but in the former case
7014 you know that whatever values are returned all came from a single entry in the
7015 directory.
7016
7017 In the common case where you specify a single attribute in your LDAP query, the
7018 result is not quoted, and does not contain the attribute name. If the attribute
7019 has multiple values, they are separated by commas.
7020
7021 If you specify multiple attributes, the result contains space-separated, quoted
7022 strings, each preceded by the attribute name and an equals sign. Within the
7023 quotes, the quote character, backslash, and newline are escaped with
7024 backslashes, and commas are used to separate multiple values for the attribute.
7025 Apart from the escaping, the string within quotes takes the same form as the
7026 output when a single attribute is requested. Specifying no attributes is the
7027 same as specifying all of an entry's attributes.
7028
7029 Here are some examples of the output format. The first line of each pair is an
7030 LDAP query, and the second is the data that is returned. The attribute called
7031 &%attr1%& has two values, whereas &%attr2%& has only one value:
7032 .code
7033 ldap:///o=base?attr1?sub?(uid=fred)
7034 value1.1, value1.2
7035
7036 ldap:///o=base?attr2?sub?(uid=fred)
7037 value two
7038
7039 ldap:///o=base?attr1,attr2?sub?(uid=fred)
7040 attr1="value1.1, value1.2" attr2="value two"
7041
7042 ldap:///o=base??sub?(uid=fred)
7043 objectClass="top" attr1="value1.1, value1.2" attr2="value two"
7044 .endd
7045 The &%extract%& operator in string expansions can be used to pick out
7046 individual fields from data that consists of &'key'&=&'value'& pairs. You can
7047 make use of Exim's &%-be%& option to run expansion tests and thereby check the
7048 results of LDAP lookups.
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053 .section "More about NIS+" "SECTnisplus"
7054 .cindex "NIS+ lookup type"
7055 .cindex "lookup" "NIS+"
7056 NIS+ queries consist of a NIS+ &'indexed name'& followed by an optional colon
7057 and field name. If this is given, the result of a successful query is the
7058 contents of the named field; otherwise the result consists of a concatenation
7059 of &'field-name=field-value'& pairs, separated by spaces. Empty values and
7060 values containing spaces are quoted. For example, the query
7061 .code
7062 [name=mg1456],passwd.org_dir
7063 .endd
7064 might return the string
7065 .code
7066 name=mg1456 passwd="" uid=999 gid=999 gcos="Martin Guerre"
7067 home=/home/mg1456 shell=/bin/bash shadow=""
7068 .endd
7069 (split over two lines here to fit on the page), whereas
7070 .code
7071 [name=mg1456],passwd.org_dir:gcos
7072 .endd
7073 would just return
7074 .code
7075 Martin Guerre
7076 .endd
7077 with no quotes. A NIS+ lookup fails if NIS+ returns more than one table entry
7078 for the given indexed key. The effect of the &%quote_nisplus%& expansion
7079 operator is to double any quote characters within the text.
7080
7081
7082
7083 .section "SQL lookups" "SECTsql"
7084 .cindex "SQL lookup types"
7085 .cindex "MySQL" "lookup type"
7086 .cindex "PostgreSQL lookup type"
7087 .cindex "lookup" "MySQL"
7088 .cindex "lookup" "PostgreSQL"
7089 .cindex "Oracle" "lookup type"
7090 .cindex "lookup" "Oracle"
7091 .cindex "InterBase lookup type"
7092 .cindex "lookup" "InterBase"
7093 Exim can support lookups in InterBase, MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL, and SQLite
7094 databases. Queries for these databases contain SQL statements, so an example
7095 might be
7096 .code
7097 ${lookup mysql{select mailbox from users where id='userx'}\
7098 {$value}fail}
7099 .endd
7100 If the result of the query contains more than one field, the data for each
7101 field in the row is returned, preceded by its name, so the result of
7102 .code
7103 ${lookup pgsql{select home,name from users where id='userx'}\
7104 {$value}}
7105 .endd
7106 might be
7107 .code
7108 home=/home/userx name="Mister X"
7109 .endd
7110 Empty values and values containing spaces are double quoted, with embedded
7111 quotes escaped by a backslash. If the result of the query contains just one
7112 field, the value is passed back verbatim, without a field name, for example:
7113 .code
7114 Mister X
7115 .endd
7116 If the result of the query yields more than one row, it is all concatenated,
7117 with a newline between the data for each row.
7118
7119
7120 .section "More about MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle, and InterBase" "SECID72"
7121 .cindex "MySQL" "lookup type"
7122 .cindex "PostgreSQL lookup type"
7123 .cindex "lookup" "MySQL"
7124 .cindex "lookup" "PostgreSQL"
7125 .cindex "Oracle" "lookup type"
7126 .cindex "lookup" "Oracle"
7127 .cindex "InterBase lookup type"
7128 .cindex "lookup" "InterBase"
7129 If any MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle, or InterBase lookups are used, the
7130 &%mysql_servers%&, &%pgsql_servers%&, &%oracle_servers%&, or &%ibase_servers%&
7131 option (as appropriate) must be set to a colon-separated list of server
7132 information.
7133 (For MySQL and PostgreSQL only, the global option need not be set if all
7134 queries contain their own server information &-- see section
7135 &<<SECTspeserque>>&.) Each item in the list is a slash-separated list of four
7136 items: host name, database name, user name, and password. In the case of
7137 Oracle, the host name field is used for the &"service name"&, and the database
7138 name field is not used and should be empty. For example:
7139 .code
7140 hide oracle_servers = oracle.plc.example//userx/abcdwxyz
7141 .endd
7142 Because password data is sensitive, you should always precede the setting with
7143 &"hide"&, to prevent non-admin users from obtaining the setting via the &%-bP%&
7144 option. Here is an example where two MySQL servers are listed:
7145 .code
7146 hide mysql_servers = localhost/users/root/secret:\
7147 otherhost/users/root/othersecret
7148 .endd
7149 For MySQL and PostgreSQL, a host may be specified as <&'name'&>:<&'port'&> but
7150 because this is a colon-separated list, the colon has to be doubled. For each
7151 query, these parameter groups are tried in order until a connection is made and
7152 a query is successfully processed. The result of a query may be that no data is
7153 found, but that is still a successful query. In other words, the list of
7154 servers provides a backup facility, not a list of different places to look.
7155
7156 The &%quote_mysql%&, &%quote_pgsql%&, and &%quote_oracle%& expansion operators
7157 convert newline, tab, carriage return, and backspace to \n, \t, \r, and \b
7158 respectively, and the characters single-quote, double-quote, and backslash
7159 itself are escaped with backslashes. The &%quote_pgsql%& expansion operator, in
7160 addition, escapes the percent and underscore characters. This cannot be done
7161 for MySQL because these escapes are not recognized in contexts where these
7162 characters are not special.
7163
7164 .section "Specifying the server in the query" "SECTspeserque"
7165 For MySQL and PostgreSQL lookups (but not currently for Oracle and InterBase),
7166 it is possible to specify a list of servers with an individual query. This is
7167 done by starting the query with
7168 .display
7169 &`servers=`&&'server1:server2:server3:...'&&`;`&
7170 .endd
7171 Each item in the list may take one of two forms:
7172 .olist
7173 If it contains no slashes it is assumed to be just a host name. The appropriate
7174 global option (&%mysql_servers%& or &%pgsql_servers%&) is searched for a host
7175 of the same name, and the remaining parameters (database, user, password) are
7176 taken from there.
7177 .next
7178 If it contains any slashes, it is taken as a complete parameter set.
7179 .endlist
7180 The list of servers is used in exactly the same way as the global list.
7181 Once a connection to a server has happened and a query has been
7182 successfully executed, processing of the lookup ceases.
7183
7184 This feature is intended for use in master/slave situations where updates
7185 are occurring and you want to update the master rather than a slave. If the
7186 master is in the list as a backup for reading, you might have a global setting
7187 like this:
7188 .code
7189 mysql_servers = slave1/db/name/pw:\
7190 slave2/db/name/pw:\
7191 master/db/name/pw
7192 .endd
7193 In an updating lookup, you could then write:
7194 .code
7195 ${lookup mysql{servers=master; UPDATE ...} }
7196 .endd
7197 That query would then be sent only to the master server. If, on the other hand,
7198 the master is not to be used for reading, and so is not present in the global
7199 option, you can still update it by a query of this form:
7200 .code
7201 ${lookup pgsql{servers=master/db/name/pw; UPDATE ...} }
7202 .endd
7203
7204
7205 .section "Special MySQL features" "SECID73"
7206 For MySQL, an empty host name or the use of &"localhost"& in &%mysql_servers%&
7207 causes a connection to the server on the local host by means of a Unix domain
7208 socket. An alternate socket can be specified in parentheses. The full syntax of
7209 each item in &%mysql_servers%& is:
7210 .display
7211 <&'hostname'&>::<&'port'&>(<&'socket name'&>)/<&'database'&>/&&&
7212 <&'user'&>/<&'password'&>
7213 .endd
7214 Any of the three sub-parts of the first field can be omitted. For normal use on
7215 the local host it can be left blank or set to just &"localhost"&.
7216
7217 No database need be supplied &-- but if it is absent here, it must be given in
7218 the queries.
7219
7220 If a MySQL query is issued that does not request any data (an insert, update,
7221 or delete command), the result of the lookup is the number of rows affected.
7222
7223 &*Warning*&: This can be misleading. If an update does not actually change
7224 anything (for example, setting a field to the value it already has), the result
7225 is zero because no rows are affected.
7226
7227
7228 .section "Special PostgreSQL features" "SECID74"
7229 PostgreSQL lookups can also use Unix domain socket connections to the database.
7230 This is usually faster and costs less CPU time than a TCP/IP connection.
7231 However it can be used only if the mail server runs on the same machine as the
7232 database server. A configuration line for PostgreSQL via Unix domain sockets
7233 looks like this:
7234 .code
7235 hide pgsql_servers = (/tmp/.s.PGSQL.5432)/db/user/password : ...
7236 .endd
7237 In other words, instead of supplying a host name, a path to the socket is
7238 given. The path name is enclosed in parentheses so that its slashes aren't
7239 visually confused with the delimiters for the other server parameters.
7240
7241 If a PostgreSQL query is issued that does not request any data (an insert,
7242 update, or delete command), the result of the lookup is the number of rows
7243 affected.
7244
7245 .section "More about SQLite" "SECTsqlite"
7246 .cindex "lookup" "SQLite"
7247 .cindex "sqlite lookup type"
7248 SQLite is different to the other SQL lookups because a file name is required in
7249 addition to the SQL query. An SQLite database is a single file, and there is no
7250 daemon as in the other SQL databases. The interface to Exim requires the name
7251 of the file, as an absolute path, to be given at the start of the query. It is
7252 separated from the query by white space. This means that the path name cannot
7253 contain white space. Here is a lookup expansion example:
7254 .code
7255 ${lookup sqlite {/some/thing/sqlitedb \
7256 select name from aliases where id='userx';}}
7257 .endd
7258 In a list, the syntax is similar. For example:
7259 .code
7260 domainlist relay_domains = sqlite;/some/thing/sqlitedb \
7261 select * from relays where ip='$sender_host_address';
7262 .endd
7263 The only character affected by the &%quote_sqlite%& operator is a single
7264 quote, which it doubles.
7265
7266 The SQLite library handles multiple simultaneous accesses to the database
7267 internally. Multiple readers are permitted, but only one process can
7268 update at once. Attempts to access the database while it is being updated
7269 are rejected after a timeout period, during which the SQLite library
7270 waits for the lock to be released. In Exim, the default timeout is set
7271 to 5 seconds, but it can be changed by means of the &%sqlite_lock_timeout%&
7272 option.
7273 .ecindex IIDfidalo1
7274 .ecindex IIDfidalo2
7275
7276
7277 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7278 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7279
7280 .chapter "Domain, host, address, and local part lists" &&&
7281 "CHAPdomhosaddlists" &&&
7282 "Domain, host, and address lists"
7283 .scindex IIDdohoadli "lists of domains; hosts; etc."
7284 A number of Exim configuration options contain lists of domains, hosts,
7285 email addresses, or local parts. For example, the &%hold_domains%& option
7286 contains a list of domains whose delivery is currently suspended. These lists
7287 are also used as data in ACL statements (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&), and as
7288 arguments to expansion conditions such as &%match_domain%&.
7289
7290 Each item in one of these lists is a pattern to be matched against a domain,
7291 host, email address, or local part, respectively. In the sections below, the
7292 different types of pattern for each case are described, but first we cover some
7293 general facilities that apply to all four kinds of list.
7294
7295
7296
7297 .section "Expansion of lists" "SECID75"
7298 .cindex "expansion" "of lists"
7299 Each list is expanded as a single string before it is used. The result of
7300 expansion must be a list, possibly containing empty items, which is split up
7301 into separate items for matching. By default, colon is the separator character,
7302 but this can be varied if necessary. See sections &<<SECTlistconstruct>>& and
7303 &<<SECTempitelis>>& for details of the list syntax; the second of these
7304 discusses the way to specify empty list items.
7305
7306
7307 If the string expansion is forced to fail, Exim behaves as if the item it is
7308 testing (domain, host, address, or local part) is not in the list. Other
7309 expansion failures cause temporary errors.
7310
7311 If an item in a list is a regular expression, backslashes, dollars and possibly
7312 other special characters in the expression must be protected against
7313 misinterpretation by the string expander. The easiest way to do this is to use
7314 the &`\N`& expansion feature to indicate that the contents of the regular
7315 expression should not be expanded. For example, in an ACL you might have:
7316 .code
7317 deny senders = \N^\d{8}\w@.*\.baddomain\.example$\N : \
7318 ${lookup{$domain}lsearch{/badsenders/bydomain}}
7319 .endd
7320 The first item is a regular expression that is protected from expansion by
7321 &`\N`&, whereas the second uses the expansion to obtain a list of unwanted
7322 senders based on the receiving domain.
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327 .section "Negated items in lists" "SECID76"
7328 .cindex "list" "negation"
7329 .cindex "negation" "in lists"
7330 Items in a list may be positive or negative. Negative items are indicated by a
7331 leading exclamation mark, which may be followed by optional white space. A list
7332 defines a set of items (domains, etc). When Exim processes one of these lists,
7333 it is trying to find out whether a domain, host, address, or local part
7334 (respectively) is in the set that is defined by the list. It works like this:
7335
7336 The list is scanned from left to right. If a positive item is matched, the
7337 subject that is being checked is in the set; if a negative item is matched, the
7338 subject is not in the set. If the end of the list is reached without the
7339 subject having matched any of the patterns, it is in the set if the last item
7340 was a negative one, but not if it was a positive one. For example, the list in
7341 .code
7342 domainlist relay_domains = !a.b.c : *.b.c
7343 .endd
7344 matches any domain ending in &'.b.c'& except for &'a.b.c'&. Domains that match
7345 neither &'a.b.c'& nor &'*.b.c'& do not match, because the last item in the
7346 list is positive. However, if the setting were
7347 .code
7348 domainlist relay_domains = !a.b.c
7349 .endd
7350 then all domains other than &'a.b.c'& would match because the last item in the
7351 list is negative. In other words, a list that ends with a negative item behaves
7352 as if it had an extra item &`:*`& on the end.
7353
7354 Another way of thinking about positive and negative items in lists is to read
7355 the connector as &"or"& after a positive item and as &"and"& after a negative
7356 item.
7357
7358
7359
7360 .section "File names in lists" "SECTfilnamlis"
7361 .cindex "list" "file name in"
7362 If an item in a domain, host, address, or local part list is an absolute file
7363 name (beginning with a slash character), each line of the file is read and
7364 processed as if it were an independent item in the list, except that further
7365 file names are not allowed,
7366 and no expansion of the data from the file takes place.
7367 Empty lines in the file are ignored, and the file may also contain comment
7368 lines:
7369
7370 .ilist
7371 For domain and host lists, if a # character appears anywhere in a line of the
7372 file, it and all following characters are ignored.
7373 .next
7374 Because local parts may legitimately contain # characters, a comment in an
7375 address list or local part list file is recognized only if # is preceded by
7376 white space or the start of the line. For example:
7377 .code
7378 not#comment@x.y.z # but this is a comment
7379 .endd
7380 .endlist
7381
7382 Putting a file name in a list has the same effect as inserting each line of the
7383 file as an item in the list (blank lines and comments excepted). However, there
7384 is one important difference: the file is read each time the list is processed,
7385 so if its contents vary over time, Exim's behaviour changes.
7386
7387 If a file name is preceded by an exclamation mark, the sense of any match
7388 within the file is inverted. For example, if
7389 .code
7390 hold_domains = !/etc/nohold-domains
7391 .endd
7392 and the file contains the lines
7393 .code
7394 !a.b.c
7395 *.b.c
7396 .endd
7397 then &'a.b.c'& is in the set of domains defined by &%hold_domains%&, whereas
7398 any domain matching &`*.b.c`& is not.
7399
7400
7401
7402 .section "An lsearch file is not an out-of-line list" "SECID77"
7403 As will be described in the sections that follow, lookups can be used in lists
7404 to provide indexed methods of checking list membership. There has been some
7405 confusion about the way &(lsearch)& lookups work in lists. Because
7406 an &(lsearch)& file contains plain text and is scanned sequentially, it is
7407 sometimes thought that it is allowed to contain wild cards and other kinds of
7408 non-constant pattern. This is not the case. The keys in an &(lsearch)& file are
7409 always fixed strings, just as for any other single-key lookup type.
7410
7411 If you want to use a file to contain wild-card patterns that form part of a
7412 list, just give the file name on its own, without a search type, as described
7413 in the previous section. You could also use the &(wildlsearch)& or
7414 &(nwildlsearch)&, but there is no advantage in doing this.
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419 .section "Named lists" "SECTnamedlists"
7420 .cindex "named lists"
7421 .cindex "list" "named"
7422 A list of domains, hosts, email addresses, or local parts can be given a name
7423 which is then used to refer to the list elsewhere in the configuration. This is
7424 particularly convenient if the same list is required in several different
7425 places. It also allows lists to be given meaningful names, which can improve
7426 the readability of the configuration. For example, it is conventional to define
7427 a domain list called &'local_domains'& for all the domains that are handled
7428 locally on a host, using a configuration line such as
7429 .code
7430 domainlist local_domains = localhost:my.dom.example
7431 .endd
7432 Named lists are referenced by giving their name preceded by a plus sign, so,
7433 for example, a router that is intended to handle local domains would be
7434 configured with the line
7435 .code
7436 domains = +local_domains
7437 .endd
7438 The first router in a configuration is often one that handles all domains
7439 except the local ones, using a configuration with a negated item like this:
7440 .code
7441 dnslookup:
7442 driver = dnslookup
7443 domains = ! +local_domains
7444 transport = remote_smtp
7445 no_more
7446 .endd
7447 The four kinds of named list are created by configuration lines starting with
7448 the words &%domainlist%&, &%hostlist%&, &%addresslist%&, or &%localpartlist%&,
7449 respectively. Then there follows the name that you are defining, followed by an
7450 equals sign and the list itself. For example:
7451 .code
7452 hostlist relay_hosts = 192.168.23.0/24 : my.friend.example
7453 addresslist bad_senders = cdb;/etc/badsenders
7454 .endd
7455 A named list may refer to other named lists:
7456 .code
7457 domainlist dom1 = first.example : second.example
7458 domainlist dom2 = +dom1 : third.example
7459 domainlist dom3 = fourth.example : +dom2 : fifth.example
7460 .endd
7461 &*Warning*&: If the last item in a referenced list is a negative one, the
7462 effect may not be what you intended, because the negation does not propagate
7463 out to the higher level. For example, consider:
7464 .code
7465 domainlist dom1 = !a.b
7466 domainlist dom2 = +dom1 : *.b
7467 .endd
7468 The second list specifies &"either in the &%dom1%& list or &'*.b'&"&. The first
7469 list specifies just &"not &'a.b'&"&, so the domain &'x.y'& matches it. That
7470 means it matches the second list as well. The effect is not the same as
7471 .code
7472 domainlist dom2 = !a.b : *.b
7473 .endd
7474 where &'x.y'& does not match. It's best to avoid negation altogether in
7475 referenced lists if you can.
7476
7477 Named lists may have a performance advantage. When Exim is routing an
7478 address or checking an incoming message, it caches the result of tests on named
7479 lists. So, if you have a setting such as
7480 .code
7481 domains = +local_domains
7482 .endd
7483 on several of your routers
7484 or in several ACL statements,
7485 the actual test is done only for the first one. However, the caching works only
7486 if there are no expansions within the list itself or any sublists that it
7487 references. In other words, caching happens only for lists that are known to be
7488 the same each time they are referenced.
7489
7490 By default, there may be up to 16 named lists of each type. This limit can be
7491 extended by changing a compile-time variable. The use of domain and host lists
7492 is recommended for concepts such as local domains, relay domains, and relay
7493 hosts. The default configuration is set up like this.
7494
7495
7496
7497 .section "Named lists compared with macros" "SECID78"
7498 .cindex "list" "named compared with macro"
7499 .cindex "macro" "compared with named list"
7500 At first sight, named lists might seem to be no different from macros in the
7501 configuration file. However, macros are just textual substitutions. If you
7502 write
7503 .code
7504 ALIST = host1 : host2
7505 auth_advertise_hosts = !ALIST
7506 .endd
7507 it probably won't do what you want, because that is exactly the same as
7508 .code
7509 auth_advertise_hosts = !host1 : host2
7510 .endd
7511 Notice that the second host name is not negated. However, if you use a host
7512 list, and write
7513 .code
7514 hostlist alist = host1 : host2
7515 auth_advertise_hosts = ! +alist
7516 .endd
7517 the negation applies to the whole list, and so that is equivalent to
7518 .code
7519 auth_advertise_hosts = !host1 : !host2
7520 .endd
7521
7522
7523 .section "Named list caching" "SECID79"
7524 .cindex "list" "caching of named"
7525 .cindex "caching" "named lists"
7526 While processing a message, Exim caches the result of checking a named list if
7527 it is sure that the list is the same each time. In practice, this means that
7528 the cache operates only if the list contains no $ characters, which guarantees
7529 that it will not change when it is expanded. Sometimes, however, you may have
7530 an expanded list that you know will be the same each time within a given
7531 message. For example:
7532 .code
7533 domainlist special_domains = \
7534 ${lookup{$sender_host_address}cdb{/some/file}}
7535 .endd
7536 This provides a list of domains that depends only on the sending host's IP
7537 address. If this domain list is referenced a number of times (for example,
7538 in several ACL lines, or in several routers) the result of the check is not
7539 cached by default, because Exim does not know that it is going to be the
7540 same list each time.
7541
7542 By appending &`_cache`& to &`domainlist`& you can tell Exim to go ahead and
7543 cache the result anyway. For example:
7544 .code
7545 domainlist_cache special_domains = ${lookup{...
7546 .endd
7547 If you do this, you should be absolutely sure that caching is going to do
7548 the right thing in all cases. When in doubt, leave it out.
7549
7550
7551
7552 .section "Domain lists" "SECTdomainlist"
7553 .cindex "domain list" "patterns for"
7554 .cindex "list" "domain list"
7555 Domain lists contain patterns that are to be matched against a mail domain.
7556 The following types of item may appear in domain lists:
7557
7558 .ilist
7559 .cindex "primary host name"
7560 .cindex "host name" "matched in domain list"
7561 .oindex "&%primary_hostname%&"
7562 .cindex "domain list" "matching primary host name"
7563 .cindex "@ in a domain list"
7564 If a pattern consists of a single @ character, it matches the local host name,
7565 as set by the &%primary_hostname%& option (or defaulted). This makes it
7566 possible to use the same configuration file on several different hosts that
7567 differ only in their names.
7568 .next
7569 .cindex "@[] in a domain list"
7570 .cindex "domain list" "matching local IP interfaces"
7571 .cindex "domain literal"
7572 If a pattern consists of the string &`@[]`& it matches an IP address enclosed
7573 in square brackets (as in an email address that contains a domain literal), but
7574 only if that IP address is recognized as local for email routing purposes. The
7575 &%local_interfaces%& and &%extra_local_interfaces%& options can be used to
7576 control which of a host's several IP addresses are treated as local.
7577 In today's Internet, the use of domain literals is controversial.
7578 .next
7579 .cindex "@mx_any"
7580 .cindex "@mx_primary"
7581 .cindex "@mx_secondary"
7582 .cindex "domain list" "matching MX pointers to local host"
7583 If a pattern consists of the string &`@mx_any`& it matches any domain that
7584 has an MX record pointing to the local host or to any host that is listed in
7585 .oindex "&%hosts_treat_as_local%&"
7586 &%hosts_treat_as_local%&. The items &`@mx_primary`& and &`@mx_secondary`&
7587 are similar, except that the first matches only when a primary MX target is the
7588 local host, and the second only when no primary MX target is the local host,
7589 but a secondary MX target is. &"Primary"& means an MX record with the lowest
7590 preference value &-- there may of course be more than one of them.
7591
7592 The MX lookup that takes place when matching a pattern of this type is
7593 performed with the resolver options for widening names turned off. Thus, for
7594 example, a single-component domain will &'not'& be expanded by adding the
7595 resolver's default domain. See the &%qualify_single%& and &%search_parents%&
7596 options of the &(dnslookup)& router for a discussion of domain widening.
7597
7598 Sometimes you may want to ignore certain IP addresses when using one of these
7599 patterns. You can specify this by following the pattern with &`/ignore=`&<&'ip
7600 list'&>, where <&'ip list'&> is a list of IP addresses. These addresses are
7601 ignored when processing the pattern (compare the &%ignore_target_hosts%& option
7602 on a router). For example:
7603 .code
7604 domains = @mx_any/ignore=127.0.0.1
7605 .endd
7606 This example matches any domain that has an MX record pointing to one of
7607 the local host's IP addresses other than 127.0.0.1.
7608
7609 The list of IP addresses is in fact processed by the same code that processes
7610 host lists, so it may contain CIDR-coded network specifications and it may also
7611 contain negative items.
7612
7613 Because the list of IP addresses is a sublist within a domain list, you have to
7614 be careful about delimiters if there is more than one address. Like any other
7615 list, the default delimiter can be changed. Thus, you might have:
7616 .code
7617 domains = @mx_any/ignore=<;127.0.0.1;0.0.0.0 : \
7618 an.other.domain : ...
7619 .endd
7620 so that the sublist uses semicolons for delimiters. When IPv6 addresses are
7621 involved, it is easiest to change the delimiter for the main list as well:
7622 .code
7623 domains = <? @mx_any/ignore=<;127.0.0.1;::1 ? \
7624 an.other.domain ? ...
7625 .endd
7626 .next
7627 .cindex "asterisk" "in domain list"
7628 .cindex "domain list" "asterisk in"
7629 .cindex "domain list" "matching &""ends with""&"
7630 If a pattern starts with an asterisk, the remaining characters of the pattern
7631 are compared with the terminating characters of the domain. The use of &"*"& in
7632 domain lists differs from its use in partial matching lookups. In a domain
7633 list, the character following the asterisk need not be a dot, whereas partial
7634 matching works only in terms of dot-separated components. For example, a domain
7635 list item such as &`*key.ex`& matches &'donkey.ex'& as well as
7636 &'cipher.key.ex'&.
7637
7638 .next
7639 .cindex "regular expressions" "in domain list"
7640 .cindex "domain list" "matching regular expression"
7641 If a pattern starts with a circumflex character, it is treated as a regular
7642 expression, and matched against the domain using a regular expression matching
7643 function. The circumflex is treated as part of the regular expression.
7644 Email domains are case-independent, so this regular expression match is by
7645 default case-independent, but you can make it case-dependent by starting it
7646 with &`(?-i)`&. References to descriptions of the syntax of regular expressions
7647 are given in chapter &<<CHAPregexp>>&.
7648
7649 &*Warning*&: Because domain lists are expanded before being processed, you
7650 must escape any backslash and dollar characters in the regular expression, or
7651 use the special &`\N`& sequence (see chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&) to specify that
7652 it is not to be expanded (unless you really do want to build a regular
7653 expression by expansion, of course).
7654 .next
7655 .cindex "lookup" "in domain list"
7656 .cindex "domain list" "matching by lookup"
7657 If a pattern starts with the name of a single-key lookup type followed by a
7658 semicolon (for example, &"dbm;"& or &"lsearch;"&), the remainder of the pattern
7659 must be a file name in a suitable format for the lookup type. For example, for
7660 &"cdb;"& it must be an absolute path:
7661 .code
7662 domains = cdb;/etc/mail/local_domains.cdb
7663 .endd
7664 The appropriate type of lookup is done on the file using the domain name as the
7665 key. In most cases, the data that is looked up is not used; Exim is interested
7666 only in whether or not the key is present in the file. However, when a lookup
7667 is used for the &%domains%& option on a router
7668 or a &%domains%& condition in an ACL statement, the data is preserved in the
7669 &$domain_data$& variable and can be referred to in other router options or
7670 other statements in the same ACL.
7671
7672 .next
7673 Any of the single-key lookup type names may be preceded by
7674 &`partial`&<&'n'&>&`-`&, where the <&'n'&> is optional, for example,
7675 .code
7676 domains = partial-dbm;/partial/domains
7677 .endd
7678 This causes partial matching logic to be invoked; a description of how this
7679 works is given in section &<<SECTpartiallookup>>&.
7680
7681 .next
7682 .cindex "asterisk" "in lookup type"
7683 Any of the single-key lookup types may be followed by an asterisk. This causes
7684 a default lookup for a key consisting of a single asterisk to be done if the
7685 original lookup fails. This is not a useful feature when using a domain list to
7686 select particular domains (because any domain would match), but it might have
7687 value if the result of the lookup is being used via the &$domain_data$&
7688 expansion variable.
7689 .next
7690 If the pattern starts with the name of a query-style lookup type followed by a
7691 semicolon (for example, &"nisplus;"& or &"ldap;"&), the remainder of the
7692 pattern must be an appropriate query for the lookup type, as described in
7693 chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&. For example:
7694 .code
7695 hold_domains = mysql;select domain from holdlist \
7696 where domain = '$domain';
7697 .endd
7698 In most cases, the data that is looked up is not used (so for an SQL query, for
7699 example, it doesn't matter what field you select). Exim is interested only in
7700 whether or not the query succeeds. However, when a lookup is used for the
7701 &%domains%& option on a router, the data is preserved in the &$domain_data$&
7702 variable and can be referred to in other options.
7703 .next
7704 .cindex "domain list" "matching literal domain name"
7705 If none of the above cases apply, a caseless textual comparison is made
7706 between the pattern and the domain.
7707 .endlist
7708
7709 Here is an example that uses several different kinds of pattern:
7710 .code
7711 domainlist funny_domains = \
7712 @ : \
7713 lib.unseen.edu : \
7714 *.foundation.fict.example : \
7715 \N^[1-2]\d{3}\.fict\.example$\N : \
7716 partial-dbm;/opt/data/penguin/book : \
7717 nis;domains.byname : \
7718 nisplus;[name=$domain,status=local],domains.org_dir
7719 .endd
7720 There are obvious processing trade-offs among the various matching modes. Using
7721 an asterisk is faster than a regular expression, and listing a few names
7722 explicitly probably is too. The use of a file or database lookup is expensive,
7723 but may be the only option if hundreds of names are required. Because the
7724 patterns are tested in order, it makes sense to put the most commonly matched
7725 patterns earlier.
7726
7727
7728
7729 .section "Host lists" "SECThostlist"
7730 .cindex "host list" "patterns in"
7731 .cindex "list" "host list"
7732 Host lists are used to control what remote hosts are allowed to do. For
7733 example, some hosts may be allowed to use the local host as a relay, and some
7734 may be permitted to use the SMTP ETRN command. Hosts can be identified in
7735 two different ways, by name or by IP address. In a host list, some types of
7736 pattern are matched to a host name, and some are matched to an IP address.
7737 You need to be particularly careful with this when single-key lookups are
7738 involved, to ensure that the right value is being used as the key.
7739
7740
7741 .section "Special host list patterns" "SECID80"
7742 .cindex "empty item in hosts list"
7743 .cindex "host list" "empty string in"
7744 If a host list item is the empty string, it matches only when no remote host is
7745 involved. This is the case when a message is being received from a local
7746 process using SMTP on the standard input, that is, when a TCP/IP connection is
7747 not used.
7748
7749 .cindex "asterisk" "in host list"
7750 The special pattern &"*"& in a host list matches any host or no host. Neither
7751 the IP address nor the name is actually inspected.
7752
7753
7754
7755 .section "Host list patterns that match by IP address" "SECThoslispatip"
7756 .cindex "host list" "matching IP addresses"
7757 If an IPv4 host calls an IPv6 host and the call is accepted on an IPv6 socket,
7758 the incoming address actually appears in the IPv6 host as
7759 &`::ffff:`&<&'v4address'&>. When such an address is tested against a host
7760 list, it is converted into a traditional IPv4 address first. (Not all operating
7761 systems accept IPv4 calls on IPv6 sockets, as there have been some security
7762 concerns.)
7763
7764 The following types of pattern in a host list check the remote host by
7765 inspecting its IP address:
7766
7767 .ilist
7768 If the pattern is a plain domain name (not a regular expression, not starting
7769 with *, not a lookup of any kind), Exim calls the operating system function
7770 to find the associated IP address(es). Exim uses the newer
7771 &[getipnodebyname()]& function when available, otherwise &[gethostbyname()]&.
7772 This typically causes a forward DNS lookup of the name. The result is compared
7773 with the IP address of the subject host.
7774
7775 If there is a temporary problem (such as a DNS timeout) with the host name
7776 lookup, a temporary error occurs. For example, if the list is being used in an
7777 ACL condition, the ACL gives a &"defer"& response, usually leading to a
7778 temporary SMTP error code. If no IP address can be found for the host name,
7779 what happens is described in section &<<SECTbehipnot>>& below.
7780
7781 .next
7782 .cindex "@ in a host list"
7783 If the pattern is &"@"&, the primary host name is substituted and used as a
7784 domain name, as just described.
7785
7786 .next
7787 If the pattern is an IP address, it is matched against the IP address of the
7788 subject host. IPv4 addresses are given in the normal &"dotted-quad"& notation.
7789 IPv6 addresses can be given in colon-separated format, but the colons have to
7790 be doubled so as not to be taken as item separators when the default list
7791 separator is used. IPv6 addresses are recognized even when Exim is compiled
7792 without IPv6 support. This means that if they appear in a host list on an
7793 IPv4-only host, Exim will not treat them as host names. They are just addresses
7794 that can never match a client host.
7795
7796 .next
7797 .cindex "@[] in a host list"
7798 If the pattern is &"@[]"&, it matches the IP address of any IP interface on
7799 the local host. For example, if the local host is an IPv4 host with one
7800 interface address 10.45.23.56, these two ACL statements have the same effect:
7801 .code
7802 accept hosts = 127.0.0.1 : 10.45.23.56
7803 accept hosts = @[]
7804 .endd
7805 .next
7806 .cindex "CIDR notation"
7807 If the pattern is an IP address followed by a slash and a mask length (for
7808 example 10.11.42.0/24), it is matched against the IP address of the subject
7809 host under the given mask. This allows, an entire network of hosts to be
7810 included (or excluded) by a single item. The mask uses CIDR notation; it
7811 specifies the number of address bits that must match, starting from the most
7812 significant end of the address.
7813
7814 &*Note*&: The mask is &'not'& a count of addresses, nor is it the high number
7815 of a range of addresses. It is the number of bits in the network portion of the
7816 address. The above example specifies a 24-bit netmask, so it matches all 256
7817 addresses in the 10.11.42.0 network. An item such as
7818 .code
7819 192.168.23.236/31
7820 .endd
7821 matches just two addresses, 192.168.23.236 and 192.168.23.237. A mask value of
7822 32 for an IPv4 address is the same as no mask at all; just a single address
7823 matches.
7824
7825 Here is another example which shows an IPv4 and an IPv6 network:
7826 .code
7827 recipient_unqualified_hosts = 192.168.0.0/16: \
7828 3ffe::ffff::836f::::/48
7829 .endd
7830 The doubling of list separator characters applies only when these items
7831 appear inline in a host list. It is not required when indirecting via a file.
7832 For example:
7833 .code
7834 recipient_unqualified_hosts = /opt/exim/unqualnets
7835 .endd
7836 could make use of a file containing
7837 .code
7838 172.16.0.0/12
7839 3ffe:ffff:836f::/48
7840 .endd
7841 to have exactly the same effect as the previous example. When listing IPv6
7842 addresses inline, it is usually more convenient to use the facility for
7843 changing separator characters. This list contains the same two networks:
7844 .code
7845 recipient_unqualified_hosts = <; 172.16.0.0/12; \
7846 3ffe:ffff:836f::/48
7847 .endd
7848 The separator is changed to semicolon by the leading &"<;"& at the start of the
7849 list.
7850 .endlist
7851
7852
7853
7854 .section "Host list patterns for single-key lookups by host address" &&&
7855 "SECThoslispatsikey"
7856 .cindex "host list" "lookup of IP address"
7857 When a host is to be identified by a single-key lookup of its complete IP
7858 address, the pattern takes this form:
7859 .display
7860 &`net-<`&&'single-key-search-type'&&`>;<`&&'search-data'&&`>`&
7861 .endd
7862 For example:
7863 .code
7864 hosts_lookup = net-cdb;/hosts-by-ip.db
7865 .endd
7866 The text form of the IP address of the subject host is used as the lookup key.
7867 IPv6 addresses are converted to an unabbreviated form, using lower case
7868 letters, with dots as separators because colon is the key terminator in
7869 &(lsearch)& files. [Colons can in fact be used in keys in &(lsearch)& files by
7870 quoting the keys, but this is a facility that was added later.] The data
7871 returned by the lookup is not used.
7872
7873 .cindex "IP address" "masking"
7874 .cindex "host list" "masked IP address"
7875 Single-key lookups can also be performed using masked IP addresses, using
7876 patterns of this form:
7877 .display
7878 &`net<`&&'number'&&`>-<`&&'single-key-search-type'&&`>;<`&&'search-data'&&`>`&
7879 .endd
7880 For example:
7881 .code
7882 net24-dbm;/networks.db
7883 .endd
7884 The IP address of the subject host is masked using <&'number'&> as the mask
7885 length. A textual string is constructed from the masked value, followed by the
7886 mask, and this is used as the lookup key. For example, if the host's IP address
7887 is 192.168.34.6, the key that is looked up for the above example is
7888 &"192.168.34.0/24"&.
7889
7890 When an IPv6 address is converted to a string, dots are normally used instead
7891 of colons, so that keys in &(lsearch)& files need not contain colons (which
7892 terminate &(lsearch)& keys). This was implemented some time before the ability
7893 to quote keys was made available in &(lsearch)& files. However, the more
7894 recently implemented &(iplsearch)& files do require colons in IPv6 keys
7895 (notated using the quoting facility) so as to distinguish them from IPv4 keys.
7896 For this reason, when the lookup type is &(iplsearch)&, IPv6 addresses are
7897 converted using colons and not dots. In all cases, full, unabbreviated IPv6
7898 addresses are always used.
7899
7900 Ideally, it would be nice to tidy up this anomalous situation by changing to
7901 colons in all cases, given that quoting is now available for &(lsearch)&.
7902 However, this would be an incompatible change that might break some existing
7903 configurations.
7904
7905 &*Warning*&: Specifying &%net32-%& (for an IPv4 address) or &%net128-%& (for an
7906 IPv6 address) is not the same as specifying just &%net-%& without a number. In
7907 the former case the key strings include the mask value, whereas in the latter
7908 case the IP address is used on its own.
7909
7910
7911
7912 .section "Host list patterns that match by host name" "SECThoslispatnam"
7913 .cindex "host" "lookup failures"
7914 .cindex "unknown host name"
7915 .cindex "host list" "matching host name"
7916 There are several types of pattern that require Exim to know the name of the
7917 remote host. These are either wildcard patterns or lookups by name. (If a
7918 complete hostname is given without any wildcarding, it is used to find an IP
7919 address to match against, as described in the section &<<SECThoslispatip>>&
7920 above.)
7921
7922 If the remote host name is not already known when Exim encounters one of these
7923 patterns, it has to be found from the IP address.
7924 Although many sites on the Internet are conscientious about maintaining reverse
7925 DNS data for their hosts, there are also many that do not do this.
7926 Consequently, a name cannot always be found, and this may lead to unwanted
7927 effects. Take care when configuring host lists with wildcarded name patterns.
7928 Consider what will happen if a name cannot be found.
7929
7930 Because of the problems of determining host names from IP addresses, matching
7931 against host names is not as common as matching against IP addresses.
7932
7933 By default, in order to find a host name, Exim first does a reverse DNS lookup;
7934 if no name is found in the DNS, the system function (&[gethostbyaddr()]& or
7935 &[getipnodebyaddr()]& if available) is tried. The order in which these lookups
7936 are done can be changed by setting the &%host_lookup_order%& option. For
7937 security, once Exim has found one or more names, it looks up the IP addresses
7938 for these names and compares them with the IP address that it started with.
7939 Only those names whose IP addresses match are accepted. Any other names are
7940 discarded. If no names are left, Exim behaves as if the host name cannot be
7941 found. In the most common case there is only one name and one IP address.
7942
7943 There are some options that control what happens if a host name cannot be
7944 found. These are described in section &<<SECTbehipnot>>& below.
7945
7946 .cindex "host" "alias for"
7947 .cindex "alias for host"
7948 As a result of aliasing, hosts may have more than one name. When processing any
7949 of the following types of pattern, all the host's names are checked:
7950
7951 .ilist
7952 .cindex "asterisk" "in host list"
7953 If a pattern starts with &"*"& the remainder of the item must match the end of
7954 the host name. For example, &`*.b.c`& matches all hosts whose names end in
7955 &'.b.c'&. This special simple form is provided because this is a very common
7956 requirement. Other kinds of wildcarding require the use of a regular
7957 expression.
7958 .next
7959 .cindex "regular expressions" "in host list"
7960 .cindex "host list" "regular expression in"
7961 If the item starts with &"^"& it is taken to be a regular expression which is
7962 matched against the host name. Host names are case-independent, so this regular
7963 expression match is by default case-independent, but you can make it
7964 case-dependent by starting it with &`(?-i)`&. References to descriptions of the
7965 syntax of regular expressions are given in chapter &<<CHAPregexp>>&. For
7966 example,
7967 .code
7968 ^(a|b)\.c\.d$
7969 .endd
7970 is a regular expression that matches either of the two hosts &'a.c.d'& or
7971 &'b.c.d'&. When a regular expression is used in a host list, you must take care
7972 that backslash and dollar characters are not misinterpreted as part of the
7973 string expansion. The simplest way to do this is to use &`\N`& to mark that
7974 part of the string as non-expandable. For example:
7975 .code
7976 sender_unqualified_hosts = \N^(a|b)\.c\.d$\N : ....
7977 .endd
7978 &*Warning*&: If you want to match a complete host name, you must include the
7979 &`$`& terminating metacharacter in the regular expression, as in the above
7980 example. Without it, a match at the start of the host name is all that is
7981 required.
7982 .endlist
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987 .section "Behaviour when an IP address or name cannot be found" "SECTbehipnot"
7988 .cindex "host" "lookup failures, permanent"
7989 While processing a host list, Exim may need to look up an IP address from a
7990 name (see section &<<SECThoslispatip>>&), or it may need to look up a host name
7991 from an IP address (see section &<<SECThoslispatnam>>&). In either case, the
7992 behaviour when it fails to find the information it is seeking is the same.
7993
7994 &*Note*&: This section applies to permanent lookup failures. It does &'not'&
7995 apply to temporary DNS errors, whose handling is described in the next section.
7996
7997 .cindex "&`+include_unknown`&"
7998 .cindex "&`+ignore_unknown`&"
7999 By default, Exim behaves as if the host does not match the list. This may not
8000 always be what you want to happen. To change Exim's behaviour, the special
8001 items &`+include_unknown`& or &`+ignore_unknown`& may appear in the list (at
8002 top level &-- they are not recognized in an indirected file).
8003
8004 .ilist
8005 If any item that follows &`+include_unknown`& requires information that
8006 cannot found, Exim behaves as if the host does match the list. For example,
8007 .code
8008 host_reject_connection = +include_unknown:*.enemy.ex
8009 .endd
8010 rejects connections from any host whose name matches &`*.enemy.ex`&, and also
8011 any hosts whose name it cannot find.
8012
8013 .next
8014 If any item that follows &`+ignore_unknown`& requires information that cannot
8015 be found, Exim ignores that item and proceeds to the rest of the list. For
8016 example:
8017 .code
8018 accept hosts = +ignore_unknown : friend.example : \
8019 192.168.4.5
8020 .endd
8021 accepts from any host whose name is &'friend.example'& and from 192.168.4.5,
8022 whether or not its host name can be found. Without &`+ignore_unknown`&, if no
8023 name can be found for 192.168.4.5, it is rejected.
8024 .endlist
8025
8026 Both &`+include_unknown`& and &`+ignore_unknown`& may appear in the same
8027 list. The effect of each one lasts until the next, or until the end of the
8028 list.
8029
8030
8031 .section "Temporary DNS errors when looking up host information" &&&
8032 "SECTtemdnserr"
8033 .cindex "host" "lookup failures, temporary"
8034 .cindex "&`+include_defer`&"
8035 .cindex "&`+ignore_defer`&"
8036 A temporary DNS lookup failure normally causes a defer action (except when
8037 &%dns_again_means_nonexist%& converts it into a permanent error). However,
8038 host lists can include &`+ignore_defer`& and &`+include_defer`&, analagous to
8039 &`+ignore_unknown`& and &`+include_unknown`&, as described in the previous
8040 section. These options should be used with care, probably only in non-critical
8041 host lists such as whitelists.
8042
8043
8044
8045 .section "Host list patterns for single-key lookups by host name" &&&
8046 "SECThoslispatnamsk"
8047 .cindex "unknown host name"
8048 .cindex "host list" "matching host name"
8049 If a pattern is of the form
8050 .display
8051 <&'single-key-search-type'&>;<&'search-data'&>
8052 .endd
8053 for example
8054 .code
8055 dbm;/host/accept/list
8056 .endd
8057 a single-key lookup is performed, using the host name as its key. If the
8058 lookup succeeds, the host matches the item. The actual data that is looked up
8059 is not used.
8060
8061 &*Reminder*&: With this kind of pattern, you must have host &'names'& as
8062 keys in the file, not IP addresses. If you want to do lookups based on IP
8063 addresses, you must precede the search type with &"net-"& (see section
8064 &<<SECThoslispatsikey>>&). There is, however, no reason why you could not use
8065 two items in the same list, one doing an address lookup and one doing a name
8066 lookup, both using the same file.
8067
8068
8069
8070 .section "Host list patterns for query-style lookups" "SECID81"
8071 If a pattern is of the form
8072 .display
8073 <&'query-style-search-type'&>;<&'query'&>
8074 .endd
8075 the query is obeyed, and if it succeeds, the host matches the item. The actual
8076 data that is looked up is not used. The variables &$sender_host_address$& and
8077 &$sender_host_name$& can be used in the query. For example:
8078 .code
8079 hosts_lookup = pgsql;\
8080 select ip from hostlist where ip='$sender_host_address'
8081 .endd
8082 The value of &$sender_host_address$& for an IPv6 address contains colons. You
8083 can use the &%sg%& expansion item to change this if you need to. If you want to
8084 use masked IP addresses in database queries, you can use the &%mask%& expansion
8085 operator.
8086
8087 If the query contains a reference to &$sender_host_name$&, Exim automatically
8088 looks up the host name if has not already done so. (See section
8089 &<<SECThoslispatnam>>& for comments on finding host names.)
8090
8091 Historical note: prior to release 4.30, Exim would always attempt to find a
8092 host name before running the query, unless the search type was preceded by
8093 &`net-`&. This is no longer the case. For backwards compatibility, &`net-`& is
8094 still recognized for query-style lookups, but its presence or absence has no
8095 effect. (Of course, for single-key lookups, &`net-`& &'is'& important.
8096 See section &<<SECThoslispatsikey>>&.)
8097
8098
8099
8100 .section "Mixing wildcarded host names and addresses in host lists" &&&
8101 "SECTmixwilhos"
8102 .cindex "host list" "mixing names and addresses in"
8103 If you have name lookups or wildcarded host names and IP addresses in the same
8104 host list, you should normally put the IP addresses first. For example, in an
8105 ACL you could have:
8106 .code
8107 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7 : *.friend.example
8108 .endd
8109 The reason for this lies in the left-to-right way that Exim processes lists.
8110 It can test IP addresses without doing any DNS lookups, but when it reaches an
8111 item that requires a host name, it fails if it cannot find a host name to
8112 compare with the pattern. If the above list is given in the opposite order, the
8113 &%accept%& statement fails for a host whose name cannot be found, even if its
8114 IP address is 10.9.8.7.
8115
8116 If you really do want to do the name check first, and still recognize the IP
8117 address, you can rewrite the ACL like this:
8118 .code
8119 accept hosts = *.friend.example
8120 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7
8121 .endd
8122 If the first &%accept%& fails, Exim goes on to try the second one. See chapter
8123 &<<CHAPACL>>& for details of ACLs.
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129 .section "Address lists" "SECTaddresslist"
8130 .cindex "list" "address list"
8131 .cindex "address list" "empty item"
8132 .cindex "address list" "patterns"
8133 Address lists contain patterns that are matched against mail addresses. There
8134 is one special case to be considered: the sender address of a bounce message is
8135 always empty. You can test for this by providing an empty item in an address
8136 list. For example, you can set up a router to process bounce messages by
8137 using this option setting:
8138 .code
8139 senders = :
8140 .endd
8141 The presence of the colon creates an empty item. If you do not provide any
8142 data, the list is empty and matches nothing. The empty sender can also be
8143 detected by a regular expression that matches an empty string,
8144 and by a query-style lookup that succeeds when &$sender_address$& is empty.
8145
8146 Non-empty items in an address list can be straightforward email addresses. For
8147 example:
8148 .code
8149 senders = jbc@askone.example : hs@anacreon.example
8150 .endd
8151 A certain amount of wildcarding is permitted. If a pattern contains an @
8152 character, but is not a regular expression and does not begin with a
8153 semicolon-terminated lookup type (described below), the local part of the
8154 subject address is compared with the local part of the pattern, which may start
8155 with an asterisk. If the local parts match, the domain is checked in exactly
8156 the same way as for a pattern in a domain list. For example, the domain can be
8157 wildcarded, refer to a named list, or be a lookup:
8158 .code
8159 deny senders = *@*.spamming.site:\
8160 *@+hostile_domains:\
8161 bozo@partial-lsearch;/list/of/dodgy/sites:\
8162 *@dbm;/bad/domains.db
8163 .endd
8164 .cindex "local part" "starting with !"
8165 .cindex "address list" "local part starting with !"
8166 If a local part that begins with an exclamation mark is required, it has to be
8167 specified using a regular expression, because otherwise the exclamation mark is
8168 treated as a sign of negation, as is standard in lists.
8169
8170 If a non-empty pattern that is not a regular expression or a lookup does not
8171 contain an @ character, it is matched against the domain part of the subject
8172 address. The only two formats that are recognized this way are a literal
8173 domain, or a domain pattern that starts with *. In both these cases, the effect
8174 is the same as if &`*@`& preceded the pattern. For example:
8175 .code
8176 deny senders = enemy.domain : *.enemy.domain
8177 .endd
8178
8179 The following kinds of more complicated address list pattern can match any
8180 address, including the empty address that is characteristic of bounce message
8181 senders:
8182
8183 .ilist
8184 .cindex "regular expressions" "in address list"
8185 .cindex "address list" "regular expression in"
8186 If (after expansion) a pattern starts with &"^"&, a regular expression match is
8187 done against the complete address, with the pattern as the regular expression.
8188 You must take care that backslash and dollar characters are not misinterpreted
8189 as part of the string expansion. The simplest way to do this is to use &`\N`&
8190 to mark that part of the string as non-expandable. For example:
8191 .code
8192 deny senders = \N^.*this.*@example\.com$\N : \
8193 \N^\d{8}.+@spamhaus.example$\N : ...
8194 .endd
8195 The &`\N`& sequences are removed by the expansion, so these items do indeed
8196 start with &"^"& by the time they are being interpreted as address patterns.
8197
8198 .next
8199 .cindex "address list" "lookup for complete address"
8200 Complete addresses can be looked up by using a pattern that starts with a
8201 lookup type terminated by a semicolon, followed by the data for the lookup. For
8202 example:
8203 .code
8204 deny senders = cdb;/etc/blocked.senders : \
8205 mysql;select address from blocked where \
8206 address='${quote_mysql:$sender_address}'
8207 .endd
8208 Both query-style and single-key lookup types can be used. For a single-key
8209 lookup type, Exim uses the complete address as the key. However, empty keys are
8210 not supported for single-key lookups, so a match against the empty address
8211 always fails. This restriction does not apply to query-style lookups.
8212
8213 Partial matching for single-key lookups (section &<<SECTpartiallookup>>&)
8214 cannot be used, and is ignored if specified, with an entry being written to the
8215 panic log.
8216 .cindex "*@ with single-key lookup"
8217 However, you can configure lookup defaults, as described in section
8218 &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>&, but this is useful only for the &"*@"& type of
8219 default. For example, with this lookup:
8220 .code
8221 accept senders = lsearch*@;/some/file
8222 .endd
8223 the file could contains lines like this:
8224 .code
8225 user1@domain1.example
8226 *@domain2.example
8227 .endd
8228 and for the sender address &'nimrod@jaeger.example'&, the sequence of keys
8229 that are tried is:
8230 .code
8231 nimrod@jaeger.example
8232 *@jaeger.example
8233 *
8234 .endd
8235 &*Warning 1*&: Do not include a line keyed by &"*"& in the file, because that
8236 would mean that every address matches, thus rendering the test useless.
8237
8238 &*Warning 2*&: Do not confuse these two kinds of item:
8239 .code
8240 deny recipients = dbm*@;/some/file
8241 deny recipients = *@dbm;/some/file
8242 .endd
8243 The first does a whole address lookup, with defaulting, as just described,
8244 because it starts with a lookup type. The second matches the local part and
8245 domain independently, as described in a bullet point below.
8246 .endlist
8247
8248
8249 The following kinds of address list pattern can match only non-empty addresses.
8250 If the subject address is empty, a match against any of these pattern types
8251 always fails.
8252
8253
8254 .ilist
8255 .cindex "@@ with single-key lookup"
8256 .cindex "address list" "@@ lookup type"
8257 .cindex "address list" "split local part and domain"
8258 If a pattern starts with &"@@"& followed by a single-key lookup item
8259 (for example, &`@@lsearch;/some/file`&), the address that is being checked is
8260 split into a local part and a domain. The domain is looked up in the file. If
8261 it is not found, there is no match. If it is found, the data that is looked up
8262 from the file is treated as a colon-separated list of local part patterns, each
8263 of which is matched against the subject local part in turn.
8264
8265 .cindex "asterisk" "in address list"
8266 The lookup may be a partial one, and/or one involving a search for a default
8267 keyed by &"*"& (see section &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>&). The local part
8268 patterns that are looked up can be regular expressions or begin with &"*"&, or
8269 even be further lookups. They may also be independently negated. For example,
8270 with
8271 .code
8272 deny senders = @@dbm;/etc/reject-by-domain
8273 .endd
8274 the data from which the DBM file is built could contain lines like
8275 .code
8276 baddomain.com: !postmaster : *
8277 .endd
8278 to reject all senders except &%postmaster%& from that domain.
8279
8280 .cindex "local part" "starting with !"
8281 If a local part that actually begins with an exclamation mark is required, it
8282 has to be specified using a regular expression. In &(lsearch)& files, an entry
8283 may be split over several lines by indenting the second and subsequent lines,
8284 but the separating colon must still be included at line breaks. White space
8285 surrounding the colons is ignored. For example:
8286 .code
8287 aol.com: spammer1 : spammer2 : ^[0-9]+$ :
8288 spammer3 : spammer4
8289 .endd
8290 As in all colon-separated lists in Exim, a colon can be included in an item by
8291 doubling.
8292
8293 If the last item in the list starts with a right angle-bracket, the remainder
8294 of the item is taken as a new key to look up in order to obtain a continuation
8295 list of local parts. The new key can be any sequence of characters. Thus one
8296 might have entries like
8297 .code
8298 aol.com: spammer1 : spammer 2 : >*
8299 xyz.com: spammer3 : >*
8300 *: ^\d{8}$
8301 .endd
8302 in a file that was searched with &%@@dbm*%&, to specify a match for 8-digit
8303 local parts for all domains, in addition to the specific local parts listed for
8304 each domain. Of course, using this feature costs another lookup each time a
8305 chain is followed, but the effort needed to maintain the data is reduced.
8306
8307 .cindex "loop" "in lookups"
8308 It is possible to construct loops using this facility, and in order to catch
8309 them, the chains may be no more than fifty items long.
8310
8311 .next
8312 The @@<&'lookup'&> style of item can also be used with a query-style
8313 lookup, but in this case, the chaining facility is not available. The lookup
8314 can only return a single list of local parts.
8315 .endlist
8316
8317 &*Warning*&: There is an important difference between the address list items
8318 in these two examples:
8319 .code
8320 senders = +my_list
8321 senders = *@+my_list
8322 .endd
8323 In the first one, &`my_list`& is a named address list, whereas in the second
8324 example it is a named domain list.
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329 .section "Case of letters in address lists" "SECTcasletadd"
8330 .cindex "case of local parts"
8331 .cindex "address list" "case forcing"
8332 .cindex "case forcing in address lists"
8333 Domains in email addresses are always handled caselessly, but for local parts
8334 case may be significant on some systems (see &%caseful_local_part%& for how
8335 Exim deals with this when routing addresses). However, RFC 2505 (&'Anti-Spam
8336 Recommendations for SMTP MTAs'&) suggests that matching of addresses to
8337 blocking lists should be done in a case-independent manner. Since most address
8338 lists in Exim are used for this kind of control, Exim attempts to do this by
8339 default.
8340
8341 The domain portion of an address is always lowercased before matching it to an
8342 address list. The local part is lowercased by default, and any string
8343 comparisons that take place are done caselessly. This means that the data in
8344 the address list itself, in files included as plain file names, and in any file
8345 that is looked up using the &"@@"& mechanism, can be in any case. However, the
8346 keys in files that are looked up by a search type other than &(lsearch)& (which
8347 works caselessly) must be in lower case, because these lookups are not
8348 case-independent.
8349
8350 .cindex "&`+caseful`&"
8351 To allow for the possibility of caseful address list matching, if an item in
8352 an address list is the string &"+caseful"&, the original case of the local
8353 part is restored for any comparisons that follow, and string comparisons are no
8354 longer case-independent. This does not affect the domain, which remains in
8355 lower case. However, although independent matches on the domain alone are still
8356 performed caselessly, regular expressions that match against an entire address
8357 become case-sensitive after &"+caseful"& has been seen.
8358
8359
8360
8361 .section "Local part lists" "SECTlocparlis"
8362 .cindex "list" "local part list"
8363 .cindex "local part" "list"
8364 Case-sensitivity in local part lists is handled in the same way as for address
8365 lists, as just described. The &"+caseful"& item can be used if required. In a
8366 setting of the &%local_parts%& option in a router with &%caseful_local_part%&
8367 set false, the subject is lowercased and the matching is initially
8368 case-insensitive. In this case, &"+caseful"& will restore case-sensitive
8369 matching in the local part list, but not elsewhere in the router. If
8370 &%caseful_local_part%& is set true in a router, matching in the &%local_parts%&
8371 option is case-sensitive from the start.
8372
8373 If a local part list is indirected to a file (see section &<<SECTfilnamlis>>&),
8374 comments are handled in the same way as address lists &-- they are recognized
8375 only if the # is preceded by white space or the start of the line.
8376 Otherwise, local part lists are matched in the same way as domain lists, except
8377 that the special items that refer to the local host (&`@`&, &`@[]`&,
8378 &`@mx_any`&, &`@mx_primary`&, and &`@mx_secondary`&) are not recognized.
8379 Refer to section &<<SECTdomainlist>>& for details of the other available item
8380 types.
8381 .ecindex IIDdohoadli
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8387 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8388
8389 .chapter "String expansions" "CHAPexpand"
8390 .scindex IIDstrexp "expansion" "of strings"
8391 Many strings in Exim's run time configuration are expanded before use. Some of
8392 them are expanded every time they are used; others are expanded only once.
8393
8394 When a string is being expanded it is copied verbatim from left to right except
8395 when a dollar or backslash character is encountered. A dollar specifies the
8396 start of a portion of the string that is interpreted and replaced as described
8397 below in section &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& onwards. Backslash is used as an
8398 escape character, as described in the following section.
8399
8400
8401
8402 .section "Literal text in expanded strings" "SECTlittext"
8403 .cindex "expansion" "including literal text"
8404 An uninterpreted dollar can be included in an expanded string by putting a
8405 backslash in front of it. A backslash can be used to prevent any special
8406 character being treated specially in an expansion, including backslash itself.
8407 If the string appears in quotes in the configuration file, two backslashes are
8408 required because the quotes themselves cause interpretation of backslashes when
8409 the string is read in (see section &<<SECTstrings>>&).
8410
8411 .cindex "expansion" "non-expandable substrings"
8412 A portion of the string can specified as non-expandable by placing it between
8413 two occurrences of &`\N`&. This is particularly useful for protecting regular
8414 expressions, which often contain backslashes and dollar signs. For example:
8415 .code
8416 deny senders = \N^\d{8}[a-z]@some\.site\.example$\N
8417 .endd
8418 On encountering the first &`\N`&, the expander copies subsequent characters
8419 without interpretation until it reaches the next &`\N`& or the end of the
8420 string.
8421
8422
8423
8424 .section "Character escape sequences in expanded strings" "SECID82"
8425 .cindex "expansion" "escape sequences"
8426 A backslash followed by one of the letters &"n"&, &"r"&, or &"t"& in an
8427 expanded string is recognized as an escape sequence for the character newline,
8428 carriage return, or tab, respectively. A backslash followed by up to three
8429 octal digits is recognized as an octal encoding for a single character, and a
8430 backslash followed by &"x"& and up to two hexadecimal digits is a hexadecimal
8431 encoding.
8432
8433 These escape sequences are also recognized in quoted strings when they are read
8434 in. Their interpretation in expansions as well is useful for unquoted strings,
8435 and for other cases such as looked-up strings that are then expanded.
8436
8437
8438 .section "Testing string expansions" "SECID83"
8439 .cindex "expansion" "testing"
8440 .cindex "testing" "string expansion"
8441 .oindex "&%-be%&"
8442 Many expansions can be tested by calling Exim with the &%-be%& option. This
8443 takes the command arguments, or lines from the standard input if there are no
8444 arguments, runs them through the string expansion code, and writes the results
8445 to the standard output. Variables based on configuration values are set up, but
8446 since no message is being processed, variables such as &$local_part$& have no
8447 value. Nevertheless the &%-be%& option can be useful for checking out file and
8448 database lookups, and the use of expansion operators such as &%sg%&, &%substr%&
8449 and &%nhash%&.
8450
8451 Exim gives up its root privilege when it is called with the &%-be%& option, and
8452 instead runs under the uid and gid it was called with, to prevent users from
8453 using &%-be%& for reading files to which they do not have access.
8454
8455 .oindex "&%-bem%&"
8456 If you want to test expansions that include variables whose values are taken
8457 from a message, there are two other options that can be used. The &%-bem%&
8458 option is like &%-be%& except that it is followed by a file name. The file is
8459 read as a message before doing the test expansions. For example:
8460 .code
8461 exim -bem /tmp/test.message '$h_subject:'
8462 .endd
8463 The &%-Mset%& option is used in conjunction with &%-be%& and is followed by an
8464 Exim message identifier. For example:
8465 .code
8466 exim -be -Mset 1GrA8W-0004WS-LQ '$recipients'
8467 .endd
8468 This loads the message from Exim's spool before doing the test expansions, and
8469 is therefore restricted to admin users.
8470
8471
8472 .section "Forced expansion failure" "SECTforexpfai"
8473 .cindex "expansion" "forced failure"
8474 A number of expansions that are described in the following section have
8475 alternative &"true"& and &"false"& substrings, enclosed in brace characters
8476 (which are sometimes called &"curly brackets"&). Which of the two strings is
8477 used depends on some condition that is evaluated as part of the expansion. If,
8478 instead of a &"false"& substring, the word &"fail"& is used (not in braces),
8479 the entire string expansion fails in a way that can be detected by the code
8480 that requested the expansion. This is called &"forced expansion failure"&, and
8481 its consequences depend on the circumstances. In some cases it is no different
8482 from any other expansion failure, but in others a different action may be
8483 taken. Such variations are mentioned in the documentation of the option that is
8484 being expanded.
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489 .section "Expansion items" "SECTexpansionitems"
8490 The following items are recognized in expanded strings. White space may be used
8491 between sub-items that are keywords or substrings enclosed in braces inside an
8492 outer set of braces, to improve readability. &*Warning*&: Within braces,
8493 white space is significant.
8494
8495 .vlist
8496 .vitem &*$*&<&'variable&~name'&>&~or&~&*${*&<&'variable&~name'&>&*}*&
8497 .cindex "expansion" "variables"
8498 Substitute the contents of the named variable, for example:
8499 .code
8500 $local_part
8501 ${domain}
8502 .endd
8503 The second form can be used to separate the name from subsequent alphanumeric
8504 characters. This form (using braces) is available only for variables; it does
8505 &'not'& apply to message headers. The names of the variables are given in
8506 section &<<SECTexpvar>>& below. If the name of a non-existent variable is
8507 given, the expansion fails.
8508
8509 .vitem &*${*&<&'op'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
8510 .cindex "expansion" "operators"
8511 The string is first itself expanded, and then the operation specified by
8512 <&'op'&> is applied to it. For example:
8513 .code
8514 ${lc:$local_part}
8515 .endd
8516 The string starts with the first character after the colon, which may be
8517 leading white space. A list of operators is given in section &<<SECTexpop>>&
8518 below. The operator notation is used for simple expansion items that have just
8519 one argument, because it reduces the number of braces and therefore makes the
8520 string easier to understand.
8521
8522 .vitem &*$bheader_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~or&~&*$bh_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&
8523 This item inserts &"basic"& header lines. It is described with the &%header%&
8524 expansion item below.
8525
8526 .vitem "&*${dlfunc{*&<&'file'&>&*}{*&<&'function'&>&*}{*&<&'arg'&>&*}&&&
8527 {*&<&'arg'&>&*}...}*&"
8528 .cindex &%dlfunc%&
8529 This expansion dynamically loads and then calls a locally-written C function.
8530 This functionality is available only if Exim is compiled with
8531 .code
8532 EXPAND_DLFUNC=yes
8533 .endd
8534 set in &_Local/Makefile_&. Once loaded, Exim remembers the dynamically loaded
8535 object so that it doesn't reload the same object file in the same Exim process
8536 (but of course Exim does start new processes frequently).
8537
8538 There may be from zero to eight arguments to the function. When compiling
8539 a local function that is to be called in this way, &_local_scan.h_& should be
8540 included. The Exim variables and functions that are defined by that API
8541 are also available for dynamically loaded functions. The function itself
8542 must have the following type:
8543 .code
8544 int dlfunction(uschar **yield, int argc, uschar *argv[])
8545 .endd
8546 Where &`uschar`& is a typedef for &`unsigned char`& in &_local_scan.h_&. The
8547 function should return one of the following values:
8548
8549 &`OK`&: Success. The string that is placed in the variable &'yield'& is put
8550 into the expanded string that is being built.
8551
8552 &`FAIL`&: A non-forced expansion failure occurs, with the error message taken
8553 from &'yield'&, if it is set.
8554
8555 &`FAIL_FORCED`&: A forced expansion failure occurs, with the error message
8556 taken from &'yield'& if it is set.
8557
8558 &`ERROR`&: Same as &`FAIL`&, except that a panic log entry is written.
8559
8560 When compiling a function that is to be used in this way with gcc,
8561 you need to add &%-shared%& to the gcc command. Also, in the Exim build-time
8562 configuration, you must add &%-export-dynamic%& to EXTRALIBS.
8563
8564 .vitem "&*${extract{*&<&'key'&>&*}{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}&&&
8565 {*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&"
8566 .cindex "expansion" "extracting substrings by key"
8567 .cindex "&%extract%&" "substrings by key"
8568 The key and <&'string1'&> are first expanded separately. Leading and trailing
8569 white space is removed from the key (but not from any of the strings). The key
8570 must not consist entirely of digits. The expanded <&'string1'&> must be of the
8571 form:
8572 .display
8573 <&'key1'&> = <&'value1'&> <&'key2'&> = <&'value2'&> ...
8574 .endd
8575 .vindex "&$value$&"
8576 where the equals signs and spaces (but not both) are optional. If any of the
8577 values contain white space, they must be enclosed in double quotes, and any
8578 values that are enclosed in double quotes are subject to escape processing as
8579 described in section &<<SECTstrings>>&. The expanded <&'string1'&> is searched
8580 for the value that corresponds to the key. The search is case-insensitive. If
8581 the key is found, <&'string2'&> is expanded, and replaces the whole item;
8582 otherwise <&'string3'&> is used. During the expansion of <&'string2'&> the
8583 variable &$value$& contains the value that has been extracted. Afterwards, it
8584 is restored to any previous value it might have had.
8585
8586 If {<&'string3'&>} is omitted, the item is replaced by an empty string if the
8587 key is not found. If {<&'string2'&>} is also omitted, the value that was
8588 extracted is used. Thus, for example, these two expansions are identical, and
8589 yield &"2001"&:
8590 .code
8591 ${extract{gid}{uid=1984 gid=2001}}
8592 ${extract{gid}{uid=1984 gid=2001}{$value}}
8593 .endd
8594 Instead of {<&'string3'&>} the word &"fail"& (not in curly brackets) can
8595 appear, for example:
8596 .code
8597 ${extract{Z}{A=... B=...}{$value} fail }
8598 .endd
8599 This forces an expansion failure (see section &<<SECTforexpfai>>&);
8600 {<&'string2'&>} must be present for &"fail"& to be recognized.
8601
8602
8603 .vitem "&*${extract{*&<&'number'&>&*}{*&<&'separators'&>&*}&&&
8604 {*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&"
8605 .cindex "expansion" "extracting substrings by number"
8606 .cindex "&%extract%&" "substrings by number"
8607 The <&'number'&> argument must consist entirely of decimal digits,
8608 apart from leading and trailing white space, which is ignored.
8609 This is what distinguishes this form of &%extract%& from the previous kind. It
8610 behaves in the same way, except that, instead of extracting a named field, it
8611 extracts from <&'string1'&> the field whose number is given as the first
8612 argument. You can use &$value$& in <&'string2'&> or &`fail`& instead of
8613 <&'string3'&> as before.
8614
8615 The fields in the string are separated by any one of the characters in the
8616 separator string. These may include space or tab characters.
8617 The first field is numbered one. If the number is negative, the fields are
8618 counted from the end of the string, with the rightmost one numbered -1. If the
8619 number given is zero, the entire string is returned. If the modulus of the
8620 number is greater than the number of fields in the string, the result is the
8621 expansion of <&'string3'&>, or the empty string if <&'string3'&> is not
8622 provided. For example:
8623 .code
8624 ${extract{2}{:}{x:42:99:& Mailer::/bin/bash}}
8625 .endd
8626 yields &"42"&, and
8627 .code
8628 ${extract{-4}{:}{x:42:99:& Mailer::/bin/bash}}
8629 .endd
8630 yields &"99"&. Two successive separators mean that the field between them is
8631 empty (for example, the fifth field above).
8632
8633
8634 .vitem &*${filter{*&<&'string'&>&*}{*&<&'condition'&>&*}}*&
8635 .cindex "list" "selecting by condition"
8636 .cindex "expansion" "selecting from list by condition"
8637 .vindex "&$item$&"
8638 After expansion, <&'string'&> is interpreted as a list, colon-separated by
8639 default, but the separator can be changed in the usual way. For each item
8640 in this list, its value is place in &$item$&, and then the condition is
8641 evaluated. If the condition is true, &$item$& is added to the output as an
8642 item in a new list; if the condition is false, the item is discarded. The
8643 separator used for the output list is the same as the one used for the
8644 input, but a separator setting is not included in the output. For example:
8645 .code
8646 ${filter{a:b:c}{!eq{$item}{b}}
8647 .endd
8648 yields &`a:c`&. At the end of the expansion, the value of &$item$& is restored
8649 to what it was before. See also the &*map*& and &*reduce*& expansion items.
8650
8651
8652 .vitem &*${hash{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&
8653 .cindex "hash function" "textual"
8654 .cindex "expansion" "textual hash"
8655 This is a textual hashing function, and was the first to be implemented in
8656 early versions of Exim. In current releases, there are other hashing functions
8657 (numeric, MD5, and SHA-1), which are described below.
8658
8659 The first two strings, after expansion, must be numbers. Call them <&'m'&> and
8660 <&'n'&>. If you are using fixed values for these numbers, that is, if
8661 <&'string1'&> and <&'string2'&> do not change when they are expanded, you can
8662 use the simpler operator notation that avoids some of the braces:
8663 .code
8664 ${hash_<n>_<m>:<string>}
8665 .endd
8666 The second number is optional (in both notations). If <&'n'&> is greater than
8667 or equal to the length of the string, the expansion item returns the string.
8668 Otherwise it computes a new string of length <&'n'&> by applying a hashing
8669 function to the string. The new string consists of characters taken from the
8670 first <&'m'&> characters of the string
8671 .code
8672 abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQWRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
8673 .endd
8674 If <&'m'&> is not present the value 26 is used, so that only lower case
8675 letters appear. For example:
8676 .display
8677 &`$hash{3}{monty}} `& yields &`jmg`&
8678 &`$hash{5}{monty}} `& yields &`monty`&
8679 &`$hash{4}{62}{monty python}}`& yields &`fbWx`&
8680 .endd
8681
8682 .vitem "&*$header_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~or&~&&&
8683 &*$h_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&" &&&
8684 "&*$bheader_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~or&~&&&
8685 &*$bh_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&" &&&
8686 "&*$rheader_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~or&~&&&
8687 &*$rh_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&"
8688 .cindex "expansion" "header insertion"
8689 .vindex "&$header_$&"
8690 .vindex "&$bheader_$&"
8691 .vindex "&$rheader_$&"
8692 .cindex "header lines" "in expansion strings"
8693 .cindex "header lines" "character sets"
8694 .cindex "header lines" "decoding"
8695 Substitute the contents of the named message header line, for example
8696 .code
8697 $header_reply-to:
8698 .endd
8699 The newline that terminates a header line is not included in the expansion, but
8700 internal newlines (caused by splitting the header line over several physical
8701 lines) may be present.
8702
8703 The difference between &%rheader%&, &%bheader%&, and &%header%& is in the way
8704 the data in the header line is interpreted.
8705
8706 .ilist
8707 .cindex "white space" "in header lines"
8708 &%rheader%& gives the original &"raw"& content of the header line, with no
8709 processing at all, and without the removal of leading and trailing white space.
8710
8711 .next
8712 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in header lines"
8713 &%bheader%& removes leading and trailing white space, and then decodes base64
8714 or quoted-printable MIME &"words"& within the header text, but does no
8715 character set translation. If decoding of what looks superficially like a MIME
8716 &"word"& fails, the raw string is returned. If decoding
8717 .cindex "binary zero" "in header line"
8718 produces a binary zero character, it is replaced by a question mark &-- this is
8719 what Exim does for binary zeros that are actually received in header lines.
8720
8721 .next
8722 &%header%& tries to translate the string as decoded by &%bheader%& to a
8723 standard character set. This is an attempt to produce the same string as would
8724 be displayed on a user's MUA. If translation fails, the &%bheader%& string is
8725 returned. Translation is attempted only on operating systems that support the
8726 &[iconv()]& function. This is indicated by the compile-time macro HAVE_ICONV in
8727 a system Makefile or in &_Local/Makefile_&.
8728 .endlist ilist
8729
8730 In a filter file, the target character set for &%header%& can be specified by a
8731 command of the following form:
8732 .code
8733 headers charset "UTF-8"
8734 .endd
8735 This command affects all references to &$h_$& (or &$header_$&) expansions in
8736 subsequently obeyed filter commands. In the absence of this command, the target
8737 character set in a filter is taken from the setting of the &%headers_charset%&
8738 option in the runtime configuration. The value of this option defaults to the
8739 value of HEADERS_CHARSET in &_Local/Makefile_&. The ultimate default is
8740 ISO-8859-1.
8741
8742 Header names follow the syntax of RFC 2822, which states that they may contain
8743 any printing characters except space and colon. Consequently, curly brackets
8744 &'do not'& terminate header names, and should not be used to enclose them as
8745 if they were variables. Attempting to do so causes a syntax error.
8746
8747 Only header lines that are common to all copies of a message are visible to
8748 this mechanism. These are the original header lines that are received with the
8749 message, and any that are added by an ACL statement or by a system
8750 filter. Header lines that are added to a particular copy of a message by a
8751 router or transport are not accessible.
8752
8753 For incoming SMTP messages, no header lines are visible in ACLs that are obeyed
8754 before the DATA ACL, because the header structure is not set up until the
8755 message is received. Header lines that are added in a RCPT ACL (for example)
8756 are saved until the message's incoming header lines are available, at which
8757 point they are added. When a DATA ACL is running, however, header lines added
8758 by earlier ACLs are visible.
8759
8760 Upper case and lower case letters are synonymous in header names. If the
8761 following character is white space, the terminating colon may be omitted, but
8762 this is not recommended, because you may then forget it when it is needed. When
8763 white space terminates the header name, it is included in the expanded string.
8764 If the message does not contain the given header, the expansion item is
8765 replaced by an empty string. (See the &%def%& condition in section
8766 &<<SECTexpcond>>& for a means of testing for the existence of a header.)
8767
8768 If there is more than one header with the same name, they are all concatenated
8769 to form the substitution string, up to a maximum length of 64K. Unless
8770 &%rheader%& is being used, leading and trailing white space is removed from
8771 each header before concatenation, and a completely empty header is ignored. A
8772 newline character is then inserted between non-empty headers, but there is no
8773 newline at the very end. For the &%header%& and &%bheader%& expansion, for
8774 those headers that contain lists of addresses, a comma is also inserted at the
8775 junctions between headers. This does not happen for the &%rheader%& expansion.
8776
8777
8778 .vitem &*${hmac{*&<&'hashname'&>&*}{*&<&'secret'&>&*}{*&<&'string'&>&*}}*&
8779 .cindex "expansion" "hmac hashing"
8780 .cindex &%hmac%&
8781 This function uses cryptographic hashing (either MD5 or SHA-1) to convert a
8782 shared secret and some text into a message authentication code, as specified in
8783 RFC 2104. This differs from &`${md5:secret_text...}`& or
8784 &`${sha1:secret_text...}`& in that the hmac step adds a signature to the
8785 cryptographic hash, allowing for authentication that is not possible with MD5
8786 or SHA-1 alone. The hash name must expand to either &`md5`& or &`sha1`& at
8787 present. For example:
8788 .code
8789 ${hmac{md5}{somesecret}{$primary_hostname $tod_log}}
8790 .endd
8791 For the hostname &'mail.example.com'& and time 2002-10-17 11:30:59, this
8792 produces:
8793 .code
8794 dd97e3ba5d1a61b5006108f8c8252953
8795 .endd
8796 As an example of how this might be used, you might put in the main part of
8797 an Exim configuration:
8798 .code
8799 SPAMSCAN_SECRET=cohgheeLei2thahw
8800 .endd
8801 In a router or a transport you could then have:
8802 .code
8803 headers_add = \
8804 X-Spam-Scanned: ${primary_hostname} ${message_exim_id} \
8805 ${hmac{md5}{SPAMSCAN_SECRET}\
8806 {${primary_hostname},${message_exim_id},$h_message-id:}}
8807 .endd
8808 Then given a message, you can check where it was scanned by looking at the
8809 &'X-Spam-Scanned:'& header line. If you know the secret, you can check that
8810 this header line is authentic by recomputing the authentication code from the
8811 host name, message ID and the &'Message-id:'& header line. This can be done
8812 using Exim's &%-be%& option, or by other means, for example by using the
8813 &'hmac_md5_hex()'& function in Perl.
8814
8815
8816 .vitem &*${if&~*&<&'condition'&>&*&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&
8817 .cindex "expansion" "conditional"
8818 .cindex "&%if%&, expansion item"
8819 If <&'condition'&> is true, <&'string1'&> is expanded and replaces the whole
8820 item; otherwise <&'string2'&> is used. The available conditions are described
8821 in section &<<SECTexpcond>>& below. For example:
8822 .code
8823 ${if eq {$local_part}{postmaster} {yes}{no} }
8824 .endd
8825 The second string need not be present; if it is not and the condition is not
8826 true, the item is replaced with nothing. Alternatively, the word &"fail"& may
8827 be present instead of the second string (without any curly brackets). In this
8828 case, the expansion is forced to fail if the condition is not true (see section
8829 &<<SECTforexpfai>>&).
8830
8831 If both strings are omitted, the result is the string &`true`& if the condition
8832 is true, and the empty string if the condition is false. This makes it less
8833 cumbersome to write custom ACL and router conditions. For example, instead of
8834 .code
8835 condition = ${if >{$acl_m4}{3}{true}{false}}
8836 .endd
8837 you can use
8838 .code
8839 condition = ${if >{$acl_m4}{3}}
8840 .endd
8841
8842 .vitem &*${length{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&
8843 .cindex "expansion" "string truncation"
8844 .cindex "&%length%& expansion item"
8845 The &%length%& item is used to extract the initial portion of a string. Both
8846 strings are expanded, and the first one must yield a number, <&'n'&>, say. If
8847 you are using a fixed value for the number, that is, if <&'string1'&> does not
8848 change when expanded, you can use the simpler operator notation that avoids
8849 some of the braces:
8850 .code
8851 ${length_<n>:<string>}
8852 .endd
8853 The result of this item is either the first <&'n'&> characters or the whole
8854 of <&'string2'&>, whichever is the shorter. Do not confuse &%length%& with
8855 &%strlen%&, which gives the length of a string.
8856
8857
8858 .vitem "&*${lookup{*&<&'key'&>&*}&~*&<&'search&~type'&>&*&~&&&
8859 {*&<&'file'&>&*}&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}&~{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&"
8860 This is the first of one of two different types of lookup item, which are both
8861 described in the next item.
8862
8863 .vitem "&*${lookup&~*&<&'search&~type'&>&*&~{*&<&'query'&>&*}&~&&&
8864 {*&<&'string1'&>&*}&~{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&"
8865 .cindex "expansion" "lookup in"
8866 .cindex "file" "lookups"
8867 .cindex "lookup" "in expanded string"
8868 The two forms of lookup item specify data lookups in files and databases, as
8869 discussed in chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&. The first form is used for single-key
8870 lookups, and the second is used for query-style lookups. The <&'key'&>,
8871 <&'file'&>, and <&'query'&> strings are expanded before use.
8872
8873 If there is any white space in a lookup item which is part of a filter command,
8874 a retry or rewrite rule, a routing rule for the &(manualroute)& router, or any
8875 other place where white space is significant, the lookup item must be enclosed
8876 in double quotes. The use of data lookups in users' filter files may be locked
8877 out by the system administrator.
8878
8879 .vindex "&$value$&"
8880 If the lookup succeeds, <&'string1'&> is expanded and replaces the entire item.
8881 During its expansion, the variable &$value$& contains the data returned by the
8882 lookup. Afterwards it reverts to the value it had previously (at the outer
8883 level it is empty). If the lookup fails, <&'string2'&> is expanded and replaces
8884 the entire item. If {<&'string2'&>} is omitted, the replacement is the empty
8885 string on failure. If <&'string2'&> is provided, it can itself be a nested
8886 lookup, thus providing a mechanism for looking up a default value when the
8887 original lookup fails.
8888
8889 If a nested lookup is used as part of <&'string1'&>, &$value$& contains the
8890 data for the outer lookup while the parameters of the second lookup are
8891 expanded, and also while <&'string2'&> of the second lookup is expanded, should
8892 the second lookup fail. Instead of {<&'string2'&>} the word &"fail"& can
8893 appear, and in this case, if the lookup fails, the entire expansion is forced
8894 to fail (see section &<<SECTforexpfai>>&). If both {<&'string1'&>} and
8895 {<&'string2'&>} are omitted, the result is the looked up value in the case of a
8896 successful lookup, and nothing in the case of failure.
8897
8898 For single-key lookups, the string &"partial"& is permitted to precede the
8899 search type in order to do partial matching, and * or *@ may follow a search
8900 type to request default lookups if the key does not match (see sections
8901 &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>& and &<<SECTpartiallookup>>& for details).
8902
8903 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in lookup expansion"
8904 If a partial search is used, the variables &$1$& and &$2$& contain the wild
8905 and non-wild parts of the key during the expansion of the replacement text.
8906 They return to their previous values at the end of the lookup item.
8907
8908 This example looks up the postmaster alias in the conventional alias file:
8909 .code
8910 ${lookup {postmaster} lsearch {/etc/aliases} {$value}}
8911 .endd
8912 This example uses NIS+ to look up the full name of the user corresponding to
8913 the local part of an address, forcing the expansion to fail if it is not found:
8914 .code
8915 ${lookup nisplus {[name=$local_part],passwd.org_dir:gcos} \
8916 {$value}fail}
8917 .endd
8918
8919
8920 .vitem &*${map{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&
8921 .cindex "expansion" "list creation"
8922 .vindex "&$item$&"
8923 After expansion, <&'string1'&> is interpreted as a list, colon-separated by
8924 default, but the separator can be changed in the usual way. For each item
8925 in this list, its value is place in &$item$&, and then <&'string2'&> is
8926 expanded and added to the output as an item in a new list. The separator used
8927 for the output list is the same as the one used for the input, but a separator
8928 setting is not included in the output. For example:
8929 .code
8930 ${map{a:b:c}{[$item]}} ${map{<- x-y-z}{($item)}}
8931 .endd
8932 expands to &`[a]:[b]:[c] (x)-(y)-(z)`&. At the end of the expansion, the
8933 value of &$item$& is restored to what it was before. See also the &*filter*&
8934 and &*reduce*& expansion items.
8935
8936 .vitem &*${nhash{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&
8937 .cindex "expansion" "numeric hash"
8938 .cindex "hash function" "numeric"
8939 The three strings are expanded; the first two must yield numbers. Call them
8940 <&'n'&> and <&'m'&>. If you are using fixed values for these numbers, that is,
8941 if <&'string1'&> and <&'string2'&> do not change when they are expanded, you
8942 can use the simpler operator notation that avoids some of the braces:
8943 .code
8944 ${nhash_<n>_<m>:<string>}
8945 .endd
8946 The second number is optional (in both notations). If there is only one number,
8947 the result is a number in the range 0&--<&'n'&>-1. Otherwise, the string is
8948 processed by a div/mod hash function that returns two numbers, separated by a
8949 slash, in the ranges 0 to <&'n'&>-1 and 0 to <&'m'&>-1, respectively. For
8950 example,
8951 .code
8952 ${nhash{8}{64}{supercalifragilisticexpialidocious}}
8953 .endd
8954 returns the string &"6/33"&.
8955
8956
8957
8958 .vitem &*${perl{*&<&'subroutine'&>&*}{*&<&'arg'&>&*}{*&<&'arg'&>&*}...}*&
8959 .cindex "Perl" "use in expanded string"
8960 .cindex "expansion" "calling Perl from"
8961 This item is available only if Exim has been built to include an embedded Perl
8962 interpreter. The subroutine name and the arguments are first separately
8963 expanded, and then the Perl subroutine is called with those arguments. No
8964 additional arguments need be given; the maximum number permitted, including the
8965 name of the subroutine, is nine.
8966
8967 The return value of the subroutine is inserted into the expanded string, unless
8968 the return value is &%undef%&. In that case, the expansion fails in the same
8969 way as an explicit &"fail"& on a lookup item. The return value is a scalar.
8970 Whatever you return is evaluated in a scalar context. For example, if you
8971 return the name of a Perl vector, the return value is the size of the vector,
8972 not its contents.
8973
8974 If the subroutine exits by calling Perl's &%die%& function, the expansion fails
8975 with the error message that was passed to &%die%&. More details of the embedded
8976 Perl facility are given in chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&.
8977
8978 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_perl%& which locks
8979 out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
8980
8981
8982 .vitem &*${prvs{*&<&'address'&>&*}{*&<&'secret'&>&*}{*&<&'keynumber'&>&*}}*&
8983 .cindex "&%prvs%& expansion item"
8984 The first argument is a complete email address and the second is secret
8985 keystring. The third argument, specifying a key number, is optional. If absent,
8986 it defaults to 0. The result of the expansion is a prvs-signed email address,
8987 to be typically used with the &%return_path%& option on an &(smtp)& transport
8988 as part of a bounce address tag validation (BATV) scheme. For more discussion
8989 and an example, see section &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
8990
8991 .vitem "&*${prvscheck{*&<&'address'&>&*}{*&<&'secret'&>&*}&&&
8992 {*&<&'string'&>&*}}*&"
8993 .cindex "&%prvscheck%& expansion item"
8994 This expansion item is the complement of the &%prvs%& item. It is used for
8995 checking prvs-signed addresses. If the expansion of the first argument does not
8996 yield a syntactically valid prvs-signed address, the whole item expands to the
8997 empty string. When the first argument does expand to a syntactically valid
8998 prvs-signed address, the second argument is expanded, with the prvs-decoded
8999 version of the address and the key number extracted from the address in the
9000 variables &$prvscheck_address$& and &$prvscheck_keynum$&, respectively.
9001
9002 These two variables can be used in the expansion of the second argument to
9003 retrieve the secret. The validity of the prvs-signed address is then checked
9004 against the secret. The result is stored in the variable &$prvscheck_result$&,
9005 which is empty for failure or &"1"& for success.
9006
9007 The third argument is optional; if it is missing, it defaults to an empty
9008 string. This argument is now expanded. If the result is an empty string, the
9009 result of the expansion is the decoded version of the address. This is the case
9010 whether or not the signature was valid. Otherwise, the result of the expansion
9011 is the expansion of the third argument.
9012
9013 All three variables can be used in the expansion of the third argument.
9014 However, once the expansion is complete, only &$prvscheck_result$& remains set.
9015 For more discussion and an example, see section &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
9016
9017 .vitem &*${readfile{*&<&'file&~name'&>&*}{*&<&'eol&~string'&>&*}}*&
9018 .cindex "expansion" "inserting an entire file"
9019 .cindex "file" "inserting into expansion"
9020 .cindex "&%readfile%& expansion item"
9021 The file name and end-of-line string are first expanded separately. The file is
9022 then read, and its contents replace the entire item. All newline characters in
9023 the file are replaced by the end-of-line string if it is present. Otherwise,
9024 newlines are left in the string.
9025 String expansion is not applied to the contents of the file. If you want this,
9026 you must wrap the item in an &%expand%& operator. If the file cannot be read,
9027 the string expansion fails.
9028
9029 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_readfile%& which
9030 locks out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
9031
9032
9033
9034 .vitem "&*${readsocket{*&<&'name'&>&*}{*&<&'request'&>&*}&&&
9035 {*&<&'timeout'&>&*}{*&<&'eol&~string'&>&*}{*&<&'fail&~string'&>&*}}*&"
9036 .cindex "expansion" "inserting from a socket"
9037 .cindex "socket, use of in expansion"
9038 .cindex "&%readsocket%& expansion item"
9039 This item inserts data from a Unix domain or Internet socket into the expanded
9040 string. The minimal way of using it uses just two arguments, as in these
9041 examples:
9042 .code
9043 ${readsocket{/socket/name}{request string}}
9044 ${readsocket{inet:some.host:1234}{request string}}
9045 .endd
9046 For a Unix domain socket, the first substring must be the path to the socket.
9047 For an Internet socket, the first substring must contain &`inet:`& followed by
9048 a host name or IP address, followed by a colon and a port, which can be a
9049 number or the name of a TCP port in &_/etc/services_&. An IP address may
9050 optionally be enclosed in square brackets. This is best for IPv6 addresses. For
9051 example:
9052 .code
9053 ${readsocket{inet:[::1]:1234}{request string}}
9054 .endd
9055 Only a single host name may be given, but if looking it up yields more than
9056 one IP address, they are each tried in turn until a connection is made. For
9057 both kinds of socket, Exim makes a connection, writes the request string
9058 (unless it is an empty string) and reads from the socket until an end-of-file
9059 is read. A timeout of 5 seconds is applied. Additional, optional arguments
9060 extend what can be done. Firstly, you can vary the timeout. For example:
9061 .code
9062 ${readsocket{/socket/name}{request string}{3s}}
9063 .endd
9064 A fourth argument allows you to change any newlines that are in the data
9065 that is read, in the same way as for &%readfile%& (see above). This example
9066 turns them into spaces:
9067 .code
9068 ${readsocket{inet:127.0.0.1:3294}{request string}{3s}{ }}
9069 .endd
9070 As with all expansions, the substrings are expanded before the processing
9071 happens. Errors in these sub-expansions cause the expansion to fail. In
9072 addition, the following errors can occur:
9073
9074 .ilist
9075 Failure to create a socket file descriptor;
9076 .next
9077 Failure to connect the socket;
9078 .next
9079 Failure to write the request string;
9080 .next
9081 Timeout on reading from the socket.
9082 .endlist
9083
9084 By default, any of these errors causes the expansion to fail. However, if
9085 you supply a fifth substring, it is expanded and used when any of the above
9086 errors occurs. For example:
9087 .code
9088 ${readsocket{/socket/name}{request string}{3s}{\n}\
9089 {socket failure}}
9090 .endd
9091 You can test for the existence of a Unix domain socket by wrapping this
9092 expansion in &`${if exists`&, but there is a race condition between that test
9093 and the actual opening of the socket, so it is safer to use the fifth argument
9094 if you want to be absolutely sure of avoiding an expansion error for a
9095 non-existent Unix domain socket, or a failure to connect to an Internet socket.
9096
9097 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_readsocket%& which
9098 locks out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
9099
9100
9101 .vitem &*${reduce{*&<&'string1'&>}{<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&
9102 .cindex "expansion" "reducing a list to a scalar"
9103 .cindex "list" "reducing to a scalar"
9104 .vindex "&$value$&"
9105 .vindex "&$item$&"
9106 This operation reduces a list to a single, scalar string. After expansion,
9107 <&'string1'&> is interpreted as a list, colon-separated by default, but the
9108 separator can be changed in the usual way. Then <&'string2'&> is expanded and
9109 assigned to the &$value$& variable. After this, each item in the <&'string1'&>
9110 list is assigned to &$item$& in turn, and <&'string3'&> is expanded for each of
9111 them. The result of that expansion is assigned to &$value$& before the next
9112 iteration. When the end of the list is reached, the final value of &$value$& is
9113 added to the expansion output. The &*reduce*& expansion item can be used in a
9114 number of ways. For example, to add up a list of numbers:
9115 .code
9116 ${reduce {<, 1,2,3}{0}{${eval:$value+$item}}}
9117 .endd
9118 The result of that expansion would be &`6`&. The maximum of a list of numbers
9119 can be found:
9120 .code
9121 ${reduce {3:0:9:4:6}{0}{${if >{$item}{$value}{$item}{$value}}}}
9122 .endd
9123 At the end of a &*reduce*& expansion, the values of &$item$& and &$value$& are
9124 restored to what they were before. See also the &*filter*& and &*map*&
9125 expansion items.
9126
9127 .vitem &*$rheader_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~or&~&*$rh_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&
9128 This item inserts &"raw"& header lines. It is described with the &%header%&
9129 expansion item above.
9130
9131 .vitem "&*${run{*&<&'command'&>&*&~*&<&'args'&>&*}{*&<&'string1'&>&*}&&&
9132 {*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&"
9133 .cindex "expansion" "running a command"
9134 .cindex "&%run%& expansion item"
9135 The command and its arguments are first expanded separately, and then the
9136 command is run in a separate process, but under the same uid and gid. As in
9137 other command executions from Exim, a shell is not used by default. If you want
9138 a shell, you must explicitly code it.
9139
9140 The standard input for the command exists, but is empty. The standard output
9141 and standard error are set to the same file descriptor.
9142 .cindex "return code" "from &%run%& expansion"
9143 .vindex "&$value$&"
9144 If the command succeeds (gives a zero return code) <&'string1'&> is expanded
9145 and replaces the entire item; during this expansion, the standard output/error
9146 from the command is in the variable &$value$&. If the command fails,
9147 <&'string2'&>, if present, is expanded and used. Once again, during the
9148 expansion, the standard output/error from the command is in the variable
9149 &$value$&.
9150
9151 If <&'string2'&> is absent, the result is empty. Alternatively, <&'string2'&>
9152 can be the word &"fail"& (not in braces) to force expansion failure if the
9153 command does not succeed. If both strings are omitted, the result is contents
9154 of the standard output/error on success, and nothing on failure.
9155
9156 .vindex "&$runrc$&"
9157 The return code from the command is put in the variable &$runrc$&, and this
9158 remains set afterwards, so in a filter file you can do things like this:
9159 .code
9160 if "${run{x y z}{}}$runrc" is 1 then ...
9161 elif $runrc is 2 then ...
9162 ...
9163 endif
9164 .endd
9165 If execution of the command fails (for example, the command does not exist),
9166 the return code is 127 &-- the same code that shells use for non-existent
9167 commands.
9168
9169 &*Warning*&: In a router or transport, you cannot assume the order in which
9170 option values are expanded, except for those preconditions whose order of
9171 testing is documented. Therefore, you cannot reliably expect to set &$runrc$&
9172 by the expansion of one option, and use it in another.
9173
9174 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_run%& which locks
9175 out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
9176
9177
9178 .vitem &*${sg{*&<&'subject'&>&*}{*&<&'regex'&>&*}{*&<&'replacement'&>&*}}*&
9179 .cindex "expansion" "string substitution"
9180 .cindex "&%sg%& expansion item"
9181 This item works like Perl's substitution operator (s) with the global (/g)
9182 option; hence its name. However, unlike the Perl equivalent, Exim does not
9183 modify the subject string; instead it returns the modified string for insertion
9184 into the overall expansion. The item takes three arguments: the subject string,
9185 a regular expression, and a substitution string. For example:
9186 .code
9187 ${sg{abcdefabcdef}{abc}{xyz}}
9188 .endd
9189 yields &"xyzdefxyzdef"&. Because all three arguments are expanded before use,
9190 if any $ or \ characters are required in the regular expression or in the
9191 substitution string, they have to be escaped. For example:
9192 .code
9193 ${sg{abcdef}{^(...)(...)\$}{\$2\$1}}
9194 .endd
9195 yields &"defabc"&, and
9196 .code
9197 ${sg{1=A 4=D 3=C}{\N(\d+)=\N}{K\$1=}}
9198 .endd
9199 yields &"K1=A K4=D K3=C"&. Note the use of &`\N`& to protect the contents of
9200 the regular expression from string expansion.
9201
9202
9203
9204 .vitem &*${substr{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&
9205 .cindex "&%substr%& expansion item"
9206 .cindex "substring extraction"
9207 .cindex "expansion" "substring extraction"
9208 The three strings are expanded; the first two must yield numbers. Call them
9209 <&'n'&> and <&'m'&>. If you are using fixed values for these numbers, that is,
9210 if <&'string1'&> and <&'string2'&> do not change when they are expanded, you
9211 can use the simpler operator notation that avoids some of the braces:
9212 .code
9213 ${substr_<n>_<m>:<string>}
9214 .endd
9215 The second number is optional (in both notations).
9216 If it is absent in the simpler format, the preceding underscore must also be
9217 omitted.
9218
9219 The &%substr%& item can be used to extract more general substrings than
9220 &%length%&. The first number, <&'n'&>, is a starting offset, and <&'m'&> is the
9221 length required. For example
9222 .code
9223 ${substr{3}{2}{$local_part}}
9224 .endd
9225 If the starting offset is greater than the string length the result is the
9226 null string; if the length plus starting offset is greater than the string
9227 length, the result is the right-hand part of the string, starting from the
9228 given offset. The first character in the string has offset zero.
9229
9230 The &%substr%& expansion item can take negative offset values to count
9231 from the right-hand end of its operand. The last character is offset -1, the
9232 second-last is offset -2, and so on. Thus, for example,
9233 .code
9234 ${substr{-5}{2}{1234567}}
9235 .endd
9236 yields &"34"&. If the absolute value of a negative offset is greater than the
9237 length of the string, the substring starts at the beginning of the string, and
9238 the length is reduced by the amount of overshoot. Thus, for example,
9239 .code
9240 ${substr{-5}{2}{12}}
9241 .endd
9242 yields an empty string, but
9243 .code
9244 ${substr{-3}{2}{12}}
9245 .endd
9246 yields &"1"&.
9247
9248 When the second number is omitted from &%substr%&, the remainder of the string
9249 is taken if the offset is positive. If it is negative, all characters in the
9250 string preceding the offset point are taken. For example, an offset of -1 and
9251 no length, as in these semantically identical examples:
9252 .code
9253 ${substr_-1:abcde}
9254 ${substr{-1}{abcde}}
9255 .endd
9256 yields all but the last character of the string, that is, &"abcd"&.
9257
9258
9259
9260 .vitem "&*${tr{*&<&'subject'&>&*}{*&<&'characters'&>&*}&&&
9261 {*&<&'replacements'&>&*}}*&"
9262 .cindex "expansion" "character translation"
9263 .cindex "&%tr%& expansion item"
9264 This item does single-character translation on its subject string. The second
9265 argument is a list of characters to be translated in the subject string. Each
9266 matching character is replaced by the corresponding character from the
9267 replacement list. For example
9268 .code
9269 ${tr{abcdea}{ac}{13}}
9270 .endd
9271 yields &`1b3de1`&. If there are duplicates in the second character string, the
9272 last occurrence is used. If the third string is shorter than the second, its
9273 last character is replicated. However, if it is empty, no translation takes
9274 place.
9275 .endlist
9276
9277
9278
9279 .section "Expansion operators" "SECTexpop"
9280 .cindex "expansion" "operators"
9281 For expansion items that perform transformations on a single argument string,
9282 the &"operator"& notation is used because it is simpler and uses fewer braces.
9283 The substring is first expanded before the operation is applied to it. The
9284 following operations can be performed:
9285
9286 .vlist
9287 .vitem &*${address:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9288 .cindex "expansion" "RFC 2822 address handling"
9289 .cindex "&%address%& expansion item"
9290 The string is interpreted as an RFC 2822 address, as it might appear in a
9291 header line, and the effective address is extracted from it. If the string does
9292 not parse successfully, the result is empty.
9293
9294
9295 .vitem &*${addresses:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9296 .cindex "expansion" "RFC 2822 address handling"
9297 .cindex "&%addresses%& expansion item"
9298 The string (after expansion) is interpreted as a list of addresses in RFC
9299 2822 format, such as can be found in a &'To:'& or &'Cc:'& header line. The
9300 operative address (&'local-part@domain'&) is extracted from each item, and the
9301 result of the expansion is a colon-separated list, with appropriate
9302 doubling of colons should any happen to be present in the email addresses.
9303 Syntactically invalid RFC2822 address items are omitted from the output.
9304
9305 It is possible to specify a character other than colon for the output
9306 separator by starting the string with > followed by the new separator
9307 character. For example:
9308 .code
9309 ${addresses:>& Chief <ceo@up.stairs>, sec@base.ment (dogsbody)}
9310 .endd
9311 expands to &`ceo@up.stairs&&sec@base.ment`&. Compare the &*address*& (singular)
9312 expansion item, which extracts the working address from a single RFC2822
9313 address. See the &*filter*&, &*map*&, and &*reduce*& items for ways of
9314 processing lists.
9315
9316
9317 .vitem &*${base62:*&<&'digits'&>&*}*&
9318 .cindex "&%base62%& expansion item"
9319 .cindex "expansion" "conversion to base 62"
9320 The string must consist entirely of decimal digits. The number is converted to
9321 base 62 and output as a string of six characters, including leading zeros. In
9322 the few operating environments where Exim uses base 36 instead of base 62 for
9323 its message identifiers (because those systems do not have case-sensitive file
9324 names), base 36 is used by this operator, despite its name. &*Note*&: Just to
9325 be absolutely clear: this is &'not'& base64 encoding.
9326
9327 .vitem &*${base62d:*&<&'base-62&~digits'&>&*}*&
9328 .cindex "&%base62d%& expansion item"
9329 .cindex "expansion" "conversion to base 62"
9330 The string must consist entirely of base-62 digits, or, in operating
9331 environments where Exim uses base 36 instead of base 62 for its message
9332 identifiers, base-36 digits. The number is converted to decimal and output as a
9333 string.
9334
9335 .vitem &*${domain:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9336 .cindex "domain" "extraction"
9337 .cindex "expansion" "domain extraction"
9338 The string is interpreted as an RFC 2822 address and the domain is extracted
9339 from it. If the string does not parse successfully, the result is empty.
9340
9341
9342 .vitem &*${escape:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9343 .cindex "expansion" "escaping non-printing characters"
9344 .cindex "&%escape%& expansion item"
9345 If the string contains any non-printing characters, they are converted to
9346 escape sequences starting with a backslash. Whether characters with the most
9347 significant bit set (so-called &"8-bit characters"&) count as printing or not
9348 is controlled by the &%print_topbitchars%& option.
9349
9350
9351 .vitem &*${eval:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&&~and&~&*${eval10:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9352 .cindex "expansion" "expression evaluation"
9353 .cindex "expansion" "arithmetic expression"
9354 .cindex "&%eval%& expansion item"
9355 These items supports simple arithmetic and bitwise logical operations in
9356 expansion strings. The string (after expansion) must be a conventional
9357 arithmetic expression, but it is limited to basic arithmetic operators, bitwise
9358 logical operators, and parentheses. All operations are carried out using
9359 integer arithmetic. The operator priorities are as follows (the same as in the
9360 C programming language):
9361 .table2 70pt 300pt
9362 .irow &'highest:'& "not (~), negate (-)"
9363 .irow "" "multiply (*), divide (/), remainder (%)"
9364 .irow "" "plus (+), minus (-)"
9365 .irow "" "shift-left (<<), shift-right (>>)"
9366 .irow "" "and (&&)"
9367 .irow "" "xor (^)"
9368 .irow &'lowest:'& "or (|)"
9369 .endtable
9370 Binary operators with the same priority are evaluated from left to right. White
9371 space is permitted before or after operators.
9372
9373 For &%eval%&, numbers may be decimal, octal (starting with &"0"&) or
9374 hexadecimal (starting with &"0x"&). For &%eval10%&, all numbers are taken as
9375 decimal, even if they start with a leading zero; hexadecimal numbers are not
9376 permitted. This can be useful when processing numbers extracted from dates or
9377 times, which often do have leading zeros.
9378
9379 A number may be followed by &"K"& or &"M"& to multiply it by 1024 or 1024*1024,
9380 respectively. Negative numbers are supported. The result of the computation is
9381 a decimal representation of the answer (without &"K"& or &"M"&). For example:
9382
9383 .display
9384 &`${eval:1+1} `& yields 2
9385 &`${eval:1+2*3} `& yields 7
9386 &`${eval:(1+2)*3} `& yields 9
9387 &`${eval:2+42%5} `& yields 4
9388 &`${eval:0xc&amp;5} `& yields 4
9389 &`${eval:0xc|5} `& yields 13
9390 &`${eval:0xc^5} `& yields 9
9391 &`${eval:0xc>>1} `& yields 6
9392 &`${eval:0xc<<1} `& yields 24
9393 &`${eval:~255&amp;0x1234} `& yields 4608
9394 &`${eval:-(~255&amp;0x1234)} `& yields -4608
9395 .endd
9396
9397 As a more realistic example, in an ACL you might have
9398 .code
9399 deny message = Too many bad recipients
9400 condition = \
9401 ${if and { \
9402 {>{$rcpt_count}{10}} \
9403 { \
9404 < \
9405 {$recipients_count} \
9406 {${eval:$rcpt_count/2}} \
9407 } \
9408 }{yes}{no}}
9409 .endd
9410 The condition is true if there have been more than 10 RCPT commands and
9411 fewer than half of them have resulted in a valid recipient.
9412
9413
9414 .vitem &*${expand:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9415 .cindex "expansion" "re-expansion of substring"
9416 The &%expand%& operator causes a string to be expanded for a second time. For
9417 example,
9418 .code
9419 ${expand:${lookup{$domain}dbm{/some/file}{$value}}}
9420 .endd
9421 first looks up a string in a file while expanding the operand for &%expand%&,
9422 and then re-expands what it has found.
9423
9424
9425 .vitem &*${from_utf8:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9426 .cindex "Unicode"
9427 .cindex "UTF-8" "conversion from"
9428 .cindex "expansion" "UTF-8 conversion"
9429 .cindex "&%from_utf8%& expansion item"
9430 The world is slowly moving towards Unicode, although there are no standards for
9431 email yet. However, other applications (including some databases) are starting
9432 to store data in Unicode, using UTF-8 encoding. This operator converts from a
9433 UTF-8 string to an ISO-8859-1 string. UTF-8 code values greater than 255 are
9434 converted to underscores. The input must be a valid UTF-8 string. If it is not,
9435 the result is an undefined sequence of bytes.
9436
9437 Unicode code points with values less than 256 are compatible with ASCII and
9438 ISO-8859-1 (also known as Latin-1).
9439 For example, character 169 is the copyright symbol in both cases, though the
9440 way it is encoded is different. In UTF-8, more than one byte is needed for
9441 characters with code values greater than 127, whereas ISO-8859-1 is a
9442 single-byte encoding (but thereby limited to 256 characters). This makes
9443 translation from UTF-8 to ISO-8859-1 straightforward.
9444
9445
9446 .vitem &*${hash_*&<&'n'&>&*_*&<&'m'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9447 .cindex "hash function" "textual"
9448 .cindex "expansion" "textual hash"
9449 The &%hash%& operator is a simpler interface to the hashing function that can
9450 be used when the two parameters are fixed numbers (as opposed to strings that
9451 change when expanded). The effect is the same as
9452 .code
9453 ${hash{<n>}{<m>}{<string>}}
9454 .endd
9455 See the description of the general &%hash%& item above for details. The
9456 abbreviation &%h%& can be used when &%hash%& is used as an operator.
9457
9458
9459
9460 .vitem &*${hex2b64:*&<&'hexstring'&>&*}*&
9461 .cindex "base64 encoding" "conversion from hex"
9462 .cindex "expansion" "hex to base64"
9463 .cindex "&%hex2b64%& expansion item"
9464 This operator converts a hex string into one that is base64 encoded. This can
9465 be useful for processing the output of the MD5 and SHA-1 hashing functions.
9466
9467
9468 .vitem &*${lc:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9469 .cindex "case forcing in strings"
9470 .cindex "string" "case forcing"
9471 .cindex "lower casing"
9472 .cindex "expansion" "case forcing"
9473 .cindex "&%lc%& expansion item"
9474 This forces the letters in the string into lower-case, for example:
9475 .code
9476 ${lc:$local_part}
9477 .endd
9478
9479 .vitem &*${length_*&<&'number'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9480 .cindex "expansion" "string truncation"
9481 .cindex "&%length%& expansion item"
9482 The &%length%& operator is a simpler interface to the &%length%& function that
9483 can be used when the parameter is a fixed number (as opposed to a string that
9484 changes when expanded). The effect is the same as
9485 .code
9486 ${length{<number>}{<string>}}
9487 .endd
9488 See the description of the general &%length%& item above for details. Note that
9489 &%length%& is not the same as &%strlen%&. The abbreviation &%l%& can be used
9490 when &%length%& is used as an operator.
9491
9492
9493 .vitem &*${local_part:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9494 .cindex "expansion" "local part extraction"
9495 .cindex "&%local_part%& expansion item"
9496 The string is interpreted as an RFC 2822 address and the local part is
9497 extracted from it. If the string does not parse successfully, the result is
9498 empty.
9499
9500
9501 .vitem &*${mask:*&<&'IP&~address'&>&*/*&<&'bit&~count'&>&*}*&
9502 .cindex "masked IP address"
9503 .cindex "IP address" "masking"
9504 .cindex "CIDR notation"
9505 .cindex "expansion" "IP address masking"
9506 .cindex "&%mask%& expansion item"
9507 If the form of the string to be operated on is not an IP address followed by a
9508 slash and an integer (that is, a network address in CIDR notation), the
9509 expansion fails. Otherwise, this operator converts the IP address to binary,
9510 masks off the least significant bits according to the bit count, and converts
9511 the result back to text, with mask appended. For example,
9512 .code
9513 ${mask:10.111.131.206/28}
9514 .endd
9515 returns the string &"10.111.131.192/28"&. Since this operation is expected to
9516 be mostly used for looking up masked addresses in files, the result for an IPv6
9517 address uses dots to separate components instead of colons, because colon
9518 terminates a key string in lsearch files. So, for example,
9519 .code
9520 ${mask:3ffe:ffff:836f:0a00:000a:0800:200a:c031/99}
9521 .endd
9522 returns the string
9523 .code
9524 3ffe.ffff.836f.0a00.000a.0800.2000.0000/99
9525 .endd
9526 Letters in IPv6 addresses are always output in lower case.
9527
9528
9529 .vitem &*${md5:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9530 .cindex "MD5 hash"
9531 .cindex "expansion" "MD5 hash"
9532 .cindex "&%md5%& expansion item"
9533 The &%md5%& operator computes the MD5 hash value of the string, and returns it
9534 as a 32-digit hexadecimal number, in which any letters are in lower case.
9535
9536
9537 .vitem &*${nhash_*&<&'n'&>&*_*&<&'m'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9538 .cindex "expansion" "numeric hash"
9539 .cindex "hash function" "numeric"
9540 The &%nhash%& operator is a simpler interface to the numeric hashing function
9541 that can be used when the two parameters are fixed numbers (as opposed to
9542 strings that change when expanded). The effect is the same as
9543 .code
9544 ${nhash{<n>}{<m>}{<string>}}
9545 .endd
9546 See the description of the general &%nhash%& item above for details.
9547
9548
9549 .vitem &*${quote:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9550 .cindex "quoting" "in string expansions"
9551 .cindex "expansion" "quoting"
9552 .cindex "&%quote%& expansion item"
9553 The &%quote%& operator puts its argument into double quotes if it
9554 is an empty string or
9555 contains anything other than letters, digits, underscores, dots, and hyphens.
9556 Any occurrences of double quotes and backslashes are escaped with a backslash.
9557 Newlines and carriage returns are converted to &`\n`& and &`\r`&,
9558 respectively For example,
9559 .code
9560 ${quote:ab"*"cd}
9561 .endd
9562 becomes
9563 .code
9564 "ab\"*\"cd"
9565 .endd
9566 The place where this is useful is when the argument is a substitution from a
9567 variable or a message header.
9568
9569 .vitem &*${quote_local_part:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9570 .cindex "&%quote_local_part%& expansion item"
9571 This operator is like &%quote%&, except that it quotes the string only if
9572 required to do so by the rules of RFC 2822 for quoting local parts. For
9573 example, a plus sign would not cause quoting (but it would for &%quote%&).
9574 If you are creating a new email address from the contents of &$local_part$&
9575 (or any other unknown data), you should always use this operator.
9576
9577
9578 .vitem &*${quote_*&<&'lookup-type'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9579 .cindex "quoting" "lookup-specific"
9580 This operator applies lookup-specific quoting rules to the string. Each
9581 query-style lookup type has its own quoting rules which are described with
9582 the lookups in chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&. For example,
9583 .code
9584 ${quote_ldap:two * two}
9585 .endd
9586 returns
9587 .code
9588 two%20%5C2A%20two
9589 .endd
9590 For single-key lookup types, no quoting is ever necessary and this operator
9591 yields an unchanged string.
9592
9593
9594 .vitem &*${rfc2047:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9595 .cindex "expansion" "RFC 2047"
9596 .cindex "RFC 2047" "expansion operator"
9597 .cindex "&%rfc2047%& expansion item"
9598 This operator encodes text according to the rules of RFC 2047. This is an
9599 encoding that is used in header lines to encode non-ASCII characters. It is
9600 assumed that the input string is in the encoding specified by the
9601 &%headers_charset%& option, which defaults to ISO-8859-1. If the string
9602 contains only characters in the range 33&--126, and no instances of the
9603 characters
9604 .code
9605 ? = ( ) < > @ , ; : \ " . [ ] _
9606 .endd
9607 it is not modified. Otherwise, the result is the RFC 2047 encoding of the
9608 string, using as many &"encoded words"& as necessary to encode all the
9609 characters.
9610
9611
9612 .vitem &*${rfc2047d:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9613 .cindex "expansion" "RFC 2047"
9614 .cindex "RFC 2047" "decoding"
9615 .cindex "&%rfc2047d%& expansion item"
9616 This operator decodes strings that are encoded as per RFC 2047. Binary zero
9617 bytes are replaced by question marks. Characters are converted into the
9618 character set defined by &%headers_charset%&. Overlong RFC 2047 &"words"& are
9619 not recognized unless &%check_rfc2047_length%& is set false.
9620
9621 &*Note*&: If you use &%$header%&_&'xxx'&&*:*& (or &%$h%&_&'xxx'&&*:*&) to
9622 access a header line, RFC 2047 decoding is done automatically. You do not need
9623 to use this operator as well.
9624
9625
9626
9627 .vitem &*${rxquote:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9628 .cindex "quoting" "in regular expressions"
9629 .cindex "regular expressions" "quoting"
9630 .cindex "&%rxquote%& expansion item"
9631 The &%rxquote%& operator inserts a backslash before any non-alphanumeric
9632 characters in its argument. This is useful when substituting the values of
9633 variables or headers inside regular expressions.
9634
9635
9636 .vitem &*${sha1:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9637 .cindex "SHA-1 hash"
9638 .cindex "expansion" "SHA-1 hashing"
9639 .cindex "&%sha2%& expansion item"
9640 The &%sha1%& operator computes the SHA-1 hash value of the string, and returns
9641 it as a 40-digit hexadecimal number, in which any letters are in upper case.
9642
9643
9644 .vitem &*${stat:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9645 .cindex "expansion" "statting a file"
9646 .cindex "file" "extracting characteristics"
9647 .cindex "&%stat%& expansion item"
9648 The string, after expansion, must be a file path. A call to the &[stat()]&
9649 function is made for this path. If &[stat()]& fails, an error occurs and the
9650 expansion fails. If it succeeds, the data from the stat replaces the item, as a
9651 series of <&'name'&>=<&'value'&> pairs, where the values are all numerical,
9652 except for the value of &"smode"&. The names are: &"mode"& (giving the mode as
9653 a 4-digit octal number), &"smode"& (giving the mode in symbolic format as a
9654 10-character string, as for the &'ls'& command), &"inode"&, &"device"&,
9655 &"links"&, &"uid"&, &"gid"&, &"size"&, &"atime"&, &"mtime"&, and &"ctime"&. You
9656 can extract individual fields using the &%extract%& expansion item.
9657
9658 The use of the &%stat%& expansion in users' filter files can be locked out by
9659 the system administrator. &*Warning*&: The file size may be incorrect on 32-bit
9660 systems for files larger than 2GB.
9661
9662 .vitem &*${str2b64:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9663 .cindex "expansion" "base64 encoding"
9664 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in string expansion"
9665 .cindex "&%str2b64%& expansion item"
9666 This operator converts a string into one that is base64 encoded.
9667
9668
9669
9670 .vitem &*${strlen:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9671 .cindex "expansion" "string length"
9672 .cindex "string" "length in expansion"
9673 .cindex "&%strlen%& expansion item"
9674 The item is replace by the length of the expanded string, expressed as a
9675 decimal number. &*Note*&: Do not confuse &%strlen%& with &%length%&.
9676
9677
9678 .vitem &*${substr_*&<&'start'&>&*_*&<&'length'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9679 .cindex "&%substr%& expansion item"
9680 .cindex "substring extraction"
9681 .cindex "expansion" "substring expansion"
9682 The &%substr%& operator is a simpler interface to the &%substr%& function that
9683 can be used when the two parameters are fixed numbers (as opposed to strings
9684 that change when expanded). The effect is the same as
9685 .code
9686 ${substr{<start>}{<length>}{<string>}}
9687 .endd
9688 See the description of the general &%substr%& item above for details. The
9689 abbreviation &%s%& can be used when &%substr%& is used as an operator.
9690
9691 .vitem &*${time_eval:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9692 .cindex "&%time_eval%& expansion item"
9693 .cindex "time interval" "decoding"
9694 This item converts an Exim time interval such as &`2d4h5m`& into a number of
9695 seconds.
9696
9697 .vitem &*${time_interval:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9698 .cindex "&%time_interval%& expansion item"
9699 .cindex "time interval" "formatting"
9700 The argument (after sub-expansion) must be a sequence of decimal digits that
9701 represents an interval of time as a number of seconds. It is converted into a
9702 number of larger units and output in Exim's normal time format, for example,
9703 &`1w3d4h2m6s`&.
9704
9705 .vitem &*${uc:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9706 .cindex "case forcing in strings"
9707 .cindex "string" "case forcing"
9708 .cindex "upper casing"
9709 .cindex "expansion" "case forcing"
9710 .cindex "&%uc%& expansion item"
9711 This forces the letters in the string into upper-case.
9712 .endlist
9713
9714
9715
9716
9717
9718
9719 .section "Expansion conditions" "SECTexpcond"
9720 .scindex IIDexpcond "expansion" "conditions"
9721 The following conditions are available for testing by the &%${if%& construct
9722 while expanding strings:
9723
9724 .vlist
9725 .vitem &*!*&<&'condition'&>
9726 .cindex "expansion" "negating a condition"
9727 .cindex "negation" "in expansion condition"
9728 Preceding any condition with an exclamation mark negates the result of the
9729 condition.
9730
9731 .vitem <&'symbolic&~operator'&>&~&*{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9732 .cindex "numeric comparison"
9733 .cindex "expansion" "numeric comparison"
9734 There are a number of symbolic operators for doing numeric comparisons. They
9735 are:
9736 .display
9737 &`= `& equal
9738 &`== `& equal
9739 &`> `& greater
9740 &`>= `& greater or equal
9741 &`< `& less
9742 &`<= `& less or equal
9743 .endd
9744 For example:
9745 .code
9746 ${if >{$message_size}{10M} ...
9747 .endd
9748 Note that the general negation operator provides for inequality testing. The
9749 two strings must take the form of optionally signed decimal integers,
9750 optionally followed by one of the letters &"K"& or &"M"& (in either upper or
9751 lower case), signifying multiplication by 1024 or 1024*1024, respectively.
9752 As a special case, the numerical value of an empty string is taken as
9753 zero.
9754
9755 .new
9756 .vitem &*bool&~{*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9757 .cindex "expansion" "boolean parsing"
9758 .cindex "&%bool%& expansion condition"
9759 This condition turns a string holding a true or false representation into
9760 a boolean state. It parses &"true"&, &"false"&, &"yes"& and &"no"&
9761 (case-insensitively); also positive integer numbers map to true if non-zero,
9762 false if zero. Leading whitespace is ignored.
9763 All other string values will result in expansion failure.
9764
9765 When combined with ACL variables, this expansion condition will let you
9766 make decisions in one place and act on those decisions in another place.
9767 For example,
9768 .code
9769 ${if bool{$acl_m_privileged_sender} ...
9770 .endd
9771 .wen
9772
9773 .vitem &*crypteq&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9774 .cindex "expansion" "encrypted comparison"
9775 .cindex "encrypted strings, comparing"
9776 .cindex "&%crypteq%& expansion condition"
9777 This condition is included in the Exim binary if it is built to support any
9778 authentication mechanisms (see chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&). Otherwise, it is
9779 necessary to define SUPPORT_CRYPTEQ in &_Local/Makefile_& to get &%crypteq%&
9780 included in the binary.
9781
9782 The &%crypteq%& condition has two arguments. The first is encrypted and
9783 compared against the second, which is already encrypted. The second string may
9784 be in the LDAP form for storing encrypted strings, which starts with the
9785 encryption type in curly brackets, followed by the data. If the second string
9786 does not begin with &"{"& it is assumed to be encrypted with &[crypt()]& or
9787 &[crypt16()]& (see below), since such strings cannot begin with &"{"&.
9788 Typically this will be a field from a password file. An example of an encrypted
9789 string in LDAP form is:
9790 .code
9791 {md5}CY9rzUYh03PK3k6DJie09g==
9792 .endd
9793 If such a string appears directly in an expansion, the curly brackets have to
9794 be quoted, because they are part of the expansion syntax. For example:
9795 .code
9796 ${if crypteq {test}{\{md5\}CY9rzUYh03PK3k6DJie09g==}{yes}{no}}
9797 .endd
9798 The following encryption types (whose names are matched case-independently) are
9799 supported:
9800
9801 .ilist
9802 .cindex "MD5 hash"
9803 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in encrypted password"
9804 &%{md5}%& computes the MD5 digest of the first string, and expresses this as
9805 printable characters to compare with the remainder of the second string. If the
9806 length of the comparison string is 24, Exim assumes that it is base64 encoded
9807 (as in the above example). If the length is 32, Exim assumes that it is a
9808 hexadecimal encoding of the MD5 digest. If the length not 24 or 32, the
9809 comparison fails.
9810
9811 .next
9812 .cindex "SHA-1 hash"
9813 &%{sha1}%& computes the SHA-1 digest of the first string, and expresses this as
9814 printable characters to compare with the remainder of the second string. If the
9815 length of the comparison string is 28, Exim assumes that it is base64 encoded.
9816 If the length is 40, Exim assumes that it is a hexadecimal encoding of the
9817 SHA-1 digest. If the length is not 28 or 40, the comparison fails.
9818
9819 .next
9820 .cindex "&[crypt()]&"
9821 &%{crypt}%& calls the &[crypt()]& function, which traditionally used to use
9822 only the first eight characters of the password. However, in modern operating
9823 systems this is no longer true, and in many cases the entire password is used,
9824 whatever its length.
9825
9826 .next
9827 .cindex "&[crypt16()]&"
9828 &%{crypt16}%& calls the &[crypt16()]& function, which was originally created to
9829 use up to 16 characters of the password in some operating systems. Again, in
9830 modern operating systems, more characters may be used.
9831 .endlist
9832 Exim has its own version of &[crypt16()]&, which is just a double call to
9833 &[crypt()]&. For operating systems that have their own version, setting
9834 HAVE_CRYPT16 in &_Local/Makefile_& when building Exim causes it to use the
9835 operating system version instead of its own. This option is set by default in
9836 the OS-dependent &_Makefile_& for those operating systems that are known to
9837 support &[crypt16()]&.
9838
9839 Some years after Exim's &[crypt16()]& was implemented, a user discovered that
9840 it was not using the same algorithm as some operating systems' versions. It
9841 turns out that as well as &[crypt16()]& there is a function called
9842 &[bigcrypt()]& in some operating systems. This may or may not use the same
9843 algorithm, and both of them may be different to Exim's built-in &[crypt16()]&.
9844
9845 However, since there is now a move away from the traditional &[crypt()]&
9846 functions towards using SHA1 and other algorithms, tidying up this area of
9847 Exim is seen as very low priority.
9848
9849 If you do not put a encryption type (in curly brackets) in a &%crypteq%&
9850 comparison, the default is usually either &`{crypt}`& or &`{crypt16}`&, as
9851 determined by the setting of DEFAULT_CRYPT in &_Local/Makefile_&. The default
9852 default is &`{crypt}`&. Whatever the default, you can always use either
9853 function by specifying it explicitly in curly brackets.
9854
9855 .vitem &*def:*&<&'variable&~name'&>
9856 .cindex "expansion" "checking for empty variable"
9857 .cindex "&%def%& expansion condition"
9858 The &%def%& condition must be followed by the name of one of the expansion
9859 variables defined in section &<<SECTexpvar>>&. The condition is true if the
9860 variable does not contain the empty string. For example:
9861 .code
9862 ${if def:sender_ident {from $sender_ident}}
9863 .endd
9864 Note that the variable name is given without a leading &%$%& character. If the
9865 variable does not exist, the expansion fails.
9866
9867 .vitem "&*def:header_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~&~or&~&&&
9868 &~&*def:h_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&"
9869 .cindex "expansion" "checking header line existence"
9870 This condition is true if a message is being processed and the named header
9871 exists in the message. For example,
9872 .code
9873 ${if def:header_reply-to:{$h_reply-to:}{$h_from:}}
9874 .endd
9875 &*Note*&: No &%$%& appears before &%header_%& or &%h_%& in the condition, and
9876 the header name must be terminated by a colon if white space does not follow.
9877
9878 .vitem &*eq&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*& &&&
9879 &*eqi&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9880 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9881 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9882 .cindex "&%eq%& expansion condition"
9883 .cindex "&%eqi%& expansion condition"
9884 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the two
9885 resulting strings are identical. For &%eq%& the comparison includes the case of
9886 letters, whereas for &%eqi%& the comparison is case-independent.
9887
9888 .vitem &*exists&~{*&<&'file&~name'&>&*}*&
9889 .cindex "expansion" "file existence test"
9890 .cindex "file" "existence test"
9891 .cindex "&%exists%&, expansion condition"
9892 The substring is first expanded and then interpreted as an absolute path. The
9893 condition is true if the named file (or directory) exists. The existence test
9894 is done by calling the &[stat()]& function. The use of the &%exists%& test in
9895 users' filter files may be locked out by the system administrator.
9896
9897 .vitem &*first_delivery*&
9898 .cindex "delivery" "first"
9899 .cindex "first delivery"
9900 .cindex "expansion" "first delivery test"
9901 .cindex "&%first_delivery%& expansion condition"
9902 This condition, which has no data, is true during a message's first delivery
9903 attempt. It is false during any subsequent delivery attempts.
9904
9905
9906 .vitem "&*forall{*&<&'a list'&>&*}{*&<&'a condition'&>&*}*&" &&&
9907 "&*forany{*&<&'a list'&>&*}{*&<&'a condition'&>&*}*&"
9908 .cindex "list" "iterative conditions"
9909 .cindex "expansion" "&*forall*& condition"
9910 .cindex "expansion" "&*forany*& condition"
9911 .vindex "&$item$&"
9912 These conditions iterate over a list. The first argument is expanded to form
9913 the list. By default, the list separator is a colon, but it can be changed by
9914 the normal method. The second argument is interpreted as a condition that is to
9915 be applied to each item in the list in turn. During the interpretation of the
9916 condition, the current list item is placed in a variable called &$item$&.
9917 .ilist
9918 For &*forany*&, interpretation stops if the condition is true for any item, and
9919 the result of the whole condition is true. If the condition is false for all
9920 items in the list, the overall condition is false.
9921 .next
9922 For &*forall*&, interpretation stops if the condition is false for any item,
9923 and the result of the whole condition is false. If the condition is true for
9924 all items in the list, the overall condition is true.
9925 .endlist
9926 Note that negation of &*forany*& means that the condition must be false for all
9927 items for the overall condition to succeed, and negation of &*forall*& means
9928 that the condition must be false for at least one item. In this example, the
9929 list separator is changed to a comma:
9930 .code
9931 ${if forany{<, $recipients}{match{$item}{^user3@}}{yes}{no}}
9932 .endd
9933 The value of &$item$& is saved and restored while &*forany*& or &*forall*& is
9934 being processed, to enable these expansion items to be nested.
9935
9936
9937 .vitem &*ge&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*& &&&
9938 &*gei&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9939 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9940 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9941 .cindex "&%ge%& expansion condition"
9942 .cindex "&%gei%& expansion condition"
9943 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
9944 string is lexically greater than or equal to the second string. For &%ge%& the
9945 comparison includes the case of letters, whereas for &%gei%& the comparison is
9946 case-independent.
9947
9948 .vitem &*gt&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*& &&&
9949 &*gti&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9950 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9951 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9952 .cindex "&%gt%& expansion condition"
9953 .cindex "&%gti%& expansion condition"
9954 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
9955 string is lexically greater than the second string. For &%gt%& the comparison
9956 includes the case of letters, whereas for &%gti%& the comparison is
9957 case-independent.
9958
9959 .vitem &*isip&~{*&<&'string'&>&*}*& &&&
9960 &*isip4&~{*&<&'string'&>&*}*& &&&
9961 &*isip6&~{*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9962 .cindex "IP address" "testing string format"
9963 .cindex "string" "testing for IP address"
9964 .cindex "&%isip%& expansion condition"
9965 .cindex "&%isip4%& expansion condition"
9966 .cindex "&%isip6%& expansion condition"
9967 The substring is first expanded, and then tested to see if it has the form of
9968 an IP address. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are valid for &%isip%&, whereas
9969 &%isip4%& and &%isip6%& test specifically for IPv4 or IPv6 addresses.
9970
9971 For an IPv4 address, the test is for four dot-separated components, each of
9972 which consists of from one to three digits. For an IPv6 address, up to eight
9973 colon-separated components are permitted, each containing from one to four
9974 hexadecimal digits. There may be fewer than eight components if an empty
9975 component (adjacent colons) is present. Only one empty component is permitted.
9976
9977 &*Note*&: The checks are just on the form of the address; actual numerical
9978 values are not considered. Thus, for example, 999.999.999.999 passes the IPv4
9979 check. The main use of these tests is to distinguish between IP addresses and
9980 host names, or between IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. For example, you could use
9981 .code
9982 ${if isip4{$sender_host_address}...
9983 .endd
9984 to test which IP version an incoming SMTP connection is using.
9985
9986 .vitem &*ldapauth&~{*&<&'ldap&~query'&>&*}*&
9987 .cindex "LDAP" "use for authentication"
9988 .cindex "expansion" "LDAP authentication test"
9989 .cindex "&%ldapauth%& expansion condition"
9990 This condition supports user authentication using LDAP. See section
9991 &<<SECTldap>>& for details of how to use LDAP in lookups and the syntax of
9992 queries. For this use, the query must contain a user name and password. The
9993 query itself is not used, and can be empty. The condition is true if the
9994 password is not empty, and the user name and password are accepted by the LDAP
9995 server. An empty password is rejected without calling LDAP because LDAP binds
9996 with an empty password are considered anonymous regardless of the username, and
9997 will succeed in most configurations. See chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details
9998 of SMTP authentication, and chapter &<<CHAPplaintext>>& for an example of how
9999 this can be used.
10000
10001
10002 .vitem &*le&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*& &&&
10003 &*lei&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
10004 .cindex "string" "comparison"
10005 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
10006 .cindex "&%le%& expansion condition"
10007 .cindex "&%lei%& expansion condition"
10008 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
10009 string is lexically less than or equal to the second string. For &%le%& the
10010 comparison includes the case of letters, whereas for &%lei%& the comparison is
10011 case-independent.
10012
10013 .vitem &*lt&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*& &&&
10014 &*lti&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
10015 .cindex "string" "comparison"
10016 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
10017 .cindex "&%lt%& expansion condition"
10018 .cindex "&%lti%& expansion condition"
10019 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
10020 string is lexically less than the second string. For &%lt%& the comparison
10021 includes the case of letters, whereas for &%lti%& the comparison is
10022 case-independent.
10023
10024
10025 .vitem &*match&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
10026 .cindex "expansion" "regular expression comparison"
10027 .cindex "regular expressions" "match in expanded string"
10028 .cindex "&%match%& expansion condition"
10029 The two substrings are first expanded. The second is then treated as a regular
10030 expression and applied to the first. Because of the pre-expansion, if the
10031 regular expression contains dollar, or backslash characters, they must be
10032 escaped. Care must also be taken if the regular expression contains braces
10033 (curly brackets). A closing brace must be escaped so that it is not taken as a
10034 premature termination of <&'string2'&>. The easiest approach is to use the
10035 &`\N`& feature to disable expansion of the regular expression.
10036 For example,
10037 .code
10038 ${if match {$local_part}{\N^\d{3}\N} ...
10039 .endd
10040 If the whole expansion string is in double quotes, further escaping of
10041 backslashes is also required.
10042
10043 The condition is true if the regular expression match succeeds.
10044 The regular expression is not required to begin with a circumflex
10045 metacharacter, but if there is no circumflex, the expression is not anchored,
10046 and it may match anywhere in the subject, not just at the start. If you want
10047 the pattern to match at the end of the subject, you must include the &`$`&
10048 metacharacter at an appropriate point.
10049
10050 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &%if%& expansion"
10051 At the start of an &%if%& expansion the values of the numeric variable
10052 substitutions &$1$& etc. are remembered. Obeying a &%match%& condition that
10053 succeeds causes them to be reset to the substrings of that condition and they
10054 will have these values during the expansion of the success string. At the end
10055 of the &%if%& expansion, the previous values are restored. After testing a
10056 combination of conditions using &%or%&, the subsequent values of the numeric
10057 variables are those of the condition that succeeded.
10058
10059 .vitem &*match_address&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
10060 .cindex "&%match_address%& expansion condition"
10061 See &*match_local_part*&.
10062
10063 .vitem &*match_domain&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
10064 .cindex "&%match_domain%& expansion condition"
10065 See &*match_local_part*&.
10066
10067 .vitem &*match_ip&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
10068 .cindex "&%match_ip%& expansion condition"
10069 This condition matches an IP address to a list of IP address patterns. It must
10070 be followed by two argument strings. The first (after expansion) must be an IP
10071 address or an empty string. The second (after expansion) is a restricted host
10072 list that can match only an IP address, not a host name. For example:
10073 .code
10074 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{1.2.3.4:5.6.7.8}{...}{...}}
10075 .endd
10076 The specific types of host list item that are permitted in the list are:
10077
10078 .ilist
10079 An IP address, optionally with a CIDR mask.
10080 .next
10081 A single asterisk, which matches any IP address.
10082 .next
10083 An empty item, which matches only if the IP address is empty. This could be
10084 useful for testing for a locally submitted message or one from specific hosts
10085 in a single test such as
10086 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
10087 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left. This comment applies to
10088 . ==== the use of xmlto plus fop. There's no problem when formatting with
10089 . ==== sdop, with or without the extra indent.
10090 .code
10091 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{:4.3.2.1:...}{...}{...}}
10092 .endd
10093 where the first item in the list is the empty string.
10094 .next
10095 The item @[] matches any of the local host's interface addresses.
10096 .next
10097 Single-key lookups are assumed to be like &"net-"& style lookups in host lists,
10098 even if &`net-`& is not specified. There is never any attempt to turn the IP
10099 address into a host name. The most common type of linear search for
10100 &*match_ip*& is likely to be &*iplsearch*&, in which the file can contain CIDR
10101 masks. For example:
10102 .code
10103 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{iplsearch;/some/file}...
10104 .endd
10105 It is of course possible to use other kinds of lookup, and in such a case, you
10106 do need to specify the &`net-`& prefix if you want to specify a specific
10107 address mask, for example:
10108 .code
10109 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{net24-dbm;/some/file}...
10110 .endd
10111 However, unless you are combining a &%match_ip%& condition with others, it is
10112 just as easy to use the fact that a lookup is itself a condition, and write:
10113 .code
10114 ${lookup{${mask:$sender_host_address/24}}dbm{/a/file}...
10115 .endd
10116 .endlist ilist
10117
10118 Consult section &<<SECThoslispatip>>& for further details of these patterns.
10119
10120 .vitem &*match_local_part&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
10121 .cindex "domain list" "in expansion condition"
10122 .cindex "address list" "in expansion condition"
10123 .cindex "local part" "list, in expansion condition"
10124 .cindex "&%match_local_part%& expansion condition"
10125 This condition, together with &%match_address%& and &%match_domain%&, make it
10126 possible to test domain, address, and local part lists within expansions. Each
10127 condition requires two arguments: an item and a list to match. A trivial
10128 example is:
10129 .code
10130 ${if match_domain{a.b.c}{x.y.z:a.b.c:p.q.r}{yes}{no}}
10131 .endd
10132 In each case, the second argument may contain any of the allowable items for a
10133 list of the appropriate type. Also, because the second argument (after
10134 expansion) is a standard form of list, it is possible to refer to a named list.
10135 Thus, you can use conditions like this:
10136 .code
10137 ${if match_domain{$domain}{+local_domains}{...
10138 .endd
10139 .cindex "&`+caseful`&"
10140 For address lists, the matching starts off caselessly, but the &`+caseful`&
10141 item can be used, as in all address lists, to cause subsequent items to
10142 have their local parts matched casefully. Domains are always matched
10143 caselessly.
10144
10145 &*Note*&: Host lists are &'not'& supported in this way. This is because
10146 hosts have two identities: a name and an IP address, and it is not clear
10147 how to specify cleanly how such a test would work. However, IP addresses can be
10148 matched using &%match_ip%&.
10149
10150 .vitem &*pam&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*:*&<&'string2'&>&*:...}*&
10151 .cindex "PAM authentication"
10152 .cindex "AUTH" "with PAM"
10153 .cindex "Solaris" "PAM support"
10154 .cindex "expansion" "PAM authentication test"
10155 .cindex "&%pam%& expansion condition"
10156 &'Pluggable Authentication Modules'&
10157 (&url(http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/)) are a facility that is
10158 available in the latest releases of Solaris and in some GNU/Linux
10159 distributions. The Exim support, which is intended for use in conjunction with
10160 the SMTP AUTH command, is available only if Exim is compiled with
10161 .code
10162 SUPPORT_PAM=yes
10163 .endd
10164 in &_Local/Makefile_&. You probably need to add &%-lpam%& to EXTRALIBS, and
10165 in some releases of GNU/Linux &%-ldl%& is also needed.
10166
10167 The argument string is first expanded, and the result must be a
10168 colon-separated list of strings. Leading and trailing white space is ignored.
10169 The PAM module is initialized with the service name &"exim"& and the user name
10170 taken from the first item in the colon-separated data string (<&'string1'&>).
10171 The remaining items in the data string are passed over in response to requests
10172 from the authentication function. In the simple case there will only be one
10173 request, for a password, so the data consists of just two strings.
10174
10175 There can be problems if any of the strings are permitted to contain colon
10176 characters. In the usual way, these have to be doubled to avoid being taken as
10177 separators. If the data is being inserted from a variable, the &%sg%& expansion
10178 item can be used to double any existing colons. For example, the configuration
10179 of a LOGIN authenticator might contain this setting:
10180 .code
10181 server_condition = ${if pam{$auth1:${sg{$auth2}{:}{::}}}}
10182 .endd
10183 For a PLAIN authenticator you could use:
10184 .code
10185 server_condition = ${if pam{$auth2:${sg{$auth3}{:}{::}}}}
10186 .endd
10187 In some operating systems, PAM authentication can be done only from a process
10188 running as root. Since Exim is running as the Exim user when receiving
10189 messages, this means that PAM cannot be used directly in those systems.
10190 A patched version of the &'pam_unix'& module that comes with the
10191 Linux PAM package is available from &url(http://www.e-admin.de/pam_exim/).
10192 The patched module allows one special uid/gid combination, in addition to root,
10193 to authenticate. If you build the patched module to allow the Exim user and
10194 group, PAM can then be used from an Exim authenticator.
10195
10196
10197 .vitem &*pwcheck&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*:*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
10198 .cindex "&'pwcheck'& daemon"
10199 .cindex "Cyrus"
10200 .cindex "expansion" "&'pwcheck'& authentication test"
10201 .cindex "&%pwcheck%& expansion condition"
10202 This condition supports user authentication using the Cyrus &'pwcheck'& daemon.
10203 This is one way of making it possible for passwords to be checked by a process
10204 that is not running as root. &*Note*&: The use of &'pwcheck'& is now
10205 deprecated. Its replacement is &'saslauthd'& (see below).
10206
10207 The pwcheck support is not included in Exim by default. You need to specify
10208 the location of the pwcheck daemon's socket in &_Local/Makefile_& before
10209 building Exim. For example:
10210 .code
10211 CYRUS_PWCHECK_SOCKET=/var/pwcheck/pwcheck
10212 .endd
10213 You do not need to install the full Cyrus software suite in order to use
10214 the pwcheck daemon. You can compile and install just the daemon alone
10215 from the Cyrus SASL library. Ensure that &'exim'& is the only user that has
10216 access to the &_/var/pwcheck_& directory.
10217
10218 The &%pwcheck%& condition takes one argument, which must be the user name and
10219 password, separated by a colon. For example, in a LOGIN authenticator
10220 configuration, you might have this:
10221 .code
10222 server_condition = ${if pwcheck{$auth1:$auth2}}
10223 .endd
10224 .new
10225 Again, for a PLAIN authenticator configuration, this would be:
10226 .code
10227 server_condition = ${if pwcheck{$auth2:$auth3}}
10228 .endd
10229 .wen
10230 .vitem &*queue_running*&
10231 .cindex "queue runner" "detecting when delivering from"
10232 .cindex "expansion" "queue runner test"
10233 .cindex "&%queue_running%& expansion condition"
10234 This condition, which has no data, is true during delivery attempts that are
10235 initiated by queue runner processes, and false otherwise.
10236
10237
10238 .vitem &*radius&~{*&<&'authentication&~string'&>&*}*&
10239 .cindex "Radius"
10240 .cindex "expansion" "Radius authentication"
10241 .cindex "&%radius%& expansion condition"
10242 Radius authentication (RFC 2865) is supported in a similar way to PAM. You must
10243 set RADIUS_CONFIG_FILE in &_Local/Makefile_& to specify the location of
10244 the Radius client configuration file in order to build Exim with Radius
10245 support.
10246
10247 With just that one setting, Exim expects to be linked with the &%radiusclient%&
10248 library, using the original API. If you are using release 0.4.0 or later of
10249 this library, you need to set
10250 .code
10251 RADIUS_LIB_TYPE=RADIUSCLIENTNEW
10252 .endd
10253 in &_Local/Makefile_& when building Exim. You can also link Exim with the
10254 &%libradius%& library that comes with FreeBSD. To do this, set
10255 .code
10256 RADIUS_LIB_TYPE=RADLIB
10257 .endd
10258 in &_Local/Makefile_&, in addition to setting RADIUS_CONFIGURE_FILE.
10259 You may also have to supply a suitable setting in EXTRALIBS so that the
10260 Radius library can be found when Exim is linked.
10261
10262 The string specified by RADIUS_CONFIG_FILE is expanded and passed to the
10263 Radius client library, which calls the Radius server. The condition is true if
10264 the authentication is successful. For example:
10265 .code
10266 server_condition = ${if radius{<arguments>}}
10267 .endd
10268
10269
10270 .vitem "&*saslauthd&~{{*&<&'user'&>&*}{*&<&'password'&>&*}&&&
10271 {*&<&'service'&>&*}{*&<&'realm'&>&*}}*&"
10272 .cindex "&'saslauthd'& daemon"
10273 .cindex "Cyrus"
10274 .cindex "expansion" "&'saslauthd'& authentication test"
10275 .cindex "&%saslauthd%& expansion condition"
10276 This condition supports user authentication using the Cyrus &'saslauthd'&
10277 daemon. This replaces the older &'pwcheck'& daemon, which is now deprecated.
10278 Using this daemon is one way of making it possible for passwords to be checked
10279 by a process that is not running as root.
10280
10281 The saslauthd support is not included in Exim by default. You need to specify
10282 the location of the saslauthd daemon's socket in &_Local/Makefile_& before
10283 building Exim. For example:
10284 .code
10285 CYRUS_SASLAUTHD_SOCKET=/var/state/saslauthd/mux
10286 .endd
10287 You do not need to install the full Cyrus software suite in order to use
10288 the saslauthd daemon. You can compile and install just the daemon alone
10289 from the Cyrus SASL library.
10290
10291 Up to four arguments can be supplied to the &%saslauthd%& condition, but only
10292 two are mandatory. For example:
10293 .code
10294 server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth1}{$auth2}}}
10295 .endd
10296 The service and the realm are optional (which is why the arguments are enclosed
10297 in their own set of braces). For details of the meaning of the service and
10298 realm, and how to run the daemon, consult the Cyrus documentation.
10299 .endlist vlist
10300
10301
10302
10303 .section "Combining expansion conditions" "SECID84"
10304 .cindex "expansion" "combining conditions"
10305 Several conditions can be tested at once by combining them using the &%and%&
10306 and &%or%& combination conditions. Note that &%and%& and &%or%& are complete
10307 conditions on their own, and precede their lists of sub-conditions. Each
10308 sub-condition must be enclosed in braces within the overall braces that contain
10309 the list. No repetition of &%if%& is used.
10310
10311
10312 .vlist
10313 .vitem &*or&~{{*&<&'cond1'&>&*}{*&<&'cond2'&>&*}...}*&
10314 .cindex "&""or""& expansion condition"
10315 .cindex "expansion" "&""or""& of conditions"
10316 The sub-conditions are evaluated from left to right. The condition is true if
10317 any one of the sub-conditions is true.
10318 For example,
10319 .code
10320 ${if or {{eq{$local_part}{spqr}}{eq{$domain}{testing.com}}}...
10321 .endd
10322 When a true sub-condition is found, the following ones are parsed but not
10323 evaluated. If there are several &"match"& sub-conditions the values of the
10324 numeric variables afterwards are taken from the first one that succeeds.
10325
10326 .vitem &*and&~{{*&<&'cond1'&>&*}{*&<&'cond2'&>&*}...}*&
10327 .cindex "&""and""& expansion condition"
10328 .cindex "expansion" "&""and""& of conditions"
10329 The sub-conditions are evaluated from left to right. The condition is true if
10330 all of the sub-conditions are true. If there are several &"match"&
10331 sub-conditions, the values of the numeric variables afterwards are taken from
10332 the last one. When a false sub-condition is found, the following ones are
10333 parsed but not evaluated.
10334 .endlist
10335 .ecindex IIDexpcond
10336
10337
10338
10339
10340 .section "Expansion variables" "SECTexpvar"
10341 .cindex "expansion" "variables, list of"
10342 This section contains an alphabetical list of all the expansion variables. Some
10343 of them are available only when Exim is compiled with specific options such as
10344 support for TLS or the content scanning extension.
10345
10346 .vlist
10347 .vitem "&$0$&, &$1$&, etc"
10348 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)"
10349 When a &%match%& expansion condition succeeds, these variables contain the
10350 captured substrings identified by the regular expression during subsequent
10351 processing of the success string of the containing &%if%& expansion item.
10352 However, they do not retain their values afterwards; in fact, their previous
10353 values are restored at the end of processing an &%if%& item. The numerical
10354 variables may also be set externally by some other matching process which
10355 precedes the expansion of the string. For example, the commands available in
10356 Exim filter files include an &%if%& command with its own regular expression
10357 matching condition.
10358
10359 .vitem "&$acl_c...$&"
10360 Values can be placed in these variables by the &%set%& modifier in an ACL. They
10361 can be given any name that starts with &$acl_c$& and is at least six characters
10362 long, but the sixth character must be either a digit or an underscore. For
10363 example: &$acl_c5$&, &$acl_c_mycount$&. The values of the &$acl_c...$&
10364 variables persist throughout the lifetime of an SMTP connection. They can be
10365 used to pass information between ACLs and between different invocations of the
10366 same ACL. When a message is received, the values of these variables are saved
10367 with the message, and can be accessed by filters, routers, and transports
10368 during subsequent delivery.
10369
10370 .vitem "&$acl_m...$&"
10371 These variables are like the &$acl_c...$& variables, except that their values
10372 are reset after a message has been received. Thus, if several messages are
10373 received in one SMTP connection, &$acl_m...$& values are not passed on from one
10374 message to the next, as &$acl_c...$& values are. The &$acl_m...$& variables are
10375 also reset by MAIL, RSET, EHLO, HELO, and after starting a TLS session. When a
10376 message is received, the values of these variables are saved with the message,
10377 and can be accessed by filters, routers, and transports during subsequent
10378 delivery.
10379
10380 .vitem &$acl_verify_message$&
10381 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
10382 After an address verification has failed, this variable contains the failure
10383 message. It retains its value for use in subsequent modifiers. The message can
10384 be preserved by coding like this:
10385 .code
10386 warn !verify = sender
10387 set acl_m0 = $acl_verify_message
10388 .endd
10389 You can use &$acl_verify_message$& during the expansion of the &%message%& or
10390 &%log_message%& modifiers, to include information about the verification
10391 failure.
10392
10393 .vitem &$address_data$&
10394 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
10395 This variable is set by means of the &%address_data%& option in routers. The
10396 value then remains with the address while it is processed by subsequent routers
10397 and eventually a transport. If the transport is handling multiple addresses,
10398 the value from the first address is used. See chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&
10399 for more details. &*Note*&: The contents of &$address_data$& are visible in
10400 user filter files.
10401
10402 If &$address_data$& is set when the routers are called from an ACL to verify
10403 a recipient address, the final value is still in the variable for subsequent
10404 conditions and modifiers of the ACL statement. If routing the address caused it
10405 to be redirected to just one address, the child address is also routed as part
10406 of the verification, and in this case the final value of &$address_data$& is
10407 from the child's routing.
10408
10409 If &$address_data$& is set when the routers are called from an ACL to verify a
10410 sender address, the final value is also preserved, but this time in
10411 &$sender_address_data$&, to distinguish it from data from a recipient
10412 address.
10413
10414 In both cases (recipient and sender verification), the value does not persist
10415 after the end of the current ACL statement. If you want to preserve
10416 these values for longer, you can save them in ACL variables.
10417
10418 .vitem &$address_file$&
10419 .vindex "&$address_file$&"
10420 When, as a result of aliasing, forwarding, or filtering, a message is directed
10421 to a specific file, this variable holds the name of the file when the transport
10422 is running. At other times, the variable is empty. For example, using the
10423 default configuration, if user &%r2d2%& has a &_.forward_& file containing
10424 .code
10425 /home/r2d2/savemail
10426 .endd
10427 then when the &(address_file)& transport is running, &$address_file$&
10428 contains the text string &`/home/r2d2/savemail`&.
10429 .cindex "Sieve filter" "value of &$address_file$&"
10430 For Sieve filters, the value may be &"inbox"& or a relative folder name. It is
10431 then up to the transport configuration to generate an appropriate absolute path
10432 to the relevant file.
10433
10434 .vitem &$address_pipe$&
10435 .vindex "&$address_pipe$&"
10436 When, as a result of aliasing or forwarding, a message is directed to a pipe,
10437 this variable holds the pipe command when the transport is running.
10438
10439 .vitem "&$auth1$& &-- &$auth3$&"
10440 .vindex "&$auth1$&, &$auth2$&, etc"
10441 These variables are used in SMTP authenticators (see chapters
10442 &<<CHAPplaintext>>&&--&<<CHAPspa>>&). Elsewhere, they are empty.
10443
10444 .vitem &$authenticated_id$&
10445 .cindex "authentication" "id"
10446 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
10447 When a server successfully authenticates a client it may be configured to
10448 preserve some of the authentication information in the variable
10449 &$authenticated_id$& (see chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&). For example, a
10450 user/password authenticator configuration might preserve the user name for use
10451 in the routers. Note that this is not the same information that is saved in
10452 &$sender_host_authenticated$&.
10453 When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP connection)
10454 the value of &$authenticated_id$& is normally the login name of the calling
10455 process. However, a trusted user can override this by means of the &%-oMai%&
10456 command line option.
10457
10458
10459
10460
10461 .vitem &$authenticated_sender$&
10462 .cindex "sender" "authenticated"
10463 .cindex "authentication" "sender"
10464 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
10465 .vindex "&$authenticated_sender$&"
10466 When acting as a server, Exim takes note of the AUTH= parameter on an incoming
10467 SMTP MAIL command if it believes the sender is sufficiently trusted, as
10468 described in section &<<SECTauthparamail>>&. Unless the data is the string
10469 &"<>"&, it is set as the authenticated sender of the message, and the value is
10470 available during delivery in the &$authenticated_sender$& variable. If the
10471 sender is not trusted, Exim accepts the syntax of AUTH=, but ignores the data.
10472
10473 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
10474 When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP connection), the
10475 value of &$authenticated_sender$& is an address constructed from the login
10476 name of the calling process and &$qualify_domain$&, except that a trusted user
10477 can override this by means of the &%-oMas%& command line option.
10478
10479
10480 .vitem &$authentication_failed$&
10481 .cindex "authentication" "failure"
10482 .vindex "&$authentication_failed$&"
10483 This variable is set to &"1"& in an Exim server if a client issues an AUTH
10484 command that does not succeed. Otherwise it is set to &"0"&. This makes it
10485 possible to distinguish between &"did not try to authenticate"&
10486 (&$sender_host_authenticated$& is empty and &$authentication_failed$& is set to
10487 &"0"&) and &"tried to authenticate but failed"& (&$sender_host_authenticated$&
10488 is empty and &$authentication_failed$& is set to &"1"&). Failure includes any
10489 negative response to an AUTH command, including (for example) an attempt to use
10490 an undefined mechanism.
10491
10492 .vitem &$body_linecount$&
10493 .cindex "message body" "line count"
10494 .cindex "body of message" "line count"
10495 .vindex "&$body_linecount$&"
10496 When a message is being received or delivered, this variable contains the
10497 number of lines in the message's body. See also &$message_linecount$&.
10498
10499 .vitem &$body_zerocount$&
10500 .cindex "message body" "binary zero count"
10501 .cindex "body of message" "binary zero count"
10502 .cindex "binary zero" "in message body"
10503 .vindex "&$body_zerocount$&"
10504 When a message is being received or delivered, this variable contains the
10505 number of binary zero bytes in the message's body.
10506
10507 .vitem &$bounce_recipient$&
10508 .vindex "&$bounce_recipient$&"
10509 This is set to the recipient address of a bounce message while Exim is creating
10510 it. It is useful if a customized bounce message text file is in use (see
10511 chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&).
10512
10513 .vitem &$bounce_return_size_limit$&
10514 .vindex "&$bounce_return_size_limit$&"
10515 This contains the value set in the &%bounce_return_size_limit%& option, rounded
10516 up to a multiple of 1000. It is useful when a customized error message text
10517 file is in use (see chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&).
10518
10519 .vitem &$caller_gid$&
10520 .cindex "gid (group id)" "caller"
10521 .vindex "&$caller_gid$&"
10522 The real group id under which the process that called Exim was running. This is
10523 not the same as the group id of the originator of a message (see
10524 &$originator_gid$&). If Exim re-execs itself, this variable in the new
10525 incarnation normally contains the Exim gid.
10526
10527 .vitem &$caller_uid$&
10528 .cindex "uid (user id)" "caller"
10529 .vindex "&$caller_uid$&"
10530 The real user id under which the process that called Exim was running. This is
10531 not the same as the user id of the originator of a message (see
10532 &$originator_uid$&). If Exim re-execs itself, this variable in the new
10533 incarnation normally contains the Exim uid.
10534
10535 .vitem &$compile_date$&
10536 .vindex "&$compile_date$&"
10537 The date on which the Exim binary was compiled.
10538
10539 .vitem &$compile_number$&
10540 .vindex "&$compile_number$&"
10541 The building process for Exim keeps a count of the number
10542 of times it has been compiled. This serves to distinguish different
10543 compilations of the same version of the program.
10544
10545 .vitem &$demime_errorlevel$&
10546 .vindex "&$demime_errorlevel$&"
10547 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with
10548 the content-scanning extension and the obsolete &%demime%& condition. For
10549 details, see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
10550
10551 .vitem &$demime_reason$&
10552 .vindex "&$demime_reason$&"
10553 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with the
10554 content-scanning extension and the obsolete &%demime%& condition. For details,
10555 see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
10556
10557 .vitem &$dnslist_domain$& &&&
10558 &$dnslist_matched$& &&&
10559 &$dnslist_text$& &&&
10560 &$dnslist_value$&
10561 .vindex "&$dnslist_domain$&"
10562 .vindex "&$dnslist_matched$&"
10563 .vindex "&$dnslist_text$&"
10564 .vindex "&$dnslist_value$&"
10565 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
10566 When a DNS (black) list lookup succeeds, these variables are set to contain
10567 the following data from the lookup: the list's domain name, the key that was
10568 looked up, the contents of any associated TXT record, and the value from the
10569 main A record. See section &<<SECID204>>& for more details.
10570
10571 .vitem &$domain$&
10572 .vindex "&$domain$&"
10573 When an address is being routed, or delivered on its own, this variable
10574 contains the domain. Uppercase letters in the domain are converted into lower
10575 case for &$domain$&.
10576
10577 Global address rewriting happens when a message is received, so the value of
10578 &$domain$& during routing and delivery is the value after rewriting. &$domain$&
10579 is set during user filtering, but not during system filtering, because a
10580 message may have many recipients and the system filter is called just once.
10581
10582 When more than one address is being delivered at once (for example, several
10583 RCPT commands in one SMTP delivery), &$domain$& is set only if they all
10584 have the same domain. Transports can be restricted to handling only one domain
10585 at a time if the value of &$domain$& is required at transport time &-- this is
10586 the default for local transports. For further details of the environment in
10587 which local transports are run, see chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
10588
10589 .oindex "&%delay_warning_condition%&"
10590 At the end of a delivery, if all deferred addresses have the same domain, it is
10591 set in &$domain$& during the expansion of &%delay_warning_condition%&.
10592
10593 The &$domain$& variable is also used in some other circumstances:
10594
10595 .ilist
10596 When an ACL is running for a RCPT command, &$domain$& contains the domain of
10597 the recipient address. The domain of the &'sender'& address is in
10598 &$sender_address_domain$& at both MAIL time and at RCPT time. &$domain$& is not
10599 normally set during the running of the MAIL ACL. However, if the sender address
10600 is verified with a callout during the MAIL ACL, the sender domain is placed in
10601 &$domain$& during the expansions of &%hosts%&, &%interface%&, and &%port%& in
10602 the &(smtp)& transport.
10603
10604 .next
10605 When a rewrite item is being processed (see chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&),
10606 &$domain$& contains the domain portion of the address that is being rewritten;
10607 it can be used in the expansion of the replacement address, for example, to
10608 rewrite domains by file lookup.
10609
10610 .next
10611 With one important exception, whenever a domain list is being scanned,
10612 &$domain$& contains the subject domain. &*Exception*&: When a domain list in
10613 a &%sender_domains%& condition in an ACL is being processed, the subject domain
10614 is in &$sender_address_domain$& and not in &$domain$&. It works this way so
10615 that, in a RCPT ACL, the sender domain list can be dependent on the
10616 recipient domain (which is what is in &$domain$& at this time).
10617
10618 .next
10619 .cindex "ETRN" "value of &$domain$&"
10620 .oindex "&%smtp_etrn_command%&"
10621 When the &%smtp_etrn_command%& option is being expanded, &$domain$& contains
10622 the complete argument of the ETRN command (see section &<<SECTETRN>>&).
10623 .endlist
10624
10625
10626 .vitem &$domain_data$&
10627 .vindex "&$domain_data$&"
10628 When the &%domains%& option on a router matches a domain by
10629 means of a lookup, the data read by the lookup is available during the running
10630 of the router as &$domain_data$&. In addition, if the driver routes the
10631 address to a transport, the value is available in that transport. If the
10632 transport is handling multiple addresses, the value from the first address is
10633 used.
10634
10635 &$domain_data$& is also set when the &%domains%& condition in an ACL matches a
10636 domain by means of a lookup. The data read by the lookup is available during
10637 the rest of the ACL statement. In all other situations, this variable expands
10638 to nothing.
10639
10640 .vitem &$exim_gid$&
10641 .vindex "&$exim_gid$&"
10642 This variable contains the numerical value of the Exim group id.
10643
10644 .vitem &$exim_path$&
10645 .vindex "&$exim_path$&"
10646 This variable contains the path to the Exim binary.
10647
10648 .vitem &$exim_uid$&
10649 .vindex "&$exim_uid$&"
10650 This variable contains the numerical value of the Exim user id.
10651
10652 .vitem &$found_extension$&
10653 .vindex "&$found_extension$&"
10654 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with the
10655 content-scanning extension and the obsolete &%demime%& condition. For details,
10656 see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
10657
10658 .vitem &$header_$&<&'name'&>
10659 This is not strictly an expansion variable. It is expansion syntax for
10660 inserting the message header line with the given name. Note that the name must
10661 be terminated by colon or white space, because it may contain a wide variety of
10662 characters. Note also that braces must &'not'& be used.
10663
10664 .vitem &$home$&
10665 .vindex "&$home$&"
10666 When the &%check_local_user%& option is set for a router, the user's home
10667 directory is placed in &$home$& when the check succeeds. In particular, this
10668 means it is set during the running of users' filter files. A router may also
10669 explicitly set a home directory for use by a transport; this can be overridden
10670 by a setting on the transport itself.
10671
10672 When running a filter test via the &%-bf%& option, &$home$& is set to the value
10673 of the environment variable HOME.
10674
10675 .vitem &$host$&
10676 .vindex "&$host$&"
10677 If a router assigns an address to a transport (any transport), and passes a
10678 list of hosts with the address, the value of &$host$& when the transport starts
10679 to run is the name of the first host on the list. Note that this applies both
10680 to local and remote transports.
10681
10682 .cindex "transport" "filter"
10683 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
10684 For the &(smtp)& transport, if there is more than one host, the value of
10685 &$host$& changes as the transport works its way through the list. In
10686 particular, when the &(smtp)& transport is expanding its options for encryption
10687 using TLS, or for specifying a transport filter (see chapter
10688 &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&), &$host$& contains the name of the host to which it
10689 is connected.
10690
10691 When used in the client part of an authenticator configuration (see chapter
10692 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&), &$host$& contains the name of the server to which the
10693 client is connected.
10694
10695
10696 .vitem &$host_address$&
10697 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
10698 This variable is set to the remote host's IP address whenever &$host$& is set
10699 for a remote connection. It is also set to the IP address that is being checked
10700 when the &%ignore_target_hosts%& option is being processed.
10701
10702 .vitem &$host_data$&
10703 .vindex "&$host_data$&"
10704 If a &%hosts%& condition in an ACL is satisfied by means of a lookup, the
10705 result of the lookup is made available in the &$host_data$& variable. This
10706 allows you, for example, to do things like this:
10707 .code
10708 deny hosts = net-lsearch;/some/file
10709 message = $host_data
10710 .endd
10711 .vitem &$host_lookup_deferred$&
10712 .cindex "host name" "lookup, failure of"
10713 .vindex "&$host_lookup_deferred$&"
10714 This variable normally contains &"0"&, as does &$host_lookup_failed$&. When a
10715 message comes from a remote host and there is an attempt to look up the host's
10716 name from its IP address, and the attempt is not successful, one of these
10717 variables is set to &"1"&.
10718
10719 .ilist
10720 If the lookup receives a definite negative response (for example, a DNS lookup
10721 succeeded, but no records were found), &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&.
10722
10723 .next
10724 If there is any kind of problem during the lookup, such that Exim cannot
10725 tell whether or not the host name is defined (for example, a timeout for a DNS
10726 lookup), &$host_lookup_deferred$& is set to &"1"&.
10727 .endlist ilist
10728
10729 Looking up a host's name from its IP address consists of more than just a
10730 single reverse lookup. Exim checks that a forward lookup of at least one of the
10731 names it receives from a reverse lookup yields the original IP address. If this
10732 is not the case, Exim does not accept the looked up name(s), and
10733 &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&. Thus, being able to find a name from an
10734 IP address (for example, the existence of a PTR record in the DNS) is not
10735 sufficient on its own for the success of a host name lookup. If the reverse
10736 lookup succeeds, but there is a lookup problem such as a timeout when checking
10737 the result, the name is not accepted, and &$host_lookup_deferred$& is set to
10738 &"1"&. See also &$sender_host_name$&.
10739
10740 .vitem &$host_lookup_failed$&
10741 .vindex "&$host_lookup_failed$&"
10742 See &$host_lookup_deferred$&.
10743
10744
10745 .vitem &$inode$&
10746 .vindex "&$inode$&"
10747 The only time this variable is set is while expanding the &%directory_file%&
10748 option in the &(appendfile)& transport. The variable contains the inode number
10749 of the temporary file which is about to be renamed. It can be used to construct
10750 a unique name for the file.
10751
10752 .vitem &$interface_address$&
10753 .vindex "&$interface_address$&"
10754 This is an obsolete name for &$received_ip_address$&.
10755
10756 .vitem &$interface_port$&
10757 .vindex "&$interface_port$&"
10758 This is an obsolete name for &$received_port$&.
10759
10760 .vitem &$item$&
10761 .vindex "&$item$&"
10762 This variable is used during the expansion of &*forall*& and &*forany*&
10763 conditions (see section &<<SECTexpcond>>&), and &*filter*&, &*map*&, and
10764 &*reduce*& items (see section &<<SECTexpcond>>&). In other circumstances, it is
10765 empty.
10766
10767 .vitem &$ldap_dn$&
10768 .vindex "&$ldap_dn$&"
10769 This variable, which is available only when Exim is compiled with LDAP support,
10770 contains the DN from the last entry in the most recently successful LDAP
10771 lookup.
10772
10773 .vitem &$load_average$&
10774 .vindex "&$load_average$&"
10775 This variable contains the system load average, multiplied by 1000 so that it
10776 is an integer. For example, if the load average is 0.21, the value of the
10777 variable is 210. The value is recomputed every time the variable is referenced.
10778
10779 .vitem &$local_part$&
10780 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
10781 When an address is being routed, or delivered on its own, this
10782 variable contains the local part. When a number of addresses are being
10783 delivered together (for example, multiple RCPT commands in an SMTP
10784 session), &$local_part$& is not set.
10785
10786 Global address rewriting happens when a message is received, so the value of
10787 &$local_part$& during routing and delivery is the value after rewriting.
10788 &$local_part$& is set during user filtering, but not during system filtering,
10789 because a message may have many recipients and the system filter is called just
10790 once.
10791
10792 .vindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
10793 .vindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
10794 If a local part prefix or suffix has been recognized, it is not included in the
10795 value of &$local_part$& during routing and subsequent delivery. The values of
10796 any prefix or suffix are in &$local_part_prefix$& and
10797 &$local_part_suffix$&, respectively.
10798
10799 When a message is being delivered to a file, pipe, or autoreply transport as a
10800 result of aliasing or forwarding, &$local_part$& is set to the local part of
10801 the parent address, not to the file name or command (see &$address_file$& and
10802 &$address_pipe$&).
10803
10804 When an ACL is running for a RCPT command, &$local_part$& contains the
10805 local part of the recipient address.
10806
10807 When a rewrite item is being processed (see chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&),
10808 &$local_part$& contains the local part of the address that is being rewritten;
10809 it can be used in the expansion of the replacement address, for example.
10810
10811 In all cases, all quoting is removed from the local part. For example, for both
10812 the addresses
10813 .code
10814 "abc:xyz"@test.example
10815 abc\:xyz@test.example
10816 .endd
10817 the value of &$local_part$& is
10818 .code
10819 abc:xyz
10820 .endd
10821 If you use &$local_part$& to create another address, you should always wrap it
10822 inside a quoting operator. For example, in a &(redirect)& router you could
10823 have:
10824 .code
10825 data = ${quote_local_part:$local_part}@new.domain.example
10826 .endd
10827 &*Note*&: The value of &$local_part$& is normally lower cased. If you want
10828 to process local parts in a case-dependent manner in a router, you can set the
10829 &%caseful_local_part%& option (see chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&).
10830
10831 .vitem &$local_part_data$&
10832 .vindex "&$local_part_data$&"
10833 When the &%local_parts%& option on a router matches a local part by means of a
10834 lookup, the data read by the lookup is available during the running of the
10835 router as &$local_part_data$&. In addition, if the driver routes the address
10836 to a transport, the value is available in that transport. If the transport is
10837 handling multiple addresses, the value from the first address is used.
10838
10839 &$local_part_data$& is also set when the &%local_parts%& condition in an ACL
10840 matches a local part by means of a lookup. The data read by the lookup is
10841 available during the rest of the ACL statement. In all other situations, this
10842 variable expands to nothing.
10843
10844 .vitem &$local_part_prefix$&
10845 .vindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
10846 When an address is being routed or delivered, and a
10847 specific prefix for the local part was recognized, it is available in this
10848 variable, having been removed from &$local_part$&.
10849
10850 .vitem &$local_part_suffix$&
10851 .vindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
10852 When an address is being routed or delivered, and a
10853 specific suffix for the local part was recognized, it is available in this
10854 variable, having been removed from &$local_part$&.
10855
10856 .vitem &$local_scan_data$&
10857 .vindex "&$local_scan_data$&"
10858 This variable contains the text returned by the &[local_scan()]& function when
10859 a message is received. See chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>& for more details.
10860
10861 .vitem &$local_user_gid$&
10862 .vindex "&$local_user_gid$&"
10863 See &$local_user_uid$&.
10864
10865 .vitem &$local_user_uid$&
10866 .vindex "&$local_user_uid$&"
10867 This variable and &$local_user_gid$& are set to the uid and gid after the
10868 &%check_local_user%& router precondition succeeds. This means that their values
10869 are available for the remaining preconditions (&%senders%&, &%require_files%&,
10870 and &%condition%&), for the &%address_data%& expansion, and for any
10871 router-specific expansions. At all other times, the values in these variables
10872 are &`(uid_t)(-1)`& and &`(gid_t)(-1)`&, respectively.
10873
10874 .vitem &$localhost_number$&
10875 .vindex "&$localhost_number$&"
10876 This contains the expanded value of the
10877 &%localhost_number%& option. The expansion happens after the main options have
10878 been read.
10879
10880 .vitem &$log_inodes$&
10881 .vindex "&$log_inodes$&"
10882 The number of free inodes in the disk partition where Exim's
10883 log files are being written. The value is recalculated whenever the variable is
10884 referenced. If the relevant file system does not have the concept of inodes,
10885 the value of is -1. See also the &%check_log_inodes%& option.
10886
10887 .vitem &$log_space$&
10888 .vindex "&$log_space$&"
10889 The amount of free space (as a number of kilobytes) in the disk
10890 partition where Exim's log files are being written. The value is recalculated
10891 whenever the variable is referenced. If the operating system does not have the
10892 ability to find the amount of free space (only true for experimental systems),
10893 the space value is -1. See also the &%check_log_space%& option.
10894
10895
10896 .vitem &$mailstore_basename$&
10897 .vindex "&$mailstore_basename$&"
10898 This variable is set only when doing deliveries in &"mailstore"& format in the
10899 &(appendfile)& transport. During the expansion of the &%mailstore_prefix%&,
10900 &%mailstore_suffix%&, &%message_prefix%&, and &%message_suffix%& options, it
10901 contains the basename of the files that are being written, that is, the name
10902 without the &".tmp"&, &".env"&, or &".msg"& suffix. At all other times, this
10903 variable is empty.
10904
10905 .vitem &$malware_name$&
10906 .vindex "&$malware_name$&"
10907 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with the
10908 content-scanning extension. It is set to the name of the virus that was found
10909 when the ACL &%malware%& condition is true (see section &<<SECTscanvirus>>&).
10910
10911 .vitem &$max_received_linelength$&
10912 .vindex "&$max_received_linelength$&"
10913 .cindex "maximum" "line length"
10914 .cindex "line length" "maximum"
10915 This variable contains the number of bytes in the longest line that was
10916 received as part of the message, not counting the line termination
10917 character(s).
10918
10919 .vitem &$message_age$&
10920 .cindex "message" "age of"
10921 .vindex "&$message_age$&"
10922 This variable is set at the start of a delivery attempt to contain the number
10923 of seconds since the message was received. It does not change during a single
10924 delivery attempt.
10925
10926 .vitem &$message_body$&
10927 .cindex "body of message" "expansion variable"
10928 .cindex "message body" "in expansion"
10929 .cindex "binary zero" "in message body"
10930 .vindex "&$message_body$&"
10931 .oindex "&%message_body_visible%&"
10932 This variable contains the initial portion of a message's body while it is
10933 being delivered, and is intended mainly for use in filter files. The maximum
10934 number of characters of the body that are put into the variable is set by the
10935 &%message_body_visible%& configuration option; the default is 500.
10936
10937 .oindex "&%message_body_newlines%&"
10938 By default, newlines are converted into spaces in &$message_body$&, to make it
10939 easier to search for phrases that might be split over a line break. However,
10940 this can be disabled by setting &%message_body_newlines%& to be true. Binary
10941 zeros are always converted into spaces.
10942
10943 .vitem &$message_body_end$&
10944 .cindex "body of message" "expansion variable"
10945 .cindex "message body" "in expansion"
10946 .vindex "&$message_body_end$&"
10947 This variable contains the final portion of a message's
10948 body while it is being delivered. The format and maximum size are as for
10949 &$message_body$&.
10950
10951 .vitem &$message_body_size$&
10952 .cindex "body of message" "size"
10953 .cindex "message body" "size"
10954 .vindex "&$message_body_size$&"
10955 When a message is being delivered, this variable contains the size of the body
10956 in bytes. The count starts from the character after the blank line that
10957 separates the body from the header. Newlines are included in the count. See
10958 also &$message_size$&, &$body_linecount$&, and &$body_zerocount$&.
10959
10960 .vitem &$message_exim_id$&
10961 .vindex "&$message_exim_id$&"
10962 When a message is being received or delivered, this variable contains the
10963 unique message id that is generated and used by Exim to identify the message.
10964 An id is not created for a message until after its header has been successfully
10965 received. &*Note*&: This is &'not'& the contents of the &'Message-ID:'& header
10966 line; it is the local id that Exim assigns to the message, for example:
10967 &`1BXTIK-0001yO-VA`&.
10968
10969 .vitem &$message_headers$&
10970 .vindex &$message_headers$&
10971 This variable contains a concatenation of all the header lines when a message
10972 is being processed, except for lines added by routers or transports. The header
10973 lines are separated by newline characters. Their contents are decoded in the
10974 same way as a header line that is inserted by &%bheader%&.
10975
10976 .vitem &$message_headers_raw$&
10977 .vindex &$message_headers_raw$&
10978 This variable is like &$message_headers$& except that no processing of the
10979 contents of header lines is done.
10980
10981 .vitem &$message_id$&
10982 This is an old name for &$message_exim_id$&, which is now deprecated.
10983
10984 .vitem &$message_linecount$&
10985 .vindex "&$message_linecount$&"
10986 This variable contains the total number of lines in the header and body of the
10987 message. Compare &$body_linecount$&, which is the count for the body only.
10988 During the DATA and content-scanning ACLs, &$message_linecount$& contains the
10989 number of lines received. Before delivery happens (that is, before filters,
10990 routers, and transports run) the count is increased to include the
10991 &'Received:'& header line that Exim standardly adds, and also any other header
10992 lines that are added by ACLs. The blank line that separates the message header
10993 from the body is not counted. Here is an example of the use of this variable in
10994 a DATA ACL:
10995 .code
10996 deny message = Too many lines in message header
10997 condition = \
10998 ${if <{250}{${eval:$message_linecount - $body_linecount}}}
10999 .endd
11000 In the MAIL and RCPT ACLs, the value is zero because at that stage the
11001 message has not yet been received.
11002
11003 .vitem &$message_size$&
11004 .cindex "size" "of message"
11005 .cindex "message" "size"
11006 .vindex "&$message_size$&"
11007 When a message is being processed, this variable contains its size in bytes. In
11008 most cases, the size includes those headers that were received with the
11009 message, but not those (such as &'Envelope-to:'&) that are added to individual
11010 deliveries as they are written. However, there is one special case: during the
11011 expansion of the &%maildir_tag%& option in the &(appendfile)& transport while
11012 doing a delivery in maildir format, the value of &$message_size$& is the
11013 precise size of the file that has been written. See also
11014 &$message_body_size$&, &$body_linecount$&, and &$body_zerocount$&.
11015
11016 .new
11017 .cindex "RCPT" "value of &$message_size$&"
11018 While running a per message ACL (mail/rcpt/predata), &$message_size$&
11019 contains the size supplied on the MAIL command, or -1 if no size was given. The
11020 value may not, of course, be truthful.
11021 .wen
11022
11023 .vitem &$mime_$&&'xxx'&
11024 A number of variables whose names start with &$mime$& are
11025 available when Exim is compiled with the content-scanning extension. For
11026 details, see section &<<SECTscanmimepart>>&.
11027
11028 .vitem "&$n0$& &-- &$n9$&"
11029 These variables are counters that can be incremented by means
11030 of the &%add%& command in filter files.
11031
11032 .vitem &$original_domain$&
11033 .vindex "&$domain$&"
11034 .vindex "&$original_domain$&"
11035 When a top-level address is being processed for delivery, this contains the
11036 same value as &$domain$&. However, if a &"child"& address (for example,
11037 generated by an alias, forward, or filter file) is being processed, this
11038 variable contains the domain of the original address (lower cased). This
11039 differs from &$parent_domain$& only when there is more than one level of
11040 aliasing or forwarding. When more than one address is being delivered in a
11041 single transport run, &$original_domain$& is not set.
11042
11043 If a new address is created by means of a &%deliver%& command in a system
11044 filter, it is set up with an artificial &"parent"& address. This has the local
11045 part &'system-filter'& and the default qualify domain.
11046
11047 .vitem &$original_local_part$&
11048 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
11049 .vindex "&$original_local_part$&"
11050 When a top-level address is being processed for delivery, this contains the
11051 same value as &$local_part$&, unless a prefix or suffix was removed from the
11052 local part, because &$original_local_part$& always contains the full local
11053 part. When a &"child"& address (for example, generated by an alias, forward, or
11054 filter file) is being processed, this variable contains the full local part of
11055 the original address.
11056
11057 If the router that did the redirection processed the local part
11058 case-insensitively, the value in &$original_local_part$& is in lower case.
11059 This variable differs from &$parent_local_part$& only when there is more than
11060 one level of aliasing or forwarding. When more than one address is being
11061 delivered in a single transport run, &$original_local_part$& is not set.
11062
11063 If a new address is created by means of a &%deliver%& command in a system
11064 filter, it is set up with an artificial &"parent"& address. This has the local
11065 part &'system-filter'& and the default qualify domain.
11066
11067 .vitem &$originator_gid$&
11068 .cindex "gid (group id)" "of originating user"
11069 .cindex "sender" "gid"
11070 .vindex "&$caller_gid$&"
11071 .vindex "&$originator_gid$&"
11072 This variable contains the value of &$caller_gid$& that was set when the
11073 message was received. For messages received via the command line, this is the
11074 gid of the sending user. For messages received by SMTP over TCP/IP, this is
11075 normally the gid of the Exim user.
11076
11077 .vitem &$originator_uid$&
11078 .cindex "uid (user id)" "of originating user"
11079 .cindex "sender" "uid"
11080 .vindex "&$caller_uid$&"
11081 .vindex "&$originaltor_uid$&"
11082 The value of &$caller_uid$& that was set when the message was received. For
11083 messages received via the command line, this is the uid of the sending user.
11084 For messages received by SMTP over TCP/IP, this is normally the uid of the Exim
11085 user.
11086
11087 .vitem &$parent_domain$&
11088 .vindex "&$parent_domain$&"
11089 This variable is similar to &$original_domain$& (see
11090 above), except that it refers to the immediately preceding parent address.
11091
11092 .vitem &$parent_local_part$&
11093 .vindex "&$parent_local_part$&"
11094 This variable is similar to &$original_local_part$&
11095 (see above), except that it refers to the immediately preceding parent address.
11096
11097 .vitem &$pid$&
11098 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of current process"
11099 .vindex "&$pid$&"
11100 This variable contains the current process id.
11101
11102 .vitem &$pipe_addresses$&
11103 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
11104 .cindex "transport" "filter"
11105 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
11106 This is not an expansion variable, but is mentioned here because the string
11107 &`$pipe_addresses`& is handled specially in the command specification for the
11108 &(pipe)& transport (chapter &<<CHAPpipetransport>>&) and in transport filters
11109 (described under &%transport_filter%& in chapter &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&).
11110 It cannot be used in general expansion strings, and provokes an &"unknown
11111 variable"& error if encountered.
11112
11113 .vitem &$primary_hostname$&
11114 .vindex "&$primary_hostname$&"
11115 This variable contains the value set by &%primary_hostname%& in the
11116 configuration file, or read by the &[uname()]& function. If &[uname()]& returns
11117 a single-component name, Exim calls &[gethostbyname()]& (or
11118 &[getipnodebyname()]& where available) in an attempt to acquire a fully
11119 qualified host name. See also &$smtp_active_hostname$&.
11120
11121
11122 .vitem &$prvscheck_address$&
11123 This variable is used in conjunction with the &%prvscheck%& expansion item,
11124 which is described in sections &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& and
11125 &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
11126
11127 .vitem &$prvscheck_keynum$&
11128 This variable is used in conjunction with the &%prvscheck%& expansion item,
11129 which is described in sections &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& and
11130 &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
11131
11132 .vitem &$prvscheck_result$&
11133 This variable is used in conjunction with the &%prvscheck%& expansion item,
11134 which is described in sections &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& and
11135 &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
11136
11137 .vitem &$qualify_domain$&
11138 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
11139 The value set for the &%qualify_domain%& option in the configuration file.
11140
11141 .vitem &$qualify_recipient$&
11142 .vindex "&$qualify_recipient$&"
11143 The value set for the &%qualify_recipient%& option in the configuration file,
11144 or if not set, the value of &$qualify_domain$&.
11145
11146 .vitem &$rcpt_count$&
11147 .vindex "&$rcpt_count$&"
11148 When a message is being received by SMTP, this variable contains the number of
11149 RCPT commands received for the current message. If this variable is used in a
11150 RCPT ACL, its value includes the current command.
11151
11152 .vitem &$rcpt_defer_count$&
11153 .vindex "&$rcpt_defer_count$&"
11154 .cindex "4&'xx'& responses" "count of"
11155 When a message is being received by SMTP, this variable contains the number of
11156 RCPT commands in the current message that have previously been rejected with a
11157 temporary (4&'xx'&) response.
11158
11159 .vitem &$rcpt_fail_count$&
11160 .vindex "&$rcpt_fail_count$&"
11161 When a message is being received by SMTP, this variable contains the number of
11162 RCPT commands in the current message that have previously been rejected with a
11163 permanent (5&'xx'&) response.
11164
11165 .vitem &$received_count$&
11166 .vindex "&$received_count$&"
11167 This variable contains the number of &'Received:'& header lines in the message,
11168 including the one added by Exim (so its value is always greater than zero). It
11169 is available in the DATA ACL, the non-SMTP ACL, and while routing and
11170 delivering.
11171
11172 .vitem &$received_for$&
11173 .vindex "&$received_for$&"
11174 If there is only a single recipient address in an incoming message, this
11175 variable contains that address when the &'Received:'& header line is being
11176 built. The value is copied after recipient rewriting has happened, but before
11177 the &[local_scan()]& function is run.
11178
11179 .vitem &$received_ip_address$&
11180 .vindex "&$received_ip_address$&"
11181 As soon as an Exim server starts processing an incoming TCP/IP connection, this
11182 variable is set to the address of the local IP interface, and &$received_port$&
11183 is set to the local port number. (The remote IP address and port are in
11184 &$sender_host_address$& and &$sender_host_port$&.) When testing with &%-bh%&,
11185 the port value is -1 unless it has been set using the &%-oMi%& command line
11186 option.
11187
11188 As well as being useful in ACLs (including the &"connect"& ACL), these variable
11189 could be used, for example, to make the file name for a TLS certificate depend
11190 on which interface and/or port is being used for the incoming connection. The
11191 values of &$received_ip_address$& and &$received_port$& are saved with any
11192 messages that are received, thus making these variables available at delivery
11193 time.
11194
11195 &*Note:*& There are no equivalent variables for outgoing connections, because
11196 the values are unknown (unless they are explicitly set by options of the
11197 &(smtp)& transport).
11198
11199 .vitem &$received_port$&
11200 .vindex "&$received_port$&"
11201 See &$received_ip_address$&.
11202
11203 .vitem &$received_protocol$&
11204 .vindex "&$received_protocol$&"
11205 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the name of the
11206 protocol by which it was received. Most of the names used by Exim are defined
11207 by RFCs 821, 2821, and 3848. They start with &"smtp"& (the client used HELO) or
11208 &"esmtp"& (the client used EHLO). This can be followed by &"s"& for secure
11209 (encrypted) and/or &"a"& for authenticated. Thus, for example, if the protocol
11210 is set to &"esmtpsa"&, the message was received over an encrypted SMTP
11211 connection and the client was successfully authenticated.
11212
11213 Exim uses the protocol name &"smtps"& for the case when encryption is
11214 automatically set up on connection without the use of STARTTLS (see
11215 &%tls_on_connect_ports%&), and the client uses HELO to initiate the
11216 encrypted SMTP session. The name &"smtps"& is also used for the rare situation
11217 where the client initially uses EHLO, sets up an encrypted connection using
11218 STARTTLS, and then uses HELO afterwards.
11219
11220 The &%-oMr%& option provides a way of specifying a custom protocol name for
11221 messages that are injected locally by trusted callers. This is commonly used to
11222 identify messages that are being re-injected after some kind of scanning.
11223
11224 .vitem &$received_time$&
11225 .vindex "&$received_time$&"
11226 This variable contains the date and time when the current message was received,
11227 as a number of seconds since the start of the Unix epoch.
11228
11229 .vitem &$recipient_data$&
11230 .vindex "&$recipient_data$&"
11231 This variable is set after an indexing lookup success in an ACL &%recipients%&
11232 condition. It contains the data from the lookup, and the value remains set
11233 until the next &%recipients%& test. Thus, you can do things like this:
11234 .display
11235 &`require recipients = cdb*@;/some/file`&
11236 &`deny `&&'some further test involving'& &`$recipient_data`&
11237 .endd
11238 &*Warning*&: This variable is set only when a lookup is used as an indexing
11239 method in the address list, using the semicolon syntax as in the example above.
11240 The variable is not set for a lookup that is used as part of the string
11241 expansion that all such lists undergo before being interpreted.
11242
11243 .vitem &$recipient_verify_failure$&
11244 .vindex "&$recipient_verify_failure$&"
11245 In an ACL, when a recipient verification fails, this variable contains
11246 information about the failure. It is set to one of the following words:
11247
11248 .ilist
11249 &"qualify"&: The address was unqualified (no domain), and the message
11250 was neither local nor came from an exempted host.
11251
11252 .next
11253 &"route"&: Routing failed.
11254
11255 .next
11256 &"mail"&: Routing succeeded, and a callout was attempted; rejection occurred at
11257 or before the MAIL command (that is, on initial connection, HELO, or
11258 MAIL).
11259
11260 .next
11261 &"recipient"&: The RCPT command in a callout was rejected.
11262 .next
11263
11264 &"postmaster"&: The postmaster check in a callout was rejected.
11265 .endlist
11266
11267 The main use of this variable is expected to be to distinguish between
11268 rejections of MAIL and rejections of RCPT.
11269
11270 .vitem &$recipients$&
11271 .vindex "&$recipients$&"
11272 This variable contains a list of envelope recipients for a message. A comma and
11273 a space separate the addresses in the replacement text. However, the variable
11274 is not generally available, to prevent exposure of Bcc recipients in
11275 unprivileged users' filter files. You can use &$recipients$& only in these
11276 cases:
11277
11278 .olist
11279 In a system filter file.
11280 .next
11281 In the ACLs associated with the DATA command and with non-SMTP messages, that
11282 is, the ACLs defined by &%acl_smtp_predata%&, &%acl_smtp_data%&,
11283 &%acl_smtp_mime%&, &%acl_not_smtp_start%&, &%acl_not_smtp%&, and
11284 &%acl_not_smtp_mime%&.
11285 .next
11286 From within a &[local_scan()]& function.
11287 .endlist
11288
11289
11290 .vitem &$recipients_count$&
11291 .vindex "&$recipients_count$&"
11292 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the number of
11293 envelope recipients that came with the message. Duplicates are not excluded
11294 from the count. While a message is being received over SMTP, the number
11295 increases for each accepted recipient. It can be referenced in an ACL.
11296
11297
11298 .vitem &$regex_match_string$&
11299 .vindex "&$regex_match_string$&"
11300 This variable is set to contain the matching regular expression after a
11301 &%regex%& ACL condition has matched (see section &<<SECTscanregex>>&).
11302
11303
11304 .vitem &$reply_address$&
11305 .vindex "&$reply_address$&"
11306 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the contents of the
11307 &'Reply-To:'& header line if one exists and it is not empty, or otherwise the
11308 contents of the &'From:'& header line. Apart from the removal of leading
11309 white space, the value is not processed in any way. In particular, no RFC 2047
11310 decoding or character code translation takes place.
11311
11312 .vitem &$return_path$&
11313 .vindex "&$return_path$&"
11314 When a message is being delivered, this variable contains the return path &--
11315 the sender field that will be sent as part of the envelope. It is not enclosed
11316 in <> characters. At the start of routing an address, &$return_path$& has the
11317 same value as &$sender_address$&, but if, for example, an incoming message to a
11318 mailing list has been expanded by a router which specifies a different address
11319 for bounce messages, &$return_path$& subsequently contains the new bounce
11320 address, whereas &$sender_address$& always contains the original sender address
11321 that was received with the message. In other words, &$sender_address$& contains
11322 the incoming envelope sender, and &$return_path$& contains the outgoing
11323 envelope sender.
11324
11325 .vitem &$return_size_limit$&
11326 .vindex "&$return_size_limit$&"
11327 This is an obsolete name for &$bounce_return_size_limit$&.
11328
11329 .vitem &$runrc$&
11330 .cindex "return code" "from &%run%& expansion"
11331 .vindex "&$runrc$&"
11332 This variable contains the return code from a command that is run by the
11333 &%${run...}%& expansion item. &*Warning*&: In a router or transport, you cannot
11334 assume the order in which option values are expanded, except for those
11335 preconditions whose order of testing is documented. Therefore, you cannot
11336 reliably expect to set &$runrc$& by the expansion of one option, and use it in
11337 another.
11338
11339 .vitem &$self_hostname$&
11340 .oindex "&%self%&" "value of host name"
11341 .vindex "&$self_hostname$&"
11342 When an address is routed to a supposedly remote host that turns out to be the
11343 local host, what happens is controlled by the &%self%& generic router option.
11344 One of its values causes the address to be passed to another router. When this
11345 happens, &$self_hostname$& is set to the name of the local host that the
11346 original router encountered. In other circumstances its contents are null.
11347
11348 .vitem &$sender_address$&
11349 .vindex "&$sender_address$&"
11350 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the sender's address
11351 that was received in the message's envelope. The case of letters in the address
11352 is retained, in both the local part and the domain. For bounce messages, the
11353 value of this variable is the empty string. See also &$return_path$&.
11354
11355 .vitem &$sender_address_data$&
11356 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
11357 .vindex "&$sender_address_data$&"
11358 If &$address_data$& is set when the routers are called from an ACL to verify a
11359 sender address, the final value is preserved in &$sender_address_data$&, to
11360 distinguish it from data from a recipient address. The value does not persist
11361 after the end of the current ACL statement. If you want to preserve it for
11362 longer, you can save it in an ACL variable.
11363
11364 .vitem &$sender_address_domain$&
11365 .vindex "&$sender_address_domain$&"
11366 The domain portion of &$sender_address$&.
11367
11368 .vitem &$sender_address_local_part$&
11369 .vindex "&$sender_address_local_part$&"
11370 The local part portion of &$sender_address$&.
11371
11372 .vitem &$sender_data$&
11373 .vindex "&$sender_data$&"
11374 This variable is set after a lookup success in an ACL &%senders%& condition or
11375 in a router &%senders%& option. It contains the data from the lookup, and the
11376 value remains set until the next &%senders%& test. Thus, you can do things like
11377 this:
11378 .display
11379 &`require senders = cdb*@;/some/file`&
11380 &`deny `&&'some further test involving'& &`$sender_data`&
11381 .endd
11382 &*Warning*&: This variable is set only when a lookup is used as an indexing
11383 method in the address list, using the semicolon syntax as in the example above.
11384 The variable is not set for a lookup that is used as part of the string
11385 expansion that all such lists undergo before being interpreted.
11386
11387 .vitem &$sender_fullhost$&
11388 .vindex "&$sender_fullhost$&"
11389 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the host
11390 name and IP address in a single string. It ends with the IP address in square
11391 brackets, followed by a colon and a port number if the logging of ports is
11392 enabled. The format of the rest of the string depends on whether the host
11393 issued a HELO or EHLO SMTP command, and whether the host name was verified by
11394 looking up its IP address. (Looking up the IP address can be forced by the
11395 &%host_lookup%& option, independent of verification.) A plain host name at the
11396 start of the string is a verified host name; if this is not present,
11397 verification either failed or was not requested. A host name in parentheses is
11398 the argument of a HELO or EHLO command. This is omitted if it is identical to
11399 the verified host name or to the host's IP address in square brackets.
11400
11401 .vitem &$sender_helo_name$&
11402 .vindex "&$sender_helo_name$&"
11403 When a message is received from a remote host that has issued a HELO or EHLO
11404 command, the argument of that command is placed in this variable. It is also
11405 set if HELO or EHLO is used when a message is received using SMTP locally via
11406 the &%-bs%& or &%-bS%& options.
11407
11408 .vitem &$sender_host_address$&
11409 .vindex "&$sender_host_address$&"
11410 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains that
11411 host's IP address. For locally submitted messages, it is empty.
11412
11413 .vitem &$sender_host_authenticated$&
11414 .vindex "&$sender_host_authenticated$&"
11415 This variable contains the name (not the public name) of the authenticator
11416 driver that successfully authenticated the client from which the message was
11417 received. It is empty if there was no successful authentication. See also
11418 &$authenticated_id$&.
11419
11420 .vitem &$sender_host_name$&
11421 .vindex "&$sender_host_name$&"
11422 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the
11423 host's name as obtained by looking up its IP address. For messages received by
11424 other means, this variable is empty.
11425
11426 .vindex "&$host_lookup_failed$&"
11427 If the host name has not previously been looked up, a reference to
11428 &$sender_host_name$& triggers a lookup (for messages from remote hosts).
11429 A looked up name is accepted only if it leads back to the original IP address
11430 via a forward lookup. If either the reverse or the forward lookup fails to find
11431 any data, or if the forward lookup does not yield the original IP address,
11432 &$sender_host_name$& remains empty, and &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&.
11433
11434 .vindex "&$host_lookup_deferred$&"
11435 However, if either of the lookups cannot be completed (for example, there is a
11436 DNS timeout), &$host_lookup_deferred$& is set to &"1"&, and
11437 &$host_lookup_failed$& remains set to &"0"&.
11438
11439 Once &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&, Exim does not try to look up the
11440 host name again if there is a subsequent reference to &$sender_host_name$&
11441 in the same Exim process, but it does try again if &$host_lookup_deferred$&
11442 is set to &"1"&.
11443
11444 Exim does not automatically look up every calling host's name. If you want
11445 maximum efficiency, you should arrange your configuration so that it avoids
11446 these lookups altogether. The lookup happens only if one or more of the
11447 following are true:
11448
11449 .ilist
11450 A string containing &$sender_host_name$& is expanded.
11451 .next
11452 The calling host matches the list in &%host_lookup%&. In the default
11453 configuration, this option is set to *, so it must be changed if lookups are
11454 to be avoided. (In the code, the default for &%host_lookup%& is unset.)
11455 .next
11456 Exim needs the host name in order to test an item in a host list. The items
11457 that require this are described in sections &<<SECThoslispatnam>>& and
11458 &<<SECThoslispatnamsk>>&.
11459 .next
11460 The calling host matches &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& or &%helo_verify_hosts%&.
11461 In this case, the host name is required to compare with the name quoted in any
11462 EHLO or HELO commands that the client issues.
11463 .next
11464 The remote host issues a EHLO or HELO command that quotes one of the
11465 domains in &%helo_lookup_domains%&. The default value of this option is
11466 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
11467 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left.
11468 .code
11469 helo_lookup_domains = @ : @[]
11470 .endd
11471 which causes a lookup if a remote host (incorrectly) gives the server's name or
11472 IP address in an EHLO or HELO command.
11473 .endlist
11474
11475
11476 .vitem &$sender_host_port$&
11477 .vindex "&$sender_host_port$&"
11478 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the port
11479 number that was used on the remote host.
11480
11481 .vitem &$sender_ident$&
11482 .vindex "&$sender_ident$&"
11483 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the
11484 identification received in response to an RFC 1413 request. When a message has
11485 been received locally, this variable contains the login name of the user that
11486 called Exim.
11487
11488 .vitem &$sender_rate_$&&'xxx'&
11489 A number of variables whose names begin &$sender_rate_$& are set as part of the
11490 &%ratelimit%& ACL condition. Details are given in section
11491 &<<SECTratelimiting>>&.
11492
11493 .vitem &$sender_rcvhost$&
11494 .cindex "DNS" "reverse lookup"
11495 .cindex "reverse DNS lookup"
11496 .vindex "&$sender_rcvhost$&"
11497 This is provided specifically for use in &'Received:'& headers. It starts with
11498 either the verified host name (as obtained from a reverse DNS lookup) or, if
11499 there is no verified host name, the IP address in square brackets. After that
11500 there may be text in parentheses. When the first item is a verified host name,
11501 the first thing in the parentheses is the IP address in square brackets,
11502 followed by a colon and a port number if port logging is enabled. When the
11503 first item is an IP address, the port is recorded as &"port=&'xxxx'&"& inside
11504 the parentheses.
11505
11506 There may also be items of the form &"helo=&'xxxx'&"& if HELO or EHLO
11507 was used and its argument was not identical to the real host name or IP
11508 address, and &"ident=&'xxxx'&"& if an RFC 1413 ident string is available. If
11509 all three items are present in the parentheses, a newline and tab are inserted
11510 into the string, to improve the formatting of the &'Received:'& header.
11511
11512 .vitem &$sender_verify_failure$&
11513 .vindex "&$sender_verify_failure$&"
11514 In an ACL, when a sender verification fails, this variable contains information
11515 about the failure. The details are the same as for
11516 &$recipient_verify_failure$&.
11517
11518 .vitem &$sending_ip_address$&
11519 .vindex "&$sending_ip_address$&"
11520 This variable is set whenever an outgoing SMTP connection to another host has
11521 been set up. It contains the IP address of the local interface that is being
11522 used. This is useful if a host that has more than one IP address wants to take
11523 on different personalities depending on which one is being used. For incoming
11524 connections, see &$received_ip_address$&.
11525
11526 .vitem &$sending_port$&
11527 .vindex "&$sending_port$&"
11528 This variable is set whenever an outgoing SMTP connection to another host has
11529 been set up. It contains the local port that is being used. For incoming
11530 connections, see &$received_port$&.
11531
11532 .vitem &$smtp_active_hostname$&
11533 .vindex "&$smtp_active_hostname$&"
11534 During an incoming SMTP session, this variable contains the value of the active
11535 host name, as specified by the &%smtp_active_hostname%& option. The value of
11536 &$smtp_active_hostname$& is saved with any message that is received, so its
11537 value can be consulted during routing and delivery.
11538
11539 .vitem &$smtp_command$&
11540 .vindex "&$smtp_command$&"
11541 During the processing of an incoming SMTP command, this variable contains the
11542 entire command. This makes it possible to distinguish between HELO and EHLO in
11543 the HELO ACL, and also to distinguish between commands such as these:
11544 .code
11545 MAIL FROM:<>
11546 MAIL FROM: <>
11547 .endd
11548 For a MAIL command, extra parameters such as SIZE can be inspected. For a RCPT
11549 command, the address in &$smtp_command$& is the original address before any
11550 rewriting, whereas the values in &$local_part$& and &$domain$& are taken from
11551 the address after SMTP-time rewriting.
11552
11553 .vitem &$smtp_command_argument$&
11554 .cindex "SMTP" "command, argument for"
11555 .vindex "&$smtp_command_argument$&"
11556 While an ACL is running to check an SMTP command, this variable contains the
11557 argument, that is, the text that follows the command name, with leading white
11558 space removed. Following the introduction of &$smtp_command$&, this variable is
11559 somewhat redundant, but is retained for backwards compatibility.
11560
11561 .vitem &$smtp_count_at_connection_start$&
11562 .vindex "&$smtp_count_at_connection_start$&"
11563 This variable is set greater than zero only in processes spawned by the Exim
11564 daemon for handling incoming SMTP connections. The name is deliberately long,
11565 in order to emphasize what the contents are. When the daemon accepts a new
11566 connection, it increments this variable. A copy of the variable is passed to
11567 the child process that handles the connection, but its value is fixed, and
11568 never changes. It is only an approximation of how many incoming connections
11569 there actually are, because many other connections may come and go while a
11570 single connection is being processed. When a child process terminates, the
11571 daemon decrements its copy of the variable.
11572
11573 .vitem "&$sn0$& &-- &$sn9$&"
11574 These variables are copies of the values of the &$n0$& &-- &$n9$& accumulators
11575 that were current at the end of the system filter file. This allows a system
11576 filter file to set values that can be tested in users' filter files. For
11577 example, a system filter could set a value indicating how likely it is that a
11578 message is junk mail.
11579
11580 .vitem &$spam_$&&'xxx'&
11581 A number of variables whose names start with &$spam$& are available when Exim
11582 is compiled with the content-scanning extension. For details, see section
11583 &<<SECTscanspamass>>&.
11584
11585
11586 .vitem &$spool_directory$&
11587 .vindex "&$spool_directory$&"
11588 The name of Exim's spool directory.
11589
11590 .vitem &$spool_inodes$&
11591 .vindex "&$spool_inodes$&"
11592 The number of free inodes in the disk partition where Exim's spool files are
11593 being written. The value is recalculated whenever the variable is referenced.
11594 If the relevant file system does not have the concept of inodes, the value of
11595 is -1. See also the &%check_spool_inodes%& option.
11596
11597 .vitem &$spool_space$&
11598 .vindex "&$spool_space$&"
11599 The amount of free space (as a number of kilobytes) in the disk partition where
11600 Exim's spool files are being written. The value is recalculated whenever the
11601 variable is referenced. If the operating system does not have the ability to
11602 find the amount of free space (only true for experimental systems), the space
11603 value is -1. For example, to check in an ACL that there is at least 50
11604 megabytes free on the spool, you could write:
11605 .code
11606 condition = ${if > {$spool_space}{50000}}
11607 .endd
11608 See also the &%check_spool_space%& option.
11609
11610
11611 .vitem &$thisaddress$&
11612 .vindex "&$thisaddress$&"
11613 This variable is set only during the processing of the &%foranyaddress%&
11614 command in a filter file. Its use is explained in the description of that
11615 command, which can be found in the separate document entitled &'Exim's
11616 interfaces to mail filtering'&.
11617
11618 .vitem &$tls_certificate_verified$&
11619 .vindex "&$tls_certificate_verified$&"
11620 This variable is set to &"1"& if a TLS certificate was verified when the
11621 message was received, and &"0"& otherwise.
11622
11623 .vitem &$tls_cipher$&
11624 .vindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
11625 When a message is received from a remote host over an encrypted SMTP
11626 connection, this variable is set to the cipher suite that was negotiated, for
11627 example DES-CBC3-SHA. In other circumstances, in particular, for message
11628 received over unencrypted connections, the variable is empty. Testing
11629 &$tls_cipher$& for emptiness is one way of distinguishing between encrypted and
11630 non-encrypted connections during ACL processing.
11631
11632 The &$tls_cipher$& variable retains its value during message delivery, except
11633 when an outward SMTP delivery takes place via the &(smtp)& transport. In this
11634 case, &$tls_cipher$& is cleared before any outgoing SMTP connection is made,
11635 and then set to the outgoing cipher suite if one is negotiated. See chapter
11636 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS support and chapter &<<CHAPsmtptrans>>& for
11637 details of the &(smtp)& transport.
11638
11639 .vitem &$tls_peerdn$&
11640 .vindex "&$tls_peerdn$&"
11641 When a message is received from a remote host over an encrypted SMTP
11642 connection, and Exim is configured to request a certificate from the client,
11643 the value of the Distinguished Name of the certificate is made available in the
11644 &$tls_peerdn$& during subsequent processing. Like &$tls_cipher$&, the
11645 value is retained during message delivery, except during outbound SMTP
11646 deliveries.
11647
11648 .vitem &$tod_bsdinbox$&
11649 .vindex "&$tod_bsdinbox$&"
11650 The time of day and the date, in the format required for BSD-style mailbox
11651 files, for example: Thu Oct 17 17:14:09 1995.
11652
11653 .vitem &$tod_epoch$&
11654 .vindex "&$tod_epoch$&"
11655 The time and date as a number of seconds since the start of the Unix epoch.
11656
11657 .vitem &$tod_full$&
11658 .vindex "&$tod_full$&"
11659 A full version of the time and date, for example: Wed, 16 Oct 1995 09:51:40
11660 +0100. The timezone is always given as a numerical offset from UTC, with
11661 positive values used for timezones that are ahead (east) of UTC, and negative
11662 values for those that are behind (west).
11663
11664 .vitem &$tod_log$&
11665 .vindex "&$tod_log$&"
11666 The time and date in the format used for writing Exim's log files, for example:
11667 1995-10-12 15:32:29, but without a timezone.
11668
11669 .vitem &$tod_logfile$&
11670 .vindex "&$tod_logfile$&"
11671 This variable contains the date in the format yyyymmdd. This is the format that
11672 is used for datestamping log files when &%log_file_path%& contains the &`%D`&
11673 flag.
11674
11675 .vitem &$tod_zone$&
11676 .vindex "&$tod_zone$&"
11677 This variable contains the numerical value of the local timezone, for example:
11678 -0500.
11679
11680 .vitem &$tod_zulu$&
11681 .vindex "&$tod_zulu$&"
11682 This variable contains the UTC date and time in &"Zulu"& format, as specified
11683 by ISO 8601, for example: 20030221154023Z.
11684
11685 .vitem &$value$&
11686 .vindex "&$value$&"
11687 This variable contains the result of an expansion lookup, extraction operation,
11688 or external command, as described above. It is also used during a
11689 &*reduce*& expansion.
11690
11691 .vitem &$version_number$&
11692 .vindex "&$version_number$&"
11693 The version number of Exim.
11694
11695 .vitem &$warn_message_delay$&
11696 .vindex "&$warn_message_delay$&"
11697 This variable is set only during the creation of a message warning about a
11698 delivery delay. Details of its use are explained in section &<<SECTcustwarn>>&.
11699
11700 .vitem &$warn_message_recipients$&
11701 .vindex "&$warn_message_recipients$&"
11702 This variable is set only during the creation of a message warning about a
11703 delivery delay. Details of its use are explained in section &<<SECTcustwarn>>&.
11704 .endlist
11705 .ecindex IIDstrexp
11706
11707
11708
11709 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11710 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11711
11712 .chapter "Embedded Perl" "CHAPperl"
11713 .scindex IIDperl "Perl" "calling from Exim"
11714 Exim can be built to include an embedded Perl interpreter. When this is done,
11715 Perl subroutines can be called as part of the string expansion process. To make
11716 use of the Perl support, you need version 5.004 or later of Perl installed on
11717 your system. To include the embedded interpreter in the Exim binary, include
11718 the line
11719 .code
11720 EXIM_PERL = perl.o
11721 .endd
11722 in your &_Local/Makefile_& and then build Exim in the normal way.
11723
11724
11725 .section "Setting up so Perl can be used" "SECID85"
11726 .oindex "&%perl_startup%&"
11727 Access to Perl subroutines is via a global configuration option called
11728 &%perl_startup%& and an expansion string operator &%${perl ...}%&. If there is
11729 no &%perl_startup%& option in the Exim configuration file then no Perl
11730 interpreter is started and there is almost no overhead for Exim (since none of
11731 the Perl library will be paged in unless used). If there is a &%perl_startup%&
11732 option then the associated value is taken to be Perl code which is executed in
11733 a newly created Perl interpreter.
11734
11735 The value of &%perl_startup%& is not expanded in the Exim sense, so you do not
11736 need backslashes before any characters to escape special meanings. The option
11737 should usually be something like
11738 .code
11739 perl_startup = do '/etc/exim.pl'
11740 .endd
11741 where &_/etc/exim.pl_& is Perl code which defines any subroutines you want to
11742 use from Exim. Exim can be configured either to start up a Perl interpreter as
11743 soon as it is entered, or to wait until the first time it is needed. Starting
11744 the interpreter at the beginning ensures that it is done while Exim still has
11745 its setuid privilege, but can impose an unnecessary overhead if Perl is not in
11746 fact used in a particular run. Also, note that this does not mean that Exim is
11747 necessarily running as root when Perl is called at a later time. By default,
11748 the interpreter is started only when it is needed, but this can be changed in
11749 two ways:
11750
11751 .ilist
11752 .oindex "&%perl_at_start%&"
11753 Setting &%perl_at_start%& (a boolean option) in the configuration requests
11754 a startup when Exim is entered.
11755 .next
11756 The command line option &%-ps%& also requests a startup when Exim is entered,
11757 overriding the setting of &%perl_at_start%&.
11758 .endlist
11759
11760 There is also a command line option &%-pd%& (for delay) which suppresses the
11761 initial startup, even if &%perl_at_start%& is set.
11762
11763
11764 .section "Calling Perl subroutines" "SECID86"
11765 When the configuration file includes a &%perl_startup%& option you can make use
11766 of the string expansion item to call the Perl subroutines that are defined
11767 by the &%perl_startup%& code. The operator is used in any of the following
11768 forms:
11769 .code
11770 ${perl{foo}}
11771 ${perl{foo}{argument}}
11772 ${perl{foo}{argument1}{argument2} ... }
11773 .endd
11774 which calls the subroutine &%foo%& with the given arguments. A maximum of eight
11775 arguments may be passed. Passing more than this results in an expansion failure
11776 with an error message of the form
11777 .code
11778 Too many arguments passed to Perl subroutine "foo" (max is 8)
11779 .endd
11780 The return value of the Perl subroutine is evaluated in a scalar context before
11781 it is passed back to Exim to be inserted into the expanded string. If the
11782 return value is &'undef'&, the expansion is forced to fail in the same way as
11783 an explicit &"fail"& on an &%if%& or &%lookup%& item. If the subroutine aborts
11784 by obeying Perl's &%die%& function, the expansion fails with the error message
11785 that was passed to &%die%&.
11786
11787
11788 .section "Calling Exim functions from Perl" "SECID87"
11789 Within any Perl code called from Exim, the function &'Exim::expand_string()'&
11790 is available to call back into Exim's string expansion function. For example,
11791 the Perl code
11792 .code
11793 my $lp = Exim::expand_string('$local_part');
11794 .endd
11795 makes the current Exim &$local_part$& available in the Perl variable &$lp$&.
11796 Note those are single quotes and not double quotes to protect against
11797 &$local_part$& being interpolated as a Perl variable.
11798
11799 If the string expansion is forced to fail by a &"fail"& item, the result of
11800 &'Exim::expand_string()'& is &%undef%&. If there is a syntax error in the
11801 expansion string, the Perl call from the original expansion string fails with
11802 an appropriate error message, in the same way as if &%die%& were used.
11803
11804 .cindex "debugging" "from embedded Perl"
11805 .cindex "log" "writing from embedded Perl"
11806 Two other Exim functions are available for use from within Perl code.
11807 &'Exim::debug_write()'& writes a string to the standard error stream if Exim's
11808 debugging is enabled. If you want a newline at the end, you must supply it.
11809 &'Exim::log_write()'& writes a string to Exim's main log, adding a leading
11810 timestamp. In this case, you should not supply a terminating newline.
11811
11812
11813 .section "Use of standard output and error by Perl" "SECID88"
11814 .cindex "Perl" "standard output and error"
11815 You should not write to the standard error or output streams from within your
11816 Perl code, as it is not defined how these are set up. In versions of Exim
11817 before 4.50, it is possible for the standard output or error to refer to the
11818 SMTP connection during message reception via the daemon. Writing to this stream
11819 is certain to cause chaos. From Exim 4.50 onwards, the standard output and
11820 error streams are connected to &_/dev/null_& in the daemon. The chaos is
11821 avoided, but the output is lost.
11822
11823 .cindex "Perl" "use of &%warn%&"
11824 The Perl &%warn%& statement writes to the standard error stream by default.
11825 Calls to &%warn%& may be embedded in Perl modules that you use, but over which
11826 you have no control. When Exim starts up the Perl interpreter, it arranges for
11827 output from the &%warn%& statement to be written to the Exim main log. You can
11828 change this by including appropriate Perl magic somewhere in your Perl code.
11829 For example, to discard &%warn%& output completely, you need this:
11830 .code
11831 $SIG{__WARN__} = sub { };
11832 .endd
11833 Whenever a &%warn%& is obeyed, the anonymous subroutine is called. In this
11834 example, the code for the subroutine is empty, so it does nothing, but you can
11835 include any Perl code that you like. The text of the &%warn%& message is passed
11836 as the first subroutine argument.
11837 .ecindex IIDperl
11838
11839
11840 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11841 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11842
11843 .chapter "Starting the daemon and the use of network interfaces" &&&
11844 "CHAPinterfaces" &&&
11845 "Starting the daemon"
11846 .cindex "daemon" "starting"
11847 .cindex "interface" "listening"
11848 .cindex "network interface"
11849 .cindex "interface" "network"
11850 .cindex "IP address" "for listening"
11851 .cindex "daemon" "listening IP addresses"
11852 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening interfaces"
11853 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening ports"
11854 A host that is connected to a TCP/IP network may have one or more physical
11855 hardware network interfaces. Each of these interfaces may be configured as one
11856 or more &"logical"& interfaces, which are the entities that a program actually
11857 works with. Each of these logical interfaces is associated with an IP address.
11858 In addition, TCP/IP software supports &"loopback"& interfaces (127.0.0.1 in
11859 IPv4 and ::1 in IPv6), which do not use any physical hardware. Exim requires
11860 knowledge about the host's interfaces for use in three different circumstances:
11861
11862 .olist
11863 When a listening daemon is started, Exim needs to know which interfaces
11864 and ports to listen on.
11865 .next
11866 When Exim is routing an address, it needs to know which IP addresses
11867 are associated with local interfaces. This is required for the correct
11868 processing of MX lists by removing the local host and others with the
11869 same or higher priority values. Also, Exim needs to detect cases
11870 when an address is routed to an IP address that in fact belongs to the
11871 local host. Unless the &%self%& router option or the &%allow_localhost%&
11872 option of the smtp transport is set (as appropriate), this is treated
11873 as an error situation.
11874 .next
11875 When Exim connects to a remote host, it may need to know which interface to use
11876 for the outgoing connection.
11877 .endlist
11878
11879
11880 Exim's default behaviour is likely to be appropriate in the vast majority
11881 of cases. If your host has only one interface, and you want all its IP
11882 addresses to be treated in the same way, and you are using only the
11883 standard SMTP port, you should not need to take any special action. The
11884 rest of this chapter does not apply to you.
11885
11886 In a more complicated situation you may want to listen only on certain
11887 interfaces, or on different ports, and for this reason there are a number of
11888 options that can be used to influence Exim's behaviour. The rest of this
11889 chapter describes how they operate.
11890
11891 When a message is received over TCP/IP, the interface and port that were
11892 actually used are set in &$received_ip_address$& and &$received_port$&.
11893
11894
11895
11896 .section "Starting a listening daemon" "SECID89"
11897 When a listening daemon is started (by means of the &%-bd%& command line
11898 option), the interfaces and ports on which it listens are controlled by the
11899 following options:
11900
11901 .ilist
11902 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& contains a list of default ports. (For backward
11903 compatibility, this option can also be specified in the singular.)
11904 .next
11905 &%local_interfaces%& contains list of interface IP addresses on which to
11906 listen. Each item may optionally also specify a port.
11907 .endlist
11908
11909 The default list separator in both cases is a colon, but this can be changed as
11910 described in section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&. When IPv6 addresses are involved,
11911 it is usually best to change the separator to avoid having to double all the
11912 colons. For example:
11913 .code
11914 local_interfaces = <; 127.0.0.1 ; \
11915 192.168.23.65 ; \
11916 ::1 ; \
11917 3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061
11918 .endd
11919 There are two different formats for specifying a port along with an IP address
11920 in &%local_interfaces%&:
11921
11922 .olist
11923 The port is added onto the address with a dot separator. For example, to listen
11924 on port 1234 on two different IP addresses:
11925 .code
11926 local_interfaces = <; 192.168.23.65.1234 ; \
11927 3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061.1234
11928 .endd
11929 .next
11930 The IP address is enclosed in square brackets, and the port is added
11931 with a colon separator, for example:
11932 .code
11933 local_interfaces = <; [192.168.23.65]:1234 ; \
11934 [3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061]:1234
11935 .endd
11936 .endlist
11937
11938 When a port is not specified, the value of &%daemon_smtp_ports%& is used. The
11939 default setting contains just one port:
11940 .code
11941 daemon_smtp_ports = smtp
11942 .endd
11943 If more than one port is listed, each interface that does not have its own port
11944 specified listens on all of them. Ports that are listed in
11945 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& can be identified either by name (defined in
11946 &_/etc/services_&) or by number. However, when ports are given with individual
11947 IP addresses in &%local_interfaces%&, only numbers (not names) can be used.
11948
11949
11950
11951 .section "Special IP listening addresses" "SECID90"
11952 The addresses 0.0.0.0 and ::0 are treated specially. They are interpreted
11953 as &"all IPv4 interfaces"& and &"all IPv6 interfaces"&, respectively. In each
11954 case, Exim tells the TCP/IP stack to &"listen on all IPv&'x'& interfaces"&
11955 instead of setting up separate listening sockets for each interface. The
11956 default value of &%local_interfaces%& is
11957 .code
11958 local_interfaces = 0.0.0.0
11959 .endd
11960 when Exim is built without IPv6 support; otherwise it is:
11961 .code
11962 local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
11963 .endd
11964 Thus, by default, Exim listens on all available interfaces, on the SMTP port.
11965
11966
11967
11968 .section "Overriding local_interfaces and daemon_smtp_ports" "SECID91"
11969 The &%-oX%& command line option can be used to override the values of
11970 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& and/or &%local_interfaces%& for a particular daemon
11971 instance. Another way of doing this would be to use macros and the &%-D%&
11972 option. However, &%-oX%& can be used by any admin user, whereas modification of
11973 the runtime configuration by &%-D%& is allowed only when the caller is root or
11974 exim.
11975
11976 The value of &%-oX%& is a list of items. The default colon separator can be
11977 changed in the usual way if required. If there are any items that do not
11978 contain dots or colons (that is, are not IP addresses), the value of
11979 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& is replaced by the list of those items. If there are any
11980 items that do contain dots or colons, the value of &%local_interfaces%& is
11981 replaced by those items. Thus, for example,
11982 .code
11983 -oX 1225
11984 .endd
11985 overrides &%daemon_smtp_ports%&, but leaves &%local_interfaces%& unchanged,
11986 whereas
11987 .code
11988 -oX 192.168.34.5.1125
11989 .endd
11990 overrides &%local_interfaces%&, leaving &%daemon_smtp_ports%& unchanged.
11991 (However, since &%local_interfaces%& now contains no items without ports, the
11992 value of &%daemon_smtp_ports%& is no longer relevant in this example.)
11993
11994
11995
11996 .section "Support for the obsolete SSMTP (or SMTPS) protocol" "SECTsupobssmt"
11997 .cindex "ssmtp protocol"
11998 .cindex "smtps protocol"
11999 .cindex "SMTP" "ssmtp protocol"
12000 .cindex "SMTP" "smtps protocol"
12001 Exim supports the obsolete SSMTP protocol (also known as SMTPS) that was used
12002 before the STARTTLS command was standardized for SMTP. Some legacy clients
12003 still use this protocol. If the &%tls_on_connect_ports%& option is set to a
12004 list of port numbers, connections to those ports must use SSMTP. The most
12005 common use of this option is expected to be
12006 .code
12007 tls_on_connect_ports = 465
12008 .endd
12009 because 465 is the usual port number used by the legacy clients. There is also
12010 a command line option &%-tls-on-connect%&, which forces all ports to behave in
12011 this way when a daemon is started.
12012
12013 &*Warning*&: Setting &%tls_on_connect_ports%& does not of itself cause the
12014 daemon to listen on those ports. You must still specify them in
12015 &%daemon_smtp_ports%&, &%local_interfaces%&, or the &%-oX%& option. (This is
12016 because &%tls_on_connect_ports%& applies to &%inetd%& connections as well as to
12017 connections via the daemon.)
12018
12019
12020
12021
12022 .section "IPv6 address scopes" "SECID92"
12023 .cindex "IPv6" "address scopes"
12024 IPv6 addresses have &"scopes"&, and a host with multiple hardware interfaces
12025 can, in principle, have the same link-local IPv6 address on different
12026 interfaces. Thus, additional information is needed, over and above the IP
12027 address, to distinguish individual interfaces. A convention of using a
12028 percent sign followed by something (often the interface name) has been
12029 adopted in some cases, leading to addresses like this:
12030 .code
12031 fe80::202:b3ff:fe03:45c1%eth0
12032 .endd
12033 To accommodate this usage, a percent sign followed by an arbitrary string is
12034 allowed at the end of an IPv6 address. By default, Exim calls &[getaddrinfo()]&
12035 to convert a textual IPv6 address for actual use. This function recognizes the
12036 percent convention in operating systems that support it, and it processes the
12037 address appropriately. Unfortunately, some older libraries have problems with
12038 &[getaddrinfo()]&. If
12039 .code
12040 IPV6_USE_INET_PTON=yes
12041 .endd
12042 is set in &_Local/Makefile_& (or an OS-dependent Makefile) when Exim is built,
12043 Exim uses &'inet_pton()'& to convert a textual IPv6 address for actual use,
12044 instead of &[getaddrinfo()]&. (Before version 4.14, it always used this
12045 function.) Of course, this means that the additional functionality of
12046 &[getaddrinfo()]& &-- recognizing scoped addresses &-- is lost.
12047
12048 .section "Disabling IPv6" "SECID93"
12049 .cindex "IPv6" "disabling"
12050 Sometimes it happens that an Exim binary that was compiled with IPv6 support is
12051 run on a host whose kernel does not support IPv6. The binary will fall back to
12052 using IPv4, but it may waste resources looking up AAAA records, and trying to
12053 connect to IPv6 addresses, causing delays to mail delivery. If you set the
12054 .oindex "&%disable_ipv6%&"
12055 &%disable_ipv6%& option true, even if the Exim binary has IPv6 support, no IPv6
12056 activities take place. AAAA records are never looked up, and any IPv6 addresses
12057 that are listed in &%local_interfaces%&, data for the &(manualroute)& router,
12058 etc. are ignored. If IP literals are enabled, the &(ipliteral)& router declines
12059 to handle IPv6 literal addresses.
12060
12061 On the other hand, when IPv6 is in use, there may be times when you want to
12062 disable it for certain hosts or domains. You can use the &%dns_ipv4_lookup%&
12063 option to globally suppress the lookup of AAAA records for specified domains,
12064 and you can use the &%ignore_target_hosts%& generic router option to ignore
12065 IPv6 addresses in an individual router.
12066
12067
12068
12069 .section "Examples of starting a listening daemon" "SECID94"
12070 The default case in an IPv6 environment is
12071 .code
12072 daemon_smtp_ports = smtp
12073 local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
12074 .endd
12075 This specifies listening on the smtp port on all IPv6 and IPv4 interfaces.
12076 Either one or two sockets may be used, depending on the characteristics of
12077 the TCP/IP stack. (This is complicated and messy; for more information,
12078 read the comments in the &_daemon.c_& source file.)
12079
12080 To specify listening on ports 25 and 26 on all interfaces:
12081 .code
12082 daemon_smtp_ports = 25 : 26
12083 .endd
12084 (leaving &%local_interfaces%& at the default setting) or, more explicitly:
12085 .code
12086 local_interfaces = <; ::0.25 ; ::0.26 \
12087 0.0.0.0.25 ; 0.0.0.0.26
12088 .endd
12089 To listen on the default port on all IPv4 interfaces, and on port 26 on the
12090 IPv4 loopback address only:
12091 .code
12092 local_interfaces = 0.0.0.0 : 127.0.0.1.26
12093 .endd
12094 To specify listening on the default port on specific interfaces only:
12095 .code
12096 local_interfaces = 192.168.34.67 : 192.168.34.67
12097 .endd
12098 &*Warning*&: Such a setting excludes listening on the loopback interfaces.
12099
12100
12101
12102 .section "Recognizing the local host" "SECTreclocipadd"
12103 The &%local_interfaces%& option is also used when Exim needs to determine
12104 whether or not an IP address refers to the local host. That is, the IP
12105 addresses of all the interfaces on which a daemon is listening are always
12106 treated as local.
12107
12108 For this usage, port numbers in &%local_interfaces%& are ignored. If either of
12109 the items 0.0.0.0 or ::0 are encountered, Exim gets a complete list of
12110 available interfaces from the operating system, and extracts the relevant
12111 (that is, IPv4 or IPv6) addresses to use for checking.
12112
12113 Some systems set up large numbers of virtual interfaces in order to provide
12114 many virtual web servers. In this situation, you may want to listen for
12115 email on only a few of the available interfaces, but nevertheless treat all
12116 interfaces as local when routing. You can do this by setting
12117 &%extra_local_interfaces%& to a list of IP addresses, possibly including the
12118 &"all"& wildcard values. These addresses are recognized as local, but are not
12119 used for listening. Consider this example:
12120 .code
12121 local_interfaces = <; 127.0.0.1 ; ::1 ; \
12122 192.168.53.235 ; \
12123 3ffe:2101:12:1:a00:20ff:fe86:a061
12124
12125 extra_local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
12126 .endd
12127 The daemon listens on the loopback interfaces and just one IPv4 and one IPv6
12128 address, but all available interface addresses are treated as local when
12129 Exim is routing.
12130
12131 In some environments the local host name may be in an MX list, but with an IP
12132 address that is not assigned to any local interface. In other cases it may be
12133 desirable to treat other host names as if they referred to the local host. Both
12134 these cases can be handled by setting the &%hosts_treat_as_local%& option.
12135 This contains host names rather than IP addresses. When a host is referenced
12136 during routing, either via an MX record or directly, it is treated as the local
12137 host if its name matches &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, or if any of its IP
12138 addresses match &%local_interfaces%& or &%extra_local_interfaces%&.
12139
12140
12141
12142 .section "Delivering to a remote host" "SECID95"
12143 Delivery to a remote host is handled by the smtp transport. By default, it
12144 allows the system's TCP/IP functions to choose which interface to use (if
12145 there is more than one) when connecting to a remote host. However, the
12146 &%interface%& option can be set to specify which interface is used. See the
12147 description of the smtp transport in chapter &<<CHAPsmtptrans>>& for more
12148 details.
12149
12150
12151
12152
12153 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
12154 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
12155
12156 .chapter "Main configuration" "CHAPmainconfig"
12157 .scindex IIDconfima "configuration file" "main section"
12158 .scindex IIDmaiconf "main configuration"
12159 The first part of the run time configuration file contains three types of item:
12160
12161 .ilist
12162 Macro definitions: These lines start with an upper case letter. See section
12163 &<<SECTmacrodefs>>& for details of macro processing.
12164 .next
12165 Named list definitions: These lines start with one of the words &"domainlist"&,
12166 &"hostlist"&, &"addresslist"&, or &"localpartlist"&. Their use is described in
12167 section &<<SECTnamedlists>>&.
12168 .next
12169 Main configuration settings: Each setting occupies one line of the file
12170 (with possible continuations). If any setting is preceded by the word
12171 &"hide"&, the &%-bP%& command line option displays its value to admin users
12172 only. See section &<<SECTcos>>& for a description of the syntax of these option
12173 settings.
12174 .endlist
12175
12176 This chapter specifies all the main configuration options, along with their
12177 types and default values. For ease of finding a particular option, they appear
12178 in alphabetical order in section &<<SECTalomo>>& below. However, because there
12179 are now so many options, they are first listed briefly in functional groups, as
12180 an aid to finding the name of the option you are looking for. Some options are
12181 listed in more than one group.
12182
12183 .section "Miscellaneous" "SECID96"
12184 .table2
12185 .row &%bi_command%& "to run for &%-bi%& command line option"
12186 .row &%disable_ipv6%& "do no IPv6 processing"
12187 .row &%keep_malformed%& "for broken files &-- should not happen"
12188 .row &%localhost_number%& "for unique message ids in clusters"
12189 .row &%message_body_newlines%& "retain newlines in &$message_body$&"
12190 .row &%message_body_visible%& "how much to show in &$message_body$&"
12191 .row &%mua_wrapper%& "run in &""MUA wrapper""& mode"
12192 .row &%print_topbitchars%& "top-bit characters are printing"
12193 .row &%timezone%& "force time zone"
12194 .endtable
12195
12196
12197 .section "Exim parameters" "SECID97"
12198 .table2
12199 .row &%exim_group%& "override compiled-in value"
12200 .row &%exim_path%& "override compiled-in value"
12201 .row &%exim_user%& "override compiled-in value"
12202 .row &%primary_hostname%& "default from &[uname()]&"
12203 .row &%split_spool_directory%& "use multiple directories"
12204 .row &%spool_directory%& "override compiled-in value"
12205 .endtable
12206
12207
12208
12209 .section "Privilege controls" "SECID98"
12210 .table2
12211 .row &%admin_groups%& "groups that are Exim admin users"
12212 .row &%deliver_drop_privilege%& "drop root for delivery processes"
12213 .row &%local_from_check%& "insert &'Sender:'& if necessary"
12214 .row &%local_from_prefix%& "for testing &'From:'& for local sender"
12215 .row &%local_from_suffix%& "for testing &'From:'& for local sender"
12216 .row &%local_sender_retain%& "keep &'Sender:'& from untrusted user"
12217 .row &%never_users%& "do not run deliveries as these"
12218 .row &%prod_requires_admin%& "forced delivery requires admin user"
12219 .row &%queue_list_requires_admin%& "queue listing requires admin user"
12220 .row &%trusted_groups%& "groups that are trusted"
12221 .row &%trusted_users%& "users that are trusted"
12222 .endtable
12223
12224
12225
12226 .section "Logging" "SECID99"
12227 .table2
12228 .row &%hosts_connection_nolog%& "exemption from connect logging"
12229 .row &%log_file_path%& "override compiled-in value"
12230 .row &%log_selector%& "set/unset optional logging"
12231 .row &%log_timezone%& "add timezone to log lines"
12232 .row &%message_logs%& "create per-message logs"
12233 .row &%preserve_message_logs%& "after message completion"
12234 .row &%process_log_path%& "for SIGUSR1 and &'exiwhat'&"
12235 .row &%syslog_duplication%& "controls duplicate log lines on syslog"
12236 .row &%syslog_facility%& "set syslog &""facility""& field"
12237 .row &%syslog_processname%& "set syslog &""ident""& field"
12238 .row &%syslog_timestamp%& "timestamp syslog lines"
12239 .row &%write_rejectlog%& "control use of message log"
12240 .endtable
12241
12242
12243
12244 .section "Frozen messages" "SECID100"
12245 .table2
12246 .row &%auto_thaw%& "sets time for retrying frozen messages"
12247 .row &%freeze_tell%& "send message when freezing"
12248 .row &%move_frozen_messages%& "to another directory"
12249 .row &%timeout_frozen_after%& "keep frozen messages only so long"
12250 .endtable
12251
12252
12253
12254 .section "Data lookups" "SECID101"
12255 .table2
12256 .row &%ibase_servers%& "InterBase servers"
12257 .row &%ldap_default_servers%& "used if no server in query"
12258 .row &%ldap_version%& "set protocol version"
12259 .row &%lookup_open_max%& "lookup files held open"
12260 .row &%mysql_servers%& "default MySQL servers"
12261 .row &%oracle_servers%& "Oracle servers"
12262 .row &%pgsql_servers%& "default PostgreSQL servers"
12263 .row &%sqlite_lock_timeout%& "as it says"
12264 .endtable
12265
12266
12267
12268 .section "Message ids" "SECID102"
12269 .table2
12270 .row &%message_id_header_domain%& "used to build &'Message-ID:'& header"
12271 .row &%message_id_header_text%& "ditto"
12272 .endtable
12273
12274
12275
12276 .section "Embedded Perl Startup" "SECID103"
12277 .table2
12278 .row &%perl_at_start%& "always start the interpreter"
12279 .row &%perl_startup%& "code to obey when starting Perl"
12280 .endtable
12281
12282
12283
12284 .section "Daemon" "SECID104"
12285 .table2
12286 .row &%daemon_smtp_ports%& "default ports"
12287 .row &%daemon_startup_retries%& "number of times to retry"
12288 .row &%daemon_startup_sleep%& "time to sleep between tries"
12289 .row &%extra_local_interfaces%& "not necessarily listened on"
12290 .row &%local_interfaces%& "on which to listen, with optional ports"
12291 .row &%pid_file_path%& "override compiled-in value"
12292 .row &%queue_run_max%& "maximum simultaneous queue runners"
12293 .endtable
12294
12295
12296
12297 .section "Resource control" "SECID105"
12298 .table2
12299 .row &%check_log_inodes%& "before accepting a message"
12300 .row &%check_log_space%& "before accepting a message"
12301 .row &%check_spool_inodes%& "before accepting a message"
12302 .row &%check_spool_space%& "before accepting a message"
12303 .row &%deliver_queue_load_max%& "no queue deliveries if load high"
12304 .row &%queue_only_load%& "queue incoming if load high"
12305 .row &%queue_only_load_latch%& "don't re-evaluate load for each message"
12306 .row &%queue_run_max%& "maximum simultaneous queue runners"
12307 .row &%remote_max_parallel%& "parallel SMTP delivery per message"
12308 .row &%smtp_accept_max%& "simultaneous incoming connections"
12309 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%& "non-mail commands"
12310 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%& "hosts to which the limit applies"
12311 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_connection%& "messages per connection"
12312 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& "connections from one host"
12313 .row &%smtp_accept_queue%& "queue mail if more connections"
12314 .row &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& "queue if more messages per &&&
12315 connection"
12316 .row &%smtp_accept_reserve%& "only reserve hosts if more connections"
12317 .row &%smtp_check_spool_space%& "from SIZE on MAIL command"
12318 .row &%smtp_connect_backlog%& "passed to TCP/IP stack"
12319 .row &%smtp_load_reserve%& "SMTP from reserved hosts if load high"
12320 .row &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& "these are the reserve hosts"
12321 .endtable
12322
12323
12324
12325 .section "Policy controls" "SECID106"
12326 .table2
12327 .row &%acl_not_smtp%& "ACL for non-SMTP messages"
12328 .row &%acl_not_smtp_mime%& "ACL for non-SMTP MIME parts"
12329 .row &%acl_not_smtp_start%& "ACL for start of non-SMTP message"
12330 .row &%acl_smtp_auth%& "ACL for AUTH"
12331 .row &%acl_smtp_connect%& "ACL for connection"
12332 .row &%acl_smtp_data%& "ACL for DATA"
12333 .row &%acl_smtp_etrn%& "ACL for ETRN"
12334 .row &%acl_smtp_expn%& "ACL for EXPN"
12335 .row &%acl_smtp_helo%& "ACL for EHLO or HELO"
12336 .row &%acl_smtp_mail%& "ACL for MAIL"
12337 .row &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& "ACL for AUTH on MAIL command"
12338 .row &%acl_smtp_mime%& "ACL for MIME parts"
12339 .row &%acl_smtp_predata%& "ACL for start of data"
12340 .row &%acl_smtp_quit%& "ACL for QUIT"
12341 .row &%acl_smtp_rcpt%& "ACL for RCPT"
12342 .row &%acl_smtp_starttls%& "ACL for STARTTLS"
12343 .row &%acl_smtp_vrfy%& "ACL for VRFY"
12344 .row &%av_scanner%& "specify virus scanner"
12345 .row &%check_rfc2047_length%& "check length of RFC 2047 &""encoded &&&
12346 words""&"
12347 .row &%dns_csa_search_limit%& "control CSA parent search depth"
12348 .row &%dns_csa_use_reverse%& "en/disable CSA IP reverse search"
12349 .row &%header_maxsize%& "total size of message header"
12350 .row &%header_line_maxsize%& "individual header line limit"
12351 .row &%helo_accept_junk_hosts%& "allow syntactic junk from these hosts"
12352 .row &%helo_allow_chars%& "allow illegal chars in HELO names"
12353 .row &%helo_lookup_domains%& "lookup hostname for these HELO names"
12354 .row &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& "HELO soft-checked for these hosts"
12355 .row &%helo_verify_hosts%& "HELO hard-checked for these hosts"
12356 .row &%host_lookup%& "host name looked up for these hosts"
12357 .row &%host_lookup_order%& "order of DNS and local name lookups"
12358 .row &%host_reject_connection%& "reject connection from these hosts"
12359 .row &%hosts_treat_as_local%& "useful in some cluster configurations"
12360 .row &%local_scan_timeout%& "timeout for &[local_scan()]&"
12361 .row &%message_size_limit%& "for all messages"
12362 .row &%percent_hack_domains%& "recognize %-hack for these domains"
12363 .row &%spamd_address%& "set interface to SpamAssassin"
12364 .row &%strict_acl_vars%& "object to unset ACL variables"
12365 .endtable
12366
12367
12368
12369 .section "Callout cache" "SECID107"
12370 .table2
12371 .row &%callout_domain_negative_expire%& "timeout for negative domain cache &&&
12372 item"
12373 .row &%callout_domain_positive_expire%& "timeout for positive domain cache &&&
12374 item"
12375 .row &%callout_negative_expire%& "timeout for negative address cache item"
12376 .row &%callout_positive_expire%& "timeout for positive address cache item"
12377 .row &%callout_random_local_part%& "string to use for &""random""& testing"
12378 .endtable
12379
12380
12381
12382 .section "TLS" "SECID108"
12383 .table2
12384 .row &%gnutls_require_kx%& "control GnuTLS key exchanges"
12385 .row &%gnutls_require_mac%& "control GnuTLS MAC algorithms"
12386 .row &%gnutls_require_protocols%& "control GnuTLS protocols"
12387 .row &%gnutls_compat_mode%& "use GnuTLS compatibility mode"
12388 .row &%tls_advertise_hosts%& "advertise TLS to these hosts"
12389 .row &%tls_certificate%& "location of server certificate"
12390 .row &%tls_crl%& "certificate revocation list"
12391 .row &%tls_dhparam%& "DH parameters for server"
12392 .row &%tls_on_connect_ports%& "specify SSMTP (SMTPS) ports"
12393 .row &%tls_privatekey%& "location of server private key"
12394 .row &%tls_remember_esmtp%& "don't reset after starting TLS"
12395 .row &%tls_require_ciphers%& "specify acceptable ciphers"
12396 .row &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& "try to verify client certificate"
12397 .row &%tls_verify_certificates%& "expected client certificates"
12398 .row &%tls_verify_hosts%& "insist on client certificate verify"
12399 .endtable
12400
12401
12402
12403 .section "Local user handling" "SECID109"
12404 .table2
12405 .row &%finduser_retries%& "useful in NIS environments"
12406 .row &%gecos_name%& "used when creating &'Sender:'&"
12407 .row &%gecos_pattern%& "ditto"
12408 .row &%max_username_length%& "for systems that truncate"
12409 .row &%unknown_login%& "used when no login name found"
12410 .row &%unknown_username%& "ditto"
12411 .row &%uucp_from_pattern%& "for recognizing &""From ""& lines"
12412 .row &%uucp_from_sender%& "ditto"
12413 .endtable
12414
12415
12416
12417 .section "All incoming messages (SMTP and non-SMTP)" "SECID110"
12418 .table2
12419 .row &%header_maxsize%& "total size of message header"
12420 .row &%header_line_maxsize%& "individual header line limit"
12421 .row &%message_size_limit%& "applies to all messages"
12422 .row &%percent_hack_domains%& "recognize %-hack for these domains"
12423 .row &%received_header_text%& "expanded to make &'Received:'&"
12424 .row &%received_headers_max%& "for mail loop detection"
12425 .row &%recipients_max%& "limit per message"
12426 .row &%recipients_max_reject%& "permanently reject excess recipients"
12427 .endtable
12428
12429
12430
12431
12432 .section "Non-SMTP incoming messages" "SECID111"
12433 .table2
12434 .row &%receive_timeout%& "for non-SMTP messages"
12435 .endtable
12436
12437
12438
12439
12440
12441 .section "Incoming SMTP messages" "SECID112"
12442 See also the &'Policy controls'& section above.
12443
12444 .table2
12445 .row &%host_lookup%& "host name looked up for these hosts"
12446 .row &%host_lookup_order%& "order of DNS and local name lookups"
12447 .row &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%& "may send unqualified recipients"
12448 .row &%rfc1413_hosts%& "make ident calls to these hosts"
12449 .row &%rfc1413_query_timeout%& "zero disables ident calls"
12450 .row &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& "may send unqualified senders"
12451 .row &%smtp_accept_keepalive%& "some TCP/IP magic"
12452 .row &%smtp_accept_max%& "simultaneous incoming connections"
12453 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%& "non-mail commands"
12454 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%& "hosts to which the limit applies"
12455 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_connection%& "messages per connection"
12456 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& "connections from one host"
12457 .row &%smtp_accept_queue%& "queue mail if more connections"
12458 .row &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& "queue if more messages per &&&
12459 connection"
12460 .row &%smtp_accept_reserve%& "only reserve hosts if more connections"
12461 .row &%smtp_active_hostname%& "host name to use in messages"
12462 .row &%smtp_banner%& "text for welcome banner"
12463 .row &%smtp_check_spool_space%& "from SIZE on MAIL command"
12464 .row &%smtp_connect_backlog%& "passed to TCP/IP stack"
12465 .row &%smtp_enforce_sync%& "of SMTP command/responses"
12466 .row &%smtp_etrn_command%& "what to run for ETRN"
12467 .row &%smtp_etrn_serialize%& "only one at once"
12468 .row &%smtp_load_reserve%& "only reserve hosts if this load"
12469 .row &%smtp_max_unknown_commands%& "before dropping connection"
12470 .row &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& "apply ratelimiting to these hosts"
12471 .row &%smtp_ratelimit_mail%& "ratelimit for MAIL commands"
12472 .row &%smtp_ratelimit_rcpt%& "ratelimit for RCPT commands"
12473 .row &%smtp_receive_timeout%& "per command or data line"
12474 .row &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& "these are the reserve hosts"
12475 .row &%smtp_return_error_details%& "give detail on rejections"
12476 .endtable
12477
12478
12479
12480 .section "SMTP extensions" "SECID113"
12481 .table2
12482 .row &%accept_8bitmime%& "advertise 8BITMIME"
12483 .row &%auth_advertise_hosts%& "advertise AUTH to these hosts"
12484 .row &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& "allow &""From ""& from these hosts"
12485 .row &%ignore_fromline_local%& "allow &""From ""& from local SMTP"
12486 .row &%pipelining_advertise_hosts%& "advertise pipelining to these hosts"
12487 .row &%tls_advertise_hosts%& "advertise TLS to these hosts"
12488 .endtable
12489
12490
12491
12492 .section "Processing messages" "SECID114"
12493 .table2
12494 .row &%allow_domain_literals%& "recognize domain literal syntax"
12495 .row &%allow_mx_to_ip%& "allow MX to point to IP address"
12496 .row &%allow_utf8_domains%& "in addresses"
12497 .row &%check_rfc2047_length%& "check length of RFC 2047 &""encoded &&&
12498 words""&"
12499 .row &%delivery_date_remove%& "from incoming messages"
12500 .row &%envelope_to_remove%& "from incoming messages"
12501 .row &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%& "affects &%-t%& processing"
12502 .row &%headers_charset%& "default for translations"
12503 .row &%qualify_domain%& "default for senders"
12504 .row &%qualify_recipient%& "default for recipients"
12505 .row &%return_path_remove%& "from incoming messages"
12506 .row &%strip_excess_angle_brackets%& "in addresses"
12507 .row &%strip_trailing_dot%& "at end of addresses"
12508 .row &%untrusted_set_sender%& "untrusted can set envelope sender"
12509 .endtable
12510
12511
12512
12513 .section "System filter" "SECID115"
12514 .table2
12515 .row &%system_filter%& "locate system filter"
12516 .row &%system_filter_directory_transport%& "transport for delivery to a &&&
12517 directory"
12518 .row &%system_filter_file_transport%& "transport for delivery to a file"
12519 .row &%system_filter_group%& "group for filter running"
12520 .row &%system_filter_pipe_transport%& "transport for delivery to a pipe"
12521 .row &%system_filter_reply_transport%& "transport for autoreply delivery"
12522 .row &%system_filter_user%& "user for filter running"
12523 .endtable
12524
12525
12526
12527 .section "Routing and delivery" "SECID116"
12528 .table2
12529 .row &%disable_ipv6%& "do no IPv6 processing"
12530 .row &%dns_again_means_nonexist%& "for broken domains"
12531 .row &%dns_check_names_pattern%& "pre-DNS syntax check"
12532 .row &%dns_ipv4_lookup%& "only v4 lookup for these domains"
12533 .row &%dns_retrans%& "parameter for resolver"
12534 .row &%dns_retry%& "parameter for resolver"
12535 .row &%hold_domains%& "hold delivery for these domains"
12536 .row &%local_interfaces%& "for routing checks"
12537 .row &%queue_domains%& "no immediate delivery for these"
12538 .row &%queue_only%& "no immediate delivery at all"
12539 .row &%queue_only_file%& "no immediate delivery if file exists"
12540 .row &%queue_only_load%& "no immediate delivery if load is high"
12541 .row &%queue_only_load_latch%& "don't re-evaluate load for each message"
12542 .row &%queue_only_override%& "allow command line to override"
12543 .row &%queue_run_in_order%& "order of arrival"
12544 .row &%queue_run_max%& "of simultaneous queue runners"
12545 .row &%queue_smtp_domains%& "no immediate SMTP delivery for these"
12546 .row &%remote_max_parallel%& "parallel SMTP delivery per message"
12547 .row &%remote_sort_domains%& "order of remote deliveries"
12548 .row &%retry_data_expire%& "timeout for retry data"
12549 .row &%retry_interval_max%& "safety net for retry rules"
12550 .endtable
12551
12552
12553
12554 .section "Bounce and warning messages" "SECID117"
12555 .table2
12556 .row &%bounce_message_file%& "content of bounce"
12557 .row &%bounce_message_text%& "content of bounce"
12558 .row &%bounce_return_body%& "include body if returning message"
12559 .row &%bounce_return_message%& "include original message in bounce"
12560 .row &%bounce_return_size_limit%& "limit on returned message"
12561 .row &%bounce_sender_authentication%& "send authenticated sender with bounce"
12562 .row &%dsn_from%& "set &'From:'& contents in bounces"
12563 .row &%errors_copy%& "copy bounce messages"
12564 .row &%errors_reply_to%& "&'Reply-to:'& in bounces"
12565 .row &%delay_warning%& "time schedule"
12566 .row &%delay_warning_condition%& "condition for warning messages"
12567 .row &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%& "discard undeliverable bounces"
12568 .row &%smtp_return_error_details%& "give detail on rejections"
12569 .row &%warn_message_file%& "content of warning message"
12570 .endtable
12571
12572
12573
12574 .section "Alphabetical list of main options" "SECTalomo"
12575 Those options that undergo string expansion before use are marked with
12576 &dagger;.
12577
12578 .option accept_8bitmime main boolean false
12579 .cindex "8BITMIME"
12580 .cindex "8-bit characters"
12581 This option causes Exim to send 8BITMIME in its response to an SMTP
12582 EHLO command, and to accept the BODY= parameter on MAIL commands.
12583 However, though Exim is 8-bit clean, it is not a protocol converter, and it
12584 takes no steps to do anything special with messages received by this route.
12585 Consequently, this option is turned off by default.
12586
12587 .option acl_not_smtp main string&!! unset
12588 .cindex "&ACL;" "for non-SMTP messages"
12589 .cindex "non-SMTP messages" "ACLs for"
12590 This option defines the ACL that is run when a non-SMTP message has been
12591 read and is on the point of being accepted. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for
12592 further details.
12593
12594 .option acl_not_smtp_mime main string&!! unset
12595 This option defines the ACL that is run for individual MIME parts of non-SMTP
12596 messages. It operates in exactly the same way as &%acl_smtp_mime%& operates for
12597 SMTP messages.
12598
12599 .option acl_not_smtp_start main string&!! unset
12600 .cindex "&ACL;" "at start of non-SMTP message"
12601 .cindex "non-SMTP messages" "ACLs for"
12602 This option defines the ACL that is run before Exim starts reading a
12603 non-SMTP message. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12604
12605 .option acl_smtp_auth main string&!! unset
12606 .cindex "&ACL;" "setting up for SMTP commands"
12607 .cindex "AUTH" "ACL for"
12608 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP AUTH command is
12609 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12610
12611 .option acl_smtp_connect main string&!! unset
12612 .cindex "&ACL;" "on SMTP connection"
12613 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP connection is received.
12614 See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12615
12616 .option acl_smtp_data main string&!! unset
12617 .cindex "DATA" "ACL for"
12618 This option defines the ACL that is run after an SMTP DATA command has been
12619 processed and the message itself has been received, but before the final
12620 acknowledgment is sent. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12621
12622 .option acl_smtp_etrn main string&!! unset
12623 .cindex "ETRN" "ACL for"
12624 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP ETRN command is
12625 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12626
12627 .option acl_smtp_expn main string&!! unset
12628 .cindex "EXPN" "ACL for"
12629 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP EXPN command is
12630 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12631
12632 .option acl_smtp_helo main string&!! unset
12633 .cindex "EHLO" "ACL for"
12634 .cindex "HELO" "ACL for"
12635 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP EHLO or HELO
12636 command is received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12637
12638
12639 .option acl_smtp_mail main string&!! unset
12640 .cindex "MAIL" "ACL for"
12641 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP MAIL command is
12642 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12643
12644 .option acl_smtp_mailauth main string&!! unset
12645 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
12646 This option defines the ACL that is run when there is an AUTH parameter on
12647 a MAIL command. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for details of ACLs, and chapter
12648 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details of authentication.
12649
12650 .option acl_smtp_mime main string&!! unset
12651 .cindex "MIME content scanning" "ACL for"
12652 This option is available when Exim is built with the content-scanning
12653 extension. It defines the ACL that is run for each MIME part in a message. See
12654 section &<<SECTscanmimepart>>& for details.
12655
12656 .option acl_smtp_predata main string&!! unset
12657 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP DATA command is
12658 received, before the message itself is received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for
12659 further details.
12660
12661 .option acl_smtp_quit main string&!! unset
12662 .cindex "QUIT, ACL for"
12663 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP QUIT command is
12664 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12665
12666 .option acl_smtp_rcpt main string&!! unset
12667 .cindex "RCPT" "ACL for"
12668 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP RCPT command is
12669 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12670
12671 .option acl_smtp_starttls main string&!! unset
12672 .cindex "STARTTLS, ACL for"
12673 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP STARTTLS command is
12674 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12675
12676 .option acl_smtp_vrfy main string&!! unset
12677 .cindex "VRFY" "ACL for"
12678 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP VRFY command is
12679 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12680
12681 .option admin_groups main "string list&!!" unset
12682 .cindex "admin user"
12683 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. If the
12684 current group or any of the supplementary groups of an Exim caller is in this
12685 colon-separated list, the caller has admin privileges. If all your system
12686 programmers are in a specific group, for example, you can give them all Exim
12687 admin privileges by putting that group in &%admin_groups%&. However, this does
12688 not permit them to read Exim's spool files (whose group owner is the Exim gid).
12689 To permit this, you have to add individuals to the Exim group.
12690
12691 .option allow_domain_literals main boolean false
12692 .cindex "domain literal"
12693 If this option is set, the RFC 2822 domain literal format is permitted in
12694 email addresses. The option is not set by default, because the domain literal
12695 format is not normally required these days, and few people know about it. It
12696 has, however, been exploited by mail abusers.
12697
12698 Unfortunately, it seems that some DNS black list maintainers are using this
12699 format to report black listing to postmasters. If you want to accept messages
12700 addressed to your hosts by IP address, you need to set
12701 &%allow_domain_literals%& true, and also to add &`@[]`& to the list of local
12702 domains (defined in the named domain list &%local_domains%& in the default
12703 configuration). This &"magic string"& matches the domain literal form of all
12704 the local host's IP addresses.
12705
12706
12707 .option allow_mx_to_ip main boolean false
12708 .cindex "MX record" "pointing to IP address"
12709 It appears that more and more DNS zone administrators are breaking the rules
12710 and putting domain names that look like IP addresses on the right hand side of
12711 MX records. Exim follows the rules and rejects this, giving an error message
12712 that explains the mis-configuration. However, some other MTAs support this
12713 practice, so to avoid &"Why can't Exim do this?"& complaints,
12714 &%allow_mx_to_ip%& exists, in order to enable this heinous activity. It is not
12715 recommended, except when you have no other choice.
12716
12717 .option allow_utf8_domains main boolean false
12718 .cindex "domain" "UTF-8 characters in"
12719 .cindex "UTF-8" "in domain name"
12720 Lots of discussion is going on about internationalized domain names. One
12721 camp is strongly in favour of just using UTF-8 characters, and it seems
12722 that at least two other MTAs permit this. This option allows Exim users to
12723 experiment if they wish.
12724
12725 If it is set true, Exim's domain parsing function allows valid
12726 UTF-8 multicharacters to appear in domain name components, in addition to
12727 letters, digits, and hyphens. However, just setting this option is not
12728 enough; if you want to look up these domain names in the DNS, you must also
12729 adjust the value of &%dns_check_names_pattern%& to match the extended form. A
12730 suitable setting is:
12731 .code
12732 dns_check_names_pattern = (?i)^(?>(?(1)\.|())[a-z0-9\xc0-\xff]\
12733 (?>[-a-z0-9\x80-\xff]*[a-z0-9\x80-\xbf])?)+$
12734 .endd
12735 Alternatively, you can just disable this feature by setting
12736 .code
12737 dns_check_names_pattern =
12738 .endd
12739 That is, set the option to an empty string so that no check is done.
12740
12741
12742 .option auth_advertise_hosts main "host list&!!" *
12743 .cindex "authentication" "advertising"
12744 .cindex "AUTH" "advertising"
12745 If any server authentication mechanisms are configured, Exim advertises them in
12746 response to an EHLO command only if the calling host matches this list.
12747 Otherwise, Exim does not advertise AUTH.
12748 Exim does not accept AUTH commands from clients to which it has not
12749 advertised the availability of AUTH. The advertising of individual
12750 authentication mechanisms can be controlled by the use of the
12751 &%server_advertise_condition%& generic authenticator option on the individual
12752 authenticators. See chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for further details.
12753
12754 Certain mail clients (for example, Netscape) require the user to provide a name
12755 and password for authentication if AUTH is advertised, even though it may
12756 not be needed (the host may accept messages from hosts on its local LAN without
12757 authentication, for example). The &%auth_advertise_hosts%& option can be used
12758 to make these clients more friendly by excluding them from the set of hosts to
12759 which Exim advertises AUTH.
12760
12761 .cindex "AUTH" "advertising when encrypted"
12762 If you want to advertise the availability of AUTH only when the connection
12763 is encrypted using TLS, you can make use of the fact that the value of this
12764 option is expanded, with a setting like this:
12765 .code
12766 auth_advertise_hosts = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}
12767 .endd
12768 .vindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
12769 If &$tls_cipher$& is empty, the session is not encrypted, and the result of
12770 the expansion is empty, thus matching no hosts. Otherwise, the result of the
12771 expansion is *, which matches all hosts.
12772
12773
12774 .option auto_thaw main time 0s
12775 .cindex "thawing messages"
12776 .cindex "unfreezing messages"
12777 If this option is set to a time greater than zero, a queue runner will try a
12778 new delivery attempt on any frozen message, other than a bounce message, if
12779 this much time has passed since it was frozen. This may result in the message
12780 being re-frozen if nothing has changed since the last attempt. It is a way of
12781 saying &"keep on trying, even though there are big problems"&.
12782
12783 &*Note*&: This is an old option, which predates &%timeout_frozen_after%& and
12784 &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&. It is retained for compatibility, but it is not
12785 thought to be very useful any more, and its use should probably be avoided.
12786
12787 .option av_scanner main string "see below"
12788 This option is available if Exim is built with the content-scanning extension.
12789 It specifies which anti-virus scanner to use. The default value is:
12790 .code
12791 sophie:/var/run/sophie
12792 .endd
12793 If the value of &%av_scanner%& starts with dollar character, it is expanded
12794 before use. See section &<<SECTscanvirus>>& for further details.
12795
12796
12797
12798 .option bi_command main string unset
12799 .oindex "&%-bi%&"
12800 This option supplies the name of a command that is run when Exim is called with
12801 the &%-bi%& option (see chapter &<<CHAPcommandline>>&). The string value is
12802 just the command name, it is not a complete command line. If an argument is
12803 required, it must come from the &%-oA%& command line option.
12804
12805
12806 .option bounce_message_file main string unset
12807 .cindex "bounce message" "customizing"
12808 .cindex "customizing" "bounce message"
12809 This option defines a template file containing paragraphs of text to be used
12810 for constructing bounce messages. Details of the file's contents are given in
12811 chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&. See also &%warn_message_file%&.
12812
12813
12814 .option bounce_message_text main string unset
12815 When this option is set, its contents are included in the default bounce
12816 message immediately after &"This message was created automatically by mail
12817 delivery software."& It is not used if &%bounce_message_file%& is set.
12818
12819 .option bounce_return_body main boolean true
12820 .cindex "bounce message" "including body"
12821 This option controls whether the body of an incoming message is included in a
12822 bounce message when &%bounce_return_message%& is true. The default setting
12823 causes the entire message, both header and body, to be returned (subject to the
12824 value of &%bounce_return_size_limit%&). If this option is false, only the
12825 message header is included. In the case of a non-SMTP message containing an
12826 error that is detected during reception, only those header lines preceding the
12827 point at which the error was detected are returned.
12828 .cindex "bounce message" "including original"
12829
12830 .option bounce_return_message main boolean true
12831 If this option is set false, none of the original message is included in
12832 bounce messages generated by Exim. See also &%bounce_return_size_limit%& and
12833 &%bounce_return_body%&.
12834
12835
12836 .option bounce_return_size_limit main integer 100K
12837 .cindex "size" "of bounce, limit"
12838 .cindex "bounce message" "size limit"
12839 .cindex "limit" "bounce message size"
12840 This option sets a limit in bytes on the size of messages that are returned to
12841 senders as part of bounce messages when &%bounce_return_message%& is true. The
12842 limit should be less than the value of the global &%message_size_limit%& and of
12843 any &%message_size_limit%& settings on transports, to allow for the bounce text
12844 that Exim generates. If this option is set to zero there is no limit.
12845
12846 When the body of any message that is to be included in a bounce message is
12847 greater than the limit, it is truncated, and a comment pointing this out is
12848 added at the top. The actual cutoff may be greater than the value given, owing
12849 to the use of buffering for transferring the message in chunks (typically 8K in
12850 size). The idea is to save bandwidth on those undeliverable 15-megabyte
12851 messages.
12852
12853 .option bounce_sender_authentication main string unset
12854 .cindex "bounce message" "sender authentication"
12855 .cindex "authentication" "bounce message"
12856 .cindex "AUTH" "on bounce message"
12857 This option provides an authenticated sender address that is sent with any
12858 bounce messages generated by Exim that are sent over an authenticated SMTP
12859 connection. A typical setting might be:
12860 .code
12861 bounce_sender_authentication = mailer-daemon@my.domain.example
12862 .endd
12863 which would cause bounce messages to be sent using the SMTP command:
12864 .code
12865 MAIL FROM:<> AUTH=mailer-daemon@my.domain.example
12866 .endd
12867 The value of &%bounce_sender_authentication%& must always be a complete email
12868 address.
12869
12870 .option callout_domain_negative_expire main time 3h
12871 .cindex "caching" "callout timeouts"
12872 .cindex "callout" "caching timeouts"
12873 This option specifies the expiry time for negative callout cache data for a
12874 domain. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12875 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12876
12877
12878 .option callout_domain_positive_expire main time 7d
12879 This option specifies the expiry time for positive callout cache data for a
12880 domain. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12881 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12882
12883
12884 .option callout_negative_expire main time 2h
12885 This option specifies the expiry time for negative callout cache data for an
12886 address. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12887 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12888
12889
12890 .option callout_positive_expire main time 24h
12891 This option specifies the expiry time for positive callout cache data for an
12892 address. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12893 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12894
12895
12896 .option callout_random_local_part main string&!! "see below"
12897 This option defines the &"random"& local part that can be used as part of
12898 callout verification. The default value is
12899 .code
12900 $primary_host_name-$tod_epoch-testing
12901 .endd
12902 See section &<<CALLaddparcall>>& for details of how this value is used.
12903
12904
12905 .option check_log_inodes main integer 0
12906 See &%check_spool_space%& below.
12907
12908
12909 .option check_log_space main integer 0
12910 See &%check_spool_space%& below.
12911
12912 .oindex "&%check_rfc2047_length%&"
12913 .cindex "RFC 2047" "disabling length check"
12914 .option check_rfc2047_length main boolean true
12915 RFC 2047 defines a way of encoding non-ASCII characters in headers using a
12916 system of &"encoded words"&. The RFC specifies a maximum length for an encoded
12917 word; strings to be encoded that exceed this length are supposed to use
12918 multiple encoded words. By default, Exim does not recognize encoded words that
12919 exceed the maximum length. However, it seems that some software, in violation
12920 of the RFC, generates overlong encoded words. If &%check_rfc2047_length%& is
12921 set false, Exim recognizes encoded words of any length.
12922
12923
12924 .option check_spool_inodes main integer 0
12925 See &%check_spool_space%& below.
12926
12927
12928 .option check_spool_space main integer 0
12929 .cindex "checking disk space"
12930 .cindex "disk space, checking"
12931 .cindex "spool directory" "checking space"
12932 The four &%check_...%& options allow for checking of disk resources before a
12933 message is accepted.
12934
12935 .vindex "&$log_inodes$&"
12936 .vindex "&$log_space$&"
12937 .vindex "&$spool_inodes$&"
12938 .vindex "&$spool_space$&"
12939 When any of these options are set, they apply to all incoming messages. If you
12940 want to apply different checks to different kinds of message, you can do so by
12941 testing the variables &$log_inodes$&, &$log_space$&, &$spool_inodes$&, and
12942 &$spool_space$& in an ACL with appropriate additional conditions.
12943
12944
12945 &%check_spool_space%& and &%check_spool_inodes%& check the spool partition if
12946 either value is greater than zero, for example:
12947 .code
12948 check_spool_space = 10M
12949 check_spool_inodes = 100
12950 .endd
12951 The spool partition is the one that contains the directory defined by
12952 SPOOL_DIRECTORY in &_Local/Makefile_&. It is used for holding messages in
12953 transit.
12954
12955 &%check_log_space%& and &%check_log_inodes%& check the partition in which log
12956 files are written if either is greater than zero. These should be set only if
12957 &%log_file_path%& and &%spool_directory%& refer to different partitions.
12958
12959 If there is less space or fewer inodes than requested, Exim refuses to accept
12960 incoming mail. In the case of SMTP input this is done by giving a 452 temporary
12961 error response to the MAIL command. If ESMTP is in use and there was a
12962 SIZE parameter on the MAIL command, its value is added to the
12963 &%check_spool_space%& value, and the check is performed even if
12964 &%check_spool_space%& is zero, unless &%no_smtp_check_spool_space%& is set.
12965
12966 The values for &%check_spool_space%& and &%check_log_space%& are held as a
12967 number of kilobytes. If a non-multiple of 1024 is specified, it is rounded up.
12968
12969 For non-SMTP input and for batched SMTP input, the test is done at start-up; on
12970 failure a message is written to stderr and Exim exits with a non-zero code, as
12971 it obviously cannot send an error message of any kind.
12972
12973 .option daemon_smtp_ports main string &`smtp`&
12974 .cindex "port" "for daemon"
12975 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening ports"
12976 This option specifies one or more default SMTP ports on which the Exim daemon
12977 listens. See chapter &<<CHAPinterfaces>>& for details of how it is used. For
12978 backward compatibility, &%daemon_smtp_port%& (singular) is a synonym.
12979
12980 .option daemon_startup_retries main integer 9
12981 .cindex "daemon startup, retrying"
12982 This option, along with &%daemon_startup_sleep%&, controls the retrying done by
12983 the daemon at startup when it cannot immediately bind a listening socket
12984 (typically because the socket is already in use): &%daemon_startup_retries%&
12985 defines the number of retries after the first failure, and
12986 &%daemon_startup_sleep%& defines the length of time to wait between retries.
12987
12988 .option daemon_startup_sleep main time 30s
12989 See &%daemon_startup_retries%&.
12990
12991 .option delay_warning main "time list" 24h
12992 .cindex "warning of delay"
12993 .cindex "delay warning, specifying"
12994 When a message is delayed, Exim sends a warning message to the sender at
12995 intervals specified by this option. The data is a colon-separated list of times
12996 after which to send warning messages. If the value of the option is an empty
12997 string or a zero time, no warnings are sent. Up to 10 times may be given. If a
12998 message has been on the queue for longer than the last time, the last interval
12999 between the times is used to compute subsequent warning times. For example,
13000 with
13001 .code
13002 delay_warning = 4h:8h:24h
13003 .endd
13004 the first message is sent after 4 hours, the second after 8 hours, and
13005 the third one after 24 hours. After that, messages are sent every 16 hours,
13006 because that is the interval between the last two times on the list. If you set
13007 just one time, it specifies the repeat interval. For example, with:
13008 .code
13009 delay_warning = 6h
13010 .endd
13011 messages are repeated every six hours. To stop warnings after a given time, set
13012 a very large time at the end of the list. For example:
13013 .code
13014 delay_warning = 2h:12h:99d
13015 .endd
13016
13017 .option delay_warning_condition main string&!! "see below"
13018 .vindex "&$domain$&"
13019 The string is expanded at the time a warning message might be sent. If all the
13020 deferred addresses have the same domain, it is set in &$domain$& during the
13021 expansion. Otherwise &$domain$& is empty. If the result of the expansion is a
13022 forced failure, an empty string, or a string matching any of &"0"&, &"no"& or
13023 &"false"& (the comparison being done caselessly) then the warning message is
13024 not sent. The default is:
13025 .code
13026 delay_warning_condition = ${if or {\
13027 { !eq{$h_list-id:$h_list-post:$h_list-subscribe:}{} }\
13028 { match{$h_precedence:}{(?i)bulk|list|junk} }\
13029 { match{$h_auto-submitted:}{(?i)auto-generated|auto-replied} }\
13030 } {no}{yes}}
13031 .endd
13032 This suppresses the sending of warnings for messages that contain &'List-ID:'&,
13033 &'List-Post:'&, or &'List-Subscribe:'& headers, or have &"bulk"&, &"list"& or
13034 &"junk"& in a &'Precedence:'& header, or have &"auto-generated"& or
13035 &"auto-replied"& in an &'Auto-Submitted:'& header.
13036
13037 .option deliver_drop_privilege main boolean false
13038 .cindex "unprivileged delivery"
13039 .cindex "delivery" "unprivileged"
13040 If this option is set true, Exim drops its root privilege at the start of a
13041 delivery process, and runs as the Exim user throughout. This severely restricts
13042 the kinds of local delivery that are possible, but is viable in certain types
13043 of configuration. There is a discussion about the use of root privilege in
13044 chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>&.
13045
13046 .option deliver_queue_load_max main fixed-point unset
13047 .cindex "load average"
13048 .cindex "queue runner" "abandoning"
13049 When this option is set, a queue run is abandoned if the system load average
13050 becomes greater than the value of the option. The option has no effect on
13051 ancient operating systems on which Exim cannot determine the load average.
13052 See also &%queue_only_load%& and &%smtp_load_reserve%&.
13053
13054
13055 .option delivery_date_remove main boolean true
13056 .cindex "&'Delivery-date:'& header line"
13057 Exim's transports have an option for adding a &'Delivery-date:'& header to a
13058 message when it is delivered, in exactly the same way as &'Return-path:'& is
13059 handled. &'Delivery-date:'& records the actual time of delivery. Such headers
13060 should not be present in incoming messages, and this option causes them to be
13061 removed at the time the message is received, to avoid any problems that might
13062 occur when a delivered message is subsequently sent on to some other recipient.
13063
13064 .option disable_fsync main boolean false
13065 .cindex "&[fsync()]&, disabling"
13066 This option is available only if Exim was built with the compile-time option
13067 ENABLE_DISABLE_FSYNC. When this is not set, a reference to &%disable_fsync%& in
13068 a runtime configuration generates an &"unknown option"& error. You should not
13069 build Exim with ENABLE_DISABLE_FSYNC or set &%disable_fsync%& unless you
13070 really, really, really understand what you are doing. &'No pre-compiled
13071 distributions of Exim should ever make this option available.'&
13072
13073 When &%disable_fsync%& is set true, Exim no longer calls &[fsync()]& to force
13074 updated files' data to be written to disc before continuing. Unexpected events
13075 such as crashes and power outages may cause data to be lost or scrambled.
13076 Here be Dragons. &*Beware.*&
13077
13078
13079 .option disable_ipv6 main boolean false
13080 .cindex "IPv6" "disabling"
13081 If this option is set true, even if the Exim binary has IPv6 support, no IPv6
13082 activities take place. AAAA records are never looked up, and any IPv6 addresses
13083 that are listed in &%local_interfaces%&, data for the &%manualroute%& router,
13084 etc. are ignored. If IP literals are enabled, the &(ipliteral)& router declines
13085 to handle IPv6 literal addresses.
13086
13087
13088 .option dns_again_means_nonexist main "domain list&!!" unset
13089 .cindex "DNS" "&""try again""& response; overriding"
13090 DNS lookups give a &"try again"& response for the DNS errors
13091 &"non-authoritative host not found"& and &"SERVERFAIL"&. This can cause Exim to
13092 keep trying to deliver a message, or to give repeated temporary errors to
13093 incoming mail. Sometimes the effect is caused by a badly set up name server and
13094 may persist for a long time. If a domain which exhibits this problem matches
13095 anything in &%dns_again_means_nonexist%&, it is treated as if it did not exist.
13096 This option should be used with care. You can make it apply to reverse lookups
13097 by a setting such as this:
13098 .code
13099 dns_again_means_nonexist = *.in-addr.arpa
13100 .endd
13101 This option applies to all DNS lookups that Exim does. It also applies when the
13102 &[gethostbyname()]& or &[getipnodebyname()]& functions give temporary errors,
13103 since these are most likely to be caused by DNS lookup problems. The
13104 &(dnslookup)& router has some options of its own for controlling what happens
13105 when lookups for MX or SRV records give temporary errors. These more specific
13106 options are applied after this global option.
13107
13108 .option dns_check_names_pattern main string "see below"
13109 .cindex "DNS" "pre-check of name syntax"
13110 When this option is set to a non-empty string, it causes Exim to check domain
13111 names for characters that are not allowed in host names before handing them to
13112 the DNS resolver, because some resolvers give temporary errors for names that
13113 contain unusual characters. If a domain name contains any unwanted characters,
13114 a &"not found"& result is forced, and the resolver is not called. The check is
13115 done by matching the domain name against a regular expression, which is the
13116 value of this option. The default pattern is
13117 .code
13118 dns_check_names_pattern = \
13119 (?i)^(?>(?(1)\.|())[^\W_](?>[a-z0-9/-]*[^\W_])?)+$
13120 .endd
13121 which permits only letters, digits, slashes, and hyphens in components, but
13122 they must start and end with a letter or digit. Slashes are not, in fact,
13123 permitted in host names, but they are found in certain NS records (which can be
13124 accessed in Exim by using a &%dnsdb%& lookup). If you set
13125 &%allow_utf8_domains%&, you must modify this pattern, or set the option to an
13126 empty string.
13127
13128 .option dns_csa_search_limit main integer 5
13129 This option controls the depth of parental searching for CSA SRV records in the
13130 DNS, as described in more detail in section &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&.
13131
13132 .option dns_csa_use_reverse main boolean true
13133 This option controls whether or not an IP address, given as a CSA domain, is
13134 reversed and looked up in the reverse DNS, as described in more detail in
13135 section &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&.
13136
13137 .option dns_ipv4_lookup main "domain list&!!" unset
13138 .cindex "IPv6" "DNS lookup for AAAA records"
13139 .cindex "DNS" "IPv6 lookup for AAAA records"
13140 When Exim is compiled with IPv6 support and &%disable_ipv6%& is not set, it
13141 looks for IPv6 address records (AAAA records) as well as IPv4 address records
13142 (A records) when trying to find IP addresses for hosts, unless the host's
13143 domain matches this list.
13144
13145 This is a fudge to help with name servers that give big delays or otherwise do
13146 not work for the AAAA record type. In due course, when the world's name
13147 servers have all been upgraded, there should be no need for this option.
13148
13149
13150 .option dns_retrans main time 0s
13151 .cindex "DNS" "resolver options"
13152 The options &%dns_retrans%& and &%dns_retry%& can be used to set the
13153 retransmission and retry parameters for DNS lookups. Values of zero (the
13154 defaults) leave the system default settings unchanged. The first value is the
13155 time between retries, and the second is the number of retries. It isn't
13156 totally clear exactly how these settings affect the total time a DNS lookup may
13157 take. I haven't found any documentation about timeouts on DNS lookups; these
13158 parameter values are available in the external resolver interface structure,
13159 but nowhere does it seem to describe how they are used or what you might want
13160 to set in them.
13161
13162
13163 .option dns_retry main integer 0
13164 See &%dns_retrans%& above.
13165
13166
13167 .option drop_cr main boolean false
13168 This is an obsolete option that is now a no-op. It used to affect the way Exim
13169 handled CR and LF characters in incoming messages. What happens now is
13170 described in section &<<SECTlineendings>>&.
13171
13172 .option dsn_from main "string&!!" "see below"
13173 .cindex "&'From:'& header line" "in bounces"
13174 .cindex "bounce messages" "&'From:'& line, specifying"
13175 This option can be used to vary the contents of &'From:'& header lines in
13176 bounces and other automatically generated messages (&"Delivery Status
13177 Notifications"& &-- hence the name of the option). The default setting is:
13178 .code
13179 dsn_from = Mail Delivery System <Mailer-Daemon@$qualify_domain>
13180 .endd
13181 The value is expanded every time it is needed. If the expansion fails, a
13182 panic is logged, and the default value is used.
13183
13184 .option envelope_to_remove main boolean true
13185 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
13186 Exim's transports have an option for adding an &'Envelope-to:'& header to a
13187 message when it is delivered, in exactly the same way as &'Return-path:'& is
13188 handled. &'Envelope-to:'& records the original recipient address from the
13189 messages's envelope that caused the delivery to happen. Such headers should not
13190 be present in incoming messages, and this option causes them to be removed at
13191 the time the message is received, to avoid any problems that might occur when a
13192 delivered message is subsequently sent on to some other recipient.
13193
13194
13195 .option errors_copy main "string list&!!" unset
13196 .cindex "bounce message" "copy to other address"
13197 .cindex "copy of bounce message"
13198 Setting this option causes Exim to send bcc copies of bounce messages that it
13199 generates to other addresses. &*Note*&: This does not apply to bounce messages
13200 coming from elsewhere. The value of the option is a colon-separated list of
13201 items. Each item consists of a pattern, terminated by white space, followed by
13202 a comma-separated list of email addresses. If a pattern contains spaces, it
13203 must be enclosed in double quotes.
13204
13205 Each pattern is processed in the same way as a single item in an address list
13206 (see section &<<SECTaddresslist>>&). When a pattern matches the recipient of
13207 the bounce message, the message is copied to the addresses on the list. The
13208 items are scanned in order, and once a matching one is found, no further items
13209 are examined. For example:
13210 .code
13211 errors_copy = spqr@mydomain postmaster@mydomain.example :\
13212 rqps@mydomain hostmaster@mydomain.example,\
13213 postmaster@mydomain.example
13214 .endd
13215 .vindex "&$domain$&"
13216 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
13217 The address list is expanded before use. The expansion variables &$local_part$&
13218 and &$domain$& are set from the original recipient of the error message, and if
13219 there was any wildcard matching in the pattern, the expansion
13220 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &%errors_copy%&"
13221 variables &$0$&, &$1$&, etc. are set in the normal way.
13222
13223
13224 .option errors_reply_to main string unset
13225 .cindex "bounce message" "&'Reply-to:'& in"
13226 By default, Exim's bounce and delivery warning messages contain the header line
13227 .display
13228 &`From: Mail Delivery System <Mailer-Daemon@`&&'qualify-domain'&&`>`&
13229 .endd
13230 .oindex &%quota_warn_message%&
13231 where &'qualify-domain'& is the value of the &%qualify_domain%& option.
13232 A warning message that is generated by the &%quota_warn_message%& option in an
13233 &(appendfile)& transport may contain its own &'From:'& header line that
13234 overrides the default.
13235
13236 Experience shows that people reply to bounce messages. If the
13237 &%errors_reply_to%& option is set, a &'Reply-To:'& header is added to bounce
13238 and warning messages. For example:
13239 .code
13240 errors_reply_to = postmaster@my.domain.example
13241 .endd
13242 The value of the option is not expanded. It must specify a valid RFC 2822
13243 address. However, if a warning message that is generated by the
13244 &%quota_warn_message%& option in an &(appendfile)& transport contain its
13245 own &'Reply-To:'& header line, the value of the &%errors_reply_to%& option is
13246 not used.
13247
13248
13249 .option exim_group main string "compile-time configured"
13250 .cindex "gid (group id)" "Exim's own"
13251 .cindex "Exim group"
13252 This option changes the gid under which Exim runs when it gives up root
13253 privilege. The default value is compiled into the binary. The value of this
13254 option is used only when &%exim_user%& is also set. Unless it consists entirely
13255 of digits, the string is looked up using &[getgrnam()]&, and failure causes a
13256 configuration error. See chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>& for a discussion of
13257 security issues.
13258
13259
13260 .option exim_path main string "see below"
13261 .cindex "Exim binary, path name"
13262 This option specifies the path name of the Exim binary, which is used when Exim
13263 needs to re-exec itself. The default is set up to point to the file &'exim'& in
13264 the directory configured at compile time by the BIN_DIRECTORY setting. It
13265 is necessary to change &%exim_path%& if, exceptionally, Exim is run from some
13266 other place.
13267 &*Warning*&: Do not use a macro to define the value of this option, because
13268 you will break those Exim utilities that scan the configuration file to find
13269 where the binary is. (They then use the &%-bP%& option to extract option
13270 settings such as the value of &%spool_directory%&.)
13271
13272
13273 .option exim_user main string "compile-time configured"
13274 .cindex "uid (user id)" "Exim's own"
13275 .cindex "Exim user"
13276 This option changes the uid under which Exim runs when it gives up root
13277 privilege. The default value is compiled into the binary. Ownership of the run
13278 time configuration file and the use of the &%-C%& and &%-D%& command line
13279 options is checked against the values in the binary, not what is set here.
13280
13281 Unless it consists entirely of digits, the string is looked up using
13282 &[getpwnam()]&, and failure causes a configuration error. If &%exim_group%& is
13283 not also supplied, the gid is taken from the result of &[getpwnam()]& if it is
13284 used. See chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>& for a discussion of security issues.
13285
13286
13287 .option extra_local_interfaces main "string list" unset
13288 This option defines network interfaces that are to be considered local when
13289 routing, but which are not used for listening by the daemon. See section
13290 &<<SECTreclocipadd>>& for details.
13291
13292
13293 . Allow this long option name to split; give it unsplit as a fifth argument
13294 . for the automatic .oindex that is generated by .option.
13295
13296 .option "extract_addresses_remove_ &~&~arguments" main boolean true &&&
13297 extract_addresses_remove_arguments
13298 .oindex "&%-t%&"
13299 .cindex "command line" "addresses with &%-t%&"
13300 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-t%& option"
13301 According to some Sendmail documentation (Sun, IRIX, HP-UX), if any addresses
13302 are present on the command line when the &%-t%& option is used to build an
13303 envelope from a message's &'To:'&, &'Cc:'& and &'Bcc:'& headers, the command
13304 line addresses are removed from the recipients list. This is also how Smail
13305 behaves. However, other Sendmail documentation (the O'Reilly book) states that
13306 command line addresses are added to those obtained from the header lines. When
13307 &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%& is true (the default), Exim subtracts
13308 argument headers. If it is set false, Exim adds rather than removes argument
13309 addresses.
13310
13311
13312 .option finduser_retries main integer 0
13313 .cindex "NIS, retrying user lookups"
13314 On systems running NIS or other schemes in which user and group information is
13315 distributed from a remote system, there can be times when &[getpwnam()]& and
13316 related functions fail, even when given valid data, because things time out.
13317 Unfortunately these failures cannot be distinguished from genuine &"not found"&
13318 errors. If &%finduser_retries%& is set greater than zero, Exim will try that
13319 many extra times to find a user or a group, waiting for one second between
13320 retries.
13321
13322 .cindex "&_/etc/passwd_&" "multiple reading of"
13323 You should not set this option greater than zero if your user information is in
13324 a traditional &_/etc/passwd_& file, because it will cause Exim needlessly to
13325 search the file multiple times for non-existent users, and also cause delay.
13326
13327
13328
13329 .option freeze_tell main "string list, comma separated" unset
13330 .cindex "freezing messages" "sending a message when freezing"
13331 On encountering certain errors, or when configured to do so in a system filter,
13332 ACL, or special router, Exim freezes a message. This means that no further
13333 delivery attempts take place until an administrator thaws the message, or the
13334 &%auto_thaw%&, &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&, or &%timeout_frozen_after%&
13335 feature cause it to be processed. If &%freeze_tell%& is set, Exim generates a
13336 warning message whenever it freezes something, unless the message it is
13337 freezing is a locally-generated bounce message. (Without this exception there
13338 is the possibility of looping.) The warning message is sent to the addresses
13339 supplied as the comma-separated value of this option. If several of the
13340 message's addresses cause freezing, only a single message is sent. If the
13341 freezing was automatic, the reason(s) for freezing can be found in the message
13342 log. If you configure freezing in a filter or ACL, you must arrange for any
13343 logging that you require.
13344
13345
13346 .option gecos_name main string&!! unset
13347 .cindex "HP-UX"
13348 .cindex "&""gecos""& field, parsing"
13349 Some operating systems, notably HP-UX, use the &"gecos"& field in the system
13350 password file to hold other information in addition to users' real names. Exim
13351 looks up this field for use when it is creating &'Sender:'& or &'From:'&
13352 headers. If either &%gecos_pattern%& or &%gecos_name%& are unset, the contents
13353 of the field are used unchanged, except that, if an ampersand is encountered,
13354 it is replaced by the user's login name with the first character forced to
13355 upper case, since this is a convention that is observed on many systems.
13356
13357 When these options are set, &%gecos_pattern%& is treated as a regular
13358 expression that is to be applied to the field (again with && replaced by the
13359 login name), and if it matches, &%gecos_name%& is expanded and used as the
13360 user's name.
13361
13362 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &%gecos_name%&"
13363 Numeric variables such as &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. can be used in the expansion to
13364 pick up sub-fields that were matched by the pattern. In HP-UX, where the user's
13365 name terminates at the first comma, the following can be used:
13366 .code
13367 gecos_pattern = ([^,]*)
13368 gecos_name = $1
13369 .endd
13370
13371 .option gecos_pattern main string unset
13372 See &%gecos_name%& above.
13373
13374
13375 .option gnutls_require_kx main string unset
13376 This option controls the key exchange mechanisms when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
13377 server. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
13378
13379 .option gnutls_require_mac main string unset
13380 This option controls the MAC algorithms when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
13381 server. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
13382
13383 .option gnutls_require_protocols main string unset
13384 This option controls the protocols when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
13385 server. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
13386
13387 .new
13388 .option gnutls_compat_mode main boolean unset
13389 This option controls whether GnuTLS is used in compatibility mode in an Exim
13390 server. This reduces security slightly, but improves interworking with older
13391 implementations of TLS.
13392 .wen
13393
13394 .option headers_charset main string "see below"
13395 This option sets a default character set for translating from encoded MIME
13396 &"words"& in header lines, when referenced by an &$h_xxx$& expansion item. The
13397 default is the value of HEADERS_CHARSET in &_Local/Makefile_&. The
13398 ultimate default is ISO-8859-1. For more details see the description of header
13399 insertions in section &<<SECTexpansionitems>>&.
13400
13401
13402
13403 .option header_maxsize main integer "see below"
13404 .cindex "header section" "maximum size of"
13405 .cindex "limit" "size of message header section"
13406 This option controls the overall maximum size of a message's header
13407 section. The default is the value of HEADER_MAXSIZE in
13408 &_Local/Makefile_&; the default for that is 1M. Messages with larger header
13409 sections are rejected.
13410
13411
13412 .option header_line_maxsize main integer 0
13413 .cindex "header lines" "maximum size of"
13414 .cindex "limit" "size of one header line"
13415 This option limits the length of any individual header line in a message, after
13416 all the continuations have been joined together. Messages with individual
13417 header lines that are longer than the limit are rejected. The default value of
13418 zero means &"no limit"&.
13419
13420
13421
13422
13423 .option helo_accept_junk_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
13424 .cindex "HELO" "accepting junk data"
13425 .cindex "EHLO" "accepting junk data"
13426 Exim checks the syntax of HELO and EHLO commands for incoming SMTP
13427 mail, and gives an error response for invalid data. Unfortunately, there are
13428 some SMTP clients that send syntactic junk. They can be accommodated by setting
13429 this option. Note that this is a syntax check only. See &%helo_verify_hosts%&
13430 if you want to do semantic checking.
13431 See also &%helo_allow_chars%& for a way of extending the permitted character
13432 set.
13433
13434
13435 .option helo_allow_chars main string unset
13436 .cindex "HELO" "underscores in"
13437 .cindex "EHLO" "underscores in"
13438 .cindex "underscore in EHLO/HELO"
13439 This option can be set to a string of rogue characters that are permitted in
13440 all EHLO and HELO names in addition to the standard letters, digits,
13441 hyphens, and dots. If you really must allow underscores, you can set
13442 .code
13443 helo_allow_chars = _
13444 .endd
13445 Note that the value is one string, not a list.
13446
13447
13448 .option helo_lookup_domains main "domain list&!!" &`@:@[]`&
13449 .cindex "HELO" "forcing reverse lookup"
13450 .cindex "EHLO" "forcing reverse lookup"
13451 If the domain given by a client in a HELO or EHLO command matches this
13452 list, a reverse lookup is done in order to establish the host's true name. The
13453 default forces a lookup if the client host gives the server's name or any of
13454 its IP addresses (in brackets), something that broken clients have been seen to
13455 do.
13456
13457
13458 .option helo_try_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
13459 .cindex "HELO verifying" "optional"
13460 .cindex "EHLO" "verifying, optional"
13461 By default, Exim just checks the syntax of HELO and EHLO commands (see
13462 &%helo_accept_junk_hosts%& and &%helo_allow_chars%&). However, some sites like
13463 to do more extensive checking of the data supplied by these commands. The ACL
13464 condition &`verify = helo`& is provided to make this possible.
13465 Formerly, it was necessary also to set this option (&%helo_try_verify_hosts%&)
13466 to force the check to occur. From release 4.53 onwards, this is no longer
13467 necessary. If the check has not been done before &`verify`& &`=`& &`helo`& is
13468 encountered, it is done at that time. Consequently, this option is obsolete.
13469 Its specification is retained here for backwards compatibility.
13470
13471 When an EHLO or HELO command is received, if the calling host matches
13472 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%&, Exim checks that the host name given in the HELO or
13473 EHLO command either:
13474
13475 .ilist
13476 is an IP literal matching the calling address of the host, or
13477 .next
13478 .cindex "DNS" "reverse lookup"
13479 .cindex "reverse DNS lookup"
13480 matches the host name that Exim obtains by doing a reverse lookup of the
13481 calling host address, or
13482 .next
13483 when looked up using &[gethostbyname()]& (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when
13484 available) yields the calling host address.
13485 .endlist
13486
13487 However, the EHLO or HELO command is not rejected if any of the checks
13488 fail. Processing continues, but the result of the check is remembered, and can
13489 be detected later in an ACL by the &`verify`& &`=`& &`helo`& condition.
13490
13491 .option helo_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
13492 .cindex "HELO verifying" "mandatory"
13493 .cindex "EHLO" "verifying, mandatory"
13494 Like &%helo_try_verify_hosts%&, this option is obsolete, and retained only for
13495 backwards compatibility. For hosts that match this option, Exim checks the host
13496 name given in the HELO or EHLO in the same way as for
13497 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%&. If the check fails, the HELO or EHLO command is
13498 rejected with a 550 error, and entries are written to the main and reject logs.
13499 If a MAIL command is received before EHLO or HELO, it is rejected with a 503
13500 error.
13501
13502 .option hold_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
13503 .cindex "domain" "delaying delivery"
13504 .cindex "delivery" "delaying certain domains"
13505 This option allows mail for particular domains to be held on the queue
13506 manually. The option is overridden if a message delivery is forced with the
13507 &%-M%&, &%-qf%&, &%-Rf%& or &%-Sf%& options, and also while testing or
13508 verifying addresses using &%-bt%& or &%-bv%&. Otherwise, if a domain matches an
13509 item in &%hold_domains%&, no routing or delivery for that address is done, and
13510 it is deferred every time the message is looked at.
13511
13512 This option is intended as a temporary operational measure for delaying the
13513 delivery of mail while some problem is being sorted out, or some new
13514 configuration tested. If you just want to delay the processing of some
13515 domains until a queue run occurs, you should use &%queue_domains%& or
13516 &%queue_smtp_domains%&, not &%hold_domains%&.
13517
13518 A setting of &%hold_domains%& does not override Exim's code for removing
13519 messages from the queue if they have been there longer than the longest retry
13520 time in any retry rule. If you want to hold messages for longer than the normal
13521 retry times, insert a dummy retry rule with a long retry time.
13522
13523
13524 .option host_lookup main "host list&!!" unset
13525 .cindex "host name" "lookup, forcing"
13526 Exim does not look up the name of a calling host from its IP address unless it
13527 is required to compare against some host list, or the host matches
13528 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& or &%helo_verify_hosts%&, or the host matches this
13529 option (which normally contains IP addresses rather than host names). The
13530 default configuration file contains
13531 .code
13532 host_lookup = *
13533 .endd
13534 which causes a lookup to happen for all hosts. If the expense of these lookups
13535 is felt to be too great, the setting can be changed or removed.
13536
13537 After a successful reverse lookup, Exim does a forward lookup on the name it
13538 has obtained, to verify that it yields the IP address that it started with. If
13539 this check fails, Exim behaves as if the name lookup failed.
13540
13541 .vindex "&$host_lookup_failed$&"
13542 .vindex "&$sender_host_name$&"
13543 After any kind of failure, the host name (in &$sender_host_name$&) remains
13544 unset, and &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to the string &"1"&. See also
13545 &%dns_again_means_nonexist%&, &%helo_lookup_domains%&, and &`verify`& &`=`&
13546 &`reverse_host_lookup`& in ACLs.
13547
13548
13549 .option host_lookup_order main "string list" &`bydns:byaddr`&
13550 This option specifies the order of different lookup methods when Exim is trying
13551 to find a host name from an IP address. The default is to do a DNS lookup
13552 first, and then to try a local lookup (using &[gethostbyaddr()]& or equivalent)
13553 if that fails. You can change the order of these lookups, or omit one entirely,
13554 if you want.
13555
13556 &*Warning*&: The &"byaddr"& method does not always yield aliases when there are
13557 multiple PTR records in the DNS and the IP address is not listed in
13558 &_/etc/hosts_&. Different operating systems give different results in this
13559 case. That is why the default tries a DNS lookup first.
13560
13561
13562
13563 .option host_reject_connection main "host list&!!" unset
13564 .cindex "host" "rejecting connections from"
13565 If this option is set, incoming SMTP calls from the hosts listed are rejected
13566 as soon as the connection is made.
13567 This option is obsolete, and retained only for backward compatibility, because
13568 nowadays the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_connect%& can also reject incoming
13569 connections immediately.
13570
13571 The ability to give an immediate rejection (either by this option or using an
13572 ACL) is provided for use in unusual cases. Many hosts will just try again,
13573 sometimes without much delay. Normally, it is better to use an ACL to reject
13574 incoming messages at a later stage, such as after RCPT commands. See
13575 chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&.
13576
13577
13578 .option hosts_connection_nolog main "host list&!!" unset
13579 .cindex "host" "not logging connections from"
13580 This option defines a list of hosts for which connection logging does not
13581 happen, even though the &%smtp_connection%& log selector is set. For example,
13582 you might want not to log SMTP connections from local processes, or from
13583 127.0.0.1, or from your local LAN. This option is consulted in the main loop of
13584 the daemon; you should therefore strive to restrict its value to a short inline
13585 list of IP addresses and networks. To disable logging SMTP connections from
13586 local processes, you must create a host list with an empty item. For example:
13587 .code
13588 hosts_connection_nolog = :
13589 .endd
13590 If the &%smtp_connection%& log selector is not set, this option has no effect.
13591
13592
13593
13594 .option hosts_treat_as_local main "domain list&!!" unset
13595 .cindex "local host" "domains treated as"
13596 .cindex "host" "treated as local"
13597 If this option is set, any host names that match the domain list are treated as
13598 if they were the local host when Exim is scanning host lists obtained from MX
13599 records
13600 or other sources. Note that the value of this option is a domain list, not a
13601 host list, because it is always used to check host names, not IP addresses.
13602
13603 This option also applies when Exim is matching the special items
13604 &`@mx_any`&, &`@mx_primary`&, and &`@mx_secondary`& in a domain list (see
13605 section &<<SECTdomainlist>>&), and when checking the &%hosts%& option in the
13606 &(smtp)& transport for the local host (see the &%allow_localhost%& option in
13607 that transport). See also &%local_interfaces%&, &%extra_local_interfaces%&, and
13608 chapter &<<CHAPinterfaces>>&, which contains a discussion about local network
13609 interfaces and recognizing the local host.
13610
13611
13612 .option ibase_servers main "string list" unset
13613 .cindex "InterBase" "server list"
13614 This option provides a list of InterBase servers and associated connection data,
13615 to be used in conjunction with &(ibase)& lookups (see section &<<SECID72>>&).
13616 The option is available only if Exim has been built with InterBase support.
13617
13618
13619
13620 .option ignore_bounce_errors_after main time 10w
13621 .cindex "bounce message" "discarding"
13622 .cindex "discarding bounce message"
13623 This option affects the processing of bounce messages that cannot be delivered,
13624 that is, those that suffer a permanent delivery failure. (Bounce messages that
13625 suffer temporary delivery failures are of course retried in the usual way.)
13626
13627 After a permanent delivery failure, bounce messages are frozen,
13628 because there is no sender to whom they can be returned. When a frozen bounce
13629 message has been on the queue for more than the given time, it is unfrozen at
13630 the next queue run, and a further delivery is attempted. If delivery fails
13631 again, the bounce message is discarded. This makes it possible to keep failed
13632 bounce messages around for a shorter time than the normal maximum retry time
13633 for frozen messages. For example,
13634 .code
13635 ignore_bounce_errors_after = 12h
13636 .endd
13637 retries failed bounce message deliveries after 12 hours, discarding any further
13638 failures. If the value of this option is set to a zero time period, bounce
13639 failures are discarded immediately. Setting a very long time (as in the default
13640 value) has the effect of disabling this option. For ways of automatically
13641 dealing with other kinds of frozen message, see &%auto_thaw%& and
13642 &%timeout_frozen_after%&.
13643
13644
13645 .option ignore_fromline_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
13646 .cindex "&""From""& line"
13647 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
13648 Some broken SMTP clients insist on sending a UUCP-like &"From&~"& line before
13649 the headers of a message. By default this is treated as the start of the
13650 message's body, which means that any following headers are not recognized as
13651 such. Exim can be made to ignore it by setting &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& to
13652 match those hosts that insist on sending it. If the sender is actually a local
13653 process rather than a remote host, and is using &%-bs%& to inject the messages,
13654 &%ignore_fromline_local%& must be set to achieve this effect.
13655
13656
13657 .option ignore_fromline_local main boolean false
13658 See &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& above.
13659
13660
13661 .option keep_malformed main time 4d
13662 This option specifies the length of time to keep messages whose spool files
13663 have been corrupted in some way. This should, of course, never happen. At the
13664 next attempt to deliver such a message, it gets removed. The incident is
13665 logged.
13666
13667
13668 .option ldap_default_servers main "string list" unset
13669 .cindex "LDAP" "default servers"
13670 This option provides a list of LDAP servers which are tried in turn when an
13671 LDAP query does not contain a server. See section &<<SECTforldaque>>& for
13672 details of LDAP queries. This option is available only when Exim has been built
13673 with LDAP support.
13674
13675
13676 .option ldap_version main integer unset
13677 .cindex "LDAP" "protocol version, forcing"
13678 This option can be used to force Exim to set a specific protocol version for
13679 LDAP. If it option is unset, it is shown by the &%-bP%& command line option as
13680 -1. When this is the case, the default is 3 if LDAP_VERSION3 is defined in
13681 the LDAP headers; otherwise it is 2. This option is available only when Exim
13682 has been built with LDAP support.
13683
13684
13685
13686 .option local_from_check main boolean true
13687 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line" "disabling addition of"
13688 .cindex "&'From:'& header line" "disabling checking of"
13689 When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP/IP connection) by
13690 an untrusted user, Exim removes any existing &'Sender:'& header line, and
13691 checks that the &'From:'& header line matches the login of the calling user and
13692 the domain specified by &%qualify_domain%&.
13693
13694 &*Note*&: An unqualified address (no domain) in the &'From:'& header in a
13695 locally submitted message is automatically qualified by Exim, unless the
13696 &%-bnq%& command line option is used.
13697
13698 You can use &%local_from_prefix%& and &%local_from_suffix%& to permit affixes
13699 on the local part. If the &'From:'& header line does not match, Exim adds a
13700 &'Sender:'& header with an address constructed from the calling user's login
13701 and the default qualify domain.
13702
13703 If &%local_from_check%& is set false, the &'From:'& header check is disabled,
13704 and no &'Sender:'& header is ever added. If, in addition, you want to retain
13705 &'Sender:'& header lines supplied by untrusted users, you must also set
13706 &%local_sender_retain%& to be true.
13707
13708 .cindex "envelope sender"
13709 These options affect only the header lines in the message. The envelope sender
13710 is still forced to be the login id at the qualify domain unless
13711 &%untrusted_set_sender%& permits the user to supply an envelope sender.
13712
13713 For messages received over TCP/IP, an ACL can specify &"submission mode"& to
13714 request similar header line checking. See section &<<SECTthesenhea>>&, which
13715 has more details about &'Sender:'& processing.
13716
13717
13718
13719
13720 .option local_from_prefix main string unset
13721 When Exim checks the &'From:'& header line of locally submitted messages for
13722 matching the login id (see &%local_from_check%& above), it can be configured to
13723 ignore certain prefixes and suffixes in the local part of the address. This is
13724 done by setting &%local_from_prefix%& and/or &%local_from_suffix%& to
13725 appropriate lists, in the same form as the &%local_part_prefix%& and
13726 &%local_part_suffix%& router options (see chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&). For
13727 example, if
13728 .code
13729 local_from_prefix = *-
13730 .endd
13731 is set, a &'From:'& line containing
13732 .code
13733 From: anything-user@your.domain.example
13734 .endd
13735 will not cause a &'Sender:'& header to be added if &'user@your.domain.example'&
13736 matches the actual sender address that is constructed from the login name and
13737 qualify domain.
13738
13739
13740 .option local_from_suffix main string unset
13741 See &%local_from_prefix%& above.
13742
13743
13744 .option local_interfaces main "string list" "see below"
13745 This option controls which network interfaces are used by the daemon for
13746 listening; they are also used to identify the local host when routing. Chapter
13747 &<<CHAPinterfaces>>& contains a full description of this option and the related
13748 options &%daemon_smtp_ports%&, &%extra_local_interfaces%&,
13749 &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, and &%tls_on_connect_ports%&. The default value for
13750 &%local_interfaces%& is
13751 .code
13752 local_interfaces = 0.0.0.0
13753 .endd
13754 when Exim is built without IPv6 support; otherwise it is
13755 .code
13756 local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
13757 .endd
13758
13759 .option local_scan_timeout main time 5m
13760 .cindex "timeout" "for &[local_scan()]& function"
13761 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "timeout"
13762 This timeout applies to the &[local_scan()]& function (see chapter
13763 &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&). Zero means &"no timeout"&. If the timeout is exceeded,
13764 the incoming message is rejected with a temporary error if it is an SMTP
13765 message. For a non-SMTP message, the message is dropped and Exim ends with a
13766 non-zero code. The incident is logged on the main and reject logs.
13767
13768
13769
13770 .option local_sender_retain main boolean false
13771 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line" "retaining from local submission"
13772 When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP/IP connection) by
13773 an untrusted user, Exim removes any existing &'Sender:'& header line. If you
13774 do not want this to happen, you must set &%local_sender_retain%&, and you must
13775 also set &%local_from_check%& to be false (Exim will complain if you do not).
13776 See also the ACL modifier &`control = suppress_local_fixups`&. Section
13777 &<<SECTthesenhea>>& has more details about &'Sender:'& processing.
13778
13779
13780
13781
13782 .option localhost_number main string&!! unset
13783 .cindex "host" "locally unique number for"
13784 .cindex "message ids" "with multiple hosts"
13785 .vindex "&$localhost_number$&"
13786 Exim's message ids are normally unique only within the local host. If
13787 uniqueness among a set of hosts is required, each host must set a different
13788 value for the &%localhost_number%& option. The string is expanded immediately
13789 after reading the configuration file (so that a number can be computed from the
13790 host name, for example) and the result of the expansion must be a number in the
13791 range 0&--16 (or 0&--10 on operating systems with case-insensitive file
13792 systems). This is available in subsequent string expansions via the variable
13793 &$localhost_number$&. When &%localhost_number is set%&, the final two
13794 characters of the message id, instead of just being a fractional part of the
13795 time, are computed from the time and the local host number as described in
13796 section &<<SECTmessiden>>&.
13797
13798
13799
13800 .option log_file_path main "string list&!!" "set at compile time"
13801 .cindex "log" "file path for"
13802 This option sets the path which is used to determine the names of Exim's log
13803 files, or indicates that logging is to be to syslog, or both. It is expanded
13804 when Exim is entered, so it can, for example, contain a reference to the host
13805 name. If no specific path is set for the log files at compile or run time, they
13806 are written in a sub-directory called &_log_& in Exim's spool directory.
13807 Chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& contains further details about Exim's logging, and
13808 section &<<SECTwhelogwri>>& describes how the contents of &%log_file_path%& are
13809 used. If this string is fixed at your installation (contains no expansion
13810 variables) it is recommended that you do not set this option in the
13811 configuration file, but instead supply the path using LOG_FILE_PATH in
13812 &_Local/Makefile_& so that it is available to Exim for logging errors detected
13813 early on &-- in particular, failure to read the configuration file.
13814
13815
13816 .option log_selector main string unset
13817 .cindex "log" "selectors"
13818 This option can be used to reduce or increase the number of things that Exim
13819 writes to its log files. Its argument is made up of names preceded by plus or
13820 minus characters. For example:
13821 .code
13822 log_selector = +arguments -retry_defer
13823 .endd
13824 A list of possible names and what they control is given in the chapter on
13825 logging, in section &<<SECTlogselector>>&.
13826
13827
13828 .option log_timezone main boolean false
13829 .cindex "log" "timezone for entries"
13830 .vindex "&$tod_log$&"
13831 .vindex "&$tod_zone$&"
13832 By default, the timestamps on log lines are in local time without the
13833 timezone. This means that if your timezone changes twice a year, the timestamps
13834 in log lines are ambiguous for an hour when the clocks go back. One way of
13835 avoiding this problem is to set the timezone to UTC. An alternative is to set
13836 &%log_timezone%& true. This turns on the addition of the timezone offset to
13837 timestamps in log lines. Turning on this option can add quite a lot to the size
13838 of log files because each line is extended by 6 characters. Note that the
13839 &$tod_log$& variable contains the log timestamp without the zone, but there is
13840 another variable called &$tod_zone$& that contains just the timezone offset.
13841
13842
13843 .option lookup_open_max main integer 25
13844 .cindex "too many open files"
13845 .cindex "open files, too many"
13846 .cindex "file" "too many open"
13847 .cindex "lookup" "maximum open files"
13848 .cindex "limit" "open files for lookups"
13849 This option limits the number of simultaneously open files for single-key
13850 lookups that use regular files (that is, &(lsearch)&, &(dbm)&, and &(cdb)&).
13851 Exim normally keeps these files open during routing, because often the same
13852 file is required several times. If the limit is reached, Exim closes the least
13853 recently used file. Note that if you are using the &'ndbm'& library, it
13854 actually opens two files for each logical DBM database, though it still counts
13855 as one for the purposes of &%lookup_open_max%&. If you are getting &"too many
13856 open files"& errors with NDBM, you need to reduce the value of
13857 &%lookup_open_max%&.
13858
13859
13860 .option max_username_length main integer 0
13861 .cindex "length of login name"
13862 .cindex "user name" "maximum length"
13863 .cindex "limit" "user name length"
13864 Some operating systems are broken in that they truncate long arguments to
13865 &[getpwnam()]& to eight characters, instead of returning &"no such user"&. If
13866 this option is set greater than zero, any attempt to call &[getpwnam()]& with
13867 an argument that is longer behaves as if &[getpwnam()]& failed.
13868
13869
13870 .option message_body_newlines main bool false
13871 .cindex "message body" "newlines in variables"
13872 .cindex "newline" "in message body variables"
13873 .vindex "&$message_body$&"
13874 .vindex "&$message_body_end$&"
13875 By default, newlines in the message body are replaced by spaces when setting
13876 the &$message_body$& and &$message_body_end$& expansion variables. If this
13877 option is set true, this no longer happens.
13878
13879
13880 .option message_body_visible main integer 500
13881 .cindex "body of message" "visible size"
13882 .cindex "message body" "visible size"
13883 .vindex "&$message_body$&"
13884 .vindex "&$message_body_end$&"
13885 This option specifies how much of a message's body is to be included in the
13886 &$message_body$& and &$message_body_end$& expansion variables.
13887
13888
13889 .option message_id_header_domain main string&!! unset
13890 .cindex "&'Message-ID:'& header line"
13891 If this option is set, the string is expanded and used as the right hand side
13892 (domain) of the &'Message-ID:'& header that Exim creates if a
13893 locally-originated incoming message does not have one. &"Locally-originated"&
13894 means &"not received over TCP/IP."&
13895 Otherwise, the primary host name is used.
13896 Only letters, digits, dot and hyphen are accepted; any other characters are
13897 replaced by hyphens. If the expansion is forced to fail, or if the result is an
13898 empty string, the option is ignored.
13899
13900
13901 .option message_id_header_text main string&!! unset
13902 If this variable is set, the string is expanded and used to augment the text of
13903 the &'Message-id:'& header that Exim creates if a locally-originated incoming
13904 message does not have one. The text of this header is required by RFC 2822 to
13905 take the form of an address. By default, Exim uses its internal message id as
13906 the local part, and the primary host name as the domain. If this option is set,
13907 it is expanded, and provided the expansion is not forced to fail, and does not
13908 yield an empty string, the result is inserted into the header immediately
13909 before the @, separated from the internal message id by a dot. Any characters
13910 that are illegal in an address are automatically converted into hyphens. This
13911 means that variables such as &$tod_log$& can be used, because the spaces and
13912 colons will become hyphens.
13913
13914
13915 .option message_logs main boolean true
13916 .cindex "message logs" "disabling"
13917 .cindex "log" "message log; disabling"
13918 If this option is turned off, per-message log files are not created in the
13919 &_msglog_& spool sub-directory. This reduces the amount of disk I/O required by
13920 Exim, by reducing the number of files involved in handling a message from a
13921 minimum of four (header spool file, body spool file, delivery journal, and
13922 per-message log) to three. The other major I/O activity is Exim's main log,
13923 which is not affected by this option.
13924
13925
13926 .option message_size_limit main string&!! 50M
13927 .cindex "message" "size limit"
13928 .cindex "limit" "message size"
13929 .cindex "size" "of message, limit"
13930 This option limits the maximum size of message that Exim will process. The
13931 value is expanded for each incoming connection so, for example, it can be made
13932 to depend on the IP address of the remote host for messages arriving via
13933 TCP/IP. After expansion, the value must be a sequence of decimal digits,
13934 optionally followed by K or M.
13935
13936 &*Note*&: This limit cannot be made to depend on a message's sender or any
13937 other properties of an individual message, because it has to be advertised in
13938 the server's response to EHLO. String expansion failure causes a temporary
13939 error. A value of zero means no limit, but its use is not recommended. See also
13940 &%bounce_return_size_limit%&.
13941
13942 Incoming SMTP messages are failed with a 552 error if the limit is
13943 exceeded; locally-generated messages either get a stderr message or a delivery
13944 failure message to the sender, depending on the &%-oe%& setting. Rejection of
13945 an oversized message is logged in both the main and the reject logs. See also
13946 the generic transport option &%message_size_limit%&, which limits the size of
13947 message that an individual transport can process.
13948
13949
13950 .option move_frozen_messages main boolean false
13951 .cindex "frozen messages" "moving"
13952 This option, which is available only if Exim has been built with the setting
13953 .code
13954 SUPPORT_MOVE_FROZEN_MESSAGES=yes
13955 .endd
13956 in &_Local/Makefile_&, causes frozen messages and their message logs to be
13957 moved from the &_input_& and &_msglog_& directories on the spool to &_Finput_&
13958 and &_Fmsglog_&, respectively. There is currently no support in Exim or the
13959 standard utilities for handling such moved messages, and they do not show up in
13960 lists generated by &%-bp%& or by the Exim monitor.
13961
13962
13963 .option mua_wrapper main boolean false
13964 Setting this option true causes Exim to run in a very restrictive mode in which
13965 it passes messages synchronously to a smart host. Chapter &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>&
13966 contains a full description of this facility.
13967
13968
13969
13970 .option mysql_servers main "string list" unset
13971 .cindex "MySQL" "server list"
13972 This option provides a list of MySQL servers and associated connection data, to
13973 be used in conjunction with &(mysql)& lookups (see section &<<SECID72>>&). The
13974 option is available only if Exim has been built with MySQL support.
13975
13976
13977 .option never_users main "string list&!!" unset
13978 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. Local
13979 message deliveries are normally run in processes that are setuid to the
13980 recipient, and remote deliveries are normally run under Exim's own uid and gid.
13981 It is usually desirable to prevent any deliveries from running as root, as a
13982 safety precaution.
13983
13984 When Exim is built, an option called FIXED_NEVER_USERS can be set to a
13985 list of users that must not be used for local deliveries. This list is fixed in
13986 the binary and cannot be overridden by the configuration file. By default, it
13987 contains just the single user name &"root"&. The &%never_users%& runtime option
13988 can be used to add more users to the fixed list.
13989
13990 If a message is to be delivered as one of the users on the fixed list or the
13991 &%never_users%& list, an error occurs, and delivery is deferred. A common
13992 example is
13993 .code
13994 never_users = root:daemon:bin
13995 .endd
13996 Including root is redundant if it is also on the fixed list, but it does no
13997 harm. This option overrides the &%pipe_as_creator%& option of the &(pipe)&
13998 transport driver.
13999
14000
14001 .option oracle_servers main "string list" unset
14002 .cindex "Oracle" "server list"
14003 This option provides a list of Oracle servers and associated connection data,
14004 to be used in conjunction with &(oracle)& lookups (see section &<<SECID72>>&).
14005 The option is available only if Exim has been built with Oracle support.
14006
14007
14008 .option percent_hack_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
14009 .cindex "&""percent hack""&"
14010 .cindex "source routing" "in email address"
14011 .cindex "address" "source-routed"
14012 The &"percent hack"& is the convention whereby a local part containing a
14013 percent sign is re-interpreted as a new email address, with the percent
14014 replaced by @. This is sometimes called &"source routing"&, though that term is
14015 also applied to RFC 2822 addresses that begin with an @ character. If this
14016 option is set, Exim implements the percent facility for those domains listed,
14017 but no others. This happens before an incoming SMTP address is tested against
14018 an ACL.
14019
14020 &*Warning*&: The &"percent hack"& has often been abused by people who are
14021 trying to get round relaying restrictions. For this reason, it is best avoided
14022 if at all possible. Unfortunately, a number of less security-conscious MTAs
14023 implement it unconditionally. If you are running Exim on a gateway host, and
14024 routing mail through to internal MTAs without processing the local parts, it is
14025 a good idea to reject recipient addresses with percent characters in their
14026 local parts. Exim's default configuration does this.
14027
14028
14029 .option perl_at_start main boolean false
14030 This option is available only when Exim is built with an embedded Perl
14031 interpreter. See chapter &<<CHAPperl>>& for details of its use.
14032
14033
14034 .option perl_startup main string unset
14035 This option is available only when Exim is built with an embedded Perl
14036 interpreter. See chapter &<<CHAPperl>>& for details of its use.
14037
14038
14039 .option pgsql_servers main "string list" unset
14040 .cindex "PostgreSQL lookup type" "server list"
14041 This option provides a list of PostgreSQL servers and associated connection
14042 data, to be used in conjunction with &(pgsql)& lookups (see section
14043 &<<SECID72>>&). The option is available only if Exim has been built with
14044 PostgreSQL support.
14045
14046
14047 .option pid_file_path main string&!! "set at compile time"
14048 .cindex "daemon" "pid file path"
14049 .cindex "pid file, path for"
14050 This option sets the name of the file to which the Exim daemon writes its
14051 process id. The string is expanded, so it can contain, for example, references
14052 to the host name:
14053 .code
14054 pid_file_path = /var/log/$primary_hostname/exim.pid
14055 .endd
14056 If no path is set, the pid is written to the file &_exim-daemon.pid_& in Exim's
14057 spool directory.
14058 The value set by the option can be overridden by the &%-oP%& command line
14059 option. A pid file is not written if a &"non-standard"& daemon is run by means
14060 of the &%-oX%& option, unless a path is explicitly supplied by &%-oP%&.
14061
14062
14063 .option pipelining_advertise_hosts main "host list&!!" *
14064 .cindex "PIPELINING" "suppressing advertising"
14065 This option can be used to suppress the advertisement of the SMTP
14066 PIPELINING extension to specific hosts. See also the &*no_pipelining*&
14067 control in section &<<SECTcontrols>>&. When PIPELINING is not advertised and
14068 &%smtp_enforce_sync%& is true, an Exim server enforces strict synchronization
14069 for each SMTP command and response. When PIPELINING is advertised, Exim assumes
14070 that clients will use it; &"out of order"& commands that are &"expected"& do
14071 not count as protocol errors (see &%smtp_max_synprot_errors%&).
14072
14073
14074 .option preserve_message_logs main boolean false
14075 .cindex "message logs" "preserving"
14076 If this option is set, message log files are not deleted when messages are
14077 completed. Instead, they are moved to a sub-directory of the spool directory
14078 called &_msglog.OLD_&, where they remain available for statistical or debugging
14079 purposes. This is a dangerous option to set on systems with any appreciable
14080 volume of mail. Use with care!
14081
14082
14083 .option primary_hostname main string "see below"
14084 .cindex "name" "of local host"
14085 .cindex "host" "name of local"
14086 .cindex "local host" "name of"
14087 .vindex "&$primary_hostname$&"
14088 This specifies the name of the current host. It is used in the default EHLO or
14089 HELO command for outgoing SMTP messages (changeable via the &%helo_data%&
14090 option in the &(smtp)& transport), and as the default for &%qualify_domain%&.
14091 The value is also used by default in some SMTP response messages from an Exim
14092 server. This can be changed dynamically by setting &%smtp_active_hostname%&.
14093
14094 If &%primary_hostname%& is not set, Exim calls &[uname()]& to find the host
14095 name. If this fails, Exim panics and dies. If the name returned by &[uname()]&
14096 contains only one component, Exim passes it to &[gethostbyname()]& (or
14097 &[getipnodebyname()]& when available) in order to obtain the fully qualified
14098 version. The variable &$primary_hostname$& contains the host name, whether set
14099 explicitly by this option, or defaulted.
14100
14101
14102 .option print_topbitchars main boolean false
14103 .cindex "printing characters"
14104 .cindex "8-bit characters"
14105 By default, Exim considers only those characters whose codes lie in the range
14106 32&--126 to be printing characters. In a number of circumstances (for example,
14107 when writing log entries) non-printing characters are converted into escape
14108 sequences, primarily to avoid messing up the layout. If &%print_topbitchars%&
14109 is set, code values of 128 and above are also considered to be printing
14110 characters.
14111
14112 This option also affects the header syntax checks performed by the
14113 &(autoreply)& transport, and whether Exim uses RFC 2047 encoding of
14114 the user's full name when constructing From: and Sender: addresses (as
14115 described in section &<<SECTconstr>>&). Setting this option can cause
14116 Exim to generate eight bit message headers that do not conform to the
14117 standards.
14118
14119
14120 .option process_log_path main string unset
14121 .cindex "process log path"
14122 .cindex "log" "process log"
14123 .cindex "&'exiwhat'&"
14124 This option sets the name of the file to which an Exim process writes its
14125 &"process log"& when sent a USR1 signal. This is used by the &'exiwhat'&
14126 utility script. If this option is unset, the file called &_exim-process.info_&
14127 in Exim's spool directory is used. The ability to specify the name explicitly
14128 can be useful in environments where two different Exims are running, using
14129 different spool directories.
14130
14131
14132 .option prod_requires_admin main boolean true
14133 .oindex "&%-M%&"
14134 .oindex "&%-R%&"
14135 .oindex "&%-q%&"
14136 The &%-M%&, &%-R%&, and &%-q%& command-line options require the caller to be an
14137 admin user unless &%prod_requires_admin%& is set false. See also
14138 &%queue_list_requires_admin%&.
14139
14140
14141 .option qualify_domain main string "see below"
14142 .cindex "domain" "for qualifying addresses"
14143 .cindex "address" "qualification"
14144 This option specifies the domain name that is added to any envelope sender
14145 addresses that do not have a domain qualification. It also applies to
14146 recipient addresses if &%qualify_recipient%& is not set. Unqualified addresses
14147 are accepted by default only for locally-generated messages. Qualification is
14148 also applied to addresses in header lines such as &'From:'& and &'To:'& for
14149 locally-generated messages, unless the &%-bnq%& command line option is used.
14150
14151 Messages from external sources must always contain fully qualified addresses,
14152 unless the sending host matches &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& or
14153 &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%& (as appropriate), in which case incoming
14154 addresses are qualified with &%qualify_domain%& or &%qualify_recipient%& as
14155 necessary. Internally, Exim always works with fully qualified envelope
14156 addresses. If &%qualify_domain%& is not set, it defaults to the
14157 &%primary_hostname%& value.
14158
14159
14160 .option qualify_recipient main string "see below"
14161 This option allows you to specify a different domain for qualifying recipient
14162 addresses to the one that is used for senders. See &%qualify_domain%& above.
14163
14164
14165
14166 .option queue_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
14167 .cindex "domain" "specifying non-immediate delivery"
14168 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14169 .cindex "message" "queueing certain domains"
14170 This option lists domains for which immediate delivery is not required.
14171 A delivery process is started whenever a message is received, but only those
14172 domains that do not match are processed. All other deliveries wait until the
14173 next queue run. See also &%hold_domains%& and &%queue_smtp_domains%&.
14174
14175
14176 .option queue_list_requires_admin main boolean true
14177 .oindex "&%-bp%&"
14178 The &%-bp%& command-line option, which lists the messages that are on the
14179 queue, requires the caller to be an admin user unless
14180 &%queue_list_requires_admin%& is set false. See also &%prod_requires_admin%&.
14181
14182
14183 .option queue_only main boolean false
14184 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14185 .cindex "message" "queueing unconditionally"
14186 If &%queue_only%& is set, a delivery process is not automatically started
14187 whenever a message is received. Instead, the message waits on the queue for the
14188 next queue run. Even if &%queue_only%& is false, incoming messages may not get
14189 delivered immediately when certain conditions (such as heavy load) occur.
14190
14191 The &%-odq%& command line has the same effect as &%queue_only%&. The &%-odb%&
14192 and &%-odi%& command line options override &%queue_only%& unless
14193 &%queue_only_override%& is set false. See also &%queue_only_file%&,
14194 &%queue_only_load%&, and &%smtp_accept_queue%&.
14195
14196
14197 .option queue_only_file main string unset
14198 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14199 .cindex "message" "queueing by file existence"
14200 This option can be set to a colon-separated list of absolute path names, each
14201 one optionally preceded by &"smtp"&. When Exim is receiving a message,
14202 it tests for the existence of each listed path using a call to &[stat()]&. For
14203 each path that exists, the corresponding queueing option is set.
14204 For paths with no prefix, &%queue_only%& is set; for paths prefixed by
14205 &"smtp"&, &%queue_smtp_domains%& is set to match all domains. So, for example,
14206 .code
14207 queue_only_file = smtp/some/file
14208 .endd
14209 causes Exim to behave as if &%queue_smtp_domains%& were set to &"*"& whenever
14210 &_/some/file_& exists.
14211
14212
14213 .option queue_only_load main fixed-point unset
14214 .cindex "load average"
14215 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14216 .cindex "message" "queueing by load"
14217 If the system load average is higher than this value, incoming messages from
14218 all sources are queued, and no automatic deliveries are started. If this
14219 happens during local or remote SMTP input, all subsequent messages received on
14220 the same SMTP connection are queued by default, whatever happens to the load in
14221 the meantime, but this can be changed by setting &%queue_only_load_latch%&
14222 false.
14223
14224 Deliveries will subsequently be performed by queue runner processes. This
14225 option has no effect on ancient operating systems on which Exim cannot
14226 determine the load average. See also &%deliver_queue_load_max%& and
14227 &%smtp_load_reserve%&.
14228
14229
14230 .option queue_only_load_latch main boolean true
14231 .cindex "load average" "re-evaluating per message"
14232 When this option is true (the default), once one message has been queued
14233 because the load average is higher than the value set by &%queue_only_load%&,
14234 all subsequent messages received on the same SMTP connection are also queued.
14235 This is a deliberate choice; even though the load average may fall below the
14236 threshold, it doesn't seem right to deliver later messages on the same
14237 connection when not delivering earlier ones. However, there are special
14238 circumstances such as very long-lived connections from scanning appliances
14239 where this is not the best strategy. In such cases, &%queue_only_load_latch%&
14240 should be set false. This causes the value of the load average to be
14241 re-evaluated for each message.
14242
14243
14244 .option queue_only_override main boolean true
14245 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14246 When this option is true, the &%-od%&&'x'& command line options override the
14247 setting of &%queue_only%& or &%queue_only_file%& in the configuration file. If
14248 &%queue_only_override%& is set false, the &%-od%&&'x'& options cannot be used
14249 to override; they are accepted, but ignored.
14250
14251
14252 .option queue_run_in_order main boolean false
14253 .cindex "queue runner" "processing messages in order"
14254 If this option is set, queue runs happen in order of message arrival instead of
14255 in an arbitrary order. For this to happen, a complete list of the entire queue
14256 must be set up before the deliveries start. When the queue is all held in a
14257 single directory (the default), a single list is created for both the ordered
14258 and the non-ordered cases. However, if &%split_spool_directory%& is set, a
14259 single list is not created when &%queue_run_in_order%& is false. In this case,
14260 the sub-directories are processed one at a time (in a random order), and this
14261 avoids setting up one huge list for the whole queue. Thus, setting
14262 &%queue_run_in_order%& with &%split_spool_directory%& may degrade performance
14263 when the queue is large, because of the extra work in setting up the single,
14264 large list. In most situations, &%queue_run_in_order%& should not be set.
14265
14266
14267
14268 .option queue_run_max main integer 5
14269 .cindex "queue runner" "maximum number of"
14270 This controls the maximum number of queue runner processes that an Exim daemon
14271 can run simultaneously. This does not mean that it starts them all at once,
14272 but rather that if the maximum number are still running when the time comes to
14273 start another one, it refrains from starting another one. This can happen with
14274 very large queues and/or very sluggish deliveries. This option does not,
14275 however, interlock with other processes, so additional queue runners can be
14276 started by other means, or by killing and restarting the daemon.
14277
14278 Setting this option to zero does not suppress queue runs; rather, it disables
14279 the limit, allowing any number of simultaneous queue runner processes to be
14280 run. If you do not want queue runs to occur, omit the &%-q%&&'xx'& setting on
14281 the daemon's command line.
14282
14283 .option queue_smtp_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
14284 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14285 .cindex "message" "queueing remote deliveries"
14286 When this option is set, a delivery process is started whenever a message is
14287 received, routing is performed, and local deliveries take place.
14288 However, if any SMTP deliveries are required for domains that match
14289 &%queue_smtp_domains%&, they are not immediately delivered, but instead the
14290 message waits on the queue for the next queue run. Since routing of the message
14291 has taken place, Exim knows to which remote hosts it must be delivered, and so
14292 when the queue run happens, multiple messages for the same host are delivered
14293 over a single SMTP connection. The &%-odqs%& command line option causes all
14294 SMTP deliveries to be queued in this way, and is equivalent to setting
14295 &%queue_smtp_domains%& to &"*"&. See also &%hold_domains%& and
14296 &%queue_domains%&.
14297
14298
14299 .option receive_timeout main time 0s
14300 .cindex "timeout" "for non-SMTP input"
14301 This option sets the timeout for accepting a non-SMTP message, that is, the
14302 maximum time that Exim waits when reading a message on the standard input. If
14303 the value is zero, it will wait for ever. This setting is overridden by the
14304 &%-or%& command line option. The timeout for incoming SMTP messages is
14305 controlled by &%smtp_receive_timeout%&.
14306
14307 .option received_header_text main string&!! "see below"
14308 .cindex "customizing" "&'Received:'& header"
14309 .cindex "&'Received:'& header line" "customizing"
14310 This string defines the contents of the &'Received:'& message header that is
14311 added to each message, except for the timestamp, which is automatically added
14312 on at the end (preceded by a semicolon). The string is expanded each time it is
14313 used. If the expansion yields an empty string, no &'Received:'& header line is
14314 added to the message. Otherwise, the string should start with the text
14315 &"Received:"& and conform to the RFC 2822 specification for &'Received:'&
14316 header lines. The default setting is:
14317
14318 .code
14319 received_header_text = Received: \
14320 ${if def:sender_rcvhost {from $sender_rcvhost\n\t}\
14321 {${if def:sender_ident \
14322 {from ${quote_local_part:$sender_ident} }}\
14323 ${if def:sender_helo_name {(helo=$sender_helo_name)\n\t}}}}\
14324 by $primary_hostname \
14325 ${if def:received_protocol {with $received_protocol}} \
14326 ${if def:tls_cipher {($tls_cipher)\n\t}}\
14327 (Exim $version_number)\n\t\
14328 ${if def:sender_address \
14329 {(envelope-from <$sender_address>)\n\t}}\
14330 id $message_exim_id\
14331 ${if def:received_for {\n\tfor $received_for}}
14332 .endd
14333
14334 The reference to the TLS cipher is omitted when Exim is built without TLS
14335 support. The use of conditional expansions ensures that this works for both
14336 locally generated messages and messages received from remote hosts, giving
14337 header lines such as the following:
14338 .code
14339 Received: from scrooge.carol.example ([192.168.12.25] ident=root)
14340 by marley.carol.example with esmtp (Exim 4.00)
14341 (envelope-from <bob@carol.example>)
14342 id 16IOWa-00019l-00
14343 for chas@dickens.example; Tue, 25 Dec 2001 14:43:44 +0000
14344 Received: by scrooge.carol.example with local (Exim 4.00)
14345 id 16IOWW-000083-00; Tue, 25 Dec 2001 14:43:41 +0000
14346 .endd
14347 Until the body of the message has been received, the timestamp is the time when
14348 the message started to be received. Once the body has arrived, and all policy
14349 checks have taken place, the timestamp is updated to the time at which the
14350 message was accepted.
14351
14352
14353 .option received_headers_max main integer 30
14354 .cindex "loop" "prevention"
14355 .cindex "mail loop prevention"
14356 .cindex "&'Received:'& header line" "counting"
14357 When a message is to be delivered, the number of &'Received:'& headers is
14358 counted, and if it is greater than this parameter, a mail loop is assumed to
14359 have occurred, the delivery is abandoned, and an error message is generated.
14360 This applies to both local and remote deliveries.
14361
14362
14363 .option recipient_unqualified_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14364 .cindex "unqualified addresses"
14365 .cindex "host" "unqualified addresses from"
14366 This option lists those hosts from which Exim is prepared to accept unqualified
14367 recipient addresses in message envelopes. The addresses are made fully
14368 qualified by the addition of the &%qualify_recipient%& value. This option also
14369 affects message header lines. Exim does not reject unqualified recipient
14370 addresses in headers, but it qualifies them only if the message came from a
14371 host that matches &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&,
14372 or if the message was submitted locally (not using TCP/IP), and the &%-bnq%&
14373 option was not set.
14374
14375
14376 .option recipients_max main integer 0
14377 .cindex "limit" "number of recipients"
14378 .cindex "recipient" "maximum number"
14379 If this option is set greater than zero, it specifies the maximum number of
14380 original recipients for any message. Additional recipients that are generated
14381 by aliasing or forwarding do not count. SMTP messages get a 452 response for
14382 all recipients over the limit; earlier recipients are delivered as normal.
14383 Non-SMTP messages with too many recipients are failed, and no deliveries are
14384 done.
14385
14386 .cindex "RCPT" "maximum number of incoming"
14387 &*Note*&: The RFCs specify that an SMTP server should accept at least 100
14388 RCPT commands in a single message.
14389
14390
14391 .option recipients_max_reject main boolean false
14392 If this option is set true, Exim rejects SMTP messages containing too many
14393 recipients by giving 552 errors to the surplus RCPT commands, and a 554
14394 error to the eventual DATA command. Otherwise (the default) it gives a 452
14395 error to the surplus RCPT commands and accepts the message on behalf of the
14396 initial set of recipients. The remote server should then re-send the message
14397 for the remaining recipients at a later time.
14398
14399
14400 .option remote_max_parallel main integer 2
14401 .cindex "delivery" "parallelism for remote"
14402 This option controls parallel delivery of one message to a number of remote
14403 hosts. If the value is less than 2, parallel delivery is disabled, and Exim
14404 does all the remote deliveries for a message one by one. Otherwise, if a single
14405 message has to be delivered to more than one remote host, or if several copies
14406 have to be sent to the same remote host, up to &%remote_max_parallel%&
14407 deliveries are done simultaneously. If more than &%remote_max_parallel%&
14408 deliveries are required, the maximum number of processes are started, and as
14409 each one finishes, another is begun. The order of starting processes is the
14410 same as if sequential delivery were being done, and can be controlled by the
14411 &%remote_sort_domains%& option. If parallel delivery takes place while running
14412 with debugging turned on, the debugging output from each delivery process is
14413 tagged with its process id.
14414
14415 This option controls only the maximum number of parallel deliveries for one
14416 message in one Exim delivery process. Because Exim has no central queue
14417 manager, there is no way of controlling the total number of simultaneous
14418 deliveries if the configuration allows a delivery attempt as soon as a message
14419 is received.
14420
14421 .cindex "number of deliveries"
14422 .cindex "delivery" "maximum number of"
14423 If you want to control the total number of deliveries on the system, you
14424 need to set the &%queue_only%& option. This ensures that all incoming messages
14425 are added to the queue without starting a delivery process. Then set up an Exim
14426 daemon to start queue runner processes at appropriate intervals (probably
14427 fairly often, for example, every minute), and limit the total number of queue
14428 runners by setting the &%queue_run_max%& parameter. Because each queue runner
14429 delivers only one message at a time, the maximum number of deliveries that can
14430 then take place at once is &%queue_run_max%& multiplied by
14431 &%remote_max_parallel%&.
14432
14433 If it is purely remote deliveries you want to control, use
14434 &%queue_smtp_domains%& instead of &%queue_only%&. This has the added benefit of
14435 doing the SMTP routing before queueing, so that several messages for the same
14436 host will eventually get delivered down the same connection.
14437
14438
14439 .option remote_sort_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
14440 .cindex "sorting remote deliveries"
14441 .cindex "delivery" "sorting remote"
14442 When there are a number of remote deliveries for a message, they are sorted by
14443 domain into the order given by this list. For example,
14444 .code
14445 remote_sort_domains = *.cam.ac.uk:*.uk
14446 .endd
14447 would attempt to deliver to all addresses in the &'cam.ac.uk'& domain first,
14448 then to those in the &%uk%& domain, then to any others.
14449
14450
14451 .option retry_data_expire main time 7d
14452 .cindex "hints database" "data expiry"
14453 This option sets a &"use before"& time on retry information in Exim's hints
14454 database. Any older retry data is ignored. This means that, for example, once a
14455 host has not been tried for 7 days, Exim behaves as if it has no knowledge of
14456 past failures.
14457
14458
14459 .option retry_interval_max main time 24h
14460 .cindex "retry" "limit on interval"
14461 .cindex "limit" "on retry interval"
14462 Chapter &<<CHAPretry>>& describes Exim's mechanisms for controlling the
14463 intervals between delivery attempts for messages that cannot be delivered
14464 straight away. This option sets an overall limit to the length of time between
14465 retries. It cannot be set greater than 24 hours; any attempt to do so forces
14466 the default value.
14467
14468
14469 .option return_path_remove main boolean true
14470 .cindex "&'Return-path:'& header line" "removing"
14471 RFC 2821, section 4.4, states that an SMTP server must insert a
14472 &'Return-path:'& header line into a message when it makes a &"final delivery"&.
14473 The &'Return-path:'& header preserves the sender address as received in the
14474 MAIL command. This description implies that this header should not be present
14475 in an incoming message. If &%return_path_remove%& is true, any existing
14476 &'Return-path:'& headers are removed from messages at the time they are
14477 received. Exim's transports have options for adding &'Return-path:'& headers at
14478 the time of delivery. They are normally used only for final local deliveries.
14479
14480
14481 .option return_size_limit main integer 100K
14482 This option is an obsolete synonym for &%bounce_return_size_limit%&.
14483
14484
14485 .option rfc1413_hosts main "host list&!!" *
14486 .cindex "RFC 1413"
14487 .cindex "host" "for RFC 1413 calls"
14488 RFC 1413 identification calls are made to any client host which matches an item
14489 in the list.
14490
14491 .option rfc1413_query_timeout main time 5s
14492 .cindex "RFC 1413" "query timeout"
14493 .cindex "timeout" "for RFC 1413 call"
14494 This sets the timeout on RFC 1413 identification calls. If it is set to zero,
14495 no RFC 1413 calls are ever made.
14496
14497
14498 .option sender_unqualified_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14499 .cindex "unqualified addresses"
14500 .cindex "host" "unqualified addresses from"
14501 This option lists those hosts from which Exim is prepared to accept unqualified
14502 sender addresses. The addresses are made fully qualified by the addition of
14503 &%qualify_domain%&. This option also affects message header lines. Exim does
14504 not reject unqualified addresses in headers that contain sender addresses, but
14505 it qualifies them only if the message came from a host that matches
14506 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%&, or if the message was submitted locally (not
14507 using TCP/IP), and the &%-bnq%& option was not set.
14508
14509
14510 .option smtp_accept_keepalive main boolean true
14511 .cindex "keepalive" "on incoming connection"
14512 This option controls the setting of the SO_KEEPALIVE option on incoming
14513 TCP/IP socket connections. When set, it causes the kernel to probe idle
14514 connections periodically, by sending packets with &"old"& sequence numbers. The
14515 other end of the connection should send an acknowledgment if the connection is
14516 still okay or a reset if the connection has been aborted. The reason for doing
14517 this is that it has the beneficial effect of freeing up certain types of
14518 connection that can get stuck when the remote host is disconnected without
14519 tidying up the TCP/IP call properly. The keepalive mechanism takes several
14520 hours to detect unreachable hosts.
14521
14522
14523
14524 .option smtp_accept_max main integer 20
14525 .cindex "limit" "incoming SMTP connections"
14526 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming connection count"
14527 .cindex "inetd"
14528 This option specifies the maximum number of simultaneous incoming SMTP calls
14529 that Exim will accept. It applies only to the listening daemon; there is no
14530 control (in Exim) when incoming SMTP is being handled by &'inetd'&. If the
14531 value is set to zero, no limit is applied. However, it is required to be
14532 non-zero if either &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& or &%smtp_accept_queue%& is
14533 set. See also &%smtp_accept_reserve%& and &%smtp_load_reserve%&.
14534
14535 A new SMTP connection is immediately rejected if the &%smtp_accept_max%& limit
14536 has been reached. If not, Exim first checks &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%&. If
14537 that limit has not been reached for the client host, &%smtp_accept_reserve%&
14538 and &%smtp_load_reserve%& are then checked before accepting the connection.
14539
14540
14541 .option smtp_accept_max_nonmail main integer 10
14542 .cindex "limit" "non-mail SMTP commands"
14543 .cindex "SMTP" "limiting non-mail commands"
14544 Exim counts the number of &"non-mail"& commands in an SMTP session, and drops
14545 the connection if there are too many. This option defines &"too many"&. The
14546 check catches some denial-of-service attacks, repeated failing AUTHs, or a mad
14547 client looping sending EHLO, for example. The check is applied only if the
14548 client host matches &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%&.
14549
14550 When a new message is expected, one occurrence of RSET is not counted. This
14551 allows a client to send one RSET between messages (this is not necessary,
14552 but some clients do it). Exim also allows one uncounted occurrence of HELO
14553 or EHLO, and one occurrence of STARTTLS between messages. After
14554 starting up a TLS session, another EHLO is expected, and so it too is not
14555 counted. The first occurrence of AUTH in a connection, or immediately
14556 following STARTTLS is not counted. Otherwise, all commands other than
14557 MAIL, RCPT, DATA, and QUIT are counted.
14558
14559
14560 .option smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts main "host list&!!" *
14561 You can control which hosts are subject to the &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%&
14562 check by setting this option. The default value makes it apply to all hosts. By
14563 changing the value, you can exclude any badly-behaved hosts that you have to
14564 live with.
14565
14566
14567 . Allow this long option name to split; give it unsplit as a fifth argument
14568 . for the automatic .oindex that is generated by .option.
14569
14570 .option "smtp_accept_max_per_ &~&~connection" main integer 1000 &&&
14571 smtp_accept_max_per_connection
14572 .cindex "SMTP" "limiting incoming message count"
14573 .cindex "limit" "messages per SMTP connection"
14574 The value of this option limits the number of MAIL commands that Exim is
14575 prepared to accept over a single SMTP connection, whether or not each command
14576 results in the transfer of a message. After the limit is reached, a 421
14577 response is given to subsequent MAIL commands. This limit is a safety
14578 precaution against a client that goes mad (incidents of this type have been
14579 seen).
14580
14581
14582 .option smtp_accept_max_per_host main string&!! unset
14583 .cindex "limit" "SMTP connections from one host"
14584 .cindex "host" "limiting SMTP connections from"
14585 This option restricts the number of simultaneous IP connections from a single
14586 host (strictly, from a single IP address) to the Exim daemon. The option is
14587 expanded, to enable different limits to be applied to different hosts by
14588 reference to &$sender_host_address$&. Once the limit is reached, additional
14589 connection attempts from the same host are rejected with error code 421. This
14590 is entirely independent of &%smtp_accept_reserve%&. The option's default value
14591 of zero imposes no limit. If this option is set greater than zero, it is
14592 required that &%smtp_accept_max%& be non-zero.
14593
14594 &*Warning*&: When setting this option you should not use any expansion
14595 constructions that take an appreciable amount of time. The expansion and test
14596 happen in the main daemon loop, in order to reject additional connections
14597 without forking additional processes (otherwise a denial-of-service attack
14598 could cause a vast number or processes to be created). While the daemon is
14599 doing this processing, it cannot accept any other incoming connections.
14600
14601
14602
14603 .option smtp_accept_queue main integer 0
14604 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming connection count"
14605 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14606 .cindex "message" "queueing by SMTP connection count"
14607 If the number of simultaneous incoming SMTP connections being handled via the
14608 listening daemon exceeds this value, messages received by SMTP are just placed
14609 on the queue; no delivery processes are started automatically. The count is
14610 fixed at the start of an SMTP connection. It cannot be updated in the
14611 subprocess that receives messages, and so the queueing or not queueing applies
14612 to all messages received in the same connection.
14613
14614 A value of zero implies no limit, and clearly any non-zero value is useful only
14615 if it is less than the &%smtp_accept_max%& value (unless that is zero). See
14616 also &%queue_only%&, &%queue_only_load%&, &%queue_smtp_domains%&, and the
14617 various &%-od%&&'x'& command line options.
14618
14619
14620 . Allow this long option name to split; give it unsplit as a fifth argument
14621 . for the automatic .oindex that is generated by .option.
14622
14623 .option "smtp_accept_queue_per_ &~&~connection" main integer 10 &&&
14624 smtp_accept_queue_per_connection
14625 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14626 .cindex "message" "queueing by message count"
14627 This option limits the number of delivery processes that Exim starts
14628 automatically when receiving messages via SMTP, whether via the daemon or by
14629 the use of &%-bs%& or &%-bS%&. If the value of the option is greater than zero,
14630 and the number of messages received in a single SMTP session exceeds this
14631 number, subsequent messages are placed on the queue, but no delivery processes
14632 are started. This helps to limit the number of Exim processes when a server
14633 restarts after downtime and there is a lot of mail waiting for it on other
14634 systems. On large systems, the default should probably be increased, and on
14635 dial-in client systems it should probably be set to zero (that is, disabled).
14636
14637
14638 .option smtp_accept_reserve main integer 0
14639 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming call count"
14640 .cindex "host" "reserved"
14641 When &%smtp_accept_max%& is set greater than zero, this option specifies a
14642 number of SMTP connections that are reserved for connections from the hosts
14643 that are specified in &%smtp_reserve_hosts%&. The value set in
14644 &%smtp_accept_max%& includes this reserve pool. The specified hosts are not
14645 restricted to this number of connections; the option specifies a minimum number
14646 of connection slots for them, not a maximum. It is a guarantee that this group
14647 of hosts can always get at least &%smtp_accept_reserve%& connections. However,
14648 the limit specified by &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& is still applied to each
14649 individual host.
14650
14651 For example, if &%smtp_accept_max%& is set to 50 and &%smtp_accept_reserve%& is
14652 set to 5, once there are 45 active connections (from any hosts), new
14653 connections are accepted only from hosts listed in &%smtp_reserve_hosts%&,
14654 provided the other criteria for acceptance are met.
14655
14656
14657 .option smtp_active_hostname main string&!! unset
14658 .cindex "host" "name in SMTP responses"
14659 .cindex "SMTP" "host name in responses"
14660 .vindex "&$primary_hostname$&"
14661 This option is provided for multi-homed servers that want to masquerade as
14662 several different hosts. At the start of an incoming SMTP connection, its value
14663 is expanded and used instead of the value of &$primary_hostname$& in SMTP
14664 responses. For example, it is used as domain name in the response to an
14665 incoming HELO or EHLO command.
14666
14667 .vindex "&$smtp_active_hostname$&"
14668 The active hostname is placed in the &$smtp_active_hostname$& variable, which
14669 is saved with any messages that are received. It is therefore available for use
14670 in routers and transports when the message is later delivered.
14671
14672 If this option is unset, or if its expansion is forced to fail, or if the
14673 expansion results in an empty string, the value of &$primary_hostname$& is
14674 used. Other expansion failures cause a message to be written to the main and
14675 panic logs, and the SMTP command receives a temporary error. Typically, the
14676 value of &%smtp_active_hostname%& depends on the incoming interface address.
14677 For example:
14678 .code
14679 smtp_active_hostname = ${if eq{$received_ip_address}{10.0.0.1}\
14680 {cox.mydomain}{box.mydomain}}
14681 .endd
14682
14683 Although &$smtp_active_hostname$& is primarily concerned with incoming
14684 messages, it is also used as the default for HELO commands in callout
14685 verification if there is no remote transport from which to obtain a
14686 &%helo_data%& value.
14687
14688 .option smtp_banner main string&!! "see below"
14689 .cindex "SMTP" "welcome banner"
14690 .cindex "banner for SMTP"
14691 .cindex "welcome banner for SMTP"
14692 .cindex "customizing" "SMTP banner"
14693 This string, which is expanded every time it is used, is output as the initial
14694 positive response to an SMTP connection. The default setting is:
14695 .code
14696 smtp_banner = $smtp_active_hostname ESMTP Exim \
14697 $version_number $tod_full
14698 .endd
14699 Failure to expand the string causes a panic error. If you want to create a
14700 multiline response to the initial SMTP connection, use &"\n"& in the string at
14701 appropriate points, but not at the end. Note that the 220 code is not included
14702 in this string. Exim adds it automatically (several times in the case of a
14703 multiline response).
14704
14705
14706 .option smtp_check_spool_space main boolean true
14707 .cindex "checking disk space"
14708 .cindex "disk space, checking"
14709 .cindex "spool directory" "checking space"
14710 When this option is set, if an incoming SMTP session encounters the SIZE
14711 option on a MAIL command, it checks that there is enough space in the
14712 spool directory's partition to accept a message of that size, while still
14713 leaving free the amount specified by &%check_spool_space%& (even if that value
14714 is zero). If there isn't enough space, a temporary error code is returned.
14715
14716
14717 .option smtp_connect_backlog main integer 20
14718 .cindex "connection backlog"
14719 .cindex "SMTP" "connection backlog"
14720 .cindex "backlog of connections"
14721 This option specifies a maximum number of waiting SMTP connections. Exim passes
14722 this value to the TCP/IP system when it sets up its listener. Once this number
14723 of connections are waiting for the daemon's attention, subsequent connection
14724 attempts are refused at the TCP/IP level. At least, that is what the manuals
14725 say; in some circumstances such connection attempts have been observed to time
14726 out instead. For large systems it is probably a good idea to increase the
14727 value (to 50, say). It also gives some protection against denial-of-service
14728 attacks by SYN flooding.
14729
14730
14731 .option smtp_enforce_sync main boolean true
14732 .cindex "SMTP" "synchronization checking"
14733 .cindex "synchronization checking in SMTP"
14734 The SMTP protocol specification requires the client to wait for a response from
14735 the server at certain points in the dialogue. Without PIPELINING these
14736 synchronization points are after every command; with PIPELINING they are
14737 fewer, but they still exist.
14738
14739 Some spamming sites send out a complete set of SMTP commands without waiting
14740 for any response. Exim protects against this by rejecting a message if the
14741 client has sent further input when it should not have. The error response &"554
14742 SMTP synchronization error"& is sent, and the connection is dropped. Testing
14743 for this error cannot be perfect because of transmission delays (unexpected
14744 input may be on its way but not yet received when Exim checks). However, it
14745 does detect many instances.
14746
14747 The check can be globally disabled by setting &%smtp_enforce_sync%& false.
14748 If you want to disable the check selectively (for example, only for certain
14749 hosts), you can do so by an appropriate use of a &%control%& modifier in an ACL
14750 (see section &<<SECTcontrols>>&). See also &%pipelining_advertise_hosts%&.
14751
14752
14753
14754 .option smtp_etrn_command main string&!! unset
14755 .cindex "ETRN" "command to be run"
14756 .vindex "&$domain$&"
14757 If this option is set, the given command is run whenever an SMTP ETRN
14758 command is received from a host that is permitted to issue such commands (see
14759 chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&). The string is split up into separate arguments which
14760 are independently expanded. The expansion variable &$domain$& is set to the
14761 argument of the ETRN command, and no syntax checking is done on it. For
14762 example:
14763 .code
14764 smtp_etrn_command = /etc/etrn_command $domain \
14765 $sender_host_address
14766 .endd
14767 A new process is created to run the command, but Exim does not wait for it to
14768 complete. Consequently, its status cannot be checked. If the command cannot be
14769 run, a line is written to the panic log, but the ETRN caller still receives
14770 a 250 success response. Exim is normally running under its own uid when
14771 receiving SMTP, so it is not possible for it to change the uid before running
14772 the command.
14773
14774
14775 .option smtp_etrn_serialize main boolean true
14776 .cindex "ETRN" "serializing"
14777 When this option is set, it prevents the simultaneous execution of more than
14778 one identical command as a result of ETRN in an SMTP connection. See
14779 section &<<SECTETRN>>& for details.
14780
14781
14782 .option smtp_load_reserve main fixed-point unset
14783 .cindex "load average"
14784 If the system load average ever gets higher than this, incoming SMTP calls are
14785 accepted only from those hosts that match an entry in &%smtp_reserve_hosts%&.
14786 If &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& is not set, no incoming SMTP calls are accepted when
14787 the load is over the limit. The option has no effect on ancient operating
14788 systems on which Exim cannot determine the load average. See also
14789 &%deliver_queue_load_max%& and &%queue_only_load%&.
14790
14791
14792
14793 .option smtp_max_synprot_errors main integer 3
14794 .cindex "SMTP" "limiting syntax and protocol errors"
14795 .cindex "limit" "SMTP syntax and protocol errors"
14796 Exim rejects SMTP commands that contain syntax or protocol errors. In
14797 particular, a syntactically invalid email address, as in this command:
14798 .code
14799 RCPT TO:<abc xyz@a.b.c>
14800 .endd
14801 causes immediate rejection of the command, before any other tests are done.
14802 (The ACL cannot be run if there is no valid address to set up for it.) An
14803 example of a protocol error is receiving RCPT before MAIL. If there are
14804 too many syntax or protocol errors in one SMTP session, the connection is
14805 dropped. The limit is set by this option.
14806
14807 .cindex "PIPELINING" "expected errors"
14808 When the PIPELINING extension to SMTP is in use, some protocol errors are
14809 &"expected"&, for instance, a RCPT command after a rejected MAIL command.
14810 Exim assumes that PIPELINING will be used if it advertises it (see
14811 &%pipelining_advertise_hosts%&), and in this situation, &"expected"& errors do
14812 not count towards the limit.
14813
14814
14815
14816 .option smtp_max_unknown_commands main integer 3
14817 .cindex "SMTP" "limiting unknown commands"
14818 .cindex "limit" "unknown SMTP commands"
14819 If there are too many unrecognized commands in an incoming SMTP session, an
14820 Exim server drops the connection. This is a defence against some kinds of abuse
14821 that subvert web
14822 clients
14823 into making connections to SMTP ports; in these circumstances, a number of
14824 non-SMTP command lines are sent first.
14825
14826
14827
14828 .option smtp_ratelimit_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14829 .cindex "SMTP" "rate limiting"
14830 .cindex "limit" "rate of message arrival"
14831 .cindex "RCPT" "rate limiting"
14832 Some sites find it helpful to be able to limit the rate at which certain hosts
14833 can send them messages, and the rate at which an individual message can specify
14834 recipients.
14835
14836 Exim has two rate-limiting facilities. This section describes the older
14837 facility, which can limit rates within a single connection. The newer
14838 &%ratelimit%& ACL condition can limit rates across all connections. See section
14839 &<<SECTratelimiting>>& for details of the newer facility.
14840
14841 When a host matches &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%&, the values of
14842 &%smtp_ratelimit_mail%& and &%smtp_ratelimit_rcpt%& are used to control the
14843 rate of acceptance of MAIL and RCPT commands in a single SMTP session,
14844 respectively. Each option, if set, must contain a set of four comma-separated
14845 values:
14846
14847 .ilist
14848 A threshold, before which there is no rate limiting.
14849 .next
14850 An initial time delay. Unlike other times in Exim, numbers with decimal
14851 fractional parts are allowed here.
14852 .next
14853 A factor by which to increase the delay each time.
14854 .next
14855 A maximum value for the delay. This should normally be less than 5 minutes,
14856 because after that time, the client is liable to timeout the SMTP command.
14857 .endlist
14858
14859 For example, these settings have been used successfully at the site which
14860 first suggested this feature, for controlling mail from their customers:
14861 .code
14862 smtp_ratelimit_mail = 2,0.5s,1.05,4m
14863 smtp_ratelimit_rcpt = 4,0.25s,1.015,4m
14864 .endd
14865 The first setting specifies delays that are applied to MAIL commands after
14866 two have been received over a single connection. The initial delay is 0.5
14867 seconds, increasing by a factor of 1.05 each time. The second setting applies
14868 delays to RCPT commands when more than four occur in a single message.
14869
14870
14871 .option smtp_ratelimit_mail main string unset
14872 See &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& above.
14873
14874
14875 .option smtp_ratelimit_rcpt main string unset
14876 See &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& above.
14877
14878
14879 .option smtp_receive_timeout main time 5m
14880 .cindex "timeout" "for SMTP input"
14881 .cindex "SMTP" "input timeout"
14882 This sets a timeout value for SMTP reception. It applies to all forms of SMTP
14883 input, including batch SMTP. If a line of input (either an SMTP command or a
14884 data line) is not received within this time, the SMTP connection is dropped and
14885 the message is abandoned.
14886 A line is written to the log containing one of the following messages:
14887 .code
14888 SMTP command timeout on connection from...
14889 SMTP data timeout on connection from...
14890 .endd
14891 The former means that Exim was expecting to read an SMTP command; the latter
14892 means that it was in the DATA phase, reading the contents of a message.
14893
14894
14895 .oindex "&%-os%&"
14896 The value set by this option can be overridden by the
14897 &%-os%& command-line option. A setting of zero time disables the timeout, but
14898 this should never be used for SMTP over TCP/IP. (It can be useful in some cases
14899 of local input using &%-bs%& or &%-bS%&.) For non-SMTP input, the reception
14900 timeout is controlled by &%receive_timeout%& and &%-or%&.
14901
14902
14903 .option smtp_reserve_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14904 This option defines hosts for which SMTP connections are reserved; see
14905 &%smtp_accept_reserve%& and &%smtp_load_reserve%& above.
14906
14907
14908 .option smtp_return_error_details main boolean false
14909 .cindex "SMTP" "details policy failures"
14910 .cindex "policy control" "rejection, returning details"
14911 In the default state, Exim uses bland messages such as
14912 &"Administrative prohibition"& when it rejects SMTP commands for policy
14913 reasons. Many sysadmins like this because it gives away little information
14914 to spammers. However, some other sysadmins who are applying strict checking
14915 policies want to give out much fuller information about failures. Setting
14916 &%smtp_return_error_details%& true causes Exim to be more forthcoming. For
14917 example, instead of &"Administrative prohibition"&, it might give:
14918 .code
14919 550-Rejected after DATA: '>' missing at end of address:
14920 550 failing address in "From" header is: <user@dom.ain
14921 .endd
14922
14923 .option spamd_address main string "see below"
14924 This option is available when Exim is compiled with the content-scanning
14925 extension. It specifies how Exim connects to SpamAssassin's &%spamd%& daemon.
14926 The default value is
14927 .code
14928 127.0.0.1 783
14929 .endd
14930 See section &<<SECTscanspamass>>& for more details.
14931
14932
14933
14934 .option split_spool_directory main boolean false
14935 .cindex "multiple spool directories"
14936 .cindex "spool directory" "split"
14937 .cindex "directories, multiple"
14938 If this option is set, it causes Exim to split its input directory into 62
14939 subdirectories, each with a single alphanumeric character as its name. The
14940 sixth character of the message id is used to allocate messages to
14941 subdirectories; this is the least significant base-62 digit of the time of
14942 arrival of the message.
14943
14944 Splitting up the spool in this way may provide better performance on systems
14945 where there are long mail queues, by reducing the number of files in any one
14946 directory. The msglog directory is also split up in a similar way to the input
14947 directory; however, if &%preserve_message_logs%& is set, all old msglog files
14948 are still placed in the single directory &_msglog.OLD_&.
14949
14950 It is not necessary to take any special action for existing messages when
14951 changing &%split_spool_directory%&. Exim notices messages that are in the
14952 &"wrong"& place, and continues to process them. If the option is turned off
14953 after a period of being on, the subdirectories will eventually empty and be
14954 automatically deleted.
14955
14956 When &%split_spool_directory%& is set, the behaviour of queue runner processes
14957 changes. Instead of creating a list of all messages in the queue, and then
14958 trying to deliver each one in turn, it constructs a list of those in one
14959 sub-directory and tries to deliver them, before moving on to the next
14960 sub-directory. The sub-directories are processed in a random order. This
14961 spreads out the scanning of the input directories, and uses less memory. It is
14962 particularly beneficial when there are lots of messages on the queue. However,
14963 if &%queue_run_in_order%& is set, none of this new processing happens. The
14964 entire queue has to be scanned and sorted before any deliveries can start.
14965
14966
14967 .option spool_directory main string&!! "set at compile time"
14968 .cindex "spool directory" "path to"
14969 This defines the directory in which Exim keeps its spool, that is, the messages
14970 it is waiting to deliver. The default value is taken from the compile-time
14971 configuration setting, if there is one. If not, this option must be set. The
14972 string is expanded, so it can contain, for example, a reference to
14973 &$primary_hostname$&.
14974
14975 If the spool directory name is fixed on your installation, it is recommended
14976 that you set it at build time rather than from this option, particularly if the
14977 log files are being written to the spool directory (see &%log_file_path%&).
14978 Otherwise log files cannot be used for errors that are detected early on, such
14979 as failures in the configuration file.
14980
14981 By using this option to override the compiled-in path, it is possible to run
14982 tests of Exim without using the standard spool.
14983
14984 .option sqlite_lock_timeout main time 5s
14985 .cindex "sqlite lookup type" "lock timeout"
14986 This option controls the timeout that the &(sqlite)& lookup uses when trying to
14987 access an SQLite database. See section &<<SECTsqlite>>& for more details.
14988
14989 .option strict_acl_vars main boolean false
14990 .cindex "&ACL;" "variables, handling unset"
14991 This option controls what happens if a syntactically valid but undefined ACL
14992 variable is referenced. If it is false (the default), an empty string
14993 is substituted; if it is true, an error is generated. See section
14994 &<<SECTaclvariables>>& for details of ACL variables.
14995
14996 .option strip_excess_angle_brackets main boolean false
14997 .cindex "angle brackets, excess"
14998 If this option is set, redundant pairs of angle brackets round &"route-addr"&
14999 items in addresses are stripped. For example, &'<<xxx@a.b.c.d>>'& is
15000 treated as &'<xxx@a.b.c.d>'&. If this is in the envelope and the message is
15001 passed on to another MTA, the excess angle brackets are not passed on. If this
15002 option is not set, multiple pairs of angle brackets cause a syntax error.
15003
15004
15005 .option strip_trailing_dot main boolean false
15006 .cindex "trailing dot on domain"
15007 .cindex "dot" "trailing on domain"
15008 If this option is set, a trailing dot at the end of a domain in an address is
15009 ignored. If this is in the envelope and the message is passed on to another
15010 MTA, the dot is not passed on. If this option is not set, a dot at the end of a
15011 domain causes a syntax error.
15012 However, addresses in header lines are checked only when an ACL requests header
15013 syntax checking.
15014
15015
15016 .option syslog_duplication main boolean true
15017 .cindex "syslog" "duplicate log lines; suppressing"
15018 When Exim is logging to syslog, it writes the log lines for its three
15019 separate logs at different syslog priorities so that they can in principle
15020 be separated on the logging hosts. Some installations do not require this
15021 separation, and in those cases, the duplication of certain log lines is a
15022 nuisance. If &%syslog_duplication%& is set false, only one copy of any
15023 particular log line is written to syslog. For lines that normally go to
15024 both the main log and the reject log, the reject log version (possibly
15025 containing message header lines) is written, at LOG_NOTICE priority.
15026 Lines that normally go to both the main and the panic log are written at
15027 the LOG_ALERT priority.
15028
15029
15030 .option syslog_facility main string unset
15031 .cindex "syslog" "facility; setting"
15032 This option sets the syslog &"facility"& name, used when Exim is logging to
15033 syslog. The value must be one of the strings &"mail"&, &"user"&, &"news"&,
15034 &"uucp"&, &"daemon"&, or &"local&'x'&"& where &'x'& is a digit between 0 and 7.
15035 If this option is unset, &"mail"& is used. See chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& for
15036 details of Exim's logging.
15037
15038
15039
15040 .option syslog_processname main string &`exim`&
15041 .cindex "syslog" "process name; setting"
15042 This option sets the syslog &"ident"& name, used when Exim is logging to
15043 syslog. The value must be no longer than 32 characters. See chapter
15044 &<<CHAPlog>>& for details of Exim's logging.
15045
15046
15047
15048 .option syslog_timestamp main boolean true
15049 .cindex "syslog" "timestamps"
15050 If &%syslog_timestamp%& is set false, the timestamps on Exim's log lines are
15051 omitted when these lines are sent to syslog. See chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& for
15052 details of Exim's logging.
15053
15054
15055 .option system_filter main string&!! unset
15056 .cindex "filter" "system filter"
15057 .cindex "system filter" "specifying"
15058 .cindex "Sieve filter" "not available for system filter"
15059 This option specifies an Exim filter file that is applied to all messages at
15060 the start of each delivery attempt, before any routing is done. System filters
15061 must be Exim filters; they cannot be Sieve filters. If the system filter
15062 generates any deliveries to files or pipes, or any new mail messages, the
15063 appropriate &%system_filter_..._transport%& option(s) must be set, to define
15064 which transports are to be used. Details of this facility are given in chapter
15065 &<<CHAPsystemfilter>>&.
15066
15067
15068 .option system_filter_directory_transport main string&!! unset
15069 .vindex "&$address_file$&"
15070 This sets the name of the transport driver that is to be used when the
15071 &%save%& command in a system message filter specifies a path ending in &"/"&,
15072 implying delivery of each message into a separate file in some directory.
15073 During the delivery, the variable &$address_file$& contains the path name.
15074
15075
15076 .option system_filter_file_transport main string&!! unset
15077 .cindex "file" "transport for system filter"
15078 This sets the name of the transport driver that is to be used when the &%save%&
15079 command in a system message filter specifies a path not ending in &"/"&. During
15080 the delivery, the variable &$address_file$& contains the path name.
15081
15082 .option system_filter_group main string unset
15083 .cindex "gid (group id)" "system filter"
15084 This option is used only when &%system_filter_user%& is also set. It sets the
15085 gid under which the system filter is run, overriding any gid that is associated
15086 with the user. The value may be numerical or symbolic.
15087
15088 .option system_filter_pipe_transport main string&!! unset
15089 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "for system filter"
15090 .vindex "&$address_pipe$&"
15091 This specifies the transport driver that is to be used when a &%pipe%& command
15092 is used in a system filter. During the delivery, the variable &$address_pipe$&
15093 contains the pipe command.
15094
15095
15096 .option system_filter_reply_transport main string&!! unset
15097 .cindex "&(autoreply)& transport" "for system filter"
15098 This specifies the transport driver that is to be used when a &%mail%& command
15099 is used in a system filter.
15100
15101 .option system_filter_user main string unset
15102 .cindex "uid (user id)" "system filter"
15103 If this option is not set, the system filter is run in the main Exim delivery
15104 process, as root. When the option is set, the system filter runs in a separate
15105 process, as the given user. Unless the string consists entirely of digits, it
15106 is looked up in the password data. Failure to find the named user causes a
15107 configuration error. The gid is either taken from the password data, or
15108 specified by &%system_filter_group%&. When the uid is specified numerically,
15109 &%system_filter_group%& is required to be set.
15110
15111 If the system filter generates any pipe, file, or reply deliveries, the uid
15112 under which the filter is run is used when transporting them, unless a
15113 transport option overrides. Normally you should set &%system_filter_user%& if
15114 your system filter generates these kinds of delivery.
15115
15116
15117 .option tcp_nodelay main boolean true
15118 .cindex "daemon" "TCP_NODELAY on sockets"
15119 .cindex "Nagle algorithm"
15120 .cindex "TCP_NODELAY on listening sockets"
15121 If this option is set false, it stops the Exim daemon setting the
15122 TCP_NODELAY option on its listening sockets. Setting TCP_NODELAY
15123 turns off the &"Nagle algorithm"&, which is a way of improving network
15124 performance in interactive (character-by-character) situations. Turning it off
15125 should improve Exim's performance a bit, so that is what happens by default.
15126 However, it appears that some broken clients cannot cope, and time out. Hence
15127 this option. It affects only those sockets that are set up for listening by the
15128 daemon. Sockets created by the smtp transport for delivering mail always set
15129 TCP_NODELAY.
15130
15131
15132 .option timeout_frozen_after main time 0s
15133 .cindex "frozen messages" "timing out"
15134 .cindex "timeout" "frozen messages"
15135 If &%timeout_frozen_after%& is set to a time greater than zero, a frozen
15136 message of any kind that has been on the queue for longer than the given time
15137 is automatically cancelled at the next queue run. If the frozen message is a
15138 bounce message, it is just discarded; otherwise, a bounce is sent to the
15139 sender, in a similar manner to cancellation by the &%-Mg%& command line option.
15140 If you want to timeout frozen bounce messages earlier than other kinds of
15141 frozen message, see &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&.
15142
15143 &*Note:*& the default value of zero means no timeouts; with this setting,
15144 frozen messages remain on the queue forever (except for any frozen bounce
15145 messages that are released by &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&).
15146
15147
15148 .option timezone main string unset
15149 .cindex "timezone, setting"
15150 The value of &%timezone%& is used to set the environment variable TZ while
15151 running Exim (if it is different on entry). This ensures that all timestamps
15152 created by Exim are in the required timezone. If you want all your timestamps
15153 to be in UTC (aka GMT) you should set
15154 .code
15155 timezone = UTC
15156 .endd
15157 The default value is taken from TIMEZONE_DEFAULT in &_Local/Makefile_&,
15158 or, if that is not set, from the value of the TZ environment variable when Exim
15159 is built. If &%timezone%& is set to the empty string, either at build or run
15160 time, any existing TZ variable is removed from the environment when Exim
15161 runs. This is appropriate behaviour for obtaining wall-clock time on some, but
15162 unfortunately not all, operating systems.
15163
15164
15165 .option tls_advertise_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
15166 .cindex "TLS" "advertising"
15167 .cindex "encryption" "on SMTP connection"
15168 .cindex "SMTP" "encrypted connection"
15169 When Exim is built with support for TLS encrypted connections, the availability
15170 of the STARTTLS command to set up an encrypted session is advertised in
15171 response to EHLO only to those client hosts that match this option. See
15172 chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of Exim's support for TLS.
15173
15174
15175 .option tls_certificate main string&!! unset
15176 .cindex "TLS" "server certificate; location of"
15177 .cindex "certificate" "server, location of"
15178 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to a
15179 file which contains the server's certificates. The server's private key is also
15180 assumed to be in this file if &%tls_privatekey%& is unset. See chapter
15181 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for further details.
15182
15183 &*Note*&: The certificates defined by this option are used only when Exim is
15184 receiving incoming messages as a server. If you want to supply certificates for
15185 use when sending messages as a client, you must set the &%tls_certificate%&
15186 option in the relevant &(smtp)& transport.
15187
15188
15189 .option tls_crl main string&!! unset
15190 .cindex "TLS" "server certificate revocation list"
15191 .cindex "certificate" "revocation list for server"
15192 This option specifies a certificate revocation list. The expanded value must
15193 be the name of a file that contains a CRL in PEM format.
15194
15195
15196 .option tls_dhparam main string&!! unset
15197 .cindex "TLS" "D-H parameters for server"
15198 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to
15199 a file which contains the server's DH parameter values.
15200 This is used only for OpenSSL. When Exim is linked with GnuTLS, this option is
15201 ignored. See section &<<SECTopenvsgnu>>& for further details.
15202
15203
15204 .option tls_on_connect_ports main "string list" unset
15205 This option specifies a list of incoming SSMTP (aka SMTPS) ports that should
15206 operate the obsolete SSMTP (SMTPS) protocol, where a TLS session is immediately
15207 set up without waiting for the client to issue a STARTTLS command. For
15208 further details, see section &<<SECTsupobssmt>>&.
15209
15210
15211
15212 .option tls_privatekey main string&!! unset
15213 .cindex "TLS" "server private key; location of"
15214 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to a
15215 file which contains the server's private key. If this option is unset, or if
15216 the expansion is forced to fail, or the result is an empty string, the private
15217 key is assumed to be in the same file as the server's certificates. See chapter
15218 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for further details.
15219
15220
15221 .option tls_remember_esmtp main boolean false
15222 .cindex "TLS" "esmtp state; remembering"
15223 .cindex "TLS" "broken clients"
15224 If this option is set true, Exim violates the RFCs by remembering that it is in
15225 &"esmtp"& state after successfully negotiating a TLS session. This provides
15226 support for broken clients that fail to send a new EHLO after starting a
15227 TLS session.
15228
15229
15230 .option tls_require_ciphers main string&!! unset
15231 .cindex "TLS" "requiring specific ciphers"
15232 .cindex "cipher" "requiring specific"
15233 This option controls which ciphers can be used for incoming TLS connections.
15234 The &(smtp)& transport has an option of the same name for controlling outgoing
15235 connections. This option is expanded for each connection, so can be varied for
15236 different clients if required. The value of this option must be a list of
15237 permitted cipher suites. The OpenSSL and GnuTLS libraries handle cipher control
15238 in somewhat different ways. If GnuTLS is being used, the client controls the
15239 preference order of the available ciphers. Details are given in sections
15240 &<<SECTreqciphssl>>& and &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
15241
15242
15243 .option tls_try_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
15244 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
15245 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
15246 See &%tls_verify_hosts%& below.
15247
15248
15249 .option tls_verify_certificates main string&!! unset
15250 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
15251 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
15252 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to
15253 a file containing permitted certificates for clients that
15254 match &%tls_verify_hosts%& or &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&. Alternatively, if you
15255 are using OpenSSL, you can set &%tls_verify_certificates%& to the name of a
15256 directory containing certificate files. This does not work with GnuTLS; the
15257 option must be set to the name of a single file if you are using GnuTLS.
15258
15259
15260 .option tls_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
15261 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
15262 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
15263 This option, along with &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&, controls the checking of
15264 certificates from clients. The expected certificates are defined by
15265 &%tls_verify_certificates%&, which must be set. A configuration error occurs if
15266 either &%tls_verify_hosts%& or &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& is set and
15267 &%tls_verify_certificates%& is not set.
15268
15269 Any client that matches &%tls_verify_hosts%& is constrained by
15270 &%tls_verify_certificates%&. When the client initiates a TLS session, it must
15271 present one of the listed certificates. If it does not, the connection is
15272 aborted. &*Warning*&: Including a host in &%tls_verify_hosts%& does not require
15273 the host to use TLS. It can still send SMTP commands through unencrypted
15274 connections. Forcing a client to use TLS has to be done separately using an
15275 ACL to reject inappropriate commands when the connection is not encrypted.
15276
15277 A weaker form of checking is provided by &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&. If a client
15278 matches this option (but not &%tls_verify_hosts%&), Exim requests a
15279 certificate and checks it against &%tls_verify_certificates%&, but does not
15280 abort the connection if there is no certificate or if it does not match. This
15281 state can be detected in an ACL, which makes it possible to implement policies
15282 such as &"accept for relay only if a verified certificate has been received,
15283 but accept for local delivery if encrypted, even without a verified
15284 certificate"&.
15285
15286 Client hosts that match neither of these lists are not asked to present
15287 certificates.
15288
15289
15290 .option trusted_groups main "string list&!!" unset
15291 .cindex "trusted groups"
15292 .cindex "groups" "trusted"
15293 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. If this
15294 option is set, any process that is running in one of the listed groups, or
15295 which has one of them as a supplementary group, is trusted. The groups can be
15296 specified numerically or by name. See section &<<SECTtrustedadmin>>& for
15297 details of what trusted callers are permitted to do. If neither
15298 &%trusted_groups%& nor &%trusted_users%& is set, only root and the Exim user
15299 are trusted.
15300
15301 .option trusted_users main "string list&!!" unset
15302 .cindex "trusted users"
15303 .cindex "user" "trusted"
15304 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. If this
15305 option is set, any process that is running as one of the listed users is
15306 trusted. The users can be specified numerically or by name. See section
15307 &<<SECTtrustedadmin>>& for details of what trusted callers are permitted to do.
15308 If neither &%trusted_groups%& nor &%trusted_users%& is set, only root and the
15309 Exim user are trusted.
15310
15311 .option unknown_login main string&!! unset
15312 .cindex "uid (user id)" "unknown caller"
15313 .vindex "&$caller_uid$&"
15314 This is a specialized feature for use in unusual configurations. By default, if
15315 the uid of the caller of Exim cannot be looked up using &[getpwuid()]&, Exim
15316 gives up. The &%unknown_login%& option can be used to set a login name to be
15317 used in this circumstance. It is expanded, so values like &%user$caller_uid%&
15318 can be set. When &%unknown_login%& is used, the value of &%unknown_username%&
15319 is used for the user's real name (gecos field), unless this has been set by the
15320 &%-F%& option.
15321
15322 .option unknown_username main string unset
15323 See &%unknown_login%&.
15324
15325 .option untrusted_set_sender main "address list&!!" unset
15326 .cindex "trusted users"
15327 .cindex "sender" "setting by untrusted user"
15328 .cindex "untrusted user setting sender"
15329 .cindex "user" "untrusted setting sender"
15330 .cindex "envelope sender"
15331 When an untrusted user submits a message to Exim using the standard input, Exim
15332 normally creates an envelope sender address from the user's login and the
15333 default qualification domain. Data from the &%-f%& option (for setting envelope
15334 senders on non-SMTP messages) or the SMTP MAIL command (if &%-bs%& or &%-bS%&
15335 is used) is ignored.
15336
15337 However, untrusted users are permitted to set an empty envelope sender address,
15338 to declare that a message should never generate any bounces. For example:
15339 .code
15340 exim -f '<>' user@domain.example
15341 .endd
15342 .vindex "&$sender_ident$&"
15343 The &%untrusted_set_sender%& option allows you to permit untrusted users to set
15344 other envelope sender addresses in a controlled way. When it is set, untrusted
15345 users are allowed to set envelope sender addresses that match any of the
15346 patterns in the list. Like all address lists, the string is expanded. The
15347 identity of the user is in &$sender_ident$&, so you can, for example, restrict
15348 users to setting senders that start with their login ids
15349 followed by a hyphen
15350 by a setting like this:
15351 .code
15352 untrusted_set_sender = ^$sender_ident-
15353 .endd
15354 If you want to allow untrusted users to set envelope sender addresses without
15355 restriction, you can use
15356 .code
15357 untrusted_set_sender = *
15358 .endd
15359 The &%untrusted_set_sender%& option applies to all forms of local input, but
15360 only to the setting of the envelope sender. It does not permit untrusted users
15361 to use the other options which trusted user can use to override message
15362 parameters. Furthermore, it does not stop Exim from removing an existing
15363 &'Sender:'& header in the message, or from adding a &'Sender:'& header if
15364 necessary. See &%local_sender_retain%& and &%local_from_check%& for ways of
15365 overriding these actions. The handling of the &'Sender:'& header is also
15366 described in section &<<SECTthesenhea>>&.
15367
15368 The log line for a message's arrival shows the envelope sender following
15369 &"<="&. For local messages, the user's login always follows, after &"U="&. In
15370 &%-bp%& displays, and in the Exim monitor, if an untrusted user sets an
15371 envelope sender address, the user's login is shown in parentheses after the
15372 sender address.
15373
15374
15375 .option uucp_from_pattern main string "see below"
15376 .cindex "&""From""& line"
15377 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
15378 Some applications that pass messages to an MTA via a command line interface use
15379 an initial line starting with &"From&~"& to pass the envelope sender. In
15380 particular, this is used by UUCP software. Exim recognizes such a line by means
15381 of a regular expression that is set in &%uucp_from_pattern%&. When the pattern
15382 matches, the sender address is constructed by expanding the contents of
15383 &%uucp_from_sender%&, provided that the caller of Exim is a trusted user. The
15384 default pattern recognizes lines in the following two forms:
15385 .code
15386 From ph10 Fri Jan 5 12:35 GMT 1996
15387 From ph10 Fri, 7 Jan 97 14:00:00 GMT
15388 .endd
15389 The pattern can be seen by running
15390 .code
15391 exim -bP uucp_from_pattern
15392 .endd
15393 It checks only up to the hours and minutes, and allows for a 2-digit or 4-digit
15394 year in the second case. The first word after &"From&~"& is matched in the
15395 regular expression by a parenthesized subpattern. The default value for
15396 &%uucp_from_sender%& is &"$1"&, which therefore just uses this first word
15397 (&"ph10"& in the example above) as the message's sender. See also
15398 &%ignore_fromline_hosts%&.
15399
15400
15401 .option uucp_from_sender main string&!! &`$1`&
15402 See &%uucp_from_pattern%& above.
15403
15404
15405 .option warn_message_file main string unset
15406 .cindex "warning of delay" "customizing the message"
15407 .cindex "customizing" "warning message"
15408 This option defines a template file containing paragraphs of text to be used
15409 for constructing the warning message which is sent by Exim when a message has
15410 been on the queue for a specified amount of time, as specified by
15411 &%delay_warning%&. Details of the file's contents are given in chapter
15412 &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&. See also &%bounce_message_file%&.
15413
15414
15415 .option write_rejectlog main boolean true
15416 .cindex "reject log" "disabling"
15417 If this option is set false, Exim no longer writes anything to the reject log.
15418 See chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& for details of what Exim writes to its logs.
15419 .ecindex IIDconfima
15420 .ecindex IIDmaiconf
15421
15422
15423
15424
15425 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
15426 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
15427
15428 .chapter "Generic options for routers" "CHAProutergeneric"
15429 .scindex IIDgenoprou1 "options" "generic; for routers"
15430 .scindex IIDgenoprou2 "generic options" "router"
15431 This chapter describes the generic options that apply to all routers.
15432 Those that are preconditions are marked with &Dagger; in the &"use"& field.
15433
15434 For a general description of how a router operates, see sections
15435 &<<SECTrunindrou>>& and &<<SECTrouprecon>>&. The latter specifies the order in
15436 which the preconditions are tested. The order of expansion of the options that
15437 provide data for a transport is: &%errors_to%&, &%headers_add%&,
15438 &%headers_remove%&, &%transport%&.
15439
15440
15441
15442 .option address_data routers string&!! unset
15443 .cindex "router" "data attached to address"
15444 The string is expanded just before the router is run, that is, after all the
15445 precondition tests have succeeded. If the expansion is forced to fail, the
15446 router declines, the value of &%address_data%& remains unchanged, and the
15447 &%more%& option controls what happens next. Other expansion failures cause
15448 delivery of the address to be deferred.
15449
15450 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
15451 When the expansion succeeds, the value is retained with the address, and can be
15452 accessed using the variable &$address_data$& in the current router, subsequent
15453 routers, and the eventual transport.
15454
15455 &*Warning*&: If the current or any subsequent router is a &(redirect)& router
15456 that runs a user's filter file, the contents of &$address_data$& are accessible
15457 in the filter. This is not normally a problem, because such data is usually
15458 either not confidential or it &"belongs"& to the current user, but if you do
15459 put confidential data into &$address_data$& you need to remember this point.
15460
15461 Even if the router declines or passes, the value of &$address_data$& remains
15462 with the address, though it can be changed by another &%address_data%& setting
15463 on a subsequent router. If a router generates child addresses, the value of
15464 &$address_data$& propagates to them. This also applies to the special kind of
15465 &"child"& that is generated by a router with the &%unseen%& option.
15466
15467 The idea of &%address_data%& is that you can use it to look up a lot of data
15468 for the address once, and then pick out parts of the data later. For example,
15469 you could use a single LDAP lookup to return a string of the form
15470 .code
15471 uid=1234 gid=5678 mailbox=/mail/xyz forward=/home/xyz/.forward
15472 .endd
15473 In the transport you could pick out the mailbox by a setting such as
15474 .code
15475 file = ${extract{mailbox}{$address_data}}
15476 .endd
15477 This makes the configuration file less messy, and also reduces the number of
15478 lookups (though Exim does cache lookups).
15479
15480 .vindex "&$sender_address_data$&"
15481 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
15482 The &%address_data%& facility is also useful as a means of passing information
15483 from one router to another, and from a router to a transport. In addition, if
15484 &$address_data$& is set by a router when verifying a recipient address from an
15485 ACL, it remains available for use in the rest of the ACL statement. After
15486 verifying a sender, the value is transferred to &$sender_address_data$&.
15487
15488
15489
15490 .option address_test routers&!? boolean true
15491 .oindex "&%-bt%&"
15492 .cindex "router" "skipping when address testing"
15493 If this option is set false, the router is skipped when routing is being tested
15494 by means of the &%-bt%& command line option. This can be a convenience when
15495 your first router sends messages to an external scanner, because it saves you
15496 having to set the &"already scanned"& indicator when testing real address
15497 routing.
15498
15499
15500
15501 .option cannot_route_message routers string&!! unset
15502 .cindex "router" "customizing &""cannot route""& message"
15503 .cindex "customizing" "&""cannot route""& message"
15504 This option specifies a text message that is used when an address cannot be
15505 routed because Exim has run out of routers. The default message is
15506 &"Unrouteable address"&. This option is useful only on routers that have
15507 &%more%& set false, or on the very last router in a configuration, because the
15508 value that is used is taken from the last router that is considered. This
15509 includes a router that is skipped because its preconditions are not met, as
15510 well as a router that declines. For example, using the default configuration,
15511 you could put:
15512 .code
15513 cannot_route_message = Remote domain not found in DNS
15514 .endd
15515 on the first router, which is a &(dnslookup)& router with &%more%& set false,
15516 and
15517 .code
15518 cannot_route_message = Unknown local user
15519 .endd
15520 on the final router that checks for local users. If string expansion fails for
15521 this option, the default message is used. Unless the expansion failure was
15522 explicitly forced, a message about the failure is written to the main and panic
15523 logs, in addition to the normal message about the routing failure.
15524
15525
15526 .option caseful_local_part routers boolean false
15527 .cindex "case of local parts"
15528 .cindex "router" "case of local parts"
15529 By default, routers handle the local parts of addresses in a case-insensitive
15530 manner, though the actual case is preserved for transmission with the message.
15531 If you want the case of letters to be significant in a router, you must set
15532 this option true. For individual router options that contain address or local
15533 part lists (for example, &%local_parts%&), case-sensitive matching can be
15534 turned on by &"+caseful"& as a list item. See section &<<SECTcasletadd>>& for
15535 more details.
15536
15537 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
15538 .vindex "&$original_local_part$&"
15539 .vindex "&$parent_local_part$&"
15540 The value of the &$local_part$& variable is forced to lower case while a
15541 router is running unless &%caseful_local_part%& is set. When a router assigns
15542 an address to a transport, the value of &$local_part$& when the transport runs
15543 is the same as it was in the router. Similarly, when a router generates child
15544 addresses by aliasing or forwarding, the values of &$original_local_part$&
15545 and &$parent_local_part$& are those that were used by the redirecting router.
15546
15547 This option applies to the processing of an address by a router. When a
15548 recipient address is being processed in an ACL, there is a separate &%control%&
15549 modifier that can be used to specify case-sensitive processing within the ACL
15550 (see section &<<SECTcontrols>>&).
15551
15552
15553
15554 .option check_local_user routers&!? boolean false
15555 .cindex "local user, checking in router"
15556 .cindex "router" "checking for local user"
15557 .cindex "&_/etc/passwd_&"
15558 .vindex "&$home$&"
15559 When this option is true, Exim checks that the local part of the recipient
15560 address (with affixes removed if relevant) is the name of an account on the
15561 local system. The check is done by calling the &[getpwnam()]& function rather
15562 than trying to read &_/etc/passwd_& directly. This means that other methods of
15563 holding password data (such as NIS) are supported. If the local part is a local
15564 user, &$home$& is set from the password data, and can be tested in other
15565 preconditions that are evaluated after this one (the order of evaluation is
15566 given in section &<<SECTrouprecon>>&). However, the value of &$home$& can be
15567 overridden by &%router_home_directory%&. If the local part is not a local user,
15568 the router is skipped.
15569
15570 If you want to check that the local part is either the name of a local user
15571 or matches something else, you cannot combine &%check_local_user%& with a
15572 setting of &%local_parts%&, because that specifies the logical &'and'& of the
15573 two conditions. However, you can use a &(passwd)& lookup in a &%local_parts%&
15574 setting to achieve this. For example:
15575 .code
15576 local_parts = passwd;$local_part : lsearch;/etc/other/users
15577 .endd
15578 Note, however, that the side effects of &%check_local_user%& (such as setting
15579 up a home directory) do not occur when a &(passwd)& lookup is used in a
15580 &%local_parts%& (or any other) precondition.
15581
15582
15583
15584 .option condition routers&!? string&!! unset
15585 .cindex "router" "customized precondition"
15586 This option specifies a general precondition test that has to succeed for the
15587 router to be called. The &%condition%& option is the last precondition to be
15588 evaluated (see section &<<SECTrouprecon>>&). The string is expanded, and if the
15589 result is a forced failure, or an empty string, or one of the strings &"0"& or
15590 &"no"& or &"false"& (checked without regard to the case of the letters), the
15591 router is skipped, and the address is offered to the next one.
15592
15593 If the result is any other value, the router is run (as this is the last
15594 precondition to be evaluated, all the other preconditions must be true).
15595
15596 The &%condition%& option provides a means of applying custom conditions to the
15597 running of routers. Note that in the case of a simple conditional expansion,
15598 the default expansion values are exactly what is wanted. For example:
15599 .code
15600 condition = ${if >{$message_age}{600}}
15601 .endd
15602 Because of the default behaviour of the string expansion, this is equivalent to
15603 .code
15604 condition = ${if >{$message_age}{600}{true}{}}
15605 .endd
15606 If the expansion fails (other than forced failure) delivery is deferred. Some
15607 of the other precondition options are common special cases that could in fact
15608 be specified using &%condition%&.
15609
15610
15611
15612 .option debug_print routers string&!! unset
15613 .cindex "testing" "variables in drivers"
15614 If this option is set and debugging is enabled (see the &%-d%& command line
15615 option), the string is expanded and included in the debugging output.
15616 If expansion of the string fails, the error message is written to the debugging
15617 output, and Exim carries on processing.
15618 This option is provided to help with checking out the values of variables and
15619 so on when debugging router configurations. For example, if a &%condition%&
15620 option appears not to be working, &%debug_print%& can be used to output the
15621 variables it references. The output happens after checks for &%domains%&,
15622 &%local_parts%&, and &%check_local_user%& but before any other preconditions
15623 are tested. A newline is added to the text if it does not end with one.
15624
15625
15626
15627 .option disable_logging routers boolean false
15628 If this option is set true, nothing is logged for any routing errors
15629 or for any deliveries caused by this router. You should not set this option
15630 unless you really, really know what you are doing. See also the generic
15631 transport option of the same name.
15632
15633
15634 .option domains routers&!? "domain list&!!" unset
15635 .cindex "router" "restricting to specific domains"
15636 .vindex "&$domain_data$&"
15637 If this option is set, the router is skipped unless the current domain matches
15638 the list. If the match is achieved by means of a file lookup, the data that the
15639 lookup returned for the domain is placed in &$domain_data$& for use in string
15640 expansions of the driver's private options. See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for
15641 a list of the order in which preconditions are evaluated.
15642
15643
15644
15645 .option driver routers string unset
15646 This option must always be set. It specifies which of the available routers is
15647 to be used.
15648
15649
15650
15651 .option errors_to routers string&!! unset
15652 .cindex "envelope sender"
15653 .cindex "router" "changing address for errors"
15654 If a router successfully handles an address, it may assign the address to a
15655 transport for delivery or it may generate child addresses. In both cases, if
15656 there is a delivery problem during later processing, the resulting bounce
15657 message is sent to the address that results from expanding this string,
15658 provided that the address verifies successfully. The &%errors_to%& option is
15659 expanded before &%headers_add%&, &%headers_remove%&, and &%transport%&.
15660
15661 The &%errors_to%& setting associated with an address can be overridden if it
15662 subsequently passes through other routers that have their own &%errors_to%&
15663 settings, or if the message is delivered by a transport with a &%return_path%&
15664 setting.
15665
15666 If &%errors_to%& is unset, or the expansion is forced to fail, or the result of
15667 the expansion fails to verify, the errors address associated with the incoming
15668 address is used. At top level, this is the envelope sender. A non-forced
15669 expansion failure causes delivery to be deferred.
15670
15671 If an address for which &%errors_to%& has been set ends up being delivered over
15672 SMTP, the envelope sender for that delivery is the &%errors_to%& value, so that
15673 any bounces that are generated by other MTAs on the delivery route are also
15674 sent there. You can set &%errors_to%& to the empty string by either of these
15675 settings:
15676 .code
15677 errors_to =
15678 errors_to = ""
15679 .endd
15680 An expansion item that yields an empty string has the same effect. If you do
15681 this, a locally detected delivery error for addresses processed by this router
15682 no longer gives rise to a bounce message; the error is discarded. If the
15683 address is delivered to a remote host, the return path is set to &`<>`&, unless
15684 overridden by the &%return_path%& option on the transport.
15685
15686 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
15687 If for some reason you want to discard local errors, but use a non-empty
15688 MAIL command for remote delivery, you can preserve the original return
15689 path in &$address_data$& in the router, and reinstate it in the transport by
15690 setting &%return_path%&.
15691
15692 The most common use of &%errors_to%& is to direct mailing list bounces to the
15693 manager of the list, as described in section &<<SECTmailinglists>>&, or to
15694 implement VERP (Variable Envelope Return Paths) (see section &<<SECTverp>>&).
15695
15696
15697
15698 .option expn routers&!? boolean true
15699 .cindex "address" "testing"
15700 .cindex "testing" "addresses"
15701 .cindex "EXPN" "router skipping"
15702 .cindex "router" "skipping for EXPN"
15703 If this option is turned off, the router is skipped when testing an address
15704 as a result of processing an SMTP EXPN command. You might, for example,
15705 want to turn it off on a router for users' &_.forward_& files, while leaving it
15706 on for the system alias file.
15707 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
15708 are evaluated.
15709
15710 The use of the SMTP EXPN command is controlled by an ACL (see chapter
15711 &<<CHAPACL>>&). When Exim is running an EXPN command, it is similar to testing
15712 an address with &%-bt%&. Compare VRFY, whose counterpart is &%-bv%&.
15713
15714
15715
15716 .option fail_verify routers boolean false
15717 .cindex "router" "forcing verification failure"
15718 Setting this option has the effect of setting both &%fail_verify_sender%& and
15719 &%fail_verify_recipient%& to the same value.
15720
15721
15722
15723 .option fail_verify_recipient routers boolean false
15724 If this option is true and an address is accepted by this router when
15725 verifying a recipient, verification fails.
15726
15727
15728
15729 .option fail_verify_sender routers boolean false
15730 If this option is true and an address is accepted by this router when
15731 verifying a sender, verification fails.
15732
15733
15734
15735 .option fallback_hosts routers "string list" unset
15736 .cindex "router" "fallback hosts"
15737 .cindex "fallback" "hosts specified on router"
15738 String expansion is not applied to this option. The argument must be a
15739 colon-separated list of host names or IP addresses. The list separator can be
15740 changed (see section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&), and a port can be specified with
15741 each name or address. In fact, the format of each item is exactly the same as
15742 defined for the list of hosts in a &(manualroute)& router (see section
15743 &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&).
15744
15745 If a router queues an address for a remote transport, this host list is
15746 associated with the address, and used instead of the transport's fallback host
15747 list. If &%hosts_randomize%& is set on the transport, the order of the list is
15748 randomized for each use. See the &%fallback_hosts%& option of the &(smtp)&
15749 transport for further details.
15750
15751
15752 .option group routers string&!! "see below"
15753 .cindex "gid (group id)" "local delivery"
15754 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
15755 .cindex "transport" "local"
15756 .cindex "router" "setting group"
15757 When a router queues an address for a transport, and the transport does not
15758 specify a group, the group given here is used when running the delivery
15759 process.
15760 The group may be specified numerically or by name. If expansion fails, the
15761 error is logged and delivery is deferred.
15762 The default is unset, unless &%check_local_user%& is set, when the default
15763 is taken from the password information. See also &%initgroups%& and &%user%&
15764 and the discussion in chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
15765
15766
15767
15768 .option headers_add routers string&!! unset
15769 .cindex "header lines" "adding"
15770 .cindex "router" "adding header lines"
15771 This option specifies a string of text that is expanded at routing time, and
15772 associated with any addresses that are accepted by the router. However, this
15773 option has no effect when an address is just being verified. The way in which
15774 the text is used to add header lines at transport time is described in section
15775 &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. New header lines are not actually added until the
15776 message is in the process of being transported. This means that references to
15777 header lines in string expansions in the transport's configuration do not
15778 &"see"& the added header lines.
15779
15780 The &%headers_add%& option is expanded after &%errors_to%&, but before
15781 &%headers_remove%& and &%transport%&. If the expanded string is empty, or if
15782 the expansion is forced to fail, the option has no effect. Other expansion
15783 failures are treated as configuration errors.
15784
15785 &*Warning 1*&: The &%headers_add%& option cannot be used for a &(redirect)&
15786 router that has the &%one_time%& option set.
15787
15788 .cindex "duplicate addresses"
15789 .oindex "&%unseen%&"
15790 &*Warning 2*&: If the &%unseen%& option is set on the router, all header
15791 additions are deleted when the address is passed on to subsequent routers.
15792 For a &%redirect%& router, if a generated address is the same as the incoming
15793 address, this can lead to duplicate addresses with different header
15794 modifications. Exim does not do duplicate deliveries (except, in certain
15795 circumstances, to pipes -- see section &<<SECTdupaddr>>&), but it is undefined
15796 which of the duplicates is discarded, so this ambiguous situation should be
15797 avoided. The &%repeat_use%& option of the &%redirect%& router may be of help.
15798
15799
15800
15801 .option headers_remove routers string&!! unset
15802 .cindex "header lines" "removing"
15803 .cindex "router" "removing header lines"
15804 This option specifies a string of text that is expanded at routing time, and
15805 associated with any addresses that are accepted by the router. However, this
15806 option has no effect when an address is just being verified. The way in which
15807 the text is used to remove header lines at transport time is described in
15808 section &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. Header lines are not actually removed until
15809 the message is in the process of being transported. This means that references
15810 to header lines in string expansions in the transport's configuration still
15811 &"see"& the original header lines.
15812
15813 The &%headers_remove%& option is expanded after &%errors_to%& and
15814 &%headers_add%&, but before &%transport%&. If the expansion is forced to fail,
15815 the option has no effect. Other expansion failures are treated as configuration
15816 errors.
15817
15818 &*Warning 1*&: The &%headers_remove%& option cannot be used for a &(redirect)&
15819 router that has the &%one_time%& option set.
15820
15821 &*Warning 2*&: If the &%unseen%& option is set on the router, all header
15822 removal requests are deleted when the address is passed on to subsequent
15823 routers, and this can lead to problems with duplicates -- see the similar
15824 warning for &%headers_add%& above.
15825
15826
15827 .option ignore_target_hosts routers "host list&!!" unset
15828 .cindex "IP address" "discarding"
15829 .cindex "router" "discarding IP addresses"
15830 Although this option is a host list, it should normally contain IP address
15831 entries rather than names. If any host that is looked up by the router has an
15832 IP address that matches an item in this list, Exim behaves as if that IP
15833 address did not exist. This option allows you to cope with rogue DNS entries
15834 like
15835 .code
15836 remote.domain.example. A 127.0.0.1
15837 .endd
15838 by setting
15839 .code
15840 ignore_target_hosts = 127.0.0.1
15841 .endd
15842 on the relevant router. If all the hosts found by a &(dnslookup)& router are
15843 discarded in this way, the router declines. In a conventional configuration, an
15844 attempt to mail to such a domain would normally provoke the &"unrouteable
15845 domain"& error, and an attempt to verify an address in the domain would fail.
15846 Similarly, if &%ignore_target_hosts%& is set on an &(ipliteral)& router, the
15847 router declines if presented with one of the listed addresses.
15848
15849 You can use this option to disable the use of IPv4 or IPv6 for mail delivery by
15850 means of the first or the second of the following settings, respectively:
15851 .code
15852 ignore_target_hosts = 0.0.0.0/0
15853 ignore_target_hosts = <; 0::0/0
15854 .endd
15855 The pattern in the first line matches all IPv4 addresses, whereas the pattern
15856 in the second line matches all IPv6 addresses.
15857
15858 This option may also be useful for ignoring link-local and site-local IPv6
15859 addresses. Because, like all host lists, the value of &%ignore_target_hosts%&
15860 is expanded before use as a list, it is possible to make it dependent on the
15861 domain that is being routed.
15862
15863 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
15864 During its expansion, &$host_address$& is set to the IP address that is being
15865 checked.
15866
15867 .option initgroups routers boolean false
15868 .cindex "additional groups"
15869 .cindex "groups" "additional"
15870 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
15871 .cindex "transport" "local"
15872 If the router queues an address for a transport, and this option is true, and
15873 the uid supplied by the router is not overridden by the transport, the
15874 &[initgroups()]& function is called when running the transport to ensure that
15875 any additional groups associated with the uid are set up. See also &%group%&
15876 and &%user%& and the discussion in chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
15877
15878
15879
15880 .option local_part_prefix routers&!? "string list" unset
15881 .cindex "router" "prefix for local part"
15882 .cindex "prefix" "for local part, used in router"
15883 If this option is set, the router is skipped unless the local part starts with
15884 one of the given strings, or &%local_part_prefix_optional%& is true. See
15885 section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions are
15886 evaluated.
15887
15888 The list is scanned from left to right, and the first prefix that matches is
15889 used. A limited form of wildcard is available; if the prefix begins with an
15890 asterisk, it matches the longest possible sequence of arbitrary characters at
15891 the start of the local part. An asterisk should therefore always be followed by
15892 some character that does not occur in normal local parts.
15893 .cindex "multiple mailboxes"
15894 .cindex "mailbox" "multiple"
15895 Wildcarding can be used to set up multiple user mailboxes, as described in
15896 section &<<SECTmulbox>>&.
15897
15898 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
15899 .vindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
15900 During the testing of the &%local_parts%& option, and while the router is
15901 running, the prefix is removed from the local part, and is available in the
15902 expansion variable &$local_part_prefix$&. When a message is being delivered, if
15903 the router accepts the address, this remains true during subsequent delivery by
15904 a transport. In particular, the local part that is transmitted in the RCPT
15905 command for LMTP, SMTP, and BSMTP deliveries has the prefix removed by default.
15906 This behaviour can be overridden by setting &%rcpt_include_affixes%& true on
15907 the relevant transport.
15908
15909 When an address is being verified, &%local_part_prefix%& affects only the
15910 behaviour of the router. If the callout feature of verification is in use, this
15911 means that the full address, including the prefix, will be used during the
15912 callout.
15913
15914 The prefix facility is commonly used to handle local parts of the form
15915 &%owner-something%&. Another common use is to support local parts of the form
15916 &%real-username%& to bypass a user's &_.forward_& file &-- helpful when trying
15917 to tell a user their forwarding is broken &-- by placing a router like this one
15918 immediately before the router that handles &_.forward_& files:
15919 .code
15920 real_localuser:
15921 driver = accept
15922 local_part_prefix = real-
15923 check_local_user
15924 transport = local_delivery
15925 .endd
15926 For security, it would probably be a good idea to restrict the use of this
15927 router to locally-generated messages, using a condition such as this:
15928 .code
15929 condition = ${if match {$sender_host_address}\
15930 {\N^(|127\.0\.0\.1)$\N}}
15931 .endd
15932
15933 If both &%local_part_prefix%& and &%local_part_suffix%& are set for a router,
15934 both conditions must be met if not optional. Care must be taken if wildcards
15935 are used in both a prefix and a suffix on the same router. Different
15936 separator characters must be used to avoid ambiguity.
15937
15938
15939 .option local_part_prefix_optional routers boolean false
15940 See &%local_part_prefix%& above.
15941
15942
15943
15944 .option local_part_suffix routers&!? "string list" unset
15945 .cindex "router" "suffix for local part"
15946 .cindex "suffix for local part" "used in router"
15947 This option operates in the same way as &%local_part_prefix%&, except that the
15948 local part must end (rather than start) with the given string, the
15949 &%local_part_suffix_optional%& option determines whether the suffix is
15950 mandatory, and the wildcard * character, if present, must be the last
15951 character of the suffix. This option facility is commonly used to handle local
15952 parts of the form &%something-request%& and multiple user mailboxes of the form
15953 &%username-foo%&.
15954
15955
15956 .option local_part_suffix_optional routers boolean false
15957 See &%local_part_suffix%& above.
15958
15959
15960
15961 .option local_parts routers&!? "local part list&!!" unset
15962 .cindex "router" "restricting to specific local parts"
15963 .cindex "local part" "checking in router"
15964 The router is run only if the local part of the address matches the list.
15965 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
15966 are evaluated, and
15967 section &<<SECTlocparlis>>& for a discussion of local part lists. Because the
15968 string is expanded, it is possible to make it depend on the domain, for
15969 example:
15970 .code
15971 local_parts = dbm;/usr/local/specials/$domain
15972 .endd
15973 .vindex "&$local_part_data$&"
15974 If the match is achieved by a lookup, the data that the lookup returned
15975 for the local part is placed in the variable &$local_part_data$& for use in
15976 expansions of the router's private options. You might use this option, for
15977 example, if you have a large number of local virtual domains, and you want to
15978 send all postmaster mail to the same place without having to set up an alias in
15979 each virtual domain:
15980 .code
15981 postmaster:
15982 driver = redirect
15983 local_parts = postmaster
15984 data = postmaster@real.domain.example
15985 .endd
15986
15987
15988 .option log_as_local routers boolean "see below"
15989 .cindex "log" "delivery line"
15990 .cindex "delivery" "log line format"
15991 Exim has two logging styles for delivery, the idea being to make local
15992 deliveries stand out more visibly from remote ones. In the &"local"& style, the
15993 recipient address is given just as the local part, without a domain. The use of
15994 this style is controlled by this option. It defaults to true for the &(accept)&
15995 router, and false for all the others. This option applies only when a
15996 router assigns an address to a transport. It has no effect on routers that
15997 redirect addresses.
15998
15999
16000
16001 .option more routers boolean&!! true
16002 The result of string expansion for this option must be a valid boolean value,
16003 that is, one of the strings &"yes"&, &"no"&, &"true"&, or &"false"&. Any other
16004 result causes an error, and delivery is deferred. If the expansion is forced to
16005 fail, the default value for the option (true) is used. Other failures cause
16006 delivery to be deferred.
16007
16008 If this option is set false, and the router declines to handle the address, no
16009 further routers are tried, routing fails, and the address is bounced.
16010 .oindex "&%self%&"
16011 However, if the router explicitly passes an address to the following router by
16012 means of the setting
16013 .code
16014 self = pass
16015 .endd
16016 or otherwise, the setting of &%more%& is ignored. Also, the setting of &%more%&
16017 does not affect the behaviour if one of the precondition tests fails. In that
16018 case, the address is always passed to the next router.
16019
16020 Note that &%address_data%& is not considered to be a precondition. If its
16021 expansion is forced to fail, the router declines, and the value of &%more%&
16022 controls what happens next.
16023
16024
16025 .option pass_on_timeout routers boolean false
16026 .cindex "timeout" "of router"
16027 .cindex "router" "timeout"
16028 If a router times out during a host lookup, it normally causes deferral of the
16029 address. If &%pass_on_timeout%& is set, the address is passed on to the next
16030 router, overriding &%no_more%&. This may be helpful for systems that are
16031 intermittently connected to the Internet, or those that want to pass to a smart
16032 host any messages that cannot immediately be delivered.
16033
16034 There are occasional other temporary errors that can occur while doing DNS
16035 lookups. They are treated in the same way as a timeout, and this option
16036 applies to all of them.
16037
16038
16039
16040 .option pass_router routers string unset
16041 .cindex "router" "go to after &""pass""&"
16042 Routers that recognize the generic &%self%& option (&(dnslookup)&,
16043 &(ipliteral)&, and &(manualroute)&) are able to return &"pass"&, forcing
16044 routing to continue, and overriding a false setting of &%more%&. When one of
16045 these routers returns &"pass"&, the address is normally handed on to the next
16046 router in sequence. This can be changed by setting &%pass_router%& to the name
16047 of another router. However (unlike &%redirect_router%&) the named router must
16048 be below the current router, to avoid loops. Note that this option applies only
16049 to the special case of &"pass"&. It does not apply when a router returns
16050 &"decline"& because it cannot handle an address.
16051
16052
16053
16054 .option redirect_router routers string unset
16055 .cindex "router" "start at after redirection"
16056 Sometimes an administrator knows that it is pointless to reprocess addresses
16057 generated from alias or forward files with the same router again. For
16058 example, if an alias file translates real names into login ids there is no
16059 point searching the alias file a second time, especially if it is a large file.
16060
16061 The &%redirect_router%& option can be set to the name of any router instance.
16062 It causes the routing of any generated addresses to start at the named router
16063 instead of at the first router. This option has no effect if the router in
16064 which it is set does not generate new addresses.
16065
16066
16067
16068 .option require_files routers&!? "string list&!!" unset
16069 .cindex "file" "requiring for router"
16070 .cindex "router" "requiring file existence"
16071 This option provides a general mechanism for predicating the running of a
16072 router on the existence or non-existence of certain files or directories.
16073 Before running a router, as one of its precondition tests, Exim works its way
16074 through the &%require_files%& list, expanding each item separately.
16075
16076 Because the list is split before expansion, any colons in expansion items must
16077 be doubled, or the facility for using a different list separator must be used.
16078 If any expansion is forced to fail, the item is ignored. Other expansion
16079 failures cause routing of the address to be deferred.
16080
16081 If any expanded string is empty, it is ignored. Otherwise, except as described
16082 below, each string must be a fully qualified file path, optionally preceded by
16083 &"!"&. The paths are passed to the &[stat()]& function to test for the
16084 existence of the files or directories. The router is skipped if any paths not
16085 preceded by &"!"& do not exist, or if any paths preceded by &"!"& do exist.
16086
16087 .cindex "NFS"
16088 If &[stat()]& cannot determine whether a file exists or not, delivery of
16089 the message is deferred. This can happen when NFS-mounted filesystems are
16090 unavailable.
16091
16092 This option is checked after the &%domains%&, &%local_parts%&, and &%senders%&
16093 options, so you cannot use it to check for the existence of a file in which to
16094 look up a domain, local part, or sender. (See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a
16095 full list of the order in which preconditions are evaluated.) However, as
16096 these options are all expanded, you can use the &%exists%& expansion condition
16097 to make such tests. The &%require_files%& option is intended for checking files
16098 that the router may be going to use internally, or which are needed by a
16099 transport (for example &_.procmailrc_&).
16100
16101 During delivery, the &[stat()]& function is run as root, but there is a
16102 facility for some checking of the accessibility of a file by another user.
16103 This is not a proper permissions check, but just a &"rough"& check that
16104 operates as follows:
16105
16106 If an item in a &%require_files%& list does not contain any forward slash
16107 characters, it is taken to be the user (and optional group, separated by a
16108 comma) to be checked for subsequent files in the list. If no group is specified
16109 but the user is specified symbolically, the gid associated with the uid is
16110 used. For example:
16111 .code
16112 require_files = mail:/some/file
16113 require_files = $local_part:$home/.procmailrc
16114 .endd
16115 If a user or group name in a &%require_files%& list does not exist, the
16116 &%require_files%& condition fails.
16117
16118 Exim performs the check by scanning along the components of the file path, and
16119 checking the access for the given uid and gid. It checks for &"x"& access on
16120 directories, and &"r"& access on the final file. Note that this means that file
16121 access control lists, if the operating system has them, are ignored.
16122
16123 &*Warning 1*&: When the router is being run to verify addresses for an
16124 incoming SMTP message, Exim is not running as root, but under its own uid. This
16125 may affect the result of a &%require_files%& check. In particular, &[stat()]&
16126 may yield the error EACCES (&"Permission denied"&). This means that the Exim
16127 user is not permitted to read one of the directories on the file's path.
16128
16129 &*Warning 2*&: Even when Exim is running as root while delivering a message,
16130 &[stat()]& can yield EACCES for a file in an NFS directory that is mounted
16131 without root access. In this case, if a check for access by a particular user
16132 is requested, Exim creates a subprocess that runs as that user, and tries the
16133 check again in that process.
16134
16135 The default action for handling an unresolved EACCES is to consider it to
16136 be caused by a configuration error, and routing is deferred because the
16137 existence or non-existence of the file cannot be determined. However, in some
16138 circumstances it may be desirable to treat this condition as if the file did
16139 not exist. If the file name (or the exclamation mark that precedes the file
16140 name for non-existence) is preceded by a plus sign, the EACCES error is treated
16141 as if the file did not exist. For example:
16142 .code
16143 require_files = +/some/file
16144 .endd
16145 If the router is not an essential part of verification (for example, it
16146 handles users' &_.forward_& files), another solution is to set the &%verify%&
16147 option false so that the router is skipped when verifying.
16148
16149
16150
16151 .option retry_use_local_part routers boolean "see below"
16152 .cindex "hints database" "retry keys"
16153 .cindex "local part" "in retry keys"
16154 When a delivery suffers a temporary routing failure, a retry record is created
16155 in Exim's hints database. For addresses whose routing depends only on the
16156 domain, the key for the retry record should not involve the local part, but for
16157 other addresses, both the domain and the local part should be included.
16158 Usually, remote routing is of the former kind, and local routing is of the
16159 latter kind.
16160
16161 This option controls whether the local part is used to form the key for retry
16162 hints for addresses that suffer temporary errors while being handled by this
16163 router. The default value is true for any router that has &%check_local_user%&
16164 set, and false otherwise. Note that this option does not apply to hints keys
16165 for transport delays; they are controlled by a generic transport option of the
16166 same name.
16167
16168 The setting of &%retry_use_local_part%& applies only to the router on which it
16169 appears. If the router generates child addresses, they are routed
16170 independently; this setting does not become attached to them.
16171
16172
16173
16174 .option router_home_directory routers string&!! unset
16175 .cindex "router" "home directory for"
16176 .cindex "home directory" "for router"
16177 .vindex "&$home$&"
16178 This option sets a home directory for use while the router is running. (Compare
16179 &%transport_home_directory%&, which sets a home directory for later
16180 transporting.) In particular, if used on a &(redirect)& router, this option
16181 sets a value for &$home$& while a filter is running. The value is expanded;
16182 forced expansion failure causes the option to be ignored &-- other failures
16183 cause the router to defer.
16184
16185 Expansion of &%router_home_directory%& happens immediately after the
16186 &%check_local_user%& test (if configured), before any further expansions take
16187 place.
16188 (See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
16189 are evaluated.)
16190 While the router is running, &%router_home_directory%& overrides the value of
16191 &$home$& that came from &%check_local_user%&.
16192
16193 When a router accepts an address and assigns it to a local transport (including
16194 the cases when a &(redirect)& router generates a pipe, file, or autoreply
16195 delivery), the home directory setting for the transport is taken from the first
16196 of these values that is set:
16197
16198 .ilist
16199 The &%home_directory%& option on the transport;
16200 .next
16201 The &%transport_home_directory%& option on the router;
16202 .next
16203 The password data if &%check_local_user%& is set on the router;
16204 .next
16205 The &%router_home_directory%& option on the router.
16206 .endlist
16207
16208 In other words, &%router_home_directory%& overrides the password data for the
16209 router, but not for the transport.
16210
16211
16212
16213 .option self routers string freeze
16214 .cindex "MX record" "pointing to local host"
16215 .cindex "local host" "MX pointing to"
16216 This option applies to those routers that use a recipient address to find a
16217 list of remote hosts. Currently, these are the &(dnslookup)&, &(ipliteral)&,
16218 and &(manualroute)& routers.
16219 Certain configurations of the &(queryprogram)& router can also specify a list
16220 of remote hosts.
16221 Usually such routers are configured to send the message to a remote host via an
16222 &(smtp)& transport. The &%self%& option specifies what happens when the first
16223 host on the list turns out to be the local host.
16224 The way in which Exim checks for the local host is described in section
16225 &<<SECTreclocipadd>>&.
16226
16227 Normally this situation indicates either an error in Exim's configuration (for
16228 example, the router should be configured not to process this domain), or an
16229 error in the DNS (for example, the MX should not point to this host). For this
16230 reason, the default action is to log the incident, defer the address, and
16231 freeze the message. The following alternatives are provided for use in special
16232 cases:
16233
16234 .vlist
16235 .vitem &%defer%&
16236 Delivery of the message is tried again later, but the message is not frozen.
16237
16238 .vitem "&%reroute%&: <&'domain'&>"
16239 The domain is changed to the given domain, and the address is passed back to
16240 be reprocessed by the routers. No rewriting of headers takes place. This
16241 behaviour is essentially a redirection.
16242
16243 .vitem "&%reroute: rewrite:%& <&'domain'&>"
16244 The domain is changed to the given domain, and the address is passed back to be
16245 reprocessed by the routers. Any headers that contain the original domain are
16246 rewritten.
16247
16248 .vitem &%pass%&
16249 .oindex "&%more%&"
16250 .vindex "&$self_hostname$&"
16251 The router passes the address to the next router, or to the router named in the
16252 &%pass_router%& option if it is set. This overrides &%no_more%&. During
16253 subsequent routing and delivery, the variable &$self_hostname$& contains the
16254 name of the local host that the router encountered. This can be used to
16255 distinguish between different cases for hosts with multiple names. The
16256 combination
16257 .code
16258 self = pass
16259 no_more
16260 .endd
16261 ensures that only those addresses that routed to the local host are passed on.
16262 Without &%no_more%&, addresses that were declined for other reasons would also
16263 be passed to the next router.
16264
16265 .vitem &%fail%&
16266 Delivery fails and an error report is generated.
16267
16268 .vitem &%send%&
16269 .cindex "local host" "sending to"
16270 The anomaly is ignored and the address is queued for the transport. This
16271 setting should be used with extreme caution. For an &(smtp)& transport, it
16272 makes sense only in cases where the program that is listening on the SMTP port
16273 is not this version of Exim. That is, it must be some other MTA, or Exim with a
16274 different configuration file that handles the domain in another way.
16275 .endlist
16276
16277
16278
16279 .option senders routers&!? "address list&!!" unset
16280 .cindex "router" "checking senders"
16281 If this option is set, the router is skipped unless the message's sender
16282 address matches something on the list.
16283 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
16284 are evaluated.
16285
16286 There are issues concerning verification when the running of routers is
16287 dependent on the sender. When Exim is verifying the address in an &%errors_to%&
16288 setting, it sets the sender to the null string. When using the &%-bt%& option
16289 to check a configuration file, it is necessary also to use the &%-f%& option to
16290 set an appropriate sender. For incoming mail, the sender is unset when
16291 verifying the sender, but is available when verifying any recipients. If the
16292 SMTP VRFY command is enabled, it must be used after MAIL if the sender address
16293 matters.
16294
16295
16296 .option translate_ip_address routers string&!! unset
16297 .cindex "IP address" "translating"
16298 .cindex "packet radio"
16299 .cindex "router" "IP address translation"
16300 There exist some rare networking situations (for example, packet radio) where
16301 it is helpful to be able to translate IP addresses generated by normal routing
16302 mechanisms into other IP addresses, thus performing a kind of manual IP
16303 routing. This should be done only if the normal IP routing of the TCP/IP stack
16304 is inadequate or broken. Because this is an extremely uncommon requirement, the
16305 code to support this option is not included in the Exim binary unless
16306 SUPPORT_TRANSLATE_IP_ADDRESS=yes is set in &_Local/Makefile_&.
16307
16308 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
16309 The &%translate_ip_address%& string is expanded for every IP address generated
16310 by the router, with the generated address set in &$host_address$&. If the
16311 expansion is forced to fail, no action is taken.
16312 For any other expansion error, delivery of the message is deferred.
16313 If the result of the expansion is an IP address, that replaces the original
16314 address; otherwise the result is assumed to be a host name &-- this is looked
16315 up using &[gethostbyname()]& (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when available) to
16316 produce one or more replacement IP addresses. For example, to subvert all IP
16317 addresses in some specific networks, this could be added to a router:
16318 .code
16319 translate_ip_address = \
16320 ${lookup{${mask:$host_address/26}}lsearch{/some/file}\
16321 {$value}fail}}
16322 .endd
16323 The file would contain lines like
16324 .code
16325 10.2.3.128/26 some.host
16326 10.8.4.34/26 10.44.8.15
16327 .endd
16328 You should not make use of this facility unless you really understand what you
16329 are doing.
16330
16331
16332
16333 .option transport routers string&!! unset
16334 This option specifies the transport to be used when a router accepts an address
16335 and sets it up for delivery. A transport is never needed if a router is used
16336 only for verification. The value of the option is expanded at routing time,
16337 after the expansion of &%errors_to%&, &%headers_add%&, and &%headers_remove%&,
16338 and result must be the name of one of the configured transports. If it is not,
16339 delivery is deferred.
16340
16341 The &%transport%& option is not used by the &(redirect)& router, but it does
16342 have some private options that set up transports for pipe and file deliveries
16343 (see chapter &<<CHAPredirect>>&).
16344
16345
16346
16347 .option transport_current_directory routers string&!! unset
16348 .cindex "current directory for local transport"
16349 This option associates a current directory with any address that is routed
16350 to a local transport. This can happen either because a transport is
16351 explicitly configured for the router, or because it generates a delivery to a
16352 file or a pipe. During the delivery process (that is, at transport time), this
16353 option string is expanded and is set as the current directory, unless
16354 overridden by a setting on the transport.
16355 If the expansion fails for any reason, including forced failure, an error is
16356 logged, and delivery is deferred.
16357 See chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>& for details of the local delivery
16358 environment.
16359
16360
16361
16362
16363 .option transport_home_directory routers string&!! "see below"
16364 .cindex "home directory" "for local transport"
16365 This option associates a home directory with any address that is routed to a
16366 local transport. This can happen either because a transport is explicitly
16367 configured for the router, or because it generates a delivery to a file or a
16368 pipe. During the delivery process (that is, at transport time), the option
16369 string is expanded and is set as the home directory, unless overridden by a
16370 setting of &%home_directory%& on the transport.
16371 If the expansion fails for any reason, including forced failure, an error is
16372 logged, and delivery is deferred.
16373
16374 If the transport does not specify a home directory, and
16375 &%transport_home_directory%& is not set for the router, the home directory for
16376 the transport is taken from the password data if &%check_local_user%& is set for
16377 the router. Otherwise it is taken from &%router_home_directory%& if that option
16378 is set; if not, no home directory is set for the transport.
16379
16380 See chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>& for further details of the local delivery
16381 environment.
16382
16383
16384
16385
16386 .option unseen routers boolean&!! false
16387 .cindex "router" "carrying on after success"
16388 The result of string expansion for this option must be a valid boolean value,
16389 that is, one of the strings &"yes"&, &"no"&, &"true"&, or &"false"&. Any other
16390 result causes an error, and delivery is deferred. If the expansion is forced to
16391 fail, the default value for the option (false) is used. Other failures cause
16392 delivery to be deferred.
16393
16394 When this option is set true, routing does not cease if the router accepts the
16395 address. Instead, a copy of the incoming address is passed to the next router,
16396 overriding a false setting of &%more%&. There is little point in setting
16397 &%more%& false if &%unseen%& is always true, but it may be useful in cases when
16398 the value of &%unseen%& contains expansion items (and therefore, presumably, is
16399 sometimes true and sometimes false).
16400
16401 .cindex "copy of message (&%unseen%& option)"
16402 Setting the &%unseen%& option has a similar effect to the &%unseen%& command
16403 qualifier in filter files. It can be used to cause copies of messages to be
16404 delivered to some other destination, while also carrying out a normal delivery.
16405 In effect, the current address is made into a &"parent"& that has two children
16406 &-- one that is delivered as specified by this router, and a clone that goes on
16407 to be routed further. For this reason, &%unseen%& may not be combined with the
16408 &%one_time%& option in a &(redirect)& router.
16409
16410 &*Warning*&: Header lines added to the address (or specified for removal) by
16411 this router or by previous routers affect the &"unseen"& copy of the message
16412 only. The clone that continues to be processed by further routers starts with
16413 no added headers and none specified for removal. For a &%redirect%& router, if
16414 a generated address is the same as the incoming address, this can lead to
16415 duplicate addresses with different header modifications. Exim does not do
16416 duplicate deliveries (except, in certain circumstances, to pipes -- see section
16417 &<<SECTdupaddr>>&), but it is undefined which of the duplicates is discarded,
16418 so this ambiguous situation should be avoided. The &%repeat_use%& option of the
16419 &%redirect%& router may be of help.
16420
16421 Unlike the handling of header modifications, any data that was set by the
16422 &%address_data%& option in the current or previous routers &'is'& passed on to
16423 subsequent routers.
16424
16425
16426 .option user routers string&!! "see below"
16427 .cindex "uid (user id)" "local delivery"
16428 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
16429 .cindex "transport" "local"
16430 .cindex "router" "user for filter processing"
16431 .cindex "filter" "user for processing"
16432 When a router queues an address for a transport, and the transport does not
16433 specify a user, the user given here is used when running the delivery process.
16434 The user may be specified numerically or by name. If expansion fails, the
16435 error is logged and delivery is deferred.
16436 This user is also used by the &(redirect)& router when running a filter file.
16437 The default is unset, except when &%check_local_user%& is set. In this case,
16438 the default is taken from the password information. If the user is specified as
16439 a name, and &%group%& is not set, the group associated with the user is used.
16440 See also &%initgroups%& and &%group%& and the discussion in chapter
16441 &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
16442
16443
16444
16445 .option verify routers&!? boolean true
16446 Setting this option has the effect of setting &%verify_sender%& and
16447 &%verify_recipient%& to the same value.
16448
16449
16450 .option verify_only routers&!? boolean false
16451 .cindex "EXPN" "with &%verify_only%&"
16452 .oindex "&%-bv%&"
16453 .cindex "router" "used only when verifying"
16454 If this option is set, the router is used only when verifying an address or
16455 testing with the &%-bv%& option, not when actually doing a delivery, testing
16456 with the &%-bt%& option, or running the SMTP EXPN command. It can be further
16457 restricted to verifying only senders or recipients by means of
16458 &%verify_sender%& and &%verify_recipient%&.
16459
16460 &*Warning*&: When the router is being run to verify addresses for an incoming
16461 SMTP message, Exim is not running as root, but under its own uid. If the router
16462 accesses any files, you need to make sure that they are accessible to the Exim
16463 user or group.
16464
16465
16466 .option verify_recipient routers&!? boolean true
16467 If this option is false, the router is skipped when verifying recipient
16468 addresses
16469 or testing recipient verification using &%-bv%&.
16470 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
16471 are evaluated.
16472
16473
16474 .option verify_sender routers&!? boolean true
16475 If this option is false, the router is skipped when verifying sender addresses
16476 or testing sender verification using &%-bvs%&.
16477 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
16478 are evaluated.
16479 .ecindex IIDgenoprou1
16480 .ecindex IIDgenoprou2
16481
16482
16483
16484
16485
16486
16487 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16488 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16489
16490 .chapter "The accept router" "CHID4"
16491 .cindex "&(accept)& router"
16492 .cindex "routers" "&(accept)&"
16493 The &(accept)& router has no private options of its own. Unless it is being
16494 used purely for verification (see &%verify_only%&) a transport is required to
16495 be defined by the generic &%transport%& option. If the preconditions that are
16496 specified by generic options are met, the router accepts the address and queues
16497 it for the given transport. The most common use of this router is for setting
16498 up deliveries to local mailboxes. For example:
16499 .code
16500 localusers:
16501 driver = accept
16502 domains = mydomain.example
16503 check_local_user
16504 transport = local_delivery
16505 .endd
16506 The &%domains%& condition in this example checks the domain of the address, and
16507 &%check_local_user%& checks that the local part is the login of a local user.
16508 When both preconditions are met, the &(accept)& router runs, and queues the
16509 address for the &(local_delivery)& transport.
16510
16511
16512
16513
16514
16515
16516 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16517 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16518
16519 .chapter "The dnslookup router" "CHAPdnslookup"
16520 .scindex IIDdnsrou1 "&(dnslookup)& router"
16521 .scindex IIDdnsrou2 "routers" "&(dnslookup)&"
16522 The &(dnslookup)& router looks up the hosts that handle mail for the
16523 recipient's domain in the DNS. A transport must always be set for this router,
16524 unless &%verify_only%& is set.
16525
16526 If SRV support is configured (see &%check_srv%& below), Exim first searches for
16527 SRV records. If none are found, or if SRV support is not configured,
16528 MX records are looked up. If no MX records exist, address records are sought.
16529 However, &%mx_domains%& can be set to disable the direct use of address
16530 records.
16531
16532 MX records of equal priority are sorted by Exim into a random order. Exim then
16533 looks for address records for the host names obtained from MX or SRV records.
16534 When a host has more than one IP address, they are sorted into a random order,
16535 except that IPv6 addresses are always sorted before IPv4 addresses. If all the
16536 IP addresses found are discarded by a setting of the &%ignore_target_hosts%&
16537 generic option, the router declines.
16538
16539 Unless they have the highest priority (lowest MX value), MX records that point
16540 to the local host, or to any host name that matches &%hosts_treat_as_local%&,
16541 are discarded, together with any other MX records of equal or lower priority.
16542
16543 .cindex "MX record" "pointing to local host"
16544 .cindex "local host" "MX pointing to"
16545 .oindex "&%self%&" "in &(dnslookup)& router"
16546 If the host pointed to by the highest priority MX record, or looked up as an
16547 address record, is the local host, or matches &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, what
16548 happens is controlled by the generic &%self%& option.
16549
16550
16551 .section "Problems with DNS lookups" "SECTprowitdnsloo"
16552 There have been problems with DNS servers when SRV records are looked up.
16553 Some mis-behaving servers return a DNS error or timeout when a non-existent
16554 SRV record is sought. Similar problems have in the past been reported for
16555 MX records. The global &%dns_again_means_nonexist%& option can help with this
16556 problem, but it is heavy-handed because it is a global option.
16557
16558 For this reason, there are two options, &%srv_fail_domains%& and
16559 &%mx_fail_domains%&, that control what happens when a DNS lookup in a
16560 &(dnslookup)& router results in a DNS failure or a &"try again"& response. If
16561 an attempt to look up an SRV or MX record causes one of these results, and the
16562 domain matches the relevant list, Exim behaves as if the DNS had responded &"no
16563 such record"&. In the case of an SRV lookup, this means that the router
16564 proceeds to look for MX records; in the case of an MX lookup, it proceeds to
16565 look for A or AAAA records, unless the domain matches &%mx_domains%&, in which
16566 case routing fails.
16567
16568
16569
16570
16571 .section "Private options for dnslookup" "SECID118"
16572 .cindex "options" "&(dnslookup)& router"
16573 The private options for the &(dnslookup)& router are as follows:
16574
16575 .option check_secondary_mx dnslookup boolean false
16576 .cindex "MX record" "checking for secondary"
16577 If this option is set, the router declines unless the local host is found in
16578 (and removed from) the list of hosts obtained by MX lookup. This can be used to
16579 process domains for which the local host is a secondary mail exchanger
16580 differently to other domains. The way in which Exim decides whether a host is
16581 the local host is described in section &<<SECTreclocipadd>>&.
16582
16583
16584 .option check_srv dnslookup string&!! unset
16585 .cindex "SRV record" "enabling use of"
16586 The &(dnslookup)& router supports the use of SRV records (see RFC 2782) in
16587 addition to MX and address records. The support is disabled by default. To
16588 enable SRV support, set the &%check_srv%& option to the name of the service
16589 required. For example,
16590 .code
16591 check_srv = smtp
16592 .endd
16593 looks for SRV records that refer to the normal smtp service. The option is
16594 expanded, so the service name can vary from message to message or address
16595 to address. This might be helpful if SRV records are being used for a
16596 submission service. If the expansion is forced to fail, the &%check_srv%&
16597 option is ignored, and the router proceeds to look for MX records in the
16598 normal way.
16599
16600 When the expansion succeeds, the router searches first for SRV records for
16601 the given service (it assumes TCP protocol). A single SRV record with a
16602 host name that consists of just a single dot indicates &"no such service for
16603 this domain"&; if this is encountered, the router declines. If other kinds of
16604 SRV record are found, they are used to construct a host list for delivery
16605 according to the rules of RFC 2782. MX records are not sought in this case.
16606
16607 When no SRV records are found, MX records (and address records) are sought in
16608 the traditional way. In other words, SRV records take precedence over MX
16609 records, just as MX records take precedence over address records. Note that
16610 this behaviour is not sanctioned by RFC 2782, though a previous draft RFC
16611 defined it. It is apparently believed that MX records are sufficient for email
16612 and that SRV records should not be used for this purpose. However, SRV records
16613 have an additional &"weight"& feature which some people might find useful when
16614 trying to split an SMTP load between hosts of different power.
16615
16616 See section &<<SECTprowitdnsloo>>& above for a discussion of Exim's behaviour
16617 when there is a DNS lookup error.
16618
16619
16620
16621 .option mx_domains dnslookup "domain list&!!" unset
16622 .cindex "MX record" "required to exist"
16623 .cindex "SRV record" "required to exist"
16624 A domain that matches &%mx_domains%& is required to have either an MX or an SRV
16625 record in order to be recognized. (The name of this option could be improved.)
16626 For example, if all the mail hosts in &'fict.example'& are known to have MX
16627 records, except for those in &'discworld.fict.example'&, you could use this
16628 setting:
16629 .code
16630 mx_domains = ! *.discworld.fict.example : *.fict.example
16631 .endd
16632 This specifies that messages addressed to a domain that matches the list but
16633 has no MX record should be bounced immediately instead of being routed using
16634 the address record.
16635
16636
16637 .option mx_fail_domains dnslookup "domain list&!!" unset
16638 If the DNS lookup for MX records for one of the domains in this list causes a
16639 DNS lookup error, Exim behaves as if no MX records were found. See section
16640 &<<SECTprowitdnsloo>>& for more discussion.
16641
16642
16643
16644
16645 .option qualify_single dnslookup boolean true
16646 .cindex "DNS" "resolver options"
16647 .cindex "DNS" "qualifying single-component names"
16648 When this option is true, the resolver option RES_DEFNAMES is set for DNS
16649 lookups. Typically, but not standardly, this causes the resolver to qualify
16650 single-component names with the default domain. For example, on a machine
16651 called &'dictionary.ref.example'&, the domain &'thesaurus'& would be changed to
16652 &'thesaurus.ref.example'& inside the resolver. For details of what your
16653 resolver actually does, consult your man pages for &'resolver'& and
16654 &'resolv.conf'&.
16655
16656
16657
16658 .option rewrite_headers dnslookup boolean true
16659 .cindex "rewriting" "header lines"
16660 .cindex "header lines" "rewriting"
16661 If the domain name in the address that is being processed is not fully
16662 qualified, it may be expanded to its full form by a DNS lookup. For example, if
16663 an address is specified as &'dormouse@teaparty'&, the domain might be
16664 expanded to &'teaparty.wonderland.fict.example'&. Domain expansion can also
16665 occur as a result of setting the &%widen_domains%& option. If
16666 &%rewrite_headers%& is true, all occurrences of the abbreviated domain name in
16667 any &'Bcc:'&, &'Cc:'&, &'From:'&, &'Reply-to:'&, &'Sender:'&, and &'To:'&
16668 header lines of the message are rewritten with the full domain name.
16669
16670 This option should be turned off only when it is known that no message is
16671 ever going to be sent outside an environment where the abbreviation makes
16672 sense.
16673
16674 When an MX record is looked up in the DNS and matches a wildcard record, name
16675 servers normally return a record containing the name that has been looked up,
16676 making it impossible to detect whether a wildcard was present or not. However,
16677 some name servers have recently been seen to return the wildcard entry. If the
16678 name returned by a DNS lookup begins with an asterisk, it is not used for
16679 header rewriting.
16680
16681
16682 .option same_domain_copy_routing dnslookup boolean false
16683 .cindex "address" "copying routing"
16684 Addresses with the same domain are normally routed by the &(dnslookup)& router
16685 to the same list of hosts. However, this cannot be presumed, because the router
16686 options and preconditions may refer to the local part of the address. By
16687 default, therefore, Exim routes each address in a message independently. DNS
16688 servers run caches, so repeated DNS lookups are not normally expensive, and in
16689 any case, personal messages rarely have more than a few recipients.
16690
16691 If you are running mailing lists with large numbers of subscribers at the same
16692 domain, and you are using a &(dnslookup)& router which is independent of the
16693 local part, you can set &%same_domain_copy_routing%& to bypass repeated DNS
16694 lookups for identical domains in one message. In this case, when &(dnslookup)&
16695 routes an address to a remote transport, any other unrouted addresses in the
16696 message that have the same domain are automatically given the same routing
16697 without processing them independently,
16698 provided the following conditions are met:
16699
16700 .ilist
16701 No router that processed the address specified &%headers_add%& or
16702 &%headers_remove%&.
16703 .next
16704 The router did not change the address in any way, for example, by &"widening"&
16705 the domain.
16706 .endlist
16707
16708
16709
16710
16711 .option search_parents dnslookup boolean false
16712 .cindex "DNS" "resolver options"
16713 When this option is true, the resolver option RES_DNSRCH is set for DNS
16714 lookups. This is different from the &%qualify_single%& option in that it
16715 applies to domains containing dots. Typically, but not standardly, it causes
16716 the resolver to search for the name in the current domain and in parent
16717 domains. For example, on a machine in the &'fict.example'& domain, if looking
16718 up &'teaparty.wonderland'& failed, the resolver would try
16719 &'teaparty.wonderland.fict.example'&. For details of what your resolver
16720 actually does, consult your man pages for &'resolver'& and &'resolv.conf'&.
16721
16722 Setting this option true can cause problems in domains that have a wildcard MX
16723 record, because any domain that does not have its own MX record matches the
16724 local wildcard.
16725
16726
16727
16728 .option srv_fail_domains dnslookup "domain list&!!" unset
16729 If the DNS lookup for SRV records for one of the domains in this list causes a
16730 DNS lookup error, Exim behaves as if no SRV records were found. See section
16731 &<<SECTprowitdnsloo>>& for more discussion.
16732
16733
16734
16735
16736 .option widen_domains dnslookup "string list" unset
16737 .cindex "domain" "partial; widening"
16738 If a DNS lookup fails and this option is set, each of its strings in turn is
16739 added onto the end of the domain, and the lookup is tried again. For example,
16740 if
16741 .code
16742 widen_domains = fict.example:ref.example
16743 .endd
16744 is set and a lookup of &'klingon.dictionary'& fails,
16745 &'klingon.dictionary.fict.example'& is looked up, and if this fails,
16746 &'klingon.dictionary.ref.example'& is tried. Note that the &%qualify_single%&
16747 and &%search_parents%& options can cause some widening to be undertaken inside
16748 the DNS resolver. &%widen_domains%& is not applied to sender addresses
16749 when verifying, unless &%rewrite_headers%& is false (not the default).
16750
16751
16752 .section "Effect of qualify_single and search_parents" "SECID119"
16753 When a domain from an envelope recipient is changed by the resolver as a result
16754 of the &%qualify_single%& or &%search_parents%& options, Exim rewrites the
16755 corresponding address in the message's header lines unless &%rewrite_headers%&
16756 is set false. Exim then re-routes the address, using the full domain.
16757
16758 These two options affect only the DNS lookup that takes place inside the router
16759 for the domain of the address that is being routed. They do not affect lookups
16760 such as that implied by
16761 .code
16762 domains = @mx_any
16763 .endd
16764 that may happen while processing a router precondition before the router is
16765 entered. No widening ever takes place for these lookups.
16766 .ecindex IIDdnsrou1
16767 .ecindex IIDdnsrou2
16768
16769
16770
16771
16772
16773
16774
16775
16776
16777 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16778 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16779
16780 .chapter "The ipliteral router" "CHID5"
16781 .cindex "&(ipliteral)& router"
16782 .cindex "domain literal" "routing"
16783 .cindex "routers" "&(ipliteral)&"
16784 This router has no private options. Unless it is being used purely for
16785 verification (see &%verify_only%&) a transport is required to be defined by the
16786 generic &%transport%& option. The router accepts the address if its domain part
16787 takes the form of an RFC 2822 domain literal. For example, the &(ipliteral)&
16788 router handles the address
16789 .code
16790 root@[192.168.1.1]
16791 .endd
16792 by setting up delivery to the host with that IP address. IPv4 domain literals
16793 consist of an IPv4 address enclosed in square brackets. IPv6 domain literals
16794 are similar, but the address is preceded by &`ipv6:`&. For example:
16795 .code
16796 postmaster@[ipv6:fe80::a00:20ff:fe86:a061.5678]
16797 .endd
16798 Exim allows &`ipv4:`& before IPv4 addresses, for consistency, and on the
16799 grounds that sooner or later somebody will try it.
16800
16801 .oindex "&%self%&" "in &(ipliteral)& router"
16802 If the IP address matches something in &%ignore_target_hosts%&, the router
16803 declines. If an IP literal turns out to refer to the local host, the generic
16804 &%self%& option determines what happens.
16805
16806 The RFCs require support for domain literals; however, their use is
16807 controversial in today's Internet. If you want to use this router, you must
16808 also set the main configuration option &%allow_domain_literals%&. Otherwise,
16809 Exim will not recognize the domain literal syntax in addresses.
16810
16811
16812
16813 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16814 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16815
16816 .chapter "The iplookup router" "CHID6"
16817 .cindex "&(iplookup)& router"
16818 .cindex "routers" "&(iplookup)&"
16819 The &(iplookup)& router was written to fulfil a specific requirement in
16820 Cambridge University (which in fact no longer exists). For this reason, it is
16821 not included in the binary of Exim by default. If you want to include it, you
16822 must set
16823 .code
16824 ROUTER_IPLOOKUP=yes
16825 .endd
16826 in your &_Local/Makefile_& configuration file.
16827
16828 The &(iplookup)& router routes an address by sending it over a TCP or UDP
16829 connection to one or more specific hosts. The host can then return the same or
16830 a different address &-- in effect rewriting the recipient address in the
16831 message's envelope. The new address is then passed on to subsequent routers. If
16832 this process fails, the address can be passed on to other routers, or delivery
16833 can be deferred. Since &(iplookup)& is just a rewriting router, a transport
16834 must not be specified for it.
16835
16836 .cindex "options" "&(iplookup)& router"
16837 .option hosts iplookup string unset
16838 This option must be supplied. Its value is a colon-separated list of host
16839 names. The hosts are looked up using &[gethostbyname()]&
16840 (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when available)
16841 and are tried in order until one responds to the query. If none respond, what
16842 happens is controlled by &%optional%&.
16843
16844
16845 .option optional iplookup boolean false
16846 If &%optional%& is true, if no response is obtained from any host, the address
16847 is passed to the next router, overriding &%no_more%&. If &%optional%& is false,
16848 delivery to the address is deferred.
16849
16850
16851 .option port iplookup integer 0
16852 .cindex "port" "&(iplookup)& router"
16853 This option must be supplied. It specifies the port number for the TCP or UDP
16854 call.
16855
16856
16857 .option protocol iplookup string udp
16858 This option can be set to &"udp"& or &"tcp"& to specify which of the two
16859 protocols is to be used.
16860
16861
16862 .option query iplookup string&!! "see below"
16863 This defines the content of the query that is sent to the remote hosts. The
16864 default value is:
16865 .code
16866 $local_part@$domain $local_part@$domain
16867 .endd
16868 The repetition serves as a way of checking that a response is to the correct
16869 query in the default case (see &%response_pattern%& below).
16870
16871
16872 .option reroute iplookup string&!! unset
16873 If this option is not set, the rerouted address is precisely the byte string
16874 returned by the remote host, up to the first white space, if any. If set, the
16875 string is expanded to form the rerouted address. It can include parts matched
16876 in the response by &%response_pattern%& by means of numeric variables such as
16877 &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. The variable &$0$& refers to the entire input string,
16878 whether or not a pattern is in use. In all cases, the rerouted address must end
16879 up in the form &'local_part@domain'&.
16880
16881
16882 .option response_pattern iplookup string unset
16883 This option can be set to a regular expression that is applied to the string
16884 returned from the remote host. If the pattern does not match the response, the
16885 router declines. If &%response_pattern%& is not set, no checking of the
16886 response is done, unless the query was defaulted, in which case there is a
16887 check that the text returned after the first white space is the original
16888 address. This checks that the answer that has been received is in response to
16889 the correct question. For example, if the response is just a new domain, the
16890 following could be used:
16891 .code
16892 response_pattern = ^([^@]+)$
16893 reroute = $local_part@$1
16894 .endd
16895
16896 .option timeout iplookup time 5s
16897 This specifies the amount of time to wait for a response from the remote
16898 machine. The same timeout is used for the &[connect()]& function for a TCP
16899 call. It does not apply to UDP.
16900
16901
16902
16903
16904 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16905 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16906
16907 .chapter "The manualroute router" "CHID7"
16908 .scindex IIDmanrou1 "&(manualroute)& router"
16909 .scindex IIDmanrou2 "routers" "&(manualroute)&"
16910 .cindex "domain" "manually routing"
16911 The &(manualroute)& router is so-called because it provides a way of manually
16912 routing an address according to its domain. It is mainly used when you want to
16913 route addresses to remote hosts according to your own rules, bypassing the
16914 normal DNS routing that looks up MX records. However, &(manualroute)& can also
16915 route to local transports, a facility that may be useful if you want to save
16916 messages for dial-in hosts in local files.
16917
16918 The &(manualroute)& router compares a list of domain patterns with the domain
16919 it is trying to route. If there is no match, the router declines. Each pattern
16920 has associated with it a list of hosts and some other optional data, which may
16921 include a transport. The combination of a pattern and its data is called a
16922 &"routing rule"&. For patterns that do not have an associated transport, the
16923 generic &%transport%& option must specify a transport, unless the router is
16924 being used purely for verification (see &%verify_only%&).
16925
16926 .vindex "&$host$&"
16927 In the case of verification, matching the domain pattern is sufficient for the
16928 router to accept the address. When actually routing an address for delivery,
16929 an address that matches a domain pattern is queued for the associated
16930 transport. If the transport is not a local one, a host list must be associated
16931 with the pattern; IP addresses are looked up for the hosts, and these are
16932 passed to the transport along with the mail address. For local transports, a
16933 host list is optional. If it is present, it is passed in &$host$& as a single
16934 text string.
16935
16936 The list of routing rules can be provided as an inline string in
16937 &%route_list%&, or the data can be obtained by looking up the domain in a file
16938 or database by setting &%route_data%&. Only one of these settings may appear in
16939 any one instance of &(manualroute)&. The format of routing rules is described
16940 below, following the list of private options.
16941
16942
16943 .section "Private options for manualroute" "SECTprioptman"
16944
16945 .cindex "options" "&(manualroute)& router"
16946 The private options for the &(manualroute)& router are as follows:
16947
16948 .option host_all_ignored manualroute string defer
16949 See &%host_find_failed%&.
16950
16951 .option host_find_failed manualroute string freeze
16952 This option controls what happens when &(manualroute)& tries to find an IP
16953 address for a host, and the host does not exist. The option can be set to one
16954 of the following values:
16955 .code
16956 decline
16957 defer
16958 fail
16959 freeze
16960 ignore
16961 pass
16962 .endd
16963 The default (&"freeze"&) assumes that this state is a serious configuration
16964 error. The difference between &"pass"& and &"decline"& is that the former
16965 forces the address to be passed to the next router (or the router defined by
16966 &%pass_router%&),
16967 .oindex "&%more%&"
16968 overriding &%no_more%&, whereas the latter passes the address to the next
16969 router only if &%more%& is true.
16970
16971 The value &"ignore"& causes Exim to completely ignore a host whose IP address
16972 cannot be found. If all the hosts in the list are ignored, the behaviour is
16973 controlled by the &%host_all_ignored%& option. This takes the same values
16974 as &%host_find_failed%&, except that it cannot be set to &"ignore"&.
16975
16976 The &%host_find_failed%& option applies only to a definite &"does not exist"&
16977 state; if a host lookup gets a temporary error, delivery is deferred unless the
16978 generic &%pass_on_timeout%& option is set.
16979
16980
16981 .option hosts_randomize manualroute boolean false
16982 .cindex "randomized host list"
16983 .cindex "host" "list of; randomized"
16984 If this option is set, the order of the items in a host list in a routing rule
16985 is randomized each time the list is used, unless an option in the routing rule
16986 overrides (see below). Randomizing the order of a host list can be used to do
16987 crude load sharing. However, if more than one mail address is routed by the
16988 same router to the same host list, the host lists are considered to be the same
16989 (even though they may be randomized into different orders) for the purpose of
16990 deciding whether to batch the deliveries into a single SMTP transaction.
16991
16992 When &%hosts_randomize%& is true, a host list may be split
16993 into groups whose order is separately randomized. This makes it possible to
16994 set up MX-like behaviour. The boundaries between groups are indicated by an
16995 item that is just &`+`& in the host list. For example:
16996 .code
16997 route_list = * host1:host2:host3:+:host4:host5
16998 .endd
16999 The order of the first three hosts and the order of the last two hosts is
17000 randomized for each use, but the first three always end up before the last two.
17001 If &%hosts_randomize%& is not set, a &`+`& item in the list is ignored. If a
17002 randomized host list is passed to an &(smtp)& transport that also has
17003 &%hosts_randomize set%&, the list is not re-randomized.
17004
17005
17006 .option route_data manualroute string&!! unset
17007 If this option is set, it must expand to yield the data part of a routing rule.
17008 Typically, the expansion string includes a lookup based on the domain. For
17009 example:
17010 .code
17011 route_data = ${lookup{$domain}dbm{/etc/routes}}
17012 .endd
17013 If the expansion is forced to fail, or the result is an empty string, the
17014 router declines. Other kinds of expansion failure cause delivery to be
17015 deferred.
17016
17017
17018 .option route_list manualroute "string list" unset
17019 This string is a list of routing rules, in the form defined below. Note that,
17020 unlike most string lists, the items are separated by semicolons. This is so
17021 that they may contain colon-separated host lists.
17022
17023
17024 .option same_domain_copy_routing manualroute boolean false
17025 .cindex "address" "copying routing"
17026 Addresses with the same domain are normally routed by the &(manualroute)&
17027 router to the same list of hosts. However, this cannot be presumed, because the
17028 router options and preconditions may refer to the local part of the address. By
17029 default, therefore, Exim routes each address in a message independently. DNS
17030 servers run caches, so repeated DNS lookups are not normally expensive, and in
17031 any case, personal messages rarely have more than a few recipients.
17032
17033 If you are running mailing lists with large numbers of subscribers at the same
17034 domain, and you are using a &(manualroute)& router which is independent of the
17035 local part, you can set &%same_domain_copy_routing%& to bypass repeated DNS
17036 lookups for identical domains in one message. In this case, when
17037 &(manualroute)& routes an address to a remote transport, any other unrouted
17038 addresses in the message that have the same domain are automatically given the
17039 same routing without processing them independently. However, this is only done
17040 if &%headers_add%& and &%headers_remove%& are unset.
17041
17042
17043
17044
17045 .section "Routing rules in route_list" "SECID120"
17046 The value of &%route_list%& is a string consisting of a sequence of routing
17047 rules, separated by semicolons. If a semicolon is needed in a rule, it can be
17048 entered as two semicolons. Alternatively, the list separator can be changed as
17049 described (for colon-separated lists) in section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&.
17050 Empty rules are ignored. The format of each rule is
17051 .display
17052 <&'domain pattern'&> <&'list of hosts'&> <&'options'&>
17053 .endd
17054 The following example contains two rules, each with a simple domain pattern and
17055 no options:
17056 .code
17057 route_list = \
17058 dict.ref.example mail-1.ref.example:mail-2.ref.example ; \
17059 thes.ref.example mail-3.ref.example:mail-4.ref.example
17060 .endd
17061 The three parts of a rule are separated by white space. The pattern and the
17062 list of hosts can be enclosed in quotes if necessary, and if they are, the
17063 usual quoting rules apply. Each rule in a &%route_list%& must start with a
17064 single domain pattern, which is the only mandatory item in the rule. The
17065 pattern is in the same format as one item in a domain list (see section
17066 &<<SECTdomainlist>>&),
17067 except that it may not be the name of an interpolated file.
17068 That is, it may be wildcarded, or a regular expression, or a file or database
17069 lookup (with semicolons doubled, because of the use of semicolon as a separator
17070 in a &%route_list%&).
17071
17072 The rules in &%route_list%& are searched in order until one of the patterns
17073 matches the domain that is being routed. The list of hosts and then options are
17074 then used as described below. If there is no match, the router declines. When
17075 &%route_list%& is set, &%route_data%& must not be set.
17076
17077
17078
17079 .section "Routing rules in route_data" "SECID121"
17080 The use of &%route_list%& is convenient when there are only a small number of
17081 routing rules. For larger numbers, it is easier to use a file or database to
17082 hold the routing information, and use the &%route_data%& option instead.
17083 The value of &%route_data%& is a list of hosts, followed by (optional) options.
17084 Most commonly, &%route_data%& is set as a string that contains an
17085 expansion lookup. For example, suppose we place two routing rules in a file
17086 like this:
17087 .code
17088 dict.ref.example: mail-1.ref.example:mail-2.ref.example
17089 thes.ref.example: mail-3.ref.example:mail-4.ref.example
17090 .endd
17091 This data can be accessed by setting
17092 .code
17093 route_data = ${lookup{$domain}lsearch{/the/file/name}}
17094 .endd
17095 Failure of the lookup results in an empty string, causing the router to
17096 decline. However, you do not have to use a lookup in &%route_data%&. The only
17097 requirement is that the result of expanding the string is a list of hosts,
17098 possibly followed by options, separated by white space. The list of hosts must
17099 be enclosed in quotes if it contains white space.
17100
17101
17102
17103
17104 .section "Format of the list of hosts" "SECID122"
17105 A list of hosts, whether obtained via &%route_data%& or &%route_list%&, is
17106 always separately expanded before use. If the expansion fails, the router
17107 declines. The result of the expansion must be a colon-separated list of names
17108 and/or IP addresses, optionally also including ports. The format of each item
17109 in the list is described in the next section. The list separator can be changed
17110 as described in section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&.
17111
17112 If the list of hosts was obtained from a &%route_list%& item, the following
17113 variables are set during its expansion:
17114
17115 .ilist
17116 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &(manualroute)& router"
17117 If the domain was matched against a regular expression, the numeric variables
17118 &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. may be set. For example:
17119 .code
17120 route_list = ^domain(\d+) host-$1.text.example
17121 .endd
17122 .next
17123 &$0$& is always set to the entire domain.
17124 .next
17125 &$1$& is also set when partial matching is done in a file lookup.
17126
17127 .next
17128 .vindex "&$value$&"
17129 If the pattern that matched the domain was a lookup item, the data that was
17130 looked up is available in the expansion variable &$value$&. For example:
17131 .code
17132 route_list = lsearch;;/some/file.routes $value
17133 .endd
17134 .endlist
17135
17136 Note the doubling of the semicolon in the pattern that is necessary because
17137 semicolon is the default route list separator.
17138
17139
17140
17141 .section "Format of one host item" "SECTformatonehostitem"
17142 Each item in the list of hosts is either a host name or an IP address,
17143 optionally with an attached port number. When no port is given, an IP address
17144 is not enclosed in brackets. When a port is specified, it overrides the port
17145 specification on the transport. The port is separated from the name or address
17146 by a colon. This leads to some complications:
17147
17148 .ilist
17149 Because colon is the default separator for the list of hosts, either
17150 the colon that specifies a port must be doubled, or the list separator must
17151 be changed. The following two examples have the same effect:
17152 .code
17153 route_list = * "host1.tld::1225 : host2.tld::1226"
17154 route_list = * "<+ host1.tld:1225 + host2.tld:1226"
17155 .endd
17156 .next
17157 When IPv6 addresses are involved, it gets worse, because they contain
17158 colons of their own. To make this case easier, it is permitted to
17159 enclose an IP address (either v4 or v6) in square brackets if a port
17160 number follows. For example:
17161 .code
17162 route_list = * "</ [10.1.1.1]:1225 / [::1]:1226"
17163 .endd
17164 .endlist
17165
17166 .section "How the list of hosts is used" "SECThostshowused"
17167 When an address is routed to an &(smtp)& transport by &(manualroute)&, each of
17168 the hosts is tried, in the order specified, when carrying out the SMTP
17169 delivery. However, the order can be changed by setting the &%hosts_randomize%&
17170 option, either on the router (see section &<<SECTprioptman>>& above), or on the
17171 transport.
17172
17173 Hosts may be listed by name or by IP address. An unadorned name in the list of
17174 hosts is interpreted as a host name. A name that is followed by &`/MX`& is
17175 interpreted as an indirection to a sublist of hosts obtained by looking up MX
17176 records in the DNS. For example:
17177 .code
17178 route_list = * x.y.z:p.q.r/MX:e.f.g
17179 .endd
17180 If this feature is used with a port specifier, the port must come last. For
17181 example:
17182 .code
17183 route_list = * dom1.tld/mx::1225
17184 .endd
17185 If the &%hosts_randomize%& option is set, the order of the items in the list is
17186 randomized before any lookups are done. Exim then scans the list; for any name
17187 that is not followed by &`/MX`& it looks up an IP address. If this turns out to
17188 be an interface on the local host and the item is not the first in the list,
17189 Exim discards it and any subsequent items. If it is the first item, what
17190 happens is controlled by the
17191 .oindex "&%self%&" "in &(manualroute)& router"
17192 &%self%& option of the router.
17193
17194 A name on the list that is followed by &`/MX`& is replaced with the list of
17195 hosts obtained by looking up MX records for the name. This is always a DNS
17196 lookup; the &%bydns%& and &%byname%& options (see section &<<SECThowoptused>>&
17197 below) are not relevant here. The order of these hosts is determined by the
17198 preference values in the MX records, according to the usual rules. Because
17199 randomizing happens before the MX lookup, it does not affect the order that is
17200 defined by MX preferences.
17201
17202 If the local host is present in the sublist obtained from MX records, but is
17203 not the most preferred host in that list, it and any equally or less
17204 preferred hosts are removed before the sublist is inserted into the main list.
17205
17206 If the local host is the most preferred host in the MX list, what happens
17207 depends on where in the original list of hosts the &`/MX`& item appears. If it
17208 is not the first item (that is, there are previous hosts in the main list),
17209 Exim discards this name and any subsequent items in the main list.
17210
17211 If the MX item is first in the list of hosts, and the local host is the
17212 most preferred host, what happens is controlled by the &%self%& option of the
17213 router.
17214
17215 DNS failures when lookup up the MX records are treated in the same way as DNS
17216 failures when looking up IP addresses: &%pass_on_timeout%& and
17217 &%host_find_failed%& are used when relevant.
17218
17219 The generic &%ignore_target_hosts%& option applies to all hosts in the list,
17220 whether obtained from an MX lookup or not.
17221
17222
17223
17224 .section "How the options are used" "SECThowoptused"
17225 The options are a sequence of words; in practice no more than three are ever
17226 present. One of the words can be the name of a transport; this overrides the
17227 &%transport%& option on the router for this particular routing rule only. The
17228 other words (if present) control randomization of the list of hosts on a
17229 per-rule basis, and how the IP addresses of the hosts are to be found when
17230 routing to a remote transport. These options are as follows:
17231
17232 .ilist
17233 &%randomize%&: randomize the order of the hosts in this list, overriding the
17234 setting of &%hosts_randomize%& for this routing rule only.
17235 .next
17236 &%no_randomize%&: do not randomize the order of the hosts in this list,
17237 overriding the setting of &%hosts_randomize%& for this routing rule only.
17238 .next
17239 &%byname%&: use &[getipnodebyname()]& (&[gethostbyname()]& on older systems) to
17240 find IP addresses. This function may ultimately cause a DNS lookup, but it may
17241 also look in &_/etc/hosts_& or other sources of information.
17242 .next
17243 &%bydns%&: look up address records for the hosts directly in the DNS; fail if
17244 no address records are found. If there is a temporary DNS error (such as a
17245 timeout), delivery is deferred.
17246 .endlist
17247
17248 For example:
17249 .code
17250 route_list = domain1 host1:host2:host3 randomize bydns;\
17251 domain2 host4:host5
17252 .endd
17253 If neither &%byname%& nor &%bydns%& is given, Exim behaves as follows: First, a
17254 DNS lookup is done. If this yields anything other than HOST_NOT_FOUND, that
17255 result is used. Otherwise, Exim goes on to try a call to &[getipnodebyname()]&
17256 or &[gethostbyname()]&, and the result of the lookup is the result of that
17257 call.
17258
17259 &*Warning*&: It has been discovered that on some systems, if a DNS lookup
17260 called via &[getipnodebyname()]& times out, HOST_NOT_FOUND is returned
17261 instead of TRY_AGAIN. That is why the default action is to try a DNS
17262 lookup first. Only if that gives a definite &"no such host"& is the local
17263 function called.
17264
17265
17266
17267 If no IP address for a host can be found, what happens is controlled by the
17268 &%host_find_failed%& option.
17269
17270 .vindex "&$host$&"
17271 When an address is routed to a local transport, IP addresses are not looked up.
17272 The host list is passed to the transport in the &$host$& variable.
17273
17274
17275
17276 .section "Manualroute examples" "SECID123"
17277 In some of the examples that follow, the presence of the &%remote_smtp%&
17278 transport, as defined in the default configuration file, is assumed:
17279
17280 .ilist
17281 .cindex "smart host" "example router"
17282 The &(manualroute)& router can be used to forward all external mail to a
17283 &'smart host'&. If you have set up, in the main part of the configuration, a
17284 named domain list that contains your local domains, for example:
17285 .code
17286 domainlist local_domains = my.domain.example
17287 .endd
17288 You can arrange for all other domains to be routed to a smart host by making
17289 your first router something like this:
17290 .code
17291 smart_route:
17292 driver = manualroute
17293 domains = !+local_domains
17294 transport = remote_smtp
17295 route_list = * smarthost.ref.example
17296 .endd
17297 This causes all non-local addresses to be sent to the single host
17298 &'smarthost.ref.example'&. If a colon-separated list of smart hosts is given,
17299 they are tried in order
17300 (but you can use &%hosts_randomize%& to vary the order each time).
17301 Another way of configuring the same thing is this:
17302 .code
17303 smart_route:
17304 driver = manualroute
17305 transport = remote_smtp
17306 route_list = !+local_domains smarthost.ref.example
17307 .endd
17308 There is no difference in behaviour between these two routers as they stand.
17309 However, they behave differently if &%no_more%& is added to them. In the first
17310 example, the router is skipped if the domain does not match the &%domains%&
17311 precondition; the following router is always tried. If the router runs, it
17312 always matches the domain and so can never decline. Therefore, &%no_more%&
17313 would have no effect. In the second case, the router is never skipped; it
17314 always runs. However, if it doesn't match the domain, it declines. In this case
17315 &%no_more%& would prevent subsequent routers from running.
17316
17317 .next
17318 .cindex "mail hub example"
17319 A &'mail hub'& is a host which receives mail for a number of domains via MX
17320 records in the DNS and delivers it via its own private routing mechanism. Often
17321 the final destinations are behind a firewall, with the mail hub being the one
17322 machine that can connect to machines both inside and outside the firewall. The
17323 &(manualroute)& router is usually used on a mail hub to route incoming messages
17324 to the correct hosts. For a small number of domains, the routing can be inline,
17325 using the &%route_list%& option, but for a larger number a file or database
17326 lookup is easier to manage.
17327
17328 If the domain names are in fact the names of the machines to which the mail is
17329 to be sent by the mail hub, the configuration can be quite simple. For
17330 example:
17331 .code
17332 hub_route:
17333 driver = manualroute
17334 transport = remote_smtp
17335 route_list = *.rhodes.tvs.example $domain
17336 .endd
17337 This configuration routes domains that match &`*.rhodes.tvs.example`& to hosts
17338 whose names are the same as the mail domains. A similar approach can be taken
17339 if the host name can be obtained from the domain name by a string manipulation
17340 that the expansion facilities can handle. Otherwise, a lookup based on the
17341 domain can be used to find the host:
17342 .code
17343 through_firewall:
17344 driver = manualroute
17345 transport = remote_smtp
17346 route_data = ${lookup {$domain} cdb {/internal/host/routes}}
17347 .endd
17348 The result of the lookup must be the name or IP address of the host (or
17349 hosts) to which the address is to be routed. If the lookup fails, the route
17350 data is empty, causing the router to decline. The address then passes to the
17351 next router.
17352
17353 .next
17354 .cindex "batched SMTP output example"
17355 .cindex "SMTP" "batched outgoing; example"
17356 You can use &(manualroute)& to deliver messages to pipes or files in batched
17357 SMTP format for onward transportation by some other means. This is one way of
17358 storing mail for a dial-up host when it is not connected. The route list entry
17359 can be as simple as a single domain name in a configuration like this:
17360 .code
17361 save_in_file:
17362 driver = manualroute
17363 transport = batchsmtp_appendfile
17364 route_list = saved.domain.example
17365 .endd
17366 though often a pattern is used to pick up more than one domain. If there are
17367 several domains or groups of domains with different transport requirements,
17368 different transports can be listed in the routing information:
17369 .code
17370 save_in_file:
17371 driver = manualroute
17372 route_list = \
17373 *.saved.domain1.example $domain batch_appendfile; \
17374 *.saved.domain2.example \
17375 ${lookup{$domain}dbm{/domain2/hosts}{$value}fail} \
17376 batch_pipe
17377 .endd
17378 .vindex "&$domain$&"
17379 .vindex "&$host$&"
17380 The first of these just passes the domain in the &$host$& variable, which
17381 doesn't achieve much (since it is also in &$domain$&), but the second does a
17382 file lookup to find a value to pass, causing the router to decline to handle
17383 the address if the lookup fails.
17384
17385 .next
17386 .cindex "UUCP" "example of router for"
17387 Routing mail directly to UUCP software is a specific case of the use of
17388 &(manualroute)& in a gateway to another mail environment. This is an example of
17389 one way it can be done:
17390 .code
17391 # Transport
17392 uucp:
17393 driver = pipe
17394 user = nobody
17395 command = /usr/local/bin/uux -r - \
17396 ${substr_-5:$host}!rmail ${local_part}
17397 return_fail_output = true
17398
17399 # Router
17400 uucphost:
17401 transport = uucp
17402 driver = manualroute
17403 route_data = \
17404 ${lookup{$domain}lsearch{/usr/local/exim/uucphosts}}
17405 .endd
17406 The file &_/usr/local/exim/uucphosts_& contains entries like
17407 .code
17408 darksite.ethereal.example: darksite.UUCP
17409 .endd
17410 It can be set up more simply without adding and removing &".UUCP"& but this way
17411 makes clear the distinction between the domain name
17412 &'darksite.ethereal.example'& and the UUCP host name &'darksite'&.
17413 .endlist
17414 .ecindex IIDmanrou1
17415 .ecindex IIDmanrou2
17416
17417
17418
17419
17420
17421
17422
17423
17424 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
17425 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
17426
17427 .chapter "The queryprogram router" "CHAPdriverlast"
17428 .scindex IIDquerou1 "&(queryprogram)& router"
17429 .scindex IIDquerou2 "routers" "&(queryprogram)&"
17430 .cindex "routing" "by external program"
17431 The &(queryprogram)& router routes an address by running an external command
17432 and acting on its output. This is an expensive way to route, and is intended
17433 mainly for use in lightly-loaded systems, or for performing experiments.
17434 However, if it is possible to use the precondition options (&%domains%&,
17435 &%local_parts%&, etc) to skip this router for most addresses, it could sensibly
17436 be used in special cases, even on a busy host. There are the following private
17437 options:
17438 .cindex "options" "&(queryprogram)& router"
17439
17440 .option command queryprogram string&!! unset
17441 This option must be set. It specifies the command that is to be run. The
17442 command is split up into a command name and arguments, and then each is
17443 expanded separately (exactly as for a &(pipe)& transport, described in chapter
17444 &<<CHAPpipetransport>>&).
17445
17446
17447 .option command_group queryprogram string unset
17448 .cindex "gid (group id)" "in &(queryprogram)& router"
17449 This option specifies a gid to be set when running the command while routing an
17450 address for deliver. It must be set if &%command_user%& specifies a numerical
17451 uid. If it begins with a digit, it is interpreted as the numerical value of the
17452 gid. Otherwise it is looked up using &[getgrnam()]&.
17453
17454
17455 .option command_user queryprogram string unset
17456 .cindex "uid (user id)" "for &(queryprogram)&"
17457 This option must be set. It specifies the uid which is set when running the
17458 command while routing an address for delivery. If the value begins with a digit,
17459 it is interpreted as the numerical value of the uid. Otherwise, it is looked up
17460 using &[getpwnam()]& to obtain a value for the uid and, if &%command_group%& is
17461 not set, a value for the gid also.
17462
17463 &*Warning:*& Changing uid and gid is possible only when Exim is running as
17464 root, which it does during a normal delivery in a conventional configuration.
17465 However, when an address is being verified during message reception, Exim is
17466 usually running as the Exim user, not as root. If the &(queryprogram)& router
17467 is called from a non-root process, Exim cannot change uid or gid before running
17468 the command. In this circumstance the command runs under the current uid and
17469 gid.
17470
17471
17472 .option current_directory queryprogram string /
17473 This option specifies an absolute path which is made the current directory
17474 before running the command.
17475
17476
17477 .option timeout queryprogram time 1h
17478 If the command does not complete within the timeout period, its process group
17479 is killed and the message is frozen. A value of zero time specifies no
17480 timeout.
17481
17482
17483 The standard output of the command is connected to a pipe, which is read when
17484 the command terminates. It should consist of a single line of output,
17485 containing up to five fields, separated by white space. The maximum length of
17486 the line is 1023 characters. Longer lines are silently truncated. The first
17487 field is one of the following words (case-insensitive):
17488
17489 .ilist
17490 &'Accept'&: routing succeeded; the remaining fields specify what to do (see
17491 below).
17492 .next
17493 &'Decline'&: the router declines; pass the address to the next router, unless
17494 &%no_more%& is set.
17495 .next
17496 &'Fail'&: routing failed; do not pass the address to any more routers. Any
17497 subsequent text on the line is an error message. If the router is run as part
17498 of address verification during an incoming SMTP message, the message is
17499 included in the SMTP response.
17500 .next
17501 &'Defer'&: routing could not be completed at this time; try again later. Any
17502 subsequent text on the line is an error message which is logged. It is not
17503 included in any SMTP response.
17504 .next
17505 &'Freeze'&: the same as &'defer'&, except that the message is frozen.
17506 .next
17507 &'Pass'&: pass the address to the next router (or the router specified by
17508 &%pass_router%&), overriding &%no_more%&.
17509 .next
17510 &'Redirect'&: the message is redirected. The remainder of the line is a list of
17511 new addresses, which are routed independently, starting with the first router,
17512 or the router specified by &%redirect_router%&, if set.
17513 .endlist
17514
17515 When the first word is &'accept'&, the remainder of the line consists of a
17516 number of keyed data values, as follows (split into two lines here, to fit on
17517 the page):
17518 .code
17519 ACCEPT TRANSPORT=<transport> HOSTS=<list of hosts>
17520 LOOKUP=byname|bydns DATA=<text>
17521 .endd
17522 The data items can be given in any order, and all are optional. If no transport
17523 is included, the transport specified by the generic &%transport%& option is
17524 used. The list of hosts and the lookup type are needed only if the transport is
17525 an &(smtp)& transport that does not itself supply a list of hosts.
17526
17527 The format of the list of hosts is the same as for the &(manualroute)& router.
17528 As well as host names and IP addresses with optional port numbers, as described
17529 in section &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&, it may contain names followed by
17530 &`/MX`& to specify sublists of hosts that are obtained by looking up MX records
17531 (see section &<<SECThostshowused>>&).
17532
17533 If the lookup type is not specified, Exim behaves as follows when trying to
17534 find an IP address for each host: First, a DNS lookup is done. If this yields
17535 anything other than HOST_NOT_FOUND, that result is used. Otherwise, Exim
17536 goes on to try a call to &[getipnodebyname()]& or &[gethostbyname()]&, and the
17537 result of the lookup is the result of that call.
17538
17539 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
17540 If the DATA field is set, its value is placed in the &$address_data$&
17541 variable. For example, this return line
17542 .code
17543 accept hosts=x1.y.example:x2.y.example data="rule1"
17544 .endd
17545 routes the address to the default transport, passing a list of two hosts. When
17546 the transport runs, the string &"rule1"& is in &$address_data$&.
17547 .ecindex IIDquerou1
17548 .ecindex IIDquerou2
17549
17550
17551
17552
17553 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
17554 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
17555
17556 .chapter "The redirect router" "CHAPredirect"
17557 .scindex IIDredrou1 "&(redirect)& router"
17558 .scindex IIDredrou2 "routers" "&(redirect)&"
17559 .cindex "alias file" "in a &(redirect)& router"
17560 .cindex "address redirection" "&(redirect)& router"
17561 The &(redirect)& router handles several kinds of address redirection. Its most
17562 common uses are for resolving local part aliases from a central alias file
17563 (usually called &_/etc/aliases_&) and for handling users' personal &_.forward_&
17564 files, but it has many other potential uses. The incoming address can be
17565 redirected in several different ways:
17566
17567 .ilist
17568 It can be replaced by one or more new addresses which are themselves routed
17569 independently.
17570 .next
17571 It can be routed to be delivered to a given file or directory.
17572 .next
17573 It can be routed to be delivered to a specified pipe command.
17574 .next
17575 It can cause an automatic reply to be generated.
17576 .next
17577 It can be forced to fail, optionally with a custom error message.
17578 .next
17579 It can be temporarily deferred, optionally with a custom message.
17580 .next
17581 It can be discarded.
17582 .endlist
17583
17584 The generic &%transport%& option must not be set for &(redirect)& routers.
17585 However, there are some private options which define transports for delivery to
17586 files and pipes, and for generating autoreplies. See the &%file_transport%&,
17587 &%pipe_transport%& and &%reply_transport%& descriptions below.
17588
17589
17590
17591 .section "Redirection data" "SECID124"
17592 The router operates by interpreting a text string which it obtains either by
17593 expanding the contents of the &%data%& option, or by reading the entire
17594 contents of a file whose name is given in the &%file%& option. These two
17595 options are mutually exclusive. The first is commonly used for handling system
17596 aliases, in a configuration like this:
17597 .code
17598 system_aliases:
17599 driver = redirect
17600 data = ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/etc/aliases}}
17601 .endd
17602 If the lookup fails, the expanded string in this example is empty. When the
17603 expansion of &%data%& results in an empty string, the router declines. A forced
17604 expansion failure also causes the router to decline; other expansion failures
17605 cause delivery to be deferred.
17606
17607 A configuration using &%file%& is commonly used for handling users'
17608 &_.forward_& files, like this:
17609 .code
17610 userforward:
17611 driver = redirect
17612 check_local_user
17613 file = $home/.forward
17614 no_verify
17615 .endd
17616 If the file does not exist, or causes no action to be taken (for example, it is
17617 empty or consists only of comments), the router declines. &*Warning*&: This
17618 is not the case when the file contains syntactically valid items that happen to
17619 yield empty addresses, for example, items containing only RFC 2822 address
17620 comments.
17621
17622
17623
17624 .section "Forward files and address verification" "SECID125"
17625 .cindex "address redirection" "while verifying"
17626 It is usual to set &%no_verify%& on &(redirect)& routers which handle users'
17627 &_.forward_& files, as in the example above. There are two reasons for this:
17628
17629 .ilist
17630 When Exim is receiving an incoming SMTP message from a remote host, it is
17631 running under the Exim uid, not as root. Exim is unable to change uid to read
17632 the file as the user, and it may not be able to read it as the Exim user. So in
17633 practice the router may not be able to operate.
17634 .next
17635 However, even when the router can operate, the existence of a &_.forward_& file
17636 is unimportant when verifying an address. What should be checked is whether the
17637 local part is a valid user name or not. Cutting out the redirection processing
17638 saves some resources.
17639 .endlist
17640
17641
17642
17643
17644
17645
17646 .section "Interpreting redirection data" "SECID126"
17647 .cindex "Sieve filter" "specifying in redirection data"
17648 .cindex "filter" "specifying in redirection data"
17649 The contents of the data string, whether obtained from &%data%& or &%file%&,
17650 can be interpreted in two different ways:
17651
17652 .ilist
17653 If the &%allow_filter%& option is set true, and the data begins with the text
17654 &"#Exim filter"& or &"#Sieve filter"&, it is interpreted as a list of
17655 &'filtering'& instructions in the form of an Exim or Sieve filter file,
17656 respectively. Details of the syntax and semantics of filter files are described
17657 in a separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'&; this
17658 document is intended for use by end users.
17659 .next
17660 Otherwise, the data must be a comma-separated list of redirection items, as
17661 described in the next section.
17662 .endlist
17663
17664 When a message is redirected to a file (a &"mail folder"&), the file name given
17665 in a non-filter redirection list must always be an absolute path. A filter may
17666 generate a relative path &-- how this is handled depends on the transport's
17667 configuration. See section &<<SECTfildiropt>>& for a discussion of this issue
17668 for the &(appendfile)& transport.
17669
17670
17671
17672 .section "Items in a non-filter redirection list" "SECTitenonfilred"
17673 .cindex "address redirection" "non-filter list items"
17674 When the redirection data is not an Exim or Sieve filter, for example, if it
17675 comes from a conventional alias or forward file, it consists of a list of
17676 addresses, file names, pipe commands, or certain special items (see section
17677 &<<SECTspecitredli>>& below). The special items can be individually enabled or
17678 disabled by means of options whose names begin with &%allow_%& or &%forbid_%&,
17679 depending on their default values. The items in the list are separated by
17680 commas or newlines.
17681 If a comma is required in an item, the entire item must be enclosed in double
17682 quotes.
17683
17684 Lines starting with a # character are comments, and are ignored, and # may
17685 also appear following a comma, in which case everything between the # and the
17686 next newline character is ignored.
17687
17688 If an item is entirely enclosed in double quotes, these are removed. Otherwise
17689 double quotes are retained because some forms of mail address require their use
17690 (but never to enclose the entire address). In the following description,
17691 &"item"& refers to what remains after any surrounding double quotes have been
17692 removed.
17693
17694 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
17695 &*Warning*&: If you use an Exim expansion to construct a redirection address,
17696 and the expansion contains a reference to &$local_part$&, you should make use
17697 of the &%quote_local_part%& expansion operator, in case the local part contains
17698 special characters. For example, to redirect all mail for the domain
17699 &'obsolete.example'&, retaining the existing local part, you could use this
17700 setting:
17701 .code
17702 data = ${quote_local_part:$local_part}@newdomain.example
17703 .endd
17704
17705
17706 .section "Redirecting to a local mailbox" "SECTredlocmai"
17707 .cindex "routing" "loops in"
17708 .cindex "loop" "while routing, avoidance of"
17709 .cindex "address redirection" "to local mailbox"
17710 A redirection item may safely be the same as the address currently under
17711 consideration. This does not cause a routing loop, because a router is
17712 automatically skipped if any ancestor of the address that is being processed
17713 is the same as the current address and was processed by the current router.
17714 Such an address is therefore passed to the following routers, so it is handled
17715 as if there were no redirection. When making this loop-avoidance test, the
17716 complete local part, including any prefix or suffix, is used.
17717
17718 .cindex "address redirection" "local part without domain"
17719 Specifying the same local part without a domain is a common usage in personal
17720 filter files when the user wants to have messages delivered to the local
17721 mailbox and also forwarded elsewhere. For example, the user whose login is
17722 &'cleo'& might have a &_.forward_& file containing this:
17723 .code
17724 cleo, cleopatra@egypt.example
17725 .endd
17726 .cindex "backslash in alias file"
17727 .cindex "alias file" "backslash in"
17728 For compatibility with other MTAs, such unqualified local parts may be
17729 preceded by &"\"&, but this is not a requirement for loop prevention. However,
17730 it does make a difference if more than one domain is being handled
17731 synonymously.
17732
17733 If an item begins with &"\"& and the rest of the item parses as a valid RFC
17734 2822 address that does not include a domain, the item is qualified using the
17735 domain of the incoming address. In the absence of a leading &"\"&, unqualified
17736 addresses are qualified using the value in &%qualify_recipient%&, but you can
17737 force the incoming domain to be used by setting &%qualify_preserve_domain%&.
17738
17739 Care must be taken if there are alias names for local users.
17740 Consider an MTA handling a single local domain where the system alias file
17741 contains:
17742 .code
17743 Sam.Reman: spqr
17744 .endd
17745 Now suppose that Sam (whose login id is &'spqr'&) wants to save copies of
17746 messages in the local mailbox, and also forward copies elsewhere. He creates
17747 this forward file:
17748 .code
17749 Sam.Reman, spqr@reme.elsewhere.example
17750 .endd
17751 With these settings, an incoming message addressed to &'Sam.Reman'& fails. The
17752 &(redirect)& router for system aliases does not process &'Sam.Reman'& the
17753 second time round, because it has previously routed it,
17754 and the following routers presumably cannot handle the alias. The forward file
17755 should really contain
17756 .code
17757 spqr, spqr@reme.elsewhere.example
17758 .endd
17759 but because this is such a common error, the &%check_ancestor%& option (see
17760 below) exists to provide a way to get round it. This is normally set on a
17761 &(redirect)& router that is handling users' &_.forward_& files.
17762
17763
17764
17765 .section "Special items in redirection lists" "SECTspecitredli"
17766 In addition to addresses, the following types of item may appear in redirection
17767 lists (that is, in non-filter redirection data):
17768
17769 .ilist
17770 .cindex "pipe" "in redirection list"
17771 .cindex "address redirection" "to pipe"
17772 An item is treated as a pipe command if it begins with &"|"& and does not parse
17773 as a valid RFC 2822 address that includes a domain. A transport for running the
17774 command must be specified by the &%pipe_transport%& option.
17775 Normally, either the router or the transport specifies a user and a group under
17776 which to run the delivery. The default is to use the Exim user and group.
17777
17778 Single or double quotes can be used for enclosing the individual arguments of
17779 the pipe command; no interpretation of escapes is done for single quotes. If
17780 the command contains a comma character, it is necessary to put the whole item
17781 in double quotes, for example:
17782 .code
17783 "|/some/command ready,steady,go"
17784 .endd
17785 since items in redirection lists are terminated by commas. Do not, however,
17786 quote just the command. An item such as
17787 .code
17788 |"/some/command ready,steady,go"
17789 .endd
17790 is interpreted as a pipe with a rather strange command name, and no arguments.
17791
17792 .next
17793 .cindex "file" "in redirection list"
17794 .cindex "address redirection" "to file"
17795 An item is interpreted as a path name if it begins with &"/"& and does not
17796 parse as a valid RFC 2822 address that includes a domain. For example,
17797 .code
17798 /home/world/minbari
17799 .endd
17800 is treated as a file name, but
17801 .code
17802 /s=molari/o=babylon/@x400gate.way
17803 .endd
17804 is treated as an address. For a file name, a transport must be specified using
17805 the &%file_transport%& option. However, if the generated path name ends with a
17806 forward slash character, it is interpreted as a directory name rather than a
17807 file name, and &%directory_transport%& is used instead.
17808
17809 Normally, either the router or the transport specifies a user and a group under
17810 which to run the delivery. The default is to use the Exim user and group.
17811
17812 .cindex "&_/dev/null_&"
17813 However, if a redirection item is the path &_/dev/null_&, delivery to it is
17814 bypassed at a high level, and the log entry shows &"**bypassed**"&
17815 instead of a transport name. In this case the user and group are not used.
17816
17817 .next
17818 .cindex "included address list"
17819 .cindex "address redirection" "included external list"
17820 If an item is of the form
17821 .code
17822 :include:<path name>
17823 .endd
17824 a list of further items is taken from the given file and included at that
17825 point. &*Note*&: Such a file can not be a filter file; it is just an
17826 out-of-line addition to the list. The items in the included list are separated
17827 by commas or newlines and are not subject to expansion. If this is the first
17828 item in an alias list in an &(lsearch)& file, a colon must be used to terminate
17829 the alias name. This example is incorrect:
17830 .code
17831 list1 :include:/opt/lists/list1
17832 .endd
17833 It must be given as
17834 .code
17835 list1: :include:/opt/lists/list1
17836 .endd
17837 .next
17838 .cindex "address redirection" "to black hole"
17839 Sometimes you want to throw away mail to a particular local part. Making the
17840 &%data%& option expand to an empty string does not work, because that causes
17841 the router to decline. Instead, the alias item
17842 .cindex "black hole"
17843 .cindex "abandoning mail"
17844 &':blackhole:'& can be used. It does what its name implies. No delivery is
17845 done, and no error message is generated. This has the same effect as specifing
17846 &_/dev/null_& as a destination, but it can be independently disabled.
17847
17848 &*Warning*&: If &':blackhole:'& appears anywhere in a redirection list, no
17849 delivery is done for the original local part, even if other redirection items
17850 are present. If you are generating a multi-item list (for example, by reading a
17851 database) and need the ability to provide a no-op item, you must use
17852 &_/dev/null_&.
17853
17854 .next
17855 .cindex "delivery" "forcing failure"
17856 .cindex "delivery" "forcing deferral"
17857 .cindex "failing delivery" "forcing"
17858 .cindex "deferred delivery, forcing"
17859 .cindex "customizing" "failure message"
17860 An attempt to deliver a particular address can be deferred or forced to fail by
17861 redirection items of the form
17862 .code
17863 :defer:
17864 :fail:
17865 .endd
17866 .new
17867 respectively. When a redirection list contains such an item, it applies
17868 to the entire redirection; any other items in the list are ignored. Any
17869 text following &':fail:'& or &':defer:'& is placed in the error text
17870 associated with the failure. For example, an alias file might contain:
17871 .wen
17872 .code
17873 X.Employee: :fail: Gone away, no forwarding address
17874 .endd
17875 In the case of an address that is being verified from an ACL or as the subject
17876 of a
17877 .cindex "VRFY" "error text, display of"
17878 VRFY command, the text is included in the SMTP error response by
17879 default.
17880 .cindex "EXPN" "error text, display of"
17881 The text is not included in the response to an EXPN command. In non-SMTP cases
17882 the text is included in the error message that Exim generates.
17883
17884 .cindex "SMTP" "error codes"
17885 By default, Exim sends a 451 SMTP code for a &':defer:'&, and 550 for
17886 &':fail:'&. However, if the message starts with three digits followed by a
17887 space, optionally followed by an extended code of the form &'n.n.n'&, also
17888 followed by a space, and the very first digit is the same as the default error
17889 code, the code from the message is used instead. If the very first digit is
17890 incorrect, a panic error is logged, and the default code is used. You can
17891 suppress the use of the supplied code in a redirect router by setting the
17892 &%forbid_smtp_code%& option true. In this case, any SMTP code is quietly
17893 ignored.
17894
17895 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
17896 In an ACL, an explicitly provided message overrides the default, but the
17897 default message is available in the variable &$acl_verify_message$& and can
17898 therefore be included in a custom message if this is desired.
17899
17900 Normally the error text is the rest of the redirection list &-- a comma does
17901 not terminate it &-- but a newline does act as a terminator. Newlines are not
17902 normally present in alias expansions. In &(lsearch)& lookups they are removed
17903 as part of the continuation process, but they may exist in other kinds of
17904 lookup and in &':include:'& files.
17905
17906 During routing for message delivery (as opposed to verification), a redirection
17907 containing &':fail:'& causes an immediate failure of the incoming address,
17908 whereas &':defer:'& causes the message to remain on the queue so that a
17909 subsequent delivery attempt can happen at a later time. If an address is
17910 deferred for too long, it will ultimately fail, because the normal retry
17911 rules still apply.
17912
17913 .next
17914 .cindex "alias file" "exception to default"
17915 Sometimes it is useful to use a single-key search type with a default (see
17916 chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&) to look up aliases. However, there may be a need
17917 for exceptions to the default. These can be handled by aliasing them to
17918 &':unknown:'&. This differs from &':fail:'& in that it causes the &(redirect)&
17919 router to decline, whereas &':fail:'& forces routing to fail. A lookup which
17920 results in an empty redirection list has the same effect.
17921 .endlist
17922
17923
17924 .section "Duplicate addresses" "SECTdupaddr"
17925 .cindex "duplicate addresses"
17926 .cindex "address duplicate, discarding"
17927 .cindex "pipe" "duplicated"
17928 Exim removes duplicate addresses from the list to which it is delivering, so as
17929 to deliver just one copy to each address. This does not apply to deliveries
17930 routed to pipes by different immediate parent addresses, but an indirect
17931 aliasing scheme of the type
17932 .code
17933 pipe: |/some/command $local_part
17934 localpart1: pipe
17935 localpart2: pipe
17936 .endd
17937 does not work with a message that is addressed to both local parts, because
17938 when the second is aliased to the intermediate local part &"pipe"& it gets
17939 discarded as being the same as a previously handled address. However, a scheme
17940 such as
17941 .code
17942 localpart1: |/some/command $local_part
17943 localpart2: |/some/command $local_part
17944 .endd
17945 does result in two different pipe deliveries, because the immediate parents of
17946 the pipes are distinct.
17947
17948
17949
17950 .section "Repeated redirection expansion" "SECID128"
17951 .cindex "repeated redirection expansion"
17952 .cindex "address redirection" "repeated for each delivery attempt"
17953 When a message cannot be delivered to all of its recipients immediately,
17954 leading to two or more delivery attempts, redirection expansion is carried out
17955 afresh each time for those addresses whose children were not all previously
17956 delivered. If redirection is being used as a mailing list, this can lead to new
17957 members of the list receiving copies of old messages. The &%one_time%& option
17958 can be used to avoid this.
17959
17960
17961 .section "Errors in redirection lists" "SECID129"
17962 .cindex "address redirection" "errors"
17963 If &%skip_syntax_errors%& is set, a malformed address that causes a parsing
17964 error is skipped, and an entry is written to the main log. This may be useful
17965 for mailing lists that are automatically managed. Otherwise, if an error is
17966 detected while generating the list of new addresses, the original address is
17967 deferred. See also &%syntax_errors_to%&.
17968
17969
17970
17971 .section "Private options for the redirect router" "SECID130"
17972
17973 .cindex "options" "&(redirect)& router"
17974 The private options for the &(redirect)& router are as follows:
17975
17976
17977 .option allow_defer redirect boolean false
17978 Setting this option allows the use of &':defer:'& in non-filter redirection
17979 data, or the &%defer%& command in an Exim filter file.
17980
17981
17982 .option allow_fail redirect boolean false
17983 .cindex "failing delivery" "from filter"
17984 If this option is true, the &':fail:'& item can be used in a redirection list,
17985 and the &%fail%& command may be used in an Exim filter file.
17986
17987
17988 .option allow_filter redirect boolean false
17989 .cindex "filter" "enabling use of"
17990 .cindex "Sieve filter" "enabling use of"
17991 Setting this option allows Exim to interpret redirection data that starts with
17992 &"#Exim filter"& or &"#Sieve filter"& as a set of filtering instructions. There
17993 are some features of Exim filter files that some administrators may wish to
17994 lock out; see the &%forbid_filter_%&&'xxx'& options below.
17995
17996 It is also possible to lock out Exim filters or Sieve filters while allowing
17997 the other type; see &%forbid_exim_filter%& and &%forbid_sieve_filter%&.
17998
17999
18000 The filter is run using the uid and gid set by the generic &%user%& and
18001 &%group%& options. These take their defaults from the password data if
18002 &%check_local_user%& is set, so in the normal case of users' personal filter
18003 files, the filter is run as the relevant user. When &%allow_filter%& is set
18004 true, Exim insists that either &%check_local_user%& or &%user%& is set.
18005
18006
18007
18008 .option allow_freeze redirect boolean false
18009 .cindex "freezing messages" "allowing in filter"
18010 Setting this option allows the use of the &%freeze%& command in an Exim filter.
18011 This command is more normally encountered in system filters, and is disabled by
18012 default for redirection filters because it isn't something you usually want to
18013 let ordinary users do.
18014
18015
18016
18017 .option check_ancestor redirect boolean false
18018 This option is concerned with handling generated addresses that are the same
18019 as some address in the list of redirection ancestors of the current address.
18020 Although it is turned off by default in the code, it is set in the default
18021 configuration file for handling users' &_.forward_& files. It is recommended
18022 for this use of the &(redirect)& router.
18023
18024 When &%check_ancestor%& is set, if a generated address (including the domain)
18025 is the same as any ancestor of the current address, it is replaced by a copy of
18026 the current address. This helps in the case where local part A is aliased to B,
18027 and B has a &_.forward_& file pointing back to A. For example, within a single
18028 domain, the local part &"Joe.Bloggs"& is aliased to &"jb"& and
18029 &_&~jb/.forward_& contains:
18030 .code
18031 \Joe.Bloggs, <other item(s)>
18032 .endd
18033 Without the &%check_ancestor%& setting, either local part (&"jb"& or
18034 &"joe.bloggs"&) gets processed once by each router and so ends up as it was
18035 originally. If &"jb"& is the real mailbox name, mail to &"jb"& gets delivered
18036 (having been turned into &"joe.bloggs"& by the &_.forward_& file and back to
18037 &"jb"& by the alias), but mail to &"joe.bloggs"& fails. Setting
18038 &%check_ancestor%& on the &(redirect)& router that handles the &_.forward_&
18039 file prevents it from turning &"jb"& back into &"joe.bloggs"& when that was the
18040 original address. See also the &%repeat_use%& option below.
18041
18042
18043 .option check_group redirect boolean "see below"
18044 When the &%file%& option is used, the group owner of the file is checked only
18045 when this option is set. The permitted groups are those listed in the
18046 &%owngroups%& option, together with the user's default group if
18047 &%check_local_user%& is set. If the file has the wrong group, routing is
18048 deferred. The default setting for this option is true if &%check_local_user%&
18049 is set and the &%modemask%& option permits the group write bit, or if the
18050 &%owngroups%& option is set. Otherwise it is false, and no group check occurs.
18051
18052
18053
18054 .option check_owner redirect boolean "see below"
18055 When the &%file%& option is used, the owner of the file is checked only when
18056 this option is set. If &%check_local_user%& is set, the local user is
18057 permitted; otherwise the owner must be one of those listed in the &%owners%&
18058 option. The default value for this option is true if &%check_local_user%& or
18059 &%owners%& is set. Otherwise the default is false, and no owner check occurs.
18060
18061
18062 .option data redirect string&!! unset
18063 This option is mutually exclusive with &%file%&. One or other of them must be
18064 set, but not both. The contents of &%data%& are expanded, and then used as the
18065 list of forwarding items, or as a set of filtering instructions. If the
18066 expansion is forced to fail, or the result is an empty string or a string that
18067 has no effect (consists entirely of comments), the router declines.
18068
18069 When filtering instructions are used, the string must begin with &"#Exim
18070 filter"&, and all comments in the string, including this initial one, must be
18071 terminated with newline characters. For example:
18072 .code
18073 data = #Exim filter\n\
18074 if $h_to: contains Exim then save $home/mail/exim endif
18075 .endd
18076 If you are reading the data from a database where newlines cannot be included,
18077 you can use the &${sg}$& expansion item to turn the escape string of your
18078 choice into a newline.
18079
18080
18081 .option directory_transport redirect string&!! unset
18082 A &(redirect)& router sets up a direct delivery to a directory when a path name
18083 ending with a slash is specified as a new &"address"&. The transport used is
18084 specified by this option, which, after expansion, must be the name of a
18085 configured transport. This should normally be an &(appendfile)& transport.
18086
18087
18088 .option file redirect string&!! unset
18089 This option specifies the name of a file that contains the redirection data. It
18090 is mutually exclusive with the &%data%& option. The string is expanded before
18091 use; if the expansion is forced to fail, the router declines. Other expansion
18092 failures cause delivery to be deferred. The result of a successful expansion
18093 must be an absolute path. The entire file is read and used as the redirection
18094 data. If the data is an empty string or a string that has no effect (consists
18095 entirely of comments), the router declines.
18096
18097 .cindex "NFS" "checking for file existence"
18098 If the attempt to open the file fails with a &"does not exist"& error, Exim
18099 runs a check on the containing directory,
18100 unless &%ignore_enotdir%& is true (see below).
18101 If the directory does not appear to exist, delivery is deferred. This can
18102 happen when users' &_.forward_& files are in NFS-mounted directories, and there
18103 is a mount problem. If the containing directory does exist, but the file does
18104 not, the router declines.
18105
18106
18107 .option file_transport redirect string&!! unset
18108 .vindex "&$address_file$&"
18109 A &(redirect)& router sets up a direct delivery to a file when a path name not
18110 ending in a slash is specified as a new &"address"&. The transport used is
18111 specified by this option, which, after expansion, must be the name of a
18112 configured transport. This should normally be an &(appendfile)& transport. When
18113 it is running, the file name is in &$address_file$&.
18114
18115
18116 .option filter_prepend_home redirect boolean true
18117 When this option is true, if a &(save)& command in an Exim filter specifies a
18118 relative path, and &$home$& is defined, it is automatically prepended to the
18119 relative path. If this option is set false, this action does not happen. The
18120 relative path is then passed to the transport unmodified.
18121
18122
18123 .option forbid_blackhole redirect boolean false
18124 If this option is true, the &':blackhole:'& item may not appear in a
18125 redirection list.
18126
18127
18128 .option forbid_exim_filter redirect boolean false
18129 If this option is set true, only Sieve filters are permitted when
18130 &%allow_filter%& is true.
18131
18132
18133
18134
18135 .option forbid_file redirect boolean false
18136 .cindex "delivery" "to file; forbidding"
18137 .cindex "Sieve filter" "forbidding delivery to a file"
18138 .cindex "Sieve filter" "&""keep""& facility; disabling"
18139 If this option is true, this router may not generate a new address that
18140 specifies delivery to a local file or directory, either from a filter or from a
18141 conventional forward file. This option is forced to be true if &%one_time%& is
18142 set. It applies to Sieve filters as well as to Exim filters, but if true, it
18143 locks out the Sieve's &"keep"& facility.
18144
18145
18146 .option forbid_filter_dlfunc redirect boolean false
18147 .cindex "filter" "locking out certain features"
18148 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filters are not allowed to
18149 make use of the &%dlfunc%& expansion facility to run dynamically loaded
18150 functions.
18151
18152 .option forbid_filter_existstest redirect boolean false
18153 .cindex "expansion" "statting a file"
18154 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filters are not allowed to
18155 make use of the &%exists%& condition or the &%stat%& expansion item.
18156
18157 .option forbid_filter_logwrite redirect boolean false
18158 If this option is true, use of the logging facility in Exim filters is not
18159 permitted. Logging is in any case available only if the filter is being run
18160 under some unprivileged uid (which is normally the case for ordinary users'
18161 &_.forward_& files).
18162
18163
18164 .option forbid_filter_lookup redirect boolean false
18165 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
18166 to make use of &%lookup%& items.
18167
18168
18169 .option forbid_filter_perl redirect boolean false
18170 This option has an effect only if Exim is built with embedded Perl support. If
18171 it is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed to make use
18172 of the embedded Perl support.
18173
18174
18175 .option forbid_filter_readfile redirect boolean false
18176 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
18177 to make use of &%readfile%& items.
18178
18179
18180 .option forbid_filter_readsocket redirect boolean false
18181 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
18182 to make use of &%readsocket%& items.
18183
18184
18185 .option forbid_filter_reply redirect boolean false
18186 If this option is true, this router may not generate an automatic reply
18187 message. Automatic replies can be generated only from Exim or Sieve filter
18188 files, not from traditional forward files. This option is forced to be true if
18189 &%one_time%& is set.
18190
18191
18192 .option forbid_filter_run redirect boolean false
18193 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
18194 to make use of &%run%& items.
18195
18196
18197 .option forbid_include redirect boolean false
18198 If this option is true, items of the form
18199 .code
18200 :include:<path name>
18201 .endd
18202 are not permitted in non-filter redirection lists.
18203
18204
18205 .option forbid_pipe redirect boolean false
18206 .cindex "delivery" "to pipe; forbidding"
18207 If this option is true, this router may not generate a new address which
18208 specifies delivery to a pipe, either from an Exim filter or from a conventional
18209 forward file. This option is forced to be true if &%one_time%& is set.
18210
18211
18212 .option forbid_sieve_filter redirect boolean false
18213 If this option is set true, only Exim filters are permitted when
18214 &%allow_filter%& is true.
18215
18216
18217 .cindex "SMTP" "error codes"
18218 .option forbid_smtp_code redirect boolean false
18219 If this option is set true, any SMTP error codes that are present at the start
18220 of messages specified for &`:defer:`& or &`:fail:`& are quietly ignored, and
18221 the default codes (451 and 550, respectively) are always used.
18222
18223
18224
18225
18226 .option hide_child_in_errmsg redirect boolean false
18227 .cindex "bounce message" "redirection details; suppressing"
18228 If this option is true, it prevents Exim from quoting a child address if it
18229 generates a bounce or delay message for it. Instead it says &"an address
18230 generated from <&'the top level address'&>"&. Of course, this applies only to
18231 bounces generated locally. If a message is forwarded to another host, &'its'&
18232 bounce may well quote the generated address.
18233
18234
18235 .option ignore_eacces redirect boolean false
18236 .cindex "EACCES"
18237 If this option is set and an attempt to open a redirection file yields the
18238 EACCES error (permission denied), the &(redirect)& router behaves as if the
18239 file did not exist.
18240
18241
18242 .option ignore_enotdir redirect boolean false
18243 .cindex "ENOTDIR"
18244 If this option is set and an attempt to open a redirection file yields the
18245 ENOTDIR error (something on the path is not a directory), the &(redirect)&
18246 router behaves as if the file did not exist.
18247
18248 Setting &%ignore_enotdir%& has another effect as well: When a &(redirect)&
18249 router that has the &%file%& option set discovers that the file does not exist
18250 (the ENOENT error), it tries to &[stat()]& the parent directory, as a check
18251 against unmounted NFS directories. If the parent can not be statted, delivery
18252 is deferred. However, it seems wrong to do this check when &%ignore_enotdir%&
18253 is set, because that option tells Exim to ignore &"something on the path is not
18254 a directory"& (the ENOTDIR error). This is a confusing area, because it seems
18255 that some operating systems give ENOENT where others give ENOTDIR.
18256
18257
18258
18259 .option include_directory redirect string unset
18260 If this option is set, the path names of any &':include:'& items in a
18261 redirection list must start with this directory.
18262
18263
18264 .option modemask redirect "octal integer" 022
18265 This specifies mode bits which must not be set for a file specified by the
18266 &%file%& option. If any of the forbidden bits are set, delivery is deferred.
18267
18268
18269 .option one_time redirect boolean false
18270 .cindex "one-time aliasing/forwarding expansion"
18271 .cindex "alias file" "one-time expansion"
18272 .cindex "forward file" "one-time expansion"
18273 .cindex "mailing lists" "one-time expansion"
18274 .cindex "address redirection" "one-time expansion"
18275 Sometimes the fact that Exim re-evaluates aliases and reprocesses redirection
18276 files each time it tries to deliver a message causes a problem when one or more
18277 of the generated addresses fails be delivered at the first attempt. The problem
18278 is not one of duplicate delivery &-- Exim is clever enough to handle that &--
18279 but of what happens when the redirection list changes during the time that the
18280 message is on Exim's queue. This is particularly true in the case of mailing
18281 lists, where new subscribers might receive copies of messages that were posted
18282 before they subscribed.
18283
18284 If &%one_time%& is set and any addresses generated by the router fail to
18285 deliver at the first attempt, the failing addresses are added to the message as
18286 &"top level"& addresses, and the parent address that generated them is marked
18287 &"delivered"&. Thus, redirection does not happen again at the next delivery
18288 attempt.
18289
18290 &*Warning 1*&: Any header line addition or removal that is specified by this
18291 router would be lost if delivery did not succeed at the first attempt. For this
18292 reason, the &%headers_add%& and &%headers_remove%& generic options are not
18293 permitted when &%one_time%& is set.
18294
18295 &*Warning 2*&: To ensure that the router generates only addresses (as opposed
18296 to pipe or file deliveries or auto-replies) &%forbid_file%&, &%forbid_pipe%&,
18297 and &%forbid_filter_reply%& are forced to be true when &%one_time%& is set.
18298
18299 &*Warning 3*&: The &%unseen%& generic router option may not be set with
18300 &%one_time%&.
18301
18302 The original top-level address is remembered with each of the generated
18303 addresses, and is output in any log messages. However, any intermediate parent
18304 addresses are not recorded. This makes a difference to the log only if
18305 &%all_parents%& log selector is set. It is expected that &%one_time%& will
18306 typically be used for mailing lists, where there is normally just one level of
18307 expansion.
18308
18309
18310 .option owners redirect "string list" unset
18311 .cindex "ownership" "alias file"
18312 .cindex "ownership" "forward file"
18313 .cindex "alias file" "ownership"
18314 .cindex "forward file" "ownership"
18315 This specifies a list of permitted owners for the file specified by &%file%&.
18316 This list is in addition to the local user when &%check_local_user%& is set.
18317 See &%check_owner%& above.
18318
18319
18320 .option owngroups redirect "string list" unset
18321 This specifies a list of permitted groups for the file specified by &%file%&.
18322 The list is in addition to the local user's primary group when
18323 &%check_local_user%& is set. See &%check_group%& above.
18324
18325
18326 .option pipe_transport redirect string&!! unset
18327 .vindex "&$address_pipe$&"
18328 A &(redirect)& router sets up a direct delivery to a pipe when a string
18329 starting with a vertical bar character is specified as a new &"address"&. The
18330 transport used is specified by this option, which, after expansion, must be the
18331 name of a configured transport. This should normally be a &(pipe)& transport.
18332 When the transport is run, the pipe command is in &$address_pipe$&.
18333
18334
18335 .option qualify_domain redirect string&!! unset
18336 .vindex "&$qualify_recipient$&"
18337 If this option is set, and an unqualified address (one without a domain) is
18338 generated, and that address would normally be qualified by the global setting
18339 in &%qualify_recipient%&, it is instead qualified with the domain specified by
18340 expanding this string. If the expansion fails, the router declines. If you want
18341 to revert to the default, you can have the expansion generate
18342 &$qualify_recipient$&.
18343
18344 This option applies to all unqualified addresses generated by Exim filters,
18345 but for traditional &_.forward_& files, it applies only to addresses that are
18346 not preceded by a backslash. Sieve filters cannot generate unqualified
18347 addresses.
18348
18349 .option qualify_preserve_domain redirect boolean false
18350 .cindex "domain" "in redirection; preserving"
18351 .cindex "preserving domain in redirection"
18352 .cindex "address redirection" "domain; preserving"
18353 If this option is set, the router's local &%qualify_domain%& option must not be
18354 set (a configuration error occurs if it is). If an unqualified address (one
18355 without a domain) is generated, it is qualified with the domain of the parent
18356 address (the immediately preceding ancestor) instead of the global
18357 &%qualify_recipient%& value. In the case of a traditional &_.forward_& file,
18358 this applies whether or not the address is preceded by a backslash.
18359
18360
18361 .option repeat_use redirect boolean true
18362 If this option is set false, the router is skipped for a child address that has
18363 any ancestor that was routed by this router. This test happens before any of
18364 the other preconditions are tested. Exim's default anti-looping rules skip
18365 only when the ancestor is the same as the current address. See also
18366 &%check_ancestor%& above and the generic &%redirect_router%& option.
18367
18368
18369 .option reply_transport redirect string&!! unset
18370 A &(redirect)& router sets up an automatic reply when a &%mail%& or
18371 &%vacation%& command is used in a filter file. The transport used is specified
18372 by this option, which, after expansion, must be the name of a configured
18373 transport. This should normally be an &(autoreply)& transport. Other transports
18374 are unlikely to do anything sensible or useful.
18375
18376
18377 .option rewrite redirect boolean true
18378 .cindex "address redirection" "disabling rewriting"
18379 If this option is set false, addresses generated by the router are not
18380 subject to address rewriting. Otherwise, they are treated like new addresses
18381 and are rewritten according to the global rewriting rules.
18382
18383
18384 .option sieve_subaddress redirect string&!! unset
18385 The value of this option is passed to a Sieve filter to specify the
18386 :subaddress part of an address.
18387
18388 .option sieve_useraddress redirect string&!! unset
18389 The value of this option is passed to a Sieve filter to specify the :user part
18390 of an address. However, if it is unset, the entire original local part
18391 (including any prefix or suffix) is used for :user.
18392
18393
18394 .option sieve_vacation_directory redirect string&!! unset
18395 .cindex "Sieve filter" "vacation directory"
18396 To enable the &"vacation"& extension for Sieve filters, you must set
18397 &%sieve_vacation_directory%& to the directory where vacation databases are held
18398 (do not put anything else in that directory), and ensure that the
18399 &%reply_transport%& option refers to an &(autoreply)& transport. Each user
18400 needs their own directory; Exim will create it if necessary.
18401
18402
18403
18404 .option skip_syntax_errors redirect boolean false
18405 .cindex "forward file" "broken"
18406 .cindex "address redirection" "broken files"
18407 .cindex "alias file" "broken"
18408 .cindex "broken alias or forward files"
18409 .cindex "ignoring faulty addresses"
18410 .cindex "skipping faulty addresses"
18411 .cindex "error" "skipping bad syntax"
18412 If &%skip_syntax_errors%& is set, syntactically malformed addresses in
18413 non-filter redirection data are skipped, and each failing address is logged. If
18414 &%syntax_errors_to%& is set, a message is sent to the address it defines,
18415 giving details of the failures. If &%syntax_errors_text%& is set, its contents
18416 are expanded and placed at the head of the error message generated by
18417 &%syntax_errors_to%&. Usually it is appropriate to set &%syntax_errors_to%& to
18418 be the same address as the generic &%errors_to%& option. The
18419 &%skip_syntax_errors%& option is often used when handling mailing lists.
18420
18421 If all the addresses in a redirection list are skipped because of syntax
18422 errors, the router declines to handle the original address, and it is passed to
18423 the following routers.
18424
18425 If &%skip_syntax_errors%& is set when an Exim filter is interpreted, any syntax
18426 error in the filter causes filtering to be abandoned without any action being
18427 taken. The incident is logged, and the router declines to handle the address,
18428 so it is passed to the following routers.
18429
18430 .cindex "Sieve filter" "syntax errors in"
18431 Syntax errors in a Sieve filter file cause the &"keep"& action to occur. This
18432 action is specified by RFC 3028. The values of &%skip_syntax_errors%&,
18433 &%syntax_errors_to%&, and &%syntax_errors_text%& are not used.
18434
18435 &%skip_syntax_errors%& can be used to specify that errors in users' forward
18436 lists or filter files should not prevent delivery. The &%syntax_errors_to%&
18437 option, used with an address that does not get redirected, can be used to
18438 notify users of these errors, by means of a router like this:
18439 .code
18440 userforward:
18441 driver = redirect
18442 allow_filter
18443 check_local_user
18444 file = $home/.forward
18445 file_transport = address_file
18446 pipe_transport = address_pipe
18447 reply_transport = address_reply
18448 no_verify
18449 skip_syntax_errors
18450 syntax_errors_to = real-$local_part@$domain
18451 syntax_errors_text = \
18452 This is an automatically generated message. An error has\n\
18453 been found in your .forward file. Details of the error are\n\
18454 reported below. While this error persists, you will receive\n\
18455 a copy of this message for every message that is addressed\n\
18456 to you. If your .forward file is a filter file, or if it is\n\
18457 a non-filter file containing no valid forwarding addresses,\n\
18458 a copy of each incoming message will be put in your normal\n\
18459 mailbox. If a non-filter file contains at least one valid\n\
18460 forwarding address, forwarding to the valid addresses will\n\
18461 happen, and those will be the only deliveries that occur.
18462 .endd
18463 You also need a router to ensure that local addresses that are prefixed by
18464 &`real-`& are recognized, but not forwarded or filtered. For example, you could
18465 put this immediately before the &(userforward)& router:
18466 .code
18467 real_localuser:
18468 driver = accept
18469 check_local_user
18470 local_part_prefix = real-
18471 transport = local_delivery
18472 .endd
18473 For security, it would probably be a good idea to restrict the use of this
18474 router to locally-generated messages, using a condition such as this:
18475 .code
18476 condition = ${if match {$sender_host_address}\
18477 {\N^(|127\.0\.0\.1)$\N}}
18478 .endd
18479
18480
18481 .option syntax_errors_text redirect string&!! unset
18482 See &%skip_syntax_errors%& above.
18483
18484
18485 .option syntax_errors_to redirect string unset
18486 See &%skip_syntax_errors%& above.
18487 .ecindex IIDredrou1
18488 .ecindex IIDredrou2
18489
18490
18491
18492
18493
18494
18495 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18496 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18497
18498 .chapter "Environment for running local transports" "CHAPenvironment" &&&
18499 "Environment for local transports"
18500 .scindex IIDenvlotra1 "local transports" "environment for"
18501 .scindex IIDenvlotra2 "environment for local transports"
18502 .scindex IIDenvlotra3 "transport" "local; environment for"
18503 Local transports handle deliveries to files and pipes. (The &(autoreply)&
18504 transport can be thought of as similar to a pipe.) Exim always runs transports
18505 in subprocesses, under specified uids and gids. Typical deliveries to local
18506 mailboxes run under the uid and gid of the local user.
18507
18508 Exim also sets a specific current directory while running the transport; for
18509 some transports a home directory setting is also relevant. The &(pipe)&
18510 transport is the only one that sets up environment variables; see section
18511 &<<SECTpipeenv>>& for details.
18512
18513 The values used for the uid, gid, and the directories may come from several
18514 different places. In many cases, the router that handles the address associates
18515 settings with that address as a result of its &%check_local_user%&, &%group%&,
18516 or &%user%& options. However, values may also be given in the transport's own
18517 configuration, and these override anything that comes from the router.
18518
18519
18520
18521 .section "Concurrent deliveries" "SECID131"
18522 .cindex "concurrent deliveries"
18523 .cindex "simultaneous deliveries"
18524 If two different messages for the same local recipient arrive more or less
18525 simultaneously, the two delivery processes are likely to run concurrently. When
18526 the &(appendfile)& transport is used to write to a file, Exim applies locking
18527 rules to stop concurrent processes from writing to the same file at the same
18528 time.
18529
18530 However, when you use a &(pipe)& transport, it is up to you to arrange any
18531 locking that is needed. Here is a silly example:
18532 .code
18533 my_transport:
18534 driver = pipe
18535 command = /bin/sh -c 'cat >>/some/file'
18536 .endd
18537 This is supposed to write the message at the end of the file. However, if two
18538 messages arrive at the same time, the file will be scrambled. You can use the
18539 &%exim_lock%& utility program (see section &<<SECTmailboxmaint>>&) to lock a
18540 file using the same algorithm that Exim itself uses.
18541
18542
18543
18544
18545 .section "Uids and gids" "SECTenvuidgid"
18546 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
18547 .cindex "transport" "local; uid and gid"
18548 All transports have the options &%group%& and &%user%&. If &%group%& is set, it
18549 overrides any group that the router set in the address, even if &%user%& is not
18550 set for the transport. This makes it possible, for example, to run local mail
18551 delivery under the uid of the recipient (set by the router), but in a special
18552 group (set by the transport). For example:
18553 .code
18554 # Routers ...
18555 # User/group are set by check_local_user in this router
18556 local_users:
18557 driver = accept
18558 check_local_user
18559 transport = group_delivery
18560
18561 # Transports ...
18562 # This transport overrides the group
18563 group_delivery:
18564 driver = appendfile
18565 file = /var/spool/mail/$local_part
18566 group = mail
18567 .endd
18568 If &%user%& is set for a transport, its value overrides what is set in the
18569 address by the router. If &%user%& is non-numeric and &%group%& is not set, the
18570 gid associated with the user is used. If &%user%& is numeric, &%group%& must be
18571 set.
18572
18573 .oindex "&%initgroups%&"
18574 When the uid is taken from the transport's configuration, the &[initgroups()]&
18575 function is called for the groups associated with that uid if the
18576 &%initgroups%& option is set for the transport. When the uid is not specified
18577 by the transport, but is associated with the address by a router, the option
18578 for calling &[initgroups()]& is taken from the router configuration.
18579
18580 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "uid for"
18581 The &(pipe)& transport contains the special option &%pipe_as_creator%&. If this
18582 is set and &%user%& is not set, the uid of the process that called Exim to
18583 receive the message is used, and if &%group%& is not set, the corresponding
18584 original gid is also used.
18585
18586 This is the detailed preference order for obtaining a gid; the first of the
18587 following that is set is used:
18588
18589 .ilist
18590 A &%group%& setting of the transport;
18591 .next
18592 A &%group%& setting of the router;
18593 .next
18594 A gid associated with a user setting of the router, either as a result of
18595 &%check_local_user%& or an explicit non-numeric &%user%& setting;
18596 .next
18597 The group associated with a non-numeric &%user%& setting of the transport;
18598 .next
18599 In a &(pipe)& transport, the creator's gid if &%deliver_as_creator%& is set and
18600 the uid is the creator's uid;
18601 .next
18602 The Exim gid if the Exim uid is being used as a default.
18603 .endlist
18604
18605 If, for example, the user is specified numerically on the router and there are
18606 no group settings, no gid is available. In this situation, an error occurs.
18607 This is different for the uid, for which there always is an ultimate default.
18608 The first of the following that is set is used:
18609
18610 .ilist
18611 A &%user%& setting of the transport;
18612 .next
18613 In a &(pipe)& transport, the creator's uid if &%deliver_as_creator%& is set;
18614 .next
18615 A &%user%& setting of the router;
18616 .next
18617 A &%check_local_user%& setting of the router;
18618 .next
18619 The Exim uid.
18620 .endlist
18621
18622 Of course, an error will still occur if the uid that is chosen is on the
18623 &%never_users%& list.
18624
18625
18626
18627
18628
18629 .section "Current and home directories" "SECID132"
18630 .cindex "current directory for local transport"
18631 .cindex "home directory" "for local transport"
18632 .cindex "transport" "local; home directory for"
18633 .cindex "transport" "local; current directory for"
18634 Routers may set current and home directories for local transports by means of
18635 the &%transport_current_directory%& and &%transport_home_directory%& options.
18636 However, if the transport's &%current_directory%& or &%home_directory%& options
18637 are set, they override the router's values. In detail, the home directory
18638 for a local transport is taken from the first of these values that is set:
18639
18640 .ilist
18641 The &%home_directory%& option on the transport;
18642 .next
18643 The &%transport_home_directory%& option on the router;
18644 .next
18645 The password data if &%check_local_user%& is set on the router;
18646 .next
18647 The &%router_home_directory%& option on the router.
18648 .endlist
18649
18650 The current directory is taken from the first of these values that is set:
18651
18652 .ilist
18653 The &%current_directory%& option on the transport;
18654 .next
18655 The &%transport_current_directory%& option on the router.
18656 .endlist
18657
18658
18659 If neither the router nor the transport sets a current directory, Exim uses the
18660 value of the home directory, if it is set. Otherwise it sets the current
18661 directory to &_/_& before running a local transport.
18662
18663
18664
18665 .section "Expansion variables derived from the address" "SECID133"
18666 .vindex "&$domain$&"
18667 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
18668 .vindex "&$original_domain$&"
18669 Normally a local delivery is handling a single address, and in that case the
18670 variables such as &$domain$& and &$local_part$& are set during local
18671 deliveries. However, in some circumstances more than one address may be handled
18672 at once (for example, while writing batch SMTP for onward transmission by some
18673 other means). In this case, the variables associated with the local part are
18674 never set, &$domain$& is set only if all the addresses have the same domain,
18675 and &$original_domain$& is never set.
18676 .ecindex IIDenvlotra1
18677 .ecindex IIDenvlotra2
18678 .ecindex IIDenvlotra3
18679
18680
18681
18682
18683
18684
18685
18686 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18687 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18688
18689 .chapter "Generic options for transports" "CHAPtransportgeneric"
18690 .scindex IIDgenoptra1 "generic options" "transport"
18691 .scindex IIDgenoptra2 "options" "generic; for transports"
18692 .scindex IIDgenoptra3 "transport" "generic options for"
18693 The following generic options apply to all transports:
18694
18695
18696 .option body_only transports boolean false
18697 .cindex "transport" "body only"
18698 .cindex "message" "transporting body only"
18699 .cindex "body of message" "transporting"
18700 If this option is set, the message's headers are not transported. It is
18701 mutually exclusive with &%headers_only%&. If it is used with the &(appendfile)&
18702 or &(pipe)& transports, the settings of &%message_prefix%& and
18703 &%message_suffix%& should be checked, because this option does not
18704 automatically suppress them.
18705
18706
18707 .option current_directory transports string&!! unset
18708 .cindex "transport" "current directory for"
18709 This specifies the current directory that is to be set while running the
18710 transport, overriding any value that may have been set by the router.
18711 If the expansion fails for any reason, including forced failure, an error is
18712 logged, and delivery is deferred.
18713
18714
18715 .option disable_logging transports boolean false
18716 If this option is set true, nothing is logged for any
18717 deliveries by the transport or for any
18718 transport errors. You should not set this option unless you really, really know
18719 what you are doing.
18720
18721
18722 .option debug_print transports string&!! unset
18723 .cindex "testing" "variables in drivers"
18724 If this option is set and debugging is enabled (see the &%-d%& command line
18725 option), the string is expanded and included in the debugging output when the
18726 transport is run.
18727 If expansion of the string fails, the error message is written to the debugging
18728 output, and Exim carries on processing.
18729 This facility is provided to help with checking out the values of variables and
18730 so on when debugging driver configurations. For example, if a &%headers_add%&
18731 option is not working properly, &%debug_print%& could be used to output the
18732 variables it references. A newline is added to the text if it does not end with
18733 one.
18734
18735
18736 .option delivery_date_add transports boolean false
18737 .cindex "&'Delivery-date:'& header line"
18738 If this option is true, a &'Delivery-date:'& header is added to the message.
18739 This gives the actual time the delivery was made. As this is not a standard
18740 header, Exim has a configuration option (&%delivery_date_remove%&) which
18741 requests its removal from incoming messages, so that delivered messages can
18742 safely be resent to other recipients.
18743
18744
18745 .option driver transports string unset
18746 This specifies which of the available transport drivers is to be used.
18747 There is no default, and this option must be set for every transport.
18748
18749
18750 .option envelope_to_add transports boolean false
18751 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
18752 If this option is true, an &'Envelope-to:'& header is added to the message.
18753 This gives the original address(es) in the incoming envelope that caused this
18754 delivery to happen. More than one address may be present if the transport is
18755 configured to handle several addresses at once, or if more than one original
18756 address was redirected to the same final address. As this is not a standard
18757 header, Exim has a configuration option (&%envelope_to_remove%&) which requests
18758 its removal from incoming messages, so that delivered messages can safely be
18759 resent to other recipients.
18760
18761
18762 .option group transports string&!! "Exim group"
18763 .cindex "transport" "group; specifying"
18764 This option specifies a gid for running the transport process, overriding any
18765 value that the router supplies, and also overriding any value associated with
18766 &%user%& (see below).
18767
18768
18769 .option headers_add transports string&!! unset
18770 .cindex "header lines" "adding in transport"
18771 .cindex "transport" "header lines; adding"
18772 This option specifies a string of text that is expanded and added to the header
18773 portion of a message as it is transported, as described in section
18774 &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. Additional header lines can also be specified by
18775 routers. If the result of the expansion is an empty string, or if the expansion
18776 is forced to fail, no action is taken. Other expansion failures are treated as
18777 errors and cause the delivery to be deferred.
18778
18779
18780
18781 .option headers_only transports boolean false
18782 .cindex "transport" "header lines only"
18783 .cindex "message" "transporting headers only"
18784 .cindex "header lines" "transporting"
18785 If this option is set, the message's body is not transported. It is mutually
18786 exclusive with &%body_only%&. If it is used with the &(appendfile)& or &(pipe)&
18787 transports, the settings of &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& should be
18788 checked, since this option does not automatically suppress them.
18789
18790
18791 .option headers_remove transports string&!! unset
18792 .cindex "header lines" "removing"
18793 .cindex "transport" "header lines; removing"
18794 This option specifies a string that is expanded into a list of header names;
18795 these headers are omitted from the message as it is transported, as described
18796 in section &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. Header removal can also be specified by
18797 routers. If the result of the expansion is an empty string, or if the expansion
18798 is forced to fail, no action is taken. Other expansion failures are treated as
18799 errors and cause the delivery to be deferred.
18800
18801
18802
18803 .option headers_rewrite transports string unset
18804 .cindex "transport" "header lines; rewriting"
18805 .cindex "rewriting" "at transport time"
18806 This option allows addresses in header lines to be rewritten at transport time,
18807 that is, as the message is being copied to its destination. The contents of the
18808 option are a colon-separated list of rewriting rules. Each rule is in exactly
18809 the same form as one of the general rewriting rules that are applied when a
18810 message is received. These are described in chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&. For
18811 example,
18812 .code
18813 headers_rewrite = a@b c@d f : \
18814 x@y w@z
18815 .endd
18816 changes &'a@b'& into &'c@d'& in &'From:'& header lines, and &'x@y'& into
18817 &'w@z'& in all address-bearing header lines. The rules are applied to the
18818 header lines just before they are written out at transport time, so they affect
18819 only those copies of the message that pass through the transport. However, only
18820 the message's original header lines, and any that were added by a system
18821 filter, are rewritten. If a router or transport adds header lines, they are not
18822 affected by this option. These rewriting rules are &'not'& applied to the
18823 envelope. You can change the return path using &%return_path%&, but you cannot
18824 change envelope recipients at this time.
18825
18826
18827 .option home_directory transports string&!! unset
18828 .cindex "transport" "home directory for"
18829 .vindex "&$home$&"
18830 This option specifies a home directory setting for a local transport,
18831 overriding any value that may be set by the router. The home directory is
18832 placed in &$home$& while expanding the transport's private options. It is also
18833 used as the current directory if no current directory is set by the
18834 &%current_directory%& option on the transport or the
18835 &%transport_current_directory%& option on the router. If the expansion fails
18836 for any reason, including forced failure, an error is logged, and delivery is
18837 deferred.
18838
18839
18840 .option initgroups transports boolean false
18841 .cindex "additional groups"
18842 .cindex "groups" "additional"
18843 .cindex "transport" "group; additional"
18844 If this option is true and the uid for the delivery process is provided by the
18845 transport, the &[initgroups()]& function is called when running the transport
18846 to ensure that any additional groups associated with the uid are set up.
18847
18848
18849 .option message_size_limit transports string&!! 0
18850 .cindex "limit" "message size per transport"
18851 .cindex "size" "of message, limit"
18852 .cindex "transport" "message size; limiting"
18853 This option controls the size of messages passed through the transport. It is
18854 expanded before use; the result of the expansion must be a sequence of decimal
18855 digits, optionally followed by K or M. If the expansion fails for any reason,
18856 including forced failure, or if the result is not of the required form,
18857 delivery is deferred. If the value is greater than zero and the size of a
18858 message exceeds this limit, the address is failed. If there is any chance that
18859 the resulting bounce message could be routed to the same transport, you should
18860 ensure that &%return_size_limit%& is less than the transport's
18861 &%message_size_limit%&, as otherwise the bounce message will fail to get
18862 delivered.
18863
18864
18865
18866 .option rcpt_include_affixes transports boolean false
18867 .cindex "prefix" "for local part, including in envelope"
18868 .cindex "suffix for local part" "including in envelope"
18869 .cindex "local part" "prefix"
18870 .cindex "local part" "suffix"
18871 When this option is false (the default), and an address that has had any
18872 affixes (prefixes or suffixes) removed from the local part is delivered by any
18873 form of SMTP or LMTP, the affixes are not included. For example, if a router
18874 that contains
18875 .code
18876 local_part_prefix = *-
18877 .endd
18878 routes the address &'abc-xyz@some.domain'& to an SMTP transport, the envelope
18879 is delivered with
18880 .code
18881 RCPT TO:<xyz@some.domain>
18882 .endd
18883 This is also the case when an ACL-time callout is being used to verify a
18884 recipient address. However, if &%rcpt_include_affixes%& is set true, the
18885 whole local part is included in the RCPT command. This option applies to BSMTP
18886 deliveries by the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports as well as to the
18887 &(lmtp)& and &(smtp)& transports.
18888
18889
18890 .option retry_use_local_part transports boolean "see below"
18891 .cindex "hints database" "retry keys"
18892 When a delivery suffers a temporary failure, a retry record is created
18893 in Exim's hints database. For remote deliveries, the key for the retry record
18894 is based on the name and/or IP address of the failing remote host. For local
18895 deliveries, the key is normally the entire address, including both the local
18896 part and the domain. This is suitable for most common cases of local delivery
18897 temporary failure &-- for example, exceeding a mailbox quota should delay only
18898 deliveries to that mailbox, not to the whole domain.
18899
18900 However, in some special cases you may want to treat a temporary local delivery
18901 as a failure associated with the domain, and not with a particular local part.
18902 (For example, if you are storing all mail for some domain in files.) You can do
18903 this by setting &%retry_use_local_part%& false.
18904
18905 For all the local transports, its default value is true. For remote transports,
18906 the default value is false for tidiness, but changing the value has no effect
18907 on a remote transport in the current implementation.
18908
18909
18910 .option return_path transports string&!! unset
18911 .cindex "envelope sender"
18912 .cindex "transport" "return path; changing"
18913 .cindex "return path" "changing in transport"
18914 If this option is set, the string is expanded at transport time and replaces
18915 the existing return path (envelope sender) value in the copy of the message
18916 that is being delivered. An empty return path is permitted. This feature is
18917 designed for remote deliveries, where the value of this option is used in the
18918 SMTP MAIL command. If you set &%return_path%& for a local transport, the
18919 only effect is to change the address that is placed in the &'Return-path:'&
18920 header line, if one is added to the message (see the next option).
18921
18922 &*Note:*& A changed return path is not logged unless you add
18923 &%return_path_on_delivery%& to the log selector.
18924
18925 .vindex "&$return_path$&"
18926 The expansion can refer to the existing value via &$return_path$&. This is
18927 either the message's envelope sender, or an address set by the
18928 &%errors_to%& option on a router. If the expansion is forced to fail, no
18929 replacement occurs; if it fails for another reason, delivery is deferred. This
18930 option can be used to support VERP (Variable Envelope Return Paths) &-- see
18931 section &<<SECTverp>>&.
18932
18933 &*Note*&: If a delivery error is detected locally, including the case when a
18934 remote server rejects a message at SMTP time, the bounce message is not sent to
18935 the value of this option. It is sent to the previously set errors address.
18936 This defaults to the incoming sender address, but can be changed by setting
18937 &%errors_to%& in a router.
18938
18939
18940
18941 .option return_path_add transports boolean false
18942 .cindex "&'Return-path:'& header line"
18943 If this option is true, a &'Return-path:'& header is added to the message.
18944 Although the return path is normally available in the prefix line of BSD
18945 mailboxes, this is commonly not displayed by MUAs, and so the user does not
18946 have easy access to it.
18947
18948 RFC 2821 states that the &'Return-path:'& header is added to a message &"when
18949 the delivery SMTP server makes the final delivery"&. This implies that this
18950 header should not be present in incoming messages. Exim has a configuration
18951 option, &%return_path_remove%&, which requests removal of this header from
18952 incoming messages, so that delivered messages can safely be resent to other
18953 recipients.
18954
18955
18956 .option shadow_condition transports string&!! unset
18957 See &%shadow_transport%& below.
18958
18959
18960 .option shadow_transport transports string unset
18961 .cindex "shadow transport"
18962 .cindex "transport" "shadow"
18963 A local transport may set the &%shadow_transport%& option to the name of
18964 another local transport. Shadow remote transports are not supported.
18965
18966 Whenever a delivery to the main transport succeeds, and either
18967 &%shadow_condition%& is unset, or its expansion does not result in the empty
18968 string or one of the strings &"0"& or &"no"& or &"false"&, the message is also
18969 passed to the shadow transport, with the same delivery address or addresses. If
18970 expansion fails, no action is taken except that non-forced expansion failures
18971 cause a log line to be written.
18972
18973 The result of the shadow transport is discarded and does not affect the
18974 subsequent processing of the message. Only a single level of shadowing is
18975 provided; the &%shadow_transport%& option is ignored on any transport when it
18976 is running as a shadow. Options concerned with output from pipes are also
18977 ignored. The log line for the successful delivery has an item added on the end,
18978 of the form
18979 .code
18980 ST=<shadow transport name>
18981 .endd
18982 If the shadow transport did not succeed, the error message is put in
18983 parentheses afterwards. Shadow transports can be used for a number of different
18984 purposes, including keeping more detailed log information than Exim normally
18985 provides, and implementing automatic acknowledgment policies based on message
18986 headers that some sites insist on.
18987
18988
18989 .option transport_filter transports string&!! unset
18990 .cindex "transport" "filter"
18991 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
18992 This option sets up a filtering (in the Unix shell sense) process for messages
18993 at transport time. It should not be confused with mail filtering as set up by
18994 individual users or via a system filter.
18995
18996 When the message is about to be written out, the command specified by
18997 &%transport_filter%& is started up in a separate, parallel process, and
18998 the entire message, including the header lines, is passed to it on its standard
18999 input (this in fact is done from a third process, to avoid deadlock). The
19000 command must be specified as an absolute path.
19001
19002 The lines of the message that are written to the transport filter are
19003 terminated by newline (&"\n"&). The message is passed to the filter before any
19004 SMTP-specific processing, such as turning &"\n"& into &"\r\n"& and escaping
19005 lines beginning with a dot, and also before any processing implied by the
19006 settings of &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%& in the &(appendfile)& or
19007 &(pipe)& transports.
19008
19009 The standard error for the filter process is set to the same destination as its
19010 standard output; this is read and written to the message's ultimate
19011 destination. The process that writes the message to the filter, the
19012 filter itself, and the original process that reads the result and delivers it
19013 are all run in parallel, like a shell pipeline.
19014
19015 .new
19016 The filter can perform any transformations it likes, but of course should take
19017 care not to break RFC 2822 syntax. Exim does not check the result, except to
19018 test for a final newline when SMTP is in use. All messages transmitted over
19019 SMTP must end with a newline, so Exim supplies one if it is missing.
19020 .wen
19021
19022 .cindex "content scanning" "per user"
19023 A transport filter can be used to provide content-scanning on a per-user basis
19024 at delivery time if the only required effect of the scan is to modify the
19025 message. For example, a content scan could insert a new header line containing
19026 a spam score. This could be interpreted by a filter in the user's MUA. It is
19027 not possible to discard a message at this stage.
19028
19029 .cindex "SMTP" "SIZE"
19030 A problem might arise if the filter increases the size of a message that is
19031 being sent down an SMTP connection. If the receiving SMTP server has indicated
19032 support for the SIZE parameter, Exim will have sent the size of the message
19033 at the start of the SMTP session. If what is actually sent is substantially
19034 more, the server might reject the message. This can be worked round by setting
19035 the &%size_addition%& option on the &(smtp)& transport, either to allow for
19036 additions to the message, or to disable the use of SIZE altogether.
19037
19038 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
19039 The value of the &%transport_filter%& option is the command string for starting
19040 the filter, which is run directly from Exim, not under a shell. The string is
19041 parsed by Exim in the same way as a command string for the &(pipe)& transport:
19042 Exim breaks it up into arguments and then expands each argument separately (see
19043 section &<<SECThowcommandrun>>&). Any kind of expansion failure causes delivery
19044 to be deferred. The special argument &$pipe_addresses$& is replaced by a number
19045 of arguments, one for each address that applies to this delivery. (This isn't
19046 an ideal name for this feature here, but as it was already implemented for the
19047 &(pipe)& transport, it seemed sensible not to change it.)
19048
19049 .vindex "&$host$&"
19050 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
19051 The expansion variables &$host$& and &$host_address$& are available when the
19052 transport is a remote one. They contain the name and IP address of the host to
19053 which the message is being sent. For example:
19054 .code
19055 transport_filter = /some/directory/transport-filter.pl \
19056 $host $host_address $sender_address $pipe_addresses
19057 .endd
19058
19059 Two problems arise if you want to use more complicated expansion items to
19060 generate transport filter commands, both of which due to the fact that the
19061 command is split up &'before'& expansion.
19062 .ilist
19063 If an expansion item contains white space, you must quote it, so that it is all
19064 part of the same command item. If the entire option setting is one such
19065 expansion item, you have to take care what kind of quoting you use. For
19066 example:
19067 .code
19068 transport_filter = '/bin/cmd${if eq{$host}{a.b.c}{1}{2}}'
19069 .endd
19070 This runs the command &(/bin/cmd1)& if the host name is &'a.b.c'&, and
19071 &(/bin/cmd2)& otherwise. If double quotes had been used, they would have been
19072 stripped by Exim when it read the option's value. When the value is used, if
19073 the single quotes were missing, the line would be split into two items,
19074 &`/bin/cmd${if`& and &`eq{$host}{a.b.c}{1}{2}`&, and an error would occur when
19075 Exim tried to expand the first one.
19076 .next
19077 Except for the special case of &$pipe_addresses$& that is mentioned above, an
19078 expansion cannot generate multiple arguments, or a command name followed by
19079 arguments. Consider this example:
19080 .code
19081 transport_filter = ${lookup{$host}lsearch{/a/file}\
19082 {$value}{/bin/cat}}
19083 .endd
19084 The result of the lookup is interpreted as the name of the command, even
19085 if it contains white space. The simplest way round this is to use a shell:
19086 .code
19087 transport_filter = /bin/sh -c ${lookup{$host}lsearch{/a/file}\
19088 {$value}{/bin/cat}}
19089 .endd
19090 .endlist
19091
19092 The filter process is run under the same uid and gid as the normal delivery.
19093 For remote deliveries this is the Exim uid/gid by default. The command should
19094 normally yield a zero return code. Transport filters are not supposed to fail.
19095 A non-zero code is taken to mean that the transport filter encountered some
19096 serious problem. Delivery of the message is deferred; the message remains on
19097 the queue and is tried again later. It is not possible to cause a message to be
19098 bounced from a transport filter.
19099
19100 If a transport filter is set on an autoreply transport, the original message is
19101 passed through the filter as it is being copied into the newly generated
19102 message, which happens if the &%return_message%& option is set.
19103
19104
19105 .option transport_filter_timeout transports time 5m
19106 .cindex "transport" "filter, timeout"
19107 When Exim is reading the output of a transport filter, it a applies a timeout
19108 that can be set by this option. Exceeding the timeout is normally treated as a
19109 temporary delivery failure. However, if a transport filter is used with a
19110 &(pipe)& transport, a timeout in the transport filter is treated in the same
19111 way as a timeout in the pipe command itself. By default, a timeout is a hard
19112 error, but if the &(pipe)& transport's &%timeout_defer%& option is set true, it
19113 becomes a temporary error.
19114
19115
19116 .option user transports string&!! "Exim user"
19117 .cindex "uid (user id)" "local delivery"
19118 .cindex "transport" "user, specifying"
19119 This option specifies the user under whose uid the delivery process is to be
19120 run, overriding any uid that may have been set by the router. If the user is
19121 given as a name, the uid is looked up from the password data, and the
19122 associated group is taken as the value of the gid to be used if the &%group%&
19123 option is not set.
19124
19125 For deliveries that use local transports, a user and group are normally
19126 specified explicitly or implicitly (for example, as a result of
19127 &%check_local_user%&) by the router or transport.
19128
19129 .cindex "hints database" "access by remote transport"
19130 For remote transports, you should leave this option unset unless you really are
19131 sure you know what you are doing. When a remote transport is running, it needs
19132 to be able to access Exim's hints databases, because each host may have its own
19133 retry data.
19134 .ecindex IIDgenoptra1
19135 .ecindex IIDgenoptra2
19136 .ecindex IIDgenoptra3
19137
19138
19139
19140
19141
19142
19143 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
19144 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
19145
19146 .chapter "Address batching in local transports" "CHAPbatching" &&&
19147 "Address batching"
19148 .cindex "transport" "local; address batching in"
19149 The only remote transport (&(smtp)&) is normally configured to handle more than
19150 one address at a time, so that when several addresses are routed to the same
19151 remote host, just one copy of the message is sent. Local transports, however,
19152 normally handle one address at a time. That is, a separate instance of the
19153 transport is run for each address that is routed to the transport. A separate
19154 copy of the message is delivered each time.
19155
19156 .cindex "batched local delivery"
19157 .oindex "&%batch_max%&"
19158 .oindex "&%batch_id%&"
19159 In special cases, it may be desirable to handle several addresses at once in a
19160 local transport, for example:
19161
19162 .ilist
19163 In an &(appendfile)& transport, when storing messages in files for later
19164 delivery by some other means, a single copy of the message with multiple
19165 recipients saves space.
19166 .next
19167 In an &(lmtp)& transport, when delivering over &"local SMTP"& to some process,
19168 a single copy saves time, and is the normal way LMTP is expected to work.
19169 .next
19170 In a &(pipe)& transport, when passing the message
19171 to a scanner program or
19172 to some other delivery mechanism such as UUCP, multiple recipients may be
19173 acceptable.
19174 .endlist
19175
19176 These three local transports all have the same options for controlling multiple
19177 (&"batched"&) deliveries, namely &%batch_max%& and &%batch_id%&. To save
19178 repeating the information for each transport, these options are described here.
19179
19180 The &%batch_max%& option specifies the maximum number of addresses that can be
19181 delivered together in a single run of the transport. Its default value is one
19182 (no batching). When more than one address is routed to a transport that has a
19183 &%batch_max%& value greater than one, the addresses are delivered in a batch
19184 (that is, in a single run of the transport with multiple recipients), subject
19185 to certain conditions:
19186
19187 .ilist
19188 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
19189 If any of the transport's options contain a reference to &$local_part$&, no
19190 batching is possible.
19191 .next
19192 .vindex "&$domain$&"
19193 If any of the transport's options contain a reference to &$domain$&, only
19194 addresses with the same domain are batched.
19195 .next
19196 .cindex "customizing" "batching condition"
19197 If &%batch_id%& is set, it is expanded for each address, and only those
19198 addresses with the same expanded value are batched. This allows you to specify
19199 customized batching conditions. Failure of the expansion for any reason,
19200 including forced failure, disables batching, but it does not stop the delivery
19201 from taking place.
19202 .next
19203 Batched addresses must also have the same errors address (where to send
19204 delivery errors), the same header additions and removals, the same user and
19205 group for the transport, and if a host list is present, the first host must
19206 be the same.
19207 .endlist
19208
19209 In the case of the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports, batching applies
19210 both when the file or pipe command is specified in the transport, and when it
19211 is specified by a &(redirect)& router, but all the batched addresses must of
19212 course be routed to the same file or pipe command. These two transports have an
19213 option called &%use_bsmtp%&, which causes them to deliver the message in
19214 &"batched SMTP"& format, with the envelope represented as SMTP commands. The
19215 &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%& options are forced to the values
19216 .code
19217 check_string = "."
19218 escape_string = ".."
19219 .endd
19220 when batched SMTP is in use. A full description of the batch SMTP mechanism is
19221 given in section &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>&. The &(lmtp)& transport does not have a
19222 &%use_bsmtp%& option, because it always delivers using the SMTP protocol.
19223
19224 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
19225 If the generic &%envelope_to_add%& option is set for a batching transport, the
19226 &'Envelope-to:'& header that is added to the message contains all the addresses
19227 that are being processed together. If you are using a batching &(appendfile)&
19228 transport without &%use_bsmtp%&, the only way to preserve the recipient
19229 addresses is to set the &%envelope_to_add%& option.
19230
19231 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "with multiple addresses"
19232 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
19233 If you are using a &(pipe)& transport without BSMTP, and setting the
19234 transport's &%command%& option, you can include &$pipe_addresses$& as part of
19235 the command. This is not a true variable; it is a bit of magic that causes each
19236 of the recipient addresses to be inserted into the command as a separate
19237 argument. This provides a way of accessing all the addresses that are being
19238 delivered in the batch. &*Note:*& This is not possible for pipe commands that
19239 are specified by a &(redirect)& router.
19240
19241
19242
19243
19244 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
19245 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
19246
19247 .chapter "The appendfile transport" "CHAPappendfile"
19248 .scindex IIDapptra1 "&(appendfile)& transport"
19249 .scindex IIDapptra2 "transports" "&(appendfile)&"
19250 .cindex "directory creation"
19251 .cindex "creating directories"
19252 The &(appendfile)& transport delivers a message by appending it to an existing
19253 file, or by creating an entirely new file in a specified directory. Single
19254 files to which messages are appended can be in the traditional Unix mailbox
19255 format, or optionally in the MBX format supported by the Pine MUA and
19256 University of Washington IMAP daemon, &'inter alia'&. When each message is
19257 being delivered as a separate file, &"maildir"& format can optionally be used
19258 to give added protection against failures that happen part-way through the
19259 delivery. A third form of separate-file delivery known as &"mailstore"& is also
19260 supported. For all file formats, Exim attempts to create as many levels of
19261 directory as necessary, provided that &%create_directory%& is set.
19262
19263 The code for the optional formats is not included in the Exim binary by
19264 default. It is necessary to set SUPPORT_MBX, SUPPORT_MAILDIR and/or
19265 SUPPORT_MAILSTORE in &_Local/Makefile_& to have the appropriate code
19266 included.
19267
19268 .cindex "quota" "system"
19269 Exim recognizes system quota errors, and generates an appropriate message. Exim
19270 also supports its own quota control within the transport, for use when the
19271 system facility is unavailable or cannot be used for some reason.
19272
19273 If there is an error while appending to a file (for example, quota exceeded or
19274 partition filled), Exim attempts to reset the file's length and last
19275 modification time back to what they were before. If there is an error while
19276 creating an entirely new file, the new file is removed.
19277
19278 Before appending to a file, a number of security checks are made, and the
19279 file is locked. A detailed description is given below, after the list of
19280 private options.
19281
19282 The &(appendfile)& transport is most commonly used for local deliveries to
19283 users' mailboxes. However, it can also be used as a pseudo-remote transport for
19284 putting messages into files for remote delivery by some means other than Exim.
19285 &"Batch SMTP"& format is often used in this case (see the &%use_bsmtp%&
19286 option).
19287
19288
19289
19290 .section "The file and directory options" "SECTfildiropt"
19291 The &%file%& option specifies a single file, to which the message is appended;
19292 the &%directory%& option specifies a directory, in which a new file containing
19293 the message is created. Only one of these two options can be set, and for
19294 normal deliveries to mailboxes, one of them &'must'& be set.
19295
19296 .vindex "&$address_file$&"
19297 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
19298 However, &(appendfile)& is also used for delivering messages to files or
19299 directories whose names (or parts of names) are obtained from alias,
19300 forwarding, or filtering operations (for example, a &%save%& command in a
19301 user's Exim filter). When such a transport is running, &$local_part$& contains
19302 the local part that was aliased or forwarded, and &$address_file$& contains the
19303 name (or partial name) of the file or directory generated by the redirection
19304 operation. There are two cases:
19305
19306 .ilist
19307 If neither &%file%& nor &%directory%& is set, the redirection operation
19308 must specify an absolute path (one that begins with &`/`&). This is the most
19309 common case when users with local accounts use filtering to sort mail into
19310 different folders. See for example, the &(address_file)& transport in the
19311 default configuration. If the path ends with a slash, it is assumed to be the
19312 name of a directory. A delivery to a directory can also be forced by setting
19313 &%maildir_format%& or &%mailstore_format%&.
19314 .next
19315 If &%file%& or &%directory%& is set for a delivery from a redirection, it is
19316 used to determine the file or directory name for the delivery. Normally, the
19317 contents of &$address_file$& are used in some way in the string expansion.
19318 .endlist
19319
19320
19321 .cindex "Sieve filter" "configuring &(appendfile)&"
19322 .cindex "Sieve filter" "relative mailbox path handling"
19323 As an example of the second case, consider an environment where users do not
19324 have home directories. They may be permitted to use Exim filter commands of the
19325 form:
19326 .code
19327 save folder23
19328 .endd
19329 or Sieve filter commands of the form:
19330 .code
19331 require "fileinto";
19332 fileinto "folder23";
19333 .endd
19334 In this situation, the expansion of &%file%& or &%directory%& in the transport
19335 must transform the relative path into an appropriate absolute file name. In the
19336 case of Sieve filters, the name &'inbox'& must be handled. It is the name that
19337 is used as a result of a &"keep"& action in the filter. This example shows one
19338 way of handling this requirement:
19339 .code
19340 file = ${if eq{$address_file}{inbox} \
19341 {/var/mail/$local_part} \
19342 {${if eq{${substr_0_1:$address_file}}{/} \
19343 {$address_file} \
19344 {$home/mail/$address_file} \
19345 }} \
19346 }
19347 .endd
19348 With this setting of &%file%&, &'inbox'& refers to the standard mailbox
19349 location, absolute paths are used without change, and other folders are in the
19350 &_mail_& directory within the home directory.
19351
19352 &*Note 1*&: While processing an Exim filter, a relative path such as
19353 &_folder23_& is turned into an absolute path if a home directory is known to
19354 the router. In particular, this is the case if &%check_local_user%& is set. If
19355 you want to prevent this happening at routing time, you can set
19356 &%router_home_directory%& empty. This forces the router to pass the relative
19357 path to the transport.
19358
19359 &*Note 2*&: An absolute path in &$address_file$& is not treated specially;
19360 the &%file%& or &%directory%& option is still used if it is set.
19361
19362
19363
19364
19365 .section "Private options for appendfile" "SECID134"
19366 .cindex "options" "&(appendfile)& transport"
19367
19368
19369
19370 .option allow_fifo appendfile boolean false
19371 .cindex "fifo (named pipe)"
19372 .cindex "named pipe (fifo)"
19373 .cindex "pipe" "named (fifo)"
19374 Setting this option permits delivery to named pipes (FIFOs) as well as to
19375 regular files. If no process is reading the named pipe at delivery time, the
19376 delivery is deferred.
19377
19378
19379 .option allow_symlink appendfile boolean false
19380 .cindex "symbolic link" "to mailbox"
19381 .cindex "mailbox" "symbolic link"
19382 By default, &(appendfile)& will not deliver if the path name for the file is
19383 that of a symbolic link. Setting this option relaxes that constraint, but there
19384 are security issues involved in the use of symbolic links. Be sure you know
19385 what you are doing if you set this. Details of exactly what this option affects
19386 are included in the discussion which follows this list of options.
19387
19388
19389 .option batch_id appendfile string&!! unset
19390 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
19391 However, batching is automatically disabled for &(appendfile)& deliveries that
19392 happen as a result of forwarding or aliasing or other redirection directly to a
19393 file.
19394
19395
19396 .option batch_max appendfile integer 1
19397 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
19398
19399
19400 .option check_group appendfile boolean false
19401 When this option is set, the group owner of the file defined by the &%file%&
19402 option is checked to see that it is the same as the group under which the
19403 delivery process is running. The default setting is false because the default
19404 file mode is 0600, which means that the group is irrelevant.
19405
19406
19407 .option check_owner appendfile boolean true
19408 When this option is set, the owner of the file defined by the &%file%& option
19409 is checked to ensure that it is the same as the user under which the delivery
19410 process is running.
19411
19412
19413 .option check_string appendfile string "see below"
19414 .cindex "&""From""& line"
19415 As &(appendfile)& writes the message, the start of each line is tested for
19416 matching &%check_string%&, and if it does, the initial matching characters are
19417 replaced by the contents of &%escape_string%&. The value of &%check_string%& is
19418 a literal string, not a regular expression, and the case of any letters it
19419 contains is significant.
19420
19421 If &%use_bsmtp%& is set the values of &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%&
19422 are forced to &"."& and &".."& respectively, and any settings in the
19423 configuration are ignored. Otherwise, they default to &"From&~"& and
19424 &">From&~"& when the &%file%& option is set, and unset when any of the
19425 &%directory%&, &%maildir%&, or &%mailstore%& options are set.
19426
19427 The default settings, along with &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%&, are
19428 suitable for traditional &"BSD"& mailboxes, where a line beginning with
19429 &"From&~"& indicates the start of a new message. All four options need changing
19430 if another format is used. For example, to deliver to mailboxes in MMDF format:
19431 .cindex "MMDF format mailbox"
19432 .cindex "mailbox" "MMDF format"
19433 .code
19434 check_string = "\1\1\1\1\n"
19435 escape_string = "\1\1\1\1 \n"
19436 message_prefix = "\1\1\1\1\n"
19437 message_suffix = "\1\1\1\1\n"
19438 .endd
19439 .option create_directory appendfile boolean true
19440 .cindex "directory creation"
19441 When this option is true, Exim attempts to create any missing superior
19442 directories for the file that it is about to write. A created directory's mode
19443 is given by the &%directory_mode%& option.
19444
19445 The group ownership of a newly created directory is highly dependent on the
19446 operating system (and possibly the file system) that is being used. For
19447 example, in Solaris, if the parent directory has the setgid bit set, its group
19448 is propagated to the child; if not, the currently set group is used. However,
19449 in FreeBSD, the parent's group is always used.
19450
19451
19452
19453 .option create_file appendfile string anywhere
19454 This option constrains the location of files and directories that are created
19455 by this transport. It applies to files defined by the &%file%& option and
19456 directories defined by the &%directory%& option. In the case of maildir
19457 delivery, it applies to the top level directory, not the maildir directories
19458 beneath.
19459
19460 The option must be set to one of the words &"anywhere"&, &"inhome"&, or
19461 &"belowhome"&. In the second and third cases, a home directory must have been
19462 set for the transport. This option is not useful when an explicit file name is
19463 given for normal mailbox deliveries. It is intended for the case when file
19464 names are generated from users' &_.forward_& files. These are usually handled
19465 by an &(appendfile)& transport called &%address_file%&. See also
19466 &%file_must_exist%&.
19467
19468
19469 .option directory appendfile string&!! unset
19470 This option is mutually exclusive with the &%file%& option, but one of &%file%&
19471 or &%directory%& must be set, unless the delivery is the direct result of a
19472 redirection (see section &<<SECTfildiropt>>&).
19473
19474 When &%directory%& is set, the string is expanded, and the message is delivered
19475 into a new file or files in or below the given directory, instead of being
19476 appended to a single mailbox file. A number of different formats are provided
19477 (see &%maildir_format%& and &%mailstore_format%&), and see section
19478 &<<SECTopdir>>& for further details of this form of delivery.
19479
19480
19481 .option directory_file appendfile string&!! "see below"
19482 .cindex "base62"
19483 .vindex "&$inode$&"
19484 When &%directory%& is set, but neither &%maildir_format%& nor
19485 &%mailstore_format%& is set, &(appendfile)& delivers each message into a file
19486 whose name is obtained by expanding this string. The default value is:
19487 .code
19488 q${base62:$tod_epoch}-$inode
19489 .endd
19490 This generates a unique name from the current time, in base 62 form, and the
19491 inode of the file. The variable &$inode$& is available only when expanding this
19492 option.
19493
19494
19495 .option directory_mode appendfile "octal integer" 0700
19496 If &(appendfile)& creates any directories as a result of the
19497 &%create_directory%& option, their mode is specified by this option.
19498
19499
19500 .option escape_string appendfile string "see description"
19501 See &%check_string%& above.
19502
19503
19504 .option file appendfile string&!! unset
19505 This option is mutually exclusive with the &%directory%& option, but one of
19506 &%file%& or &%directory%& must be set, unless the delivery is the direct result
19507 of a redirection (see section &<<SECTfildiropt>>&). The &%file%& option
19508 specifies a single file, to which the message is appended. One or more of
19509 &%use_fcntl_lock%&, &%use_flock_lock%&, or &%use_lockfile%& must be set with
19510 &%file%&.
19511
19512 .cindex "NFS" "lock file"
19513 .cindex "locking files"
19514 .cindex "lock files"
19515 If you are using more than one host to deliver over NFS into the same
19516 mailboxes, you should always use lock files.
19517
19518 The string value is expanded for each delivery, and must yield an absolute
19519 path. The most common settings of this option are variations on one of these
19520 examples:
19521 .code
19522 file = /var/spool/mail/$local_part
19523 file = /home/$local_part/inbox
19524 file = $home/inbox
19525 .endd
19526 .cindex "&""sticky""& bit"
19527 In the first example, all deliveries are done into the same directory. If Exim
19528 is configured to use lock files (see &%use_lockfile%& below) it must be able to
19529 create a file in the directory, so the &"sticky"& bit must be turned on for
19530 deliveries to be possible, or alternatively the &%group%& option can be used to
19531 run the delivery under a group id which has write access to the directory.
19532
19533
19534
19535 .option file_format appendfile string unset
19536 .cindex "file" "mailbox; checking existing format"
19537 This option requests the transport to check the format of an existing file
19538 before adding to it. The check consists of matching a specific string at the
19539 start of the file. The value of the option consists of an even number of
19540 colon-separated strings. The first of each pair is the test string, and the
19541 second is the name of a transport. If the transport associated with a matched
19542 string is not the current transport, control is passed over to the other
19543 transport. For example, suppose the standard &(local_delivery)& transport has
19544 this added to it:
19545 .code
19546 file_format = "From : local_delivery :\
19547 \1\1\1\1\n : local_mmdf_delivery"
19548 .endd
19549 Mailboxes that begin with &"From"& are still handled by this transport, but if
19550 a mailbox begins with four binary ones followed by a newline, control is passed
19551 to a transport called &%local_mmdf_delivery%&, which presumably is configured
19552 to do the delivery in MMDF format. If a mailbox does not exist or is empty, it
19553 is assumed to match the current transport. If the start of a mailbox doesn't
19554 match any string, or if the transport named for a given string is not defined,
19555 delivery is deferred.
19556
19557
19558 .option file_must_exist appendfile boolean false
19559 If this option is true, the file specified by the &%file%& option must exist.
19560 A temporary error occurs if it does not, causing delivery to be deferred.
19561 If this option is false, the file is created if it does not exist.
19562
19563
19564 .option lock_fcntl_timeout appendfile time 0s
19565 .cindex "timeout" "mailbox locking"
19566 .cindex "mailbox" "locking, blocking and non-blocking"
19567 .cindex "locking files"
19568 By default, the &(appendfile)& transport uses non-blocking calls to &[fcntl()]&
19569 when locking an open mailbox file. If the call fails, the delivery process
19570 sleeps for &%lock_interval%& and tries again, up to &%lock_retries%& times.
19571 Non-blocking calls are used so that the file is not kept open during the wait
19572 for the lock; the reason for this is to make it as safe as possible for
19573 deliveries over NFS in the case when processes might be accessing an NFS
19574 mailbox without using a lock file. This should not be done, but
19575 misunderstandings and hence misconfigurations are not unknown.
19576
19577 On a busy system, however, the performance of a non-blocking lock approach is
19578 not as good as using a blocking lock with a timeout. In this case, the waiting
19579 is done inside the system call, and Exim's delivery process acquires the lock
19580 and can proceed as soon as the previous lock holder releases it.
19581
19582 If &%lock_fcntl_timeout%& is set to a non-zero time, blocking locks, with that
19583 timeout, are used. There may still be some retrying: the maximum number of
19584 retries is
19585 .code
19586 (lock_retries * lock_interval) / lock_fcntl_timeout
19587 .endd
19588 rounded up to the next whole number. In other words, the total time during
19589 which &(appendfile)& is trying to get a lock is roughly the same, unless
19590 &%lock_fcntl_timeout%& is set very large.
19591
19592 You should consider setting this option if you are getting a lot of delayed
19593 local deliveries because of errors of the form
19594 .code
19595 failed to lock mailbox /some/file (fcntl)
19596 .endd
19597
19598 .option lock_flock_timeout appendfile time 0s
19599 This timeout applies to file locking when using &[flock()]& (see
19600 &%use_flock%&); the timeout operates in a similar manner to
19601 &%lock_fcntl_timeout%&.
19602
19603
19604 .option lock_interval appendfile time 3s
19605 This specifies the time to wait between attempts to lock the file. See below
19606 for details of locking.
19607
19608
19609 .option lock_retries appendfile integer 10
19610 This specifies the maximum number of attempts to lock the file. A value of zero
19611 is treated as 1. See below for details of locking.
19612
19613
19614 .option lockfile_mode appendfile "octal integer" 0600
19615 This specifies the mode of the created lock file, when a lock file is being
19616 used (see &%use_lockfile%& and &%use_mbx_lock%&).
19617
19618
19619 .option lockfile_timeout appendfile time 30m
19620 .cindex "timeout" "mailbox locking"
19621 When a lock file is being used (see &%use_lockfile%&), if a lock file already
19622 exists and is older than this value, it is assumed to have been left behind by
19623 accident, and Exim attempts to remove it.
19624
19625
19626 .option mailbox_filecount appendfile string&!! unset
19627 .cindex "mailbox" "specifying size of"
19628 .cindex "size" "of mailbox"
19629 If this option is set, it is expanded, and the result is taken as the current
19630 number of files in the mailbox. It must be a decimal number, optionally
19631 followed by K or M. This provides a way of obtaining this information from an
19632 external source that maintains the data.
19633
19634
19635 .option mailbox_size appendfile string&!! unset
19636 .cindex "mailbox" "specifying size of"
19637 .cindex "size" "of mailbox"
19638 If this option is set, it is expanded, and the result is taken as the current
19639 size the mailbox. It must be a decimal number, optionally followed by K or M.
19640 This provides a way of obtaining this information from an external source that
19641 maintains the data. This is likely to be helpful for maildir deliveries where
19642 it is computationally expensive to compute the size of a mailbox.
19643
19644
19645
19646 .option maildir_format appendfile boolean false
19647 .cindex "maildir format" "specifying"
19648 If this option is set with the &%directory%& option, the delivery is into a new
19649 file, in the &"maildir"& format that is used by other mail software. When the
19650 transport is activated directly from a &(redirect)& router (for example, the
19651 &(address_file)& transport in the default configuration), setting
19652 &%maildir_format%& causes the path received from the router to be treated as a
19653 directory, whether or not it ends with &`/`&. This option is available only if
19654 SUPPORT_MAILDIR is present in &_Local/Makefile_&. See section
19655 &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below for further details.
19656
19657
19658 .option maildir_quota_directory_regex appendfile string "See below"
19659 .cindex "maildir format" "quota; directories included in"
19660 .cindex "quota" "maildir; directories included in"
19661 This option is relevant only when &%maildir_use_size_file%& is set. It defines
19662 a regular expression for specifying directories, relative to the quota
19663 directory (see &%quota_directory%&), that should be included in the quota
19664 calculation. The default value is:
19665 .code
19666 maildir_quota_directory_regex = ^(?:cur|new|\..*)$
19667 .endd
19668 This includes the &_cur_& and &_new_& directories, and any maildir++ folders
19669 (directories whose names begin with a dot). If you want to exclude the
19670 &_Trash_&
19671 folder from the count (as some sites do), you need to change this setting to
19672 .code
19673 maildir_quota_directory_regex = ^(?:cur|new|\.(?!Trash).*)$
19674 .endd
19675 This uses a negative lookahead in the regular expression to exclude the
19676 directory whose name is &_.Trash_&. When a directory is excluded from quota
19677 calculations, quota processing is bypassed for any messages that are delivered
19678 directly into that directory.
19679
19680
19681 .option maildir_retries appendfile integer 10
19682 This option specifies the number of times to retry when writing a file in
19683 &"maildir"& format. See section &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below.
19684
19685
19686 .option maildir_tag appendfile string&!! unset
19687 This option applies only to deliveries in maildir format, and is described in
19688 section &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below.
19689
19690
19691 .option maildir_use_size_file appendfile boolean false
19692 .cindex "maildir format" "&_maildirsize_& file"
19693 Setting this option true enables support for &_maildirsize_& files. Exim
19694 creates a &_maildirsize_& file in a maildir if one does not exist, taking the
19695 quota from the &%quota%& option of the transport. If &%quota%& is unset, the
19696 value is zero. See &%maildir_quota_directory_regex%& above and section
19697 &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below for further details.
19698
19699 .option maildirfolder_create_regex appendfile string unset
19700 .cindex "maildir format" "&_maildirfolder_& file"
19701 .cindex "&_maildirfolder_&, creating"
19702 The value of this option is a regular expression. If it is unset, it has no
19703 effect. Otherwise, before a maildir delivery takes place, the pattern is
19704 matched against the name of the maildir directory, that is, the directory
19705 containing the &_new_& and &_tmp_& subdirectories that will be used for the
19706 delivery. If there is a match, Exim checks for the existence of a file called
19707 &_maildirfolder_& in the directory, and creates it if it does not exist.
19708 See section &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& for more details.
19709
19710
19711 .option mailstore_format appendfile boolean false
19712 .cindex "mailstore format" "specifying"
19713 If this option is set with the &%directory%& option, the delivery is into two
19714 new files in &"mailstore"& format. The option is available only if
19715 SUPPORT_MAILSTORE is present in &_Local/Makefile_&. See section &<<SECTopdir>>&
19716 below for further details.
19717
19718
19719 .option mailstore_prefix appendfile string&!! unset
19720 This option applies only to deliveries in mailstore format, and is described in
19721 section &<<SECTopdir>>& below.
19722
19723
19724 .option mailstore_suffix appendfile string&!! unset
19725 This option applies only to deliveries in mailstore format, and is described in
19726 section &<<SECTopdir>>& below.
19727
19728
19729 .option mbx_format appendfile boolean false
19730 .cindex "locking files"
19731 .cindex "file" "locking"
19732 .cindex "file" "MBX format"
19733 .cindex "MBX format, specifying"
19734 This option is available only if Exim has been compiled with SUPPORT_MBX
19735 set in &_Local/Makefile_&. If &%mbx_format%& is set with the &%file%& option,
19736 the message is appended to the mailbox file in MBX format instead of
19737 traditional Unix format. This format is supported by Pine4 and its associated
19738 IMAP and POP daemons, by means of the &'c-client'& library that they all use.
19739
19740 &*Note*&: The &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& options are not
19741 automatically changed by the use of &%mbx_format%&. They should normally be set
19742 empty when using MBX format, so this option almost always appears in this
19743 combination:
19744 .code
19745 mbx_format = true
19746 message_prefix =
19747 message_suffix =
19748 .endd
19749 If none of the locking options are mentioned in the configuration,
19750 &%use_mbx_lock%& is assumed and the other locking options default to false. It
19751 is possible to specify the other kinds of locking with &%mbx_format%&, but
19752 &%use_fcntl_lock%& and &%use_mbx_lock%& are mutually exclusive. MBX locking
19753 interworks with &'c-client'&, providing for shared access to the mailbox. It
19754 should not be used if any program that does not use this form of locking is
19755 going to access the mailbox, nor should it be used if the mailbox file is NFS
19756 mounted, because it works only when the mailbox is accessed from a single host.
19757
19758 If you set &%use_fcntl_lock%& with an MBX-format mailbox, you cannot use
19759 the standard version of &'c-client'&, because as long as it has a mailbox open
19760 (this means for the whole of a Pine or IMAP session), Exim will not be able to
19761 append messages to it.
19762
19763
19764 .option message_prefix appendfile string&!! "see below"
19765 .cindex "&""From""& line"
19766 The string specified here is expanded and output at the start of every message.
19767 The default is unset unless &%file%& is specified and &%use_bsmtp%& is not set,
19768 in which case it is:
19769 .code
19770 message_prefix = "From ${if def:return_path{$return_path}\
19771 {MAILER-DAEMON}} $tod_bsdinbox\n"
19772 .endd
19773 &*Note:*& If you set &%use_crlf%& true, you must change any occurrences of
19774 &`\n`& to &`\r\n`& in &%message_prefix%&.
19775
19776 .option message_suffix appendfile string&!! "see below"
19777 The string specified here is expanded and output at the end of every message.
19778 The default is unset unless &%file%& is specified and &%use_bsmtp%& is not set,
19779 in which case it is a single newline character. The suffix can be suppressed by
19780 setting
19781 .code
19782 message_suffix =
19783 .endd
19784 &*Note:*& If you set &%use_crlf%& true, you must change any occurrences of
19785 &`\n`& to &`\r\n`& in &%message_suffix%&.
19786
19787 .option mode appendfile "octal integer" 0600
19788 If the output file is created, it is given this mode. If it already exists and
19789 has wider permissions, they are reduced to this mode. If it has narrower
19790 permissions, an error occurs unless &%mode_fail_narrower%& is false. However,
19791 if the delivery is the result of a &%save%& command in a filter file specifying
19792 a particular mode, the mode of the output file is always forced to take that
19793 value, and this option is ignored.
19794
19795
19796 .option mode_fail_narrower appendfile boolean true
19797 This option applies in the case when an existing mailbox file has a narrower
19798 mode than that specified by the &%mode%& option. If &%mode_fail_narrower%& is
19799 true, the delivery is deferred (&"mailbox has the wrong mode"&); otherwise Exim
19800 continues with the delivery attempt, using the existing mode of the file.
19801
19802
19803 .option notify_comsat appendfile boolean false
19804 If this option is true, the &'comsat'& daemon is notified after every
19805 successful delivery to a user mailbox. This is the daemon that notifies logged
19806 on users about incoming mail.
19807
19808
19809 .option quota appendfile string&!! unset
19810 .cindex "quota" "imposed by Exim"
19811 This option imposes a limit on the size of the file to which Exim is appending,
19812 or to the total space used in the directory tree when the &%directory%& option
19813 is set. In the latter case, computation of the space used is expensive, because
19814 all the files in the directory (and any sub-directories) have to be
19815 individually inspected and their sizes summed. (See &%quota_size_regex%& and
19816 &%maildir_use_size_file%& for ways to avoid this in environments where users
19817 have no shell access to their mailboxes).
19818
19819 As there is no interlock against two simultaneous deliveries into a
19820 multi-file mailbox, it is possible for the quota to be overrun in this case.
19821 For single-file mailboxes, of course, an interlock is a necessity.
19822
19823 A file's size is taken as its &'used'& value. Because of blocking effects, this
19824 may be a lot less than the actual amount of disk space allocated to the file.
19825 If the sizes of a number of files are being added up, the rounding effect can
19826 become quite noticeable, especially on systems that have large block sizes.
19827 Nevertheless, it seems best to stick to the &'used'& figure, because this is
19828 the obvious value which users understand most easily.
19829
19830 The value of the option is expanded, and must then be a numerical value
19831 (decimal point allowed), optionally followed by one of the letters K, M, or G,
19832 for kilobytes, megabytes, or gigabytes. If Exim is running on a system with
19833 large file support (Linux and FreeBSD have this), mailboxes larger than 2G can
19834 be handled.
19835
19836 &*Note*&: A value of zero is interpreted as &"no quota"&.
19837
19838 The expansion happens while Exim is running as root, before it changes uid for
19839 the delivery. This means that files that are inaccessible to the end user can
19840 be used to hold quota values that are looked up in the expansion. When delivery
19841 fails because this quota is exceeded, the handling of the error is as for
19842 system quota failures.
19843
19844 By default, Exim's quota checking mimics system quotas, and restricts the
19845 mailbox to the specified maximum size, though the value is not accurate to the
19846 last byte, owing to separator lines and additional headers that may get added
19847 during message delivery. When a mailbox is nearly full, large messages may get
19848 refused even though small ones are accepted, because the size of the current
19849 message is added to the quota when the check is made. This behaviour can be
19850 changed by setting &%quota_is_inclusive%& false. When this is done, the check
19851 for exceeding the quota does not include the current message. Thus, deliveries
19852 continue until the quota has been exceeded; thereafter, no further messages are
19853 delivered. See also &%quota_warn_threshold%&.
19854
19855
19856 .option quota_directory appendfile string&!! unset
19857 This option defines the directory to check for quota purposes when delivering
19858 into individual files. The default is the delivery directory, or, if a file
19859 called &_maildirfolder_& exists in a maildir directory, the parent of the
19860 delivery directory.
19861
19862
19863 .option quota_filecount appendfile string&!! 0
19864 This option applies when the &%directory%& option is set. It limits the total
19865 number of files in the directory (compare the inode limit in system quotas). It
19866 can only be used if &%quota%& is also set. The value is expanded; an expansion
19867 failure causes delivery to be deferred. A value of zero is interpreted as
19868 &"no quota"&.
19869
19870
19871 .option quota_is_inclusive appendfile boolean true
19872 See &%quota%& above.
19873
19874
19875 .option quota_size_regex appendfile string unset
19876 This option applies when one of the delivery modes that writes a separate file
19877 for each message is being used. When Exim wants to find the size of one of
19878 these files in order to test the quota, it first checks &%quota_size_regex%&.
19879 If this is set to a regular expression that matches the file name, and it
19880 captures one string, that string is interpreted as a representation of the
19881 file's size. The value of &%quota_size_regex%& is not expanded.
19882
19883 This feature is useful only when users have no shell access to their mailboxes
19884 &-- otherwise they could defeat the quota simply by renaming the files. This
19885 facility can be used with maildir deliveries, by setting &%maildir_tag%& to add
19886 the file length to the file name. For example:
19887 .code
19888 maildir_tag = ,S=$message_size
19889 quota_size_regex = ,S=(\d+)
19890 .endd
19891 An alternative to &$message_size$& is &$message_linecount$&, which contains the
19892 number of lines in the message.
19893
19894 The regular expression should not assume that the length is at the end of the
19895 file name (even though &%maildir_tag%& puts it there) because maildir MUAs
19896 sometimes add other information onto the ends of message file names.
19897
19898
19899
19900 .option quota_warn_message appendfile string&!! "see below"
19901 See below for the use of this option. If it is not set when
19902 &%quota_warn_threshold%& is set, it defaults to
19903 .code
19904 quota_warn_message = "\
19905 To: $local_part@$domain\n\
19906 Subject: Your mailbox\n\n\
19907 This message is automatically created \
19908 by mail delivery software.\n\n\
19909 The size of your mailbox has exceeded \
19910 a warning threshold that is\n\
19911 set by the system administrator.\n"
19912 .endd
19913
19914
19915 .option quota_warn_threshold appendfile string&!! 0
19916 .cindex "quota" "warning threshold"
19917 .cindex "mailbox" "size warning"
19918 .cindex "size" "of mailbox"
19919 This option is expanded in the same way as &%quota%& (see above). If the
19920 resulting value is greater than zero, and delivery of the message causes the
19921 size of the file or total space in the directory tree to cross the given
19922 threshold, a warning message is sent. If &%quota%& is also set, the threshold
19923 may be specified as a percentage of it by following the value with a percent
19924 sign. For example:
19925 .code
19926 quota = 10M
19927 quota_warn_threshold = 75%
19928 .endd
19929 If &%quota%& is not set, a setting of &%quota_warn_threshold%& that ends with a
19930 percent sign is ignored.
19931
19932 The warning message itself is specified by the &%quota_warn_message%& option,
19933 and it must start with a &'To:'& header line containing the recipient(s) of the
19934 warning message. These do not necessarily have to include the recipient(s) of
19935 the original message. A &'Subject:'& line should also normally be supplied. You
19936 can include any other header lines that you want. If you do not include a
19937 &'From:'& line, the default is:
19938 .code
19939 From: Mail Delivery System <mailer-daemon@$qualify_domain_sender>
19940 .endd
19941 .oindex &%errors_reply_to%&
19942 If you supply a &'Reply-To:'& line, it overrides the global &%errors_reply_to%&
19943 option.
19944
19945 The &%quota%& option does not have to be set in order to use this option; they
19946 are independent of one another except when the threshold is specified as a
19947 percentage.
19948
19949
19950 .option use_bsmtp appendfile boolean false
19951 .cindex "envelope sender"
19952 If this option is set true, &(appendfile)& writes messages in &"batch SMTP"&
19953 format, with the envelope sender and recipient(s) included as SMTP commands. If
19954 you want to include a leading HELO command with such messages, you can do
19955 so by setting the &%message_prefix%& option. See section &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>&
19956 for details of batch SMTP.
19957
19958
19959 .option use_crlf appendfile boolean false
19960 .cindex "carriage return"
19961 .cindex "linefeed"
19962 This option causes lines to be terminated with the two-character CRLF sequence
19963 (carriage return, linefeed) instead of just a linefeed character. In the case
19964 of batched SMTP, the byte sequence written to the file is then an exact image
19965 of what would be sent down a real SMTP connection.
19966
19967 &*Note:*& The contents of the &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& options
19968 (which are used to supply the traditional &"From&~"& and blank line separators
19969 in Berkeley-style mailboxes) are written verbatim, so must contain their own
19970 carriage return characters if these are needed. In cases where these options
19971 have non-empty defaults, the values end with a single linefeed, so they must be
19972 changed to end with &`\r\n`& if &%use_crlf%& is set.
19973
19974
19975 .option use_fcntl_lock appendfile boolean "see below"
19976 This option controls the use of the &[fcntl()]& function to lock a file for
19977 exclusive use when a message is being appended. It is set by default unless
19978 &%use_flock_lock%& is set. Otherwise, it should be turned off only if you know
19979 that all your MUAs use lock file locking. When both &%use_fcntl_lock%& and
19980 &%use_flock_lock%& are unset, &%use_lockfile%& must be set.
19981
19982
19983 .option use_flock_lock appendfile boolean false
19984 This option is provided to support the use of &[flock()]& for file locking, for
19985 the few situations where it is needed. Most modern operating systems support
19986 &[fcntl()]& and &[lockf()]& locking, and these two functions interwork with
19987 each other. Exim uses &[fcntl()]& locking by default.
19988
19989 This option is required only if you are using an operating system where
19990 &[flock()]& is used by programs that access mailboxes (typically MUAs), and
19991 where &[flock()]& does not correctly interwork with &[fcntl()]&. You can use
19992 both &[fcntl()]& and &[flock()]& locking simultaneously if you want.
19993
19994 .cindex "Solaris" "&[flock()]& support"
19995 Not all operating systems provide &[flock()]&. Some versions of Solaris do not
19996 have it (and some, I think, provide a not quite right version built on top of
19997 &[lockf()]&). If the OS does not have &[flock()]&, Exim will be built without
19998 the ability to use it, and any attempt to do so will cause a configuration
19999 error.
20000
20001 &*Warning*&: &[flock()]& locks do not work on NFS files (unless &[flock()]&
20002 is just being mapped onto &[fcntl()]& by the OS).
20003
20004
20005 .option use_lockfile appendfile boolean "see below"
20006 If this option is turned off, Exim does not attempt to create a lock file when
20007 appending to a mailbox file. In this situation, the only locking is by
20008 &[fcntl()]&. You should only turn &%use_lockfile%& off if you are absolutely
20009 sure that every MUA that is ever going to look at your users' mailboxes uses
20010 &[fcntl()]& rather than a lock file, and even then only when you are not
20011 delivering over NFS from more than one host.
20012
20013 .cindex "NFS" "lock file"
20014 In order to append to an NFS file safely from more than one host, it is
20015 necessary to take out a lock &'before'& opening the file, and the lock file
20016 achieves this. Otherwise, even with &[fcntl()]& locking, there is a risk of
20017 file corruption.
20018
20019 The &%use_lockfile%& option is set by default unless &%use_mbx_lock%& is set.
20020 It is not possible to turn both &%use_lockfile%& and &%use_fcntl_lock%& off,
20021 except when &%mbx_format%& is set.
20022
20023
20024 .option use_mbx_lock appendfile boolean "see below"
20025 This option is available only if Exim has been compiled with SUPPORT_MBX
20026 set in &_Local/Makefile_&. Setting the option specifies that special MBX
20027 locking rules be used. It is set by default if &%mbx_format%& is set and none
20028 of the locking options are mentioned in the configuration. The locking rules
20029 are the same as are used by the &'c-client'& library that underlies Pine and
20030 the IMAP4 and POP daemons that come with it (see the discussion below). The
20031 rules allow for shared access to the mailbox. However, this kind of locking
20032 does not work when the mailbox is NFS mounted.
20033
20034 You can set &%use_mbx_lock%& with either (or both) of &%use_fcntl_lock%& and
20035 &%use_flock_lock%& to control what kind of locking is used in implementing the
20036 MBX locking rules. The default is to use &[fcntl()]& if &%use_mbx_lock%& is set
20037 without &%use_fcntl_lock%& or &%use_flock_lock%&.
20038
20039
20040
20041
20042 .section "Operational details for appending" "SECTopappend"
20043 .cindex "appending to a file"
20044 .cindex "file" "appending"
20045 Before appending to a file, the following preparations are made:
20046
20047 .ilist
20048 If the name of the file is &_/dev/null_&, no action is taken, and a success
20049 return is given.
20050
20051 .next
20052 .cindex "directory creation"
20053 If any directories on the file's path are missing, Exim creates them if the
20054 &%create_directory%& option is set. A created directory's mode is given by the
20055 &%directory_mode%& option.
20056
20057 .next
20058 If &%file_format%& is set, the format of an existing file is checked. If this
20059 indicates that a different transport should be used, control is passed to that
20060 transport.
20061
20062 .next
20063 .cindex "file" "locking"
20064 .cindex "locking files"
20065 .cindex "NFS" "lock file"
20066 If &%use_lockfile%& is set, a lock file is built in a way that will work
20067 reliably over NFS, as follows:
20068
20069 .olist
20070 Create a &"hitching post"& file whose name is that of the lock file with the
20071 current time, primary host name, and process id added, by opening for writing
20072 as a new file. If this fails with an access error, delivery is deferred.
20073 .next
20074 Close the hitching post file, and hard link it to the lock file name.
20075 .next
20076 If the call to &[link()]& succeeds, creation of the lock file has succeeded.
20077 Unlink the hitching post name.
20078 .next
20079 Otherwise, use &[stat()]& to get information about the hitching post file, and
20080 then unlink hitching post name. If the number of links is exactly two, creation
20081 of the lock file succeeded but something (for example, an NFS server crash and
20082 restart) caused this fact not to be communicated to the &[link()]& call.
20083 .next
20084 If creation of the lock file failed, wait for &%lock_interval%& and try again,
20085 up to &%lock_retries%& times. However, since any program that writes to a
20086 mailbox should complete its task very quickly, it is reasonable to time out old
20087 lock files that are normally the result of user agent and system crashes. If an
20088 existing lock file is older than &%lockfile_timeout%& Exim attempts to unlink
20089 it before trying again.
20090 .endlist olist
20091
20092 .next
20093 A call is made to &[lstat()]& to discover whether the main file exists, and if
20094 so, what its characteristics are. If &[lstat()]& fails for any reason other
20095 than non-existence, delivery is deferred.
20096
20097 .next
20098 .cindex "symbolic link" "to mailbox"
20099 .cindex "mailbox" "symbolic link"
20100 If the file does exist and is a symbolic link, delivery is deferred, unless the
20101 &%allow_symlink%& option is set, in which case the ownership of the link is
20102 checked, and then &[stat()]& is called to find out about the real file, which
20103 is then subjected to the checks below. The check on the top-level link
20104 ownership prevents one user creating a link for another's mailbox in a sticky
20105 directory, though allowing symbolic links in this case is definitely not a good
20106 idea. If there is a chain of symbolic links, the intermediate ones are not
20107 checked.
20108
20109 .next
20110 If the file already exists but is not a regular file, or if the file's owner
20111 and group (if the group is being checked &-- see &%check_group%& above) are
20112 different from the user and group under which the delivery is running,
20113 delivery is deferred.
20114
20115 .next
20116 If the file's permissions are more generous than specified, they are reduced.
20117 If they are insufficient, delivery is deferred, unless &%mode_fail_narrower%&
20118 is set false, in which case the delivery is tried using the existing
20119 permissions.
20120
20121 .next
20122 The file's inode number is saved, and the file is then opened for appending.
20123 If this fails because the file has vanished, &(appendfile)& behaves as if it
20124 hadn't existed (see below). For any other failures, delivery is deferred.
20125
20126 .next
20127 If the file is opened successfully, check that the inode number hasn't
20128 changed, that it is still a regular file, and that the owner and permissions
20129 have not changed. If anything is wrong, defer delivery and freeze the message.
20130
20131 .next
20132 If the file did not exist originally, defer delivery if the &%file_must_exist%&
20133 option is set. Otherwise, check that the file is being created in a permitted
20134 directory if the &%create_file%& option is set (deferring on failure), and then
20135 open for writing as a new file, with the O_EXCL and O_CREAT options,
20136 except when dealing with a symbolic link (the &%allow_symlink%& option must be
20137 set). In this case, which can happen if the link points to a non-existent file,
20138 the file is opened for writing using O_CREAT but not O_EXCL, because
20139 that prevents link following.
20140
20141 .next
20142 .cindex "loop" "while file testing"
20143 If opening fails because the file exists, obey the tests given above for
20144 existing files. However, to avoid looping in a situation where the file is
20145 being continuously created and destroyed, the exists/not-exists loop is broken
20146 after 10 repetitions, and the message is then frozen.
20147
20148 .next
20149 If opening fails with any other error, defer delivery.
20150
20151 .next
20152 .cindex "file" "locking"
20153 .cindex "locking files"
20154 Once the file is open, unless both &%use_fcntl_lock%& and &%use_flock_lock%&
20155 are false, it is locked using &[fcntl()]& or &[flock()]& or both. If
20156 &%use_mbx_lock%& is false, an exclusive lock is requested in each case.
20157 However, if &%use_mbx_lock%& is true, Exim takes out a shared lock on the open
20158 file, and an exclusive lock on the file whose name is
20159 .code
20160 /tmp/.<device-number>.<inode-number>
20161 .endd
20162 using the device and inode numbers of the open mailbox file, in accordance with
20163 the MBX locking rules. This file is created with a mode that is specified by
20164 the &%lockfile_mode%& option.
20165
20166 If Exim fails to lock the file, there are two possible courses of action,
20167 depending on the value of the locking timeout. This is obtained from
20168 &%lock_fcntl_timeout%& or &%lock_flock_timeout%&, as appropriate.
20169
20170 If the timeout value is zero, the file is closed, Exim waits for
20171 &%lock_interval%&, and then goes back and re-opens the file as above and tries
20172 to lock it again. This happens up to &%lock_retries%& times, after which the
20173 delivery is deferred.
20174
20175 If the timeout has a value greater than zero, blocking calls to &[fcntl()]& or
20176 &[flock()]& are used (with the given timeout), so there has already been some
20177 waiting involved by the time locking fails. Nevertheless, Exim does not give up
20178 immediately. It retries up to
20179 .code
20180 (lock_retries * lock_interval) / <timeout>
20181 .endd
20182 times (rounded up).
20183 .endlist
20184
20185 At the end of delivery, Exim closes the file (which releases the &[fcntl()]&
20186 and/or &[flock()]& locks) and then deletes the lock file if one was created.
20187
20188
20189 .section "Operational details for delivery to a new file" "SECTopdir"
20190 .cindex "delivery" "to single file"
20191 .cindex "&""From""& line"
20192 When the &%directory%& option is set instead of &%file%&, each message is
20193 delivered into a newly-created file or set of files. When &(appendfile)& is
20194 activated directly from a &(redirect)& router, neither &%file%& nor
20195 &%directory%& is normally set, because the path for delivery is supplied by the
20196 router. (See for example, the &(address_file)& transport in the default
20197 configuration.) In this case, delivery is to a new file if either the path name
20198 ends in &`/`&, or the &%maildir_format%& or &%mailstore_format%& option is set.
20199
20200 No locking is required while writing the message to a new file, so the various
20201 locking options of the transport are ignored. The &"From"& line that by default
20202 separates messages in a single file is not normally needed, nor is the escaping
20203 of message lines that start with &"From"&, and there is no need to ensure a
20204 newline at the end of each message. Consequently, the default values for
20205 &%check_string%&, &%message_prefix%&, and &%message_suffix%& are all unset when
20206 any of &%directory%&, &%maildir_format%&, or &%mailstore_format%& is set.
20207
20208 If Exim is required to check a &%quota%& setting, it adds up the sizes of all
20209 the files in the delivery directory by default. However, you can specify a
20210 different directory by setting &%quota_directory%&. Also, for maildir
20211 deliveries (see below) the &_maildirfolder_& convention is honoured.
20212
20213
20214 .cindex "maildir format"
20215 .cindex "mailstore format"
20216 There are three different ways in which delivery to individual files can be
20217 done, controlled by the settings of the &%maildir_format%& and
20218 &%mailstore_format%& options. Note that code to support maildir or mailstore
20219 formats is not included in the binary unless SUPPORT_MAILDIR or
20220 SUPPORT_MAILSTORE, respectively, is set in &_Local/Makefile_&.
20221
20222 .cindex "directory creation"
20223 In all three cases an attempt is made to create the directory and any necessary
20224 sub-directories if they do not exist, provided that the &%create_directory%&
20225 option is set (the default). The location of a created directory can be
20226 constrained by setting &%create_file%&. A created directory's mode is given by
20227 the &%directory_mode%& option. If creation fails, or if the
20228 &%create_directory%& option is not set when creation is required, delivery is
20229 deferred.
20230
20231
20232
20233 .section "Maildir delivery" "SECTmaildirdelivery"
20234 .cindex "maildir format" "description of"
20235 If the &%maildir_format%& option is true, Exim delivers each message by writing
20236 it to a file whose name is &_tmp/<stime>.H<mtime>P<pid>.<host>_& in the
20237 directory that is defined by the &%directory%& option (the &"delivery
20238 directory"&). If the delivery is successful, the file is renamed into the
20239 &_new_& subdirectory.
20240
20241 In the file name, <&'stime'&> is the current time of day in seconds, and
20242 <&'mtime'&> is the microsecond fraction of the time. After a maildir delivery,
20243 Exim checks that the time-of-day clock has moved on by at least one microsecond
20244 before terminating the delivery process. This guarantees uniqueness for the
20245 file name. However, as a precaution, Exim calls &[stat()]& for the file before
20246 opening it. If any response other than ENOENT (does not exist) is given,
20247 Exim waits 2 seconds and tries again, up to &%maildir_retries%& times.
20248
20249 Before Exim carries out a maildir delivery, it ensures that subdirectories
20250 called &_new_&, &_cur_&, and &_tmp_& exist in the delivery directory. If they
20251 do not exist, Exim tries to create them and any superior directories in their
20252 path, subject to the &%create_directory%& and &%create_file%& options. If the
20253 &%maildirfolder_create_regex%& option is set, and the regular expression it
20254 contains matches the delivery directory, Exim also ensures that a file called
20255 &_maildirfolder_& exists in the delivery directory. If a missing directory or
20256 &_maildirfolder_& file cannot be created, delivery is deferred.
20257
20258 These features make it possible to use Exim to create all the necessary files
20259 and directories in a maildir mailbox, including subdirectories for maildir++
20260 folders. Consider this example:
20261 .code
20262 maildir_format = true
20263 directory = /var/mail/$local_part\
20264 ${if eq{$local_part_suffix}{}{}\
20265 {/.${substr_1:$local_part_suffix}}}
20266 maildirfolder_create_regex = /\.[^/]+$
20267 .endd
20268 If &$local_part_suffix$& is empty (there was no suffix for the local part),
20269 delivery is into a toplevel maildir with a name like &_/var/mail/pimbo_& (for
20270 the user called &'pimbo'&). The pattern in &%maildirfolder_create_regex%& does
20271 not match this name, so Exim will not look for or create the file
20272 &_/var/mail/pimbo/maildirfolder_&, though it will create
20273 &_/var/mail/pimbo/{cur,new,tmp}_& if necessary.
20274
20275 However, if &$local_part_suffix$& contains &`-eximusers`& (for example),
20276 delivery is into the maildir++ folder &_/var/mail/pimbo/.eximusers_&, which
20277 does match &%maildirfolder_create_regex%&. In this case, Exim will create
20278 &_/var/mail/pimbo/.eximusers/maildirfolder_& as well as the three maildir
20279 directories &_/var/mail/pimbo/.eximusers/{cur,new,tmp}_&.
20280
20281 &*Warning:*& Take care when setting &%maildirfolder_create_regex%& that it does
20282 not inadvertently match the toplevel maildir directory, because a
20283 &_maildirfolder_& file at top level would completely break quota calculations.
20284
20285 .cindex "quota" "in maildir delivery"
20286 .cindex "maildir++"
20287 If Exim is required to check a &%quota%& setting before a maildir delivery, and
20288 &%quota_directory%& is not set, it looks for a file called &_maildirfolder_& in
20289 the maildir directory (alongside &_new_&, &_cur_&, &_tmp_&). If this exists,
20290 Exim assumes the directory is a maildir++ folder directory, which is one level
20291 down from the user's top level mailbox directory. This causes it to start at
20292 the parent directory instead of the current directory when calculating the
20293 amount of space used.
20294
20295 One problem with delivering into a multi-file mailbox is that it is
20296 computationally expensive to compute the size of the mailbox for quota
20297 checking. Various approaches have been taken to reduce the amount of work
20298 needed. The next two sections describe two of them. A third alternative is to
20299 use some external process for maintaining the size data, and use the expansion
20300 of the &%mailbox_size%& option as a way of importing it into Exim.
20301
20302
20303
20304
20305 .section "Using tags to record message sizes" "SECID135"
20306 If &%maildir_tag%& is set, the string is expanded for each delivery.
20307 When the maildir file is renamed into the &_new_& sub-directory, the
20308 tag is added to its name. However, if adding the tag takes the length of the
20309 name to the point where the test &[stat()]& call fails with ENAMETOOLONG,
20310 the tag is dropped and the maildir file is created with no tag.
20311
20312 .vindex "&$message_size$&"
20313 Tags can be used to encode the size of files in their names; see
20314 &%quota_size_regex%& above for an example. The expansion of &%maildir_tag%&
20315 happens after the message has been written. The value of the &$message_size$&
20316 variable is set to the number of bytes actually written. If the expansion is
20317 forced to fail, the tag is ignored, but a non-forced failure causes delivery to
20318 be deferred. The expanded tag may contain any printing characters except &"/"&.
20319 Non-printing characters in the string are ignored; if the resulting string is
20320 empty, it is ignored. If it starts with an alphanumeric character, a leading
20321 colon is inserted.
20322
20323
20324
20325 .section "Using a maildirsize file" "SECID136"
20326 .cindex "quota" "in maildir delivery"
20327 .cindex "maildir format" "&_maildirsize_& file"
20328 If &%maildir_use_size_file%& is true, Exim implements the maildir++ rules for
20329 storing quota and message size information in a file called &_maildirsize_&
20330 within the toplevel maildir directory. If this file does not exist, Exim
20331 creates it, setting the quota from the &%quota%& option of the transport. If
20332 the maildir directory itself does not exist, it is created before any attempt
20333 to write a &_maildirsize_& file.
20334
20335 The &_maildirsize_& file is used to hold information about the sizes of
20336 messages in the maildir, thus speeding up quota calculations. The quota value
20337 in the file is just a cache; if the quota is changed in the transport, the new
20338 value overrides the cached value when the next message is delivered. The cache
20339 is maintained for the benefit of other programs that access the maildir and
20340 need to know the quota.
20341
20342 If the &%quota%& option in the transport is unset or zero, the &_maildirsize_&
20343 file is maintained (with a zero quota setting), but no quota is imposed.
20344
20345 A regular expression is available for controlling which directories in the
20346 maildir participate in quota calculations when a &_maildirsizefile_& is in use.
20347 See the description of the &%maildir_quota_directory_regex%& option above for
20348 details.
20349
20350
20351 .section "Mailstore delivery" "SECID137"
20352 .cindex "mailstore format" "description of"
20353 If the &%mailstore_format%& option is true, each message is written as two
20354 files in the given directory. A unique base name is constructed from the
20355 message id and the current delivery process, and the files that are written use
20356 this base name plus the suffixes &_.env_& and &_.msg_&. The &_.env_& file
20357 contains the message's envelope, and the &_.msg_& file contains the message
20358 itself. The base name is placed in the variable &$mailstore_basename$&.
20359
20360 During delivery, the envelope is first written to a file with the suffix
20361 &_.tmp_&. The &_.msg_& file is then written, and when it is complete, the
20362 &_.tmp_& file is renamed as the &_.env_& file. Programs that access messages in
20363 mailstore format should wait for the presence of both a &_.msg_& and a &_.env_&
20364 file before accessing either of them. An alternative approach is to wait for
20365 the absence of a &_.tmp_& file.
20366
20367 The envelope file starts with any text defined by the &%mailstore_prefix%&
20368 option, expanded and terminated by a newline if there isn't one. Then follows
20369 the sender address on one line, then all the recipient addresses, one per line.
20370 There can be more than one recipient only if the &%batch_max%& option is set
20371 greater than one. Finally, &%mailstore_suffix%& is expanded and the result
20372 appended to the file, followed by a newline if it does not end with one.
20373
20374 If expansion of &%mailstore_prefix%& or &%mailstore_suffix%& ends with a forced
20375 failure, it is ignored. Other expansion errors are treated as serious
20376 configuration errors, and delivery is deferred. The variable
20377 &$mailstore_basename$& is available for use during these expansions.
20378
20379
20380 .section "Non-special new file delivery" "SECID138"
20381 If neither &%maildir_format%& nor &%mailstore_format%& is set, a single new
20382 file is created directly in the named directory. For example, when delivering
20383 messages into files in batched SMTP format for later delivery to some host (see
20384 section &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>&), a setting such as
20385 .code
20386 directory = /var/bsmtp/$host
20387 .endd
20388 might be used. A message is written to a file with a temporary name, which is
20389 then renamed when the delivery is complete. The final name is obtained by
20390 expanding the contents of the &%directory_file%& option.
20391 .ecindex IIDapptra1
20392 .ecindex IIDapptra2
20393
20394
20395
20396
20397
20398
20399 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20400 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20401
20402 .chapter "The autoreply transport" "CHID8"
20403 .scindex IIDauttra1 "transports" "&(autoreply)&"
20404 .scindex IIDauttra2 "&(autoreply)& transport"
20405 The &(autoreply)& transport is not a true transport in that it does not cause
20406 the message to be transmitted. Instead, it generates a new mail message as an
20407 automatic reply to the incoming message. &'References:'& and
20408 &'Auto-Submitted:'& header lines are included. These are constructed according
20409 to the rules in RFCs 2822 and 3834, respectively.
20410
20411 If the router that passes the message to this transport does not have the
20412 &%unseen%& option set, the original message (for the current recipient) is not
20413 delivered anywhere. However, when the &%unseen%& option is set on the router
20414 that passes the message to this transport, routing of the address continues, so
20415 another router can set up a normal message delivery.
20416
20417
20418 The &(autoreply)& transport is usually run as the result of mail filtering, a
20419 &"vacation"& message being the standard example. However, it can also be run
20420 directly from a router like any other transport. To reduce the possibility of
20421 message cascades, messages created by the &(autoreply)& transport always have
20422 empty envelope sender addresses, like bounce messages.
20423
20424 The parameters of the message to be sent can be specified in the configuration
20425 by options described below. However, these are used only when the address
20426 passed to the transport does not contain its own reply information. When the
20427 transport is run as a consequence of a
20428 &%mail%&
20429 or &%vacation%& command in a filter file, the parameters of the message are
20430 supplied by the filter, and passed with the address. The transport's options
20431 that define the message are then ignored (so they are not usually set in this
20432 case). The message is specified entirely by the filter or by the transport; it
20433 is never built from a mixture of options. However, the &%file_optional%&,
20434 &%mode%&, and &%return_message%& options apply in all cases.
20435
20436 &(Autoreply)& is implemented as a local transport. When used as a result of a
20437 command in a user's filter file, &(autoreply)& normally runs under the uid and
20438 gid of the user, and with appropriate current and home directories (see chapter
20439 &<<CHAPenvironment>>&).
20440
20441 There is a subtle difference between routing a message to a &(pipe)& transport
20442 that generates some text to be returned to the sender, and routing it to an
20443 &(autoreply)& transport. This difference is noticeable only if more than one
20444 address from the same message is so handled. In the case of a pipe, the
20445 separate outputs from the different addresses are gathered up and returned to
20446 the sender in a single message, whereas if &(autoreply)& is used, a separate
20447 message is generated for each address that is passed to it.
20448
20449 Non-printing characters are not permitted in the header lines generated for the
20450 message that &(autoreply)& creates, with the exception of newlines that are
20451 immediately followed by white space. If any non-printing characters are found,
20452 the transport defers.
20453 Whether characters with the top bit set count as printing characters or not is
20454 controlled by the &%print_topbitchars%& global option.
20455
20456 If any of the generic options for manipulating headers (for example,
20457 &%headers_add%&) are set on an &(autoreply)& transport, they apply to the copy
20458 of the original message that is included in the generated message when
20459 &%return_message%& is set. They do not apply to the generated message itself.
20460
20461 .vindex "&$sender_address$&"
20462 If the &(autoreply)& transport receives return code 2 from Exim when it submits
20463 the message, indicating that there were no recipients, it does not treat this
20464 as an error. This means that autoreplies sent to &$sender_address$& when this
20465 is empty (because the incoming message is a bounce message) do not cause
20466 problems. They are just discarded.
20467
20468
20469
20470 .section "Private options for autoreply" "SECID139"
20471 .cindex "options" "&(autoreply)& transport"
20472
20473 .option bcc autoreply string&!! unset
20474 This specifies the addresses that are to receive &"blind carbon copies"& of the
20475 message when the message is specified by the transport.
20476
20477
20478 .option cc autoreply string&!! unset
20479 This specifies recipients of the message and the contents of the &'Cc:'& header
20480 when the message is specified by the transport.
20481
20482
20483 .option file autoreply string&!! unset
20484 The contents of the file are sent as the body of the message when the message
20485 is specified by the transport. If both &%file%& and &%text%& are set, the text
20486 string comes first.
20487
20488
20489 .option file_expand autoreply boolean false
20490 If this is set, the contents of the file named by the &%file%& option are
20491 subjected to string expansion as they are added to the message.
20492
20493
20494 .option file_optional autoreply boolean false
20495 If this option is true, no error is generated if the file named by the &%file%&
20496 option or passed with the address does not exist or cannot be read.
20497
20498
20499 .option from autoreply string&!! unset
20500 This specifies the contents of the &'From:'& header when the message is
20501 specified by the transport.
20502
20503
20504 .option headers autoreply string&!! unset
20505 This specifies additional RFC 2822 headers that are to be added to the message
20506 when the message is specified by the transport. Several can be given by using
20507 &"\n"& to separate them. There is no check on the format.
20508
20509
20510 .option log autoreply string&!! unset
20511 This option names a file in which a record of every message sent is logged when
20512 the message is specified by the transport.
20513
20514
20515 .option mode autoreply "octal integer" 0600
20516 If either the log file or the &"once"& file has to be created, this mode is
20517 used.
20518
20519
20520 .option never_mail autoreply "address list&!!" unset
20521 If any run of the transport creates a message with a recipient that matches any
20522 item in the list, that recipient is quietly discarded. If all recipients are
20523 discarded, no message is created. This applies both when the recipients are
20524 generated by a filter and when they are specified in the transport.
20525
20526
20527
20528 .option once autoreply string&!! unset
20529 This option names a file or DBM database in which a record of each &'To:'&
20530 recipient is kept when the message is specified by the transport. &*Note*&:
20531 This does not apply to &'Cc:'& or &'Bcc:'& recipients.
20532
20533 If &%once%& is unset, or is set to an empty string, the message is always sent.
20534 By default, if &%once%& is set to a non-empty file name, the message
20535 is not sent if a potential recipient is already listed in the database.
20536 However, if the &%once_repeat%& option specifies a time greater than zero, the
20537 message is sent if that much time has elapsed since a message was last sent to
20538 this recipient. A setting of zero time for &%once_repeat%& (the default)
20539 prevents a message from being sent a second time &-- in this case, zero means
20540 infinity.
20541
20542 If &%once_file_size%& is zero, a DBM database is used to remember recipients,
20543 and it is allowed to grow as large as necessary. If &%once_file_size%& is set
20544 greater than zero, it changes the way Exim implements the &%once%& option.
20545 Instead of using a DBM file to record every recipient it sends to, it uses a
20546 regular file, whose size will never get larger than the given value.
20547
20548 In the file, Exim keeps a linear list of recipient addresses and the times at
20549 which they were sent messages. If the file is full when a new address needs to
20550 be added, the oldest address is dropped. If &%once_repeat%& is not set, this
20551 means that a given recipient may receive multiple messages, but at
20552 unpredictable intervals that depend on the rate of turnover of addresses in the
20553 file. If &%once_repeat%& is set, it specifies a maximum time between repeats.
20554
20555
20556 .option once_file_size autoreply integer 0
20557 See &%once%& above.
20558
20559
20560 .option once_repeat autoreply time&!! 0s
20561 See &%once%& above.
20562 After expansion, the value of this option must be a valid time value.
20563
20564
20565 .option reply_to autoreply string&!! unset
20566 This specifies the contents of the &'Reply-To:'& header when the message is
20567 specified by the transport.
20568
20569
20570 .option return_message autoreply boolean false
20571 If this is set, a copy of the original message is returned with the new
20572 message, subject to the maximum size set in the &%return_size_limit%& global
20573 configuration option.
20574
20575
20576 .option subject autoreply string&!! unset
20577 This specifies the contents of the &'Subject:'& header when the message is
20578 specified by the transport. It is tempting to quote the original subject in
20579 automatic responses. For example:
20580 .code
20581 subject = Re: $h_subject:
20582 .endd
20583 There is a danger in doing this, however. It may allow a third party to
20584 subscribe your users to an opt-in mailing list, provided that the list accepts
20585 bounce messages as subscription confirmations. Well-managed lists require a
20586 non-bounce message to confirm a subscription, so the danger is relatively
20587 small.
20588
20589
20590
20591 .option text autoreply string&!! unset
20592 This specifies a single string to be used as the body of the message when the
20593 message is specified by the transport. If both &%text%& and &%file%& are set,
20594 the text comes first.
20595
20596
20597 .option to autoreply string&!! unset
20598 This specifies recipients of the message and the contents of the &'To:'& header
20599 when the message is specified by the transport.
20600 .ecindex IIDauttra1
20601 .ecindex IIDauttra2
20602
20603
20604
20605
20606 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20607 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20608
20609 .chapter "The lmtp transport" "CHAPLMTP"
20610 .cindex "transports" "&(lmtp)&"
20611 .cindex "&(lmtp)& transport"
20612 .cindex "LMTP" "over a pipe"
20613 .cindex "LMTP" "over a socket"
20614 The &(lmtp)& transport runs the LMTP protocol (RFC 2033) over a pipe to a
20615 specified command
20616 or by interacting with a Unix domain socket.
20617 This transport is something of a cross between the &(pipe)& and &(smtp)&
20618 transports. Exim also has support for using LMTP over TCP/IP; this is
20619 implemented as an option for the &(smtp)& transport. Because LMTP is expected
20620 to be of minority interest, the default build-time configure in &_src/EDITME_&
20621 has it commented out. You need to ensure that
20622 .code
20623 TRANSPORT_LMTP=yes
20624 .endd
20625 .cindex "options" "&(lmtp)& transport"
20626 is present in your &_Local/Makefile_& in order to have the &(lmtp)& transport
20627 included in the Exim binary. The private options of the &(lmtp)& transport are
20628 as follows:
20629
20630 .option batch_id lmtp string&!! unset
20631 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20632
20633
20634 .option batch_max lmtp integer 1
20635 This limits the number of addresses that can be handled in a single delivery.
20636 Most LMTP servers can handle several addresses at once, so it is normally a
20637 good idea to increase this value. See the description of local delivery
20638 batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20639
20640
20641 .option command lmtp string&!! unset
20642 This option must be set if &%socket%& is not set. The string is a command which
20643 is run in a separate process. It is split up into a command name and list of
20644 arguments, each of which is separately expanded (so expansion cannot change the
20645 number of arguments). The command is run directly, not via a shell. The message
20646 is passed to the new process using the standard input and output to operate the
20647 LMTP protocol.
20648
20649 .option ignore_quota lmtp boolean false
20650 .cindex "LMTP" "ignoring quota errors"
20651 If this option is set true, the string &`IGNOREQUOTA`& is added to RCPT
20652 commands, provided that the LMTP server has advertised support for IGNOREQUOTA
20653 in its response to the LHLO command.
20654
20655 .option socket lmtp string&!! unset
20656 This option must be set if &%command%& is not set. The result of expansion must
20657 be the name of a Unix domain socket. The transport connects to the socket and
20658 delivers the message to it using the LMTP protocol.
20659
20660
20661 .option timeout lmtp time 5m
20662 The transport is aborted if the created process or Unix domain socket does not
20663 respond to LMTP commands or message input within this timeout. Delivery
20664 is deferred, and will be tried again later. Here is an example of a typical
20665 LMTP transport:
20666 .code
20667 lmtp:
20668 driver = lmtp
20669 command = /some/local/lmtp/delivery/program
20670 batch_max = 20
20671 user = exim
20672 .endd
20673 This delivers up to 20 addresses at a time, in a mixture of domains if
20674 necessary, running as the user &'exim'&.
20675
20676
20677
20678 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20679 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20680
20681 .chapter "The pipe transport" "CHAPpipetransport"
20682 .scindex IIDpiptra1 "transports" "&(pipe)&"
20683 .scindex IIDpiptra2 "&(pipe)& transport"
20684 The &(pipe)& transport is used to deliver messages via a pipe to a command
20685 running in another process. One example is the use of &(pipe)& as a
20686 pseudo-remote transport for passing messages to some other delivery mechanism
20687 (such as UUCP). Another is the use by individual users to automatically process
20688 their incoming messages. The &(pipe)& transport can be used in one of the
20689 following ways:
20690
20691 .ilist
20692 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
20693 A router routes one address to a transport in the normal way, and the
20694 transport is configured as a &(pipe)& transport. In this case, &$local_part$&
20695 contains the local part of the address (as usual), and the command that is run
20696 is specified by the &%command%& option on the transport.
20697 .next
20698 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
20699 If the &%batch_max%& option is set greater than 1 (the default is 1), the
20700 transport can handle more than one address in a single run. In this case, when
20701 more than one address is routed to the transport, &$local_part$& is not set
20702 (because it is not unique). However, the pseudo-variable &$pipe_addresses$&
20703 (described in section &<<SECThowcommandrun>>& below) contains all the addresses
20704 that are routed to the transport.
20705 .next
20706 .vindex "&$address_pipe$&"
20707 A router redirects an address directly to a pipe command (for example, from an
20708 alias or forward file). In this case, &$address_pipe$& contains the text of the
20709 pipe command, and the &%command%& option on the transport is ignored. If only
20710 one address is being transported (&%batch_max%& is not greater than one, or
20711 only one address was redirected to this pipe command), &$local_part$& contains
20712 the local part that was redirected.
20713 .endlist
20714
20715
20716 The &(pipe)& transport is a non-interactive delivery method. Exim can also
20717 deliver messages over pipes using the LMTP interactive protocol. This is
20718 implemented by the &(lmtp)& transport.
20719
20720 In the case when &(pipe)& is run as a consequence of an entry in a local user's
20721 &_.forward_& file, the command runs under the uid and gid of that user. In
20722 other cases, the uid and gid have to be specified explicitly, either on the
20723 transport or on the router that handles the address. Current and &"home"&
20724 directories are also controllable. See chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>& for
20725 details of the local delivery environment and chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&
20726 for a discussion of local delivery batching.
20727
20728
20729 .section "Concurrent delivery" "SECID140"
20730 If two messages arrive at almost the same time, and both are routed to a pipe
20731 delivery, the two pipe transports may be run concurrently. You must ensure that
20732 any pipe commands you set up are robust against this happening. If the commands
20733 write to a file, the &%exim_lock%& utility might be of use.
20734
20735
20736
20737
20738 .section "Returned status and data" "SECID141"
20739 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "returned data"
20740 If the command exits with a non-zero return code, the delivery is deemed to
20741 have failed, unless either the &%ignore_status%& option is set (in which case
20742 the return code is treated as zero), or the return code is one of those listed
20743 in the &%temp_errors%& option, which are interpreted as meaning &"try again
20744 later"&. In this case, delivery is deferred. Details of a permanent failure are
20745 logged, but are not included in the bounce message, which merely contains
20746 &"local delivery failed"&.
20747
20748 If the return code is greater than 128 and the command being run is a shell
20749 script, it normally means that the script was terminated by a signal whose
20750 value is the return code minus 128.
20751
20752 If Exim is unable to run the command (that is, if &[execve()]& fails), the
20753 return code is set to 127. This is the value that a shell returns if it is
20754 asked to run a non-existent command. The wording for the log line suggests that
20755 a non-existent command may be the problem.
20756
20757 The &%return_output%& option can affect the result of a pipe delivery. If it is
20758 set and the command produces any output on its standard output or standard
20759 error streams, the command is considered to have failed, even if it gave a zero
20760 return code or if &%ignore_status%& is set. The output from the command is
20761 included as part of the bounce message. The &%return_fail_output%& option is
20762 similar, except that output is returned only when the command exits with a
20763 failure return code, that is, a value other than zero or a code that matches
20764 &%temp_errors%&.
20765
20766
20767
20768 .section "How the command is run" "SECThowcommandrun"
20769 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "path for command"
20770 The command line is (by default) broken down into a command name and arguments
20771 by the &(pipe)& transport itself. The &%allow_commands%& and
20772 &%restrict_to_path%& options can be used to restrict the commands that may be
20773 run.
20774
20775 .cindex "quoting" "in pipe command"
20776 Unquoted arguments are delimited by white space. If an argument appears in
20777 double quotes, backslash is interpreted as an escape character in the usual
20778 way. If an argument appears in single quotes, no escaping is done.
20779
20780 String expansion is applied to the command line except when it comes from a
20781 traditional &_.forward_& file (commands from a filter file are expanded). The
20782 expansion is applied to each argument in turn rather than to the whole line.
20783 For this reason, any string expansion item that contains white space must be
20784 quoted so as to be contained within a single argument. A setting such as
20785 .code
20786 command = /some/path ${if eq{$local_part}{postmaster}{xx}{yy}}
20787 .endd
20788 will not work, because the expansion item gets split between several
20789 arguments. You have to write
20790 .code
20791 command = /some/path "${if eq{$local_part}{postmaster}{xx}{yy}}"
20792 .endd
20793 to ensure that it is all in one argument. The expansion is done in this way,
20794 argument by argument, so that the number of arguments cannot be changed as a
20795 result of expansion, and quotes or backslashes in inserted variables do not
20796 interact with external quoting. However, this leads to problems if you want to
20797 generate multiple arguments (or the command name plus arguments) from a single
20798 expansion. In this situation, the simplest solution is to use a shell. For
20799 example:
20800 .code
20801 command = /bin/sh -c ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/some/file}}
20802 .endd
20803
20804 .cindex "transport" "filter"
20805 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
20806 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
20807 Special handling takes place when an argument consists of precisely the text
20808 &`$pipe_addresses`&. This is not a general expansion variable; the only
20809 place this string is recognized is when it appears as an argument for a pipe or
20810 transport filter command. It causes each address that is being handled to be
20811 inserted in the argument list at that point &'as a separate argument'&. This
20812 avoids any problems with spaces or shell metacharacters, and is of use when a
20813 &(pipe)& transport is handling groups of addresses in a batch.
20814
20815 After splitting up into arguments and expansion, the resulting command is run
20816 in a subprocess directly from the transport, &'not'& under a shell. The
20817 message that is being delivered is supplied on the standard input, and the
20818 standard output and standard error are both connected to a single pipe that is
20819 read by Exim. The &%max_output%& option controls how much output the command
20820 may produce, and the &%return_output%& and &%return_fail_output%& options
20821 control what is done with it.
20822
20823 Not running the command under a shell (by default) lessens the security risks
20824 in cases when a command from a user's filter file is built out of data that was
20825 taken from an incoming message. If a shell is required, it can of course be
20826 explicitly specified as the command to be run. However, there are circumstances
20827 where existing commands (for example, in &_.forward_& files) expect to be run
20828 under a shell and cannot easily be modified. To allow for these cases, there is
20829 an option called &%use_shell%&, which changes the way the &(pipe)& transport
20830 works. Instead of breaking up the command line as just described, it expands it
20831 as a single string and passes the result to &_/bin/sh_&. The
20832 &%restrict_to_path%& option and the &$pipe_addresses$& facility cannot be used
20833 with &%use_shell%&, and the whole mechanism is inherently less secure.
20834
20835
20836
20837 .section "Environment variables" "SECTpipeenv"
20838 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "environment for command"
20839 .cindex "environment for pipe transport"
20840 The environment variables listed below are set up when the command is invoked.
20841 This list is a compromise for maximum compatibility with other MTAs. Note that
20842 the &%environment%& option can be used to add additional variables to this
20843 environment.
20844 .display
20845 &`DOMAIN `& the domain of the address
20846 &`HOME `& the home directory, if set
20847 &`HOST `& the host name when called from a router (see below)
20848 &`LOCAL_PART `& see below
20849 &`LOCAL_PART_PREFIX `& see below
20850 &`LOCAL_PART_SUFFIX `& see below
20851 &`LOGNAME `& see below
20852 &`MESSAGE_ID `& Exim's local ID for the message
20853 &`PATH `& as specified by the &%path%& option below
20854 &`QUALIFY_DOMAIN `& the sender qualification domain
20855 &`RECIPIENT `& the complete recipient address
20856 &`SENDER `& the sender of the message (empty if a bounce)
20857 &`SHELL `& &`/bin/sh`&
20858 &`TZ `& the value of the &%timezone%& option, if set
20859 &`USER `& see below
20860 .endd
20861 When a &(pipe)& transport is called directly from (for example) an &(accept)&
20862 router, LOCAL_PART is set to the local part of the address. When it is
20863 called as a result of a forward or alias expansion, LOCAL_PART is set to
20864 the local part of the address that was expanded. In both cases, any affixes are
20865 removed from the local part, and made available in LOCAL_PART_PREFIX and
20866 LOCAL_PART_SUFFIX, respectively. LOGNAME and USER are set to the
20867 same value as LOCAL_PART for compatibility with other MTAs.
20868
20869 .cindex "HOST"
20870 HOST is set only when a &(pipe)& transport is called from a router that
20871 associates hosts with an address, typically when using &(pipe)& as a
20872 pseudo-remote transport. HOST is set to the first host name specified by
20873 the router.
20874
20875 .cindex "HOME"
20876 If the transport's generic &%home_directory%& option is set, its value is used
20877 for the HOME environment variable. Otherwise, a home directory may be set
20878 by the router's &%transport_home_directory%& option, which defaults to the
20879 user's home directory if &%check_local_user%& is set.
20880
20881
20882 .section "Private options for pipe" "SECID142"
20883 .cindex "options" "&(pipe)& transport"
20884
20885
20886
20887 .option allow_commands pipe "string list&!!" unset
20888 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "permitted commands"
20889 The string is expanded, and is then interpreted as a colon-separated list of
20890 permitted commands. If &%restrict_to_path%& is not set, the only commands
20891 permitted are those in the &%allow_commands%& list. They need not be absolute
20892 paths; the &%path%& option is still used for relative paths. If
20893 &%restrict_to_path%& is set with &%allow_commands%&, the command must either be
20894 in the &%allow_commands%& list, or a name without any slashes that is found on
20895 the path. In other words, if neither &%allow_commands%& nor
20896 &%restrict_to_path%& is set, there is no restriction on the command, but
20897 otherwise only commands that are permitted by one or the other are allowed. For
20898 example, if
20899 .code
20900 allow_commands = /usr/bin/vacation
20901 .endd
20902 and &%restrict_to_path%& is not set, the only permitted command is
20903 &_/usr/bin/vacation_&. The &%allow_commands%& option may not be set if
20904 &%use_shell%& is set.
20905
20906
20907 .option batch_id pipe string&!! unset
20908 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20909
20910
20911 .option batch_max pipe integer 1
20912 This limits the number of addresses that can be handled in a single delivery.
20913 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20914
20915
20916 .option check_string pipe string unset
20917 As &(pipe)& writes the message, the start of each line is tested for matching
20918 &%check_string%&, and if it does, the initial matching characters are replaced
20919 by the contents of &%escape_string%&, provided both are set. The value of
20920 &%check_string%& is a literal string, not a regular expression, and the case of
20921 any letters it contains is significant. When &%use_bsmtp%& is set, the contents
20922 of &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%& are forced to values that implement
20923 the SMTP escaping protocol. Any settings made in the configuration file are
20924 ignored.
20925
20926
20927 .option command pipe string&!! unset
20928 This option need not be set when &(pipe)& is being used to deliver to pipes
20929 obtained directly from address redirections. In other cases, the option must be
20930 set, to provide a command to be run. It need not yield an absolute path (see
20931 the &%path%& option below). The command is split up into separate arguments by
20932 Exim, and each argument is separately expanded, as described in section
20933 &<<SECThowcommandrun>>& above.
20934
20935
20936 .option environment pipe string&!! unset
20937 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "environment for command"
20938 .cindex "environment for &(pipe)& transport"
20939 This option is used to add additional variables to the environment in which the
20940 command runs (see section &<<SECTpipeenv>>& for the default list). Its value is
20941 a string which is expanded, and then interpreted as a colon-separated list of
20942 environment settings of the form <&'name'&>=<&'value'&>.
20943
20944
20945 .option escape_string pipe string unset
20946 See &%check_string%& above.
20947
20948
20949 .option freeze_exec_fail pipe boolean false
20950 .cindex "exec failure"
20951 .cindex "failure of exec"
20952 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "failure of exec"
20953 Failure to exec the command in a pipe transport is by default treated like
20954 any other failure while running the command. However, if &%freeze_exec_fail%&
20955 is set, failure to exec is treated specially, and causes the message to be
20956 frozen, whatever the setting of &%ignore_status%&.
20957
20958
20959 .option ignore_status pipe boolean false
20960 If this option is true, the status returned by the subprocess that is set up to
20961 run the command is ignored, and Exim behaves as if zero had been returned.
20962 Otherwise, a non-zero status or termination by signal causes an error return
20963 from the transport unless the status value is one of those listed in
20964 &%temp_errors%&; these cause the delivery to be deferred and tried again later.
20965
20966 &*Note*&: This option does not apply to timeouts, which do not return a status.
20967 See the &%timeout_defer%& option for how timeouts are handled.
20968
20969 .option log_defer_output pipe boolean false
20970 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "logging output"
20971 If this option is set, and the status returned by the command is
20972 one of the codes listed in &%temp_errors%& (that is, delivery was deferred),
20973 and any output was produced, the first line of it is written to the main log.
20974
20975
20976 .option log_fail_output pipe boolean false
20977 If this option is set, and the command returns any output, and also ends with a
20978 return code that is neither zero nor one of the return codes listed in
20979 &%temp_errors%& (that is, the delivery failed), the first line of output is
20980 written to the main log. This option and &%log_output%& are mutually exclusive.
20981 Only one of them may be set.
20982
20983
20984
20985 .option log_output pipe boolean false
20986 If this option is set and the command returns any output, the first line of
20987 output is written to the main log, whatever the return code. This option and
20988 &%log_fail_output%& are mutually exclusive. Only one of them may be set.
20989
20990
20991
20992 .option max_output pipe integer 20K
20993 This specifies the maximum amount of output that the command may produce on its
20994 standard output and standard error file combined. If the limit is exceeded, the
20995 process running the command is killed. This is intended as a safety measure to
20996 catch runaway processes. The limit is applied independently of the settings of
20997 the options that control what is done with such output (for example,
20998 &%return_output%&). Because of buffering effects, the amount of output may
20999 exceed the limit by a small amount before Exim notices.
21000
21001
21002 .option message_prefix pipe string&!! "see below"
21003 The string specified here is expanded and output at the start of every message.
21004 The default is unset if &%use_bsmtp%& is set. Otherwise it is
21005 .code
21006 message_prefix = \
21007 From ${if def:return_path{$return_path}{MAILER-DAEMON}}\
21008 ${tod_bsdinbox}\n
21009 .endd
21010 .cindex "Cyrus"
21011 .cindex "&%tmail%&"
21012 .cindex "&""From""& line"
21013 This is required by the commonly used &_/usr/bin/vacation_& program.
21014 However, it must &'not'& be present if delivery is to the Cyrus IMAP server,
21015 or to the &%tmail%& local delivery agent. The prefix can be suppressed by
21016 setting
21017 .code
21018 message_prefix =
21019 .endd
21020 &*Note:*& If you set &%use_crlf%& true, you must change any occurrences of
21021 &`\n`& to &`\r\n`& in &%message_prefix%&.
21022
21023
21024 .option message_suffix pipe string&!! "see below"
21025 The string specified here is expanded and output at the end of every message.
21026 The default is unset if &%use_bsmtp%& is set. Otherwise it is a single newline.
21027 The suffix can be suppressed by setting
21028 .code
21029 message_suffix =
21030 .endd
21031 &*Note:*& If you set &%use_crlf%& true, you must change any occurrences of
21032 &`\n`& to &`\r\n`& in &%message_suffix%&.
21033
21034
21035 .option path pipe string "see below"
21036 This option specifies the string that is set up in the PATH environment
21037 variable of the subprocess. The default is:
21038 .code
21039 /bin:/usr/bin
21040 .endd
21041 If the &%command%& option does not yield an absolute path name, the command is
21042 sought in the PATH directories, in the usual way. &*Warning*&: This does not
21043 apply to a command specified as a transport filter.
21044
21045
21046 .option pipe_as_creator pipe boolean false
21047 .cindex "uid (user id)" "local delivery"
21048 If the generic &%user%& option is not set and this option is true, the delivery
21049 process is run under the uid that was in force when Exim was originally called
21050 to accept the message. If the group id is not otherwise set (via the generic
21051 &%group%& option), the gid that was in force when Exim was originally called to
21052 accept the message is used.
21053
21054
21055 .option restrict_to_path pipe boolean false
21056 When this option is set, any command name not listed in &%allow_commands%& must
21057 contain no slashes. The command is searched for only in the directories listed
21058 in the &%path%& option. This option is intended for use in the case when a pipe
21059 command has been generated from a user's &_.forward_& file. This is usually
21060 handled by a &(pipe)& transport called &%address_pipe%&.
21061
21062
21063 .option return_fail_output pipe boolean false
21064 If this option is true, and the command produced any output and ended with a
21065 return code other than zero or one of the codes listed in &%temp_errors%& (that
21066 is, the delivery failed), the output is returned in the bounce message.
21067 However, if the message has a null sender (that is, it is itself a bounce
21068 message), output from the command is discarded. This option and
21069 &%return_output%& are mutually exclusive. Only one of them may be set.
21070
21071
21072
21073 .option return_output pipe boolean false
21074 If this option is true, and the command produced any output, the delivery is
21075 deemed to have failed whatever the return code from the command, and the output
21076 is returned in the bounce message. Otherwise, the output is just discarded.
21077 However, if the message has a null sender (that is, it is a bounce message),
21078 output from the command is always discarded, whatever the setting of this
21079 option. This option and &%return_fail_output%& are mutually exclusive. Only one
21080 of them may be set.
21081
21082
21083
21084 .option temp_errors pipe "string list" "see below"
21085 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "temporary failure"
21086 This option contains either a colon-separated list of numbers, or a single
21087 asterisk. If &%ignore_status%& is false
21088 and &%return_output%& is not set,
21089 and the command exits with a non-zero return code, the failure is treated as
21090 temporary and the delivery is deferred if the return code matches one of the
21091 numbers, or if the setting is a single asterisk. Otherwise, non-zero return
21092 codes are treated as permanent errors. The default setting contains the codes
21093 defined by EX_TEMPFAIL and EX_CANTCREAT in &_sysexits.h_&. If Exim is
21094 compiled on a system that does not define these macros, it assumes values of 75
21095 and 73, respectively.
21096
21097
21098 .option timeout pipe time 1h
21099 If the command fails to complete within this time, it is killed. This normally
21100 causes the delivery to fail (but see &%timeout_defer%&). A zero time interval
21101 specifies no timeout. In order to ensure that any subprocesses created by the
21102 command are also killed, Exim makes the initial process a process group leader,
21103 and kills the whole process group on a timeout. However, this can be defeated
21104 if one of the processes starts a new process group.
21105
21106 .option timeout_defer pipe boolean false
21107 A timeout in a &(pipe)& transport, either in the command that the transport
21108 runs, or in a transport filter that is associated with it, is by default
21109 treated as a hard error, and the delivery fails. However, if &%timeout_defer%&
21110 is set true, both kinds of timeout become temporary errors, causing the
21111 delivery to be deferred.
21112
21113 .option umask pipe "octal integer" 022
21114 This specifies the umask setting for the subprocess that runs the command.
21115
21116
21117 .option use_bsmtp pipe boolean false
21118 .cindex "envelope sender"
21119 If this option is set true, the &(pipe)& transport writes messages in &"batch
21120 SMTP"& format, with the envelope sender and recipient(s) included as SMTP
21121 commands. If you want to include a leading HELO command with such messages,
21122 you can do so by setting the &%message_prefix%& option. See section
21123 &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>& for details of batch SMTP.
21124
21125 .option use_classresources pipe boolean false
21126 .cindex "class resources (BSD)"
21127 This option is available only when Exim is running on FreeBSD, NetBSD, or
21128 BSD/OS. If it is set true, the &[setclassresources()]& function is used to set
21129 resource limits when a &(pipe)& transport is run to perform a delivery. The
21130 limits for the uid under which the pipe is to run are obtained from the login
21131 class database.
21132
21133
21134 .option use_crlf pipe boolean false
21135 .cindex "carriage return"
21136 .cindex "linefeed"
21137 This option causes lines to be terminated with the two-character CRLF sequence
21138 (carriage return, linefeed) instead of just a linefeed character. In the case
21139 of batched SMTP, the byte sequence written to the pipe is then an exact image
21140 of what would be sent down a real SMTP connection.
21141
21142 The contents of the &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& options are
21143 written verbatim, so must contain their own carriage return characters if these
21144 are needed. When &%use_bsmtp%& is not set, the default values for both
21145 &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& end with a single linefeed, so their
21146 values must be changed to end with &`\r\n`& if &%use_crlf%& is set.
21147
21148
21149 .option use_shell pipe boolean false
21150 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
21151 If this option is set, it causes the command to be passed to &_/bin/sh_&
21152 instead of being run directly from the transport, as described in section
21153 &<<SECThowcommandrun>>&. This is less secure, but is needed in some situations
21154 where the command is expected to be run under a shell and cannot easily be
21155 modified. The &%allow_commands%& and &%restrict_to_path%& options, and the
21156 &`$pipe_addresses`& facility are incompatible with &%use_shell%&. The
21157 command is expanded as a single string, and handed to &_/bin/sh_& as data for
21158 its &%-c%& option.
21159
21160
21161
21162 .section "Using an external local delivery agent" "SECID143"
21163 .cindex "local delivery" "using an external agent"
21164 .cindex "&'procmail'&"
21165 .cindex "external local delivery"
21166 .cindex "delivery" "&'procmail'&"
21167 .cindex "delivery" "by external agent"
21168 The &(pipe)& transport can be used to pass all messages that require local
21169 delivery to a separate local delivery agent such as &%procmail%&. When doing
21170 this, care must be taken to ensure that the pipe is run under an appropriate
21171 uid and gid. In some configurations one wants this to be a uid that is trusted
21172 by the delivery agent to supply the correct sender of the message. It may be
21173 necessary to recompile or reconfigure the delivery agent so that it trusts an
21174 appropriate user. The following is an example transport and router
21175 configuration for &%procmail%&:
21176 .code
21177 # transport
21178 procmail_pipe:
21179 driver = pipe
21180 command = /usr/local/bin/procmail -d $local_part
21181 return_path_add
21182 delivery_date_add
21183 envelope_to_add
21184 check_string = "From "
21185 escape_string = ">From "
21186 user = $local_part
21187 group = mail
21188
21189 # router
21190 procmail:
21191 driver = accept
21192 check_local_user
21193 transport = procmail_pipe
21194 .endd
21195 In this example, the pipe is run as the local user, but with the group set to
21196 &'mail'&. An alternative is to run the pipe as a specific user such as &'mail'&
21197 or &'exim'&, but in this case you must arrange for &%procmail%& to trust that
21198 user to supply a correct sender address. If you do not specify either a
21199 &%group%& or a &%user%& option, the pipe command is run as the local user. The
21200 home directory is the user's home directory by default.
21201
21202 &*Note*&: The command that the pipe transport runs does &'not'& begin with
21203 .code
21204 IFS=" "
21205 .endd
21206 as shown in some &%procmail%& documentation, because Exim does not by default
21207 use a shell to run pipe commands.
21208
21209 .cindex "Cyrus"
21210 The next example shows a transport and a router for a system where local
21211 deliveries are handled by the Cyrus IMAP server.
21212 .code
21213 # transport
21214 local_delivery_cyrus:
21215 driver = pipe
21216 command = /usr/cyrus/bin/deliver \
21217 -m ${substr_1:$local_part_suffix} -- $local_part
21218 user = cyrus
21219 group = mail
21220 return_output
21221 log_output
21222 message_prefix =
21223 message_suffix =
21224
21225 # router
21226 local_user_cyrus:
21227 driver = accept
21228 check_local_user
21229 local_part_suffix = .*
21230 transport = local_delivery_cyrus
21231 .endd
21232 Note the unsetting of &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%&, and the use of
21233 &%return_output%& to cause any text written by Cyrus to be returned to the
21234 sender.
21235 .ecindex IIDpiptra1
21236 .ecindex IIDpiptra2
21237
21238
21239 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21240 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21241
21242 .chapter "The smtp transport" "CHAPsmtptrans"
21243 .scindex IIDsmttra1 "transports" "&(smtp)&"
21244 .scindex IIDsmttra2 "&(smtp)& transport"
21245 The &(smtp)& transport delivers messages over TCP/IP connections using the SMTP
21246 or LMTP protocol. The list of hosts to try can either be taken from the address
21247 that is being processed (having been set up by the router), or specified
21248 explicitly for the transport. Timeout and retry processing (see chapter
21249 &<<CHAPretry>>&) is applied to each IP address independently.
21250
21251
21252 .section "Multiple messages on a single connection" "SECID144"
21253 The sending of multiple messages over a single TCP/IP connection can arise in
21254 two ways:
21255
21256 .ilist
21257 If a message contains more than &%max_rcpt%& (see below) addresses that are
21258 routed to the same host, more than one copy of the message has to be sent to
21259 that host. In this situation, multiple copies may be sent in a single run of
21260 the &(smtp)& transport over a single TCP/IP connection. (What Exim actually
21261 does when it has too many addresses to send in one message also depends on the
21262 value of the global &%remote_max_parallel%& option. Details are given in
21263 section &<<SECToutSMTPTCP>>&.)
21264 .next
21265 .cindex "hints database" "remembering routing"
21266 When a message has been successfully delivered over a TCP/IP connection, Exim
21267 looks in its hints database to see if there are any other messages awaiting a
21268 connection to the same host. If there are, a new delivery process is started
21269 for one of them, and the current TCP/IP connection is passed on to it. The new
21270 process may in turn send multiple copies and possibly create yet another
21271 process.
21272 .endlist
21273
21274
21275 For each copy sent over the same TCP/IP connection, a sequence counter is
21276 incremented, and if it ever gets to the value of &%connection_max_messages%&,
21277 no further messages are sent over that connection.
21278
21279
21280
21281 .section "Use of the $host and $host_address variables" "SECID145"
21282 .vindex "&$host$&"
21283 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21284 At the start of a run of the &(smtp)& transport, the values of &$host$& and
21285 &$host_address$& are the name and IP address of the first host on the host list
21286 passed by the router. However, when the transport is about to connect to a
21287 specific host, and while it is connected to that host, &$host$& and
21288 &$host_address$& are set to the values for that host. These are the values
21289 that are in force when the &%helo_data%&, &%hosts_try_auth%&, &%interface%&,
21290 &%serialize_hosts%&, and the various TLS options are expanded.
21291
21292
21293 .section "Use of $tls_cipher and $tls_peerdn" "usecippeer"
21294 .vindex &$tls_cipher$&
21295 .vindex &$tls_peerdn$&
21296 At the start of a run of the &(smtp)& transport, the values of &$tls_cipher$&
21297 and &$tls_peerdn$& are the values that were set when the message was received.
21298 These are the values that are used for options that are expanded before any
21299 SMTP connections are made. Just before each connection is made, these two
21300 variables are emptied. If TLS is subsequently started, they are set to the
21301 appropriate values for the outgoing connection, and these are the values that
21302 are in force when any authenticators are run and when the
21303 &%authenticated_sender%& option is expanded.
21304
21305
21306 .section "Private options for smtp" "SECID146"
21307 .cindex "options" "&(smtp)& transport"
21308 The private options of the &(smtp)& transport are as follows:
21309
21310
21311 .option address_retry_include_sender smtp boolean true
21312 .cindex "4&'xx'& responses" "retrying after"
21313 When an address is delayed because of a 4&'xx'& response to a RCPT command, it
21314 is the combination of sender and recipient that is delayed in subsequent queue
21315 runs until the retry time is reached. You can delay the recipient without
21316 reference to the sender (which is what earlier versions of Exim did), by
21317 setting &%address_retry_include_sender%& false. However, this can lead to
21318 problems with servers that regularly issue 4&'xx'& responses to RCPT commands.
21319
21320 .option allow_localhost smtp boolean false
21321 .cindex "local host" "sending to"
21322 .cindex "fallback" "hosts specified on transport"
21323 When a host specified in &%hosts%& or &%fallback_hosts%& (see below) turns out
21324 to be the local host, or is listed in &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, delivery is
21325 deferred by default. However, if &%allow_localhost%& is set, Exim goes on to do
21326 the delivery anyway. This should be used only in special cases when the
21327 configuration ensures that no looping will result (for example, a differently
21328 configured Exim is listening on the port to which the message is sent).
21329
21330
21331 .option authenticated_sender smtp string&!! unset
21332 .cindex "Cyrus"
21333 When Exim has authenticated as a client, or if &%authenticated_sender_force%&
21334 is true, this option sets a value for the AUTH= item on outgoing MAIL commands,
21335 overriding any existing authenticated sender value. If the string expansion is
21336 forced to fail, the option is ignored. Other expansion failures cause delivery
21337 to be deferred. If the result of expansion is an empty string, that is also
21338 ignored.
21339
21340 The expansion happens after the outgoing connection has been made and TLS
21341 started, if required. This means that the &$host$&, &$host_address$&,
21342 &$tls_cipher$&, and &$tls_peerdn$& variables are set according to the
21343 particular connection.
21344
21345 If the SMTP session is not authenticated, the expansion of
21346 &%authenticated_sender%& still happens (and can cause the delivery to be
21347 deferred if it fails), but no AUTH= item is added to MAIL commands
21348 unless &%authenticated_sender_force%& is true.
21349
21350 This option allows you to use the &(smtp)& transport in LMTP mode to
21351 deliver mail to Cyrus IMAP and provide the proper local part as the
21352 &"authenticated sender"&, via a setting such as:
21353 .code
21354 authenticated_sender = $local_part
21355 .endd
21356 This removes the need for IMAP subfolders to be assigned special ACLs to
21357 allow direct delivery to those subfolders.
21358
21359 Because of expected uses such as that just described for Cyrus (when no
21360 domain is involved), there is no checking on the syntax of the provided
21361 value.
21362
21363
21364 .option authenticated_sender_force smtp boolean false
21365 If this option is set true, the &%authenticated_sender%& option's value
21366 is used for the AUTH= item on outgoing MAIL commands, even if Exim has not
21367 authenticated as a client.
21368
21369
21370 .option command_timeout smtp time 5m
21371 This sets a timeout for receiving a response to an SMTP command that has been
21372 sent out. It is also used when waiting for the initial banner line from the
21373 remote host. Its value must not be zero.
21374
21375
21376 .option connect_timeout smtp time 5m
21377 This sets a timeout for the &[connect()]& function, which sets up a TCP/IP call
21378 to a remote host. A setting of zero allows the system timeout (typically
21379 several minutes) to act. To have any effect, the value of this option must be
21380 less than the system timeout. However, it has been observed that on some
21381 systems there is no system timeout, which is why the default value for this
21382 option is 5 minutes, a value recommended by RFC 1123.
21383
21384
21385 .option connection_max_messages smtp integer 500
21386 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
21387 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
21388 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
21389 This controls the maximum number of separate message deliveries that are sent
21390 over a single TCP/IP connection. If the value is zero, there is no limit.
21391 For testing purposes, this value can be overridden by the &%-oB%& command line
21392 option.
21393
21394
21395 .option data_timeout smtp time 5m
21396 This sets a timeout for the transmission of each block in the data portion of
21397 the message. As a result, the overall timeout for a message depends on the size
21398 of the message. Its value must not be zero. See also &%final_timeout%&.
21399
21400
21401 .option delay_after_cutoff smtp boolean true
21402 This option controls what happens when all remote IP addresses for a given
21403 domain have been inaccessible for so long that they have passed their retry
21404 cutoff times.
21405
21406 In the default state, if the next retry time has not been reached for any of
21407 them, the address is bounced without trying any deliveries. In other words,
21408 Exim delays retrying an IP address after the final cutoff time until a new
21409 retry time is reached, and can therefore bounce an address without ever trying
21410 a delivery, when machines have been down for a long time. Some people are
21411 unhappy at this prospect, so...
21412
21413 If &%delay_after_cutoff%& is set false, Exim behaves differently. If all IP
21414 addresses are past their final cutoff time, Exim tries to deliver to those
21415 IP addresses that have not been tried since the message arrived. If there are
21416 none, of if they all fail, the address is bounced. In other words, it does not
21417 delay when a new message arrives, but immediately tries those expired IP
21418 addresses that haven't been tried since the message arrived. If there is a
21419 continuous stream of messages for the dead hosts, unsetting
21420 &%delay_after_cutoff%& means that there will be many more attempts to deliver
21421 to them.
21422
21423
21424 .option dns_qualify_single smtp boolean true
21425 If the &%hosts%& or &%fallback_hosts%& option is being used,
21426 and the &%gethostbyname%& option is false,
21427 the RES_DEFNAMES resolver option is set. See the &%qualify_single%& option
21428 in chapter &<<CHAPdnslookup>>& for more details.
21429
21430
21431 .option dns_search_parents smtp boolean false
21432 If the &%hosts%& or &%fallback_hosts%& option is being used, and the
21433 &%gethostbyname%& option is false, the RES_DNSRCH resolver option is set.
21434 See the &%search_parents%& option in chapter &<<CHAPdnslookup>>& for more
21435 details.
21436
21437
21438
21439 .option fallback_hosts smtp "string list" unset
21440 .cindex "fallback" "hosts specified on transport"
21441 String expansion is not applied to this option. The argument must be a
21442 colon-separated list of host names or IP addresses, optionally also including
21443 port numbers, though the separator can be changed, as described in section
21444 &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&. Each individual item in the list is the same as an
21445 item in a &%route_list%& setting for the &(manualroute)& router, as described
21446 in section &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&.
21447
21448 Fallback hosts can also be specified on routers, which associate them with the
21449 addresses they process. As for the &%hosts%& option without &%hosts_override%&,
21450 &%fallback_hosts%& specified on the transport is used only if the address does
21451 not have its own associated fallback host list. Unlike &%hosts%&, a setting of
21452 &%fallback_hosts%& on an address is not overridden by &%hosts_override%&.
21453 However, &%hosts_randomize%& does apply to fallback host lists.
21454
21455 If Exim is unable to deliver to any of the hosts for a particular address, and
21456 the errors are not permanent rejections, the address is put on a separate
21457 transport queue with its host list replaced by the fallback hosts, unless the
21458 address was routed via MX records and the current host was in the original MX
21459 list. In that situation, the fallback host list is not used.
21460
21461 Once normal deliveries are complete, the fallback queue is delivered by
21462 re-running the same transports with the new host lists. If several failing
21463 addresses have the same fallback hosts (and &%max_rcpt%& permits it), a single
21464 copy of the message is sent.
21465
21466 The resolution of the host names on the fallback list is controlled by the
21467 &%gethostbyname%& option, as for the &%hosts%& option. Fallback hosts apply
21468 both to cases when the host list comes with the address and when it is taken
21469 from &%hosts%&. This option provides a &"use a smart host only if delivery
21470 fails"& facility.
21471
21472
21473 .option final_timeout smtp time 10m
21474 This is the timeout that applies while waiting for the response to the final
21475 line containing just &"."& that terminates a message. Its value must not be
21476 zero.
21477
21478 .option gethostbyname smtp boolean false
21479 If this option is true when the &%hosts%& and/or &%fallback_hosts%& options are
21480 being used, names are looked up using &[gethostbyname()]&
21481 (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when available)
21482 instead of using the DNS. Of course, that function may in fact use the DNS, but
21483 it may also consult other sources of information such as &_/etc/hosts_&.
21484
21485 .option gnutls_require_kx main string unset
21486 This option controls the key exchange mechanisms when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
21487 client. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
21488
21489 .option gnutls_require_mac main string unset
21490 This option controls the MAC algorithms when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
21491 client. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
21492
21493 .option gnutls_require_protocols main string unset
21494 This option controls the protocols when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
21495 client. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
21496
21497 .new
21498 .option gnutls_compat_mode main boolean unset
21499 This option controls whether GnuTLS is used in compatibility mode in an Exim
21500 server. This reduces security slightly, but improves interworking with older
21501 implementations of TLS.
21502 .wen
21503
21504 .option helo_data smtp string&!! "see below"
21505 .cindex "HELO" "argument, setting"
21506 .cindex "EHLO" "argument, setting"
21507 .cindex "LHLO argument setting"
21508 The value of this option is expanded after a connection to a another host has
21509 been set up. The result is used as the argument for the EHLO, HELO, or LHLO
21510 command that starts the outgoing SMTP or LMTP session. The default value of the
21511 option is:
21512 .code
21513 $primary_hostname
21514 .endd
21515 During the expansion, the variables &$host$& and &$host_address$& are set to
21516 the identity of the remote host, and the variables &$sending_ip_address$& and
21517 &$sending_port$& are set to the local IP address and port number that are being
21518 used. These variables can be used to generate different values for different
21519 servers or different local IP addresses. For example, if you want the string
21520 that is used for &%helo_data%& to be obtained by a DNS lookup of the outgoing
21521 interface address, you could use this:
21522 .code
21523 helo_data = ${lookup dnsdb{ptr=$sending_ip_address}{$value}\
21524 {$primary_hostname}}
21525 .endd
21526 The use of &%helo_data%& applies both to sending messages and when doing
21527 callouts.
21528
21529 .option hosts smtp "string list&!!" unset
21530 Hosts are associated with an address by a router such as &(dnslookup)&, which
21531 finds the hosts by looking up the address domain in the DNS, or by
21532 &(manualroute)&, which has lists of hosts in its configuration. However,
21533 email addresses can be passed to the &(smtp)& transport by any router, and not
21534 all of them can provide an associated list of hosts.
21535
21536 The &%hosts%& option specifies a list of hosts to be used if the address being
21537 processed does not have any hosts associated with it. The hosts specified by
21538 &%hosts%& are also used, whether or not the address has its own hosts, if
21539 &%hosts_override%& is set.
21540
21541 The string is first expanded, before being interpreted as a colon-separated
21542 list of host names or IP addresses, possibly including port numbers. The
21543 separator may be changed to something other than colon, as described in section
21544 &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&. Each individual item in the list is the same as an
21545 item in a &%route_list%& setting for the &(manualroute)& router, as described
21546 in section &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&. However, note that the &`/MX`& facility
21547 of the &(manualroute)& router is not available here.
21548
21549 If the expansion fails, delivery is deferred. Unless the failure was caused by
21550 the inability to complete a lookup, the error is logged to the panic log as
21551 well as the main log. Host names are looked up either by searching directly for
21552 address records in the DNS or by calling &[gethostbyname()]& (or
21553 &[getipnodebyname()]& when available), depending on the setting of the
21554 &%gethostbyname%& option. When Exim is compiled with IPv6 support, if a host
21555 that is looked up in the DNS has both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, both types of
21556 address are used.
21557
21558 During delivery, the hosts are tried in order, subject to their retry status,
21559 unless &%hosts_randomize%& is set.
21560
21561
21562 .option hosts_avoid_esmtp smtp "host list&!!" unset
21563 .cindex "ESMTP, avoiding use of"
21564 .cindex "HELO" "forcing use of"
21565 .cindex "EHLO" "avoiding use of"
21566 .cindex "PIPELINING" "avoiding the use of"
21567 This option is for use with broken hosts that announce ESMTP facilities (for
21568 example, PIPELINING) and then fail to implement them properly. When a host
21569 matches &%hosts_avoid_esmtp%&, Exim sends HELO rather than EHLO at the
21570 start of the SMTP session. This means that it cannot use any of the ESMTP
21571 facilities such as AUTH, PIPELINING, SIZE, and STARTTLS.
21572
21573
21574 .option hosts_avoid_pipelining smtp "host list&!!" unset
21575 .cindex "PIPELINING" "avoiding the use of"
21576 Exim will not use the SMTP PIPELINING extension when delivering to any host
21577 that matches this list, even if the server host advertises PIPELINING support.
21578
21579
21580 .option hosts_avoid_tls smtp "host list&!!" unset
21581 .cindex "TLS" "avoiding for certain hosts"
21582 Exim will not try to start a TLS session when delivering to any host that
21583 matches this list. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
21584
21585
21586 .option hosts_max_try smtp integer 5
21587 .cindex "host" "maximum number to try"
21588 .cindex "limit" "number of hosts tried"
21589 .cindex "limit" "number of MX tried"
21590 .cindex "MX record" "maximum tried"
21591 This option limits the number of IP addresses that are tried for any one
21592 delivery in cases where there are temporary delivery errors. Section
21593 &<<SECTvalhosmax>>& describes in detail how the value of this option is used.
21594
21595
21596 .option hosts_max_try_hardlimit smtp integer 50
21597 This is an additional check on the maximum number of IP addresses that Exim
21598 tries for any one delivery. Section &<<SECTvalhosmax>>& describes its use and
21599 why it exists.
21600
21601
21602
21603 .option hosts_nopass_tls smtp "host list&!!" unset
21604 .cindex "TLS" "passing connection"
21605 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
21606 .cindex "TLS" "multiple message deliveries"
21607 For any host that matches this list, a connection on which a TLS session has
21608 been started will not be passed to a new delivery process for sending another
21609 message on the same connection. See section &<<SECTmulmessam>>& for an
21610 explanation of when this might be needed.
21611
21612
21613 .option hosts_override smtp boolean false
21614 If this option is set and the &%hosts%& option is also set, any hosts that are
21615 attached to the address are ignored, and instead the hosts specified by the
21616 &%hosts%& option are always used. This option does not apply to
21617 &%fallback_hosts%&.
21618
21619
21620 .option hosts_randomize smtp boolean false
21621 .cindex "randomized host list"
21622 .cindex "host" "list of; randomized"
21623 .cindex "fallback" "randomized hosts"
21624 If this option is set, and either the list of hosts is taken from the
21625 &%hosts%& or the &%fallback_hosts%& option, or the hosts supplied by the router
21626 were not obtained from MX records (this includes fallback hosts from the
21627 router), and were not randomized by the router, the order of trying the hosts
21628 is randomized each time the transport runs. Randomizing the order of a host
21629 list can be used to do crude load sharing.
21630
21631 When &%hosts_randomize%& is true, a host list may be split into groups whose
21632 order is separately randomized. This makes it possible to set up MX-like
21633 behaviour. The boundaries between groups are indicated by an item that is just
21634 &`+`& in the host list. For example:
21635 .code
21636 hosts = host1:host2:host3:+:host4:host5
21637 .endd
21638 The order of the first three hosts and the order of the last two hosts is
21639 randomized for each use, but the first three always end up before the last two.
21640 If &%hosts_randomize%& is not set, a &`+`& item in the list is ignored.
21641
21642 .option hosts_require_auth smtp "host list&!!" unset
21643 .cindex "authentication" "required by client"
21644 This option provides a list of servers for which authentication must succeed
21645 before Exim will try to transfer a message. If authentication fails for
21646 servers which are not in this list, Exim tries to send unauthenticated. If
21647 authentication fails for one of these servers, delivery is deferred. This
21648 temporary error is detectable in the retry rules, so it can be turned into a
21649 hard failure if required. See also &%hosts_try_auth%&, and chapter
21650 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details of authentication.
21651
21652
21653 .option hosts_require_tls smtp "host list&!!" unset
21654 .cindex "TLS" "requiring for certain servers"
21655 Exim will insist on using a TLS session when delivering to any host that
21656 matches this list. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
21657 &*Note*&: This option affects outgoing mail only. To insist on TLS for
21658 incoming messages, use an appropriate ACL.
21659
21660 .option hosts_try_auth smtp "host list&!!" unset
21661 .cindex "authentication" "optional in client"
21662 This option provides a list of servers to which, provided they announce
21663 authentication support, Exim will attempt to authenticate as a client when it
21664 connects. If authentication fails, Exim will try to transfer the message
21665 unauthenticated. See also &%hosts_require_auth%&, and chapter
21666 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details of authentication.
21667
21668 .option interface smtp "string list&!!" unset
21669 .cindex "bind IP address"
21670 .cindex "IP address" "binding"
21671 .vindex "&$host$&"
21672 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21673 This option specifies which interface to bind to when making an outgoing SMTP
21674 call. The value is an IP address, not an interface name such as
21675 &`eth0`&. Do not confuse this with the interface address that was used when a
21676 message was received, which is in &$received_ip_address$&, formerly known as
21677 &$interface_address$&. The name was changed to minimize confusion with the
21678 outgoing interface address. There is no variable that contains an outgoing
21679 interface address because, unless it is set by this option, its value is
21680 unknown.
21681
21682 During the expansion of the &%interface%& option the variables &$host$& and
21683 &$host_address$& refer to the host to which a connection is about to be made
21684 during the expansion of the string. Forced expansion failure, or an empty
21685 string result causes the option to be ignored. Otherwise, after expansion, the
21686 string must be a list of IP addresses, colon-separated by default, but the
21687 separator can be changed in the usual way. For example:
21688 .code
21689 interface = <; 192.168.123.123 ; 3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061
21690 .endd
21691 The first interface of the correct type (IPv4 or IPv6) is used for the outgoing
21692 connection. If none of them are the correct type, the option is ignored. If
21693 &%interface%& is not set, or is ignored, the system's IP functions choose which
21694 interface to use if the host has more than one.
21695
21696
21697 .option keepalive smtp boolean true
21698 .cindex "keepalive" "on outgoing connection"
21699 This option controls the setting of SO_KEEPALIVE on outgoing TCP/IP socket
21700 connections. When set, it causes the kernel to probe idle connections
21701 periodically, by sending packets with &"old"& sequence numbers. The other end
21702 of the connection should send a acknowledgment if the connection is still okay
21703 or a reset if the connection has been aborted. The reason for doing this is
21704 that it has the beneficial effect of freeing up certain types of connection
21705 that can get stuck when the remote host is disconnected without tidying up the
21706 TCP/IP call properly. The keepalive mechanism takes several hours to detect
21707 unreachable hosts.
21708
21709
21710 .option lmtp_ignore_quota smtp boolean false
21711 .cindex "LMTP" "ignoring quota errors"
21712 If this option is set true when the &%protocol%& option is set to &"lmtp"&, the
21713 string &`IGNOREQUOTA`& is added to RCPT commands, provided that the LMTP server
21714 has advertised support for IGNOREQUOTA in its response to the LHLO command.
21715
21716 .option max_rcpt smtp integer 100
21717 .cindex "RCPT" "maximum number of outgoing"
21718 This option limits the number of RCPT commands that are sent in a single
21719 SMTP message transaction. Each set of addresses is treated independently, and
21720 so can cause parallel connections to the same host if &%remote_max_parallel%&
21721 permits this.
21722
21723
21724 .option multi_domain smtp boolean true
21725 .vindex "&$domain$&"
21726 When this option is set, the &(smtp)& transport can handle a number of
21727 addresses containing a mixture of different domains provided they all resolve
21728 to the same list of hosts. Turning the option off restricts the transport to
21729 handling only one domain at a time. This is useful if you want to use
21730 &$domain$& in an expansion for the transport, because it is set only when there
21731 is a single domain involved in a remote delivery.
21732
21733
21734 .option port smtp string&!! "see below"
21735 .cindex "port" "sending TCP/IP"
21736 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting outgoing port"
21737 This option specifies the TCP/IP port on the server to which Exim connects.
21738 &*Note:*& Do not confuse this with the port that was used when a message was
21739 received, which is in &$received_port$&, formerly known as &$interface_port$&.
21740 The name was changed to minimize confusion with the outgoing port. There is no
21741 variable that contains an outgoing port.
21742
21743 If the value of this option begins with a digit it is taken as a port number;
21744 otherwise it is looked up using &[getservbyname()]&. The default value is
21745 normally &"smtp"&, but if &%protocol%& is set to &"lmtp"&, the default is
21746 &"lmtp"&. If the expansion fails, or if a port number cannot be found, delivery
21747 is deferred.
21748
21749
21750
21751 .option protocol smtp string smtp
21752 .cindex "LMTP" "over TCP/IP"
21753 If this option is set to &"lmtp"& instead of &"smtp"&, the default value for
21754 the &%port%& option changes to &"lmtp"&, and the transport operates the LMTP
21755 protocol (RFC 2033) instead of SMTP. This protocol is sometimes used for local
21756 deliveries into closed message stores. Exim also has support for running LMTP
21757 over a pipe to a local process &-- see chapter &<<CHAPLMTP>>&.
21758
21759
21760 .option retry_include_ip_address smtp boolean true
21761 Exim normally includes both the host name and the IP address in the key it
21762 constructs for indexing retry data after a temporary delivery failure. This
21763 means that when one of several IP addresses for a host is failing, it gets
21764 tried periodically (controlled by the retry rules), but use of the other IP
21765 addresses is not affected.
21766
21767 However, in some dialup environments hosts are assigned a different IP address
21768 each time they connect. In this situation the use of the IP address as part of
21769 the retry key leads to undesirable behaviour. Setting this option false causes
21770 Exim to use only the host name. This should normally be done on a separate
21771 instance of the &(smtp)& transport, set up specially to handle the dialup
21772 hosts.
21773
21774
21775 .option serialize_hosts smtp "host list&!!" unset
21776 .cindex "serializing connections"
21777 .cindex "host" "serializing connections"
21778 Because Exim operates in a distributed manner, if several messages for the same
21779 host arrive at around the same time, more than one simultaneous connection to
21780 the remote host can occur. This is not usually a problem except when there is a
21781 slow link between the hosts. In that situation it may be helpful to restrict
21782 Exim to one connection at a time. This can be done by setting
21783 &%serialize_hosts%& to match the relevant hosts.
21784
21785 .cindex "hints database" "serializing deliveries to a host"
21786 Exim implements serialization by means of a hints database in which a record is
21787 written whenever a process connects to one of the restricted hosts. The record
21788 is deleted when the connection is completed. Obviously there is scope for
21789 records to get left lying around if there is a system or program crash. To
21790 guard against this, Exim ignores any records that are more than six hours old.
21791
21792 If you set up this kind of serialization, you should also arrange to delete the
21793 relevant hints database whenever your system reboots. The names of the files
21794 start with &_misc_& and they are kept in the &_spool/db_& directory. There
21795 may be one or two files, depending on the type of DBM in use. The same files
21796 are used for ETRN serialization.
21797
21798
21799 .option size_addition smtp integer 1024
21800 .cindex "SMTP" "SIZE"
21801 .cindex "message" "size issue for transport filter"
21802 .cindex "size" "of message"
21803 .cindex "transport" "filter"
21804 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
21805 If a remote SMTP server indicates that it supports the SIZE option of the
21806 MAIL command, Exim uses this to pass over the message size at the start of
21807 an SMTP transaction. It adds the value of &%size_addition%& to the value it
21808 sends, to allow for headers and other text that may be added during delivery by
21809 configuration options or in a transport filter. It may be necessary to increase
21810 this if a lot of text is added to messages.
21811
21812 Alternatively, if the value of &%size_addition%& is set negative, it disables
21813 the use of the SIZE option altogether.
21814
21815
21816 .option tls_certificate smtp string&!! unset
21817 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate, location of"
21818 .cindex "certificate" "client, location of"
21819 .vindex "&$host$&"
21820 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21821 The value of this option must be the absolute path to a file which contains the
21822 client's certificate, for possible use when sending a message over an encrypted
21823 connection. The values of &$host$& and &$host_address$& are set to the name and
21824 address of the server during the expansion. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for
21825 details of TLS.
21826
21827 &*Note*&: This option must be set if you want Exim to be able to use a TLS
21828 certificate when sending messages as a client. The global option of the same
21829 name specifies the certificate for Exim as a server; it is not automatically
21830 assumed that the same certificate should be used when Exim is operating as a
21831 client.
21832
21833
21834 .option tls_crl smtp string&!! unset
21835 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate revocation list"
21836 .cindex "certificate" "revocation list for client"
21837 This option specifies a certificate revocation list. The expanded value must
21838 be the name of a file that contains a CRL in PEM format.
21839
21840
21841 .option tls_privatekey smtp string&!! unset
21842 .cindex "TLS" "client private key, location of"
21843 .vindex "&$host$&"
21844 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21845 The value of this option must be the absolute path to a file which contains the
21846 client's private key. This is used when sending a message over an encrypted
21847 connection using a client certificate. The values of &$host$& and
21848 &$host_address$& are set to the name and address of the server during the
21849 expansion. If this option is unset, or the expansion is forced to fail, or the
21850 result is an empty string, the private key is assumed to be in the same file as
21851 the certificate. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
21852
21853
21854 .option tls_require_ciphers smtp string&!! unset
21855 .cindex "TLS" "requiring specific ciphers"
21856 .cindex "cipher" "requiring specific"
21857 .vindex "&$host$&"
21858 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21859 The value of this option must be a list of permitted cipher suites, for use
21860 when setting up an outgoing encrypted connection. (There is a global option of
21861 the same name for controlling incoming connections.) The values of &$host$& and
21862 &$host_address$& are set to the name and address of the server during the
21863 expansion. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS; note that this option
21864 is used in different ways by OpenSSL and GnuTLS (see sections
21865 &<<SECTreqciphssl>>& and &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&). For GnuTLS, the order of the
21866 ciphers is a preference order.
21867
21868
21869
21870 .option tls_tempfail_tryclear smtp boolean true
21871 .cindex "4&'xx'& responses" "to STARTTLS"
21872 When the server host is not in &%hosts_require_tls%&, and there is a problem in
21873 setting up a TLS session, this option determines whether or not Exim should try
21874 to deliver the message unencrypted. If it is set false, delivery to the
21875 current host is deferred; if there are other hosts, they are tried. If this
21876 option is set true, Exim attempts to deliver unencrypted after a 4&'xx'&
21877 response to STARTTLS. Also, if STARTTLS is accepted, but the subsequent
21878 TLS negotiation fails, Exim closes the current connection (because it is in an
21879 unknown state), opens a new one to the same host, and then tries the delivery
21880 in clear.
21881
21882
21883 .option tls_verify_certificates smtp string&!! unset
21884 .cindex "TLS" "server certificate verification"
21885 .cindex "certificate" "verification of server"
21886 .vindex "&$host$&"
21887 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21888 The value of this option must be the absolute path to a file containing
21889 permitted server certificates, for use when setting up an encrypted connection.
21890 Alternatively, if you are using OpenSSL, you can set
21891 &%tls_verify_certificates%& to the name of a directory containing certificate
21892 files. This does not work with GnuTLS; the option must be set to the name of a
21893 single file if you are using GnuTLS. The values of &$host$& and
21894 &$host_address$& are set to the name and address of the server during the
21895 expansion of this option. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
21896
21897
21898
21899
21900 .section "How the limits for the number of hosts to try are used" &&&
21901 "SECTvalhosmax"
21902 .cindex "host" "maximum number to try"
21903 .cindex "limit" "hosts; maximum number tried"
21904 There are two options that are concerned with the number of hosts that are
21905 tried when an SMTP delivery takes place. They are &%hosts_max_try%& and
21906 &%hosts_max_try_hardlimit%&.
21907
21908
21909 The &%hosts_max_try%& option limits the number of hosts that are tried
21910 for a single delivery. However, despite the term &"host"& in its name, the
21911 option actually applies to each IP address independently. In other words, a
21912 multihomed host is treated as several independent hosts, just as it is for
21913 retrying.
21914
21915 Many of the larger ISPs have multiple MX records which often point to
21916 multihomed hosts. As a result, a list of a dozen or more IP addresses may be
21917 created as a result of routing one of these domains.
21918
21919 Trying every single IP address on such a long list does not seem sensible; if
21920 several at the top of the list fail, it is reasonable to assume there is some
21921 problem that is likely to affect all of them. Roughly speaking, the value of
21922 &%hosts_max_try%& is the maximum number that are tried before deferring the
21923 delivery. However, the logic cannot be quite that simple.
21924
21925 Firstly, IP addresses that are skipped because their retry times have not
21926 arrived do not count, and in addition, addresses that are past their retry
21927 limits are also not counted, even when they are tried. This means that when
21928 some IP addresses are past their retry limits, more than the value of
21929 &%hosts_max_retry%& may be tried. The reason for this behaviour is to ensure
21930 that all IP addresses are considered before timing out an email address (but
21931 see below for an exception).
21932
21933 Secondly, when the &%hosts_max_try%& limit is reached, Exim looks down the host
21934 list to see if there is a subsequent host with a different (higher valued) MX.
21935 If there is, that host is considered next, and the current IP address is used
21936 but not counted. This behaviour helps in the case of a domain with a retry rule
21937 that hardly ever delays any hosts, as is now explained:
21938
21939 Consider the case of a long list of hosts with one MX value, and a few with a
21940 higher MX value. If &%hosts_max_try%& is small (the default is 5) only a few
21941 hosts at the top of the list are tried at first. With the default retry rule,
21942 which specifies increasing retry times, the higher MX hosts are eventually
21943 tried when those at the top of the list are skipped because they have not
21944 reached their retry times.
21945
21946 However, it is common practice to put a fixed short retry time on domains for
21947 large ISPs, on the grounds that their servers are rarely down for very long.
21948 Unfortunately, these are exactly the domains that tend to resolve to long lists
21949 of hosts. The short retry time means that the lowest MX hosts are tried every
21950 time. The attempts may be in a different order because of random sorting, but
21951 without the special MX check, the higher MX hosts would never be tried until
21952 all the lower MX hosts had timed out (which might be several days), because
21953 there are always some lower MX hosts that have reached their retry times. With
21954 the special check, Exim considers at least one IP address from each MX value at
21955 every delivery attempt, even if the &%hosts_max_try%& limit has already been
21956 reached.
21957
21958 The above logic means that &%hosts_max_try%& is not a hard limit, and in
21959 particular, Exim normally eventually tries all the IP addresses before timing
21960 out an email address. When &%hosts_max_try%& was implemented, this seemed a
21961 reasonable thing to do. Recently, however, some lunatic DNS configurations have
21962 been set up with hundreds of IP addresses for some domains. It can
21963 take a very long time indeed for an address to time out in these cases.
21964
21965 The &%hosts_max_try_hardlimit%& option was added to help with this problem.
21966 Exim never tries more than this number of IP addresses; if it hits this limit
21967 and they are all timed out, the email address is bounced, even though not all
21968 possible IP addresses have been tried.
21969 .ecindex IIDsmttra1
21970 .ecindex IIDsmttra2
21971
21972
21973
21974
21975
21976 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21977 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21978
21979 .chapter "Address rewriting" "CHAPrewrite"
21980 .scindex IIDaddrew "rewriting" "addresses"
21981 There are some circumstances in which Exim automatically rewrites domains in
21982 addresses. The two most common are when an address is given without a domain
21983 (referred to as an &"unqualified address"&) or when an address contains an
21984 abbreviated domain that is expanded by DNS lookup.
21985
21986 Unqualified envelope addresses are accepted only for locally submitted
21987 messages, or for messages that are received from hosts matching
21988 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& or &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&, as
21989 appropriate. Unqualified addresses in header lines are qualified if they are in
21990 locally submitted messages, or messages from hosts that are permitted to send
21991 unqualified envelope addresses. Otherwise, unqualified addresses in header
21992 lines are neither qualified nor rewritten.
21993
21994 One situation in which Exim does &'not'& automatically rewrite a domain is
21995 when it is the name of a CNAME record in the DNS. The older RFCs suggest that
21996 such a domain should be rewritten using the &"canonical"& name, and some MTAs
21997 do this. The new RFCs do not contain this suggestion.
21998
21999
22000 .section "Explicitly configured address rewriting" "SECID147"
22001 This chapter describes the rewriting rules that can be used in the
22002 main rewrite section of the configuration file, and also in the generic
22003 &%headers_rewrite%& option that can be set on any transport.
22004
22005 Some people believe that configured address rewriting is a Mortal Sin.
22006 Others believe that life is not possible without it. Exim provides the
22007 facility; you do not have to use it.
22008
22009 The main rewriting rules that appear in the &"rewrite"& section of the
22010 configuration file are applied to addresses in incoming messages, both envelope
22011 addresses and addresses in header lines. Each rule specifies the types of
22012 address to which it applies.
22013
22014 Whether or not addresses in header lines are rewritten depends on the origin of
22015 the headers and the type of rewriting. Global rewriting, that is, rewriting
22016 rules from the rewrite section of the configuration file, is applied only to
22017 those headers that were received with the message. Header lines that are added
22018 by ACLs or by a system filter or by individual routers or transports (which
22019 are specific to individual recipient addresses) are not rewritten by the global
22020 rules.
22021
22022 Rewriting at transport time, by means of the &%headers_rewrite%& option,
22023 applies all headers except those added by routers and transports. That is, as
22024 well as the headers that were received with the message, it also applies to
22025 headers that were added by an ACL or a system filter.
22026
22027
22028 In general, rewriting addresses from your own system or domain has some
22029 legitimacy. Rewriting other addresses should be done only with great care and
22030 in special circumstances. The author of Exim believes that rewriting should be
22031 used sparingly, and mainly for &"regularizing"& addresses in your own domains.
22032 Although it can sometimes be used as a routing tool, this is very strongly
22033 discouraged.
22034
22035 There are two commonly encountered circumstances where rewriting is used, as
22036 illustrated by these examples:
22037
22038 .ilist
22039 The company whose domain is &'hitch.fict.example'& has a number of hosts that
22040 exchange mail with each other behind a firewall, but there is only a single
22041 gateway to the outer world. The gateway rewrites &'*.hitch.fict.example'& as
22042 &'hitch.fict.example'& when sending mail off-site.
22043 .next
22044 A host rewrites the local parts of its own users so that, for example,
22045 &'fp42@hitch.fict.example'& becomes &'Ford.Prefect@hitch.fict.example'&.
22046 .endlist
22047
22048
22049
22050 .section "When does rewriting happen?" "SECID148"
22051 .cindex "rewriting" "timing of"
22052 .cindex "&ACL;" "rewriting addresses in"
22053 Configured address rewriting can take place at several different stages of a
22054 message's processing.
22055
22056 .vindex "&$sender_address$&"
22057 At the start of an ACL for MAIL, the sender address may have been rewritten
22058 by a special SMTP-time rewrite rule (see section &<<SECTrewriteS>>&), but no
22059 ordinary rewrite rules have yet been applied. If, however, the sender address
22060 is verified in the ACL, it is rewritten before verification, and remains
22061 rewritten thereafter. The subsequent value of &$sender_address$& is the
22062 rewritten address. This also applies if sender verification happens in a
22063 RCPT ACL. Otherwise, when the sender address is not verified, it is
22064 rewritten as soon as a message's header lines have been received.
22065
22066 .vindex "&$domain$&"
22067 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
22068 Similarly, at the start of an ACL for RCPT, the current recipient's address
22069 may have been rewritten by a special SMTP-time rewrite rule, but no ordinary
22070 rewrite rules have yet been applied to it. However, the behaviour is different
22071 from the sender address when a recipient is verified. The address is rewritten
22072 for the verification, but the rewriting is not remembered at this stage. The
22073 value of &$local_part$& and &$domain$& after verification are always the same
22074 as they were before (that is, they contain the unrewritten &-- except for
22075 SMTP-time rewriting &-- address).
22076
22077 As soon as a message's header lines have been received, all the envelope
22078 recipient addresses are permanently rewritten, and rewriting is also applied to
22079 the addresses in the header lines (if configured). This happens before adding
22080 any header lines that were specified in MAIL or RCPT ACLs, and
22081 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "address rewriting; timing of"
22082 before the DATA ACL and &[local_scan()]& functions are run.
22083
22084 When an address is being routed, either for delivery or for verification,
22085 rewriting is applied immediately to child addresses that are generated by
22086 redirection, unless &%no_rewrite%& is set on the router.
22087
22088 .cindex "envelope sender" "rewriting at transport time"
22089 .cindex "rewriting" "at transport time"
22090 .cindex "header lines" "rewriting at transport time"
22091 At transport time, additional rewriting of addresses in header lines can be
22092 specified by setting the generic &%headers_rewrite%& option on a transport.
22093 This option contains rules that are identical in form to those in the rewrite
22094 section of the configuration file. They are applied to the original message
22095 header lines and any that were added by ACLs or a system filter. They are not
22096 applied to header lines that are added by routers or the transport.
22097
22098 The outgoing envelope sender can be rewritten by means of the &%return_path%&
22099 transport option. However, it is not possible to rewrite envelope recipients at
22100 transport time.
22101
22102
22103
22104
22105 .section "Testing the rewriting rules that apply on input" "SECID149"
22106 .cindex "rewriting" "testing"
22107 .cindex "testing" "rewriting"
22108 Exim's input rewriting configuration appears in a part of the run time
22109 configuration file headed by &"begin rewrite"&. It can be tested by the
22110 &%-brw%& command line option. This takes an address (which can be a full RFC
22111 2822 address) as its argument. The output is a list of how the address would be
22112 transformed by the rewriting rules for each of the different places it might
22113 appear in an incoming message, that is, for each different header and for the
22114 envelope sender and recipient fields. For example,
22115 .code
22116 exim -brw ph10@exim.workshop.example
22117 .endd
22118 might produce the output
22119 .code
22120 sender: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
22121 from: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
22122 to: ph10@exim.workshop.example
22123 cc: ph10@exim.workshop.example
22124 bcc: ph10@exim.workshop.example
22125 reply-to: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
22126 env-from: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
22127 env-to: ph10@exim.workshop.example
22128 .endd
22129 which shows that rewriting has been set up for that address when used in any of
22130 the source fields, but not when it appears as a recipient address. At the
22131 present time, there is no equivalent way of testing rewriting rules that are
22132 set for a particular transport.
22133
22134
22135 .section "Rewriting rules" "SECID150"
22136 .cindex "rewriting" "rules"
22137 The rewrite section of the configuration file consists of lines of rewriting
22138 rules in the form
22139 .display
22140 <&'source pattern'&> <&'replacement'&> <&'flags'&>
22141 .endd
22142 Rewriting rules that are specified for the &%headers_rewrite%& generic
22143 transport option are given as a colon-separated list. Each item in the list
22144 takes the same form as a line in the main rewriting configuration (except that
22145 any colons must be doubled, of course).
22146
22147 The formats of source patterns and replacement strings are described below.
22148 Each is terminated by white space, unless enclosed in double quotes, in which
22149 case normal quoting conventions apply inside the quotes. The flags are single
22150 characters which may appear in any order. Spaces and tabs between them are
22151 ignored.
22152
22153 For each address that could potentially be rewritten, the rules are scanned in
22154 order, and replacements for the address from earlier rules can themselves be
22155 replaced by later rules (but see the &"q"& and &"R"& flags).
22156
22157 The order in which addresses are rewritten is undefined, may change between
22158 releases, and must not be relied on, with one exception: when a message is
22159 received, the envelope sender is always rewritten first, before any header
22160 lines are rewritten. For example, the replacement string for a rewrite of an
22161 address in &'To:'& must not assume that the message's address in &'From:'& has
22162 (or has not) already been rewritten. However, a rewrite of &'From:'& may assume
22163 that the envelope sender has already been rewritten.
22164
22165 .vindex "&$domain$&"
22166 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
22167 The variables &$local_part$& and &$domain$& can be used in the replacement
22168 string to refer to the address that is being rewritten. Note that lookup-driven
22169 rewriting can be done by a rule of the form
22170 .code
22171 *@* ${lookup ...
22172 .endd
22173 where the lookup key uses &$1$& and &$2$& or &$local_part$& and &$domain$& to
22174 refer to the address that is being rewritten.
22175
22176
22177 .section "Rewriting patterns" "SECID151"
22178 .cindex "rewriting" "patterns"
22179 .cindex "address list" "in a rewriting pattern"
22180 The source pattern in a rewriting rule is any item which may appear in an
22181 address list (see section &<<SECTaddresslist>>&). It is in fact processed as a
22182 single-item address list, which means that it is expanded before being tested
22183 against the address. As always, if you use a regular expression as a pattern,
22184 you must take care to escape dollar and backslash characters, or use the &`\N`&
22185 facility to suppress string expansion within the regular expression.
22186
22187 Domains in patterns should be given in lower case. Local parts in patterns are
22188 case-sensitive. If you want to do case-insensitive matching of local parts, you
22189 can use a regular expression that starts with &`^(?i)`&.
22190
22191 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in rewriting rules"
22192 After matching, the numerical variables &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. may be set,
22193 depending on the type of match which occurred. These can be used in the
22194 replacement string to insert portions of the incoming address. &$0$& always
22195 refers to the complete incoming address. When a regular expression is used, the
22196 numerical variables are set from its capturing subexpressions. For other types
22197 of pattern they are set as follows:
22198
22199 .ilist
22200 If a local part or domain starts with an asterisk, the numerical variables
22201 refer to the character strings matched by asterisks, with &$1$& associated with
22202 the first asterisk, and &$2$& with the second, if present. For example, if the
22203 pattern
22204 .code
22205 *queen@*.fict.example
22206 .endd
22207 is matched against the address &'hearts-queen@wonderland.fict.example'& then
22208 .code
22209 $0 = hearts-queen@wonderland.fict.example
22210 $1 = hearts-
22211 $2 = wonderland
22212 .endd
22213 Note that if the local part does not start with an asterisk, but the domain
22214 does, it is &$1$& that contains the wild part of the domain.
22215
22216 .next
22217 If the domain part of the pattern is a partial lookup, the wild and fixed parts
22218 of the domain are placed in the next available numerical variables. Suppose,
22219 for example, that the address &'foo@bar.baz.example'& is processed by a
22220 rewriting rule of the form
22221 .display
22222 &`*@partial-dbm;/some/dbm/file`& <&'replacement string'&>
22223 .endd
22224 and the key in the file that matches the domain is &`*.baz.example`&. Then
22225 .code
22226 $1 = foo
22227 $2 = bar
22228 $3 = baz.example
22229 .endd
22230 If the address &'foo@baz.example'& is looked up, this matches the same
22231 wildcard file entry, and in this case &$2$& is set to the empty string, but
22232 &$3$& is still set to &'baz.example'&. If a non-wild key is matched in a
22233 partial lookup, &$2$& is again set to the empty string and &$3$& is set to the
22234 whole domain. For non-partial domain lookups, no numerical variables are set.
22235 .endlist
22236
22237
22238 .section "Rewriting replacements" "SECID152"
22239 .cindex "rewriting" "replacements"
22240 If the replacement string for a rule is a single asterisk, addresses that
22241 match the pattern and the flags are &'not'& rewritten, and no subsequent
22242 rewriting rules are scanned. For example,
22243 .code
22244 hatta@lookingglass.fict.example * f
22245 .endd
22246 specifies that &'hatta@lookingglass.fict.example'& is never to be rewritten in
22247 &'From:'& headers.
22248
22249 .vindex "&$domain$&"
22250 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
22251 If the replacement string is not a single asterisk, it is expanded, and must
22252 yield a fully qualified address. Within the expansion, the variables
22253 &$local_part$& and &$domain$& refer to the address that is being rewritten.
22254 Any letters they contain retain their original case &-- they are not lower
22255 cased. The numerical variables are set up according to the type of pattern that
22256 matched the address, as described above. If the expansion is forced to fail by
22257 the presence of &"fail"& in a conditional or lookup item, rewriting by the
22258 current rule is abandoned, but subsequent rules may take effect. Any other
22259 expansion failure causes the entire rewriting operation to be abandoned, and an
22260 entry written to the panic log.
22261
22262
22263
22264 .section "Rewriting flags" "SECID153"
22265 There are three different kinds of flag that may appear on rewriting rules:
22266
22267 .ilist
22268 Flags that specify which headers and envelope addresses to rewrite: E, F, T, b,
22269 c, f, h, r, s, t.
22270 .next
22271 A flag that specifies rewriting at SMTP time: S.
22272 .next
22273 Flags that control the rewriting process: Q, q, R, w.
22274 .endlist
22275
22276 For rules that are part of the &%headers_rewrite%& generic transport option,
22277 E, F, T, and S are not permitted.
22278
22279
22280
22281 .section "Flags specifying which headers and envelope addresses to rewrite" &&&
22282 "SECID154"
22283 .cindex "rewriting" "flags"
22284 If none of the following flag letters, nor the &"S"& flag (see section
22285 &<<SECTrewriteS>>&) are present, a main rewriting rule applies to all headers
22286 and to both the sender and recipient fields of the envelope, whereas a
22287 transport-time rewriting rule just applies to all headers. Otherwise, the
22288 rewriting rule is skipped unless the relevant addresses are being processed.
22289 .display
22290 &`E`& rewrite all envelope fields
22291 &`F`& rewrite the envelope From field
22292 &`T`& rewrite the envelope To field
22293 &`b`& rewrite the &'Bcc:'& header
22294 &`c`& rewrite the &'Cc:'& header
22295 &`f`& rewrite the &'From:'& header
22296 &`h`& rewrite all headers
22297 &`r`& rewrite the &'Reply-To:'& header
22298 &`s`& rewrite the &'Sender:'& header
22299 &`t`& rewrite the &'To:'& header
22300 .endd
22301 "All headers" means all of the headers listed above that can be selected
22302 individually, plus their &'Resent-'& versions. It does not include
22303 other headers such as &'Subject:'& etc.
22304
22305 You should be particularly careful about rewriting &'Sender:'& headers, and
22306 restrict this to special known cases in your own domains.
22307
22308
22309 .section "The SMTP-time rewriting flag" "SECTrewriteS"
22310 .cindex "SMTP" "rewriting malformed addresses"
22311 .cindex "RCPT" "rewriting argument of"
22312 .cindex "MAIL" "rewriting argument of"
22313 The rewrite flag &"S"& specifies a rewrite of incoming envelope addresses at
22314 SMTP time, as soon as an address is received in a MAIL or RCPT command, and
22315 before any other processing; even before syntax checking. The pattern is
22316 required to be a regular expression, and it is matched against the whole of the
22317 data for the command, including any surrounding angle brackets.
22318
22319 .vindex "&$domain$&"
22320 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
22321 This form of rewrite rule allows for the handling of addresses that are not
22322 compliant with RFCs 2821 and 2822 (for example, &"bang paths"& in batched SMTP
22323 input). Because the input is not required to be a syntactically valid address,
22324 the variables &$local_part$& and &$domain$& are not available during the
22325 expansion of the replacement string. The result of rewriting replaces the
22326 original address in the MAIL or RCPT command.
22327
22328
22329 .section "Flags controlling the rewriting process" "SECID155"
22330 There are four flags which control the way the rewriting process works. These
22331 take effect only when a rule is invoked, that is, when the address is of the
22332 correct type (matches the flags) and matches the pattern:
22333
22334 .ilist
22335 If the &"Q"& flag is set on a rule, the rewritten address is permitted to be an
22336 unqualified local part. It is qualified with &%qualify_recipient%&. In the
22337 absence of &"Q"& the rewritten address must always include a domain.
22338 .next
22339 If the &"q"& flag is set on a rule, no further rewriting rules are considered,
22340 even if no rewriting actually takes place because of a &"fail"& in the
22341 expansion. The &"q"& flag is not effective if the address is of the wrong type
22342 (does not match the flags) or does not match the pattern.
22343 .next
22344 The &"R"& flag causes a successful rewriting rule to be re-applied to the new
22345 address, up to ten times. It can be combined with the &"q"& flag, to stop
22346 rewriting once it fails to match (after at least one successful rewrite).
22347 .next
22348 .cindex "rewriting" "whole addresses"
22349 When an address in a header is rewritten, the rewriting normally applies only
22350 to the working part of the address, with any comments and RFC 2822 &"phrase"&
22351 left unchanged. For example, rewriting might change
22352 .code
22353 From: Ford Prefect <fp42@restaurant.hitch.fict.example>
22354 .endd
22355 into
22356 .code
22357 From: Ford Prefect <prefectf@hitch.fict.example>
22358 .endd
22359 .cindex "RFC 2047"
22360 Sometimes there is a need to replace the whole address item, and this can be
22361 done by adding the flag letter &"w"& to a rule. If this is set on a rule that
22362 causes an address in a header line to be rewritten, the entire address is
22363 replaced, not just the working part. The replacement must be a complete RFC
22364 2822 address, including the angle brackets if necessary. If text outside angle
22365 brackets contains a character whose value is greater than 126 or less than 32
22366 (except for tab), the text is encoded according to RFC 2047. The character set
22367 is taken from &%headers_charset%&, which defaults to ISO-8859-1.
22368
22369 When the &"w"& flag is set on a rule that causes an envelope address to be
22370 rewritten, all but the working part of the replacement address is discarded.
22371 .endlist
22372
22373
22374 .section "Rewriting examples" "SECID156"
22375 Here is an example of the two common rewriting paradigms:
22376 .code
22377 *@*.hitch.fict.example $1@hitch.fict.example
22378 *@hitch.fict.example ${lookup{$1}dbm{/etc/realnames}\
22379 {$value}fail}@hitch.fict.example bctfrF
22380 .endd
22381 Note the use of &"fail"& in the lookup expansion in the second rule, forcing
22382 the string expansion to fail if the lookup does not succeed. In this context it
22383 has the effect of leaving the original address unchanged, but Exim goes on to
22384 consider subsequent rewriting rules, if any, because the &"q"& flag is not
22385 present in that rule. An alternative to &"fail"& would be to supply &$1$&
22386 explicitly, which would cause the rewritten address to be the same as before,
22387 at the cost of a small bit of processing. Not supplying either of these is an
22388 error, since the rewritten address would then contain no local part.
22389
22390 The first example above replaces the domain with a superior, more general
22391 domain. This may not be desirable for certain local parts. If the rule
22392 .code
22393 root@*.hitch.fict.example *
22394 .endd
22395 were inserted before the first rule, rewriting would be suppressed for the
22396 local part &'root'& at any domain ending in &'hitch.fict.example'&.
22397
22398 Rewriting can be made conditional on a number of tests, by making use of
22399 &${if$& in the expansion item. For example, to apply a rewriting rule only to
22400 messages that originate outside the local host:
22401 .code
22402 *@*.hitch.fict.example "${if !eq {$sender_host_address}{}\
22403 {$1@hitch.fict.example}fail}"
22404 .endd
22405 The replacement string is quoted in this example because it contains white
22406 space.
22407
22408 .cindex "rewriting" "bang paths"
22409 .cindex "bang paths" "rewriting"
22410 Exim does not handle addresses in the form of &"bang paths"&. If it sees such
22411 an address it treats it as an unqualified local part which it qualifies with
22412 the local qualification domain (if the source of the message is local or if the
22413 remote host is permitted to send unqualified addresses). Rewriting can
22414 sometimes be used to handle simple bang paths with a fixed number of
22415 components. For example, the rule
22416 .code
22417 \N^([^!]+)!(.*)@your.domain.example$\N $2@$1
22418 .endd
22419 rewrites a two-component bang path &'host.name!user'& as the domain address
22420 &'user@host.name'&. However, there is a security implication in using this as
22421 a global rewriting rule for envelope addresses. It can provide a backdoor
22422 method for using your system as a relay, because the incoming addresses appear
22423 to be local. If the bang path addresses are received via SMTP, it is safer to
22424 use the &"S"& flag to rewrite them as they are received, so that relay checking
22425 can be done on the rewritten addresses.
22426 .ecindex IIDaddrew
22427
22428
22429
22430
22431
22432 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22433 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22434
22435 .chapter "Retry configuration" "CHAPretry"
22436 .scindex IIDretconf1 "retry" "configuration, description of"
22437 .scindex IIDregconf2 "configuration file" "retry section"
22438 The &"retry"& section of the runtime configuration file contains a list of
22439 retry rules that control how often Exim tries to deliver messages that cannot
22440 be delivered at the first attempt. If there are no retry rules (the section is
22441 empty or not present), there are no retries. In this situation, temporary
22442 errors are treated as permanent. The default configuration contains a single,
22443 general-purpose retry rule (see section &<<SECID57>>&). The &%-brt%& command
22444 line option can be used to test which retry rule will be used for a given
22445 address, domain and error.
22446
22447 The most common cause of retries is temporary failure to deliver to a remote
22448 host because the host is down, or inaccessible because of a network problem.
22449 Exim's retry processing in this case is applied on a per-host (strictly, per IP
22450 address) basis, not on a per-message basis. Thus, if one message has recently
22451 been delayed, delivery of a new message to the same host is not immediately
22452 tried, but waits for the host's retry time to arrive. If the &%retry_defer%&
22453 log selector is set, the message
22454 .cindex "retry" "time not reached"
22455 &"retry time not reached"& is written to the main log whenever a delivery is
22456 skipped for this reason. Section &<<SECToutSMTPerr>>& contains more details of
22457 the handling of errors during remote deliveries.
22458
22459 Retry processing applies to routing as well as to delivering, except as covered
22460 in the next paragraph. The retry rules do not distinguish between these
22461 actions. It is not possible, for example, to specify different behaviour for
22462 failures to route the domain &'snark.fict.example'& and failures to deliver to
22463 the host &'snark.fict.example'&. I didn't think anyone would ever need this
22464 added complication, so did not implement it. However, although they share the
22465 same retry rule, the actual retry times for routing and transporting a given
22466 domain are maintained independently.
22467
22468 When a delivery is not part of a queue run (typically an immediate delivery on
22469 receipt of a message), the routers are always run, and local deliveries are
22470 always attempted, even if retry times are set for them. This makes for better
22471 behaviour if one particular message is causing problems (for example, causing
22472 quota overflow, or provoking an error in a filter file). If such a delivery
22473 suffers a temporary failure, the retry data is updated as normal, and
22474 subsequent delivery attempts from queue runs occur only when the retry time for
22475 the local address is reached.
22476
22477 .section "Changing retry rules" "SECID157"
22478 If you change the retry rules in your configuration, you should consider
22479 whether or not to delete the retry data that is stored in Exim's spool area in
22480 files with names like &_db/retry_&. Deleting any of Exim's hints files is
22481 always safe; that is why they are called &"hints"&.
22482
22483 The hints retry data contains suggested retry times based on the previous
22484 rules. In the case of a long-running problem with a remote host, it might
22485 record the fact that the host has timed out. If your new rules increase the
22486 timeout time for such a host, you should definitely remove the old retry data
22487 and let Exim recreate it, based on the new rules. Otherwise Exim might bounce
22488 messages that it should now be retaining.
22489
22490
22491
22492 .section "Format of retry rules" "SECID158"
22493 .cindex "retry" "rules"
22494 Each retry rule occupies one line and consists of three or four parts,
22495 separated by white space: a pattern, an error name, an optional list of sender
22496 addresses, and a list of retry parameters. The pattern and sender lists must be
22497 enclosed in double quotes if they contain white space. The rules are searched
22498 in order until one is found where the pattern, error name, and sender list (if
22499 present) match the failing host or address, the error that occurred, and the
22500 message's sender, respectively.
22501
22502
22503 The pattern is any single item that may appear in an address list (see section
22504 &<<SECTaddresslist>>&). It is in fact processed as a one-item address list,
22505 which means that it is expanded before being tested against the address that
22506 has been delayed. A negated address list item is permitted. Address
22507 list processing treats a plain domain name as if it were preceded by &"*@"&,
22508 which makes it possible for many retry rules to start with just a domain. For
22509 example,
22510 .code
22511 lookingglass.fict.example * F,24h,30m;
22512 .endd
22513 provides a rule for any address in the &'lookingglass.fict.example'& domain,
22514 whereas
22515 .code
22516 alice@lookingglass.fict.example * F,24h,30m;
22517 .endd
22518 applies only to temporary failures involving the local part &%alice%&.
22519 In practice, almost all rules start with a domain name pattern without a local
22520 part.
22521
22522 .cindex "regular expressions" "in retry rules"
22523 &*Warning*&: If you use a regular expression in a routing rule pattern, it
22524 must match a complete address, not just a domain, because that is how regular
22525 expressions work in address lists.
22526 .display
22527 &`^\Nxyz\d+\.abc\.example$\N * G,1h,10m,2`& &%Wrong%&
22528 &`^\N[^@]+@xyz\d+\.abc\.example$\N * G,1h,10m,2`& &%Right%&
22529 .endd
22530
22531
22532 .section "Choosing which retry rule to use for address errors" "SECID159"
22533 When Exim is looking for a retry rule after a routing attempt has failed (for
22534 example, after a DNS timeout), each line in the retry configuration is tested
22535 against the complete address only if &%retry_use_local_part%& is set for the
22536 router. Otherwise, only the domain is used, except when matching against a
22537 regular expression, when the local part of the address is replaced with &"*"&.
22538 A domain on its own can match a domain pattern, or a pattern that starts with
22539 &"*@"&. By default, &%retry_use_local_part%& is true for routers where
22540 &%check_local_user%& is true, and false for other routers.
22541
22542 Similarly, when Exim is looking for a retry rule after a local delivery has
22543 failed (for example, after a mailbox full error), each line in the retry
22544 configuration is tested against the complete address only if
22545 &%retry_use_local_part%& is set for the transport (it defaults true for all
22546 local transports).
22547
22548 .cindex "4&'xx'& responses" "retry rules for"
22549 However, when Exim is looking for a retry rule after a remote delivery attempt
22550 suffers an address error (a 4&'xx'& SMTP response for a recipient address), the
22551 whole address is always used as the key when searching the retry rules. The
22552 rule that is found is used to create a retry time for the combination of the
22553 failing address and the message's sender. It is the combination of sender and
22554 recipient that is delayed in subsequent queue runs until its retry time is
22555 reached. You can delay the recipient without regard to the sender by setting
22556 &%address_retry_include_sender%& false in the &(smtp)& transport but this can
22557 lead to problems with servers that regularly issue 4&'xx'& responses to RCPT
22558 commands.
22559
22560
22561
22562 .section "Choosing which retry rule to use for host and message errors" &&&
22563 "SECID160"
22564 For a temporary error that is not related to an individual address (for
22565 example, a connection timeout), each line in the retry configuration is checked
22566 twice. First, the name of the remote host is used as a domain name (preceded by
22567 &"*@"& when matching a regular expression). If this does not match the line,
22568 the domain from the email address is tried in a similar fashion. For example,
22569 suppose the MX records for &'a.b.c.example'& are
22570 .code
22571 a.b.c.example MX 5 x.y.z.example
22572 MX 6 p.q.r.example
22573 MX 7 m.n.o.example
22574 .endd
22575 and the retry rules are
22576 .code
22577 p.q.r.example * F,24h,30m;
22578 a.b.c.example * F,4d,45m;
22579 .endd
22580 and a delivery to the host &'x.y.z.example'& suffers a connection failure. The
22581 first rule matches neither the host nor the domain, so Exim looks at the second
22582 rule. This does not match the host, but it does match the domain, so it is used
22583 to calculate the retry time for the host &'x.y.z.example'&. Meanwhile, Exim
22584 tries to deliver to &'p.q.r.example'&. If this also suffers a host error, the
22585 first retry rule is used, because it matches the host.
22586
22587 In other words, temporary failures to deliver to host &'p.q.r.example'& use the
22588 first rule to determine retry times, but for all the other hosts for the domain
22589 &'a.b.c.example'&, the second rule is used. The second rule is also used if
22590 routing to &'a.b.c.example'& suffers a temporary failure.
22591
22592 &*Note*&: The host name is used when matching the patterns, not its IP address.
22593 However, if a message is routed directly to an IP address without the use of a
22594 host name, for example, if a &(manualroute)& router contains a setting such as:
22595 .code
22596 route_list = *.a.example 192.168.34.23
22597 .endd
22598 then the &"host name"& that is used when searching for a retry rule is the
22599 textual form of the IP address.
22600
22601 .section "Retry rules for specific errors" "SECID161"
22602 .cindex "retry" "specific errors; specifying"
22603 The second field in a retry rule is the name of a particular error, or an
22604 asterisk, which matches any error. The errors that can be tested for are:
22605
22606 .vlist
22607 .vitem &%auth_failed%&
22608 Authentication failed when trying to send to a host in the
22609 &%hosts_require_auth%& list in an &(smtp)& transport.
22610
22611 .vitem &%data_4xx%&
22612 A 4&'xx'& error was received for an outgoing DATA command, either immediately
22613 after the command, or after sending the message's data.
22614
22615 .vitem &%mail_4xx%&
22616 A 4&'xx'& error was received for an outgoing MAIL command.
22617
22618 .vitem &%rcpt_4xx%&
22619 A 4&'xx'& error was received for an outgoing RCPT command.
22620 .endlist
22621
22622 For the three 4&'xx'& errors, either the first or both of the x's can be given
22623 as specific digits, for example: &`mail_45x`& or &`rcpt_436`&. For example, to
22624 recognize 452 errors given to RCPT commands for addresses in a certain domain,
22625 and have retries every ten minutes with a one-hour timeout, you could set up a
22626 retry rule of this form:
22627 .code
22628 the.domain.name rcpt_452 F,1h,10m
22629 .endd
22630 These errors apply to both outgoing SMTP (the &(smtp)& transport) and outgoing
22631 LMTP (either the &(lmtp)& transport, or the &(smtp)& transport in LMTP mode).
22632
22633 .vlist
22634 .vitem &%lost_connection%&
22635 A server unexpectedly closed the SMTP connection. There may, of course,
22636 legitimate reasons for this (host died, network died), but if it repeats a lot
22637 for the same host, it indicates something odd.
22638
22639 .vitem &%refused_MX%&
22640 A connection to a host obtained from an MX record was refused.
22641
22642 .vitem &%refused_A%&
22643 A connection to a host not obtained from an MX record was refused.
22644
22645 .vitem &%refused%&
22646 A connection was refused.
22647
22648 .vitem &%timeout_connect_MX%&
22649 A connection attempt to a host obtained from an MX record timed out.
22650
22651 .vitem &%timeout_connect_A%&
22652 A connection attempt to a host not obtained from an MX record timed out.
22653
22654 .vitem &%timeout_connect%&
22655 A connection attempt timed out.
22656
22657 .vitem &%timeout_MX%&
22658 There was a timeout while connecting or during an SMTP session with a host
22659 obtained from an MX record.
22660
22661 .vitem &%timeout_A%&
22662 There was a timeout while connecting or during an SMTP session with a host not
22663 obtained from an MX record.
22664
22665 .vitem &%timeout%&
22666 There was a timeout while connecting or during an SMTP session.
22667
22668 .vitem &%tls_required%&
22669 The server was required to use TLS (it matched &%hosts_require_tls%& in the
22670 &(smtp)& transport), but either did not offer TLS, or it responded with 4&'xx'&
22671 to STARTTLS, or there was a problem setting up the TLS connection.
22672
22673 .vitem &%quota%&
22674 A mailbox quota was exceeded in a local delivery by the &(appendfile)&
22675 transport.
22676
22677 .vitem &%quota_%&<&'time'&>
22678 .cindex "quota" "error testing in retry rule"
22679 .cindex "retry" "quota error testing"
22680 A mailbox quota was exceeded in a local delivery by the &(appendfile)&
22681 transport, and the mailbox has not been accessed for <&'time'&>. For example,
22682 &'quota_4d'& applies to a quota error when the mailbox has not been accessed
22683 for four days.
22684 .endlist
22685
22686 .cindex "mailbox" "time of last read"
22687 The idea of &%quota_%&<&'time'&> is to make it possible to have shorter
22688 timeouts when the mailbox is full and is not being read by its owner. Ideally,
22689 it should be based on the last time that the user accessed the mailbox.
22690 However, it is not always possible to determine this. Exim uses the following
22691 heuristic rules:
22692
22693 .ilist
22694 If the mailbox is a single file, the time of last access (the &"atime"&) is
22695 used. As no new messages are being delivered (because the mailbox is over
22696 quota), Exim does not access the file, so this is the time of last user access.
22697 .next
22698 .cindex "maildir format" "time of last read"
22699 For a maildir delivery, the time of last modification of the &_new_&
22700 subdirectory is used. As the mailbox is over quota, no new files are created in
22701 the &_new_& subdirectory, because no new messages are being delivered. Any
22702 change to the &_new_& subdirectory is therefore assumed to be the result of an
22703 MUA moving a new message to the &_cur_& directory when it is first read. The
22704 time that is used is therefore the last time that the user read a new message.
22705 .next
22706 For other kinds of multi-file mailbox, the time of last access cannot be
22707 obtained, so a retry rule that uses this type of error field is never matched.
22708 .endlist
22709
22710 The quota errors apply both to system-enforced quotas and to Exim's own quota
22711 mechanism in the &(appendfile)& transport. The &'quota'& error also applies
22712 when a local delivery is deferred because a partition is full (the ENOSPC
22713 error).
22714
22715
22716
22717 .section "Retry rules for specified senders" "SECID162"
22718 .cindex "retry" "rules; sender-specific"
22719 You can specify retry rules that apply only when the failing message has a
22720 specific sender. In particular, this can be used to define retry rules that
22721 apply only to bounce messages. The third item in a retry rule can be of this
22722 form:
22723 .display
22724 &`senders=`&<&'address list'&>
22725 .endd
22726 The retry timings themselves are then the fourth item. For example:
22727 .code
22728 * rcpt_4xx senders=: F,1h,30m
22729 .endd
22730 matches recipient 4&'xx'& errors for bounce messages sent to any address at any
22731 host. If the address list contains white space, it must be enclosed in quotes.
22732 For example:
22733 .code
22734 a.domain rcpt_452 senders="xb.dom : yc.dom" G,8h,10m,1.5
22735 .endd
22736 &*Warning*&: This facility can be unhelpful if it is used for host errors
22737 (which do not depend on the recipient). The reason is that the sender is used
22738 only to match the retry rule. Once the rule has been found for a host error,
22739 its contents are used to set a retry time for the host, and this will apply to
22740 all messages, not just those with specific senders.
22741
22742 When testing retry rules using &%-brt%&, you can supply a sender using the
22743 &%-f%& command line option, like this:
22744 .code
22745 exim -f "" -brt user@dom.ain
22746 .endd
22747 If you do not set &%-f%& with &%-brt%&, a retry rule that contains a senders
22748 list is never matched.
22749
22750
22751
22752
22753
22754 .section "Retry parameters" "SECID163"
22755 .cindex "retry" "parameters in rules"
22756 The third (or fourth, if a senders list is present) field in a retry rule is a
22757 sequence of retry parameter sets, separated by semicolons. Each set consists of
22758 .display
22759 <&'letter'&>,<&'cutoff time'&>,<&'arguments'&>
22760 .endd
22761 The letter identifies the algorithm for computing a new retry time; the cutoff
22762 time is the time beyond which this algorithm no longer applies, and the
22763 arguments vary the algorithm's action. The cutoff time is measured from the
22764 time that the first failure for the domain (combined with the local part if
22765 relevant) was detected, not from the time the message was received.
22766
22767 .cindex "retry" "algorithms"
22768 .cindex "retry" "fixed intervals"
22769 .cindex "retry" "increasing intervals"
22770 .cindex "retry" "random intervals"
22771 The available algorithms are:
22772
22773 .ilist
22774 &'F'&: retry at fixed intervals. There is a single time parameter specifying
22775 the interval.
22776 .next
22777 &'G'&: retry at geometrically increasing intervals. The first argument
22778 specifies a starting value for the interval, and the second a multiplier, which
22779 is used to increase the size of the interval at each retry.
22780 .next
22781 &'H'&: retry at randomized intervals. The arguments are as for &'G'&. For each
22782 retry, the previous interval is multiplied by the factor in order to get a
22783 maximum for the next interval. The minimum interval is the first argument of
22784 the parameter, and an actual interval is chosen randomly between them. Such a
22785 rule has been found to be helpful in cluster configurations when all the
22786 members of the cluster restart at once, and may therefore synchronize their
22787 queue processing times.
22788 .endlist
22789
22790 When computing the next retry time, the algorithm definitions are scanned in
22791 order until one whose cutoff time has not yet passed is reached. This is then
22792 used to compute a new retry time that is later than the current time. In the
22793 case of fixed interval retries, this simply means adding the interval to the
22794 current time. For geometrically increasing intervals, retry intervals are
22795 computed from the rule's parameters until one that is greater than the previous
22796 interval is found. The main configuration variable
22797 .cindex "limit" "retry interval"
22798 .cindex "retry" "interval, maximum"
22799 .oindex "&%retry_interval_max%&"
22800 &%retry_interval_max%& limits the maximum interval between retries. It
22801 cannot be set greater than &`24h`&, which is its default value.
22802
22803 A single remote domain may have a number of hosts associated with it, and each
22804 host may have more than one IP address. Retry algorithms are selected on the
22805 basis of the domain name, but are applied to each IP address independently. If,
22806 for example, a host has two IP addresses and one is unusable, Exim will
22807 generate retry times for it and will not try to use it until its next retry
22808 time comes. Thus the good IP address is likely to be tried first most of the
22809 time.
22810
22811 .cindex "hints database" "use for retrying"
22812 Retry times are hints rather than promises. Exim does not make any attempt to
22813 run deliveries exactly at the computed times. Instead, a queue runner process
22814 starts delivery processes for delayed messages periodically, and these attempt
22815 new deliveries only for those addresses that have passed their next retry time.
22816 If a new message arrives for a deferred address, an immediate delivery attempt
22817 occurs only if the address has passed its retry time. In the absence of new
22818 messages, the minimum time between retries is the interval between queue runner
22819 processes. There is not much point in setting retry times of five minutes if
22820 your queue runners happen only once an hour, unless there are a significant
22821 number of incoming messages (which might be the case on a system that is
22822 sending everything to a smart host, for example).
22823
22824 The data in the retry hints database can be inspected by using the
22825 &'exim_dumpdb'& or &'exim_fixdb'& utility programs (see chapter
22826 &<<CHAPutils>>&). The latter utility can also be used to change the data. The
22827 &'exinext'& utility script can be used to find out what the next retry times
22828 are for the hosts associated with a particular mail domain, and also for local
22829 deliveries that have been deferred.
22830
22831
22832 .section "Retry rule examples" "SECID164"
22833 Here are some example retry rules:
22834 .code
22835 alice@wonderland.fict.example quota_5d F,7d,3h
22836 wonderland.fict.example quota_5d
22837 wonderland.fict.example * F,1h,15m; G,2d,1h,2;
22838 lookingglass.fict.example * F,24h,30m;
22839 * refused_A F,2h,20m;
22840 * * F,2h,15m; G,16h,1h,1.5; F,5d,8h
22841 .endd
22842 The first rule sets up special handling for mail to
22843 &'alice@wonderland.fict.example'& when there is an over-quota error and the
22844 mailbox has not been read for at least 5 days. Retries continue every three
22845 hours for 7 days. The second rule handles over-quota errors for all other local
22846 parts at &'wonderland.fict.example'&; the absence of a local part has the same
22847 effect as supplying &"*@"&. As no retry algorithms are supplied, messages that
22848 fail are bounced immediately if the mailbox has not been read for at least 5
22849 days.
22850
22851 The third rule handles all other errors at &'wonderland.fict.example'&; retries
22852 happen every 15 minutes for an hour, then with geometrically increasing
22853 intervals until two days have passed since a delivery first failed. After the
22854 first hour there is a delay of one hour, then two hours, then four hours, and
22855 so on (this is a rather extreme example).
22856
22857 The fourth rule controls retries for the domain &'lookingglass.fict.example'&.
22858 They happen every 30 minutes for 24 hours only. The remaining two rules handle
22859 all other domains, with special action for connection refusal from hosts that
22860 were not obtained from an MX record.
22861
22862 The final rule in a retry configuration should always have asterisks in the
22863 first two fields so as to provide a general catch-all for any addresses that do
22864 not have their own special handling. This example tries every 15 minutes for 2
22865 hours, then with intervals starting at one hour and increasing by a factor of
22866 1.5 up to 16 hours, then every 8 hours up to 5 days.
22867
22868
22869
22870 .section "Timeout of retry data" "SECID165"
22871 .cindex "timeout" "of retry data"
22872 .oindex "&%retry_data_expire%&"
22873 .cindex "hints database" "data expiry"
22874 .cindex "retry" "timeout of data"
22875 Exim timestamps the data that it writes to its retry hints database. When it
22876 consults the data during a delivery it ignores any that is older than the value
22877 set in &%retry_data_expire%& (default 7 days). If, for example, a host hasn't
22878 been tried for 7 days, Exim will try to deliver to it immediately a message
22879 arrives, and if that fails, it will calculate a retry time as if it were
22880 failing for the first time.
22881
22882 This improves the behaviour for messages routed to rarely-used hosts such as MX
22883 backups. If such a host was down at one time, and happens to be down again when
22884 Exim tries a month later, using the old retry data would imply that it had been
22885 down all the time, which is not a justified assumption.
22886
22887 If a host really is permanently dead, this behaviour causes a burst of retries
22888 every now and again, but only if messages routed to it are rare. If there is a
22889 message at least once every 7 days the retry data never expires.
22890
22891
22892
22893
22894 .section "Long-term failures" "SECID166"
22895 .cindex "delivery failure, long-term"
22896 .cindex "retry" "after long-term failure"
22897 Special processing happens when an email address has been failing for so long
22898 that the cutoff time for the last algorithm is reached. For example, using the
22899 default retry rule:
22900 .code
22901 * * F,2h,15m; G,16h,1h,1.5; F,4d,6h
22902 .endd
22903 the cutoff time is four days. Reaching the retry cutoff is independent of how
22904 long any specific message has been failing; it is the length of continuous
22905 failure for the recipient address that counts.
22906
22907 When the cutoff time is reached for a local delivery, or for all the IP
22908 addresses associated with a remote delivery, a subsequent delivery failure
22909 causes Exim to give up on the address, and a bounce message is generated.
22910 In order to cater for new messages that use the failing address, a next retry
22911 time is still computed from the final algorithm, and is used as follows:
22912
22913 For local deliveries, one delivery attempt is always made for any subsequent
22914 messages. If this delivery fails, the address fails immediately. The
22915 post-cutoff retry time is not used.
22916
22917 If the delivery is remote, there are two possibilities, controlled by the
22918 .oindex "&%delay_after_cutoff%&"
22919 &%delay_after_cutoff%& option of the &(smtp)& transport. The option is true by
22920 default. Until the post-cutoff retry time for one of the IP addresses is
22921 reached, the failing email address is bounced immediately, without a delivery
22922 attempt taking place. After that time, one new delivery attempt is made to
22923 those IP addresses that are past their retry times, and if that still fails,
22924 the address is bounced and new retry times are computed.
22925
22926 In other words, when all the hosts for a given email address have been failing
22927 for a long time, Exim bounces rather then defers until one of the hosts' retry
22928 times is reached. Then it tries once, and bounces if that attempt fails. This
22929 behaviour ensures that few resources are wasted in repeatedly trying to deliver
22930 to a broken destination, but if the host does recover, Exim will eventually
22931 notice.
22932
22933 If &%delay_after_cutoff%& is set false, Exim behaves differently. If all IP
22934 addresses are past their final cutoff time, Exim tries to deliver to those IP
22935 addresses that have not been tried since the message arrived. If there are
22936 no suitable IP addresses, or if they all fail, the address is bounced. In other
22937 words, it does not delay when a new message arrives, but tries the expired
22938 addresses immediately, unless they have been tried since the message arrived.
22939 If there is a continuous stream of messages for the failing domains, setting
22940 &%delay_after_cutoff%& false means that there will be many more attempts to
22941 deliver to permanently failing IP addresses than when &%delay_after_cutoff%& is
22942 true.
22943
22944 .section "Deliveries that work intermittently" "SECID167"
22945 .cindex "retry" "intermittently working deliveries"
22946 Some additional logic is needed to cope with cases where a host is
22947 intermittently available, or when a message has some attribute that prevents
22948 its delivery when others to the same address get through. In this situation,
22949 because some messages are successfully delivered, the &"retry clock"& for the
22950 host or address keeps getting reset by the successful deliveries, and so
22951 failing messages remain on the queue for ever because the cutoff time is never
22952 reached.
22953
22954 Two exceptional actions are applied to prevent this happening. The first
22955 applies to errors that are related to a message rather than a remote host.
22956 Section &<<SECToutSMTPerr>>& has a discussion of the different kinds of error;
22957 examples of message-related errors are 4&'xx'& responses to MAIL or DATA
22958 commands, and quota failures. For this type of error, if a message's arrival
22959 time is earlier than the &"first failed"& time for the error, the earlier time
22960 is used when scanning the retry rules to decide when to try next and when to
22961 time out the address.
22962
22963 The exceptional second action applies in all cases. If a message has been on
22964 the queue for longer than the cutoff time of any applicable retry rule for a
22965 given address, a delivery is attempted for that address, even if it is not yet
22966 time, and if this delivery fails, the address is timed out. A new retry time is
22967 not computed in this case, so that other messages for the same address are
22968 considered immediately.
22969 .ecindex IIDretconf1
22970 .ecindex IIDregconf2
22971
22972
22973
22974
22975
22976
22977 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22978 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22979
22980 .chapter "SMTP authentication" "CHAPSMTPAUTH"
22981 .scindex IIDauthconf1 "SMTP" "authentication configuration"
22982 .scindex IIDauthconf2 "authentication"
22983 The &"authenticators"& section of Exim's run time configuration is concerned
22984 with SMTP authentication. This facility is an extension to the SMTP protocol,
22985 described in RFC 2554, which allows a client SMTP host to authenticate itself
22986 to a server. This is a common way for a server to recognize clients that are
22987 permitted to use it as a relay. SMTP authentication is not of relevance to the
22988 transfer of mail between servers that have no managerial connection with each
22989 other.
22990
22991 .cindex "AUTH" "description of"
22992 Very briefly, the way SMTP authentication works is as follows:
22993
22994 .ilist
22995 The server advertises a number of authentication &'mechanisms'& in response to
22996 the client's EHLO command.
22997 .next
22998 The client issues an AUTH command, naming a specific mechanism. The command
22999 may, optionally, contain some authentication data.
23000 .next
23001 The server may issue one or more &'challenges'&, to which the client must send
23002 appropriate responses. In simple authentication mechanisms, the challenges are
23003 just prompts for user names and passwords. The server does not have to issue
23004 any challenges &-- in some mechanisms the relevant data may all be transmitted
23005 with the AUTH command.
23006 .next
23007 The server either accepts or denies authentication.
23008 .next
23009 If authentication succeeds, the client may optionally make use of the AUTH
23010 option on the MAIL command to pass an authenticated sender in subsequent
23011 mail transactions. Authentication lasts for the remainder of the SMTP
23012 connection.
23013 .next
23014 If authentication fails, the client may give up, or it may try a different
23015 authentication mechanism, or it may try transferring mail over the
23016 unauthenticated connection.
23017 .endlist
23018
23019 If you are setting up a client, and want to know which authentication
23020 mechanisms the server supports, you can use Telnet to connect to port 25 (the
23021 SMTP port) on the server, and issue an EHLO command. The response to this
23022 includes the list of supported mechanisms. For example:
23023 .display
23024 &`$ `&&*&`telnet server.example 25`&*&
23025 &`Trying 192.168.34.25...`&
23026 &`Connected to server.example.`&
23027 &`Escape character is &#x0027;^]&#x0027;.`&
23028 &`220 server.example ESMTP Exim 4.20 ...`&
23029 &*&`ehlo client.example`&*&
23030 &`250-server.example Hello client.example [10.8.4.5]`&
23031 &`250-SIZE 52428800`&
23032 &`250-PIPELINING`&
23033 &`250-AUTH PLAIN`&
23034 &`250 HELP`&
23035 .endd
23036 The second-last line of this example output shows that the server supports
23037 authentication using the PLAIN mechanism. In Exim, the different authentication
23038 mechanisms are configured by specifying &'authenticator'& drivers. Like the
23039 routers and transports, which authenticators are included in the binary is
23040 controlled by build-time definitions. The following are currently available,
23041 included by setting
23042 .code
23043 AUTH_CRAM_MD5=yes
23044 AUTH_CYRUS_SASL=yes
23045 AUTH_PLAINTEXT=yes
23046 AUTH_SPA=yes
23047 .endd
23048 in &_Local/Makefile_&, respectively. The first of these supports the CRAM-MD5
23049 authentication mechanism (RFC 2195), and the second provides an interface to
23050 the Cyrus SASL authentication library. The third can be configured to support
23051 the PLAIN authentication mechanism (RFC 2595) or the LOGIN mechanism, which is
23052 not formally documented, but used by several MUAs. The fourth authenticator
23053 supports Microsoft's &'Secure Password Authentication'& mechanism.
23054
23055 The authenticators are configured using the same syntax as other drivers (see
23056 section &<<SECTfordricon>>&). If no authenticators are required, no
23057 authentication section need be present in the configuration file. Each
23058 authenticator can in principle have both server and client functions. When Exim
23059 is receiving SMTP mail, it is acting as a server; when it is sending out
23060 messages over SMTP, it is acting as a client. Authenticator configuration
23061 options are provided for use in both these circumstances.
23062
23063 To make it clear which options apply to which situation, the prefixes
23064 &%server_%& and &%client_%& are used on option names that are specific to
23065 either the server or the client function, respectively. Server and client
23066 functions are disabled if none of their options are set. If an authenticator is
23067 to be used for both server and client functions, a single definition, using
23068 both sets of options, is required. For example:
23069 .code
23070 cram:
23071 driver = cram_md5
23072 public_name = CRAM-MD5
23073 server_secret = ${if eq{$auth1}{ph10}{secret1}fail}
23074 client_name = ph10
23075 client_secret = secret2
23076 .endd
23077 The &%server_%& option is used when Exim is acting as a server, and the
23078 &%client_%& options when it is acting as a client.
23079
23080 Descriptions of the individual authenticators are given in subsequent chapters.
23081 The remainder of this chapter covers the generic options for the
23082 authenticators, followed by general discussion of the way authentication works
23083 in Exim.
23084
23085
23086
23087 .section "Generic options for authenticators" "SECID168"
23088 .cindex "authentication" "generic options"
23089 .cindex "options" "generic; for authenticators"
23090
23091 .option client_condition authenticators string&!! unset
23092 When Exim is authenticating as a client, it skips any authenticator whose
23093 &%client_condition%& expansion yields &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&. This can be
23094 used, for example, to skip plain text authenticators when the connection is not
23095 encrypted by a setting such as:
23096 .code
23097 client_condition = ${if !eq{$tls_cipher}{}}
23098 .endd
23099 (Older documentation incorrectly states that &$tls_cipher$& contains the cipher
23100 used for incoming messages. In fact, during SMTP delivery, it contains the
23101 cipher used for the delivery.)
23102
23103
23104 .option driver authenticators string unset
23105 This option must always be set. It specifies which of the available
23106 authenticators is to be used.
23107
23108
23109 .option public_name authenticators string unset
23110 This option specifies the name of the authentication mechanism that the driver
23111 implements, and by which it is known to the outside world. These names should
23112 contain only upper case letters, digits, underscores, and hyphens (RFC 2222),
23113 but Exim in fact matches them caselessly. If &%public_name%& is not set, it
23114 defaults to the driver's instance name.
23115
23116
23117 .option server_advertise_condition authenticators string&!! unset
23118 When a server is about to advertise an authentication mechanism, the condition
23119 is expanded. If it yields the empty string, &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&, the
23120 mechanism is not advertised.
23121 If the expansion fails, the mechanism is not advertised. If the failure was not
23122 forced, and was not caused by a lookup defer, the incident is logged.
23123 See section &<<SECTauthexiser>>& below for further discussion.
23124
23125
23126 .option server_condition authenticators string&!! unset
23127 This option must be set for a &%plaintext%& server authenticator, where it
23128 is used directly to control authentication. See section &<<SECTplainserver>>&
23129 for details.
23130
23131 For the other authenticators, &%server_condition%& can be used as an additional
23132 authentication or authorization mechanism that is applied after the other
23133 authenticator conditions succeed. If it is set, it is expanded when the
23134 authenticator would otherwise return a success code. If the expansion is forced
23135 to fail, authentication fails. Any other expansion failure causes a temporary
23136 error code to be returned. If the result of a successful expansion is an empty
23137 string, &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&, authentication fails. If the result of the
23138 expansion is &"1"&, &"yes"&, or &"true"&, authentication succeeds. For any
23139 other result, a temporary error code is returned, with the expanded string as
23140 the error text.
23141
23142
23143 .option server_debug_print authenticators string&!! unset
23144 If this option is set and authentication debugging is enabled (see the &%-d%&
23145 command line option), the string is expanded and included in the debugging
23146 output when the authenticator is run as a server. This can help with checking
23147 out the values of variables.
23148 If expansion of the string fails, the error message is written to the debugging
23149 output, and Exim carries on processing.
23150
23151
23152 .option server_set_id authenticators string&!! unset
23153 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
23154 When an Exim server successfully authenticates a client, this string is
23155 expanded using data from the authentication, and preserved for any incoming
23156 messages in the variable &$authenticated_id$&. It is also included in the log
23157 lines for incoming messages. For example, a user/password authenticator
23158 configuration might preserve the user name that was used to authenticate, and
23159 refer to it subsequently during delivery of the message.
23160 If expansion fails, the option is ignored.
23161
23162
23163 .option server_mail_auth_condition authenticators string&!! unset
23164 This option allows a server to discard authenticated sender addresses supplied
23165 as part of MAIL commands in SMTP connections that are authenticated by the
23166 driver on which &%server_mail_auth_condition%& is set. The option is not used
23167 as part of the authentication process; instead its (unexpanded) value is
23168 remembered for later use.
23169 How it is used is described in the following section.
23170
23171
23172
23173
23174
23175 .section "The AUTH parameter on MAIL commands" "SECTauthparamail"
23176 .cindex "authentication" "sender; authenticated"
23177 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
23178 When a client supplied an AUTH= item on a MAIL command, Exim applies
23179 the following checks before accepting it as the authenticated sender of the
23180 message:
23181
23182 .ilist
23183 If the connection is not using extended SMTP (that is, HELO was used rather
23184 than EHLO), the use of AUTH= is a syntax error.
23185 .next
23186 If the value of the AUTH= parameter is &"<>"&, it is ignored.
23187 .next
23188 .vindex "&$authenticated_sender$&"
23189 If &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& is defined, the ACL it specifies is run. While it is
23190 running, the value of &$authenticated_sender$& is set to the value obtained
23191 from the AUTH= parameter. If the ACL does not yield &"accept"&, the value of
23192 &$authenticated_sender$& is deleted. The &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& ACL may not
23193 return &"drop"& or &"discard"&. If it defers, a temporary error code (451) is
23194 given for the MAIL command.
23195 .next
23196 If &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& is not defined, the value of the AUTH= parameter
23197 is accepted and placed in &$authenticated_sender$& only if the client has
23198 authenticated.
23199 .next
23200 If the AUTH= value was accepted by either of the two previous rules, and
23201 the client has authenticated, and the authenticator has a setting for the
23202 &%server_mail_auth_condition%&, the condition is checked at this point. The
23203 valued that was saved from the authenticator is expanded. If the expansion
23204 fails, or yields an empty string, &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&, the value of
23205 &$authenticated_sender$& is deleted. If the expansion yields any other value,
23206 the value of &$authenticated_sender$& is retained and passed on with the
23207 message.
23208 .endlist
23209
23210
23211 When &$authenticated_sender$& is set for a message, it is passed on to other
23212 hosts to which Exim authenticates as a client. Do not confuse this value with
23213 &$authenticated_id$&, which is a string obtained from the authentication
23214 process, and which is not usually a complete email address.
23215
23216 .vindex "&$sender_address$&"
23217 Whenever an AUTH= value is ignored, the incident is logged. The ACL for
23218 MAIL, if defined, is run after AUTH= is accepted or ignored. It can
23219 therefore make use of &$authenticated_sender$&. The converse is not true: the
23220 value of &$sender_address$& is not yet set up when the &%acl_smtp_mailauth%&
23221 ACL is run.
23222
23223
23224
23225 .section "Authentication on an Exim server" "SECTauthexiser"
23226 .cindex "authentication" "on an Exim server"
23227 When Exim receives an EHLO command, it advertises the public names of those
23228 authenticators that are configured as servers, subject to the following
23229 conditions:
23230
23231 .ilist
23232 The client host must match &%auth_advertise_hosts%& (default *).
23233 .next
23234 It the &%server_advertise_condition%& option is set, its expansion must not
23235 yield the empty string, &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&.
23236 .endlist
23237
23238 The order in which the authenticators are defined controls the order in which
23239 the mechanisms are advertised.
23240
23241 Some mail clients (for example, some versions of Netscape) require the user to
23242 provide a name and password for authentication whenever AUTH is advertised,
23243 even though authentication may not in fact be needed (for example, Exim may be
23244 set up to allow unconditional relaying from the client by an IP address check).
23245 You can make such clients more friendly by not advertising AUTH to them.
23246 For example, if clients on the 10.9.8.0/24 network are permitted (by the ACL
23247 that runs for RCPT) to relay without authentication, you should set
23248 .code
23249 auth_advertise_hosts = ! 10.9.8.0/24
23250 .endd
23251 so that no authentication mechanisms are advertised to them.
23252
23253 The &%server_advertise_condition%& controls the advertisement of individual
23254 authentication mechanisms. For example, it can be used to restrict the
23255 advertisement of a particular mechanism to encrypted connections, by a setting
23256 such as:
23257 .code
23258 server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{no}{yes}}
23259 .endd
23260 .vindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
23261 If the session is encrypted, &$tls_cipher$& is not empty, and so the expansion
23262 yields &"yes"&, which allows the advertisement to happen.
23263
23264 When an Exim server receives an AUTH command from a client, it rejects it
23265 immediately if AUTH was not advertised in response to an earlier EHLO
23266 command. This is the case if
23267
23268 .ilist
23269 The client host does not match &%auth_advertise_hosts%&; or
23270 .next
23271 No authenticators are configured with server options; or
23272 .next
23273 Expansion of &%server_advertise_condition%& blocked the advertising of all the
23274 server authenticators.
23275 .endlist
23276
23277
23278 Otherwise, Exim runs the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_auth%& in order
23279 to decide whether to accept the command. If &%acl_smtp_auth%& is not set,
23280 AUTH is accepted from any client host.
23281
23282 If AUTH is not rejected by the ACL, Exim searches its configuration for a
23283 server authentication mechanism that was advertised in response to EHLO and
23284 that matches the one named in the AUTH command. If it finds one, it runs
23285 the appropriate authentication protocol, and authentication either succeeds or
23286 fails. If there is no matching advertised mechanism, the AUTH command is
23287 rejected with a 504 error.
23288
23289 .vindex "&$received_protocol$&"
23290 .vindex "&$sender_host_authenticated$&"
23291 When a message is received from an authenticated host, the value of
23292 &$received_protocol$& is set to &"esmtpa"& or &"esmtpsa"& instead of &"esmtp"&
23293 or &"esmtps"&, and &$sender_host_authenticated$& contains the name (not the
23294 public name) of the authenticator driver that successfully authenticated the
23295 client from which the message was received. This variable is empty if there was
23296 no successful authentication.
23297
23298
23299
23300
23301 .section "Testing server authentication" "SECID169"
23302 .cindex "authentication" "testing a server"
23303 .cindex "AUTH" "testing a server"
23304 .cindex "base64 encoding" "creating authentication test data"
23305 Exim's &%-bh%& option can be useful for testing server authentication
23306 configurations. The data for the AUTH command has to be sent using base64
23307 encoding. A quick way to produce such data for testing is the following Perl
23308 script:
23309 .code
23310 use MIME::Base64;
23311 printf ("%s", encode_base64(eval "\"$ARGV[0]\""));
23312 .endd
23313 .cindex "binary zero" "in authentication data"
23314 This interprets its argument as a Perl string, and then encodes it. The
23315 interpretation as a Perl string allows binary zeros, which are required for
23316 some kinds of authentication, to be included in the data. For example, a
23317 command line to run this script on such data might be
23318 .code
23319 encode '\0user\0password'
23320 .endd
23321 Note the use of single quotes to prevent the shell interpreting the
23322 backslashes, so that they can be interpreted by Perl to specify characters
23323 whose code value is zero.
23324
23325 &*Warning 1*&: If either of the user or password strings starts with an octal
23326 digit, you must use three zeros instead of one after the leading backslash. If
23327 you do not, the octal digit that starts your string will be incorrectly
23328 interpreted as part of the code for the first character.
23329
23330 &*Warning 2*&: If there are characters in the strings that Perl interprets
23331 specially, you must use a Perl escape to prevent them being misinterpreted. For
23332 example, a command such as
23333 .code
23334 encode '\0user@domain.com\0pas$$word'
23335 .endd
23336 gives an incorrect answer because of the unescaped &"@"& and &"$"& characters.
23337
23338 If you have the &%mimencode%& command installed, another way to do produce
23339 base64-encoded strings is to run the command
23340 .code
23341 echo -e -n `\0user\0password' | mimencode
23342 .endd
23343 The &%-e%& option of &%echo%& enables the interpretation of backslash escapes
23344 in the argument, and the &%-n%& option specifies no newline at the end of its
23345 output. However, not all versions of &%echo%& recognize these options, so you
23346 should check your version before relying on this suggestion.
23347
23348
23349
23350 .section "Authentication by an Exim client" "SECID170"
23351 .cindex "authentication" "on an Exim client"
23352 The &(smtp)& transport has two options called &%hosts_require_auth%& and
23353 &%hosts_try_auth%&. When the &(smtp)& transport connects to a server that
23354 announces support for authentication, and the host matches an entry in either
23355 of these options, Exim (as a client) tries to authenticate as follows:
23356
23357 .ilist
23358 For each authenticator that is configured as a client, in the order in which
23359 they are defined in the configuration, it searches the authentication
23360 mechanisms announced by the server for one whose name matches the public name
23361 of the authenticator.
23362 .next
23363 .vindex "&$host$&"
23364 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
23365 When it finds one that matches, it runs the authenticator's client code. The
23366 variables &$host$& and &$host_address$& are available for any string expansions
23367 that the client might do. They are set to the server's name and IP address. If
23368 any expansion is forced to fail, the authentication attempt is abandoned, and
23369 Exim moves on to the next authenticator. Otherwise an expansion failure causes
23370 delivery to be deferred.
23371 .next
23372 If the result of the authentication attempt is a temporary error or a timeout,
23373 Exim abandons trying to send the message to the host for the moment. It will
23374 try again later. If there are any backup hosts available, they are tried in the
23375 usual way.
23376 .next
23377 If the response to authentication is a permanent error (5&'xx'& code), Exim
23378 carries on searching the list of authenticators and tries another one if
23379 possible. If all authentication attempts give permanent errors, or if there are
23380 no attempts because no mechanisms match (or option expansions force failure),
23381 what happens depends on whether the host matches &%hosts_require_auth%& or
23382 &%hosts_try_auth%&. In the first case, a temporary error is generated, and
23383 delivery is deferred. The error can be detected in the retry rules, and thereby
23384 turned into a permanent error if you wish. In the second case, Exim tries to
23385 deliver the message unauthenticated.
23386 .endlist
23387
23388 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
23389 When Exim has authenticated itself to a remote server, it adds the AUTH
23390 parameter to the MAIL commands it sends, if it has an authenticated sender for
23391 the message. If the message came from a remote host, the authenticated sender
23392 is the one that was receiving on an incoming MAIL command, provided that the
23393 incoming connection was authenticated and the &%server_mail_auth%& condition
23394 allowed the authenticated sender to be retained. If a local process calls Exim
23395 to send a message, the sender address that is built from the login name and
23396 &%qualify_domain%& is treated as authenticated. However, if the
23397 &%authenticated_sender%& option is set on the &(smtp)& transport, it overrides
23398 the authenticated sender that was received with the message.
23399 .ecindex IIDauthconf1
23400 .ecindex IIDauthconf2
23401
23402
23403
23404
23405
23406
23407 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23408 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23409
23410 .chapter "The plaintext authenticator" "CHAPplaintext"
23411 .scindex IIDplaiauth1 "&(plaintext)& authenticator"
23412 .scindex IIDplaiauth2 "authenticators" "&(plaintext)&"
23413 The &(plaintext)& authenticator can be configured to support the PLAIN and
23414 LOGIN authentication mechanisms, both of which transfer authentication data as
23415 plain (unencrypted) text (though base64 encoded). The use of plain text is a
23416 security risk; you are strongly advised to insist on the use of SMTP encryption
23417 (see chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&) if you use the PLAIN or LOGIN mechanisms. If you do
23418 use unencrypted plain text, you should not use the same passwords for SMTP
23419 connections as you do for login accounts.
23420
23421 .section "Plaintext options" "SECID171"
23422 .cindex "options" "&(plaintext)& authenticator (server)"
23423 When configured as a server, &(plaintext)& uses the following options:
23424
23425 .option server_condition authenticators string&!! unset
23426 This is actually a global authentication option, but it must be set in order to
23427 configure the &(plaintext)& driver as a server. Its use is described below.
23428
23429 .option server_prompts plaintext string&!! unset
23430 The contents of this option, after expansion, must be a colon-separated list of
23431 prompt strings. If expansion fails, a temporary authentication rejection is
23432 given.
23433
23434 .section "Using plaintext in a server" "SECTplainserver"
23435 .cindex "AUTH" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
23436 .cindex "binary zero" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
23437 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" &&&
23438 "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
23439 .vindex "&$auth1$&, &$auth2$&, etc"
23440 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
23441
23442 When running as a server, &(plaintext)& performs the authentication test by
23443 expanding a string. The data sent by the client with the AUTH command, or in
23444 response to subsequent prompts, is base64 encoded, and so may contain any byte
23445 values when decoded. If any data is supplied with the command, it is treated as
23446 a list of strings, separated by NULs (binary zeros), the first three of which
23447 are placed in the expansion variables &$auth1$&, &$auth2$&, and &$auth3$&
23448 (neither LOGIN nor PLAIN uses more than three strings).
23449
23450 For compatibility with previous releases of Exim, the values are also placed in
23451 the expansion variables &$1$&, &$2$&, and &$3$&. However, the use of these
23452 variables for this purpose is now deprecated, as it can lead to confusion in
23453 string expansions that also use them for other things.
23454
23455 If there are more strings in &%server_prompts%& than the number of strings
23456 supplied with the AUTH command, the remaining prompts are used to obtain more
23457 data. Each response from the client may be a list of NUL-separated strings.
23458
23459 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
23460 Once a sufficient number of data strings have been received,
23461 &%server_condition%& is expanded. If the expansion is forced to fail,
23462 authentication fails. Any other expansion failure causes a temporary error code
23463 to be returned. If the result of a successful expansion is an empty string,
23464 &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&, authentication fails. If the result of the
23465 expansion is &"1"&, &"yes"&, or &"true"&, authentication succeeds and the
23466 generic &%server_set_id%& option is expanded and saved in &$authenticated_id$&.
23467 For any other result, a temporary error code is returned, with the expanded
23468 string as the error text.
23469
23470 &*Warning*&: If you use a lookup in the expansion to find the user's
23471 password, be sure to make the authentication fail if the user is unknown.
23472 There are good and bad examples at the end of the next section.
23473
23474
23475
23476 .section "The PLAIN authentication mechanism" "SECID172"
23477 .cindex "PLAIN authentication mechanism"
23478 .cindex "authentication" "PLAIN mechanism"
23479 .cindex "binary zero" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
23480 The PLAIN authentication mechanism (RFC 2595) specifies that three strings be
23481 sent as one item of data (that is, one combined string containing two NUL
23482 separators). The data is sent either as part of the AUTH command, or
23483 subsequently in response to an empty prompt from the server.
23484
23485 The second and third strings are a user name and a corresponding password.
23486 Using a single fixed user name and password as an example, this could be
23487 configured as follows:
23488 .code
23489 fixed_plain:
23490 driver = plaintext
23491 public_name = PLAIN
23492 server_prompts = :
23493 server_condition = \
23494 ${if and {{eq{$auth2}{username}}{eq{$auth3}{mysecret}}}}
23495 server_set_id = $auth2
23496 .endd
23497 Note that the default result strings from &%if%& (&"true"& or an empty string)
23498 are exactly what we want here, so they need not be specified. Obviously, if the
23499 password contains expansion-significant characters such as dollar, backslash,
23500 or closing brace, they have to be escaped.
23501
23502 The &%server_prompts%& setting specifies a single, empty prompt (empty items at
23503 the end of a string list are ignored). If all the data comes as part of the
23504 AUTH command, as is commonly the case, the prompt is not used. This
23505 authenticator is advertised in the response to EHLO as
23506 .code
23507 250-AUTH PLAIN
23508 .endd
23509 and a client host can authenticate itself by sending the command
23510 .code
23511 AUTH PLAIN AHVzZXJuYW1lAG15c2VjcmV0
23512 .endd
23513 As this contains three strings (more than the number of prompts), no further
23514 data is required from the client. Alternatively, the client may just send
23515 .code
23516 AUTH PLAIN
23517 .endd
23518 to initiate authentication, in which case the server replies with an empty
23519 prompt. The client must respond with the combined data string.
23520
23521 The data string is base64 encoded, as required by the RFC. This example,
23522 when decoded, is <&'NUL'&>&`username`&<&'NUL'&>&`mysecret`&, where <&'NUL'&>
23523 represents a zero byte. This is split up into three strings, the first of which
23524 is empty. The &%server_condition%& option in the authenticator checks that the
23525 second two are &`username`& and &`mysecret`& respectively.
23526
23527 Having just one fixed user name and password, as in this example, is not very
23528 realistic, though for a small organization with only a handful of
23529 authenticating clients it could make sense.
23530
23531 A more sophisticated instance of this authenticator could use the user name in
23532 &$auth2$& to look up a password in a file or database, and maybe do an encrypted
23533 comparison (see &%crypteq%& in chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&). Here is a example of
23534 this approach, where the passwords are looked up in a DBM file. &*Warning*&:
23535 This is an incorrect example:
23536 .code
23537 server_condition = \
23538 ${if eq{$auth3}{${lookup{$auth2}dbm{/etc/authpwd}}}}
23539 .endd
23540 The expansion uses the user name (&$auth2$&) as the key to look up a password,
23541 which it then compares to the supplied password (&$auth3$&). Why is this example
23542 incorrect? It works fine for existing users, but consider what happens if a
23543 non-existent user name is given. The lookup fails, but as no success/failure
23544 strings are given for the lookup, it yields an empty string. Thus, to defeat
23545 the authentication, all a client has to do is to supply a non-existent user
23546 name and an empty password. The correct way of writing this test is:
23547 .code
23548 server_condition = ${lookup{$auth2}dbm{/etc/authpwd}\
23549 {${if eq{$value}{$auth3}}} {false}}
23550 .endd
23551 In this case, if the lookup succeeds, the result is checked; if the lookup
23552 fails, &"false"& is returned and authentication fails. If &%crypteq%& is being
23553 used instead of &%eq%&, the first example is in fact safe, because &%crypteq%&
23554 always fails if its second argument is empty. However, the second way of
23555 writing the test makes the logic clearer.
23556
23557
23558 .section "The LOGIN authentication mechanism" "SECID173"
23559 .cindex "LOGIN authentication mechanism"
23560 .cindex "authentication" "LOGIN mechanism"
23561 The LOGIN authentication mechanism is not documented in any RFC, but is in use
23562 in a number of programs. No data is sent with the AUTH command. Instead, a
23563 user name and password are supplied separately, in response to prompts. The
23564 plaintext authenticator can be configured to support this as in this example:
23565 .code
23566 fixed_login:
23567 driver = plaintext
23568 public_name = LOGIN
23569 server_prompts = User Name : Password
23570 server_condition = \
23571 ${if and {{eq{$auth1}{username}}{eq{$auth2}{mysecret}}}}
23572 server_set_id = $auth1
23573 .endd
23574 Because of the way plaintext operates, this authenticator accepts data supplied
23575 with the AUTH command (in contravention of the specification of LOGIN), but
23576 if the client does not supply it (as is the case for LOGIN clients), the prompt
23577 strings are used to obtain two data items.
23578
23579 Some clients are very particular about the precise text of the prompts. For
23580 example, Outlook Express is reported to recognize only &"Username:"& and
23581 &"Password:"&. Here is an example of a LOGIN authenticator that uses those
23582 strings. It uses the &%ldapauth%& expansion condition to check the user
23583 name and password by binding to an LDAP server:
23584 .code
23585 login:
23586 driver = plaintext
23587 public_name = LOGIN
23588 server_prompts = Username:: : Password::
23589 server_condition = ${if and{{
23590 !eq{}{$auth1} }{ \
23591 ldapauth{user="cn=${quote_ldap_dn:$auth1},ou=people,o=example.org" \
23592 pass=${quote:$auth2} \
23593 ldap://ldap.example.org/} }} }
23594 server_set_id = uid=$auth1,ou=people,o=example.org
23595 .endd
23596 .new
23597 We have to check that the username is not empty before using it, because LDAP
23598 does not permit empty DN components. We must also use the &%quote_ldap_dn%&
23599 operator to correctly quote the DN for authentication. However, the basic
23600 &%quote%& operator, rather than any of the LDAP quoting operators, is the
23601 correct one to use for the password, because quoting is needed only to make
23602 the password conform to the Exim syntax. At the LDAP level, the password is an
23603 uninterpreted string.
23604 .wen
23605
23606
23607 .section "Support for different kinds of authentication" "SECID174"
23608 A number of string expansion features are provided for the purpose of
23609 interfacing to different ways of user authentication. These include checking
23610 traditionally encrypted passwords from &_/etc/passwd_& (or equivalent), PAM,
23611 Radius, &%ldapauth%&, &'pwcheck'&, and &'saslauthd'&. For details see section
23612 &<<SECTexpcond>>&.
23613
23614
23615
23616
23617 .section "Using plaintext in a client" "SECID175"
23618 .cindex "options" "&(plaintext)& authenticator (client)"
23619 The &(plaintext)& authenticator has two client options:
23620
23621 .option client_ignore_invalid_base64 plaintext boolean false
23622 If the client receives a server prompt that is not a valid base64 string,
23623 authentication is abandoned by default. However, if this option is set true,
23624 the error in the challenge is ignored and the client sends the response as
23625 usual.
23626
23627 .option client_send plaintext string&!! unset
23628 The string is a colon-separated list of authentication data strings. Each
23629 string is independently expanded before being sent to the server. The first
23630 string is sent with the AUTH command; any more strings are sent in response
23631 to prompts from the server. Before each string is expanded, the value of the
23632 most recent prompt is placed in the next &$auth$&<&'n'&> variable, starting
23633 with &$auth1$& for the first prompt. Up to three prompts are stored in this
23634 way. Thus, the prompt that is received in response to sending the first string
23635 (with the AUTH command) can be used in the expansion of the second string, and
23636 so on. If an invalid base64 string is received when
23637 &%client_ignore_invalid_base64%& is set, an empty string is put in the
23638 &$auth$&<&'n'&> variable.
23639
23640 &*Note*&: You cannot use expansion to create multiple strings, because
23641 splitting takes priority and happens first.
23642
23643 Because the PLAIN authentication mechanism requires NUL (binary zero) bytes in
23644 the data, further processing is applied to each string before it is sent. If
23645 there are any single circumflex characters in the string, they are converted to
23646 NULs. Should an actual circumflex be required as data, it must be doubled in
23647 the string.
23648
23649 This is an example of a client configuration that implements the PLAIN
23650 authentication mechanism with a fixed user name and password:
23651 .code
23652 fixed_plain:
23653 driver = plaintext
23654 public_name = PLAIN
23655 client_send = ^username^mysecret
23656 .endd
23657 The lack of colons means that the entire text is sent with the AUTH
23658 command, with the circumflex characters converted to NULs. A similar example
23659 that uses the LOGIN mechanism is:
23660 .code
23661 fixed_login:
23662 driver = plaintext
23663 public_name = LOGIN
23664 client_send = : username : mysecret
23665 .endd
23666 The initial colon means that the first string is empty, so no data is sent with
23667 the AUTH command itself. The remaining strings are sent in response to
23668 prompts.
23669 .ecindex IIDplaiauth1
23670 .ecindex IIDplaiauth2
23671
23672
23673
23674
23675 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23676 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23677
23678 .chapter "The cram_md5 authenticator" "CHID9"
23679 .scindex IIDcramauth1 "&(cram_md5)& authenticator"
23680 .scindex IIDcramauth2 "authenticators" "&(cram_md5)&"
23681 .cindex "CRAM-MD5 authentication mechanism"
23682 .cindex "authentication" "CRAM-MD5 mechanism"
23683 The CRAM-MD5 authentication mechanism is described in RFC 2195. The server
23684 sends a challenge string to the client, and the response consists of a user
23685 name and the CRAM-MD5 digest of the challenge string combined with a secret
23686 string (password) which is known to both server and client. Thus, the secret
23687 is not sent over the network as plain text, which makes this authenticator more
23688 secure than &(plaintext)&. However, the downside is that the secret has to be
23689 available in plain text at either end.
23690
23691
23692 .section "Using cram_md5 as a server" "SECID176"
23693 .cindex "options" "&(cram_md5)& authenticator (server)"
23694 This authenticator has one server option, which must be set to configure the
23695 authenticator as a server:
23696
23697 .option server_secret cram_md5 string&!! unset
23698 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &(cram_md5)& authenticator"
23699 When the server receives the client's response, the user name is placed in
23700 the expansion variable &$auth1$&, and &%server_secret%& is expanded to
23701 obtain the password for that user. The server then computes the CRAM-MD5 digest
23702 that the client should have sent, and checks that it received the correct
23703 string. If the expansion of &%server_secret%& is forced to fail, authentication
23704 fails. If the expansion fails for some other reason, a temporary error code is
23705 returned to the client.
23706
23707 For compatibility with previous releases of Exim, the user name is also placed
23708 in &$1$&. However, the use of this variables for this purpose is now
23709 deprecated, as it can lead to confusion in string expansions that also use
23710 numeric variables for other things.
23711
23712 For example, the following authenticator checks that the user name given by the
23713 client is &"ph10"&, and if so, uses &"secret"& as the password. For any other
23714 user name, authentication fails.
23715 .code
23716 fixed_cram:
23717 driver = cram_md5
23718 public_name = CRAM-MD5
23719 server_secret = ${if eq{$auth1}{ph10}{secret}fail}
23720 server_set_id = $auth1
23721 .endd
23722 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
23723 If authentication succeeds, the setting of &%server_set_id%& preserves the user
23724 name in &$authenticated_id$&. A more typical configuration might look up the
23725 secret string in a file, using the user name as the key. For example:
23726 .code
23727 lookup_cram:
23728 driver = cram_md5
23729 public_name = CRAM-MD5
23730 server_secret = ${lookup{$auth1}lsearch{/etc/authpwd}\
23731 {$value}fail}
23732 server_set_id = $auth1
23733 .endd
23734 Note that this expansion explicitly forces failure if the lookup fails
23735 because &$auth1$& contains an unknown user name.
23736
23737
23738 .section "Using cram_md5 as a client" "SECID177"
23739 .cindex "options" "&(cram_md5)& authenticator (client)"
23740 When used as a client, the &(cram_md5)& authenticator has two options:
23741
23742
23743
23744 .option client_name cram_md5 string&!! "the primary host name"
23745 This string is expanded, and the result used as the user name data when
23746 computing the response to the server's challenge.
23747
23748
23749 .option client_secret cram_md5 string&!! unset
23750 This option must be set for the authenticator to work as a client. Its value is
23751 expanded and the result used as the secret string when computing the response.
23752
23753
23754 .vindex "&$host$&"
23755 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
23756 Different user names and secrets can be used for different servers by referring
23757 to &$host$& or &$host_address$& in the options. Forced failure of either
23758 expansion string is treated as an indication that this authenticator is not
23759 prepared to handle this case. Exim moves on to the next configured client
23760 authenticator. Any other expansion failure causes Exim to give up trying to
23761 send the message to the current server.
23762
23763 A simple example configuration of a &(cram_md5)& authenticator, using fixed
23764 strings, is:
23765 .code
23766 fixed_cram:
23767 driver = cram_md5
23768 public_name = CRAM-MD5
23769 client_name = ph10
23770 client_secret = secret
23771 .endd
23772 .ecindex IIDcramauth1
23773 .ecindex IIDcramauth2
23774
23775
23776
23777 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23778 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23779
23780 .chapter "The cyrus_sasl authenticator" "CHID10"
23781 .scindex IIDcyrauth1 "&(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator"
23782 .scindex IIDcyrauth2 "authenticators" "&(cyrus_sasl)&"
23783 .cindex "Cyrus" "SASL library"
23784 .cindex "Kerberos"
23785 The code for this authenticator was provided by Matthew Byng-Maddick of A L
23786 Digital Ltd (&url(http://www.aldigital.co.uk)).
23787
23788 The &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator provides server support for the Cyrus SASL
23789 library implementation of the RFC 2222 (&"Simple Authentication and Security
23790 Layer"&). This library supports a number of authentication mechanisms,
23791 including PLAIN and LOGIN, but also several others that Exim does not support
23792 directly. In particular, there is support for Kerberos authentication.
23793
23794 The &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator provides a gatewaying mechanism directly to
23795 the Cyrus interface, so if your Cyrus library can do, for example, CRAM-MD5,
23796 then so can the &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator. By default it uses the public
23797 name of the driver to determine which mechanism to support.
23798
23799 Where access to some kind of secret file is required, for example in GSSAPI
23800 or CRAM-MD5, it is worth noting that the authenticator runs as the Exim
23801 user, and that the Cyrus SASL library has no way of escalating privileges
23802 by default. You may also find you need to set environment variables,
23803 depending on the driver you are using.
23804
23805 The application name provided by Exim is &"exim"&, so various SASL options may
23806 be set in &_exim.conf_& in your SASL directory. If you are using GSSAPI for
23807 Kerberos, note that because of limitations in the GSSAPI interface,
23808 changing the server keytab might need to be communicated down to the Kerberos
23809 layer independently. The mechanism for doing so is dependent upon the Kerberos
23810 implementation. For example, for Heimdal, the environment variable KRB5_KTNAME
23811 may be set to point to an alternative keytab file. Exim will pass this
23812 variable through from its own inherited environment when started as root or the
23813 Exim user. The keytab file needs to be readable by the Exim user.
23814
23815
23816 .section "Using cyrus_sasl as a server" "SECID178"
23817 The &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator has four private options. It puts the username
23818 (on a successful authentication) into &$auth1$&. For compatibility with
23819 previous releases of Exim, the username is also placed in &$1$&. However, the
23820 use of this variable for this purpose is now deprecated, as it can lead to
23821 confusion in string expansions that also use numeric variables for other
23822 things.
23823
23824
23825 .option server_hostname cyrus_sasl string&!! "see below"
23826 This option selects the hostname that is used when communicating with the
23827 library. The default value is &`$primary_hostname`&. It is up to the underlying
23828 SASL plug-in what it does with this data.
23829
23830
23831 .option server_mech cyrus_sasl string "see below"
23832 This option selects the authentication mechanism this driver should use. The
23833 default is the value of the generic &%public_name%& option. This option allows
23834 you to use a different underlying mechanism from the advertised name. For
23835 example:
23836 .code
23837 sasl:
23838 driver = cyrus_sasl
23839 public_name = X-ANYTHING
23840 server_mech = CRAM-MD5
23841 server_set_id = $auth1
23842 .endd
23843
23844 .option server_realm cyrus_sasl string unset
23845 This specifies the SASL realm that the server claims to be in.
23846
23847
23848 .option server_service cyrus_sasl string &`smtp`&
23849 This is the SASL service that the server claims to implement.
23850
23851
23852 For straightforward cases, you do not need to set any of the authenticator's
23853 private options. All you need to do is to specify an appropriate mechanism as
23854 the public name. Thus, if you have a SASL library that supports CRAM-MD5 and
23855 PLAIN, you could have two authenticators as follows:
23856 .code
23857 sasl_cram_md5:
23858 driver = cyrus_sasl
23859 public_name = CRAM-MD5
23860 server_set_id = $auth1
23861
23862 sasl_plain:
23863 driver = cyrus_sasl
23864 public_name = PLAIN
23865 server_set_id = $auth2
23866 .endd
23867 Cyrus SASL does implement the LOGIN authentication method, even though it is
23868 not a standard method. It is disabled by default in the source distribution,
23869 but it is present in many binary distributions.
23870 .ecindex IIDcyrauth1
23871 .ecindex IIDcyrauth2
23872
23873
23874
23875
23876 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23877 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23878 .chapter "The dovecot authenticator" "CHAPdovecot"
23879 .scindex IIDdcotauth1 "&(dovecot)& authenticator"
23880 .scindex IIDdcotauth2 "authenticators" "&(dovecot)&"
23881 This authenticator is an interface to the authentication facility of the
23882 Dovecot POP/IMAP server, which can support a number of authentication methods.
23883 If you are using Dovecot to authenticate POP/IMAP clients, it might be helpful
23884 to use the same mechanisms for SMTP authentication. This is a server
23885 authenticator only. There is only one option:
23886
23887 .option server_socket dovecot string unset
23888
23889 This option must specify the socket that is the interface to Dovecot
23890 authentication. The &%public_name%& option must specify an authentication
23891 mechanism that Dovecot is configured to support. You can have several
23892 authenticators for different mechanisms. For example:
23893 .code
23894 dovecot_plain:
23895 driver = dovecot
23896 public_name = PLAIN
23897 server_socket = /var/run/dovecot/auth-client
23898 server_set_id = $auth2
23899
23900 dovecot_ntlm:
23901 driver = dovecot
23902 public_name = NTLM
23903 server_socket = /var/run/dovecot/auth-client
23904 server_set_id = $auth1
23905 .endd
23906 If the SMTP connection is encrypted, or if &$sender_host_address$& is equal to
23907 &$received_ip_address$& (that is, the connection is local), the &"secured"&
23908 option is passed in the Dovecot authentication command. If, for a TLS
23909 connection, a client certificate has been verified, the &"valid-client-cert"&
23910 option is passed. When authentication succeeds, the identity of the user
23911 who authenticated is placed in &$auth1$&.
23912 .ecindex IIDdcotauth1
23913 .ecindex IIDdcotauth2
23914
23915
23916 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23917 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23918
23919 .chapter "The spa authenticator" "CHAPspa"
23920 .scindex IIDspaauth1 "&(spa)& authenticator"
23921 .scindex IIDspaauth2 "authenticators" "&(spa)&"
23922 .cindex "authentication" "Microsoft Secure Password"
23923 .cindex "authentication" "NTLM"
23924 .cindex "Microsoft Secure Password Authentication"
23925 .cindex "NTLM authentication"
23926 The &(spa)& authenticator provides client support for Microsoft's &'Secure
23927 Password Authentication'& mechanism,
23928 which is also sometimes known as NTLM (NT LanMan). The code for client side of
23929 this authenticator was contributed by Marc Prud'hommeaux, and much of it is
23930 taken from the Samba project (&url(http://www.samba.org)). The code for the
23931 server side was subsequently contributed by Tom Kistner. The mechanism works as
23932 follows:
23933
23934 .ilist
23935 After the AUTH command has been accepted, the client sends an SPA
23936 authentication request based on the user name and optional domain.
23937 .next
23938 The server sends back a challenge.
23939 .next
23940 The client builds a challenge response which makes use of the user's password
23941 and sends it to the server, which then accepts or rejects it.
23942 .endlist
23943
23944 Encryption is used to protect the password in transit.
23945
23946
23947
23948 .section "Using spa as a server" "SECID179"
23949 .cindex "options" "&(spa)& authenticator (server)"
23950 The &(spa)& authenticator has just one server option:
23951
23952 .option server_password spa string&!! unset
23953 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &(spa)& authenticator"
23954 This option is expanded, and the result must be the cleartext password for the
23955 authenticating user, whose name is at this point in &$auth1$&. For
23956 compatibility with previous releases of Exim, the user name is also placed in
23957 &$1$&. However, the use of this variable for this purpose is now deprecated, as
23958 it can lead to confusion in string expansions that also use numeric variables
23959 for other things. For example:
23960 .code
23961 spa:
23962 driver = spa
23963 public_name = NTLM
23964 server_password = \
23965 ${lookup{$auth1}lsearch{/etc/exim/spa_clearpass}{$value}fail}
23966 .endd
23967 If the expansion is forced to fail, authentication fails. Any other expansion
23968 failure causes a temporary error code to be returned.
23969
23970
23971
23972
23973
23974 .section "Using spa as a client" "SECID180"
23975 .cindex "options" "&(spa)& authenticator (client)"
23976 The &(spa)& authenticator has the following client options:
23977
23978
23979
23980 .option client_domain spa string&!! unset
23981 This option specifies an optional domain for the authentication.
23982
23983
23984 .option client_password spa string&!! unset
23985 This option specifies the user's password, and must be set.
23986
23987
23988 .option client_username spa string&!! unset
23989 This option specifies the user name, and must be set. Here is an example of a
23990 configuration of this authenticator for use with the mail servers at
23991 &'msn.com'&:
23992 .code
23993 msn:
23994 driver = spa
23995 public_name = MSN
23996 client_username = msn/msn_username
23997 client_password = msn_plaintext_password
23998 client_domain = DOMAIN_OR_UNSET
23999 .endd
24000 .ecindex IIDspaauth1
24001 .ecindex IIDspaauth2
24002
24003
24004
24005
24006
24007 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24008 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24009
24010 .chapter "Encrypted SMTP connections using TLS/SSL" "CHAPTLS" &&&
24011 "Encrypted SMTP connections"
24012 .scindex IIDencsmtp1 "encryption" "on SMTP connection"
24013 .scindex IIDencsmtp2 "SMTP" "encryption"
24014 .cindex "TLS" "on SMTP connection"
24015 .cindex "OpenSSL"
24016 .cindex "GnuTLS"
24017 Support for TLS (Transport Layer Security), formerly known as SSL (Secure
24018 Sockets Layer), is implemented by making use of the OpenSSL library or the
24019 GnuTLS library (Exim requires GnuTLS release 1.0 or later). There is no
24020 cryptographic code in the Exim distribution itself for implementing TLS. In
24021 order to use this feature you must install OpenSSL or GnuTLS, and then build a
24022 version of Exim that includes TLS support (see section &<<SECTinctlsssl>>&).
24023 You also need to understand the basic concepts of encryption at a managerial
24024 level, and in particular, the way that public keys, private keys, and
24025 certificates are used.
24026
24027 RFC 3207 defines how SMTP connections can make use of encryption. Once a
24028 connection is established, the client issues a STARTTLS command. If the
24029 server accepts this, the client and the server negotiate an encryption
24030 mechanism. If the negotiation succeeds, the data that subsequently passes
24031 between them is encrypted.
24032
24033 Exim's ACLs can detect whether the current SMTP session is encrypted or not,
24034 and if so, what cipher suite is in use, whether the client supplied a
24035 certificate, and whether or not that certificate was verified. This makes it
24036 possible for an Exim server to deny or accept certain commands based on the
24037 encryption state.
24038
24039 &*Warning*&: Certain types of firewall and certain anti-virus products can
24040 disrupt TLS connections. You need to turn off SMTP scanning for these products
24041 in order to get TLS to work.
24042
24043
24044
24045 .section "Support for the legacy &""ssmtp""& (aka &""smtps""&) protocol" &&&
24046 "SECID284"
24047 .cindex "ssmtp protocol"
24048 .cindex "smtps protocol"
24049 .cindex "SMTP" "ssmtp protocol"
24050 .cindex "SMTP" "smtps protocol"
24051 Early implementations of encrypted SMTP used a different TCP port from normal
24052 SMTP, and expected an encryption negotiation to start immediately, instead of
24053 waiting for a STARTTLS command from the client using the standard SMTP
24054 port. The protocol was called &"ssmtp"& or &"smtps"&, and port 465 was
24055 allocated for this purpose.
24056
24057 This approach was abandoned when encrypted SMTP was standardized, but there are
24058 still some legacy clients that use it. Exim supports these clients by means of
24059 the &%tls_on_connect_ports%& global option. Its value must be a list of port
24060 numbers; the most common use is expected to be:
24061 .code
24062 tls_on_connect_ports = 465
24063 .endd
24064 The port numbers specified by this option apply to all SMTP connections, both
24065 via the daemon and via &'inetd'&. You still need to specify all the ports that
24066 the daemon uses (by setting &%daemon_smtp_ports%& or &%local_interfaces%& or
24067 the &%-oX%& command line option) because &%tls_on_connect_ports%& does not add
24068 an extra port &-- rather, it specifies different behaviour on a port that is
24069 defined elsewhere.
24070
24071 There is also a &%-tls-on-connect%& command line option. This overrides
24072 &%tls_on_connect_ports%&; it forces the legacy behaviour for all ports.
24073
24074
24075
24076
24077
24078
24079 .section "OpenSSL vs GnuTLS" "SECTopenvsgnu"
24080 .cindex "TLS" "OpenSSL &'vs'& GnuTLS"
24081 The first TLS support in Exim was implemented using OpenSSL. Support for GnuTLS
24082 followed later, when the first versions of GnuTLS were released. To build Exim
24083 to use GnuTLS, you need to set
24084 .code
24085 USE_GNUTLS=yes
24086 .endd
24087 in Local/Makefile, in addition to
24088 .code
24089 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
24090 .endd
24091 You must also set TLS_LIBS and TLS_INCLUDE appropriately, so that the
24092 include files and libraries for GnuTLS can be found.
24093
24094 There are some differences in usage when using GnuTLS instead of OpenSSL:
24095
24096 .ilist
24097 The &%tls_verify_certificates%& option must contain the name of a file, not the
24098 name of a directory (for OpenSSL it can be either).
24099 .next
24100 The &%tls_dhparam%& option is ignored, because early versions of GnuTLS had no
24101 facility for varying its Diffie-Hellman parameters. I understand that this has
24102 changed, but Exim has not been updated to provide this facility.
24103 .next
24104 .vindex "&$tls_peerdn$&"
24105 Distinguished Name (DN) strings reported by the OpenSSL library use a slash for
24106 separating fields; GnuTLS uses commas, in accordance with RFC 2253. This
24107 affects the value of the &$tls_peerdn$& variable.
24108 .next
24109 OpenSSL identifies cipher suites using hyphens as separators, for example:
24110 DES-CBC3-SHA. GnuTLS uses underscores, for example: RSA_ARCFOUR_SHA. What is
24111 more, OpenSSL complains if underscores are present in a cipher list. To make
24112 life simpler, Exim changes underscores to hyphens for OpenSSL and hyphens to
24113 underscores for GnuTLS when processing lists of cipher suites in the
24114 &%tls_require_ciphers%& options (the global option and the &(smtp)& transport
24115 option).
24116 .next
24117 The &%tls_require_ciphers%& options operate differently, as described in the
24118 sections &<<SECTreqciphssl>>& and &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
24119 .endlist
24120
24121
24122 .section "GnuTLS parameter computation" "SECID181"
24123 GnuTLS uses D-H parameters that may take a substantial amount of time
24124 to compute. It is unreasonable to re-compute them for every TLS session.
24125 Therefore, Exim keeps this data in a file in its spool directory, called
24126 &_gnutls-params_&. The file is owned by the Exim user and is readable only by
24127 its owner. Every Exim process that start up GnuTLS reads the D-H
24128 parameters from this file. If the file does not exist, the first Exim process
24129 that needs it computes the data and writes it to a temporary file which is
24130 renamed once it is complete. It does not matter if several Exim processes do
24131 this simultaneously (apart from wasting a few resources). Once a file is in
24132 place, new Exim processes immediately start using it.
24133
24134 For maximum security, the parameters that are stored in this file should be
24135 recalculated periodically, the frequency depending on your paranoia level.
24136 Arranging this is easy in principle; just delete the file when you want new
24137 values to be computed. However, there may be a problem. The calculation of new
24138 parameters needs random numbers, and these are obtained from &_/dev/random_&.
24139 If the system is not very active, &_/dev/random_& may delay returning data
24140 until enough randomness (entropy) is available. This may cause Exim to hang for
24141 a substantial amount of time, causing timeouts on incoming connections.
24142
24143 The solution is to generate the parameters externally to Exim. They are stored
24144 in &_gnutls-params_& in PEM format, which means that they can be generated
24145 externally using the &(certtool)& command that is part of GnuTLS.
24146
24147 To replace the parameters with new ones, instead of deleting the file
24148 and letting Exim re-create it, you can generate new parameters using
24149 &(certtool)& and, when this has been done, replace Exim's cache file by
24150 renaming. The relevant commands are something like this:
24151 .code
24152 # rm -f new-params
24153 # touch new-params
24154 # chown exim:exim new-params
24155 # chmod 0400 new-params
24156 # certtool --generate-privkey --bits 512 >new-params
24157 # echo "" >>new-params
24158 # certtool --generate-dh-params --bits 1024 >> new-params
24159 # mv new-params gnutls-params
24160 .endd
24161 If Exim never has to generate the parameters itself, the possibility of
24162 stalling is removed.
24163
24164
24165 .section "Requiring specific ciphers in OpenSSL" "SECTreqciphssl"
24166 .cindex "TLS" "requiring specific ciphers (OpenSSL)"
24167 .oindex "&%tls_require_ciphers%&" "OpenSSL"
24168 There is a function in the OpenSSL library that can be passed a list of cipher
24169 suites before the cipher negotiation takes place. This specifies which ciphers
24170 are acceptable. The list is colon separated and may contain names like
24171 DES-CBC3-SHA. Exim passes the expanded value of &%tls_require_ciphers%&
24172 directly to this function call. The following quotation from the OpenSSL
24173 documentation specifies what forms of item are allowed in the cipher string:
24174
24175 .ilist
24176 It can consist of a single cipher suite such as RC4-SHA.
24177 .next
24178 It can represent a list of cipher suites containing a certain algorithm,
24179 or cipher suites of a certain type. For example SHA1 represents all
24180 ciphers suites using the digest algorithm SHA1 and SSLv3 represents all
24181 SSL v3 algorithms.
24182 .next
24183 Lists of cipher suites can be combined in a single cipher string using
24184 the + character. This is used as a logical and operation. For example
24185 SHA1+DES represents all cipher suites containing the SHA1 and the DES
24186 algorithms.
24187 .endlist
24188
24189 Each cipher string can be optionally preceded by one of the characters &`!`&,
24190 &`-`& or &`+`&.
24191 .ilist
24192 If &`!`& is used, the ciphers are permanently deleted from the list. The
24193 ciphers deleted can never reappear in the list even if they are explicitly
24194 stated.
24195 .next
24196 If &`-`& is used, the ciphers are deleted from the list, but some or all
24197 of the ciphers can be added again by later options.
24198 .next
24199 If &`+`& is used, the ciphers are moved to the end of the list. This
24200 option does not add any new ciphers; it just moves matching existing ones.
24201 .endlist
24202
24203 If none of these characters is present, the string is interpreted as
24204 a list of ciphers to be appended to the current preference list. If the list
24205 includes any ciphers already present they will be ignored: that is, they will
24206 not be moved to the end of the list.
24207 .endlist
24208
24209
24210
24211 .section "Requiring specific ciphers or other parameters in GnuTLS" &&&
24212 "SECTreqciphgnu"
24213 .cindex "GnuTLS" "specifying parameters for"
24214 .cindex "TLS" "specifying ciphers (GnuTLS)"
24215 .cindex "TLS" "specifying key exchange methods (GnuTLS)"
24216 .cindex "TLS" "specifying MAC algorithms (GnuTLS)"
24217 .cindex "TLS" "specifying protocols (GnuTLS)"
24218 .oindex "&%tls_require_ciphers%&" "GnuTLS"
24219 The GnuTLS library allows the caller to specify separate lists of permitted key
24220 exchange methods, main cipher algorithms, MAC algorithms, and protocols.
24221 Unfortunately, these lists are numerical, and the library does not have a
24222 function for turning names into numbers. Consequently, lists of recognized
24223 names have to be built into the application. The permitted key exchange
24224 methods, ciphers, and MAC algorithms may be used in any combination to form a
24225 cipher suite. This is unlike OpenSSL, where complete cipher suite names are
24226 passed to its control function.
24227
24228 For compatibility with OpenSSL, the &%tls_require_ciphers%& option can be set
24229 to complete cipher suite names such as RSA_ARCFOUR_SHA, but for GnuTLS this
24230 option controls only the cipher algorithms. Exim searches each item in the
24231 list for the name of an available algorithm. For example, if the list
24232 contains RSA_AES_SHA, then AES is recognized, and the behaviour is exactly
24233 the same as if just AES were given.
24234
24235 .oindex "&%gnutls_require_kx%&"
24236 .oindex "&%gnutls_require_mac%&"
24237 .oindex "&%gnutls_require_protocols%&"
24238 There are additional options called &%gnutls_require_kx%&,
24239 &%gnutls_require_mac%&, and &%gnutls_require_protocols%& that can be used to
24240 restrict the key exchange methods, MAC algorithms, and protocols, respectively.
24241 These options are ignored if OpenSSL is in use.
24242
24243 All four options are available as global options, controlling how Exim
24244 behaves as a server, and also as options of the &(smtp)& transport, controlling
24245 how Exim behaves as a client. All the values are string expanded. After
24246 expansion, the values must be colon-separated lists, though the separator
24247 can be changed in the usual way.
24248
24249 Each of the four lists starts out with a default set of algorithms. If the
24250 first item in a list does &'not'& start with an exclamation mark, all the
24251 default items are deleted. In this case, only those that are explicitly
24252 specified can be used. If the first item in a list &'does'& start with an
24253 exclamation mark, the defaults are left on the list.
24254
24255 Then, any item that starts with an exclamation mark causes the relevant
24256 entry to be removed from the list, and any item that does not start with an
24257 exclamation mark causes a new entry to be added to the list. Unrecognized
24258 items in the list are ignored. Thus:
24259 .code
24260 tls_require_ciphers = !ARCFOUR
24261 .endd
24262 allows all the defaults except ARCFOUR, whereas
24263 .code
24264 tls_require_ciphers = AES : 3DES
24265 .endd
24266 allows only cipher suites that use AES or 3DES.
24267
24268 For &%tls_require_ciphers%& the recognized names are AES_256, AES_128, AES
24269 (both of the preceding), 3DES, ARCFOUR_128, ARCFOUR_40, and ARCFOUR (both of
24270 the preceding). The default list does not contain all of these; it just has
24271 AES_256, AES_128, 3DES, and ARCFOUR_128.
24272
24273 For &%gnutls_require_kx%&, the recognized names are DHE_RSA, RSA (which
24274 includes DHE_RSA), DHE_DSS, and DHE (which includes both DHE_RSA and
24275 DHE_DSS). The default list contains RSA, DHE_DSS, DHE_RSA.
24276
24277 For &%gnutls_require_mac%&, the recognized names are SHA (synonym SHA1), and
24278 MD5. The default list contains SHA, MD5.
24279
24280 For &%gnutls_require_protocols%&, the recognized names are TLS1 and SSL3.
24281 The default list contains TLS1, SSL3.
24282
24283 In a server, the order of items in these lists is unimportant. The server
24284 advertises the availability of all the relevant cipher suites. However, in a
24285 client, the order in the &%tls_require_ciphers%& list specifies a preference
24286 order for the cipher algorithms. The first one in the client's list that is
24287 also advertised by the server is tried first. The default order is as listed
24288 above.
24289
24290
24291
24292 .section "Configuring an Exim server to use TLS" "SECID182"
24293 .cindex "TLS" "configuring an Exim server"
24294 When Exim has been built with TLS support, it advertises the availability of
24295 the STARTTLS command to client hosts that match &%tls_advertise_hosts%&,
24296 but not to any others. The default value of this option is unset, which means
24297 that STARTTLS is not advertised at all. This default is chosen because you
24298 need to set some other options in order to make TLS available, and also it is
24299 sensible for systems that want to use TLS only as a client.
24300
24301 If a client issues a STARTTLS command and there is some configuration
24302 problem in the server, the command is rejected with a 454 error. If the client
24303 persists in trying to issue SMTP commands, all except QUIT are rejected
24304 with the error
24305 .code
24306 554 Security failure
24307 .endd
24308 If a STARTTLS command is issued within an existing TLS session, it is
24309 rejected with a 554 error code.
24310
24311 To enable TLS operations on a server, you must set &%tls_advertise_hosts%& to
24312 match some hosts. You can, of course, set it to * to match all hosts.
24313 However, this is not all you need to do. TLS sessions to a server won't work
24314 without some further configuration at the server end.
24315
24316 It is rumoured that all existing clients that support TLS/SSL use RSA
24317 encryption. To make this work you need to set, in the server,
24318 .code
24319 tls_certificate = /some/file/name
24320 tls_privatekey = /some/file/name
24321 .endd
24322 These options are, in fact, expanded strings, so you can make them depend on
24323 the identity of the client that is connected if you wish. The first file
24324 contains the server's X509 certificate, and the second contains the private key
24325 that goes with it. These files need to be readable by the Exim user, and must
24326 always be given as full path names. They can be the same file if both the
24327 certificate and the key are contained within it. If &%tls_privatekey%& is not
24328 set, or if its expansion is forced to fail or results in an empty string, this
24329 is assumed to be the case. The certificate file may also contain intermediate
24330 certificates that need to be sent to the client to enable it to authenticate
24331 the server's certificate.
24332
24333 If you do not understand about certificates and keys, please try to find a
24334 source of this background information, which is not Exim-specific. (There are a
24335 few comments below in section &<<SECTcerandall>>&.)
24336
24337 &*Note*&: These options do not apply when Exim is operating as a client &--
24338 they apply only in the case of a server. If you need to use a certificate in an
24339 Exim client, you must set the options of the same names in an &(smtp)&
24340 transport.
24341
24342 With just these options, an Exim server will be able to use TLS. It does not
24343 require the client to have a certificate (but see below for how to insist on
24344 this). There is one other option that may be needed in other situations. If
24345 .code
24346 tls_dhparam = /some/file/name
24347 .endd
24348 is set, the SSL library is initialized for the use of Diffie-Hellman ciphers
24349 with the parameters contained in the file. This increases the set of cipher
24350 suites that the server supports. See the command
24351 .code
24352 openssl dhparam
24353 .endd
24354 for a way of generating this data. At present, &%tls_dhparam%& is used only
24355 when Exim is linked with OpenSSL. It is ignored if GnuTLS is being used.
24356
24357 The strings supplied for these three options are expanded every time a client
24358 host connects. It is therefore possible to use different certificates and keys
24359 for different hosts, if you so wish, by making use of the client's IP address
24360 in &$sender_host_address$& to control the expansion. If a string expansion is
24361 forced to fail, Exim behaves as if the option is not set.
24362
24363 .cindex "cipher" "logging"
24364 .cindex "log" "TLS cipher"
24365 .vindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
24366 The variable &$tls_cipher$& is set to the cipher suite that was negotiated for
24367 an incoming TLS connection. It is included in the &'Received:'& header of an
24368 incoming message (by default &-- you can, of course, change this), and it is
24369 also included in the log line that records a message's arrival, keyed by
24370 &"X="&, unless the &%tls_cipher%& log selector is turned off. The &%encrypted%&
24371 condition can be used to test for specific cipher suites in ACLs.
24372 (For outgoing SMTP deliveries, &$tls_cipher$& is reset &-- see section
24373 &<<SECID185>>&.)
24374
24375 Once TLS has been established, the ACLs that run for subsequent SMTP commands
24376 can check the name of the cipher suite and vary their actions accordingly. The
24377 cipher suite names vary, depending on which TLS library is being used. For
24378 example, OpenSSL uses the name DES-CBC3-SHA for the cipher suite which in other
24379 contexts is known as TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA. Check the OpenSSL or GnuTLS
24380 documentation for more details.
24381
24382
24383 .section "Requesting and verifying client certificates" "SECID183"
24384 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
24385 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
24386 If you want an Exim server to request a certificate when negotiating a TLS
24387 session with a client, you must set either &%tls_verify_hosts%& or
24388 &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&. You can, of course, set either of them to * to
24389 apply to all TLS connections. For any host that matches one of these options,
24390 Exim requests a certificate as part of the setup of the TLS session. The
24391 contents of the certificate are verified by comparing it with a list of
24392 expected certificates. These must be available in a file or,
24393 for OpenSSL only (not GnuTLS), a directory, identified by
24394 &%tls_verify_certificates%&.
24395
24396 A file can contain multiple certificates, concatenated end to end. If a
24397 directory is used
24398 (OpenSSL only),
24399 each certificate must be in a separate file, with a name (or a symbolic link)
24400 of the form <&'hash'&>.0, where <&'hash'&> is a hash value constructed from the
24401 certificate. You can compute the relevant hash by running the command
24402 .code
24403 openssl x509 -hash -noout -in /cert/file
24404 .endd
24405 where &_/cert/file_& contains a single certificate.
24406
24407 The difference between &%tls_verify_hosts%& and &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& is
24408 what happens if the client does not supply a certificate, or if the certificate
24409 does not match any of the certificates in the collection named by
24410 &%tls_verify_certificates%&. If the client matches &%tls_verify_hosts%&, the
24411 attempt to set up a TLS session is aborted, and the incoming connection is
24412 dropped. If the client matches &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&, the (encrypted) SMTP
24413 session continues. ACLs that run for subsequent SMTP commands can detect the
24414 fact that no certificate was verified, and vary their actions accordingly. For
24415 example, you can insist on a certificate before accepting a message for
24416 relaying, but not when the message is destined for local delivery.
24417
24418 .vindex "&$tls_peerdn$&"
24419 When a client supplies a certificate (whether it verifies or not), the value of
24420 the Distinguished Name of the certificate is made available in the variable
24421 &$tls_peerdn$& during subsequent processing of the message.
24422
24423 .cindex "log" "distinguished name"
24424 Because it is often a long text string, it is not included in the log line or
24425 &'Received:'& header by default. You can arrange for it to be logged, keyed by
24426 &"DN="&, by setting the &%tls_peerdn%& log selector, and you can use
24427 &%received_header_text%& to change the &'Received:'& header. When no
24428 certificate is supplied, &$tls_peerdn$& is empty.
24429
24430
24431 .section "Revoked certificates" "SECID184"
24432 .cindex "TLS" "revoked certificates"
24433 .cindex "revocation list"
24434 .cindex "certificate" "revocation list"
24435 Certificate issuing authorities issue Certificate Revocation Lists (CRLs) when
24436 certificates are revoked. If you have such a list, you can pass it to an Exim
24437 server using the global option called &%tls_crl%& and to an Exim client using
24438 an identically named option for the &(smtp)& transport. In each case, the value
24439 of the option is expanded and must then be the name of a file that contains a
24440 CRL in PEM format.
24441
24442
24443 .section "Configuring an Exim client to use TLS" "SECID185"
24444 .cindex "cipher" "logging"
24445 .cindex "log" "TLS cipher"
24446 .cindex "log" "distinguished name"
24447 .cindex "TLS" "configuring an Exim client"
24448 The &%tls_cipher%& and &%tls_peerdn%& log selectors apply to outgoing SMTP
24449 deliveries as well as to incoming, the latter one causing logging of the
24450 server certificate's DN. The remaining client configuration for TLS is all
24451 within the &(smtp)& transport.
24452
24453 It is not necessary to set any options to have TLS work in the &(smtp)&
24454 transport. If Exim is built with TLS support, and TLS is advertised by a
24455 server, the &(smtp)& transport always tries to start a TLS session. However,
24456 this can be prevented by setting &%hosts_avoid_tls%& (an option of the
24457 transport) to a list of server hosts for which TLS should not be used.
24458
24459 If you do not want Exim to attempt to send messages unencrypted when an attempt
24460 to set up an encrypted connection fails in any way, you can set
24461 &%hosts_require_tls%& to a list of hosts for which encryption is mandatory. For
24462 those hosts, delivery is always deferred if an encrypted connection cannot be
24463 set up. If there are any other hosts for the address, they are tried in the
24464 usual way.
24465
24466 When the server host is not in &%hosts_require_tls%&, Exim may try to deliver
24467 the message unencrypted. It always does this if the response to STARTTLS is
24468 a 5&'xx'& code. For a temporary error code, or for a failure to negotiate a TLS
24469 session after a success response code, what happens is controlled by the
24470 &%tls_tempfail_tryclear%& option of the &(smtp)& transport. If it is false,
24471 delivery to this host is deferred, and other hosts (if available) are tried. If
24472 it is true, Exim attempts to deliver unencrypted after a 4&'xx'& response to
24473 STARTTLS, and if STARTTLS is accepted, but the subsequent TLS
24474 negotiation fails, Exim closes the current connection (because it is in an
24475 unknown state), opens a new one to the same host, and then tries the delivery
24476 unencrypted.
24477
24478 The &%tls_certificate%& and &%tls_privatekey%& options of the &(smtp)&
24479 transport provide the client with a certificate, which is passed to the server
24480 if it requests it. If the server is Exim, it will request a certificate only if
24481 &%tls_verify_hosts%& or &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& matches the client.
24482
24483 If the &%tls_verify_certificates%& option is set on the &(smtp)& transport, it
24484 must name a file or,
24485 for OpenSSL only (not GnuTLS), a directory, that contains a collection of
24486 expected server certificates. The client verifies the server's certificate
24487 against this collection, taking into account any revoked certificates that are
24488 in the list defined by &%tls_crl%&.
24489
24490 If
24491 &%tls_require_ciphers%& is set on the &(smtp)& transport, it must contain a
24492 list of permitted cipher suites. If either of these checks fails, delivery to
24493 the current host is abandoned, and the &(smtp)& transport tries to deliver to
24494 alternative hosts, if any.
24495
24496 .new
24497 &*Note*&:
24498 These options must be set in the &(smtp)& transport for Exim to use TLS when it
24499 is operating as a client. Exim does not assume that a server certificate (set
24500 by the global options of the same name) should also be used when operating as a
24501 client.
24502 .wen
24503
24504 .vindex "&$host$&"
24505 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
24506 All the TLS options in the &(smtp)& transport are expanded before use, with
24507 &$host$& and &$host_address$& containing the name and address of the server to
24508 which the client is connected. Forced failure of an expansion causes Exim to
24509 behave as if the relevant option were unset.
24510
24511 .vindex &$tls_cipher$&
24512 .vindex &$tls_peerdn$&
24513 Before an SMTP connection is established, the &$tls_cipher$& and &$tls_peerdn$&
24514 variables are emptied. (Until the first connection, they contain the values
24515 that were set when the message was received.) If STARTTLS is subsequently
24516 successfully obeyed, these variables are set to the relevant values for the
24517 outgoing connection.
24518
24519
24520
24521 .section "Multiple messages on the same encrypted TCP/IP connection" &&&
24522 "SECTmulmessam"
24523 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries with TLS"
24524 .cindex "TLS" "multiple message deliveries"
24525 Exim sends multiple messages down the same TCP/IP connection by starting up
24526 an entirely new delivery process for each message, passing the socket from
24527 one process to the next. This implementation does not fit well with the use
24528 of TLS, because there is quite a lot of state information associated with a TLS
24529 connection, not just a socket identification. Passing all the state information
24530 to a new process is not feasible. Consequently, Exim shuts down an existing TLS
24531 session before passing the socket to a new process. The new process may then
24532 try to start a new TLS session, and if successful, may try to re-authenticate
24533 if AUTH is in use, before sending the next message.
24534
24535 The RFC is not clear as to whether or not an SMTP session continues in clear
24536 after TLS has been shut down, or whether TLS may be restarted again later, as
24537 just described. However, if the server is Exim, this shutdown and
24538 reinitialization works. It is not known which (if any) other servers operate
24539 successfully if the client closes a TLS session and continues with unencrypted
24540 SMTP, but there are certainly some that do not work. For such servers, Exim
24541 should not pass the socket to another process, because the failure of the
24542 subsequent attempt to use it would cause Exim to record a temporary host error,
24543 and delay other deliveries to that host.
24544
24545 To test for this case, Exim sends an EHLO command to the server after
24546 closing down the TLS session. If this fails in any way, the connection is
24547 closed instead of being passed to a new delivery process, but no retry
24548 information is recorded.
24549
24550 There is also a manual override; you can set &%hosts_nopass_tls%& on the
24551 &(smtp)& transport to match those hosts for which Exim should not pass
24552 connections to new processes if TLS has been used.
24553
24554
24555
24556
24557 .section "Certificates and all that" "SECTcerandall"
24558 .cindex "certificate" "references to discussion"
24559 In order to understand fully how TLS works, you need to know about
24560 certificates, certificate signing, and certificate authorities. This is not the
24561 place to give a tutorial, especially as I do not know very much about it
24562 myself. Some helpful introduction can be found in the FAQ for the SSL addition
24563 to Apache, currently at
24564 .display
24565 &url(http://www.modssl.org/docs/2.7/ssl_faq.html#ToC24)
24566 .endd
24567 Other parts of the &'modssl'& documentation are also helpful, and have
24568 links to further files.
24569 Eric Rescorla's book, &'SSL and TLS'&, published by Addison-Wesley (ISBN
24570 0-201-61598-3), contains both introductory and more in-depth descriptions.
24571 Some sample programs taken from the book are available from
24572 .display
24573 &url(http://www.rtfm.com/openssl-examples/)
24574 .endd
24575
24576
24577 .section "Certificate chains" "SECID186"
24578 The file named by &%tls_certificate%& may contain more than one
24579 certificate. This is useful in the case where the certificate that is being
24580 sent is validated by an intermediate certificate which the other end does
24581 not have. Multiple certificates must be in the correct order in the file.
24582 First the host's certificate itself, then the first intermediate
24583 certificate to validate the issuer of the host certificate, then the next
24584 intermediate certificate to validate the issuer of the first intermediate
24585 certificate, and so on, until finally (optionally) the root certificate.
24586 The root certificate must already be trusted by the recipient for
24587 validation to succeed, of course, but if it's not preinstalled, sending the
24588 root certificate along with the rest makes it available for the user to
24589 install if the receiving end is a client MUA that can interact with a user.
24590
24591
24592 .section "Self-signed certificates" "SECID187"
24593 .cindex "certificate" "self-signed"
24594 You can create a self-signed certificate using the &'req'& command provided
24595 with OpenSSL, like this:
24596 .code
24597 openssl req -x509 -newkey rsa:1024 -keyout file1 -out file2 \
24598 -days 9999 -nodes
24599 .endd
24600 &_file1_& and &_file2_& can be the same file; the key and the certificate are
24601 delimited and so can be identified independently. The &%-days%& option
24602 specifies a period for which the certificate is valid. The &%-nodes%& option is
24603 important: if you do not set it, the key is encrypted with a passphrase
24604 that you are prompted for, and any use that is made of the key causes more
24605 prompting for the passphrase. This is not helpful if you are going to use
24606 this certificate and key in an MTA, where prompting is not possible.
24607
24608 A self-signed certificate made in this way is sufficient for testing, and
24609 may be adequate for all your requirements if you are mainly interested in
24610 encrypting transfers, and not in secure identification.
24611
24612 However, many clients require that the certificate presented by the server be a
24613 user (also called &"leaf"& or &"site"&) certificate, and not a self-signed
24614 certificate. In this situation, the self-signed certificate described above
24615 must be installed on the client host as a trusted root &'certification
24616 authority'& (CA), and the certificate used by Exim must be a user certificate
24617 signed with that self-signed certificate.
24618
24619 For information on creating self-signed CA certificates and using them to sign
24620 user certificates, see the &'General implementation overview'& chapter of the
24621 Open-source PKI book, available online at
24622 &url(http://ospkibook.sourceforge.net/).
24623 .ecindex IIDencsmtp1
24624 .ecindex IIDencsmtp2
24625
24626
24627
24628 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24629 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24630
24631 .chapter "Access control lists" "CHAPACL"
24632 .scindex IIDacl "&ACL;" "description"
24633 .cindex "control of incoming mail"
24634 .cindex "message" "controlling incoming"
24635 .cindex "policy control" "access control lists"
24636 Access Control Lists (ACLs) are defined in a separate section of the run time
24637 configuration file, headed by &"begin acl"&. Each ACL definition starts with a
24638 name, terminated by a colon. Here is a complete ACL section that contains just
24639 one very small ACL:
24640 .code
24641 begin acl
24642 small_acl:
24643 accept hosts = one.host.only
24644 .endd
24645 You can have as many lists as you like in the ACL section, and the order in
24646 which they appear does not matter. The lists are self-terminating.
24647
24648 The majority of ACLs are used to control Exim's behaviour when it receives
24649 certain SMTP commands. This applies both to incoming TCP/IP connections, and
24650 when a local process submits a message using SMTP by specifying the &%-bs%&
24651 option. The most common use is for controlling which recipients are accepted
24652 in incoming messages. In addition, you can define an ACL that is used to check
24653 local non-SMTP messages. The default configuration file contains an example of
24654 a realistic ACL for checking RCPT commands. This is discussed in chapter
24655 &<<CHAPdefconfil>>&.
24656
24657
24658 .section "Testing ACLs" "SECID188"
24659 The &%-bh%& command line option provides a way of testing your ACL
24660 configuration locally by running a fake SMTP session with which you interact.
24661 The host &'relay-test.mail-abuse.org'& provides a service for checking your
24662 relaying configuration (see section &<<SECTcheralcon>>& for more details).
24663
24664
24665
24666 .section "Specifying when ACLs are used" "SECID189"
24667 .cindex "&ACL;" "options for specifying"
24668 In order to cause an ACL to be used, you have to name it in one of the relevant
24669 options in the main part of the configuration. These options are:
24670 .cindex "AUTH" "ACL for"
24671 .cindex "DATA" "ACLs for"
24672 .cindex "ETRN" "ACL for"
24673 .cindex "EXPN" "ACL for"
24674 .cindex "HELO" "ACL for"
24675 .cindex "EHLO" "ACL for"
24676 .cindex "MAIL" "ACL for"
24677 .cindex "QUIT, ACL for"
24678 .cindex "RCPT" "ACL for"
24679 .cindex "STARTTLS, ACL for"
24680 .cindex "VRFY" "ACL for"
24681 .cindex "SMTP" "connection, ACL for"
24682 .cindex "non-SMTP messages" "ACLs for"
24683 .cindex "MIME content scanning" "ACL for"
24684
24685 .table2 140pt
24686 .irow &%acl_not_smtp%& "ACL for non-SMTP messages"
24687 .irow &%acl_not_smtp_mime%& "ACL for non-SMTP MIME parts"
24688 .irow &%acl_not_smtp_start%& "ACL at start of non-SMTP message"
24689 .irow &%acl_smtp_auth%& "ACL for AUTH"
24690 .irow &%acl_smtp_connect%& "ACL for start of SMTP connection"
24691 .irow &%acl_smtp_data%& "ACL after DATA is complete"
24692 .irow &%acl_smtp_etrn%& "ACL for ETRN"
24693 .irow &%acl_smtp_expn%& "ACL for EXPN"
24694 .irow &%acl_smtp_helo%& "ACL for HELO or EHLO"
24695 .irow &%acl_smtp_mail%& "ACL for MAIL"
24696 .irow &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& "ACL for the AUTH parameter of MAIL"
24697 .irow &%acl_smtp_mime%& "ACL for content-scanning MIME parts"
24698 .irow &%acl_smtp_notquit%& "ACL for non-QUIT terminations"
24699 .irow &%acl_smtp_predata%& "ACL at start of DATA command"
24700 .irow &%acl_smtp_quit%& "ACL for QUIT"
24701 .irow &%acl_smtp_rcpt%& "ACL for RCPT"
24702 .irow &%acl_smtp_starttls%& "ACL for STARTTLS"
24703 .irow &%acl_smtp_vrfy%& "ACL for VRFY"
24704 .endtable
24705
24706 For example, if you set
24707 .code
24708 acl_smtp_rcpt = small_acl
24709 .endd
24710 the little ACL defined above is used whenever Exim receives a RCPT command
24711 in an SMTP dialogue. The majority of policy tests on incoming messages can be
24712 done when RCPT commands arrive. A rejection of RCPT should cause the
24713 sending MTA to give up on the recipient address contained in the RCPT
24714 command, whereas rejection at other times may cause the client MTA to keep on
24715 trying to deliver the message. It is therefore recommended that you do as much
24716 testing as possible at RCPT time.
24717
24718
24719 .section "The non-SMTP ACLs" "SECID190"
24720 .cindex "non-SMTP messages" "ACLs for"
24721 The non-SMTP ACLs apply to all non-interactive incoming messages, that is, they
24722 apply to batched SMTP as well as to non-SMTP messages. (Batched SMTP is not
24723 really SMTP.) Many of the ACL conditions (for example, host tests, and tests on
24724 the state of the SMTP connection such as encryption and authentication) are not
24725 relevant and are forbidden in these ACLs. However, the sender and recipients
24726 are known, so the &%senders%& and &%sender_domains%& conditions and the
24727 &$sender_address$& and &$recipients$& variables can be used. Variables such as
24728 &$authenticated_sender$& are also available. You can specify added header lines
24729 in any of these ACLs.
24730
24731 The &%acl_not_smtp_start%& ACL is run right at the start of receiving a
24732 non-SMTP message, before any of the message has been read. (This is the
24733 analogue of the &%acl_smtp_predata%& ACL for SMTP input.) In the case of
24734 batched SMTP input, it runs after the DATA command has been reached. The
24735 result of this ACL is ignored; it cannot be used to reject a message. If you
24736 really need to, you could set a value in an ACL variable here and reject based
24737 on that in the &%acl_not_smtp%& ACL. However, this ACL can be used to set
24738 controls, and in particular, it can be used to set
24739 .code
24740 control = suppress_local_fixups
24741 .endd
24742 This cannot be used in the other non-SMTP ACLs because by the time they are
24743 run, it is too late.
24744
24745 The &%acl_not_smtp_mime%& ACL is available only when Exim is compiled with the
24746 content-scanning extension. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
24747
24748 The &%acl_not_smtp%& ACL is run just before the &[local_scan()]& function. Any
24749 kind of rejection is treated as permanent, because there is no way of sending a
24750 temporary error for these kinds of message.
24751
24752
24753 .section "The SMTP connect ACL" "SECID191"
24754 .cindex "SMTP" "connection, ACL for"
24755 .oindex &%smtp_banner%&
24756 The ACL test specified by &%acl_smtp_connect%& happens at the start of an SMTP
24757 session, after the test specified by &%host_reject_connection%& (which is now
24758 an anomaly) and any TCP Wrappers testing (if configured). If the connection is
24759 accepted by an &%accept%& verb that has a &%message%& modifier, the contents of
24760 the message override the banner message that is otherwise specified by the
24761 &%smtp_banner%& option.
24762
24763
24764 .section "The EHLO/HELO ACL" "SECID192"
24765 .cindex "EHLO" "ACL for"
24766 .cindex "HELO" "ACL for"
24767 The ACL test specified by &%acl_smtp_helo%& happens when the client issues an
24768 EHLO or HELO command, after the tests specified by &%helo_accept_junk_hosts%&,
24769 &%helo_allow_chars%&, &%helo_verify_hosts%&, and &%helo_try_verify_hosts%&.
24770 Note that a client may issue more than one EHLO or HELO command in an SMTP
24771 session, and indeed is required to issue a new EHLO or HELO after successfully
24772 setting up encryption following a STARTTLS command.
24773
24774 If the command is accepted by an &%accept%& verb that has a &%message%&
24775 modifier, the message may not contain more than one line (it will be truncated
24776 at the first newline and a panic logged if it does). Such a message cannot
24777 affect the EHLO options that are listed on the second and subsequent lines of
24778 an EHLO response.
24779
24780
24781 .section "The DATA ACLs" "SECID193"
24782 .cindex "DATA" "ACLs for"
24783 Two ACLs are associated with the DATA command, because it is two-stage
24784 command, with two responses being sent to the client.
24785 When the DATA command is received, the ACL defined by &%acl_smtp_predata%&
24786 is obeyed. This gives you control after all the RCPT commands, but before
24787 the message itself is received. It offers the opportunity to give a negative
24788 response to the DATA command before the data is transmitted. Header lines
24789 added by MAIL or RCPT ACLs are not visible at this time, but any that
24790 are defined here are visible when the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL is run.
24791
24792 You cannot test the contents of the message, for example, to verify addresses
24793 in the headers, at RCPT time or when the DATA command is received. Such
24794 tests have to appear in the ACL that is run after the message itself has been
24795 received, before the final response to the DATA command is sent. This is
24796 the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_data%&, which is the second ACL that is
24797 associated with the DATA command.
24798
24799 For both of these ACLs, it is not possible to reject individual recipients. An
24800 error response rejects the entire message. Unfortunately, it is known that some
24801 MTAs do not treat hard (5&'xx'&) responses to the DATA command (either
24802 before or after the data) correctly &-- they keep the message on their queues
24803 and try again later, but that is their problem, though it does waste some of
24804 your resources.
24805
24806
24807 .section "The SMTP MIME ACL" "SECID194"
24808 The &%acl_smtp_mime%& option is available only when Exim is compiled with the
24809 content-scanning extension. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
24810
24811
24812 .section "The QUIT ACL" "SECTQUITACL"
24813 .cindex "QUIT, ACL for"
24814 The ACL for the SMTP QUIT command is anomalous, in that the outcome of the ACL
24815 does not affect the response code to QUIT, which is always 221. Thus, the ACL
24816 does not in fact control any access. For this reason, the only verbs that are
24817 permitted are &%accept%& and &%warn%&.
24818
24819 This ACL can be used for tasks such as custom logging at the end of an SMTP
24820 session. For example, you can use ACL variables in other ACLs to count
24821 messages, recipients, etc., and log the totals at QUIT time using one or
24822 more &%logwrite%& modifiers on a &%warn%& verb.
24823
24824 &*Warning*&: Only the &$acl_c$&&'x'& variables can be used for this, because
24825 the &$acl_m$&&'x'& variables are reset at the end of each incoming message.
24826
24827 You do not need to have a final &%accept%&, but if you do, you can use a
24828 &%message%& modifier to specify custom text that is sent as part of the 221
24829 response to QUIT.
24830
24831 This ACL is run only for a &"normal"& QUIT. For certain kinds of disastrous
24832 failure (for example, failure to open a log file, or when Exim is bombing out
24833 because it has detected an unrecoverable error), all SMTP commands from the
24834 client are given temporary error responses until QUIT is received or the
24835 connection is closed. In these special cases, the QUIT ACL does not run.
24836
24837
24838 .new
24839 .section "The not-QUIT ACL" "SECTNOTQUITACL"
24840 .vindex &$acl_smtp_notquit$&
24841 The not-QUIT ACL, specified by &%acl_smtp_notquit%&, is run in most cases when
24842 an SMTP session ends without sending QUIT. However, when Exim itself is is bad
24843 trouble, such as being unable to write to its log files, this ACL is not run,
24844 because it might try to do things (such as write to log files) that make the
24845 situation even worse.
24846 .wen
24847
24848 Like the QUIT ACL, this ACL is provided to make it possible to do customized
24849 logging or to gather statistics, and its outcome is ignored. The &%delay%&
24850 modifier is forbidden in this ACL, and the only permitted verbs are &%accept%&
24851 and &%warn%&.
24852
24853 .vindex &$smtp_notquit_reason$&
24854 When the not-QUIT ACL is running, the variable &$smtp_notquit_reason$& is set
24855 to a string that indicates the reason for the termination of the SMTP
24856 connection. The possible values are:
24857 .table2
24858 .irow &`acl-drop`& "Another ACL issued a &%drop%& command"
24859 .irow &`bad-commands`& "Too many unknown or non-mail commands"
24860 .irow &`command-timeout`& "Timeout while reading SMTP commands"
24861 .irow &`connection-lost`& "The SMTP connection has been lost"
24862 .irow &`data-timeout`& "Timeout while reading message data"
24863 .irow &`local-scan-error`& "The &[local_scan()]& function crashed"
24864 .irow &`local-scan-timeout`& "The &[local_scan()]& function timed out"
24865 .irow &`signal-exit`& "SIGTERM or SIGINT"
24866 .irow &`synchronization-error`& "SMTP synchronization error"
24867 .irow &`tls-failed`& "TLS failed to start"
24868 .endtable
24869 In most cases when an SMTP connection is closed without having received QUIT,
24870 Exim sends an SMTP response message before actually closing the connection.
24871 With the exception of the &`acl-drop`& case, the default message can be
24872 overridden by the &%message%& modifier in the not-QUIT ACL. In the case of a
24873 &%drop%& verb in another ACL, it is the message from the other ACL that is
24874 used.
24875
24876
24877 .section "Finding an ACL to use" "SECID195"
24878 .cindex "&ACL;" "finding which to use"
24879 The value of an &%acl_smtp_%&&'xxx'& option is expanded before use, so
24880 you can use different ACLs in different circumstances. For example,
24881 .code
24882 acl_smtp_rcpt = ${if ={25}{$interface_port} \
24883 {acl_check_rcpt} {acl_check_rcpt_submit} }
24884 .endd
24885 In the default configuration file there are some example settings for
24886 providing an RFC 4409 message submission service on port 587 and a
24887 non-standard &"smtps"& service on port 465. You can use a string
24888 expansion like this to choose an ACL for MUAs on these ports which is
24889 more appropriate for this purpose than the default ACL on port 25.
24890
24891 The expanded string does not have to be the name of an ACL in the
24892 configuration file; there are other possibilities. Having expanded the
24893 string, Exim searches for an ACL as follows:
24894
24895 .ilist
24896 If the string begins with a slash, Exim uses it as a file name, and reads its
24897 contents as an ACL. The lines are processed in the same way as lines in the
24898 Exim configuration file. In particular, continuation lines are supported, blank
24899 lines are ignored, as are lines whose first non-whitespace character is &"#"&.
24900 If the file does not exist or cannot be read, an error occurs (typically
24901 causing a temporary failure of whatever caused the ACL to be run). For example:
24902 .code
24903 acl_smtp_data = /etc/acls/\
24904 ${lookup{$sender_host_address}lsearch\
24905 {/etc/acllist}{$value}{default}}
24906 .endd
24907 This looks up an ACL file to use on the basis of the host's IP address, falling
24908 back to a default if the lookup fails. If an ACL is successfully read from a
24909 file, it is retained in memory for the duration of the Exim process, so that it
24910 can be re-used without having to re-read the file.
24911 .next
24912 If the string does not start with a slash, and does not contain any spaces,
24913 Exim searches the ACL section of the configuration for an ACL whose name
24914 matches the string.
24915 .next
24916 If no named ACL is found, or if the string contains spaces, Exim parses
24917 the string as an inline ACL. This can save typing in cases where you just
24918 want to have something like
24919 .code
24920 acl_smtp_vrfy = accept
24921 .endd
24922 in order to allow free use of the VRFY command. Such a string may contain
24923 newlines; it is processed in the same way as an ACL that is read from a file.
24924 .endlist
24925
24926
24927
24928
24929 .section "ACL return codes" "SECID196"
24930 .cindex "&ACL;" "return codes"
24931 Except for the QUIT ACL, which does not affect the SMTP return code (see
24932 section &<<SECTQUITACL>>& above), the result of running an ACL is either
24933 &"accept"& or &"deny"&, or, if some test cannot be completed (for example, if a
24934 database is down), &"defer"&. These results cause 2&'xx'&, 5&'xx'&, and 4&'xx'&
24935 return codes, respectively, to be used in the SMTP dialogue. A fourth return,
24936 &"error"&, occurs when there is an error such as invalid syntax in the ACL.
24937 This also causes a 4&'xx'& return code.
24938
24939 For the non-SMTP ACL, &"defer"& and &"error"& are treated in the same way as
24940 &"deny"&, because there is no mechanism for passing temporary errors to the
24941 submitters of non-SMTP messages.
24942
24943
24944 ACLs that are relevant to message reception may also return &"discard"&. This
24945 has the effect of &"accept"&, but causes either the entire message or an
24946 individual recipient address to be discarded. In other words, it is a
24947 blackholing facility. Use it with care.
24948
24949 If the ACL for MAIL returns &"discard"&, all recipients are discarded, and no
24950 ACL is run for subsequent RCPT commands. The effect of &"discard"& in a
24951 RCPT ACL is to discard just the one recipient address. If there are no
24952 recipients left when the message's data is received, the DATA ACL is not
24953 run. A &"discard"& return from the DATA or the non-SMTP ACL discards all the
24954 remaining recipients. The &"discard"& return is not permitted for the
24955 &%acl_smtp_predata%& ACL.
24956
24957
24958 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "when all recipients discarded"
24959 The &[local_scan()]& function is always run, even if there are no remaining
24960 recipients; it may create new recipients.
24961
24962
24963
24964 .section "Unset ACL options" "SECID197"
24965 .cindex "&ACL;" "unset options"
24966 The default actions when any of the &%acl_%&&'xxx'& options are unset are not
24967 all the same. &*Note*&: These defaults apply only when the relevant ACL is
24968 not defined at all. For any defined ACL, the default action when control
24969 reaches the end of the ACL statements is &"deny"&.
24970
24971 For &%acl_smtp_quit%& and &%acl_not_smtp_start%& there is no default because
24972 these two are ACLs that are used only for their side effects. They cannot be
24973 used to accept or reject anything.
24974
24975 For &%acl_not_smtp%&, &%acl_smtp_auth%&, &%acl_smtp_connect%&,
24976 &%acl_smtp_data%&, &%acl_smtp_helo%&, &%acl_smtp_mail%&, &%acl_smtp_mailauth%&,
24977 &%acl_smtp_mime%&, &%acl_smtp_predata%&, and &%acl_smtp_starttls%&, the action
24978 when the ACL is not defined is &"accept"&.
24979
24980 For the others (&%acl_smtp_etrn%&, &%acl_smtp_expn%&, &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&, and
24981 &%acl_smtp_vrfy%&), the action when the ACL is not defined is &"deny"&.
24982 This means that &%acl_smtp_rcpt%& must be defined in order to receive any
24983 messages over an SMTP connection. For an example, see the ACL in the default
24984 configuration file.
24985
24986
24987
24988
24989 .section "Data for message ACLs" "SECID198"
24990 .cindex "&ACL;" "data for message ACL"
24991 .vindex &$domain$&
24992 .vindex &$local_part$&
24993 .vindex &$sender_address$&
24994 .vindex &$sender_host_address$&
24995 .vindex &$smtp_command$&
24996 When a MAIL or RCPT ACL, or either of the DATA ACLs, is running, the variables
24997 that contain information about the host and the message's sender (for example,
24998 &$sender_host_address$& and &$sender_address$&) are set, and can be used in ACL
24999 statements. In the case of RCPT (but not MAIL or DATA), &$domain$& and
25000 &$local_part$& are set from the argument address. The entire SMTP command
25001 is available in &$smtp_command$&.
25002
25003 When an ACL for the AUTH parameter of MAIL is running, the variables that
25004 contain information about the host are set, but &$sender_address$& is not yet
25005 set. Section &<<SECTauthparamail>>& contains a discussion of this parameter and
25006 how it is used.
25007
25008 .vindex "&$message_size$&"
25009 The &$message_size$& variable is set to the value of the SIZE parameter on
25010 the MAIL command at MAIL, RCPT and pre-data time, or to -1 if
25011 that parameter is not given. The value is updated to the true message size by
25012 the time the final DATA ACL is run (after the message data has been
25013 received).
25014
25015 .vindex "&$rcpt_count$&"
25016 .vindex "&$recipients_count$&"
25017 The &$rcpt_count$& variable increases by one for each RCPT command received.
25018 The &$recipients_count$& variable increases by one each time a RCPT command is
25019 accepted, so while an ACL for RCPT is being processed, it contains the number
25020 of previously accepted recipients. At DATA time (for both the DATA ACLs),
25021 &$rcpt_count$& contains the total number of RCPT commands, and
25022 &$recipients_count$& contains the total number of accepted recipients.
25023
25024
25025
25026
25027
25028 .section "Data for non-message ACLs" "SECTdatfornon"
25029 .cindex "&ACL;" "data for non-message ACL"
25030 .vindex &$smtp_command_argument$&
25031 .vindex &$smtp_command$&
25032 When an ACL is being run for AUTH, EHLO, ETRN, EXPN, HELO, STARTTLS, or VRFY,
25033 the remainder of the SMTP command line is placed in &$smtp_command_argument$&,
25034 and the entire SMTP command is available in &$smtp_command$&.
25035 These variables can be tested using a &%condition%& condition. For example,
25036 here is an ACL for use with AUTH, which insists that either the session is
25037 encrypted, or the CRAM-MD5 authentication method is used. In other words, it
25038 does not permit authentication methods that use cleartext passwords on
25039 unencrypted connections.
25040 .code
25041 acl_check_auth:
25042 accept encrypted = *
25043 accept condition = ${if eq{${uc:$smtp_command_argument}}\
25044 {CRAM-MD5}}
25045 deny message = TLS encryption or CRAM-MD5 required
25046 .endd
25047 (Another way of applying this restriction is to arrange for the authenticators
25048 that use cleartext passwords not to be advertised when the connection is not
25049 encrypted. You can use the generic &%server_advertise_condition%& authenticator
25050 option to do this.)
25051
25052
25053
25054 .section "Format of an ACL" "SECID199"
25055 .cindex "&ACL;" "format of"
25056 .cindex "&ACL;" "verbs, definition of"
25057 An individual ACL consists of a number of statements. Each statement starts
25058 with a verb, optionally followed by a number of conditions and &"modifiers"&.
25059 Modifiers can change the way the verb operates, define error and log messages,
25060 set variables, insert delays, and vary the processing of accepted messages.
25061
25062 If all the conditions are met, the verb is obeyed. The same condition may be
25063 used (with different arguments) more than once in the same statement. This
25064 provides a means of specifying an &"and"& conjunction between conditions. For
25065 example:
25066 .code
25067 deny dnslists = list1.example
25068 dnslists = list2.example
25069 .endd
25070 If there are no conditions, the verb is always obeyed. Exim stops evaluating
25071 the conditions and modifiers when it reaches a condition that fails. What
25072 happens then depends on the verb (and in one case, on a special modifier). Not
25073 all the conditions make sense at every testing point. For example, you cannot
25074 test a sender address in the ACL that is run for a VRFY command.
25075
25076
25077 .section "ACL verbs" "SECID200"
25078 The ACL verbs are as follows:
25079
25080 .ilist
25081 .cindex "&%accept%& ACL verb"
25082 &%accept%&: If all the conditions are met, the ACL returns &"accept"&. If any
25083 of the conditions are not met, what happens depends on whether &%endpass%&
25084 appears among the conditions (for syntax see below). If the failing condition
25085 is before &%endpass%&, control is passed to the next ACL statement; if it is
25086 after &%endpass%&, the ACL returns &"deny"&. Consider this statement, used to
25087 check a RCPT command:
25088 .code
25089 accept domains = +local_domains
25090 endpass
25091 verify = recipient
25092 .endd
25093 If the recipient domain does not match the &%domains%& condition, control
25094 passes to the next statement. If it does match, the recipient is verified, and
25095 the command is accepted if verification succeeds. However, if verification
25096 fails, the ACL yields &"deny"&, because the failing condition is after
25097 &%endpass%&.
25098
25099 The &%endpass%& feature has turned out to be confusing to many people, so its
25100 use is not recommended nowadays. It is always possible to rewrite an ACL so
25101 that &%endpass%& is not needed, and it is no longer used in the default
25102 configuration.
25103
25104 .cindex "&%message%& ACL modifier" "with &%accept%&"
25105 If a &%message%& modifier appears on an &%accept%& statement, its action
25106 depends on whether or not &%endpass%& is present. In the absence of &%endpass%&
25107 (when an &%accept%& verb either accepts or passes control to the next
25108 statement), &%message%& can be used to vary the message that is sent when an
25109 SMTP command is accepted. For example, in a RCPT ACL you could have:
25110 .display
25111 &`accept `&<&'some conditions'&>
25112 &` message = OK, I will allow you through today`&
25113 .endd
25114 You can specify an SMTP response code, optionally followed by an &"extended
25115 response code"& at the start of the message, but the first digit must be the
25116 same as would be sent by default, which is 2 for an &%accept%& verb.
25117
25118 If &%endpass%& is present in an &%accept%& statement, &%message%& specifies
25119 an error message that is used when access is denied. This behaviour is retained
25120 for backward compatibility, but current &"best practice"& is to avoid the use
25121 of &%endpass%&.
25122
25123
25124 .next
25125 .cindex "&%defer%& ACL verb"
25126 &%defer%&: If all the conditions are true, the ACL returns &"defer"& which, in
25127 an SMTP session, causes a 4&'xx'& response to be given. For a non-SMTP ACL,
25128 &%defer%& is the same as &%deny%&, because there is no way of sending a
25129 temporary error. For a RCPT command, &%defer%& is much the same as using a
25130 &(redirect)& router and &`:defer:`& while verifying, but the &%defer%& verb can
25131 be used in any ACL, and even for a recipient it might be a simpler approach.
25132
25133
25134 .next
25135 .cindex "&%deny%& ACL verb"
25136 &%deny%&: If all the conditions are met, the ACL returns &"deny"&. If any of
25137 the conditions are not met, control is passed to the next ACL statement. For
25138 example,
25139 .code
25140 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org
25141 .endd
25142 rejects commands from hosts that are on a DNS black list.
25143
25144
25145 .next
25146 .cindex "&%discard%& ACL verb"
25147 &%discard%&: This verb behaves like &%accept%&, except that it returns
25148 &"discard"& from the ACL instead of &"accept"&. It is permitted only on ACLs
25149 that are concerned with receiving messages. When all the conditions are true,
25150 the sending entity receives a &"success"& response. However, &%discard%& causes
25151 recipients to be discarded. If it is used in an ACL for RCPT, just the one
25152 recipient is discarded; if used for MAIL, DATA or in the non-SMTP ACL, all the
25153 message's recipients are discarded. Recipients that are discarded before DATA
25154 do not appear in the log line when the &%received_recipients%& log selector is set.
25155
25156 If the &%log_message%& modifier is set when &%discard%& operates,
25157 its contents are added to the line that is automatically written to the log.
25158 The &%message%& modifier operates exactly as it does for &%accept%&.
25159
25160
25161 .next
25162 .cindex "&%drop%& ACL verb"
25163 &%drop%&: This verb behaves like &%deny%&, except that an SMTP connection is
25164 forcibly closed after the 5&'xx'& error message has been sent. For example:
25165 .code
25166 drop message = I don't take more than 20 RCPTs
25167 condition = ${if > {$rcpt_count}{20}}
25168 .endd
25169 There is no difference between &%deny%& and &%drop%& for the connect-time ACL.
25170 The connection is always dropped after sending a 550 response.
25171
25172 .next
25173 .cindex "&%require%& ACL verb"
25174 &%require%&: If all the conditions are met, control is passed to the next ACL
25175 statement. If any of the conditions are not met, the ACL returns &"deny"&. For
25176 example, when checking a RCPT command,
25177 .code
25178 require message = Sender did not verify
25179 verify = sender
25180 .endd
25181 passes control to subsequent statements only if the message's sender can be
25182 verified. Otherwise, it rejects the command. Note the positioning of the
25183 &%message%& modifier, before the &%verify%& condition. The reason for this is
25184 discussed in section &<<SECTcondmodproc>>&.
25185
25186 .next
25187 .cindex "&%warn%& ACL verb"
25188 &%warn%&: If all the conditions are true, a line specified by the
25189 &%log_message%& modifier is written to Exim's main log. Control always passes
25190 to the next ACL statement. If any condition is false, the log line is not
25191 written. If an identical log line is requested several times in the same
25192 message, only one copy is actually written to the log. If you want to force
25193 duplicates to be written, use the &%logwrite%& modifier instead.
25194
25195 If &%log_message%& is not present, a &%warn%& verb just checks its conditions
25196 and obeys any &"immediate"& modifiers (such as &%control%&, &%set%&,
25197 &%logwrite%&, and &%add_header%&) that appear before the first failing
25198 condition. There is more about adding header lines in section
25199 &<<SECTaddheadacl>>&.
25200
25201 If any condition on a &%warn%& statement cannot be completed (that is, there is
25202 some sort of defer), the log line specified by &%log_message%& is not written.
25203 This does not include the case of a forced failure from a lookup, which
25204 is considered to be a successful completion. After a defer, no further
25205 conditions or modifiers in the &%warn%& statement are processed. The incident
25206 is logged, and the ACL continues to be processed, from the next statement
25207 onwards.
25208
25209
25210 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
25211 When one of the &%warn%& conditions is an address verification that fails, the
25212 text of the verification failure message is in &$acl_verify_message$&. If you
25213 want this logged, you must set it up explicitly. For example:
25214 .code
25215 warn !verify = sender
25216 log_message = sender verify failed: $acl_verify_message
25217 .endd
25218 .endlist
25219
25220 At the end of each ACL there is an implicit unconditional &%deny%&.
25221
25222 As you can see from the examples above, the conditions and modifiers are
25223 written one to a line, with the first one on the same line as the verb, and
25224 subsequent ones on following lines. If you have a very long condition, you can
25225 continue it onto several physical lines by the usual backslash continuation
25226 mechanism. It is conventional to align the conditions vertically.
25227
25228
25229
25230 .section "ACL variables" "SECTaclvariables"
25231 .cindex "&ACL;" "variables"
25232 There are some special variables that can be set during ACL processing. They
25233 can be used to pass information between different ACLs, different invocations
25234 of the same ACL in the same SMTP connection, and between ACLs and the routers,
25235 transports, and filters that are used to deliver a message. The names of these
25236 variables must begin with &$acl_c$& or &$acl_m$&, followed either by a digit or
25237 an underscore, but the remainder of the name can be any sequence of
25238 alphanumeric characters and underscores that you choose. There is no limit on
25239 the number of ACL variables. The two sets act as follows:
25240 .ilist
25241 The values of those variables whose names begin with &$acl_c$& persist
25242 throughout an SMTP connection. They are never reset. Thus, a value that is set
25243 while receiving one message is still available when receiving the next message
25244 on the same SMTP connection.
25245 .next
25246 The values of those variables whose names begin with &$acl_m$& persist only
25247 while a message is being received. They are reset afterwards. They are also
25248 reset by MAIL, RSET, EHLO, HELO, and after starting up a TLS session.
25249 .endlist
25250
25251 When a message is accepted, the current values of all the ACL variables are
25252 preserved with the message and are subsequently made available at delivery
25253 time. The ACL variables are set by a modifier called &%set%&. For example:
25254 .code
25255 accept hosts = whatever
25256 set acl_m4 = some value
25257 accept authenticated = *
25258 set acl_c_auth = yes
25259 .endd
25260 &*Note*&: A leading dollar sign is not used when naming a variable that is to
25261 be set. If you want to set a variable without taking any action, you can use a
25262 &%warn%& verb without any other modifiers or conditions.
25263
25264 .oindex &%strict_acl_vars%&
25265 What happens if a syntactically valid but undefined ACL variable is
25266 referenced depends on the setting of the &%strict_acl_vars%& option. If it is
25267 false (the default), an empty string is substituted; if it is true, an
25268 error is generated.
25269
25270 Versions of Exim before 4.64 have a limited set of numbered variables, but
25271 their names are compatible, so there is no problem with upgrading.
25272
25273
25274 .section "Condition and modifier processing" "SECTcondmodproc"
25275 .cindex "&ACL;" "conditions; processing"
25276 .cindex "&ACL;" "modifiers; processing"
25277 An exclamation mark preceding a condition negates its result. For example:
25278 .code
25279 deny domains = *.dom.example
25280 !verify = recipient
25281 .endd
25282 causes the ACL to return &"deny"& if the recipient domain ends in
25283 &'dom.example'& and the recipient address cannot be verified. Sometimes
25284 negation can be used on the right-hand side of a condition. For example, these
25285 two statements are equivalent:
25286 .code
25287 deny hosts = !192.168.3.4
25288 deny !hosts = 192.168.3.4
25289 .endd
25290 However, for many conditions (&%verify%& being a good example), only left-hand
25291 side negation of the whole condition is possible.
25292
25293 The arguments of conditions and modifiers are expanded. A forced failure
25294 of an expansion causes a condition to be ignored, that is, it behaves as if the
25295 condition is true. Consider these two statements:
25296 .code
25297 accept senders = ${lookup{$host_name}lsearch\
25298 {/some/file}{$value}fail}
25299 accept senders = ${lookup{$host_name}lsearch\
25300 {/some/file}{$value}{}}
25301 .endd
25302 Each attempts to look up a list of acceptable senders. If the lookup succeeds,
25303 the returned list is searched, but if the lookup fails the behaviour is
25304 different in the two cases. The &%fail%& in the first statement causes the
25305 condition to be ignored, leaving no further conditions. The &%accept%& verb
25306 therefore succeeds. The second statement, however, generates an empty list when
25307 the lookup fails. No sender can match an empty list, so the condition fails,
25308 and therefore the &%accept%& also fails.
25309
25310 ACL modifiers appear mixed in with conditions in ACL statements. Some of them
25311 specify actions that are taken as the conditions for a statement are checked;
25312 others specify text for messages that are used when access is denied or a
25313 warning is generated. The &%control%& modifier affects the way an incoming
25314 message is handled.
25315
25316 The positioning of the modifiers in an ACL statement important, because the
25317 processing of a verb ceases as soon as its outcome is known. Only those
25318 modifiers that have already been encountered will take effect. For example,
25319 consider this use of the &%message%& modifier:
25320 .code
25321 require message = Can't verify sender
25322 verify = sender
25323 message = Can't verify recipient
25324 verify = recipient
25325 message = This message cannot be used
25326 .endd
25327 If sender verification fails, Exim knows that the result of the statement is
25328 &"deny"&, so it goes no further. The first &%message%& modifier has been seen,
25329 so its text is used as the error message. If sender verification succeeds, but
25330 recipient verification fails, the second message is used. If recipient
25331 verification succeeds, the third message becomes &"current"&, but is never used
25332 because there are no more conditions to cause failure.
25333
25334 For the &%deny%& verb, on the other hand, it is always the last &%message%&
25335 modifier that is used, because all the conditions must be true for rejection to
25336 happen. Specifying more than one &%message%& modifier does not make sense, and
25337 the message can even be specified after all the conditions. For example:
25338 .code
25339 deny hosts = ...
25340 !senders = *@my.domain.example
25341 message = Invalid sender from client host
25342 .endd
25343 The &"deny"& result does not happen until the end of the statement is reached,
25344 by which time Exim has set up the message.
25345
25346
25347
25348 .section "ACL modifiers" "SECTACLmodi"
25349 .cindex "&ACL;" "modifiers; list of"
25350 The ACL modifiers are as follows:
25351
25352 .vlist
25353 .vitem &*add_header*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25354 This modifier specifies one or more header lines that are to be added to an
25355 incoming message, assuming, of course, that the message is ultimately
25356 accepted. For details, see section &<<SECTaddheadacl>>&.
25357
25358 .vitem &*continue*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25359 .cindex "&%continue%& ACL modifier"
25360 .cindex "database" "updating in ACL"
25361 This modifier does nothing of itself, and processing of the ACL always
25362 continues with the next condition or modifier. The value of &%continue%& is in
25363 the side effects of expanding its argument. Typically this could be used to
25364 update a database. It is really just a syntactic tidiness, to avoid having to
25365 write rather ugly lines like this:
25366 .display
25367 &`condition = ${if eq{0}{`&<&'some expansion'&>&`}{true}{true}}`&
25368 .endd
25369 Instead, all you need is
25370 .display
25371 &`continue = `&<&'some expansion'&>
25372 .endd
25373
25374 .vitem &*control*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25375 .cindex "&%control%& ACL modifier"
25376 This modifier affects the subsequent processing of the SMTP connection or of an
25377 incoming message that is accepted. The effect of the first type of control
25378 lasts for the duration of the connection, whereas the effect of the second type
25379 lasts only until the current message has been received. The message-specific
25380 controls always apply to the whole message, not to individual recipients,
25381 even if the &%control%& modifier appears in a RCPT ACL.
25382
25383 As there are now quite a few controls that can be applied, they are described
25384 separately in section &<<SECTcontrols>>&. The &%control%& modifier can be used
25385 in several different ways. For example:
25386
25387 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
25388 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left. That comment applies only
25389 . ==== when xmlto and fop are used; formatting with sdop gets it right either
25390 . ==== way.
25391
25392 .ilist
25393 It can be at the end of an &%accept%& statement:
25394 .code
25395 accept ...some conditions
25396 control = queue_only
25397 .endd
25398 In this case, the control is applied when this statement yields &"accept"&, in
25399 other words, when the conditions are all true.
25400
25401 .next
25402 It can be in the middle of an &%accept%& statement:
25403 .code
25404 accept ...some conditions...
25405 control = queue_only
25406 ...some more conditions...
25407 .endd
25408 If the first set of conditions are true, the control is applied, even if the
25409 statement does not accept because one of the second set of conditions is false.
25410 In this case, some subsequent statement must yield &"accept"& for the control
25411 to be relevant.
25412
25413 .next
25414 It can be used with &%warn%& to apply the control, leaving the
25415 decision about accepting or denying to a subsequent verb. For
25416 example:
25417 .code
25418 warn ...some conditions...
25419 control = freeze
25420 accept ...
25421 .endd
25422 This example of &%warn%& does not contain &%message%&, &%log_message%&, or
25423 &%logwrite%&, so it does not add anything to the message and does not write a
25424 log entry.
25425
25426 .next
25427 If you want to apply a control unconditionally, you can use it with a
25428 &%require%& verb. For example:
25429 .code
25430 require control = no_multiline_responses
25431 .endd
25432 .endlist
25433
25434 .vitem &*delay*&&~=&~<&'time'&>
25435 .cindex "&%delay%& ACL modifier"
25436 .oindex "&%-bh%&"
25437 This modifier may appear in any ACL. It causes Exim to wait for the time
25438 interval before proceeding. However, when testing Exim using the &%-bh%&
25439 option, the delay is not actually imposed (an appropriate message is output
25440 instead). The time is given in the usual Exim notation, and the delay happens
25441 as soon as the modifier is processed. In an SMTP session, pending output is
25442 flushed before the delay is imposed.
25443
25444 Like &%control%&, &%delay%& can be used with &%accept%& or &%deny%&, for
25445 example:
25446 .code
25447 deny ...some conditions...
25448 delay = 30s
25449 .endd
25450 The delay happens if all the conditions are true, before the statement returns
25451 &"deny"&. Compare this with:
25452 .code
25453 deny delay = 30s
25454 ...some conditions...
25455 .endd
25456 which waits for 30s before processing the conditions. The &%delay%& modifier
25457 can also be used with &%warn%& and together with &%control%&:
25458 .code
25459 warn ...some conditions...
25460 delay = 2m
25461 control = freeze
25462 accept ...
25463 .endd
25464
25465 If &%delay%& is encountered when the SMTP PIPELINING extension is in use,
25466 responses to several commands are no longer buffered and sent in one packet (as
25467 they would normally be) because all output is flushed before imposing the
25468 delay. This optimization is disabled so that a number of small delays do not
25469 appear to the client as one large aggregated delay that might provoke an
25470 unwanted timeout. You can, however, disable output flushing for &%delay%& by
25471 using a &%control%& modifier to set &%no_delay_flush%&.
25472
25473
25474 .vitem &*endpass*&
25475 .cindex "&%endpass%& ACL modifier"
25476 This modifier, which has no argument, is recognized only in &%accept%& and
25477 &%discard%& statements. It marks the boundary between the conditions whose
25478 failure causes control to pass to the next statement, and the conditions whose
25479 failure causes the ACL to return &"deny"&. This concept has proved to be
25480 confusing to some people, so the use of &%endpass%& is no longer recommended as
25481 &"best practice"&. See the description of &%accept%& above for more details.
25482
25483
25484 .vitem &*log_message*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25485 .cindex "&%log_message%& ACL modifier"
25486 This modifier sets up a message that is used as part of the log message if the
25487 ACL denies access or a &%warn%& statement's conditions are true. For example:
25488 .code
25489 require log_message = wrong cipher suite $tls_cipher
25490 encrypted = DES-CBC3-SHA
25491 .endd
25492 &%log_message%& is also used when recipients are discarded by &%discard%&. For
25493 example:
25494 .display
25495 &`discard `&<&'some conditions'&>
25496 &` log_message = Discarded $local_part@$domain because...`&
25497 .endd
25498 When access is denied, &%log_message%& adds to any underlying error message
25499 that may exist because of a condition failure. For example, while verifying a
25500 recipient address, a &':fail:'& redirection might have already set up a
25501 message.
25502
25503 The message may be defined before the conditions to which it applies, because
25504 the string expansion does not happen until Exim decides that access is to be
25505 denied. This means that any variables that are set by the condition are
25506 available for inclusion in the message. For example, the &$dnslist_$&<&'xxx'&>
25507 variables are set after a DNS black list lookup succeeds. If the expansion of
25508 &%log_message%& fails, or if the result is an empty string, the modifier is
25509 ignored.
25510
25511 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
25512 If you want to use a &%warn%& statement to log the result of an address
25513 verification, you can use &$acl_verify_message$& to include the verification
25514 error message.
25515
25516 If &%log_message%& is used with a &%warn%& statement, &"Warning:"& is added to
25517 the start of the logged message. If the same warning log message is requested
25518 more than once while receiving a single email message, only one copy is
25519 actually logged. If you want to log multiple copies, use &%logwrite%& instead
25520 of &%log_message%&. In the absence of &%log_message%& and &%logwrite%&, nothing
25521 is logged for a successful &%warn%& statement.
25522
25523 If &%log_message%& is not present and there is no underlying error message (for
25524 example, from the failure of address verification), but &%message%& is present,
25525 the &%message%& text is used for logging rejections. However, if any text for
25526 logging contains newlines, only the first line is logged. In the absence of
25527 both &%log_message%& and &%message%&, a default built-in message is used for
25528 logging rejections.
25529
25530
25531 .vitem "&*log_reject_target*&&~=&~<&'log name list'&>"
25532 .cindex "&%log_reject_target%& ACL modifier"
25533 .cindex "logging in ACL" "specifying which log"
25534 This modifier makes it possible to specify which logs are used for messages
25535 about ACL rejections. Its argument is a colon-separated list of words that can
25536 be &"main"&, &"reject"&, or &"panic"&. The default is &`main:reject`&. The list
25537 may be empty, in which case a rejection is not logged at all. For example, this
25538 ACL fragment writes no logging information when access is denied:
25539 .display
25540 &`deny `&<&'some conditions'&>
25541 &` log_reject_target =`&
25542 .endd
25543 This modifier can be used in SMTP and non-SMTP ACLs. It applies to both
25544 permanent and temporary rejections. Its effect lasts for the rest of the
25545 current ACL.
25546
25547
25548 .vitem &*logwrite*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25549 .cindex "&%logwrite%& ACL modifier"
25550 .cindex "logging in ACL" "immediate"
25551 This modifier writes a message to a log file as soon as it is encountered when
25552 processing an ACL. (Compare &%log_message%&, which, except in the case of
25553 &%warn%& and &%discard%&, is used only if the ACL statement denies
25554 access.) The &%logwrite%& modifier can be used to log special incidents in
25555 ACLs. For example:
25556 .display
25557 &`accept `&<&'some special conditions'&>
25558 &` control = freeze`&
25559 &` logwrite = froze message because ...`&
25560 .endd
25561 By default, the message is written to the main log. However, it may begin
25562 with a colon, followed by a comma-separated list of log names, and then
25563 another colon, to specify exactly which logs are to be written. For
25564 example:
25565 .code
25566 logwrite = :main,reject: text for main and reject logs
25567 logwrite = :panic: text for panic log only
25568 .endd
25569
25570
25571 .vitem &*message*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25572 .cindex "&%message%& ACL modifier"
25573 This modifier sets up a text string that is expanded and used as a response
25574 message when an ACL statement terminates the ACL with an &"accept"&, &"deny"&,
25575 or &"defer"& response. (In the case of the &%accept%& and &%discard%& verbs,
25576 there is some complication if &%endpass%& is involved; see the description of
25577 &%accept%& for details.)
25578
25579 The expansion of the message happens at the time Exim decides that the ACL is
25580 to end, not at the time it processes &%message%&. If the expansion fails, or
25581 generates an empty string, the modifier is ignored. Here is an example where
25582 &%message%& must be specified first, because the ACL ends with a rejection if
25583 the &%hosts%& condition fails:
25584 .code
25585 require message = Host not recognized
25586 hosts = 10.0.0.0/8
25587 .endd
25588 (Once a condition has failed, no further conditions or modifiers are
25589 processed.)
25590
25591 .cindex "SMTP" "error codes"
25592 .oindex "&%smtp_banner%&
25593 For ACLs that are triggered by SMTP commands, the message is returned as part
25594 of the SMTP response. The use of &%message%& with &%accept%& (or &%discard%&)
25595 is meaningful only for SMTP, as no message is returned when a non-SMTP message
25596 is accepted. In the case of the connect ACL, accepting with a message modifier
25597 overrides the value of &%smtp_banner%&. For the EHLO/HELO ACL, a customized
25598 accept message may not contain more than one line (otherwise it will be
25599 truncated at the first newline and a panic logged), and it cannot affect the
25600 EHLO options.
25601
25602 When SMTP is involved, the message may begin with an overriding response code,
25603 consisting of three digits optionally followed by an &"extended response code"&
25604 of the form &'n.n.n'&, each code being followed by a space. For example:
25605 .code
25606 deny message = 599 1.2.3 Host not welcome
25607 hosts = 192.168.34.0/24
25608 .endd
25609 The first digit of the supplied response code must be the same as would be sent
25610 by default. A panic occurs if it is not. Exim uses a 550 code when it denies
25611 access, but for the predata ACL, note that the default success code is 354, not
25612 2&'xx'&.
25613
25614 Notwithstanding the previous paragraph, for the QUIT ACL, unlike the others,
25615 the message modifier cannot override the 221 response code.
25616
25617 The text in a &%message%& modifier is literal; any quotes are taken as
25618 literals, but because the string is expanded, backslash escapes are processed
25619 anyway. If the message contains newlines, this gives rise to a multi-line SMTP
25620 response.
25621
25622 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
25623 If &%message%& is used on a statement that verifies an address, the message
25624 specified overrides any message that is generated by the verification process.
25625 However, the original message is available in the variable
25626 &$acl_verify_message$&, so you can incorporate it into your message if you
25627 wish. In particular, if you want the text from &%:fail:%& items in &(redirect)&
25628 routers to be passed back as part of the SMTP response, you should either not
25629 use a &%message%& modifier, or make use of &$acl_verify_message$&.
25630
25631 For compatibility with previous releases of Exim, a &%message%& modifier that
25632 is used with a &%warn%& verb behaves in a similar way to the &%add_header%&
25633 modifier, but this usage is now deprecated. However, &%message%& acts only when
25634 all the conditions are true, wherever it appears in an ACL command, whereas
25635 &%add_header%& acts as soon as it is encountered. If &%message%& is used with
25636 &%warn%& in an ACL that is not concerned with receiving a message, it has no
25637 effect.
25638
25639
25640 .vitem &*set*&&~<&'acl_name'&>&~=&~<&'value'&>
25641 .cindex "&%set%& ACL modifier"
25642 This modifier puts a value into one of the ACL variables (see section
25643 &<<SECTaclvariables>>&).
25644 .endlist
25645
25646
25647
25648
25649
25650 .section "Use of the control modifier" "SECTcontrols"
25651 .cindex "&%control%& ACL modifier"
25652 The &%control%& modifier supports the following settings:
25653
25654 .vlist
25655 .vitem &*control&~=&~allow_auth_unadvertised*&
25656 This modifier allows a client host to use the SMTP AUTH command even when it
25657 has not been advertised in response to EHLO. Furthermore, because there are
25658 apparently some really broken clients that do this, Exim will accept AUTH after
25659 HELO (rather than EHLO) when this control is set. It should be used only if you
25660 really need it, and you should limit its use to those broken clients that do
25661 not work without it. For example:
25662 .code
25663 warn hosts = 192.168.34.25
25664 control = allow_auth_unadvertised
25665 .endd
25666 Normally, when an Exim server receives an AUTH command, it checks the name of
25667 the authentication mechanism that is given in the command to ensure that it
25668 matches an advertised mechanism. When this control is set, the check that a
25669 mechanism has been advertised is bypassed. Any configured mechanism can be used
25670 by the client. This control is permitted only in the connection and HELO ACLs.
25671
25672
25673 .vitem &*control&~=&~caseful_local_part*& &&&
25674 &*control&~=&~caselower_local_part*&
25675 .cindex "&ACL;" "case of local part in"
25676 .cindex "case of local parts"
25677 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
25678 These two controls are permitted only in the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&
25679 (that is, during RCPT processing). By default, the contents of &$local_part$&
25680 are lower cased before ACL processing. If &"caseful_local_part"& is specified,
25681 any uppercase letters in the original local part are restored in &$local_part$&
25682 for the rest of the ACL, or until a control that sets &"caselower_local_part"&
25683 is encountered.
25684
25685 These controls affect only the current recipient. Moreover, they apply only to
25686 local part handling that takes place directly in the ACL (for example, as a key
25687 in lookups). If a test to verify the recipient is obeyed, the case-related
25688 handling of the local part during the verification is controlled by the router
25689 configuration (see the &%caseful_local_part%& generic router option).
25690
25691 This facility could be used, for example, to add a spam score to local parts
25692 containing upper case letters. For example, using &$acl_m4$& to accumulate the
25693 spam score:
25694 .code
25695 warn control = caseful_local_part
25696 set acl_m4 = ${eval:\
25697 $acl_m4 + \
25698 ${if match{$local_part}{[A-Z]}{1}{0}}\
25699 }
25700 control = caselower_local_part
25701 .endd
25702 Notice that we put back the lower cased version afterwards, assuming that
25703 is what is wanted for subsequent tests.
25704
25705 .vitem &*control&~=&~enforce_sync*& &&&
25706 &*control&~=&~no_enforce_sync*&
25707 .cindex "SMTP" "synchronization checking"
25708 .cindex "synchronization checking in SMTP"
25709 These controls make it possible to be selective about when SMTP synchronization
25710 is enforced. The global option &%smtp_enforce_sync%& specifies the initial
25711 state of the switch (it is true by default). See the description of this option
25712 in chapter &<<CHAPmainconfig>>& for details of SMTP synchronization checking.
25713
25714 The effect of these two controls lasts for the remainder of the SMTP
25715 connection. They can appear in any ACL except the one for the non-SMTP
25716 messages. The most straightforward place to put them is in the ACL defined by
25717 &%acl_smtp_connect%&, which is run at the start of an incoming SMTP connection,
25718 before the first synchronization check. The expected use is to turn off the
25719 synchronization checks for badly-behaved hosts that you nevertheless need to
25720 work with.
25721
25722
25723 .vitem &*control&~=&~fakedefer/*&<&'message'&>
25724 .cindex "fake defer"
25725 .cindex "defer, fake"
25726 This control works in exactly the same way as &%fakereject%& (described below)
25727 except that it causes an SMTP 450 response after the message data instead of a
25728 550 response. You must take care when using &%fakedefer%& because it causes the
25729 messages to be duplicated when the sender retries. Therefore, you should not
25730 use &%fakedefer%& if the message is to be delivered normally.
25731
25732 .vitem &*control&~=&~fakereject/*&<&'message'&>
25733 .cindex "fake rejection"
25734 .cindex "rejection, fake"
25735 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, and DATA ACLs, in other
25736 words, only when an SMTP message is being received. If Exim accepts the
25737 message, instead the final 250 response, a 550 rejection message is sent.
25738 However, Exim proceeds to deliver the message as normal. The control applies
25739 only to the current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in
25740 the same SMTP connection.
25741
25742 The text for the 550 response is taken from the &%control%& modifier. If no
25743 message is supplied, the following is used:
25744 .code
25745 550-Your message has been rejected but is being
25746 550-kept for evaluation.
25747 550-If it was a legitimate message, it may still be
25748 550 delivered to the target recipient(s).
25749 .endd
25750 This facility should be used with extreme caution.
25751
25752 .vitem &*control&~=&~freeze*&
25753 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing in ACL"
25754 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, DATA, and non-SMTP ACLs, in
25755 other words, only when a message is being received. If the message is accepted,
25756 it is placed on Exim's queue and frozen. The control applies only to the
25757 current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in the same
25758 SMTP connection.
25759
25760 This modifier can optionally be followed by &`/no_tell`&. If the global option
25761 &%freeze_tell%& is set, it is ignored for the current message (that is, nobody
25762 is told about the freezing), provided all the &*control=freeze*& modifiers that
25763 are obeyed for the current message have the &`/no_tell`& option.
25764
25765 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_delay_flush*&
25766 .cindex "SMTP" "output flushing, disabling for delay"
25767 Exim normally flushes SMTP output before implementing a delay in an ACL, to
25768 avoid unexpected timeouts in clients when the SMTP PIPELINING extension is in
25769 use. This control, as long as it is encountered before the &%delay%& modifier,
25770 disables such output flushing.
25771
25772 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_callout_flush*&
25773 .cindex "SMTP" "output flushing, disabling for callout"
25774 Exim normally flushes SMTP output before performing a callout in an ACL, to
25775 avoid unexpected timeouts in clients when the SMTP PIPELINING extension is in
25776 use. This control, as long as it is encountered before the &%verify%& condition
25777 that causes the callout, disables such output flushing.
25778
25779 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_mbox_unspool*&
25780 This control is available when Exim is compiled with the content scanning
25781 extension. Content scanning may require a copy of the current message, or parts
25782 of it, to be written in &"mbox format"& to a spool file, for passing to a virus
25783 or spam scanner. Normally, such copies are deleted when they are no longer
25784 needed. If this control is set, the copies are not deleted. The control applies
25785 only to the current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in
25786 the same SMTP connection. It is provided for debugging purposes and is unlikely
25787 to be useful in production.
25788
25789 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_multiline_responses*&
25790 .cindex "multiline responses, suppressing"
25791 This control is permitted for any ACL except the one for non-SMTP messages.
25792 It seems that there are broken clients in use that cannot handle multiline
25793 SMTP responses, despite the fact that RFC 821 defined them over 20 years ago.
25794
25795 If this control is set, multiline SMTP responses from ACL rejections are
25796 suppressed. One way of doing this would have been to put out these responses as
25797 one long line. However, RFC 2821 specifies a maximum of 512 bytes per response
25798 (&"use multiline responses for more"& it says &-- ha!), and some of the
25799 responses might get close to that. So this facility, which is after all only a
25800 sop to broken clients, is implemented by doing two very easy things:
25801
25802 .ilist
25803 Extra information that is normally output as part of a rejection caused by
25804 sender verification failure is omitted. Only the final line (typically &"sender
25805 verification failed"&) is sent.
25806 .next
25807 If a &%message%& modifier supplies a multiline response, only the first
25808 line is output.
25809 .endlist
25810
25811 The setting of the switch can, of course, be made conditional on the
25812 calling host. Its effect lasts until the end of the SMTP connection.
25813
25814 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_pipelining*&
25815 .cindex "PIPELINING" "suppressing advertising"
25816 This control turns off the advertising of the PIPELINING extension to SMTP in
25817 the current session. To be useful, it must be obeyed before Exim sends its
25818 response to an EHLO command. Therefore, it should normally appear in an ACL
25819 controlled by &%acl_smtp_connect%& or &%acl_smtp_helo%&. See also
25820 &%pipelining_advertise_hosts%&.
25821
25822 .vitem &*control&~=&~queue_only*&
25823 .oindex "&%queue_only%&"
25824 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
25825 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, DATA, and non-SMTP ACLs, in
25826 other words, only when a message is being received. If the message is accepted,
25827 it is placed on Exim's queue and left there for delivery by a subsequent queue
25828 runner. No immediate delivery process is started. In other words, it has the
25829 effect as the &%queue_only%& global option. However, the control applies only
25830 to the current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in the
25831 same SMTP connection.
25832
25833 .vitem &*control&~=&~submission/*&<&'options'&>
25834 .cindex "message" "submission"
25835 .cindex "submission mode"
25836 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, and start of data ACLs (the
25837 latter is the one defined by &%acl_smtp_predata%&). Setting it tells Exim that
25838 the current message is a submission from a local MUA. In this case, Exim
25839 operates in &"submission mode"&, and applies certain fixups to the message if
25840 necessary. For example, it add a &'Date:'& header line if one is not present.
25841 This control is not permitted in the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL, because that is too
25842 late (the message has already been created).
25843
25844 Chapter &<<CHAPmsgproc>>& describes the processing that Exim applies to
25845 messages. Section &<<SECTsubmodnon>>& covers the processing that happens in
25846 submission mode; the available options for this control are described there.
25847 The control applies only to the current message, not to any subsequent ones
25848 that may be received in the same SMTP connection.
25849
25850 .vitem &*control&~=&~suppress_local_fixups*&
25851 .cindex "submission fixups, suppressing"
25852 This control applies to locally submitted (non TCP/IP) messages, and is the
25853 complement of &`control`& &`=`& &`submission`&. It disables the fixups that are
25854 normally applied to locally-submitted messages. Specifically:
25855
25856 .ilist
25857 Any &'Sender:'& header line is left alone (in this respect, it is a
25858 dynamic version of &%local_sender_retain%&).
25859 .next
25860 No &'Message-ID:'&, &'From:'&, or &'Date:'& header lines are added.
25861 .next
25862 There is no check that &'From:'& corresponds to the actual sender.
25863 .endlist ilist
25864
25865 This control may be useful when a remotely-originated message is accepted,
25866 passed to some scanning program, and then re-submitted for delivery. It can be
25867 used only in the &%acl_smtp_mail%&, &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&, &%acl_smtp_predata%&,
25868 and &%acl_not_smtp_start%& ACLs, because it has to be set before the message's
25869 data is read.
25870
25871 &*Note:*& This control applies only to the current message, not to any others
25872 that are being submitted at the same time using &%-bs%& or &%-bS%&.
25873 .endlist vlist
25874
25875
25876 .section "Summary of message fixup control" "SECTsummesfix"
25877 All four possibilities for message fixups can be specified:
25878
25879 .ilist
25880 Locally submitted, fixups applied: the default.
25881 .next
25882 Locally submitted, no fixups applied: use &`control`& &`=`&
25883 &`suppress_local_fixups`&.
25884 .next
25885 Remotely submitted, no fixups applied: the default.
25886 .next
25887 Remotely submitted, fixups applied: use &`control`& &`=`& &`submission`&.
25888 .endlist
25889
25890
25891
25892 .section "Adding header lines in ACLs" "SECTaddheadacl"
25893 .cindex "header lines" "adding in an ACL"
25894 .cindex "header lines" "position of added lines"
25895 .cindex "&%message%& ACL modifier"
25896 The &%add_header%& modifier can be used to add one or more extra header lines
25897 to an incoming message, as in this example:
25898 .code
25899 warn dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
25900 dialup.mail-abuse.org
25901 add_header = X-blacklisted-at: $dnslist_domain
25902 .endd
25903 The &%add_header%& modifier is permitted in the MAIL, RCPT, PREDATA, DATA,
25904 MIME, and non-SMTP ACLs (in other words, those that are concerned with
25905 receiving a message). The message must ultimately be accepted for
25906 &%add_header%& to have any significant effect. You can use &%add_header%& with
25907 any ACL verb, including &%deny%& (though this is potentially useful only in a
25908 RCPT ACL).
25909
25910 If the data for the &%add_header%& modifier contains one or more newlines that
25911 are not followed by a space or a tab, it is assumed to contain multiple header
25912 lines. Each one is checked for valid syntax; &`X-ACL-Warn:`& is added to the
25913 front of any line that is not a valid header line.
25914
25915 Added header lines are accumulated during the MAIL, RCPT, and predata ACLs.
25916 They are added to the message before processing the DATA and MIME ACLs.
25917 However, if an identical header line is requested more than once, only one copy
25918 is actually added to the message. Further header lines may be accumulated
25919 during the DATA and MIME ACLs, after which they are added to the message, again
25920 with duplicates suppressed. Thus, it is possible to add two identical header
25921 lines to an SMTP message, but only if one is added before DATA and one after.
25922 In the case of non-SMTP messages, new headers are accumulated during the
25923 non-SMTP ACLs, and are added to the message after all the ACLs have run. If a
25924 message is rejected after DATA or by the non-SMTP ACL, all added header lines
25925 are included in the entry that is written to the reject log.
25926
25927 .cindex "header lines" "added; visibility of"
25928 Header lines are not visible in string expansions until they are added to the
25929 message. It follows that header lines defined in the MAIL, RCPT, and predata
25930 ACLs are not visible until the DATA ACL and MIME ACLs are run. Similarly,
25931 header lines that are added by the DATA or MIME ACLs are not visible in those
25932 ACLs. Because of this restriction, you cannot use header lines as a way of
25933 passing data between (for example) the MAIL and RCPT ACLs. If you want to do
25934 this, you can use ACL variables, as described in section
25935 &<<SECTaclvariables>>&.
25936
25937 The &%add_header%& modifier acts immediately it is encountered during the
25938 processing of an ACL. Notice the difference between these two cases:
25939 .display
25940 &`accept add_header = ADDED: some text`&
25941 &` `&<&'some condition'&>
25942
25943 &`accept `&<&'some condition'&>
25944 &` add_header = ADDED: some text`&
25945 .endd
25946 In the first case, the header line is always added, whether or not the
25947 condition is true. In the second case, the header line is added only if the
25948 condition is true. Multiple occurrences of &%add_header%& may occur in the same
25949 ACL statement. All those that are encountered before a condition fails are
25950 honoured.
25951
25952 .cindex "&%warn%& ACL verb"
25953 For compatibility with previous versions of Exim, a &%message%& modifier for a
25954 &%warn%& verb acts in the same way as &%add_header%&, except that it takes
25955 effect only if all the conditions are true, even if it appears before some of
25956 them. Furthermore, only the last occurrence of &%message%& is honoured. This
25957 usage of &%message%& is now deprecated. If both &%add_header%& and &%message%&
25958 are present on a &%warn%& verb, both are processed according to their
25959 specifications.
25960
25961 By default, new header lines are added to a message at the end of the existing
25962 header lines. However, you can specify that any particular header line should
25963 be added right at the start (before all the &'Received:'& lines), immediately
25964 after the first block of &'Received:'& lines, or immediately before any line
25965 that is not a &'Received:'& or &'Resent-something:'& header.
25966
25967 This is done by specifying &":at_start:"&, &":after_received:"&, or
25968 &":at_start_rfc:"& (or, for completeness, &":at_end:"&) before the text of the
25969 header line, respectively. (Header text cannot start with a colon, as there has
25970 to be a header name first.) For example:
25971 .code
25972 warn add_header = \
25973 :after_received:X-My-Header: something or other...
25974 .endd
25975 If more than one header line is supplied in a single &%add_header%& modifier,
25976 each one is treated independently and can therefore be placed differently. If
25977 you add more than one line at the start, or after the Received: block, they end
25978 up in reverse order.
25979
25980 &*Warning*&: This facility currently applies only to header lines that are
25981 added in an ACL. It does NOT work for header lines that are added in a
25982 system filter or in a router or transport.
25983
25984
25985
25986
25987 .section "ACL conditions" "SECTaclconditions"
25988 .cindex "&ACL;" "conditions; list of"
25989 Some of conditions listed in this section are available only when Exim is
25990 compiled with the content-scanning extension. They are included here briefly
25991 for completeness. More detailed descriptions can be found in the discussion on
25992 content scanning in chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
25993
25994 Not all conditions are relevant in all circumstances. For example, testing
25995 senders and recipients does not make sense in an ACL that is being run as the
25996 result of the arrival of an ETRN command, and checks on message headers can be
25997 done only in the ACLs specified by &%acl_smtp_data%& and &%acl_not_smtp%&. You
25998 can use the same condition (with different parameters) more than once in the
25999 same ACL statement. This provides a way of specifying an &"and"& conjunction.
26000 The conditions are as follows:
26001
26002
26003 .vlist
26004 .vitem &*acl&~=&~*&<&'name&~of&~acl&~or&~ACL&~string&~or&~file&~name&~'&>
26005 .cindex "&ACL;" "nested"
26006 .cindex "&ACL;" "indirect"
26007 .cindex "&%acl%& ACL condition"
26008 The possible values of the argument are the same as for the
26009 &%acl_smtp_%&&'xxx'& options. The named or inline ACL is run. If it returns
26010 &"accept"& the condition is true; if it returns &"deny"& the condition is
26011 false. If it returns &"defer"&, the current ACL returns &"defer"& unless the
26012 condition is on a &%warn%& verb. In that case, a &"defer"& return makes the
26013 condition false. This means that further processing of the &%warn%& verb
26014 ceases, but processing of the ACL continues.
26015
26016 If the nested &%acl%& returns &"drop"& and the outer condition denies access,
26017 the connection is dropped. If it returns &"discard"&, the verb must be
26018 &%accept%& or &%discard%&, and the action is taken immediately &-- no further
26019 conditions are tested.
26020
26021 ACLs may be nested up to 20 deep; the limit exists purely to catch runaway
26022 loops. This condition allows you to use different ACLs in different
26023 circumstances. For example, different ACLs can be used to handle RCPT commands
26024 for different local users or different local domains.
26025
26026 .vitem &*authenticated&~=&~*&<&'string&~list'&>
26027 .cindex "&%authenticated%& ACL condition"
26028 .cindex "authentication" "ACL checking"
26029 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing for authentication"
26030 If the SMTP connection is not authenticated, the condition is false. Otherwise,
26031 the name of the authenticator is tested against the list. To test for
26032 authentication by any authenticator, you can set
26033 .code
26034 authenticated = *
26035 .endd
26036
26037 .vitem &*condition&~=&~*&<&'string'&>
26038 .cindex "&%condition%& ACL condition"
26039 .cindex "customizing" "ACL condition"
26040 .cindex "&ACL;" "customized test"
26041 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing, customized"
26042 This feature allows you to make up custom conditions. If the result of
26043 expanding the string is an empty string, the number zero, or one of the strings
26044 &"no"& or &"false"&, the condition is false. If the result is any non-zero
26045 number, or one of the strings &"yes"& or &"true"&, the condition is true. For
26046 any other value, some error is assumed to have occurred, and the ACL returns
26047 &"defer"&. However, if the expansion is forced to fail, the condition is
26048 ignored. The effect is to treat it as true, whether it is positive or
26049 negative.
26050
26051 .vitem &*decode&~=&~*&<&'location'&>
26052 .cindex "&%decode%& ACL condition"
26053 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
26054 content-scanning extension, and it is allowed only in the ACL defined by
26055 &%acl_smtp_mime%&. It causes the current MIME part to be decoded into a file.
26056 If all goes well, the condition is true. It is false only if there are
26057 problems such as a syntax error or a memory shortage. For more details, see
26058 chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
26059
26060 .vitem &*demime&~=&~*&<&'extension&~list'&>
26061 .cindex "&%demime%& ACL condition"
26062 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
26063 content-scanning extension. Its use is described in section
26064 &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
26065
26066 .vitem &*dnslists&~=&~*&<&'list&~of&~domain&~names&~and&~other&~data'&>
26067 .cindex "&%dnslists%& ACL condition"
26068 .cindex "DNS list" "in ACL"
26069 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
26070 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a DNS list"
26071 This condition checks for entries in DNS black lists. These are also known as
26072 &"RBL lists"&, after the original Realtime Blackhole List, but note that the
26073 use of the lists at &'mail-abuse.org'& now carries a charge. There are too many
26074 different variants of this condition to describe briefly here. See sections
26075 &<<SECTmorednslists>>&&--&<<SECTmorednslistslast>>& for details.
26076
26077 .vitem &*domains&~=&~*&<&'domain&~list'&>
26078 .cindex "&%domains%& ACL condition"
26079 .cindex "domain" "ACL checking"
26080 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a recipient domain"
26081 .vindex "&$domain_data$&"
26082 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It checks that the domain
26083 of the recipient address is in the domain list. If percent-hack processing is
26084 enabled, it is done before this test is done. If the check succeeds with a
26085 lookup, the result of the lookup is placed in &$domain_data$& until the next
26086 &%domains%& test.
26087
26088 &*Note carefully*& (because many people seem to fall foul of this): you cannot
26089 use &%domains%& in a DATA ACL.
26090
26091
26092 .vitem &*encrypted&~=&~*&<&'string&~list'&>
26093 .cindex "&%encrypted%& ACL condition"
26094 .cindex "encryption" "checking in an ACL"
26095 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing for encryption"
26096 If the SMTP connection is not encrypted, the condition is false. Otherwise, the
26097 name of the cipher suite in use is tested against the list. To test for
26098 encryption without testing for any specific cipher suite(s), set
26099 .code
26100 encrypted = *
26101 .endd
26102
26103
26104 .vitem &*hosts&~=&~*&<&'&~host&~list'&>
26105 .cindex "&%hosts%& ACL condition"
26106 .cindex "host" "ACL checking"
26107 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing the client host"
26108 This condition tests that the calling host matches the host list. If you have
26109 name lookups or wildcarded host names and IP addresses in the same host list,
26110 you should normally put the IP addresses first. For example, you could have:
26111 .code
26112 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7 : dbm;/etc/friendly/hosts
26113 .endd
26114 The lookup in this example uses the host name for its key. This is implied by
26115 the lookup type &"dbm"&. (For a host address lookup you would use &"net-dbm"&
26116 and it wouldn't matter which way round you had these two items.)
26117
26118 The reason for the problem with host names lies in the left-to-right way that
26119 Exim processes lists. It can test IP addresses without doing any DNS lookups,
26120 but when it reaches an item that requires a host name, it fails if it cannot
26121 find a host name to compare with the pattern. If the above list is given in the
26122 opposite order, the &%accept%& statement fails for a host whose name cannot be
26123 found, even if its IP address is 10.9.8.7.
26124
26125 If you really do want to do the name check first, and still recognize the IP
26126 address even if the name lookup fails, you can rewrite the ACL like this:
26127 .code
26128 accept hosts = dbm;/etc/friendly/hosts
26129 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7
26130 .endd
26131 The default action on failing to find the host name is to assume that the host
26132 is not in the list, so the first &%accept%& statement fails. The second
26133 statement can then check the IP address.
26134
26135 .vindex "&$host_data$&"
26136 If a &%hosts%& condition is satisfied by means of a lookup, the result
26137 of the lookup is made available in the &$host_data$& variable. This
26138 allows you, for example, to set up a statement like this:
26139 .code
26140 deny hosts = net-lsearch;/some/file
26141 message = $host_data
26142 .endd
26143 which gives a custom error message for each denied host.
26144
26145 .vitem &*local_parts&~=&~*&<&'local&~part&~list'&>
26146 .cindex "&%local_parts%& ACL condition"
26147 .cindex "local part" "ACL checking"
26148 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a local part"
26149 .vindex "&$local_part_data$&"
26150 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It checks that the local
26151 part of the recipient address is in the list. If percent-hack processing is
26152 enabled, it is done before this test. If the check succeeds with a lookup, the
26153 result of the lookup is placed in &$local_part_data$&, which remains set until
26154 the next &%local_parts%& test.
26155
26156 .vitem &*malware&~=&~*&<&'option'&>
26157 .cindex "&%malware%& ACL condition"
26158 .cindex "&ACL;" "virus scanning"
26159 .cindex "&ACL;" "scanning for viruses"
26160 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
26161 content-scanning extension. It causes the incoming message to be scanned for
26162 viruses. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
26163
26164 .vitem &*mime_regex&~=&~*&<&'list&~of&~regular&~expressions'&>
26165 .cindex "&%mime_regex%& ACL condition"
26166 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing by regex matching"
26167 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
26168 content-scanning extension, and it is allowed only in the ACL defined by
26169 &%acl_smtp_mime%&. It causes the current MIME part to be scanned for a match
26170 with any of the regular expressions. For details, see chapter
26171 &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
26172
26173 .vitem &*ratelimit&~=&~*&<&'parameters'&>
26174 .cindex "rate limiting"
26175 This condition can be used to limit the rate at which a user or host submits
26176 messages. Details are given in section &<<SECTratelimiting>>&.
26177
26178 .vitem &*recipients&~=&~*&<&'address&~list'&>
26179 .cindex "&%recipients%& ACL condition"
26180 .cindex "recipient" "ACL checking"
26181 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a recipient"
26182 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It checks the entire
26183 recipient address against a list of recipients.
26184
26185 .vitem &*regex&~=&~*&<&'list&~of&~regular&~expressions'&>
26186 .cindex "&%regex%& ACL condition"
26187 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing by regex matching"
26188 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
26189 content-scanning extension, and is available only in the DATA, MIME, and
26190 non-SMTP ACLs. It causes the incoming message to be scanned for a match with
26191 any of the regular expressions. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
26192
26193 .vitem &*sender_domains&~=&~*&<&'domain&~list'&>
26194 .cindex "&%sender_domains%& ACL condition"
26195 .cindex "sender" "ACL checking"
26196 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a sender domain"
26197 .vindex "&$domain$&"
26198 .vindex "&$sender_address_domain$&"
26199 This condition tests the domain of the sender of the message against the given
26200 domain list. &*Note*&: The domain of the sender address is in
26201 &$sender_address_domain$&. It is &'not'& put in &$domain$& during the testing
26202 of this condition. This is an exception to the general rule for testing domain
26203 lists. It is done this way so that, if this condition is used in an ACL for a
26204 RCPT command, the recipient's domain (which is in &$domain$&) can be used to
26205 influence the sender checking.
26206
26207 &*Warning*&: It is a bad idea to use this condition on its own as a control on
26208 relaying, because sender addresses are easily, and commonly, forged.
26209
26210 .vitem &*senders&~=&~*&<&'address&~list'&>
26211 .cindex "&%senders%& ACL condition"
26212 .cindex "sender" "ACL checking"
26213 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a sender"
26214 This condition tests the sender of the message against the given list. To test
26215 for a bounce message, which has an empty sender, set
26216 .code
26217 senders = :
26218 .endd
26219 &*Warning*&: It is a bad idea to use this condition on its own as a control on
26220 relaying, because sender addresses are easily, and commonly, forged.
26221
26222 .vitem &*spam&~=&~*&<&'username'&>
26223 .cindex "&%spam%& ACL condition"
26224 .cindex "&ACL;" "scanning for spam"
26225 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
26226 content-scanning extension. It causes the incoming message to be scanned by
26227 SpamAssassin. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
26228
26229 .vitem &*verify&~=&~certificate*&
26230 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26231 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
26232 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
26233 .cindex "&ACL;" "certificate verification"
26234 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a TLS certificate"
26235 This condition is true in an SMTP session if the session is encrypted, and a
26236 certificate was received from the client, and the certificate was verified. The
26237 server requests a certificate only if the client matches &%tls_verify_hosts%&
26238 or &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& (see chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&).
26239
26240 .vitem &*verify&~=&~csa*&
26241 .cindex "CSA verification"
26242 This condition checks whether the sending host (the client) is authorized to
26243 send email. Details of how this works are given in section
26244 &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&.
26245
26246 .vitem &*verify&~=&~header_sender/*&<&'options'&>
26247 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26248 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying sender in the header"
26249 .cindex "header lines" "verifying the sender in"
26250 .cindex "sender" "verifying in header"
26251 .cindex "verifying" "sender in header"
26252 This condition is relevant only in an ACL that is run after a message has been
26253 received, that is, in an ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_data%& or
26254 &%acl_not_smtp%&. It checks that there is a verifiable address in at least one
26255 of the &'Sender:'&, &'Reply-To:'&, or &'From:'& header lines. Such an address
26256 is loosely thought of as a &"sender"& address (hence the name of the test).
26257 However, an address that appears in one of these headers need not be an address
26258 that accepts bounce messages; only sender addresses in envelopes are required
26259 to accept bounces. Therefore, if you use the callout option on this check, you
26260 might want to arrange for a non-empty address in the MAIL command.
26261
26262 Details of address verification and the options are given later, starting at
26263 section &<<SECTaddressverification>>& (callouts are described in section
26264 &<<SECTcallver>>&). You can combine this condition with the &%senders%&
26265 condition to restrict it to bounce messages only:
26266 .code
26267 deny senders = :
26268 message = A valid sender header is required for bounces
26269 !verify = header_sender
26270 .endd
26271
26272 .vitem &*verify&~=&~header_syntax*&
26273 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26274 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying header syntax"
26275 .cindex "header lines" "verifying syntax"
26276 .cindex "verifying" "header syntax"
26277 This condition is relevant only in an ACL that is run after a message has been
26278 received, that is, in an ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_data%& or
26279 &%acl_not_smtp%&. It checks the syntax of all header lines that can contain
26280 lists of addresses (&'Sender:'&, &'From:'&, &'Reply-To:'&, &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&,
26281 and &'Bcc:'&). Unqualified addresses (local parts without domains) are
26282 permitted only in locally generated messages and from hosts that match
26283 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& or &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&, as
26284 appropriate.
26285
26286 Note that this condition is a syntax check only. However, a common spamming
26287 ploy used to be to send syntactically invalid headers such as
26288 .code
26289 To: @
26290 .endd
26291 and this condition can be used to reject such messages, though they are not as
26292 common as they used to be.
26293
26294 .vitem &*verify&~=&~helo*&
26295 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26296 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying HELO/EHLO"
26297 .cindex "HELO" "verifying"
26298 .cindex "EHLO" "verifying"
26299 .cindex "verifying" "EHLO"
26300 .cindex "verifying" "HELO"
26301 This condition is true if a HELO or EHLO command has been received from the
26302 client host, and its contents have been verified. If there has been no previous
26303 attempt to verify the HELO/EHLO contents, it is carried out when this
26304 condition is encountered. See the description of the &%helo_verify_hosts%& and
26305 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& options for details of how to request verification
26306 independently of this condition.
26307
26308 For SMTP input that does not come over TCP/IP (the &%-bs%& command line
26309 option), this condition is always true.
26310
26311
26312 .vitem &*verify&~=&~not_blind*&
26313 .cindex "verifying" "not blind"
26314 .cindex "bcc recipients, verifying none"
26315 This condition checks that there are no blind (bcc) recipients in the message.
26316 Every envelope recipient must appear either in a &'To:'& header line or in a
26317 &'Cc:'& header line for this condition to be true. Local parts are checked
26318 case-sensitively; domains are checked case-insensitively. If &'Resent-To:'& or
26319 &'Resent-Cc:'& header lines exist, they are also checked. This condition can be
26320 used only in a DATA or non-SMTP ACL.
26321
26322 There are, of course, many legitimate messages that make use of blind (bcc)
26323 recipients. This check should not be used on its own for blocking messages.
26324
26325
26326 .vitem &*verify&~=&~recipient/*&<&'options'&>
26327 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26328 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying recipient"
26329 .cindex "recipient" "verifying"
26330 .cindex "verifying" "recipient"
26331 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
26332 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It verifies the current
26333 recipient. Details of address verification are given later, starting at section
26334 &<<SECTaddressverification>>&. After a recipient has been verified, the value
26335 of &$address_data$& is the last value that was set while routing the address.
26336 This applies even if the verification fails. When an address that is being
26337 verified is redirected to a single address, verification continues with the new
26338 address, and in that case, the subsequent value of &$address_data$& is the
26339 value for the child address.
26340
26341 .vitem &*verify&~=&~reverse_host_lookup*&
26342 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26343 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying host reverse lookup"
26344 .cindex "host" "verifying reverse lookup"
26345 This condition ensures that a verified host name has been looked up from the IP
26346 address of the client host. (This may have happened already if the host name
26347 was needed for checking a host list, or if the host matched &%host_lookup%&.)
26348 Verification ensures that the host name obtained from a reverse DNS lookup, or
26349 one of its aliases, does, when it is itself looked up in the DNS, yield the
26350 original IP address.
26351
26352 If this condition is used for a locally generated message (that is, when there
26353 is no client host involved), it always succeeds.
26354
26355 .vitem &*verify&~=&~sender/*&<&'options'&>
26356 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26357 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying sender"
26358 .cindex "sender" "verifying"
26359 .cindex "verifying" "sender"
26360 This condition is relevant only after a MAIL or RCPT command, or after a
26361 message has been received (the &%acl_smtp_data%& or &%acl_not_smtp%& ACLs). If
26362 the message's sender is empty (that is, this is a bounce message), the
26363 condition is true. Otherwise, the sender address is verified.
26364
26365 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
26366 .vindex "&$sender_address_data$&"
26367 If there is data in the &$address_data$& variable at the end of routing, its
26368 value is placed in &$sender_address_data$& at the end of verification. This
26369 value can be used in subsequent conditions and modifiers in the same ACL
26370 statement. It does not persist after the end of the current statement. If you
26371 want to preserve the value for longer, you can save it in an ACL variable.
26372
26373 Details of verification are given later, starting at section
26374 &<<SECTaddressverification>>&. Exim caches the result of sender verification,
26375 to avoid doing it more than once per message.
26376
26377 .vitem &*verify&~=&~sender=*&<&'address'&>&*/*&<&'options'&>
26378 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26379 This is a variation of the previous option, in which a modified address is
26380 verified as a sender.
26381 .endlist
26382
26383
26384
26385 .section "Using DNS lists" "SECTmorednslists"
26386 .cindex "DNS list" "in ACL"
26387 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
26388 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a DNS list"
26389 In its simplest form, the &%dnslists%& condition tests whether the calling host
26390 is on at least one of a number of DNS lists by looking up the inverted IP
26391 address in one or more DNS domains. (Note that DNS list domains are not mail
26392 domains, so the &`+`& syntax for named lists doesn't work - it is used for
26393 special options instead.) For example, if the calling host's IP
26394 address is 192.168.62.43, and the ACL statement is
26395 .code
26396 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org : \
26397 dialups.mail-abuse.org
26398 .endd
26399 the following records are looked up:
26400 .code
26401 43.62.168.192.blackholes.mail-abuse.org
26402 43.62.168.192.dialups.mail-abuse.org
26403 .endd
26404 As soon as Exim finds an existing DNS record, processing of the list stops.
26405 Thus, multiple entries on the list provide an &"or"& conjunction. If you want
26406 to test that a host is on more than one list (an &"and"& conjunction), you can
26407 use two separate conditions:
26408 .code
26409 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org
26410 dnslists = dialups.mail-abuse.org
26411 .endd
26412 If a DNS lookup times out or otherwise fails to give a decisive answer, Exim
26413 behaves as if the host does not match the list item, that is, as if the DNS
26414 record does not exist. If there are further items in the DNS list, they are
26415 processed.
26416
26417 This is usually the required action when &%dnslists%& is used with &%deny%&
26418 (which is the most common usage), because it prevents a DNS failure from
26419 blocking mail. However, you can change this behaviour by putting one of the
26420 following special items in the list:
26421 .display
26422 &`+include_unknown `& behave as if the item is on the list
26423 &`+exclude_unknown `& behave as if the item is not on the list (default)
26424 &`+defer_unknown `& give a temporary error
26425 .endd
26426 .cindex "&`+include_unknown`&"
26427 .cindex "&`+exclude_unknown`&"
26428 .cindex "&`+defer_unknown`&"
26429 Each of these applies to any subsequent items on the list. For example:
26430 .code
26431 deny dnslists = +defer_unknown : foo.bar.example
26432 .endd
26433 Testing the list of domains stops as soon as a match is found. If you want to
26434 warn for one list and block for another, you can use two different statements:
26435 .code
26436 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org
26437 warn message = X-Warn: sending host is on dialups list
26438 dnslists = dialups.mail-abuse.org
26439 .endd
26440 DNS list lookups are cached by Exim for the duration of the SMTP session,
26441 so a lookup based on the IP address is done at most once for any incoming
26442 connection. Exim does not share information between multiple incoming
26443 connections (but your local name server cache should be active).
26444
26445
26446
26447 .section "Specifying the IP address for a DNS list lookup" "SECID201"
26448 .cindex "DNS list" "keyed by explicit IP address"
26449 By default, the IP address that is used in a DNS list lookup is the IP address
26450 of the calling host. However, you can specify another IP address by listing it
26451 after the domain name, introduced by a slash. For example:
26452 .code
26453 deny dnslists = black.list.tld/192.168.1.2
26454 .endd
26455 This feature is not very helpful with explicit IP addresses; it is intended for
26456 use with IP addresses that are looked up, for example, the IP addresses of the
26457 MX hosts or nameservers of an email sender address. For an example, see section
26458 &<<SECTmulkeyfor>>& below.
26459
26460
26461
26462
26463 .section "DNS lists keyed on domain names" "SECID202"
26464 .cindex "DNS list" "keyed by domain name"
26465 There are some lists that are keyed on domain names rather than inverted IP
26466 addresses (see for example the &'domain based zones'& link at
26467 &url(http://www.rfc-ignorant.org/)). No reversing of components is used
26468 with these lists. You can change the name that is looked up in a DNS list by
26469 listing it after the domain name, introduced by a slash. For example,
26470 .code
26471 deny message = Sender's domain is listed at $dnslist_domain
26472 dnslists = dsn.rfc-ignorant.org/$sender_address_domain
26473 .endd
26474 This particular example is useful only in ACLs that are obeyed after the
26475 RCPT or DATA commands, when a sender address is available. If (for
26476 example) the message's sender is &'user@tld.example'& the name that is looked
26477 up by this example is
26478 .code
26479 tld.example.dsn.rfc-ignorant.org
26480 .endd
26481 A single &%dnslists%& condition can contain entries for both names and IP
26482 addresses. For example:
26483 .code
26484 deny dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
26485 dsn.rfc-ignorant.org/$sender_address_domain
26486 .endd
26487 The first item checks the sending host's IP address; the second checks a domain
26488 name. The whole condition is true if either of the DNS lookups succeeds.
26489
26490
26491
26492
26493 .section "Multiple explicit keys for a DNS list" "SECTmulkeyfor"
26494 .cindex "DNS list" "multiple keys for"
26495 The syntax described above for looking up explicitly-defined values (either
26496 names or IP addresses) in a DNS blacklist is a simplification. After the domain
26497 name for the DNS list, what follows the slash can in fact be a list of items.
26498 As with all lists in Exim, the default separator is a colon. However, because
26499 this is a sublist within the list of DNS blacklist domains, it is necessary
26500 either to double the separators like this:
26501 .code
26502 dnslists = black.list.tld/name.1::name.2
26503 .endd
26504 or to change the separator character, like this:
26505 .code
26506 dnslists = black.list.tld/<;name.1;name.2
26507 .endd
26508 If an item in the list is an IP address, it is inverted before the DNS
26509 blacklist domain is appended. If it is not an IP address, no inversion
26510 occurs. Consider this condition:
26511 .code
26512 dnslists = black.list.tld/<;192.168.1.2;a.domain
26513 .endd
26514 The DNS lookups that occur are:
26515 .code
26516 2.1.168.192.black.list.tld
26517 a.domain.black.list.tld
26518 .endd
26519 Once a DNS record has been found (that matches a specific IP return
26520 address, if specified &-- see section &<<SECTaddmatcon>>&), no further lookups
26521 are done. If there is a temporary DNS error, the rest of the sublist of domains
26522 or IP addresses is tried. A temporary error for the whole dnslists item occurs
26523 only if no other DNS lookup in this sublist succeeds. In other words, a
26524 successful lookup for any of the items in the sublist overrides a temporary
26525 error for a previous item.
26526
26527 The ability to supply a list of items after the slash is in some sense just a
26528 syntactic convenience. These two examples have the same effect:
26529 .code
26530 dnslists = black.list.tld/a.domain : black.list.tld/b.domain
26531 dnslists = black.list.tld/a.domain::b.domain
26532 .endd
26533 However, when the data for the list is obtained from a lookup, the second form
26534 is usually much more convenient. Consider this example:
26535 .code
26536 deny message = The mail servers for the domain \
26537 $sender_address_domain \
26538 are listed at $dnslist_domain ($dnslist_value); \
26539 see $dnslist_text.
26540 dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org/<|${lookup dnsdb {>|a=<|\
26541 ${lookup dnsdb {>|mxh=\
26542 $sender_address_domain} }} }
26543 .endd
26544 Note the use of &`>|`& in the dnsdb lookup to specify the separator for
26545 multiple DNS records. The inner dnsdb lookup produces a list of MX hosts
26546 and the outer dnsdb lookup finds the IP addresses for these hosts. The result
26547 of expanding the condition might be something like this:
26548 .code
26549 dnslists = sbl.spahmaus.org/<|192.168.2.3|192.168.5.6|...
26550 .endd
26551 Thus, this example checks whether or not the IP addresses of the sender
26552 domain's mail servers are on the Spamhaus black list.
26553
26554 The key that was used for a successful DNS list lookup is put into the variable
26555 &$dnslist_matched$& (see section &<<SECID204>>&).
26556
26557
26558
26559
26560 .section "Data returned by DNS lists" "SECID203"
26561 .cindex "DNS list" "data returned from"
26562 DNS lists are constructed using address records in the DNS. The original RBL
26563 just used the address 127.0.0.1 on the right hand side of each record, but the
26564 RBL+ list and some other lists use a number of values with different meanings.
26565 The values used on the RBL+ list are:
26566 .display
26567 127.1.0.1 RBL
26568 127.1.0.2 DUL
26569 127.1.0.3 DUL and RBL
26570 127.1.0.4 RSS
26571 127.1.0.5 RSS and RBL
26572 127.1.0.6 RSS and DUL
26573 127.1.0.7 RSS and DUL and RBL
26574 .endd
26575 Section &<<SECTaddmatcon>>& below describes how you can distinguish between
26576 different values. Some DNS lists may return more than one address record;
26577 see section &<<SECThanmuldnsrec>>& for details of how they are checked.
26578
26579
26580 .section "Variables set from DNS lists" "SECID204"
26581 .cindex "expansion" "variables, set from DNS list"
26582 .cindex "DNS list" "variables set from"
26583 .vindex "&$dnslist_domain$&"
26584 .vindex "&$dnslist_matched$&"
26585 .vindex "&$dnslist_text$&"
26586 .vindex "&$dnslist_value$&"
26587 When an entry is found in a DNS list, the variable &$dnslist_domain$& contains
26588 the name of the overall domain that matched (for example,
26589 &`spamhaus.example`&), &$dnslist_matched$& contains the key within that domain
26590 (for example, &`192.168.5.3`&), and &$dnslist_value$& contains the data from
26591 the DNS record. When the key is an IP address, it is not reversed in
26592 &$dnslist_matched$& (though it is, of course, in the actual lookup). In simple
26593 cases, for example:
26594 .code
26595 deny dnslists = spamhaus.example
26596 .endd
26597 the key is also available in another variable (in this case,
26598 &$sender_host_address$&). In more complicated cases, however, this is not true.
26599 For example, using a data lookup (as described in section &<<SECTmulkeyfor>>&)
26600 might generate a dnslists lookup like this:
26601 .code
26602 deny dnslists = spamhaus.example/<|192.168.1.2|192.168.6.7|...
26603 .endd
26604 If this condition succeeds, the value in &$dnslist_matched$& might be
26605 &`192.168.6.7`& (for example).
26606
26607 If more than one address record is returned by the DNS lookup, all the IP
26608 addresses are included in &$dnslist_value$&, separated by commas and spaces.
26609 The variable &$dnslist_text$& contains the contents of any associated TXT
26610 record. For lists such as RBL+ the TXT record for a merged entry is often not
26611 very meaningful. See section &<<SECTmordetinf>>& for a way of obtaining more
26612 information.
26613
26614 You can use the DNS list variables in &%message%& or &%log_message%& modifiers
26615 &-- although these appear before the condition in the ACL, they are not
26616 expanded until after it has failed. For example:
26617 .code
26618 deny hosts = !+local_networks
26619 message = $sender_host_address is listed \
26620 at $dnslist_domain
26621 dnslists = rbl-plus.mail-abuse.example
26622 .endd
26623
26624
26625
26626 .section "Additional matching conditions for DNS lists" "SECTaddmatcon"
26627 .cindex "DNS list" "matching specific returned data"
26628 You can add an equals sign and an IP address after a &%dnslists%& domain name
26629 in order to restrict its action to DNS records with a matching right hand side.
26630 For example,
26631 .code
26632 deny dnslists = rblplus.mail-abuse.org=127.0.0.2
26633 .endd
26634 rejects only those hosts that yield 127.0.0.2. Without this additional data,
26635 any address record is considered to be a match. For the moment, we assume
26636 that the DNS lookup returns just one record. Section &<<SECThanmuldnsrec>>&
26637 describes how multiple records are handled.
26638
26639 More than one IP address may be given for checking, using a comma as a
26640 separator. These are alternatives &-- if any one of them matches, the
26641 &%dnslists%& condition is true. For example:
26642 .code
26643 deny dnslists = a.b.c=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
26644 .endd
26645 If you want to specify a constraining address list and also specify names or IP
26646 addresses to be looked up, the constraining address list must be specified
26647 first. For example:
26648 .code
26649 deny dnslists = dsn.rfc-ignorant.org\
26650 =127.0.0.2/$sender_address_domain
26651 .endd
26652
26653 If the character &`&&`& is used instead of &`=`&, the comparison for each
26654 listed IP address is done by a bitwise &"and"& instead of by an equality test.
26655 In other words, the listed addresses are used as bit masks. The comparison is
26656 true if all the bits in the mask are present in the address that is being
26657 tested. For example:
26658 .code
26659 dnslists = a.b.c&0.0.0.3
26660 .endd
26661 matches if the address is &'x.x.x.'&3, &'x.x.x.'&7, &'x.x.x.'&11, etc. If you
26662 want to test whether one bit or another bit is present (as opposed to both
26663 being present), you must use multiple values. For example:
26664 .code
26665 dnslists = a.b.c&0.0.0.1,0.0.0.2
26666 .endd
26667 matches if the final component of the address is an odd number or two times
26668 an odd number.
26669
26670
26671
26672 .section "Negated DNS matching conditions" "SECID205"
26673 You can supply a negative list of IP addresses as part of a &%dnslists%&
26674 condition. Whereas
26675 .code
26676 deny dnslists = a.b.c=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
26677 .endd
26678 means &"deny if the host is in the black list at the domain &'a.b.c'& and the
26679 IP address yielded by the list is either 127.0.0.2 or 127.0.0.3"&,
26680 .code
26681 deny dnslists = a.b.c!=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
26682 .endd
26683 means &"deny if the host is in the black list at the domain &'a.b.c'& and the
26684 IP address yielded by the list is not 127.0.0.2 and not 127.0.0.3"&. In other
26685 words, the result of the test is inverted if an exclamation mark appears before
26686 the &`=`& (or the &`&&`&) sign.
26687
26688 &*Note*&: This kind of negation is not the same as negation in a domain,
26689 host, or address list (which is why the syntax is different).
26690
26691 If you are using just one list, the negation syntax does not gain you much. The
26692 previous example is precisely equivalent to
26693 .code
26694 deny dnslists = a.b.c
26695 !dnslists = a.b.c=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
26696 .endd
26697 However, if you are using multiple lists, the negation syntax is clearer.
26698 Consider this example:
26699 .code
26700 deny dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
26701 list.dsbl.org : \
26702 dnsbl.njabl.org!=127.0.0.3 : \
26703 relays.ordb.org
26704 .endd
26705 Using only positive lists, this would have to be:
26706 .code
26707 deny dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
26708 list.dsbl.org
26709 deny dnslists = dnsbl.njabl.org
26710 !dnslists = dnsbl.njabl.org=127.0.0.3
26711 deny dnslists = relays.ordb.org
26712 .endd
26713 which is less clear, and harder to maintain.
26714
26715
26716
26717
26718 .section "Handling multiple DNS records from a DNS list" "SECThanmuldnsrec"
26719 A DNS lookup for a &%dnslists%& condition may return more than one DNS record,
26720 thereby providing more than one IP address. When an item in a &%dnslists%& list
26721 is followed by &`=`& or &`&&`& and a list of IP addresses, in order to restrict
26722 the match to specific results from the DNS lookup, there are two ways in which
26723 the checking can be handled. For example, consider the condition:
26724 .code
26725 dnslists = a.b.c=127.0.0.1
26726 .endd
26727 What happens if the DNS lookup for the incoming IP address yields both
26728 127.0.0.1 and 127.0.0.2 by means of two separate DNS records? Is the
26729 condition true because at least one given value was found, or is it false
26730 because at least one of the found values was not listed? And how does this
26731 affect negated conditions? Both possibilities are provided for with the help of
26732 additional separators &`==`& and &`=&&`&.
26733
26734 .ilist
26735 If &`=`& or &`&&`& is used, the condition is true if any one of the looked up
26736 IP addresses matches one of the listed addresses. For the example above, the
26737 condition is true because 127.0.0.1 matches.
26738 .next
26739 If &`==`& or &`=&&`& is used, the condition is true only if every one of the
26740 looked up IP addresses matches one of the listed addresses. If the condition is
26741 changed to:
26742 .code
26743 dnslists = a.b.c==127.0.0.1
26744 .endd
26745 and the DNS lookup yields both 127.0.0.1 and 127.0.0.2, the condition is
26746 false because 127.0.0.2 is not listed. You would need to have:
26747 .code
26748 dnslists = a.b.c==127.0.0.1,127.0.0.2
26749 .endd
26750 for the condition to be true.
26751 .endlist
26752
26753 When &`!`& is used to negate IP address matching, it inverts the result, giving
26754 the precise opposite of the behaviour above. Thus:
26755 .ilist
26756 If &`!=`& or &`!&&`& is used, the condition is true if none of the looked up IP
26757 addresses matches one of the listed addresses. Consider:
26758 .code
26759 dnslists = a.b.c!&0.0.0.1
26760 .endd
26761 If the DNS lookup yields both 127.0.0.1 and 127.0.0.2, the condition is
26762 false because 127.0.0.1 matches.
26763 .next
26764 If &`!==`& or &`!=&&`& is used, the condition is true there is at least one
26765 looked up IP address that does not match. Consider:
26766 .code
26767 dnslists = a.b.c!=&0.0.0.1
26768 .endd
26769 If the DNS lookup yields both 127.0.0.1 and 127.0.0.2, the condition is
26770 true, because 127.0.0.2 does not match. You would need to have:
26771 .code
26772 dnslists = a.b.c!=&0.0.0.1,0.0.0.2
26773 .endd
26774 for the condition to be false.
26775 .endlist
26776 When the DNS lookup yields only a single IP address, there is no difference
26777 between &`=`& and &`==`& and between &`&&`& and &`=&&`&.
26778
26779
26780
26781
26782 .section "Detailed information from merged DNS lists" "SECTmordetinf"
26783 .cindex "DNS list" "information from merged"
26784 When the facility for restricting the matching IP values in a DNS list is used,
26785 the text from the TXT record that is set in &$dnslist_text$& may not reflect
26786 the true reason for rejection. This happens when lists are merged and the IP
26787 address in the A record is used to distinguish them; unfortunately there is
26788 only one TXT record. One way round this is not to use merged lists, but that
26789 can be inefficient because it requires multiple DNS lookups where one would do
26790 in the vast majority of cases when the host of interest is not on any of the
26791 lists.
26792
26793 A less inefficient way of solving this problem is available. If
26794 two domain names, comma-separated, are given, the second is used first to
26795 do an initial check, making use of any IP value restrictions that are set.
26796 If there is a match, the first domain is used, without any IP value
26797 restrictions, to get the TXT record. As a byproduct of this, there is also
26798 a check that the IP being tested is indeed on the first list. The first
26799 domain is the one that is put in &$dnslist_domain$&. For example:
26800 .code
26801 reject message = \
26802 rejected because $sender_host_address is blacklisted \
26803 at $dnslist_domain\n$dnslist_text
26804 dnslists = \
26805 sbl.spamhaus.org,sbl-xbl.spamhaus.org=127.0.0.2 : \
26806 dul.dnsbl.sorbs.net,dnsbl.sorbs.net=127.0.0.10
26807 .endd
26808 For the first blacklist item, this starts by doing a lookup in
26809 &'sbl-xbl.spamhaus.org'& and testing for a 127.0.0.2 return. If there is a
26810 match, it then looks in &'sbl.spamhaus.org'&, without checking the return
26811 value, and as long as something is found, it looks for the corresponding TXT
26812 record. If there is no match in &'sbl-xbl.spamhaus.org'&, nothing more is done.
26813 The second blacklist item is processed similarly.
26814
26815 If you are interested in more than one merged list, the same list must be
26816 given several times, but because the results of the DNS lookups are cached,
26817 the DNS calls themselves are not repeated. For example:
26818 .code
26819 reject dnslists = \
26820 http.dnsbl.sorbs.net,dnsbl.sorbs.net=127.0.0.2 : \
26821 socks.dnsbl.sorbs.net,dnsbl.sorbs.net=127.0.0.3 : \
26822 misc.dnsbl.sorbs.net,dnsbl.sorbs.net=127.0.0.4 : \
26823 dul.dnsbl.sorbs.net,dnsbl.sorbs.net=127.0.0.10
26824 .endd
26825 In this case there is one lookup in &'dnsbl.sorbs.net'&, and if none of the IP
26826 values matches (or if no record is found), this is the only lookup that is
26827 done. Only if there is a match is one of the more specific lists consulted.
26828
26829
26830
26831 .section "DNS lists and IPv6" "SECTmorednslistslast"
26832 .cindex "IPv6" "DNS black lists"
26833 .cindex "DNS list" "IPv6 usage"
26834 If Exim is asked to do a dnslist lookup for an IPv6 address, it inverts it
26835 nibble by nibble. For example, if the calling host's IP address is
26836 3ffe:ffff:836f:0a00:000a:0800:200a:c031, Exim might look up
26837 .code
26838 1.3.0.c.a.0.0.2.0.0.8.0.a.0.0.0.0.0.a.0.f.6.3.8.
26839 f.f.f.f.e.f.f.3.blackholes.mail-abuse.org
26840 .endd
26841 (split over two lines here to fit on the page). Unfortunately, some of the DNS
26842 lists contain wildcard records, intended for IPv4, that interact badly with
26843 IPv6. For example, the DNS entry
26844 .code
26845 *.3.some.list.example. A 127.0.0.1
26846 .endd
26847 is probably intended to put the entire 3.0.0.0/8 IPv4 network on the list.
26848 Unfortunately, it also matches the entire 3::/4 IPv6 network.
26849
26850 You can exclude IPv6 addresses from DNS lookups by making use of a suitable
26851 &%condition%& condition, as in this example:
26852 .code
26853 deny condition = ${if isip4{$sender_host_address}}
26854 dnslists = some.list.example
26855 .endd
26856
26857 .section "Rate limiting incoming messages" "SECTratelimiting"
26858 .cindex "rate limiting" "client sending"
26859 .cindex "limiting client sending rates"
26860 .oindex "&%smtp_ratelimit_*%&"
26861 The &%ratelimit%& ACL condition can be used to measure and control the rate at
26862 which clients can send email. This is more powerful than the
26863 &%smtp_ratelimit_*%& options, because those options control the rate of
26864 commands in a single SMTP session only, whereas the &%ratelimit%& condition
26865 works across all connections (concurrent and sequential) from the same client
26866 host. The syntax of the &%ratelimit%& condition is:
26867 .display
26868 &`ratelimit =`& <&'m'&> &`/`& <&'p'&> &`/`& <&'options'&> &`/`& <&'key'&>
26869 .endd
26870 If the average client sending rate is less than &'m'& messages per time
26871 period &'p'& then the condition is false; otherwise it is true.
26872
26873 As a side-effect, the &%ratelimit%& condition sets the expansion variable
26874 &$sender_rate$& to the client's computed rate, &$sender_rate_limit$& to the
26875 configured value of &'m'&, and &$sender_rate_period$& to the configured value
26876 of &'p'&.
26877
26878 The parameter &'p'& is the smoothing time constant, in the form of an Exim
26879 time interval, for example, &`8h`& for eight hours. A larger time constant
26880 means that it takes Exim longer to forget a client's past behaviour. The
26881 parameter &'m'& is the maximum number of messages that a client is permitted to
26882 send in each time interval. It also specifies the number of messages permitted
26883 in a fast burst. By increasing both &'m'& and &'p'& but keeping &'m/p'&
26884 constant, you can allow a client to send more messages in a burst without
26885 changing its long-term sending rate limit. Conversely, if &'m'& and &'p'& are
26886 both small, messages must be sent at an even rate.
26887
26888 There is a script in &_util/ratelimit.pl_& which extracts sending rates from
26889 log files, to assist with choosing appropriate settings for &'m'& and &'p'&
26890 when deploying the &%ratelimit%& ACL condition. The script prints usage
26891 instructions when it is run with no arguments.
26892
26893 The key is used to look up the data for calculating the client's average
26894 sending rate. This data is stored in Exim's spool directory, alongside the
26895 retry and other hints databases. The default key is &$sender_host_address$&,
26896 which means Exim computes the sending rate of each client host IP address.
26897 By changing the key you can change how Exim identifies clients for the purpose
26898 of ratelimiting. For example, to limit the sending rate of each authenticated
26899 user, independent of the computer they are sending from, set the key to
26900 &$authenticated_id$&. You must ensure that the lookup key is meaningful; for
26901 example, &$authenticated_id$& is only meaningful if the client has
26902 authenticated (which you can check with the &%authenticated%& ACL condition).
26903
26904 The lookup key does not have to identify clients: If you want to limit the
26905 rate at which a recipient receives messages, you can use the key
26906 &`$local_part@$domain`& with the &%per_rcpt%& option (see below) in a RCPT
26907 ACL.
26908
26909 Internally, Exim appends the smoothing constant &'p'& and the options onto the
26910 lookup key because they alter the meaning of the stored data. This is not true
26911 for the limit &'m'&, so you can alter the configured maximum rate and Exim will
26912 still remember clients' past behaviour, but if you alter the other ratelimit
26913 parameters Exim forgets past behaviour.
26914
26915 Each &%ratelimit%& condition can have up to three options. One option
26916 specifies what Exim measures the rate of, and the second specifies how Exim
26917 handles excessively fast clients. The third option can be &`noupdate`&, to
26918 disable updating of the ratelimiting database (see section &<<rearatdat>>&).
26919 The options are separated by a slash, like the other parameters. They may
26920 appear in any order.
26921
26922 .section "Ratelimit options for what is being measured" "ratoptmea"
26923 The &%per_conn%& option limits the client's connection rate.
26924
26925 The &%per_mail%& option limits the client's rate of sending messages. This is
26926 the default if none of the &%per_*%& options is specified.
26927
26928 The &%per_byte%& option limits the sender's email bandwidth. Note that it is
26929 best to use this option in the DATA ACL; if it is used in an earlier ACL it
26930 relies on the SIZE parameter specified by the client in its MAIL command,
26931 which may be inaccurate or completely missing. You can follow the limit &'m'&
26932 in the configuration with K, M, or G to specify limits in kilobytes,
26933 megabytes, or gigabytes, respectively.
26934
26935 The &%per_rcpt%& option causes Exim to limit the rate at which
26936 recipients are accepted. To be effective, it would need to be used in
26937 either the &%acl_smtp_rcpt%& or the &%acl_not_smtp%& ACL. In the
26938 &%acl_smtp_rcpt%& ACL, the number of recipients is incremented by one.
26939 In the case of a locally submitted message in the &%acl_not_smtp%& ACL,
26940 the number of recipients is incremented by the &%$recipients_count%&
26941 for the entire message. Note that in either case the rate limiting
26942 engine will see a message with many recipients as a large high-speed
26943 burst.
26944
26945 The &%per_cmd%& option causes Exim to recompute the rate every time the
26946 condition is processed. This can be used to limit the SMTP command rate.
26947 This command is essentially an alias of &%per_rcpt%& to make it clear
26948 that the effect is to limit the rate at which individual commands,
26949 rather than recipients, are accepted.
26950
26951 .section "Ratelimit options for handling fast clients" "ratophanfas"
26952 If a client's average rate is greater than the maximum, the rate limiting
26953 engine can react in two possible ways, depending on the presence of the
26954 &%strict%& or &%leaky%& options. This is independent of the other
26955 counter-measures (such as rejecting the message) that may be specified by the
26956 rest of the ACL. The default mode is leaky, which avoids a sender's
26957 over-aggressive retry rate preventing it from getting any email through.
26958
26959 The &%strict%& option means that the client's recorded rate is always
26960 updated. The effect of this is that Exim measures the client's average rate
26961 of attempts to send email, which can be much higher than the maximum it is
26962 actually allowed. If the client is over the limit it may be subjected to
26963 counter-measures by the ACL until it slows down below the maximum rate. If
26964 the client stops attempting to send email for the time specified in the &'p'&
26965 parameter then its computed rate will decay exponentially to 37% of its peak
26966 value. You can work out the time (the number of smoothing periods) that a
26967 client is subjected to counter-measures after an over-limit burst with this
26968 formula:
26969 .code
26970 ln(peakrate/maxrate)
26971 .endd
26972 The &%leaky%& (default) option means that the client's recorded rate is not
26973 updated if it is above the limit. The effect of this is that Exim measures the
26974 client's average rate of successfully sent email, which cannot be greater than
26975 the maximum allowed. If the client is over the limit it may suffer some
26976 counter-measures (as specified in the ACL), but it will still be able to send
26977 email at the configured maximum rate, whatever the rate of its attempts. This
26978 is generally the better choice if you have clients that retry automatically.
26979
26980 .section "Using rate limiting" "useratlim"
26981 Exim's other ACL facilities are used to define what counter-measures are taken
26982 when the rate limit is exceeded. This might be anything from logging a warning
26983 (for example, while measuring existing sending rates in order to define
26984 policy), through time delays to slow down fast senders, up to rejecting the
26985 message. For example:
26986 .code
26987 # Log all senders' rates
26988 warn ratelimit = 0 / 1h / strict
26989 log_message = Sender rate $sender_rate / $sender_rate_period
26990
26991 # Slow down fast senders; note the need to truncate $sender_rate
26992 # at the decimal point.
26993 warn ratelimit = 100 / 1h / per_rcpt / strict
26994 delay = ${eval: ${sg{$sender_rate}{[.].*}{}} - \
26995 $sender_rate_limit }s
26996
26997 # Keep authenticated users under control
26998 deny authenticated = *
26999 ratelimit = 100 / 1d / strict / $authenticated_id
27000
27001 # System-wide rate limit
27002 defer message = Sorry, too busy. Try again later.
27003 ratelimit = 10 / 1s / $primary_hostname
27004
27005 # Restrict incoming rate from each host, with a default
27006 # set using a macro and special cases looked up in a table.
27007 defer message = Sender rate exceeds $sender_rate_limit \
27008 messages per $sender_rate_period
27009 ratelimit = ${lookup {$sender_host_address} \
27010 cdb {DB/ratelimits.cdb} \
27011 {$value} {RATELIMIT} }
27012 .endd
27013 &*Warning*&: If you have a busy server with a lot of &%ratelimit%& tests,
27014 especially with the &%per_rcpt%& option, you may suffer from a performance
27015 bottleneck caused by locking on the ratelimit hints database. Apart from
27016 making your ACLs less complicated, you can reduce the problem by using a
27017 RAM disk for Exim's hints directory (usually &_/var/spool/exim/db/_&). However
27018 this means that Exim will lose its hints data after a reboot (including retry
27019 hints, the callout cache, and ratelimit data).
27020
27021
27022 .section "Reading ratelimit data without updating" "rearatdat"
27023 .cindex "rate limitint" "reading data without updating"
27024 If the &%noupdate%& option is present on a &%ratelimit%& ACL condition, Exim
27025 computes the rate and checks the limit as normal, but it does not update the
27026 saved data. This means that, in relevant ACLs, it is possible to lookup the
27027 existence of a specified (or auto-generated) ratelimit key without incrementing
27028 the ratelimit counter for that key. In order for this to be useful, another ACL
27029 entry must set the rate for the same key (otherwise it will always be zero).
27030 For example:
27031 .code
27032 acl_check_connect:
27033 deny ratelimit = 100 / 5m / strict / per_cmd / noupdate
27034 log_message = RATE: $sender_rate/$sender_rate_period \
27035 (max $sender_rate_limit)
27036 .endd
27037 .display
27038 &'... some other logic and tests...'&
27039 .endd
27040 .code
27041 acl_check_mail:
27042 warn ratelimit = 100 / 5m / strict / per_cmd
27043 condition = ${if le{$sender_rate}{$sender_rate_limit}}
27044 logwrite = RATE UPDATE: $sender_rate/$sender_rate_period \
27045 (max $sender_rate_limit)
27046 .endd
27047 In this example, the rate is tested and used to deny access (when it is too
27048 high) in the connect ACL, but the actual computation of the remembered rate
27049 happens later, on a per-command basis, in another ACL.
27050
27051
27052
27053 .section "Address verification" "SECTaddressverification"
27054 .cindex "verifying address" "options for"
27055 .cindex "policy control" "address verification"
27056 Several of the &%verify%& conditions described in section
27057 &<<SECTaclconditions>>& cause addresses to be verified. Section
27058 &<<SECTsenaddver>>& discusses the reporting of sender verification failures.
27059 The verification conditions can be followed by options that modify the
27060 verification process. The options are separated from the keyword and from each
27061 other by slashes, and some of them contain parameters. For example:
27062 .code
27063 verify = sender/callout
27064 verify = recipient/defer_ok/callout=10s,defer_ok
27065 .endd
27066 The first stage of address verification, which always happens, is to run the
27067 address through the routers, in &"verify mode"&. Routers can detect the
27068 difference between verification and routing for delivery, and their actions can
27069 be varied by a number of generic options such as &%verify%& and &%verify_only%&
27070 (see chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&). If routing fails, verification fails.
27071 The available options are as follows:
27072
27073 .ilist
27074 If the &%callout%& option is specified, successful routing to one or more
27075 remote hosts is followed by a &"callout"& to those hosts as an additional
27076 check. Callouts and their sub-options are discussed in the next section.
27077 .next
27078 If there is a defer error while doing verification routing, the ACL
27079 normally returns &"defer"&. However, if you include &%defer_ok%& in the
27080 options, the condition is forced to be true instead. Note that this is a main
27081 verification option as well as a suboption for callouts.
27082 .next
27083 The &%no_details%& option is covered in section &<<SECTsenaddver>>&, which
27084 discusses the reporting of sender address verification failures.
27085 .next
27086 The &%success_on_redirect%& option causes verification always to succeed
27087 immediately after a successful redirection. By default, if a redirection
27088 generates just one address, that address is also verified. See further
27089 discussion in section &<<SECTredirwhilveri>>&.
27090 .endlist
27091
27092 .cindex "verifying address" "differentiating failures"
27093 .vindex "&$recipient_verify_failure$&"
27094 .vindex "&$sender_verify_failure$&"
27095 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
27096 After an address verification failure, &$acl_verify_message$& contains the
27097 error message that is associated with the failure. It can be preserved by
27098 coding like this:
27099 .code
27100 warn !verify = sender
27101 set acl_m0 = $acl_verify_message
27102 .endd
27103 If you are writing your own custom rejection message or log message when
27104 denying access, you can use this variable to include information about the
27105 verification failure.
27106
27107 In addition, &$sender_verify_failure$& or &$recipient_verify_failure$& (as
27108 appropriate) contains one of the following words:
27109
27110 .ilist
27111 &%qualify%&: The address was unqualified (no domain), and the message
27112 was neither local nor came from an exempted host.
27113 .next
27114 &%route%&: Routing failed.
27115 .next
27116 &%mail%&: Routing succeeded, and a callout was attempted; rejection
27117 occurred at or before the MAIL command (that is, on initial
27118 connection, HELO, or MAIL).
27119 .next
27120 &%recipient%&: The RCPT command in a callout was rejected.
27121 .next
27122 &%postmaster%&: The postmaster check in a callout was rejected.
27123 .endlist
27124
27125 The main use of these variables is expected to be to distinguish between
27126 rejections of MAIL and rejections of RCPT in callouts.
27127
27128
27129
27130
27131 .section "Callout verification" "SECTcallver"
27132 .cindex "verifying address" "by callout"
27133 .cindex "callout" "verification"
27134 .cindex "SMTP" "callout verification"
27135 For non-local addresses, routing verifies the domain, but is unable to do any
27136 checking of the local part. There are situations where some means of verifying
27137 the local part is desirable. One way this can be done is to make an SMTP
27138 &'callback'& to a delivery host for the sender address or a &'callforward'& to
27139 a subsequent host for a recipient address, to see if the host accepts the
27140 address. We use the term &'callout'& to cover both cases. Note that for a
27141 sender address, the callback is not to the client host that is trying to
27142 deliver the message, but to one of the hosts that accepts incoming mail for the
27143 sender's domain.
27144
27145 Exim does not do callouts by default. If you want them to happen, you must
27146 request them by setting appropriate options on the &%verify%& condition, as
27147 described below. This facility should be used with care, because it can add a
27148 lot of resource usage to the cost of verifying an address. However, Exim does
27149 cache the results of callouts, which helps to reduce the cost. Details of
27150 caching are in section &<<SECTcallvercache>>&.
27151
27152 Recipient callouts are usually used only between hosts that are controlled by
27153 the same administration. For example, a corporate gateway host could use
27154 callouts to check for valid recipients on an internal mailserver. A successful
27155 callout does not guarantee that a real delivery to the address would succeed;
27156 on the other hand, a failing callout does guarantee that a delivery would fail.
27157
27158 If the &%callout%& option is present on a condition that verifies an address, a
27159 second stage of verification occurs if the address is successfully routed to
27160 one or more remote hosts. The usual case is routing by a &(dnslookup)& or a
27161 &(manualroute)& router, where the router specifies the hosts. However, if a
27162 router that does not set up hosts routes to an &(smtp)& transport with a
27163 &%hosts%& setting, the transport's hosts are used. If an &(smtp)& transport has
27164 &%hosts_override%& set, its hosts are always used, whether or not the router
27165 supplies a host list.
27166
27167 The port that is used is taken from the transport, if it is specified and is a
27168 remote transport. (For routers that do verification only, no transport need be
27169 specified.) Otherwise, the default SMTP port is used. If a remote transport
27170 specifies an outgoing interface, this is used; otherwise the interface is not
27171 specified. Likewise, the text that is used for the HELO command is taken from
27172 the transport's &%helo_data%& option; if there is no transport, the value of
27173 &$smtp_active_hostname$& is used.
27174
27175 For a sender callout check, Exim makes SMTP connections to the remote hosts, to
27176 test whether a bounce message could be delivered to the sender address. The
27177 following SMTP commands are sent:
27178 .display
27179 &`HELO `&<&'local host name'&>
27180 &`MAIL FROM:<>`&
27181 &`RCPT TO:`&<&'the address to be tested'&>
27182 &`QUIT`&
27183 .endd
27184 LHLO is used instead of HELO if the transport's &%protocol%& option is
27185 set to &"lmtp"&.
27186
27187 A recipient callout check is similar. By default, it also uses an empty address
27188 for the sender. This default is chosen because most hosts do not make use of
27189 the sender address when verifying a recipient. Using the same address means
27190 that a single cache entry can be used for each recipient. Some sites, however,
27191 do make use of the sender address when verifying. These are catered for by the
27192 &%use_sender%& and &%use_postmaster%& options, described in the next section.
27193
27194 If the response to the RCPT command is a 2&'xx'& code, the verification
27195 succeeds. If it is 5&'xx'&, the verification fails. For any other condition,
27196 Exim tries the next host, if any. If there is a problem with all the remote
27197 hosts, the ACL yields &"defer"&, unless the &%defer_ok%& parameter of the
27198 &%callout%& option is given, in which case the condition is forced to succeed.
27199
27200 .cindex "SMTP" "output flushing, disabling for callout"
27201 A callout may take a little time. For this reason, Exim normally flushes SMTP
27202 output before performing a callout in an ACL, to avoid unexpected timeouts in
27203 clients when the SMTP PIPELINING extension is in use. The flushing can be
27204 disabled by using a &%control%& modifier to set &%no_callout_flush%&.
27205
27206
27207
27208
27209 .section "Additional parameters for callouts" "CALLaddparcall"
27210 .cindex "callout" "additional parameters for"
27211 The &%callout%& option can be followed by an equals sign and a number of
27212 optional parameters, separated by commas. For example:
27213 .code
27214 verify = recipient/callout=10s,defer_ok
27215 .endd
27216 The old syntax, which had &%callout_defer_ok%& and &%check_postmaster%& as
27217 separate verify options, is retained for backwards compatibility, but is now
27218 deprecated. The additional parameters for &%callout%& are as follows:
27219
27220
27221 .vlist
27222 .vitem <&'a&~time&~interval'&>
27223 .cindex "callout" "timeout, specifying"
27224 This specifies the timeout that applies for the callout attempt to each host.
27225 For example:
27226 .code
27227 verify = sender/callout=5s
27228 .endd
27229 The default is 30 seconds. The timeout is used for each response from the
27230 remote host. It is also used for the initial connection, unless overridden by
27231 the &%connect%& parameter.
27232
27233
27234 .vitem &*connect&~=&~*&<&'time&~interval'&>
27235 .cindex "callout" "connection timeout, specifying"
27236 This parameter makes it possible to set a different (usually smaller) timeout
27237 for making the SMTP connection. For example:
27238 .code
27239 verify = sender/callout=5s,connect=1s
27240 .endd
27241 If not specified, this timeout defaults to the general timeout value.
27242
27243 .vitem &*defer_ok*&
27244 .cindex "callout" "defer, action on"
27245 When this parameter is present, failure to contact any host, or any other kind
27246 of temporary error, is treated as success by the ACL. However, the cache is not
27247 updated in this circumstance.
27248
27249 .vitem &*fullpostmaster*&
27250 .cindex "callout" "full postmaster check"
27251 This operates like the &%postmaster%& option (see below), but if the check for
27252 &'postmaster@domain'& fails, it tries just &'postmaster'&, without a domain, in
27253 accordance with the specification in RFC 2821. The RFC states that the
27254 unqualified address &'postmaster'& should be accepted.
27255
27256
27257 .vitem &*mailfrom&~=&~*&<&'email&~address'&>
27258 .cindex "callout" "sender when verifying header"
27259 When verifying addresses in header lines using the &%header_sender%&
27260 verification option, Exim behaves by default as if the addresses are envelope
27261 sender addresses from a message. Callout verification therefore tests to see
27262 whether a bounce message could be delivered, by using an empty address in the
27263 MAIL command. However, it is arguable that these addresses might never be used
27264 as envelope senders, and could therefore justifiably reject bounce messages
27265 (empty senders). The &%mailfrom%& callout parameter allows you to specify what
27266 address to use in the MAIL command. For example:
27267 .code
27268 require verify = header_sender/callout=mailfrom=abcd@x.y.z
27269 .endd
27270 This parameter is available only for the &%header_sender%& verification option.
27271
27272
27273 .vitem &*maxwait&~=&~*&<&'time&~interval'&>
27274 .cindex "callout" "overall timeout, specifying"
27275 This parameter sets an overall timeout for performing a callout verification.
27276 For example:
27277 .code
27278 verify = sender/callout=5s,maxwait=30s
27279 .endd
27280 This timeout defaults to four times the callout timeout for individual SMTP
27281 commands. The overall timeout applies when there is more than one host that can
27282 be tried. The timeout is checked before trying the next host. This prevents
27283 very long delays if there are a large number of hosts and all are timing out
27284 (for example, when network connections are timing out).
27285
27286
27287 .vitem &*no_cache*&
27288 .cindex "callout" "cache, suppressing"
27289 .cindex "caching callout, suppressing"
27290 When this parameter is given, the callout cache is neither read nor updated.
27291
27292 .vitem &*postmaster*&
27293 .cindex "callout" "postmaster; checking"
27294 When this parameter is set, a successful callout check is followed by a similar
27295 check for the local part &'postmaster'& at the same domain. If this address is
27296 rejected, the callout fails (but see &%fullpostmaster%& above). The result of
27297 the postmaster check is recorded in a cache record; if it is a failure, this is
27298 used to fail subsequent callouts for the domain without a connection being
27299 made, until the cache record expires.
27300
27301 .vitem &*postmaster_mailfrom&~=&~*&<&'email&~address'&>
27302 The postmaster check uses an empty sender in the MAIL command by default.
27303 You can use this parameter to do a postmaster check using a different address.
27304 For example:
27305 .code
27306 require verify = sender/callout=postmaster_mailfrom=abc@x.y.z
27307 .endd
27308 If both &%postmaster%& and &%postmaster_mailfrom%& are present, the rightmost
27309 one overrides. The &%postmaster%& parameter is equivalent to this example:
27310 .code
27311 require verify = sender/callout=postmaster_mailfrom=
27312 .endd
27313 &*Warning*&: The caching arrangements for postmaster checking do not take
27314 account of the sender address. It is assumed that either the empty address or
27315 a fixed non-empty address will be used. All that Exim remembers is that the
27316 postmaster check for the domain succeeded or failed.
27317
27318
27319 .vitem &*random*&
27320 .cindex "callout" "&""random""& check"
27321 When this parameter is set, before doing the normal callout check, Exim does a
27322 check for a &"random"& local part at the same domain. The local part is not
27323 really random &-- it is defined by the expansion of the option
27324 &%callout_random_local_part%&, which defaults to
27325 .code
27326 $primary_host_name-$tod_epoch-testing
27327 .endd
27328 The idea here is to try to determine whether the remote host accepts all local
27329 parts without checking. If it does, there is no point in doing callouts for
27330 specific local parts. If the &"random"& check succeeds, the result is saved in
27331 a cache record, and used to force the current and subsequent callout checks to
27332 succeed without a connection being made, until the cache record expires.
27333
27334 .vitem &*use_postmaster*&
27335 .cindex "callout" "sender for recipient check"
27336 This parameter applies to recipient callouts only. For example:
27337 .code
27338 deny !verify = recipient/callout=use_postmaster
27339 .endd
27340 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
27341 It causes a non-empty postmaster address to be used in the MAIL command when
27342 performing the callout for the recipient, and also for a &"random"& check if
27343 that is configured. The local part of the address is &`postmaster`& and the
27344 domain is the contents of &$qualify_domain$&.
27345
27346 .vitem &*use_sender*&
27347 This option applies to recipient callouts only. For example:
27348 .code
27349 require verify = recipient/callout=use_sender
27350 .endd
27351 It causes the message's actual sender address to be used in the MAIL
27352 command when performing the callout, instead of an empty address. There is no
27353 need to use this option unless you know that the called hosts make use of the
27354 sender when checking recipients. If used indiscriminately, it reduces the
27355 usefulness of callout caching.
27356 .endlist
27357
27358 If you use any of the parameters that set a non-empty sender for the MAIL
27359 command (&%mailfrom%&, &%postmaster_mailfrom%&, &%use_postmaster%&, or
27360 &%use_sender%&), you should think about possible loops. Recipient checking is
27361 usually done between two hosts that are under the same management, and the host
27362 that receives the callouts is not normally configured to do callouts itself.
27363 Therefore, it is normally safe to use &%use_postmaster%& or &%use_sender%& in
27364 these circumstances.
27365
27366 However, if you use a non-empty sender address for a callout to an arbitrary
27367 host, there is the likelihood that the remote host will itself initiate a
27368 callout check back to your host. As it is checking what appears to be a message
27369 sender, it is likely to use an empty address in MAIL, thus avoiding a
27370 callout loop. However, to be on the safe side it would be best to set up your
27371 own ACLs so that they do not do sender verification checks when the recipient
27372 is the address you use for header sender or postmaster callout checking.
27373
27374 Another issue to think about when using non-empty senders for callouts is
27375 caching. When you set &%mailfrom%& or &%use_sender%&, the cache record is keyed
27376 by the sender/recipient combination; thus, for any given recipient, many more
27377 actual callouts are performed than when an empty sender or postmaster is used.
27378
27379
27380
27381
27382 .section "Callout caching" "SECTcallvercache"
27383 .cindex "hints database" "callout cache"
27384 .cindex "callout" "cache, description of"
27385 .cindex "caching" "callout"
27386 Exim caches the results of callouts in order to reduce the amount of resources
27387 used, unless you specify the &%no_cache%& parameter with the &%callout%&
27388 option. A hints database called &"callout"& is used for the cache. Two
27389 different record types are used: one records the result of a callout check for
27390 a specific address, and the other records information that applies to the
27391 entire domain (for example, that it accepts the local part &'postmaster'&).
27392
27393 When an original callout fails, a detailed SMTP error message is given about
27394 the failure. However, for subsequent failures use the cache data, this message
27395 is not available.
27396
27397 The expiry times for negative and positive address cache records are
27398 independent, and can be set by the global options &%callout_negative_expire%&
27399 (default 2h) and &%callout_positive_expire%& (default 24h), respectively.
27400
27401 If a host gives a negative response to an SMTP connection, or rejects any
27402 commands up to and including
27403 .code
27404 MAIL FROM:<>
27405 .endd
27406 (but not including the MAIL command with a non-empty address),
27407 any callout attempt is bound to fail. Exim remembers such failures in a
27408 domain cache record, which it uses to fail callouts for the domain without
27409 making new connections, until the domain record times out. There are two
27410 separate expiry times for domain cache records:
27411 &%callout_domain_negative_expire%& (default 3h) and
27412 &%callout_domain_positive_expire%& (default 7d).
27413
27414 Domain records expire when the negative expiry time is reached if callouts
27415 cannot be made for the domain, or if the postmaster check failed.
27416 Otherwise, they expire when the positive expiry time is reached. This
27417 ensures that, for example, a host that stops accepting &"random"& local parts
27418 will eventually be noticed.
27419
27420 The callout caching mechanism is based on the domain of the address that is
27421 being tested. If the domain routes to several hosts, it is assumed that their
27422 behaviour will be the same.
27423
27424
27425
27426 .section "Sender address verification reporting" "SECTsenaddver"
27427 .cindex "verifying" "suppressing error details"
27428 See section &<<SECTaddressverification>>& for a general discussion of
27429 verification. When sender verification fails in an ACL, the details of the
27430 failure are given as additional output lines before the 550 response to the
27431 relevant SMTP command (RCPT or DATA). For example, if sender callout is in use,
27432 you might see:
27433 .code
27434 MAIL FROM:<xyz@abc.example>
27435 250 OK
27436 RCPT TO:<pqr@def.example>
27437 550-Verification failed for <xyz@abc.example>
27438 550-Called: 192.168.34.43
27439 550-Sent: RCPT TO:<xyz@abc.example>
27440 550-Response: 550 Unknown local part xyz in <xyz@abc.example>
27441 550 Sender verification failed
27442 .endd
27443 If more than one RCPT command fails in the same way, the details are given
27444 only for the first of them. However, some administrators do not want to send
27445 out this much information. You can suppress the details by adding
27446 &`/no_details`& to the ACL statement that requests sender verification. For
27447 example:
27448 .code
27449 verify = sender/no_details
27450 .endd
27451
27452 .section "Redirection while verifying" "SECTredirwhilveri"
27453 .cindex "verifying" "redirection while"
27454 .cindex "address redirection" "while verifying"
27455 A dilemma arises when a local address is redirected by aliasing or forwarding
27456 during verification: should the generated addresses themselves be verified,
27457 or should the successful expansion of the original address be enough to verify
27458 it? By default, Exim takes the following pragmatic approach:
27459
27460 .ilist
27461 When an incoming address is redirected to just one child address, verification
27462 continues with the child address, and if that fails to verify, the original
27463 verification also fails.
27464 .next
27465 When an incoming address is redirected to more than one child address,
27466 verification does not continue. A success result is returned.
27467 .endlist
27468
27469 This seems the most reasonable behaviour for the common use of aliasing as a
27470 way of redirecting different local parts to the same mailbox. It means, for
27471 example, that a pair of alias entries of the form
27472 .code
27473 A.Wol: aw123
27474 aw123: :fail: Gone away, no forwarding address
27475 .endd
27476 work as expected, with both local parts causing verification failure. When a
27477 redirection generates more than one address, the behaviour is more like a
27478 mailing list, where the existence of the alias itself is sufficient for
27479 verification to succeed.
27480
27481 It is possible, however, to change the default behaviour so that all successful
27482 redirections count as successful verifications, however many new addresses are
27483 generated. This is specified by the &%success_on_redirect%& verification
27484 option. For example:
27485 .code
27486 require verify = recipient/success_on_redirect/callout=10s
27487 .endd
27488 In this example, verification succeeds if a router generates a new address, and
27489 the callout does not occur, because no address was routed to a remote host.
27490
27491 When verification is being tested via the &%-bv%& option, the treatment of
27492 redirections is as just described, unless the &%-v%& or any debugging option is
27493 also specified. In that case, full verification is done for every generated
27494 address and a report is output for each of them.
27495
27496
27497
27498 .section "Client SMTP authorization (CSA)" "SECTverifyCSA"
27499 .cindex "CSA" "verifying"
27500 Client SMTP Authorization is a system that allows a site to advertise
27501 which machines are and are not permitted to send email. This is done by placing
27502 special SRV records in the DNS; these are looked up using the client's HELO
27503 domain. At the time of writing, CSA is still an Internet Draft. Client SMTP
27504 Authorization checks in Exim are performed by the ACL condition:
27505 .code
27506 verify = csa
27507 .endd
27508 This fails if the client is not authorized. If there is a DNS problem, or if no
27509 valid CSA SRV record is found, or if the client is authorized, the condition
27510 succeeds. These three cases can be distinguished using the expansion variable
27511 &$csa_status$&, which can take one of the values &"fail"&, &"defer"&,
27512 &"unknown"&, or &"ok"&. The condition does not itself defer because that would
27513 be likely to cause problems for legitimate email.
27514
27515 The error messages produced by the CSA code include slightly more
27516 detail. If &$csa_status$& is &"defer"&, this may be because of problems
27517 looking up the CSA SRV record, or problems looking up the CSA target
27518 address record. There are four reasons for &$csa_status$& being &"fail"&:
27519
27520 .ilist
27521 The client's host name is explicitly not authorized.
27522 .next
27523 The client's IP address does not match any of the CSA target IP addresses.
27524 .next
27525 The client's host name is authorized but it has no valid target IP addresses
27526 (for example, the target's addresses are IPv6 and the client is using IPv4).
27527 .next
27528 The client's host name has no CSA SRV record but a parent domain has asserted
27529 that all subdomains must be explicitly authorized.
27530 .endlist
27531
27532 The &%csa%& verification condition can take an argument which is the domain to
27533 use for the DNS query. The default is:
27534 .code
27535 verify = csa/$sender_helo_name
27536 .endd
27537 This implementation includes an extension to CSA. If the query domain
27538 is an address literal such as [192.0.2.95], or if it is a bare IP
27539 address, Exim searches for CSA SRV records in the reverse DNS as if
27540 the HELO domain was (for example) &'95.2.0.192.in-addr.arpa'&. Therefore it is
27541 meaningful to say:
27542 .code
27543 verify = csa/$sender_host_address
27544 .endd
27545 In fact, this is the check that Exim performs if the client does not say HELO.
27546 This extension can be turned off by setting the main configuration option
27547 &%dns_csa_use_reverse%& to be false.
27548
27549 If a CSA SRV record is not found for the domain itself, a search
27550 is performed through its parent domains for a record which might be
27551 making assertions about subdomains. The maximum depth of this search is limited
27552 using the main configuration option &%dns_csa_search_limit%&, which is 5 by
27553 default. Exim does not look for CSA SRV records in a top level domain, so the
27554 default settings handle HELO domains as long as seven
27555 (&'hostname.five.four.three.two.one.com'&). This encompasses the vast majority
27556 of legitimate HELO domains.
27557
27558 The &'dnsdb'& lookup also has support for CSA. Although &'dnsdb'& also supports
27559 direct SRV lookups, this is not sufficient because of the extra parent domain
27560 search behaviour of CSA, and (as with PTR lookups) &'dnsdb'& also turns IP
27561 addresses into lookups in the reverse DNS space. The result of a successful
27562 lookup such as:
27563 .code
27564 ${lookup dnsdb {csa=$sender_helo_name}}
27565 .endd
27566 has two space-separated fields: an authorization code and a target host name.
27567 The authorization code can be &"Y"& for yes, &"N"& for no, &"X"& for explicit
27568 authorization required but absent, or &"?"& for unknown.
27569
27570
27571
27572
27573 .section "Bounce address tag validation" "SECTverifyPRVS"
27574 .cindex "BATV, verifying"
27575 Bounce address tag validation (BATV) is a scheme whereby the envelope senders
27576 of outgoing messages have a cryptographic, timestamped &"tag"& added to them.
27577 Genuine incoming bounce messages should therefore always be addressed to
27578 recipients that have a valid tag. This scheme is a way of detecting unwanted
27579 bounce messages caused by sender address forgeries (often called &"collateral
27580 spam"&), because the recipients of such messages do not include valid tags.
27581
27582 There are two expansion items to help with the implementation of the BATV
27583 &"prvs"& (private signature) scheme in an Exim configuration. This scheme signs
27584 the original envelope sender address by using a simple key to add a hash of the
27585 address and some time-based randomizing information. The &%prvs%& expansion
27586 item creates a signed address, and the &%prvscheck%& expansion item checks one.
27587 The syntax of these expansion items is described in section
27588 &<<SECTexpansionitems>>&.
27589
27590 As an example, suppose the secret per-address keys are stored in an MySQL
27591 database. A query to look up the key for an address could be defined as a macro
27592 like this:
27593 .code
27594 PRVSCHECK_SQL = ${lookup mysql{SELECT secret FROM batv_prvs \
27595 WHERE sender='${quote_mysql:$prvscheck_address}'\
27596 }{$value}}
27597 .endd
27598 Suppose also that the senders who make use of BATV are defined by an address
27599 list called &%batv_senders%&. Then, in the ACL for RCPT commands, you could
27600 use this:
27601 .code
27602 # Bounces: drop unsigned addresses for BATV senders
27603 deny message = This address does not send an unsigned reverse path
27604 senders = :
27605 recipients = +batv_senders
27606
27607 # Bounces: In case of prvs-signed address, check signature.
27608 deny message = Invalid reverse path signature.
27609 senders = :
27610 condition = ${prvscheck {$local_part@$domain}\
27611 {PRVSCHECK_SQL}{1}}
27612 !condition = $prvscheck_result
27613 .endd
27614 The first statement rejects recipients for bounce messages that are addressed
27615 to plain BATV sender addresses, because it is known that BATV senders do not
27616 send out messages with plain sender addresses. The second statement rejects
27617 recipients that are prvs-signed, but with invalid signatures (either because
27618 the key is wrong, or the signature has timed out).
27619
27620 A non-prvs-signed address is not rejected by the second statement, because the
27621 &%prvscheck%& expansion yields an empty string if its first argument is not a
27622 prvs-signed address, thus causing the &%condition%& condition to be false. If
27623 the first argument is a syntactically valid prvs-signed address, the yield is
27624 the third string (in this case &"1"&), whether or not the cryptographic and
27625 timeout checks succeed. The &$prvscheck_result$& variable contains the result
27626 of the checks (empty for failure, &"1"& for success).
27627
27628 .new
27629 There is one more issue you must consider when implementing prvs-signing:
27630 you have to ensure that the routers accept prvs-signed addresses and
27631 deliver them correctly. The easiest way to handle this is to use a &(redirect)&
27632 router to remove the signature with a configuration along these lines:
27633 .wen
27634 .code
27635 batv_redirect:
27636 driver = redirect
27637 data = ${prvscheck {$local_part@$domain}{PRVSCHECK_SQL}}
27638 .endd
27639 This works because, if the third argument of &%prvscheck%& is empty, the result
27640 of the expansion of a prvs-signed address is the decoded value of the original
27641 address. This router should probably be the first of your routers that handles
27642 local addresses.
27643
27644 To create BATV-signed addresses in the first place, a transport of this form
27645 can be used:
27646 .code
27647 external_smtp_batv:
27648 driver = smtp
27649 return_path = ${prvs {$return_path} \
27650 {${lookup mysql{SELECT \
27651 secret FROM batv_prvs WHERE \
27652 sender='${quote_mysql:$sender_address}'} \
27653 {$value}fail}}}
27654 .endd
27655 If no key can be found for the existing return path, no signing takes place.
27656
27657
27658
27659 .section "Using an ACL to control relaying" "SECTrelaycontrol"
27660 .cindex "&ACL;" "relay control"
27661 .cindex "relaying" "control by ACL"
27662 .cindex "policy control" "relay control"
27663 An MTA is said to &'relay'& a message if it receives it from some host and
27664 delivers it directly to another host as a result of a remote address contained
27665 within it. Redirecting a local address via an alias or forward file and then
27666 passing the message on to another host is not relaying,
27667 .cindex "&""percent hack""&"
27668 but a redirection as a result of the &"percent hack"& is.
27669
27670 Two kinds of relaying exist, which are termed &"incoming"& and &"outgoing"&.
27671 A host which is acting as a gateway or an MX backup is concerned with incoming
27672 relaying from arbitrary hosts to a specific set of domains. On the other hand,
27673 a host which is acting as a smart host for a number of clients is concerned
27674 with outgoing relaying from those clients to the Internet at large. Often the
27675 same host is fulfilling both functions,
27676 . ///
27677 . as illustrated in the diagram below,
27678 . ///
27679 but in principle these two kinds of relaying are entirely independent. What is
27680 not wanted is the transmission of mail from arbitrary remote hosts through your
27681 system to arbitrary domains.
27682
27683
27684 You can implement relay control by means of suitable statements in the ACL that
27685 runs for each RCPT command. For convenience, it is often easiest to use
27686 Exim's named list facility to define the domains and hosts involved. For
27687 example, suppose you want to do the following:
27688
27689 .ilist
27690 Deliver a number of domains to mailboxes on the local host (or process them
27691 locally in some other way). Let's say these are &'my.dom1.example'& and
27692 &'my.dom2.example'&.
27693 .next
27694 Relay mail for a number of other domains for which you are the secondary MX.
27695 These might be &'friend1.example'& and &'friend2.example'&.
27696 .next
27697 Relay mail from the hosts on your local LAN, to whatever domains are involved.
27698 Suppose your LAN is 192.168.45.0/24.
27699 .endlist
27700
27701
27702 In the main part of the configuration, you put the following definitions:
27703 .code
27704 domainlist local_domains = my.dom1.example : my.dom2.example
27705 domainlist relay_domains = friend1.example : friend2.example
27706 hostlist relay_hosts = 192.168.45.0/24
27707 .endd
27708 Now you can use these definitions in the ACL that is run for every RCPT
27709 command:
27710 .code
27711 acl_check_rcpt:
27712 accept domains = +local_domains : +relay_domains
27713 accept hosts = +relay_hosts
27714 .endd
27715 The first statement accepts any RCPT command that contains an address in
27716 the local or relay domains. For any other domain, control passes to the second
27717 statement, which accepts the command only if it comes from one of the relay
27718 hosts. In practice, you will probably want to make your ACL more sophisticated
27719 than this, for example, by including sender and recipient verification. The
27720 default configuration includes a more comprehensive example, which is described
27721 in chapter &<<CHAPdefconfil>>&.
27722
27723
27724
27725 .section "Checking a relay configuration" "SECTcheralcon"
27726 .cindex "relaying" "checking control of"
27727 You can check the relay characteristics of your configuration in the same way
27728 that you can test any ACL behaviour for an incoming SMTP connection, by using
27729 the &%-bh%& option to run a fake SMTP session with which you interact.
27730
27731 For specifically testing for unwanted relaying, the host
27732 &'relay-test.mail-abuse.org'& provides a useful service. If you telnet to this
27733 host from the host on which Exim is running, using the normal telnet port, you
27734 will see a normal telnet connection message and then quite a long delay. Be
27735 patient. The remote host is making an SMTP connection back to your host, and
27736 trying a number of common probes to test for open relay vulnerability. The
27737 results of the tests will eventually appear on your terminal.
27738 .ecindex IIDacl
27739
27740
27741
27742 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
27743 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
27744
27745 .chapter "Content scanning at ACL time" "CHAPexiscan"
27746 .scindex IIDcosca "content scanning" "at ACL time"
27747 The extension of Exim to include content scanning at ACL time, formerly known
27748 as &"exiscan"&, was originally implemented as a patch by Tom Kistner. The code
27749 was integrated into the main source for Exim release 4.50, and Tom continues to
27750 maintain it. Most of the wording of this chapter is taken from Tom's
27751 specification.
27752
27753 It is also possible to scan the content of messages at other times. The
27754 &[local_scan()]& function (see chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&) allows for content
27755 scanning after all the ACLs have run. A transport filter can be used to scan
27756 messages at delivery time (see the &%transport_filter%& option, described in
27757 chapter &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&).
27758
27759 If you want to include the ACL-time content-scanning features when you compile
27760 Exim, you need to arrange for WITH_CONTENT_SCAN to be defined in your
27761 &_Local/Makefile_&. When you do that, the Exim binary is built with:
27762
27763 .ilist
27764 Two additional ACLs (&%acl_smtp_mime%& and &%acl_not_smtp_mime%&) that are run
27765 for all MIME parts for SMTP and non-SMTP messages, respectively.
27766 .next
27767 Additional ACL conditions and modifiers: &%decode%&, &%malware%&,
27768 &%mime_regex%&, &%regex%&, and &%spam%&. These can be used in the ACL that is
27769 run at the end of message reception (the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL).
27770 .next
27771 An additional control feature (&"no_mbox_unspool"&) that saves spooled copies
27772 of messages, or parts of messages, for debugging purposes.
27773 .next
27774 Additional expansion variables that are set in the new ACL and by the new
27775 conditions.
27776 .next
27777 Two new main configuration options: &%av_scanner%& and &%spamd_address%&.
27778 .endlist
27779
27780 There is another content-scanning configuration option for &_Local/Makefile_&,
27781 called WITH_OLD_DEMIME. If this is set, the old, deprecated &%demime%& ACL
27782 condition is compiled, in addition to all the other content-scanning features.
27783
27784 Content-scanning is continually evolving, and new features are still being
27785 added. While such features are still unstable and liable to incompatible
27786 changes, they are made available in Exim by setting options whose names begin
27787 EXPERIMENTAL_ in &_Local/Makefile_&. Such features are not documented in
27788 this manual. You can find out about them by reading the file called
27789 &_doc/experimental.txt_&.
27790
27791 All the content-scanning facilities work on a MBOX copy of the message that is
27792 temporarily created in a file called:
27793 .display
27794 <&'spool_directory'&>&`/scan/`&<&'message_id'&>/<&'message_id'&>&`.eml`&
27795 .endd
27796 The &_.eml_& extension is a friendly hint to virus scanners that they can
27797 expect an MBOX-like structure inside that file. The file is created when the
27798 first content scanning facility is called. Subsequent calls to content
27799 scanning conditions open the same file again. The directory is recursively
27800 removed when the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL has finished running, unless
27801 .code
27802 control = no_mbox_unspool
27803 .endd
27804 has been encountered. When the MIME ACL decodes files, they are put into the
27805 same directory by default.
27806
27807
27808
27809 .section "Scanning for viruses" "SECTscanvirus"
27810 .cindex "virus scanning"
27811 .cindex "content scanning" "for viruses"
27812 .cindex "content scanning" "the &%malware%& condition"
27813 The &%malware%& ACL condition lets you connect virus scanner software to Exim.
27814 It supports a &"generic"& interface to scanners called via the shell, and
27815 specialized interfaces for &"daemon"& type virus scanners, which are resident
27816 in memory and thus are much faster.
27817
27818 .oindex "&%av_scanner%&"
27819 You can set the &%av_scanner%& option in first part of the Exim configuration
27820 file to specify which scanner to use, together with any additional options that
27821 are needed. The basic syntax is as follows:
27822 .display
27823 &`av_scanner = <`&&'scanner-type'&&`>:<`&&'option1'&&`>:<`&&'option2'&&`>:[...]`&
27824 .endd
27825 If you do not set &%av_scanner%&, it defaults to
27826 .code
27827 av_scanner = sophie:/var/run/sophie
27828 .endd
27829 If the value of &%av_scanner%& starts with dollar character, it is expanded
27830 before use. The following scanner types are supported in this release:
27831
27832 .vlist
27833 .vitem &%aveserver%&
27834 .cindex "virus scanners" "Kaspersky"
27835 This is the scanner daemon of Kaspersky Version 5. You can get a trial version
27836 at &url(http://www.kaspersky.com). This scanner type takes one option,
27837 which is the path to the daemon's UNIX socket. The default is shown in this
27838 example:
27839 .code
27840 av_scanner = aveserver:/var/run/aveserver
27841 .endd
27842
27843 .vitem &%clamd%&
27844 .cindex "virus scanners" "clamd"
27845 This daemon-type scanner is GPL and free. You can get it at
27846 &url(http://www.clamav.net/). Some older versions of clamd do not seem to
27847 unpack MIME containers, so it used to be recommended to unpack MIME attachments
27848 in the MIME ACL. This no longer believed to be necessary. One option is
27849 required: either the path and name of a UNIX socket file, or a hostname or IP
27850 number, and a port, separated by space, as in the second of these examples:
27851 .code
27852 av_scanner = clamd:/opt/clamd/socket
27853 av_scanner = clamd:192.168.2.100 1234
27854 .endd
27855 If the option is unset, the default is &_/tmp/clamd_&. Thanks to David Saez for
27856 contributing the code for this scanner.
27857
27858 .vitem &%cmdline%&
27859 .cindex "virus scanners" "command line interface"
27860 This is the keyword for the generic command line scanner interface. It can be
27861 used to attach virus scanners that are invoked from the shell. This scanner
27862 type takes 3 mandatory options:
27863
27864 .olist
27865 The full path and name of the scanner binary, with all command line options,
27866 and a placeholder (&`%s`&) for the directory to scan.
27867
27868 .next
27869 A regular expression to match against the STDOUT and STDERR output of the
27870 virus scanner. If the expression matches, a virus was found. You must make
27871 absolutely sure that this expression matches on &"virus found"&. This is called
27872 the &"trigger"& expression.
27873
27874 .next
27875 Another regular expression, containing exactly one pair of parentheses, to
27876 match the name of the virus found in the scanners output. This is called the
27877 &"name"& expression.
27878 .endlist olist
27879
27880 For example, Sophos Sweep reports a virus on a line like this:
27881 .code
27882 Virus 'W32/Magistr-B' found in file ./those.bat
27883 .endd
27884 For the trigger expression, we can match the phrase &"found in file"&. For the
27885 name expression, we want to extract the W32/Magistr-B string, so we can match
27886 for the single quotes left and right of it. Altogether, this makes the
27887 configuration setting:
27888 .code
27889 av_scanner = cmdline:\
27890 /path/to/sweep -ss -all -rec -archive %s:\
27891 found in file:'(.+)'
27892 .endd
27893 .vitem &%drweb%&
27894 .cindex "virus scanners" "DrWeb"
27895 The DrWeb daemon scanner (&url(http://www.sald.com/)) interface takes one
27896 argument, either a full path to a UNIX socket, or an IP address and port
27897 separated by white space, as in these examples:
27898 .code
27899 av_scanner = drweb:/var/run/drwebd.sock
27900 av_scanner = drweb:192.168.2.20 31337
27901 .endd
27902 If you omit the argument, the default path &_/usr/local/drweb/run/drwebd.sock_&
27903 is used. Thanks to Alex Miller for contributing the code for this scanner.
27904
27905 .vitem &%fsecure%&
27906 .cindex "virus scanners" "F-Secure"
27907 The F-Secure daemon scanner (&url(http://www.f-secure.com)) takes one
27908 argument which is the path to a UNIX socket. For example:
27909 .code
27910 av_scanner = fsecure:/path/to/.fsav
27911 .endd
27912 If no argument is given, the default is &_/var/run/.fsav_&. Thanks to Johan
27913 Thelmen for contributing the code for this scanner.
27914
27915 .vitem &%kavdaemon%&
27916 .cindex "virus scanners" "Kaspersky"
27917 This is the scanner daemon of Kaspersky Version 4. This version of the
27918 Kaspersky scanner is outdated. Please upgrade (see &%aveserver%& above). This
27919 scanner type takes one option, which is the path to the daemon's UNIX socket.
27920 For example:
27921 .code
27922 av_scanner = kavdaemon:/opt/AVP/AvpCtl
27923 .endd
27924 The default path is &_/var/run/AvpCtl_&.
27925
27926 .vitem &%mksd%&
27927 .cindex "virus scanners" "mksd"
27928 This is a daemon type scanner that is aimed mainly at Polish users, though some
27929 parts of documentation are now available in English. You can get it at
27930 &url(http://linux.mks.com.pl/). The only option for this scanner type is
27931 the maximum number of processes used simultaneously to scan the attachments,
27932 provided that the demime facility is employed and also provided that mksd has
27933 been run with at least the same number of child processes. For example:
27934 .code
27935 av_scanner = mksd:2
27936 .endd
27937 You can safely omit this option (the default value is 1).
27938
27939 .vitem &%sophie%&
27940 .cindex "virus scanners" "Sophos and Sophie"
27941 Sophie is a daemon that uses Sophos' &%libsavi%& library to scan for viruses.
27942 You can get Sophie at &url(http://www.clanfield.info/sophie/). The only option
27943 for this scanner type is the path to the UNIX socket that Sophie uses for
27944 client communication. For example:
27945 .code
27946 av_scanner = sophie:/tmp/sophie
27947 .endd
27948 The default path is &_/var/run/sophie_&, so if you are using this, you can omit
27949 the option.
27950 .endlist
27951
27952 When &%av_scanner%& is correctly set, you can use the &%malware%& condition in
27953 the DATA ACL. &*Note*&: You cannot use the &%malware%& condition in the MIME
27954 ACL.
27955
27956 The &%av_scanner%& option is expanded each time &%malware%& is called. This
27957 makes it possible to use different scanners. See further below for an example.
27958 The &%malware%& condition caches its results, so when you use it multiple times
27959 for the same message, the actual scanning process is only carried out once.
27960 However, using expandable items in &%av_scanner%& disables this caching, in
27961 which case each use of the &%malware%& condition causes a new scan of the
27962 message.
27963
27964 The &%malware%& condition takes a right-hand argument that is expanded before
27965 use. It can then be one of
27966
27967 .ilist
27968 &"true"&, &"*"&, or &"1"&, in which case the message is scanned for viruses.
27969 The condition succeeds if a virus was found, and fail otherwise. This is the
27970 recommended usage.
27971 .next
27972 &"false"& or &"0"& or an empty string, in which case no scanning is done and
27973 the condition fails immediately.
27974 .next
27975 A regular expression, in which case the message is scanned for viruses. The
27976 condition succeeds if a virus is found and its name matches the regular
27977 expression. This allows you to take special actions on certain types of virus.
27978 .endlist
27979
27980 You can append &`/defer_ok`& to the &%malware%& condition to accept messages
27981 even if there is a problem with the virus scanner. Otherwise, such a problem
27982 causes the ACL to defer.
27983
27984 .vindex "&$malware_name$&"
27985 When a virus is found, the condition sets up an expansion variable called
27986 &$malware_name$& that contains the name of the virus. You can use it in a
27987 &%message%& modifier that specifies the error returned to the sender, and/or in
27988 logging data.
27989
27990 If your virus scanner cannot unpack MIME and TNEF containers itself, you should
27991 use the &%demime%& condition (see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&) before the
27992 &%malware%& condition.
27993
27994 Here is a very simple scanning example:
27995 .code
27996 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
27997 demime = *
27998 malware = *
27999 .endd
28000 The next example accepts messages when there is a problem with the scanner:
28001 .code
28002 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
28003 demime = *
28004 malware = */defer_ok
28005 .endd
28006 The next example shows how to use an ACL variable to scan with both sophie and
28007 aveserver. It assumes you have set:
28008 .code
28009 av_scanner = $acl_m0
28010 .endd
28011 in the main Exim configuration.
28012 .code
28013 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
28014 set acl_m0 = sophie
28015 malware = *
28016
28017 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
28018 set acl_m0 = aveserver
28019 malware = *
28020 .endd
28021
28022
28023 .section "Scanning with SpamAssassin" "SECTscanspamass"
28024 .cindex "content scanning" "for spam"
28025 .cindex "spam scanning"
28026 .cindex "SpamAssassin"
28027 The &%spam%& ACL condition calls SpamAssassin's &%spamd%& daemon to get a spam
28028 score and a report for the message. You can get SpamAssassin at
28029 &url(http://www.spamassassin.org), or, if you have a working Perl
28030 installation, you can use CPAN by running:
28031 .code
28032 perl -MCPAN -e 'install Mail::SpamAssassin'
28033 .endd
28034 SpamAssassin has its own set of configuration files. Please review its
28035 documentation to see how you can tweak it. The default installation should work
28036 nicely, however.
28037
28038 .oindex "&%spamd_address%&"
28039 After having installed and configured SpamAssassin, start the &%spamd%& daemon.
28040 By default, it listens on 127.0.0.1, TCP port 783. If you use another host or
28041 port for &%spamd%&, you must set the &%spamd_address%& option in the global
28042 part of the Exim configuration as follows (example):
28043 .code
28044 spamd_address = 192.168.99.45 387
28045 .endd
28046 You do not need to set this option if you use the default. As of version 2.60,
28047 &%spamd%& also supports communication over UNIX sockets. If you want to use
28048 these, supply &%spamd_address%& with an absolute file name instead of a
28049 address/port pair:
28050 .code
28051 spamd_address = /var/run/spamd_socket
28052 .endd
28053 You can have multiple &%spamd%& servers to improve scalability. These can
28054 reside on other hardware reachable over the network. To specify multiple
28055 &%spamd%& servers, put multiple address/port pairs in the &%spamd_address%&
28056 option, separated with colons:
28057 .code
28058 spamd_address = 192.168.2.10 783 : \
28059 192.168.2.11 783 : \
28060 192.168.2.12 783
28061 .endd
28062 Up to 32 &%spamd%& servers are supported. The servers are queried in a random
28063 fashion. When a server fails to respond to the connection attempt, all other
28064 servers are tried until one succeeds. If no server responds, the &%spam%&
28065 condition defers.
28066
28067 &*Warning*&: It is not possible to use the UNIX socket connection method with
28068 multiple &%spamd%& servers.
28069
28070 The &%spamd_address%& variable is expanded before use if it starts with
28071 a dollar sign. In this case, the expansion may return a string that is
28072 used as the list so that multiple spamd servers can be the result of an
28073 expansion.
28074
28075 .section "Calling SpamAssassin from an Exim ACL" "SECID206"
28076 Here is a simple example of the use of the &%spam%& condition in a DATA ACL:
28077 .code
28078 deny message = This message was classified as SPAM
28079 spam = joe
28080 .endd
28081 The right-hand side of the &%spam%& condition specifies a name. This is
28082 relevant if you have set up multiple SpamAssassin profiles. If you do not want
28083 to scan using a specific profile, but rather use the SpamAssassin system-wide
28084 default profile, you can scan for an unknown name, or simply use &"nobody"&.
28085 However, you must put something on the right-hand side.
28086
28087 The name allows you to use per-domain or per-user antispam profiles in
28088 principle, but this is not straightforward in practice, because a message may
28089 have multiple recipients, not necessarily all in the same domain. Because the
28090 &%spam%& condition has to be called from a DATA ACL in order to be able to
28091 read the contents of the message, the variables &$local_part$& and &$domain$&
28092 are not set.
28093
28094 The right-hand side of the &%spam%& condition is expanded before being used, so
28095 you can put lookups or conditions there. When the right-hand side evaluates to
28096 &"0"& or &"false"&, no scanning is done and the condition fails immediately.
28097
28098
28099 Scanning with SpamAssassin uses a lot of resources. If you scan every message,
28100 large ones may cause significant performance degradation. As most spam messages
28101 are quite small, it is recommended that you do not scan the big ones. For
28102 example:
28103 .code
28104 deny message = This message was classified as SPAM
28105 condition = ${if < {$message_size}{10K}}
28106 spam = nobody
28107 .endd
28108
28109 The &%spam%& condition returns true if the threshold specified in the user's
28110 SpamAssassin profile has been matched or exceeded. If you want to use the
28111 &%spam%& condition for its side effects (see the variables below), you can make
28112 it always return &"true"& by appending &`:true`& to the username.
28113
28114 .cindex "spam scanning" "returned variables"
28115 When the &%spam%& condition is run, it sets up a number of expansion
28116 variables. With the exception of &$spam_score_int$&, these are usable only
28117 within ACLs; their values are not retained with the message and so cannot be
28118 used at delivery time.
28119
28120 .vlist
28121 .vitem &$spam_score$&
28122 The spam score of the message, for example &"3.4"& or &"30.5"&. This is useful
28123 for inclusion in log or reject messages.
28124
28125 .vitem &$spam_score_int$&
28126 The spam score of the message, multiplied by ten, as an integer value. For
28127 example &"34"& or &"305"&. It may appear to disagree with &$spam_score$&
28128 because &$spam_score$& is rounded and &$spam_score_int$& is truncated.
28129 The integer value is useful for numeric comparisons in
28130 conditions. This variable is special; its value is saved with the message, and
28131 written to Exim's spool file. This means that it can be used during the whole
28132 life of the message on your Exim system, in particular, in routers or
28133 transports during the later delivery phase.
28134
28135 .vitem &$spam_bar$&
28136 A string consisting of a number of &"+"& or &"-"& characters, representing the
28137 integer part of the spam score value. A spam score of 4.4 would have a
28138 &$spam_bar$& value of &"++++"&. This is useful for inclusion in warning
28139 headers, since MUAs can match on such strings.
28140
28141 .vitem &$spam_report$&
28142 A multiline text table, containing the full SpamAssassin report for the
28143 message. Useful for inclusion in headers or reject messages.
28144 .endlist
28145
28146 The &%spam%& condition caches its results unless expansion in
28147 spamd_address was used. If you call it again with the same user name, it
28148 does not scan again, but rather returns the same values as before.
28149
28150 The &%spam%& condition returns DEFER if there is any error while running
28151 the message through SpamAssassin or if the expansion of spamd_address
28152 failed. If you want to treat DEFER as FAIL (to pass on to the next ACL
28153 statement block), append &`/defer_ok`& to the right-hand side of the
28154 spam condition, like this:
28155 .code
28156 deny message = This message was classified as SPAM
28157 spam = joe/defer_ok
28158 .endd
28159 This causes messages to be accepted even if there is a problem with &%spamd%&.
28160
28161 Here is a longer, commented example of the use of the &%spam%&
28162 condition:
28163 .code
28164 # put headers in all messages (no matter if spam or not)
28165 warn spam = nobody:true
28166 add_header = X-Spam-Score: $spam_score ($spam_bar)
28167 add_header = X-Spam-Report: $spam_report
28168
28169 # add second subject line with *SPAM* marker when message
28170 # is over threshold
28171 warn spam = nobody
28172 add_header = Subject: *SPAM* $h_Subject:
28173
28174 # reject spam at high scores (> 12)
28175 deny message = This message scored $spam_score spam points.
28176 spam = nobody:true
28177 condition = ${if >{$spam_score_int}{120}{1}{0}}
28178 .endd
28179
28180
28181
28182 .section "Scanning MIME parts" "SECTscanmimepart"
28183 .cindex "content scanning" "MIME parts"
28184 .cindex "MIME content scanning"
28185 .oindex "&%acl_smtp_mime%&"
28186 .oindex "&%acl_not_smtp_mime%&"
28187 The &%acl_smtp_mime%& global option specifies an ACL that is called once for
28188 each MIME part of an SMTP message, including multipart types, in the sequence
28189 of their position in the message. Similarly, the &%acl_not_smtp_mime%& option
28190 specifies an ACL that is used for the MIME parts of non-SMTP messages. These
28191 options may both refer to the same ACL if you want the same processing in both
28192 cases.
28193
28194 These ACLs are called (possibly many times) just before the &%acl_smtp_data%&
28195 ACL in the case of an SMTP message, or just before the &%acl_not_smtp%& ACL in
28196 the case of a non-SMTP message. However, a MIME ACL is called only if the
28197 message contains a &'Content-Type:'& header line. When a call to a MIME
28198 ACL does not yield &"accept"&, ACL processing is aborted and the appropriate
28199 result code is sent to the client. In the case of an SMTP message, the
28200 &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL is not called when this happens.
28201
28202 You cannot use the &%malware%& or &%spam%& conditions in a MIME ACL; these can
28203 only be used in the DATA or non-SMTP ACLs. However, you can use the &%regex%&
28204 condition to match against the raw MIME part. You can also use the
28205 &%mime_regex%& condition to match against the decoded MIME part (see section
28206 &<<SECTscanregex>>&).
28207
28208 At the start of a MIME ACL, a number of variables are set from the header
28209 information for the relevant MIME part. These are described below. The contents
28210 of the MIME part are not by default decoded into a disk file except for MIME
28211 parts whose content-type is &"message/rfc822"&. If you want to decode a MIME
28212 part into a disk file, you can use the &%decode%& condition. The general
28213 syntax is:
28214 .display
28215 &`decode = [/`&<&'path'&>&`/]`&<&'filename'&>
28216 .endd
28217 The right hand side is expanded before use. After expansion,
28218 the value can be:
28219
28220 .olist
28221 &"0"& or &"false"&, in which case no decoding is done.
28222 .next
28223 The string &"default"&. In that case, the file is put in the temporary
28224 &"default"& directory <&'spool_directory'&>&_/scan/_&<&'message_id'&>&_/_& with
28225 a sequential file name consisting of the message id and a sequence number. The
28226 full path and name is available in &$mime_decoded_filename$& after decoding.
28227 .next
28228 A full path name starting with a slash. If the full name is an existing
28229 directory, it is used as a replacement for the default directory. The filename
28230 is then sequentially assigned. If the path does not exist, it is used as
28231 the full path and file name.
28232 .next
28233 If the string does not start with a slash, it is used as the
28234 filename, and the default path is then used.
28235 .endlist
28236 The &%decode%& condition normally succeeds. It is only false for syntax
28237 errors or unusual circumstances such as memory shortages. You can easily decode
28238 a file with its original, proposed filename using
28239 .code
28240 decode = $mime_filename
28241 .endd
28242 However, you should keep in mind that &$mime_filename$& might contain
28243 anything. If you place files outside of the default path, they are not
28244 automatically unlinked.
28245
28246 For RFC822 attachments (these are messages attached to messages, with a
28247 content-type of &"message/rfc822"&), the ACL is called again in the same manner
28248 as for the primary message, only that the &$mime_is_rfc822$& expansion
28249 variable is set (see below). Attached messages are always decoded to disk
28250 before being checked, and the files are unlinked once the check is done.
28251
28252 The MIME ACL supports the &%regex%& and &%mime_regex%& conditions. These can be
28253 used to match regular expressions against raw and decoded MIME parts,
28254 respectively. They are described in section &<<SECTscanregex>>&.
28255
28256 .cindex "MIME content scanning" "returned variables"
28257 The following list describes all expansion variables that are
28258 available in the MIME ACL:
28259
28260 .vlist
28261 .vitem &$mime_boundary$&
28262 If the current part is a multipart (see &$mime_is_multipart$&) below, it should
28263 have a boundary string, which is stored in this variable. If the current part
28264 has no boundary parameter in the &'Content-Type:'& header, this variable
28265 contains the empty string.
28266
28267 .vitem &$mime_charset$&
28268 This variable contains the character set identifier, if one was found in the
28269 &'Content-Type:'& header. Examples for charset identifiers are:
28270 .code
28271 us-ascii
28272 gb2312 (Chinese)
28273 iso-8859-1
28274 .endd
28275 Please note that this value is not normalized, so you should do matches
28276 case-insensitively.
28277
28278 .vitem &$mime_content_description$&
28279 This variable contains the normalized content of the &'Content-Description:'&
28280 header. It can contain a human-readable description of the parts content. Some
28281 implementations repeat the filename for attachments here, but they are usually
28282 only used for display purposes.
28283
28284 .vitem &$mime_content_disposition$&
28285 This variable contains the normalized content of the &'Content-Disposition:'&
28286 header. You can expect strings like &"attachment"& or &"inline"& here.
28287
28288 .vitem &$mime_content_id$&
28289 This variable contains the normalized content of the &'Content-ID:'& header.
28290 This is a unique ID that can be used to reference a part from another part.
28291
28292 .vitem &$mime_content_size$&
28293 This variable is set only after the &%decode%& modifier (see above) has been
28294 successfully run. It contains the size of the decoded part in kilobytes. The
28295 size is always rounded up to full kilobytes, so only a completely empty part
28296 has a &$mime_content_size$& of zero.
28297
28298 .vitem &$mime_content_transfer_encoding$&
28299 This variable contains the normalized content of the
28300 &'Content-transfer-encoding:'& header. This is a symbolic name for an encoding
28301 type. Typical values are &"base64"& and &"quoted-printable"&.
28302
28303 .vitem &$mime_content_type$&
28304 If the MIME part has a &'Content-Type:'& header, this variable contains its
28305 value, lowercased, and without any options (like &"name"& or &"charset"&). Here
28306 are some examples of popular MIME types, as they may appear in this variable:
28307 .code
28308 text/plain
28309 text/html
28310 application/octet-stream
28311 image/jpeg
28312 audio/midi
28313 .endd
28314 If the MIME part has no &'Content-Type:'& header, this variable contains the
28315 empty string.
28316
28317 .vitem &$mime_decoded_filename$&
28318 This variable is set only after the &%decode%& modifier (see above) has been
28319 successfully run. It contains the full path and file name of the file
28320 containing the decoded data.
28321 .endlist
28322
28323 .cindex "RFC 2047"
28324 .vlist
28325 .vitem &$mime_filename$&
28326 This is perhaps the most important of the MIME variables. It contains a
28327 proposed filename for an attachment, if one was found in either the
28328 &'Content-Type:'& or &'Content-Disposition:'& headers. The filename will be
28329 RFC2047 decoded, but no additional sanity checks are done. If no filename was
28330 found, this variable contains the empty string.
28331
28332 .vitem &$mime_is_coverletter$&
28333 This variable attempts to differentiate the &"cover letter"& of an e-mail from
28334 attached data. It can be used to clamp down on flashy or unnecessarily encoded
28335 content in the cover letter, while not restricting attachments at all.
28336
28337 The variable contains 1 (true) for a MIME part believed to be part of the
28338 cover letter, and 0 (false) for an attachment. At present, the algorithm is as
28339 follows:
28340
28341 .olist
28342 The outermost MIME part of a message is always a cover letter.
28343
28344 .next
28345 If a multipart/alternative or multipart/related MIME part is a cover letter,
28346 so are all MIME subparts within that multipart.
28347
28348 .next
28349 If any other multipart is a cover letter, the first subpart is a cover letter,
28350 and the rest are attachments.
28351
28352 .next
28353 All parts contained within an attachment multipart are attachments.
28354 .endlist olist
28355
28356 As an example, the following will ban &"HTML mail"& (including that sent with
28357 alternative plain text), while allowing HTML files to be attached. HTML
28358 coverletter mail attached to non-HMTL coverletter mail will also be allowed:
28359 .code
28360 deny message = HTML mail is not accepted here
28361 !condition = $mime_is_rfc822
28362 condition = $mime_is_coverletter
28363 condition = ${if eq{$mime_content_type}{text/html}{1}{0}}
28364 .endd
28365 .vitem &$mime_is_multipart$&
28366 This variable has the value 1 (true) when the current part has the main type
28367 &"multipart"&, for example &"multipart/alternative"& or &"multipart/mixed"&.
28368 Since multipart entities only serve as containers for other parts, you may not
28369 want to carry out specific actions on them.
28370
28371 .vitem &$mime_is_rfc822$&
28372 This variable has the value 1 (true) if the current part is not a part of the
28373 checked message itself, but part of an attached message. Attached message
28374 decoding is fully recursive.
28375
28376 .vitem &$mime_part_count$&
28377 This variable is a counter that is raised for each processed MIME part. It
28378 starts at zero for the very first part (which is usually a multipart). The
28379 counter is per-message, so it is reset when processing RFC822 attachments (see
28380 &$mime_is_rfc822$&). The counter stays set after &%acl_smtp_mime%& is
28381 complete, so you can use it in the DATA ACL to determine the number of MIME
28382 parts of a message. For non-MIME messages, this variable contains the value -1.
28383 .endlist
28384
28385
28386
28387 .section "Scanning with regular expressions" "SECTscanregex"
28388 .cindex "content scanning" "with regular expressions"
28389 .cindex "regular expressions" "content scanning with"
28390 You can specify your own custom regular expression matches on the full body of
28391 the message, or on individual MIME parts.
28392
28393 The &%regex%& condition takes one or more regular expressions as arguments and
28394 matches them against the full message (when called in the DATA ACL) or a raw
28395 MIME part (when called in the MIME ACL). The &%regex%& condition matches
28396 linewise, with a maximum line length of 32K characters. That means you cannot
28397 have multiline matches with the &%regex%& condition.
28398
28399 The &%mime_regex%& condition can be called only in the MIME ACL. It matches up
28400 to 32K of decoded content (the whole content at once, not linewise). If the
28401 part has not been decoded with the &%decode%& modifier earlier in the ACL, it
28402 is decoded automatically when &%mime_regex%& is executed (using default path
28403 and filename values). If the decoded data is larger than 32K, only the first
28404 32K characters are checked.
28405
28406 The regular expressions are passed as a colon-separated list. To include a
28407 literal colon, you must double it. Since the whole right-hand side string is
28408 expanded before being used, you must also escape dollar signs and backslashes
28409 with more backslashes, or use the &`\N`& facility to disable expansion.
28410 Here is a simple example that contains two regular expressions:
28411 .code
28412 deny message = contains blacklisted regex ($regex_match_string)
28413 regex = [Mm]ortgage : URGENT BUSINESS PROPOSAL
28414 .endd
28415 The conditions returns true if any one of the regular expressions matches. The
28416 &$regex_match_string$& expansion variable is then set up and contains the
28417 matching regular expression.
28418
28419 &*Warning*&: With large messages, these conditions can be fairly
28420 CPU-intensive.
28421
28422
28423
28424
28425 .section "The demime condition" "SECTdemimecond"
28426 .cindex "content scanning" "MIME checking"
28427 .cindex "MIME content scanning"
28428 The &%demime%& ACL condition provides MIME unpacking, sanity checking and file
28429 extension blocking. It is usable only in the DATA and non-SMTP ACLs. The
28430 &%demime%& condition uses a simpler interface to MIME decoding than the MIME
28431 ACL functionality, but provides no additional facilities. Please note that this
28432 condition is deprecated and kept only for backward compatibility. You must set
28433 the WITH_OLD_DEMIME option in &_Local/Makefile_& at build time to be able to
28434 use the &%demime%& condition.
28435
28436 The &%demime%& condition unpacks MIME containers in the message. It detects
28437 errors in MIME containers and can match file extensions found in the message
28438 against a list. Using this facility produces files containing the unpacked MIME
28439 parts of the message in the temporary scan directory. If you do antivirus
28440 scanning, it is recommended that you use the &%demime%& condition before the
28441 antivirus (&%malware%&) condition.
28442
28443 On the right-hand side of the &%demime%& condition you can pass a
28444 colon-separated list of file extensions that it should match against. For
28445 example:
28446 .code
28447 deny message = Found blacklisted file attachment
28448 demime = vbs:com:bat:pif:prf:lnk
28449 .endd
28450 If one of the file extensions is found, the condition is true, otherwise it is
28451 false. If there is a temporary error while demimeing (for example, &"disk
28452 full"&), the condition defers, and the message is temporarily rejected (unless
28453 the condition is on a &%warn%& verb).
28454
28455 The right-hand side is expanded before being treated as a list, so you can have
28456 conditions and lookups there. If it expands to an empty string, &"false"&, or
28457 zero (&"0"&), no demimeing is done and the condition is false.
28458
28459 The &%demime%& condition set the following variables:
28460
28461 .vlist
28462 .vitem &$demime_errorlevel$&
28463 .vindex "&$demime_errorlevel$&"
28464 When an error is detected in a MIME container, this variable contains the
28465 severity of the error, as an integer number. The higher the value, the more
28466 severe the error (the current maximum value is 3). If this variable is unset or
28467 zero, no error occurred.
28468
28469 .vitem &$demime_reason$&
28470 .vindex "&$demime_reason$&"
28471 When &$demime_errorlevel$& is greater than zero, this variable contains a
28472 human-readable text string describing the MIME error that occurred.
28473 .endlist
28474
28475 .vlist
28476 .vitem &$found_extension$&
28477 .vindex "&$found_extension$&"
28478 When the &%demime%& condition is true, this variable contains the file
28479 extension it found.
28480 .endlist
28481
28482 Both &$demime_errorlevel$& and &$demime_reason$& are set by the first call of
28483 the &%demime%& condition, and are not changed on subsequent calls.
28484
28485 If you do not want to check for file extensions, but rather use the &%demime%&
28486 condition for unpacking or error checking purposes, pass &"*"& as the
28487 right-hand side value. Here is a more elaborate example of how to use this
28488 facility:
28489 .code
28490 # Reject messages with serious MIME container errors
28491 deny message = Found MIME error ($demime_reason).
28492 demime = *
28493 condition = ${if >{$demime_errorlevel}{2}{1}{0}}
28494
28495 # Reject known virus spreading file extensions.
28496 # Accepting these is pretty much braindead.
28497 deny message = contains $found_extension file (blacklisted).
28498 demime = com:vbs:bat:pif:scr
28499
28500 # Freeze .exe and .doc files. Postmaster can
28501 # examine them and eventually thaw them.
28502 deny log_message = Another $found_extension file.
28503 demime = exe:doc
28504 control = freeze
28505 .endd
28506 .ecindex IIDcosca
28507
28508
28509
28510
28511 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
28512 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
28513
28514 .chapter "Adding a local scan function to Exim" "CHAPlocalscan" &&&
28515 "Local scan function"
28516 .scindex IIDlosca "&[local_scan()]& function" "description of"
28517 .cindex "customizing" "input scan using C function"
28518 .cindex "policy control" "by local scan function"
28519 In these days of email worms, viruses, and ever-increasing spam, some sites
28520 want to apply a lot of checking to messages before accepting them.
28521
28522 The content scanning extension (chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&) has facilities for
28523 passing messages to external virus and spam scanning software. You can also do
28524 a certain amount in Exim itself through string expansions and the &%condition%&
28525 condition in the ACL that runs after the SMTP DATA command or the ACL for
28526 non-SMTP messages (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&), but this has its limitations.
28527
28528 To allow for further customization to a site's own requirements, there is the
28529 possibility of linking Exim with a private message scanning function, written
28530 in C. If you want to run code that is written in something other than C, you
28531 can of course use a little C stub to call it.
28532
28533 The local scan function is run once for every incoming message, at the point
28534 when Exim is just about to accept the message.
28535 It can therefore be used to control non-SMTP messages from local processes as
28536 well as messages arriving via SMTP.
28537
28538 Exim applies a timeout to calls of the local scan function, and there is an
28539 option called &%local_scan_timeout%& for setting it. The default is 5 minutes.
28540 Zero means &"no timeout"&.
28541 Exim also sets up signal handlers for SIGSEGV, SIGILL, SIGFPE, and SIGBUS
28542 before calling the local scan function, so that the most common types of crash
28543 are caught. If the timeout is exceeded or one of those signals is caught, the
28544 incoming message is rejected with a temporary error if it is an SMTP message.
28545 For a non-SMTP message, the message is dropped and Exim ends with a non-zero
28546 code. The incident is logged on the main and reject logs.
28547
28548
28549
28550 .section "Building Exim to use a local scan function" "SECID207"
28551 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "building Exim to use"
28552 To make use of the local scan function feature, you must tell Exim where your
28553 function is before building Exim, by setting LOCAL_SCAN_SOURCE in your
28554 &_Local/Makefile_&. A recommended place to put it is in the &_Local_&
28555 directory, so you might set
28556 .code
28557 LOCAL_SCAN_SOURCE=Local/local_scan.c
28558 .endd
28559 for example. The function must be called &[local_scan()]&. It is called by
28560 Exim after it has received a message, when the success return code is about to
28561 be sent. This is after all the ACLs have been run. The return code from your
28562 function controls whether the message is actually accepted or not. There is a
28563 commented template function (that just accepts the message) in the file
28564 _src/local_scan.c_.
28565
28566 If you want to make use of Exim's run time configuration file to set options
28567 for your &[local_scan()]& function, you must also set
28568 .code
28569 LOCAL_SCAN_HAS_OPTIONS=yes
28570 .endd
28571 in &_Local/Makefile_& (see section &<<SECTconoptloc>>& below).
28572
28573
28574
28575
28576 .section "API for local_scan()" "SECTapiforloc"
28577 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "API description"
28578 You must include this line near the start of your code:
28579 .code
28580 #include "local_scan.h"
28581 .endd
28582 This header file defines a number of variables and other values, and the
28583 prototype for the function itself. Exim is coded to use unsigned char values
28584 almost exclusively, and one of the things this header defines is a shorthand
28585 for &`unsigned char`& called &`uschar`&.
28586 It also contains the following macro definitions, to simplify casting character
28587 strings and pointers to character strings:
28588 .code
28589 #define CS (char *)
28590 #define CCS (const char *)
28591 #define CSS (char **)
28592 #define US (unsigned char *)
28593 #define CUS (const unsigned char *)
28594 #define USS (unsigned char **)
28595 .endd
28596 The function prototype for &[local_scan()]& is:
28597 .code
28598 extern int local_scan(int fd, uschar **return_text);
28599 .endd
28600 The arguments are as follows:
28601
28602 .ilist
28603 &%fd%& is a file descriptor for the file that contains the body of the message
28604 (the -D file). The file is open for reading and writing, but updating it is not
28605 recommended. &*Warning*&: You must &'not'& close this file descriptor.
28606
28607 The descriptor is positioned at character 19 of the file, which is the first
28608 character of the body itself, because the first 19 characters are the message
28609 id followed by &`-D`& and a newline. If you rewind the file, you should use the
28610 macro SPOOL_DATA_START_OFFSET to reset to the start of the data, just in
28611 case this changes in some future version.
28612 .next
28613 &%return_text%& is an address which you can use to return a pointer to a text
28614 string at the end of the function. The value it points to on entry is NULL.
28615 .endlist
28616
28617 The function must return an &%int%& value which is one of the following macros:
28618
28619 .vlist
28620 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT`&
28621 .vindex "&$local_scan_data$&"
28622 The message is accepted. If you pass back a string of text, it is saved with
28623 the message, and made available in the variable &$local_scan_data$&. No
28624 newlines are permitted (if there are any, they are turned into spaces) and the
28625 maximum length of text is 1000 characters.
28626
28627 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT_FREEZE`&
28628 This behaves as LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT, except that the accepted message is
28629 queued without immediate delivery, and is frozen.
28630
28631 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT_QUEUE`&
28632 This behaves as LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT, except that the accepted message is
28633 queued without immediate delivery.
28634
28635 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT`&
28636 The message is rejected; the returned text is used as an error message which is
28637 passed back to the sender and which is also logged. Newlines are permitted &--
28638 they cause a multiline response for SMTP rejections, but are converted to
28639 &`\n`& in log lines. If no message is given, &"Administrative prohibition"& is
28640 used.
28641
28642 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT`&
28643 The message is temporarily rejected; the returned text is used as an error
28644 message as for LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT. If no message is given, &"Temporary local
28645 problem"& is used.
28646
28647 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT_NOLOGHDR`&
28648 This behaves as LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT, except that the header of the rejected
28649 message is not written to the reject log. It has the effect of unsetting the
28650 &%rejected_header%& log selector for just this rejection. If
28651 &%rejected_header%& is already unset (see the discussion of the
28652 &%log_selection%& option in section &<<SECTlogselector>>&), this code is the
28653 same as LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT.
28654
28655 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT_NOLOGHDR`&
28656 This code is a variation of LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT in the same way that
28657 LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT_NOLOGHDR is a variation of LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT.
28658 .endlist
28659
28660 If the message is not being received by interactive SMTP, rejections are
28661 reported by writing to &%stderr%& or by sending an email, as configured by the
28662 &%-oe%& command line options.
28663
28664
28665
28666 .section "Configuration options for local_scan()" "SECTconoptloc"
28667 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "configuration options"
28668 It is possible to have option settings in the main configuration file
28669 that set values in static variables in the &[local_scan()]& module. If you
28670 want to do this, you must have the line
28671 .code
28672 LOCAL_SCAN_HAS_OPTIONS=yes
28673 .endd
28674 in your &_Local/Makefile_& when you build Exim. (This line is in
28675 &_OS/Makefile-Default_&, commented out). Then, in the &[local_scan()]& source
28676 file, you must define static variables to hold the option values, and a table
28677 to define them.
28678
28679 The table must be a vector called &%local_scan_options%&, of type
28680 &`optionlist`&. Each entry is a triplet, consisting of a name, an option type,
28681 and a pointer to the variable that holds the value. The entries must appear in
28682 alphabetical order. Following &%local_scan_options%& you must also define a
28683 variable called &%local_scan_options_count%& that contains the number of
28684 entries in the table. Here is a short example, showing two kinds of option:
28685 .code
28686 static int my_integer_option = 42;
28687 static uschar *my_string_option = US"a default string";
28688
28689 optionlist local_scan_options[] = {
28690 { "my_integer", opt_int, &my_integer_option },
28691 { "my_string", opt_stringptr, &my_string_option }
28692 };
28693
28694 int local_scan_options_count =
28695 sizeof(local_scan_options)/sizeof(optionlist);
28696 .endd
28697 The values of the variables can now be changed from Exim's runtime
28698 configuration file by including a local scan section as in this example:
28699 .code
28700 begin local_scan
28701 my_integer = 99
28702 my_string = some string of text...
28703 .endd
28704 The available types of option data are as follows:
28705
28706 .vlist
28707 .vitem &*opt_bool*&
28708 This specifies a boolean (true/false) option. The address should point to a
28709 variable of type &`BOOL`&, which will be set to TRUE or FALSE, which are macros
28710 that are defined as &"1"& and &"0"&, respectively. If you want to detect
28711 whether such a variable has been set at all, you can initialize it to
28712 TRUE_UNSET. (BOOL variables are integers underneath, so can hold more than two
28713 values.)
28714
28715 .vitem &*opt_fixed*&
28716 This specifies a fixed point number, such as is used for load averages.
28717 The address should point to a variable of type &`int`&. The value is stored
28718 multiplied by 1000, so, for example, 1.4142 is truncated and stored as 1414.
28719
28720 .vitem &*opt_int*&
28721 This specifies an integer; the address should point to a variable of type
28722 &`int`&. The value may be specified in any of the integer formats accepted by
28723 Exim.
28724
28725 .vitem &*opt_mkint*&
28726 This is the same as &%opt_int%&, except that when such a value is output in a
28727 &%-bP%& listing, if it is an exact number of kilobytes or megabytes, it is
28728 printed with the suffix K or M.
28729
28730 .vitem &*opt_octint*&
28731 This also specifies an integer, but the value is always interpreted as an
28732 octal integer, whether or not it starts with the digit zero, and it is
28733 always output in octal.
28734
28735 .vitem &*opt_stringptr*&
28736 This specifies a string value; the address must be a pointer to a
28737 variable that points to a string (for example, of type &`uschar *`&).
28738
28739 .vitem &*opt_time*&
28740 This specifies a time interval value. The address must point to a variable of
28741 type &`int`&. The value that is placed there is a number of seconds.
28742 .endlist
28743
28744 If the &%-bP%& command line option is followed by &`local_scan`&, Exim prints
28745 out the values of all the &[local_scan()]& options.
28746
28747
28748
28749 .section "Available Exim variables" "SECID208"
28750 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "available Exim variables"
28751 The header &_local_scan.h_& gives you access to a number of C variables. These
28752 are the only ones that are guaranteed to be maintained from release to release.
28753 Note, however, that you can obtain the value of any Exim expansion variable,
28754 including &$recipients$&, by calling &'expand_string()'&. The exported
28755 C variables are as follows:
28756
28757 .vlist
28758 .vitem &*int&~body_linecount*&
28759 This variable contains the number of lines in the message's body.
28760
28761 .vitem &*int&~body_zerocount*&
28762 This variable contains the number of binary zero bytes in the message's body.
28763
28764 .vitem &*unsigned&~int&~debug_selector*&
28765 This variable is set to zero when no debugging is taking place. Otherwise, it
28766 is a bitmap of debugging selectors. Two bits are identified for use in
28767 &[local_scan()]&; they are defined as macros:
28768
28769 .ilist
28770 The &`D_v`& bit is set when &%-v%& was present on the command line. This is a
28771 testing option that is not privileged &-- any caller may set it. All the
28772 other selector bits can be set only by admin users.
28773
28774 .next
28775 The &`D_local_scan`& bit is provided for use by &[local_scan()]&; it is set
28776 by the &`+local_scan`& debug selector. It is not included in the default set
28777 of debugging bits.
28778 .endlist ilist
28779
28780 Thus, to write to the debugging output only when &`+local_scan`& has been
28781 selected, you should use code like this:
28782 .code
28783 if ((debug_selector & D_local_scan) != 0)
28784 debug_printf("xxx", ...);
28785 .endd
28786 .vitem &*uschar&~*expand_string_message*&
28787 After a failing call to &'expand_string()'& (returned value NULL), the
28788 variable &%expand_string_message%& contains the error message, zero-terminated.
28789
28790 .vitem &*header_line&~*header_list*&
28791 A pointer to a chain of header lines. The &%header_line%& structure is
28792 discussed below.
28793
28794 .vitem &*header_line&~*header_last*&
28795 A pointer to the last of the header lines.
28796
28797 .vitem &*uschar&~*headers_charset*&
28798 The value of the &%headers_charset%& configuration option.
28799
28800 .vitem &*BOOL&~host_checking*&
28801 This variable is TRUE during a host checking session that is initiated by the
28802 &%-bh%& command line option.
28803
28804 .vitem &*uschar&~*interface_address*&
28805 The IP address of the interface that received the message, as a string. This
28806 is NULL for locally submitted messages.
28807
28808 .vitem &*int&~interface_port*&
28809 The port on which this message was received. When testing with the &%-bh%&
28810 command line option, the value of this variable is -1 unless a port has been
28811 specified via the &%-oMi%& option.
28812
28813 .vitem &*uschar&~*message_id*&
28814 This variable contains Exim's message id for the incoming message (the value of
28815 &$message_exim_id$&) as a zero-terminated string.
28816
28817 .vitem &*uschar&~*received_protocol*&
28818 The name of the protocol by which the message was received.
28819
28820 .vitem &*int&~recipients_count*&
28821 The number of accepted recipients.
28822
28823 .vitem &*recipient_item&~*recipients_list*&
28824 .cindex "recipient" "adding in local scan"
28825 .cindex "recipient" "removing in local scan"
28826 The list of accepted recipients, held in a vector of length
28827 &%recipients_count%&. The &%recipient_item%& structure is discussed below. You
28828 can add additional recipients by calling &'receive_add_recipient()'& (see
28829 below). You can delete recipients by removing them from the vector and
28830 adjusting the value in &%recipients_count%&. In particular, by setting
28831 &%recipients_count%& to zero you remove all recipients. If you then return the
28832 value &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT`&, the message is accepted, but immediately
28833 blackholed. To replace the recipients, you can set &%recipients_count%& to zero
28834 and then call &'receive_add_recipient()'& as often as needed.
28835
28836 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_address*&
28837 The envelope sender address. For bounce messages this is the empty string.
28838
28839 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_host_address*&
28840 The IP address of the sending host, as a string. This is NULL for
28841 locally-submitted messages.
28842
28843 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_host_authenticated*&
28844 The name of the authentication mechanism that was used, or NULL if the message
28845 was not received over an authenticated SMTP connection.
28846
28847 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_host_name*&
28848 The name of the sending host, if known.
28849
28850 .vitem &*int&~sender_host_port*&
28851 The port on the sending host.
28852
28853 .vitem &*BOOL&~smtp_input*&
28854 This variable is TRUE for all SMTP input, including BSMTP.
28855
28856 .vitem &*BOOL&~smtp_batched_input*&
28857 This variable is TRUE for BSMTP input.
28858
28859 .vitem &*int&~store_pool*&
28860 The contents of this variable control which pool of memory is used for new
28861 requests. See section &<<SECTmemhanloc>>& for details.
28862 .endlist
28863
28864
28865 .section "Structure of header lines" "SECID209"
28866 The &%header_line%& structure contains the members listed below.
28867 You can add additional header lines by calling the &'header_add()'& function
28868 (see below). You can cause header lines to be ignored (deleted) by setting
28869 their type to *.
28870
28871
28872 .vlist
28873 .vitem &*struct&~header_line&~*next*&
28874 A pointer to the next header line, or NULL for the last line.
28875
28876 .vitem &*int&~type*&
28877 A code identifying certain headers that Exim recognizes. The codes are printing
28878 characters, and are documented in chapter &<<CHAPspool>>& of this manual.
28879 Notice in particular that any header line whose type is * is not transmitted
28880 with the message. This flagging is used for header lines that have been
28881 rewritten, or are to be removed (for example, &'Envelope-sender:'& header
28882 lines.) Effectively, * means &"deleted"&.
28883
28884 .vitem &*int&~slen*&
28885 The number of characters in the header line, including the terminating and any
28886 internal newlines.
28887
28888 .vitem &*uschar&~*text*&
28889 A pointer to the text of the header. It always ends with a newline, followed by
28890 a zero byte. Internal newlines are preserved.
28891 .endlist
28892
28893
28894
28895 .section "Structure of recipient items" "SECID210"
28896 The &%recipient_item%& structure contains these members:
28897
28898 .vlist
28899 .vitem &*uschar&~*address*&
28900 This is a pointer to the recipient address as it was received.
28901
28902 .vitem &*int&~pno*&
28903 This is used in later Exim processing when top level addresses are created by
28904 the &%one_time%& option. It is not relevant at the time &[local_scan()]& is run
28905 and must always contain -1 at this stage.
28906
28907 .vitem &*uschar&~*errors_to*&
28908 If this value is not NULL, bounce messages caused by failing to deliver to the
28909 recipient are sent to the address it contains. In other words, it overrides the
28910 envelope sender for this one recipient. (Compare the &%errors_to%& generic
28911 router option.) If a &[local_scan()]& function sets an &%errors_to%& field to
28912 an unqualified address, Exim qualifies it using the domain from
28913 &%qualify_recipient%&. When &[local_scan()]& is called, the &%errors_to%& field
28914 is NULL for all recipients.
28915 .endlist
28916
28917
28918
28919 .section "Available Exim functions" "SECID211"
28920 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "available Exim functions"
28921 The header &_local_scan.h_& gives you access to a number of Exim functions.
28922 These are the only ones that are guaranteed to be maintained from release to
28923 release:
28924
28925 .vlist
28926 .vitem "&*pid_t&~child_open(uschar&~**argv,&~uschar&~**envp,&~int&~newumask,&&&
28927 &~int&~*infdptr,&~int&~*outfdptr, &~&~BOOL&~make_leader)*&"
28928
28929 This function creates a child process that runs the command specified by
28930 &%argv%&. The environment for the process is specified by &%envp%&, which can
28931 be NULL if no environment variables are to be passed. A new umask is supplied
28932 for the process in &%newumask%&.
28933
28934 Pipes to the standard input and output of the new process are set up
28935 and returned to the caller via the &%infdptr%& and &%outfdptr%& arguments. The
28936 standard error is cloned to the standard output. If there are any file
28937 descriptors &"in the way"& in the new process, they are closed. If the final
28938 argument is TRUE, the new process is made into a process group leader.
28939
28940 The function returns the pid of the new process, or -1 if things go wrong.
28941
28942 .vitem &*int&~child_close(pid_t&~pid,&~int&~timeout)*&
28943 This function waits for a child process to terminate, or for a timeout (in
28944 seconds) to expire. A timeout value of zero means wait as long as it takes. The
28945 return value is as follows:
28946
28947 .ilist
28948 >= 0
28949
28950 The process terminated by a normal exit and the value is the process
28951 ending status.
28952
28953 .next
28954 < 0 and > &--256
28955
28956 The process was terminated by a signal and the value is the negation of the
28957 signal number.
28958
28959 .next
28960 &--256
28961
28962 The process timed out.
28963 .next
28964 &--257
28965
28966 The was some other error in wait(); &%errno%& is still set.
28967 .endlist
28968
28969 .vitem &*pid_t&~child_open_exim(int&~*fd)*&
28970 This function provide you with a means of submitting a new message to
28971 Exim. (Of course, you can also call &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& yourself if you
28972 want, but this packages it all up for you.) The function creates a pipe,
28973 forks a subprocess that is running
28974 .code
28975 exim -t -oem -oi -f <>
28976 .endd
28977 and returns to you (via the &`int *`& argument) a file descriptor for the pipe
28978 that is connected to the standard input. The yield of the function is the PID
28979 of the subprocess. You can then write a message to the file descriptor, with
28980 recipients in &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&, and/or &'Bcc:'& header lines.
28981
28982 When you have finished, call &'child_close()'& to wait for the process to
28983 finish and to collect its ending status. A timeout value of zero is usually
28984 fine in this circumstance. Unless you have made a mistake with the recipient
28985 addresses, you should get a return code of zero.
28986
28987
28988 .vitem &*pid_t&~child_open_exim2(int&~*fd,&~uschar&~*sender,&~uschar&~&&&
28989 *sender_authentication)*&
28990 This function is a more sophisticated version of &'child_open()'&. The command
28991 that it runs is:
28992 .display
28993 &`exim -t -oem -oi -f `&&'sender'&&` -oMas `&&'sender_authentication'&
28994 .endd
28995 The third argument may be NULL, in which case the &%-oMas%& option is omitted.
28996
28997
28998 .vitem &*void&~debug_printf(char&~*,&~...)*&
28999 This is Exim's debugging function, with arguments as for &'(printf()'&. The
29000 output is written to the standard error stream. If no debugging is selected,
29001 calls to &'debug_printf()'& have no effect. Normally, you should make calls
29002 conditional on the &`local_scan`& debug selector by coding like this:
29003 .code
29004 if ((debug_selector & D_local_scan) != 0)
29005 debug_printf("xxx", ...);
29006 .endd
29007
29008 .vitem &*uschar&~*expand_string(uschar&~*string)*&
29009 This is an interface to Exim's string expansion code. The return value is the
29010 expanded string, or NULL if there was an expansion failure.
29011 The C variable &%expand_string_message%& contains an error message after an
29012 expansion failure. If expansion does not change the string, the return value is
29013 the pointer to the input string. Otherwise, the return value points to a new
29014 block of memory that was obtained by a call to &'store_get()'&. See section
29015 &<<SECTmemhanloc>>& below for a discussion of memory handling.
29016
29017 .vitem &*void&~header_add(int&~type,&~char&~*format,&~...)*&
29018 This function allows you to an add additional header line at the end of the
29019 existing ones. The first argument is the type, and should normally be a space
29020 character. The second argument is a format string and any number of
29021 substitution arguments as for &[sprintf()]&. You may include internal newlines
29022 if you want, and you must ensure that the string ends with a newline.
29023
29024 .vitem "&*void&~header_add_at_position(BOOL&~after,&~uschar&~*name,&~&&&
29025 BOOL&~topnot,&~int&~type,&~char&~*format, &~&~...)*&"
29026 This function adds a new header line at a specified point in the header
29027 chain. The header itself is specified as for &'header_add()'&.
29028
29029 If &%name%& is NULL, the new header is added at the end of the chain if
29030 &%after%& is true, or at the start if &%after%& is false. If &%name%& is not
29031 NULL, the header lines are searched for the first non-deleted header that
29032 matches the name. If one is found, the new header is added before it if
29033 &%after%& is false. If &%after%& is true, the new header is added after the
29034 found header and any adjacent subsequent ones with the same name (even if
29035 marked &"deleted"&). If no matching non-deleted header is found, the &%topnot%&
29036 option controls where the header is added. If it is true, addition is at the
29037 top; otherwise at the bottom. Thus, to add a header after all the &'Received:'&
29038 headers, or at the top if there are no &'Received:'& headers, you could use
29039 .code
29040 header_add_at_position(TRUE, US"Received", TRUE,
29041 ' ', "X-xxx: ...");
29042 .endd
29043 Normally, there is always at least one non-deleted &'Received:'& header, but
29044 there may not be if &%received_header_text%& expands to an empty string.
29045
29046
29047 .vitem &*void&~header_remove(int&~occurrence,&~uschar&~*name)*&
29048 This function removes header lines. If &%occurrence%& is zero or negative, all
29049 occurrences of the header are removed. If occurrence is greater than zero, that
29050 particular instance of the header is removed. If no header(s) can be found that
29051 match the specification, the function does nothing.
29052
29053
29054 .vitem "&*BOOL&~header_testname(header_line&~*hdr,&~uschar&~*name,&~&&&
29055 int&~length,&~BOOL&~notdel)*&"
29056 This function tests whether the given header has the given name. It is not just
29057 a string comparison, because white space is permitted between the name and the
29058 colon. If the &%notdel%& argument is true, a false return is forced for all
29059 &"deleted"& headers; otherwise they are not treated specially. For example:
29060 .code
29061 if (header_testname(h, US"X-Spam", 6, TRUE)) ...
29062 .endd
29063 .vitem &*uschar&~*lss_b64encode(uschar&~*cleartext,&~int&~length)*&
29064 .cindex "base64 encoding" "functions for &[local_scan()]& use"
29065 This function base64-encodes a string, which is passed by address and length.
29066 The text may contain bytes of any value, including zero. The result is passed
29067 back in dynamic memory that is obtained by calling &'store_get()'&. It is
29068 zero-terminated.
29069
29070 .vitem &*int&~lss_b64decode(uschar&~*codetext,&~uschar&~**cleartext)*&
29071 This function decodes a base64-encoded string. Its arguments are a
29072 zero-terminated base64-encoded string and the address of a variable that is set
29073 to point to the result, which is in dynamic memory. The length of the decoded
29074 string is the yield of the function. If the input is invalid base64 data, the
29075 yield is -1. A zero byte is added to the end of the output string to make it
29076 easy to interpret as a C string (assuming it contains no zeros of its own). The
29077 added zero byte is not included in the returned count.
29078
29079 .vitem &*int&~lss_match_domain(uschar&~*domain,&~uschar&~*list)*&
29080 This function checks for a match in a domain list. Domains are always
29081 matched caselessly. The return value is one of the following:
29082 .display
29083 &`OK `& match succeeded
29084 &`FAIL `& match failed
29085 &`DEFER `& match deferred
29086 .endd
29087 DEFER is usually caused by some kind of lookup defer, such as the
29088 inability to contact a database.
29089
29090 .vitem "&*int&~lss_match_local_part(uschar&~*localpart,&~uschar&~*list,&~&&&
29091 BOOL&~caseless)*&"
29092 This function checks for a match in a local part list. The third argument
29093 controls case-sensitivity. The return values are as for
29094 &'lss_match_domain()'&.
29095
29096 .vitem "&*int&~lss_match_address(uschar&~*address,&~uschar&~*list,&~&&&
29097 BOOL&~caseless)*&"
29098 This function checks for a match in an address list. The third argument
29099 controls the case-sensitivity of the local part match. The domain is always
29100 matched caselessly. The return values are as for &'lss_match_domain()'&.
29101
29102 .vitem "&*int&~lss_match_host(uschar&~*host_name,&~uschar&~*host_address,&~&&&
29103 uschar&~*list)*&"
29104 This function checks for a match in a host list. The most common usage is
29105 expected to be
29106 .code
29107 lss_match_host(sender_host_name, sender_host_address, ...)
29108 .endd
29109 .vindex "&$sender_host_address$&"
29110 An empty address field matches an empty item in the host list. If the host name
29111 is NULL, the name corresponding to &$sender_host_address$& is automatically
29112 looked up if a host name is required to match an item in the list. The return
29113 values are as for &'lss_match_domain()'&, but in addition, &'lss_match_host()'&
29114 returns ERROR in the case when it had to look up a host name, but the lookup
29115 failed.
29116
29117 .vitem "&*void&~log_write(unsigned&~int&~selector,&~int&~which,&~char&~&&&
29118 *format,&~...)*&"
29119 This function writes to Exim's log files. The first argument should be zero (it
29120 is concerned with &%log_selector%&). The second argument can be &`LOG_MAIN`& or
29121 &`LOG_REJECT`& or &`LOG_PANIC`& or the inclusive &"or"& of any combination of
29122 them. It specifies to which log or logs the message is written. The remaining
29123 arguments are a format and relevant insertion arguments. The string should not
29124 contain any newlines, not even at the end.
29125
29126
29127 .vitem &*void&~receive_add_recipient(uschar&~*address,&~int&~pno)*&
29128 This function adds an additional recipient to the message. The first argument
29129 is the recipient address. If it is unqualified (has no domain), it is qualified
29130 with the &%qualify_recipient%& domain. The second argument must always be -1.
29131
29132 This function does not allow you to specify a private &%errors_to%& address (as
29133 described with the structure of &%recipient_item%& above), because it pre-dates
29134 the addition of that field to the structure. However, it is easy to add such a
29135 value afterwards. For example:
29136 .code
29137 receive_add_recipient(US"monitor@mydom.example", -1);
29138 recipients_list[recipients_count-1].errors_to =
29139 US"postmaster@mydom.example";
29140 .endd
29141
29142 .vitem &*BOOL&~receive_remove_recipient(uschar&~*recipient)*&
29143 This is a convenience function to remove a named recipient from the list of
29144 recipients. It returns true if a recipient was removed, and false if no
29145 matching recipient could be found. The argument must be a complete email
29146 address.
29147 .endlist
29148
29149
29150 .cindex "RFC 2047"
29151 .vlist
29152 .vitem "&*uschar&~rfc2047_decode(uschar&~*string,&~BOOL&~lencheck,&&&
29153 &~uschar&~*target,&~int&~zeroval,&~int&~*lenptr, &~&~uschar&~**error)*&"
29154 This function decodes strings that are encoded according to RFC 2047. Typically
29155 these are the contents of header lines. First, each &"encoded word"& is decoded
29156 from the Q or B encoding into a byte-string. Then, if provided with the name of
29157 a charset encoding, and if the &[iconv()]& function is available, an attempt is
29158 made to translate the result to the named character set. If this fails, the
29159 binary string is returned with an error message.
29160
29161 The first argument is the string to be decoded. If &%lencheck%& is TRUE, the
29162 maximum MIME word length is enforced. The third argument is the target
29163 encoding, or NULL if no translation is wanted.
29164
29165 .cindex "binary zero" "in RFC 2047 decoding"
29166 .cindex "RFC 2047" "binary zero in"
29167 If a binary zero is encountered in the decoded string, it is replaced by the
29168 contents of the &%zeroval%& argument. For use with Exim headers, the value must
29169 not be 0 because header lines are handled as zero-terminated strings.
29170
29171 The function returns the result of processing the string, zero-terminated; if
29172 &%lenptr%& is not NULL, the length of the result is set in the variable to
29173 which it points. When &%zeroval%& is 0, &%lenptr%& should not be NULL.
29174
29175 If an error is encountered, the function returns NULL and uses the &%error%&
29176 argument to return an error message. The variable pointed to by &%error%& is
29177 set to NULL if there is no error; it may be set non-NULL even when the function
29178 returns a non-NULL value if decoding was successful, but there was a problem
29179 with translation.
29180
29181
29182 .vitem &*int&~smtp_fflush(void)*&
29183 This function is used in conjunction with &'smtp_printf()'&, as described
29184 below.
29185
29186 .vitem &*void&~smtp_printf(char&~*,&~...)*&
29187 The arguments of this function are like &[printf()]&; it writes to the SMTP
29188 output stream. You should use this function only when there is an SMTP output
29189 stream, that is, when the incoming message is being received via interactive
29190 SMTP. This is the case when &%smtp_input%& is TRUE and &%smtp_batched_input%&
29191 is FALSE. If you want to test for an incoming message from another host (as
29192 opposed to a local process that used the &%-bs%& command line option), you can
29193 test the value of &%sender_host_address%&, which is non-NULL when a remote host
29194 is involved.
29195
29196 If an SMTP TLS connection is established, &'smtp_printf()'& uses the TLS
29197 output function, so it can be used for all forms of SMTP connection.
29198
29199 Strings that are written by &'smtp_printf()'& from within &[local_scan()]&
29200 must start with an appropriate response code: 550 if you are going to return
29201 LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT, 451 if you are going to return
29202 LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT, and 250 otherwise. Because you are writing the
29203 initial lines of a multi-line response, the code must be followed by a hyphen
29204 to indicate that the line is not the final response line. You must also ensure
29205 that the lines you write terminate with CRLF. For example:
29206 .code
29207 smtp_printf("550-this is some extra info\r\n");
29208 return LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT;
29209 .endd
29210 Note that you can also create multi-line responses by including newlines in
29211 the data returned via the &%return_text%& argument. The added value of using
29212 &'smtp_printf()'& is that, for instance, you could introduce delays between
29213 multiple output lines.
29214
29215 The &'smtp_printf()'& function does not return any error indication, because it
29216 does not automatically flush pending output, and therefore does not test
29217 the state of the stream. (In the main code of Exim, flushing and error
29218 detection is done when Exim is ready for the next SMTP input command.) If
29219 you want to flush the output and check for an error (for example, the
29220 dropping of a TCP/IP connection), you can call &'smtp_fflush()'&, which has no
29221 arguments. It flushes the output stream, and returns a non-zero value if there
29222 is an error.
29223
29224 .vitem &*void&~*store_get(int)*&
29225 This function accesses Exim's internal store (memory) manager. It gets a new
29226 chunk of memory whose size is given by the argument. Exim bombs out if it ever
29227 runs out of memory. See the next section for a discussion of memory handling.
29228
29229 .vitem &*void&~*store_get_perm(int)*&
29230 This function is like &'store_get()'&, but it always gets memory from the
29231 permanent pool. See the next section for a discussion of memory handling.
29232
29233 .vitem &*uschar&~*string_copy(uschar&~*string)*&
29234 See below.
29235
29236 .vitem &*uschar&~*string_copyn(uschar&~*string,&~int&~length)*&
29237 See below.
29238
29239 .vitem &*uschar&~*string_sprintf(char&~*format,&~...)*&
29240 These three functions create strings using Exim's dynamic memory facilities.
29241 The first makes a copy of an entire string. The second copies up to a maximum
29242 number of characters, indicated by the second argument. The third uses a format
29243 and insertion arguments to create a new string. In each case, the result is a
29244 pointer to a new string in the current memory pool. See the next section for
29245 more discussion.
29246 .endlist
29247
29248
29249
29250 .section "More about Exim's memory handling" "SECTmemhanloc"
29251 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "memory handling"
29252 No function is provided for freeing memory, because that is never needed.
29253 The dynamic memory that Exim uses when receiving a message is automatically
29254 recycled if another message is received by the same process (this applies only
29255 to incoming SMTP connections &-- other input methods can supply only one
29256 message at a time). After receiving the last message, a reception process
29257 terminates.
29258
29259 Because it is recycled, the normal dynamic memory cannot be used for holding
29260 data that must be preserved over a number of incoming messages on the same SMTP
29261 connection. However, Exim in fact uses two pools of dynamic memory; the second
29262 one is not recycled, and can be used for this purpose.
29263
29264 If you want to allocate memory that remains available for subsequent messages
29265 in the same SMTP connection, you should set
29266 .code
29267 store_pool = POOL_PERM
29268 .endd
29269 before calling the function that does the allocation. There is no need to
29270 restore the value if you do not need to; however, if you do want to revert to
29271 the normal pool, you can either restore the previous value of &%store_pool%& or
29272 set it explicitly to POOL_MAIN.
29273
29274 The pool setting applies to all functions that get dynamic memory, including
29275 &'expand_string()'&, &'store_get()'&, and the &'string_xxx()'& functions.
29276 There is also a convenience function called &'store_get_perm()'& that gets a
29277 block of memory from the permanent pool while preserving the value of
29278 &%store_pool%&.
29279 .ecindex IIDlosca
29280
29281
29282
29283
29284 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29285 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29286
29287 .chapter "System-wide message filtering" "CHAPsystemfilter"
29288 .scindex IIDsysfil1 "filter" "system filter"
29289 .scindex IIDsysfil2 "filtering all mail"
29290 .scindex IIDsysfil3 "system filter"
29291 The previous chapters (on ACLs and the local scan function) describe checks
29292 that can be applied to messages before they are accepted by a host. There is
29293 also a mechanism for checking messages once they have been received, but before
29294 they are delivered. This is called the &'system filter'&.
29295
29296 The system filter operates in a similar manner to users' filter files, but it
29297 is run just once per message (however many recipients the message has).
29298 It should not normally be used as a substitute for routing, because &%deliver%&
29299 commands in a system router provide new envelope recipient addresses.
29300 The system filter must be an Exim filter. It cannot be a Sieve filter.
29301
29302 The system filter is run at the start of a delivery attempt, before any routing
29303 is done. If a message fails to be completely delivered at the first attempt,
29304 the system filter is run again at the start of every retry.
29305 If you want your filter to do something only once per message, you can make use
29306 of the &%first_delivery%& condition in an &%if%& command in the filter to
29307 prevent it happening on retries.
29308
29309 .vindex "&$domain$&"
29310 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
29311 &*Warning*&: Because the system filter runs just once, variables that are
29312 specific to individual recipient addresses, such as &$local_part$& and
29313 &$domain$&, are not set, and the &"personal"& condition is not meaningful. If
29314 you want to run a centrally-specified filter for each recipient address
29315 independently, you can do so by setting up a suitable &(redirect)& router, as
29316 described in section &<<SECTperaddfil>>& below.
29317
29318
29319 .section "Specifying a system filter" "SECID212"
29320 .cindex "uid (user id)" "system filter"
29321 .cindex "gid (group id)" "system filter"
29322 The name of the file that contains the system filter must be specified by
29323 setting &%system_filter%&. If you want the filter to run under a uid and gid
29324 other than root, you must also set &%system_filter_user%& and
29325 &%system_filter_group%& as appropriate. For example:
29326 .code
29327 system_filter = /etc/mail/exim.filter
29328 system_filter_user = exim
29329 .endd
29330 If a system filter generates any deliveries directly to files or pipes (via the
29331 &%save%& or &%pipe%& commands), transports to handle these deliveries must be
29332 specified by setting &%system_filter_file_transport%& and
29333 &%system_filter_pipe_transport%&, respectively. Similarly,
29334 &%system_filter_reply_transport%& must be set to handle any messages generated
29335 by the &%reply%& command.
29336
29337
29338 .section "Testing a system filter" "SECID213"
29339 You can run simple tests of a system filter in the same way as for a user
29340 filter, but you should use &%-bF%& rather than &%-bf%&, so that features that
29341 are permitted only in system filters are recognized.
29342
29343 If you want to test the combined effect of a system filter and a user filter,
29344 you can use both &%-bF%& and &%-bf%& on the same command line.
29345
29346
29347
29348 .section "Contents of a system filter" "SECID214"
29349 The language used to specify system filters is the same as for users' filter
29350 files. It is described in the separate end-user document &'Exim's interface to
29351 mail filtering'&. However, there are some additional features that are
29352 available only in system filters; these are described in subsequent sections.
29353 If they are encountered in a user's filter file or when testing with &%-bf%&,
29354 they cause errors.
29355
29356 .cindex "frozen messages" "manual thaw; testing in filter"
29357 There are two special conditions which, though available in users' filter
29358 files, are designed for use in system filters. The condition &%first_delivery%&
29359 is true only for the first attempt at delivering a message, and
29360 &%manually_thawed%& is true only if the message has been frozen, and
29361 subsequently thawed by an admin user. An explicit forced delivery counts as a
29362 manual thaw, but thawing as a result of the &%auto_thaw%& setting does not.
29363
29364 &*Warning*&: If a system filter uses the &%first_delivery%& condition to
29365 specify an &"unseen"& (non-significant) delivery, and that delivery does not
29366 succeed, it will not be tried again.
29367 If you want Exim to retry an unseen delivery until it succeeds, you should
29368 arrange to set it up every time the filter runs.
29369
29370 When a system filter finishes running, the values of the variables &$n0$& &--
29371 &$n9$& are copied into &$sn0$& &-- &$sn9$& and are thereby made available to
29372 users' filter files. Thus a system filter can, for example, set up &"scores"&
29373 to which users' filter files can refer.
29374
29375
29376
29377 .section "Additional variable for system filters" "SECID215"
29378 .vindex "&$recipients$&"
29379 The expansion variable &$recipients$&, containing a list of all the recipients
29380 of the message (separated by commas and white space), is available in system
29381 filters. It is not available in users' filters for privacy reasons.
29382
29383
29384
29385 .section "Defer, freeze, and fail commands for system filters" "SECID216"
29386 .cindex "freezing messages"
29387 .cindex "message" "freezing"
29388 .cindex "message" "forced failure"
29389 .cindex "&%fail%&" "in system filter"
29390 .cindex "&%freeze%& in system filter"
29391 .cindex "&%defer%& in system filter"
29392 There are three extra commands (&%defer%&, &%freeze%& and &%fail%&) which are
29393 always available in system filters, but are not normally enabled in users'
29394 filters. (See the &%allow_defer%&, &%allow_freeze%& and &%allow_fail%& options
29395 for the &(redirect)& router.) These commands can optionally be followed by the
29396 word &%text%& and a string containing an error message, for example:
29397 .code
29398 fail text "this message looks like spam to me"
29399 .endd
29400 The keyword &%text%& is optional if the next character is a double quote.
29401
29402 The &%defer%& command defers delivery of the original recipients of the
29403 message. The &%fail%& command causes all the original recipients to be failed,
29404 and a bounce message to be created. The &%freeze%& command suspends all
29405 delivery attempts for the original recipients. In all cases, any new deliveries
29406 that are specified by the filter are attempted as normal after the filter has
29407 run.
29408
29409 The &%freeze%& command is ignored if the message has been manually unfrozen and
29410 not manually frozen since. This means that automatic freezing by a system
29411 filter can be used as a way of checking out suspicious messages. If a message
29412 is found to be all right, manually unfreezing it allows it to be delivered.
29413
29414 .cindex "log" "&%fail%& command log line"
29415 .cindex "&%fail%&" "log line; reducing"
29416 The text given with a fail command is used as part of the bounce message as
29417 well as being written to the log. If the message is quite long, this can fill
29418 up a lot of log space when such failures are common. To reduce the size of the
29419 log message, Exim interprets the text in a special way if it starts with the
29420 two characters &`<<`& and contains &`>>`& later. The text between these two
29421 strings is written to the log, and the rest of the text is used in the bounce
29422 message. For example:
29423 .code
29424 fail "<<filter test 1>>Your message is rejected \
29425 because it contains attachments that we are \
29426 not prepared to receive."
29427 .endd
29428
29429 .cindex "loop" "caused by &%fail%&"
29430 Take great care with the &%fail%& command when basing the decision to fail on
29431 the contents of the message, because the bounce message will of course include
29432 the contents of the original message and will therefore trigger the &%fail%&
29433 command again (causing a mail loop) unless steps are taken to prevent this.
29434 Testing the &%error_message%& condition is one way to prevent this. You could
29435 use, for example
29436 .code
29437 if $message_body contains "this is spam" and not error_message
29438 then fail text "spam is not wanted here" endif
29439 .endd
29440 though of course that might let through unwanted bounce messages. The
29441 alternative is clever checking of the body and/or headers to detect bounces
29442 generated by the filter.
29443
29444 The interpretation of a system filter file ceases after a
29445 &%defer%&,
29446 &%freeze%&, or &%fail%& command is obeyed. However, any deliveries that were
29447 set up earlier in the filter file are honoured, so you can use a sequence such
29448 as
29449 .code
29450 mail ...
29451 freeze
29452 .endd
29453 to send a specified message when the system filter is freezing (or deferring or
29454 failing) a message. The normal deliveries for the message do not, of course,
29455 take place.
29456
29457
29458
29459 .section "Adding and removing headers in a system filter" "SECTaddremheasys"
29460 .cindex "header lines" "adding; in system filter"
29461 .cindex "header lines" "removing; in system filter"
29462 .cindex "filter" "header lines; adding/removing"
29463 Two filter commands that are available only in system filters are:
29464 .code
29465 headers add <string>
29466 headers remove <string>
29467 .endd
29468 The argument for the &%headers add%& is a string that is expanded and then
29469 added to the end of the message's headers. It is the responsibility of the
29470 filter maintainer to make sure it conforms to RFC 2822 syntax. Leading white
29471 space is ignored, and if the string is otherwise empty, or if the expansion is
29472 forced to fail, the command has no effect.
29473
29474 You can use &"\n"& within the string, followed by white space, to specify
29475 continued header lines. More than one header may be added in one command by
29476 including &"\n"& within the string without any following white space. For
29477 example:
29478 .code
29479 headers add "X-header-1: ....\n \
29480 continuation of X-header-1 ...\n\
29481 X-header-2: ...."
29482 .endd
29483 Note that the header line continuation white space after the first newline must
29484 be placed before the backslash that continues the input string, because white
29485 space after input continuations is ignored.
29486
29487 The argument for &%headers remove%& is a colon-separated list of header names.
29488 This command applies only to those headers that are stored with the message;
29489 those that are added at delivery time (such as &'Envelope-To:'& and
29490 &'Return-Path:'&) cannot be removed by this means. If there is more than one
29491 header with the same name, they are all removed.
29492
29493 The &%headers%& command in a system filter makes an immediate change to the set
29494 of header lines that was received with the message (with possible additions
29495 from ACL processing). Subsequent commands in the system filter operate on the
29496 modified set, which also forms the basis for subsequent message delivery.
29497 Unless further modified during routing or transporting, this set of headers is
29498 used for all recipients of the message.
29499
29500 During routing and transporting, the variables that refer to the contents of
29501 header lines refer only to those lines that are in this set. Thus, header lines
29502 that are added by a system filter are visible to users' filter files and to all
29503 routers and transports. This contrasts with the manipulation of header lines by
29504 routers and transports, which is not immediate, but which instead is saved up
29505 until the message is actually being written (see section
29506 &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&).
29507
29508 If the message is not delivered at the first attempt, header lines that were
29509 added by the system filter are stored with the message, and so are still
29510 present at the next delivery attempt. Header lines that were removed are still
29511 present, but marked &"deleted"& so that they are not transported with the
29512 message. For this reason, it is usual to make the &%headers%& command
29513 conditional on &%first_delivery%& so that the set of header lines is not
29514 modified more than once.
29515
29516 Because header modification in a system filter acts immediately, you have to
29517 use an indirect approach if you want to modify the contents of a header line.
29518 For example:
29519 .code
29520 headers add "Old-Subject: $h_subject:"
29521 headers remove "Subject"
29522 headers add "Subject: new subject (was: $h_old-subject:)"
29523 headers remove "Old-Subject"
29524 .endd
29525
29526
29527
29528 .section "Setting an errors address in a system filter" "SECID217"
29529 .cindex "envelope sender"
29530 In a system filter, if a &%deliver%& command is followed by
29531 .code
29532 errors_to <some address>
29533 .endd
29534 in order to change the envelope sender (and hence the error reporting) for that
29535 delivery, any address may be specified. (In a user filter, only the current
29536 user's address can be set.) For example, if some mail is being monitored, you
29537 might use
29538 .code
29539 unseen deliver monitor@spying.example errors_to root@local.example
29540 .endd
29541 to take a copy which would not be sent back to the normal error reporting
29542 address if its delivery failed.
29543
29544
29545
29546 .section "Per-address filtering" "SECTperaddfil"
29547 .vindex "&$domain$&"
29548 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
29549 In contrast to the system filter, which is run just once per message for each
29550 delivery attempt, it is also possible to set up a system-wide filtering
29551 operation that runs once for each recipient address. In this case, variables
29552 such as &$local_part$& and &$domain$& can be used, and indeed, the choice of
29553 filter file could be made dependent on them. This is an example of a router
29554 which implements such a filter:
29555 .code
29556 central_filter:
29557 check_local_user
29558 driver = redirect
29559 domains = +local_domains
29560 file = /central/filters/$local_part
29561 no_verify
29562 allow_filter
29563 allow_freeze
29564 .endd
29565 The filter is run in a separate process under its own uid. Therefore, either
29566 &%check_local_user%& must be set (as above), in which case the filter is run as
29567 the local user, or the &%user%& option must be used to specify which user to
29568 use. If both are set, &%user%& overrides.
29569
29570 Care should be taken to ensure that none of the commands in the filter file
29571 specify a significant delivery if the message is to go on to be delivered to
29572 its intended recipient. The router will not then claim to have dealt with the
29573 address, so it will be passed on to subsequent routers to be delivered in the
29574 normal way.
29575 .ecindex IIDsysfil1
29576 .ecindex IIDsysfil2
29577 .ecindex IIDsysfil3
29578
29579
29580
29581
29582
29583
29584 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29585 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29586
29587 .chapter "Message processing" "CHAPmsgproc"
29588 .scindex IIDmesproc "message" "general processing"
29589 Exim performs various transformations on the sender and recipient addresses of
29590 all messages that it handles, and also on the messages' header lines. Some of
29591 these are optional and configurable, while others always take place. All of
29592 this processing, except rewriting as a result of routing, and the addition or
29593 removal of header lines while delivering, happens when a message is received,
29594 before it is placed on Exim's queue.
29595
29596 Some of the automatic processing takes place by default only for
29597 &"locally-originated"& messages. This adjective is used to describe messages
29598 that are not received over TCP/IP, but instead are passed to an Exim process on
29599 its standard input. This includes the interactive &"local SMTP"& case that is
29600 set up by the &%-bs%& command line option.
29601
29602 &*Note*&: Messages received over TCP/IP on the loopback interface (127.0.0.1
29603 or ::1) are not considered to be locally-originated. Exim does not treat the
29604 loopback interface specially in any way.
29605
29606 If you want the loopback interface to be treated specially, you must ensure
29607 that there are appropriate entries in your ACLs.
29608
29609
29610
29611
29612 .section "Submission mode for non-local messages" "SECTsubmodnon"
29613 .cindex "message" "submission"
29614 .cindex "submission mode"
29615 Processing that happens automatically for locally-originated messages (unless
29616 &%suppress_local_fixups%& is set) can also be requested for messages that are
29617 received over TCP/IP. The term &"submission mode"& is used to describe this
29618 state. Submission mode is set by the modifier
29619 .code
29620 control = submission
29621 .endd
29622 in a MAIL, RCPT, or pre-data ACL for an incoming message (see sections
29623 &<<SECTACLmodi>>& and &<<SECTcontrols>>&). This makes Exim treat the message as
29624 a local submission, and is normally used when the source of the message is
29625 known to be an MUA running on a client host (as opposed to an MTA). For
29626 example, to set submission mode for messages originating on the IPv4 loopback
29627 interface, you could include the following in the MAIL ACL:
29628 .code
29629 warn hosts = 127.0.0.1
29630 control = submission
29631 .endd
29632 .cindex "&%sender_retain%& submission option"
29633 There are some options that can be used when setting submission mode. A slash
29634 is used to separate options. For example:
29635 .code
29636 control = submission/sender_retain
29637 .endd
29638 Specifying &%sender_retain%& has the effect of setting &%local_sender_retain%&
29639 true and &%local_from_check%& false for the current incoming message. The first
29640 of these allows an existing &'Sender:'& header in the message to remain, and
29641 the second suppresses the check to ensure that &'From:'& matches the
29642 authenticated sender. With this setting, Exim still fixes up messages by adding
29643 &'Date:'& and &'Message-ID:'& header lines if they are missing, but makes no
29644 attempt to check sender authenticity in header lines.
29645
29646 When &%sender_retain%& is not set, a submission mode setting may specify a
29647 domain to be used when generating a &'From:'& or &'Sender:'& header line. For
29648 example:
29649 .code
29650 control = submission/domain=some.domain
29651 .endd
29652 The domain may be empty. How this value is used is described in sections
29653 &<<SECTthefrohea>>& and &<<SECTthesenhea>>&. There is also a &%name%& option
29654 that allows you to specify the user's full name for inclusion in a created
29655 &'Sender:'& or &'From:'& header line. For example:
29656 .code
29657 accept authenticated = *
29658 control = submission/domain=wonderland.example/\
29659 name=${lookup {$authenticated_id} \
29660 lsearch {/etc/exim/namelist}}
29661 .endd
29662 Because the name may contain any characters, including slashes, the &%name%&
29663 option must be given last. The remainder of the string is used as the name. For
29664 the example above, if &_/etc/exim/namelist_& contains:
29665 .code
29666 bigegg: Humpty Dumpty
29667 .endd
29668 then when the sender has authenticated as &'bigegg'&, the generated &'Sender:'&
29669 line would be:
29670 .code
29671 Sender: Humpty Dumpty <bigegg@wonderland.example>
29672 .endd
29673 .cindex "return path" "in submission mode"
29674 By default, submission mode forces the return path to the same address as is
29675 used to create the &'Sender:'& header. However, if &%sender_retain%& is
29676 specified, the return path is also left unchanged.
29677
29678 &*Note*&: The changes caused by submission mode take effect after the predata
29679 ACL. This means that any sender checks performed before the fix-ups use the
29680 untrusted sender address specified by the user, not the trusted sender address
29681 specified by submission mode. Although this might be slightly unexpected, it
29682 does mean that you can configure ACL checks to spot that a user is trying to
29683 spoof another's address.
29684
29685 .section "Line endings" "SECTlineendings"
29686 .cindex "line endings"
29687 .cindex "carriage return"
29688 .cindex "linefeed"
29689 RFC 2821 specifies that CRLF (two characters: carriage-return, followed by
29690 linefeed) is the line ending for messages transmitted over the Internet using
29691 SMTP over TCP/IP. However, within individual operating systems, different
29692 conventions are used. For example, Unix-like systems use just LF, but others
29693 use CRLF or just CR.
29694
29695 Exim was designed for Unix-like systems, and internally, it stores messages
29696 using the system's convention of a single LF as a line terminator. When
29697 receiving a message, all line endings are translated to this standard format.
29698 Originally, it was thought that programs that passed messages directly to an
29699 MTA within an operating system would use that system's convention. Experience
29700 has shown that this is not the case; for example, there are Unix applications
29701 that use CRLF in this circumstance. For this reason, and for compatibility with
29702 other MTAs, the way Exim handles line endings for all messages is now as
29703 follows:
29704
29705 .ilist
29706 LF not preceded by CR is treated as a line ending.
29707 .next
29708 CR is treated as a line ending; if it is immediately followed by LF, the LF
29709 is ignored.
29710 .next
29711 The sequence &"CR, dot, CR"& does not terminate an incoming SMTP message,
29712 nor a local message in the state where a line containing only a dot is a
29713 terminator.
29714 .next
29715 If a bare CR is encountered within a header line, an extra space is added after
29716 the line terminator so as not to end the header line. The reasoning behind this
29717 is that bare CRs in header lines are most likely either to be mistakes, or
29718 people trying to play silly games.
29719 .next
29720 If the first header line received in a message ends with CRLF, a subsequent
29721 bare LF in a header line is treated in the same way as a bare CR in a header
29722 line.
29723 .endlist
29724
29725
29726
29727
29728
29729 .section "Unqualified addresses" "SECID218"
29730 .cindex "unqualified addresses"
29731 .cindex "address" "qualification"
29732 By default, Exim expects every envelope address it receives from an external
29733 host to be fully qualified. Unqualified addresses cause negative responses to
29734 SMTP commands. However, because SMTP is used as a means of transporting
29735 messages from MUAs running on personal workstations, there is sometimes a
29736 requirement to accept unqualified addresses from specific hosts or IP networks.
29737
29738 Exim has two options that separately control which hosts may send unqualified
29739 sender or recipient addresses in SMTP commands, namely
29740 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& and &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&. In both
29741 cases, if an unqualified address is accepted, it is qualified by adding the
29742 value of &%qualify_domain%& or &%qualify_recipient%&, as appropriate.
29743
29744 .oindex "&%qualify_domain%&"
29745 .oindex "&%qualify_recipient%&"
29746 Unqualified addresses in header lines are automatically qualified for messages
29747 that are locally originated, unless the &%-bnq%& option is given on the command
29748 line. For messages received over SMTP, unqualified addresses in header lines
29749 are qualified only if unqualified addresses are permitted in SMTP commands. In
29750 other words, such qualification is also controlled by
29751 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& and &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&,
29752
29753
29754
29755
29756 .section "The UUCP From line" "SECID219"
29757 .cindex "&""From""& line"
29758 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
29759 .cindex "sender" "address"
29760 .oindex "&%uucp_from_pattern%&"
29761 .oindex "&%uucp_from_sender%&"
29762 .cindex "envelope sender"
29763 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&""From""& line"
29764 Messages that have come from UUCP (and some other applications) often begin
29765 with a line containing the envelope sender and a timestamp, following the word
29766 &"From"&. Examples of two common formats are:
29767 .code
29768 From a.oakley@berlin.mus Fri Jan 5 12:35 GMT 1996
29769 From f.butler@berlin.mus Fri, 7 Jan 97 14:00:00 GMT
29770 .endd
29771 This line precedes the RFC 2822 header lines. For compatibility with Sendmail,
29772 Exim recognizes such lines at the start of messages that are submitted to it
29773 via the command line (that is, on the standard input). It does not recognize
29774 such lines in incoming SMTP messages, unless the sending host matches
29775 &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& or the &%-bs%& option was used for a local message
29776 and &%ignore_fromline_local%& is set. The recognition is controlled by a
29777 regular expression that is defined by the &%uucp_from_pattern%& option, whose
29778 default value matches the two common cases shown above and puts the address
29779 that follows &"From"& into &$1$&.
29780
29781 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &""From ""& line handling"
29782 When the caller of Exim for a non-SMTP message that contains a &"From"& line is
29783 a trusted user, the message's sender address is constructed by expanding the
29784 contents of &%uucp_sender_address%&, whose default value is &"$1"&. This is
29785 then parsed as an RFC 2822 address. If there is no domain, the local part is
29786 qualified with &%qualify_domain%& unless it is the empty string. However, if
29787 the command line &%-f%& option is used, it overrides the &"From"& line.
29788
29789 If the caller of Exim is not trusted, the &"From"& line is recognized, but the
29790 sender address is not changed. This is also the case for incoming SMTP messages
29791 that are permitted to contain &"From"& lines.
29792
29793 Only one &"From"& line is recognized. If there is more than one, the second is
29794 treated as a data line that starts the body of the message, as it is not valid
29795 as a header line. This also happens if a &"From"& line is present in an
29796 incoming SMTP message from a source that is not permitted to send them.
29797
29798
29799
29800 .section "Resent- header lines" "SECID220"
29801 .cindex "&%Resent-%& header lines"
29802 RFC 2822 makes provision for sets of header lines starting with the string
29803 &`Resent-`& to be added to a message when it is resent by the original
29804 recipient to somebody else. These headers are &'Resent-Date:'&,
29805 &'Resent-From:'&, &'Resent-Sender:'&, &'Resent-To:'&, &'Resent-Cc:'&,
29806 &'Resent-Bcc:'& and &'Resent-Message-ID:'&. The RFC says:
29807
29808 .blockquote
29809 &'Resent fields are strictly informational. They MUST NOT be used in the normal
29810 processing of replies or other such automatic actions on messages.'&
29811 .endblockquote
29812
29813 This leaves things a bit vague as far as other processing actions such as
29814 address rewriting are concerned. Exim treats &%Resent-%& header lines as
29815 follows:
29816
29817 .ilist
29818 A &'Resent-From:'& line that just contains the login id of the submitting user
29819 is automatically rewritten in the same way as &'From:'& (see below).
29820 .next
29821 If there's a rewriting rule for a particular header line, it is also applied to
29822 &%Resent-%& header lines of the same type. For example, a rule that rewrites
29823 &'From:'& also rewrites &'Resent-From:'&.
29824 .next
29825 For local messages, if &'Sender:'& is removed on input, &'Resent-Sender:'& is
29826 also removed.
29827 .next
29828 For a locally-submitted message,
29829 if there are any &%Resent-%& header lines but no &'Resent-Date:'&,
29830 &'Resent-From:'&, or &'Resent-Message-Id:'&, they are added as necessary. It is
29831 the contents of &'Resent-Message-Id:'& (rather than &'Message-Id:'&) which are
29832 included in log lines in this case.
29833 .next
29834 The logic for adding &'Sender:'& is duplicated for &'Resent-Sender:'& when any
29835 &%Resent-%& header lines are present.
29836 .endlist
29837
29838
29839
29840
29841 .section "The Auto-Submitted: header line" "SECID221"
29842 Whenever Exim generates an autoreply, a bounce, or a delay warning message, it
29843 includes the header line:
29844 .code
29845 Auto-Submitted: auto-replied
29846 .endd
29847
29848 .section "The Bcc: header line" "SECID222"
29849 .cindex "&'Bcc:'& header line"
29850 If Exim is called with the &%-t%& option, to take recipient addresses from a
29851 message's header, it removes any &'Bcc:'& header line that may exist (after
29852 extracting its addresses). If &%-t%& is not present on the command line, any
29853 existing &'Bcc:'& is not removed.
29854
29855
29856 .section "The Date: header line" "SECID223"
29857 .cindex "&'Date:'& header line"
29858 If a locally-generated or submission-mode message has no &'Date:'& header line,
29859 Exim adds one, using the current date and time, unless the
29860 &%suppress_local_fixups%& control has been specified.
29861
29862 .section "The Delivery-date: header line" "SECID224"
29863 .cindex "&'Delivery-date:'& header line"
29864 .oindex "&%delivery_date_remove%&"
29865 &'Delivery-date:'& header lines are not part of the standard RFC 2822 header
29866 set. Exim can be configured to add them to the final delivery of messages. (See
29867 the generic &%delivery_date_add%& transport option.) They should not be present
29868 in messages in transit. If the &%delivery_date_remove%& configuration option is
29869 set (the default), Exim removes &'Delivery-date:'& header lines from incoming
29870 messages.
29871
29872
29873 .section "The Envelope-to: header line" "SECID225"
29874 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
29875 .oindex "&%envelope_to_remove%&"
29876 &'Envelope-to:'& header lines are not part of the standard RFC 2822 header set.
29877 Exim can be configured to add them to the final delivery of messages. (See the
29878 generic &%envelope_to_add%& transport option.) They should not be present in
29879 messages in transit. If the &%envelope_to_remove%& configuration option is set
29880 (the default), Exim removes &'Envelope-to:'& header lines from incoming
29881 messages.
29882
29883
29884 .section "The From: header line" "SECTthefrohea"
29885 .cindex "&'From:'& header line"
29886 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&""From""& line"
29887 .cindex "message" "submission"
29888 .cindex "submission mode"
29889 If a submission-mode message does not contain a &'From:'& header line, Exim
29890 adds one if either of the following conditions is true:
29891
29892 .ilist
29893 The envelope sender address is not empty (that is, this is not a bounce
29894 message). The added header line copies the envelope sender address.
29895 .next
29896 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
29897 The SMTP session is authenticated and &$authenticated_id$& is not empty.
29898 .olist
29899 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
29900 If no domain is specified by the submission control, the local part is
29901 &$authenticated_id$& and the domain is &$qualify_domain$&.
29902 .next
29903 If a non-empty domain is specified by the submission control, the local
29904 part is &$authenticated_id$&, and the domain is the specified domain.
29905 .next
29906 If an empty domain is specified by the submission control,
29907 &$authenticated_id$& is assumed to be the complete address.
29908 .endlist
29909 .endlist
29910
29911 A non-empty envelope sender takes precedence.
29912
29913 If a locally-generated incoming message does not contain a &'From:'& header
29914 line, and the &%suppress_local_fixups%& control is not set, Exim adds one
29915 containing the sender's address. The calling user's login name and full name
29916 are used to construct the address, as described in section &<<SECTconstr>>&.
29917 They are obtained from the password data by calling &[getpwuid()]& (but see the
29918 &%unknown_login%& configuration option). The address is qualified with
29919 &%qualify_domain%&.
29920
29921 For compatibility with Sendmail, if an incoming, non-SMTP message has a
29922 &'From:'& header line containing just the unqualified login name of the calling
29923 user, this is replaced by an address containing the user's login name and full
29924 name as described in section &<<SECTconstr>>&.
29925
29926
29927 .section "The Message-ID: header line" "SECID226"
29928 .cindex "&'Message-ID:'& header line"
29929 .cindex "message" "submission"
29930 .oindex "&%message_id_header_text%&"
29931 If a locally-generated or submission-mode incoming message does not contain a
29932 &'Message-ID:'& or &'Resent-Message-ID:'& header line, and the
29933 &%suppress_local_fixups%& control is not set, Exim adds a suitable header line
29934 to the message. If there are any &'Resent-:'& headers in the message, it
29935 creates &'Resent-Message-ID:'&. The id is constructed from Exim's internal
29936 message id, preceded by the letter E to ensure it starts with a letter, and
29937 followed by @ and the primary host name. Additional information can be included
29938 in this header line by setting the &%message_id_header_text%& and/or
29939 &%message_id_header_domain%& options.
29940
29941
29942 .section "The Received: header line" "SECID227"
29943 .cindex "&'Received:'& header line"
29944 A &'Received:'& header line is added at the start of every message. The
29945 contents are defined by the &%received_header_text%& configuration option, and
29946 Exim automatically adds a semicolon and a timestamp to the configured string.
29947
29948 The &'Received:'& header is generated as soon as the message's header lines
29949 have been received. At this stage, the timestamp in the &'Received:'& header
29950 line is the time that the message started to be received. This is the value
29951 that is seen by the DATA ACL and by the &[local_scan()]& function.
29952
29953 Once a message is accepted, the timestamp in the &'Received:'& header line is
29954 changed to the time of acceptance, which is (apart from a small delay while the
29955 -H spool file is written) the earliest time at which delivery could start.
29956
29957
29958 .section "The References: header line" "SECID228"
29959 .cindex "&'References:'& header line"
29960 Messages created by the &(autoreply)& transport include a &'References:'&
29961 header line. This is constructed according to the rules that are described in
29962 section 3.64 of RFC 2822 (which states that replies should contain such a
29963 header line), and section 3.14 of RFC 3834 (which states that automatic
29964 responses are not different in this respect). However, because some mail
29965 processing software does not cope well with very long header lines, no more
29966 than 12 message IDs are copied from the &'References:'& header line in the
29967 incoming message. If there are more than 12, the first one and then the final
29968 11 are copied, before adding the message ID of the incoming message.
29969
29970
29971
29972 .section "The Return-path: header line" "SECID229"
29973 .cindex "&'Return-path:'& header line"
29974 .oindex "&%return_path_remove%&"
29975 &'Return-path:'& header lines are defined as something an MTA may insert when
29976 it does the final delivery of messages. (See the generic &%return_path_add%&
29977 transport option.) Therefore, they should not be present in messages in
29978 transit. If the &%return_path_remove%& configuration option is set (the
29979 default), Exim removes &'Return-path:'& header lines from incoming messages.
29980
29981
29982
29983 .section "The Sender: header line" "SECTthesenhea"
29984 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line"
29985 .cindex "message" "submission"
29986 For a locally-originated message from an untrusted user, Exim may remove an
29987 existing &'Sender:'& header line, and it may add a new one. You can modify
29988 these actions by setting the &%local_sender_retain%& option true, the
29989 &%local_from_check%& option false, or by using the &%suppress_local_fixups%&
29990 control setting.
29991
29992 When a local message is received from an untrusted user and
29993 &%local_from_check%& is true (the default), and the &%suppress_local_fixups%&
29994 control has not been set, a check is made to see if the address given in the
29995 &'From:'& header line is the correct (local) sender of the message. The address
29996 that is expected has the login name as the local part and the value of
29997 &%qualify_domain%& as the domain. Prefixes and suffixes for the local part can
29998 be permitted by setting &%local_from_prefix%& and &%local_from_suffix%&
29999 appropriately. If &'From:'& does not contain the correct sender, a &'Sender:'&
30000 line is added to the message.
30001
30002 If you set &%local_from_check%& false, this checking does not occur. However,
30003 the removal of an existing &'Sender:'& line still happens, unless you also set
30004 &%local_sender_retain%& to be true. It is not possible to set both of these
30005 options true at the same time.
30006
30007 .cindex "submission mode"
30008 By default, no processing of &'Sender:'& header lines is done for messages
30009 received over TCP/IP or for messages submitted by trusted users. However, when
30010 a message is received over TCP/IP in submission mode, and &%sender_retain%& is
30011 not specified on the submission control, the following processing takes place:
30012
30013 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
30014 First, any existing &'Sender:'& lines are removed. Then, if the SMTP session is
30015 authenticated, and &$authenticated_id$& is not empty, a sender address is
30016 created as follows:
30017
30018 .ilist
30019 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
30020 If no domain is specified by the submission control, the local part is
30021 &$authenticated_id$& and the domain is &$qualify_domain$&.
30022 .next
30023 If a non-empty domain is specified by the submission control, the local part
30024 is &$authenticated_id$&, and the domain is the specified domain.
30025 .next
30026 If an empty domain is specified by the submission control,
30027 &$authenticated_id$& is assumed to be the complete address.
30028 .endlist
30029
30030 This address is compared with the address in the &'From:'& header line. If they
30031 are different, a &'Sender:'& header line containing the created address is
30032 added. Prefixes and suffixes for the local part in &'From:'& can be permitted
30033 by setting &%local_from_prefix%& and &%local_from_suffix%& appropriately.
30034
30035 .cindex "return path" "created from &'Sender:'&"
30036 &*Note*&: Whenever a &'Sender:'& header line is created, the return path for
30037 the message (the envelope sender address) is changed to be the same address,
30038 except in the case of submission mode when &%sender_retain%& is specified.
30039
30040
30041
30042 .section "Adding and removing header lines in routers and transports" &&&
30043 "SECTheadersaddrem"
30044 .cindex "header lines" "adding; in router or transport"
30045 .cindex "header lines" "removing; in router or transport"
30046 When a message is delivered, the addition and removal of header lines can be
30047 specified in a system filter, or on any of the routers and transports that
30048 process the message. Section &<<SECTaddremheasys>>& contains details about
30049 modifying headers in a system filter. Header lines can also be added in an ACL
30050 as a message is received (see section &<<SECTaddheadacl>>&).
30051
30052 In contrast to what happens in a system filter, header modifications that are
30053 specified on routers and transports apply only to the particular recipient
30054 addresses that are being processed by those routers and transports. These
30055 changes do not actually take place until a copy of the message is being
30056 transported. Therefore, they do not affect the basic set of header lines, and
30057 they do not affect the values of the variables that refer to header lines.
30058
30059 &*Note*&: In particular, this means that any expansions in the configuration of
30060 the transport cannot refer to the modified header lines, because such
30061 expansions all occur before the message is actually transported.
30062
30063 For both routers and transports, the result of expanding a &%headers_add%&
30064 option must be in the form of one or more RFC 2822 header lines, separated by
30065 newlines (coded as &"\n"&). For example:
30066 .code
30067 headers_add = X-added-header: added by $primary_hostname\n\
30068 X-added-second: another added header line
30069 .endd
30070 Exim does not check the syntax of these added header lines.
30071
30072 The result of expanding &%headers_remove%& must consist of a colon-separated
30073 list of header names. This is confusing, because header names themselves are
30074 often terminated by colons. In this case, the colons are the list separators,
30075 not part of the names. For example:
30076 .code
30077 headers_remove = return-receipt-to:acknowledge-to
30078 .endd
30079 When &%headers_add%& or &%headers_remove%& is specified on a router, its value
30080 is expanded at routing time, and then associated with all addresses that are
30081 accepted by that router, and also with any new addresses that it generates. If
30082 an address passes through several routers as a result of aliasing or
30083 forwarding, the changes are cumulative.
30084
30085 .oindex "&%unseen%&"
30086 However, this does not apply to multiple routers that result from the use of
30087 the &%unseen%& option. Any header modifications that were specified by the
30088 &"unseen"& router or its predecessors apply only to the &"unseen"& delivery.
30089
30090 Addresses that end up with different &%headers_add%& or &%headers_remove%&
30091 settings cannot be delivered together in a batch, so a transport is always
30092 dealing with a set of addresses that have the same header-processing
30093 requirements.
30094
30095 The transport starts by writing the original set of header lines that arrived
30096 with the message, possibly modified by the system filter. As it writes out
30097 these lines, it consults the list of header names that were attached to the
30098 recipient address(es) by &%headers_remove%& options in routers, and it also
30099 consults the transport's own &%headers_remove%& option. Header lines whose
30100 names are on either of these lists are not written out. If there are multiple
30101 instances of any listed header, they are all skipped.
30102
30103 After the remaining original header lines have been written, new header
30104 lines that were specified by routers' &%headers_add%& options are written, in
30105 the order in which they were attached to the address. These are followed by any
30106 header lines specified by the transport's &%headers_add%& option.
30107
30108 This way of handling header line modifications in routers and transports has
30109 the following consequences:
30110
30111 .ilist
30112 The original set of header lines, possibly modified by the system filter,
30113 remains &"visible"&, in the sense that the &$header_$&&'xxx'& variables refer
30114 to it, at all times.
30115 .next
30116 Header lines that are added by a router's
30117 &%headers_add%& option are not accessible by means of the &$header_$&&'xxx'&
30118 expansion syntax in subsequent routers or the transport.
30119 .next
30120 Conversely, header lines that are specified for removal by &%headers_remove%&
30121 in a router remain visible to subsequent routers and the transport.
30122 .next
30123 Headers added to an address by &%headers_add%& in a router cannot be removed by
30124 a later router or by a transport.
30125 .next
30126 An added header can refer to the contents of an original header that is to be
30127 removed, even it has the same name as the added header. For example:
30128 .code
30129 headers_remove = subject
30130 headers_add = Subject: new subject (was: $h_subject:)
30131 .endd
30132 .endlist
30133
30134 &*Warning*&: The &%headers_add%& and &%headers_remove%& options cannot be used
30135 for a &(redirect)& router that has the &%one_time%& option set.
30136
30137
30138
30139
30140
30141 .section "Constructed addresses" "SECTconstr"
30142 .cindex "address" "constructed"
30143 .cindex "constructed address"
30144 When Exim constructs a sender address for a locally-generated message, it uses
30145 the form
30146 .display
30147 <&'user name'&>&~&~<&'login'&&`@`&&'qualify_domain'&>
30148 .endd
30149 For example:
30150 .code
30151 Zaphod Beeblebrox <zaphod@end.univ.example>
30152 .endd
30153 The user name is obtained from the &%-F%& command line option if set, or
30154 otherwise by looking up the calling user by &[getpwuid()]& and extracting the
30155 &"gecos"& field from the password entry. If the &"gecos"& field contains an
30156 ampersand character, this is replaced by the login name with the first letter
30157 upper cased, as is conventional in a number of operating systems. See the
30158 &%gecos_name%& option for a way to tailor the handling of the &"gecos"& field.
30159 The &%unknown_username%& option can be used to specify user names in cases when
30160 there is no password file entry.
30161
30162 .cindex "RFC 2047"
30163 In all cases, the user name is made to conform to RFC 2822 by quoting all or
30164 parts of it if necessary. In addition, if it contains any non-printing
30165 characters, it is encoded as described in RFC 2047, which defines a way of
30166 including non-ASCII characters in header lines. The value of the
30167 &%headers_charset%& option specifies the name of the encoding that is used (the
30168 characters are assumed to be in this encoding). The setting of
30169 &%print_topbitchars%& controls whether characters with the top bit set (that
30170 is, with codes greater than 127) count as printing characters or not.
30171
30172
30173
30174 .section "Case of local parts" "SECID230"
30175 .cindex "case of local parts"
30176 .cindex "local part" "case of"
30177 RFC 2822 states that the case of letters in the local parts of addresses cannot
30178 be assumed to be non-significant. Exim preserves the case of local parts of
30179 addresses, but by default it uses a lower-cased form when it is routing,
30180 because on most Unix systems, usernames are in lower case and case-insensitive
30181 routing is required. However, any particular router can be made to use the
30182 original case for local parts by setting the &%caseful_local_part%& generic
30183 router option.
30184
30185 .cindex "mixed-case login names"
30186 If you must have mixed-case user names on your system, the best way to proceed,
30187 assuming you want case-independent handling of incoming email, is to set up
30188 your first router to convert incoming local parts in your domains to the
30189 correct case by means of a file lookup. For example:
30190 .code
30191 correct_case:
30192 driver = redirect
30193 domains = +local_domains
30194 data = ${lookup{$local_part}cdb\
30195 {/etc/usercased.cdb}{$value}fail}\
30196 @$domain
30197 .endd
30198 For this router, the local part is forced to lower case by the default action
30199 (&%caseful_local_part%& is not set). The lower-cased local part is used to look
30200 up a new local part in the correct case. If you then set &%caseful_local_part%&
30201 on any subsequent routers which process your domains, they will operate on
30202 local parts with the correct case in a case-sensitive manner.
30203
30204
30205
30206 .section "Dots in local parts" "SECID231"
30207 .cindex "dot" "in local part"
30208 .cindex "local part" "dots in"
30209 RFC 2822 forbids empty components in local parts. That is, an unquoted local
30210 part may not begin or end with a dot, nor have two consecutive dots in the
30211 middle. However, it seems that many MTAs do not enforce this, so Exim permits
30212 empty components for compatibility.
30213
30214
30215
30216 .section "Rewriting addresses" "SECID232"
30217 .cindex "rewriting" "addresses"
30218 Rewriting of sender and recipient addresses, and addresses in headers, can
30219 happen automatically, or as the result of configuration options, as described
30220 in chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&. The headers that may be affected by this are
30221 &'Bcc:'&, &'Cc:'&, &'From:'&, &'Reply-To:'&, &'Sender:'&, and &'To:'&.
30222
30223 Automatic rewriting includes qualification, as mentioned above. The other case
30224 in which it can happen is when an incomplete non-local domain is given. The
30225 routing process may cause this to be expanded into the full domain name. For
30226 example, a header such as
30227 .code
30228 To: hare@teaparty
30229 .endd
30230 might get rewritten as
30231 .code
30232 To: hare@teaparty.wonderland.fict.example
30233 .endd
30234 Rewriting as a result of routing is the one kind of message processing that
30235 does not happen at input time, as it cannot be done until the address has
30236 been routed.
30237
30238 Strictly, one should not do &'any'& deliveries of a message until all its
30239 addresses have been routed, in case any of the headers get changed as a
30240 result of routing. However, doing this in practice would hold up many
30241 deliveries for unreasonable amounts of time, just because one address could not
30242 immediately be routed. Exim therefore does not delay other deliveries when
30243 routing of one or more addresses is deferred.
30244 .ecindex IIDmesproc
30245
30246
30247
30248 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30249 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30250
30251 .chapter "SMTP processing" "CHAPSMTP"
30252 .scindex IIDsmtpproc1 "SMTP" "processing details"
30253 .scindex IIDsmtpproc2 "LMTP" "processing details"
30254 Exim supports a number of different ways of using the SMTP protocol, and its
30255 LMTP variant, which is an interactive protocol for transferring messages into a
30256 closed mail store application. This chapter contains details of how SMTP is
30257 processed. For incoming mail, the following are available:
30258
30259 .ilist
30260 SMTP over TCP/IP (Exim daemon or &'inetd'&);
30261 .next
30262 SMTP over the standard input and output (the &%-bs%& option);
30263 .next
30264 Batched SMTP on the standard input (the &%-bS%& option).
30265 .endlist
30266
30267 For mail delivery, the following are available:
30268
30269 .ilist
30270 SMTP over TCP/IP (the &(smtp)& transport);
30271 .next
30272 LMTP over TCP/IP (the &(smtp)& transport with the &%protocol%& option set to
30273 &"lmtp"&);
30274 .next
30275 LMTP over a pipe to a process running in the local host (the &(lmtp)&
30276 transport);
30277 .next
30278 Batched SMTP to a file or pipe (the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports with
30279 the &%use_bsmtp%& option set).
30280 .endlist
30281
30282 &'Batched SMTP'& is the name for a process in which batches of messages are
30283 stored in or read from files (or pipes), in a format in which SMTP commands are
30284 used to contain the envelope information.
30285
30286
30287
30288 .section "Outgoing SMTP and LMTP over TCP/IP" "SECToutSMTPTCP"
30289 .cindex "SMTP" "outgoing over TCP/IP"
30290 .cindex "outgoing SMTP over TCP/IP"
30291 .cindex "LMTP" "over TCP/IP"
30292 .cindex "outgoing LMTP over TCP/IP"
30293 .cindex "EHLO"
30294 .cindex "HELO"
30295 .cindex "SIZE option on MAIL command"
30296 Outgoing SMTP and LMTP over TCP/IP is implemented by the &(smtp)& transport.
30297 The &%protocol%& option selects which protocol is to be used, but the actual
30298 processing is the same in both cases.
30299
30300 If, in response to its EHLO command, Exim is told that the SIZE
30301 parameter is supported, it adds SIZE=<&'n'&> to each subsequent MAIL
30302 command. The value of <&'n'&> is the message size plus the value of the
30303 &%size_addition%& option (default 1024) to allow for additions to the message
30304 such as per-transport header lines, or changes made in a
30305 .cindex "transport" "filter"
30306 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
30307 transport filter. If &%size_addition%& is set negative, the use of SIZE is
30308 suppressed.
30309
30310 If the remote server advertises support for PIPELINING, Exim uses the
30311 pipelining extension to SMTP (RFC 2197) to reduce the number of TCP/IP packets
30312 required for the transaction.
30313
30314 If the remote server advertises support for the STARTTLS command, and Exim
30315 was built to support TLS encryption, it tries to start a TLS session unless the
30316 server matches &%hosts_avoid_tls%&. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for more details.
30317
30318 If the remote server advertises support for the AUTH command, Exim scans
30319 the authenticators configuration for any suitable client settings, as described
30320 in chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&.
30321
30322 .cindex "carriage return"
30323 .cindex "linefeed"
30324 Responses from the remote host are supposed to be terminated by CR followed by
30325 LF. However, there are known to be hosts that do not send CR characters, so in
30326 order to be able to interwork with such hosts, Exim treats LF on its own as a
30327 line terminator.
30328
30329 If a message contains a number of different addresses, all those with the same
30330 characteristics (for example, the same envelope sender) that resolve to the
30331 same set of hosts, in the same order, are sent in a single SMTP transaction,
30332 even if they are for different domains, unless there are more than the setting
30333 of the &%max_rcpts%& option in the &(smtp)& transport allows, in which case
30334 they are split into groups containing no more than &%max_rcpts%& addresses
30335 each. If &%remote_max_parallel%& is greater than one, such groups may be sent
30336 in parallel sessions. The order of hosts with identical MX values is not
30337 significant when checking whether addresses can be batched in this way.
30338
30339 When the &(smtp)& transport suffers a temporary failure that is not
30340 message-related, Exim updates its transport-specific database, which contains
30341 records indexed by host name that remember which messages are waiting for each
30342 particular host. It also updates the retry database with new retry times.
30343
30344 .cindex "hints database" "retry keys"
30345 Exim's retry hints are based on host name plus IP address, so if one address of
30346 a multi-homed host is broken, it will soon be skipped most of the time.
30347 See the next section for more detail about error handling.
30348
30349 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
30350 .cindex "SMTP" "batching over TCP/IP"
30351 When a message is successfully delivered over a TCP/IP SMTP connection, Exim
30352 looks in the hints database for the transport to see if there are any queued
30353 messages waiting for the host to which it is connected. If it finds one, it
30354 creates a new Exim process using the &%-MC%& option (which can only be used by
30355 a process running as root or the Exim user) and passes the TCP/IP socket to it
30356 so that it can deliver another message using the same socket. The new process
30357 does only those deliveries that are routed to the connected host, and may in
30358 turn pass the socket on to a third process, and so on.
30359
30360 The &%connection_max_messages%& option of the &(smtp)& transport can be used to
30361 limit the number of messages sent down a single TCP/IP connection.
30362
30363 .cindex "asterisk" "after IP address"
30364 The second and subsequent messages delivered down an existing connection are
30365 identified in the main log by the addition of an asterisk after the closing
30366 square bracket of the IP address.
30367
30368
30369
30370
30371 .section "Errors in outgoing SMTP" "SECToutSMTPerr"
30372 .cindex "error" "in outgoing SMTP"
30373 .cindex "SMTP" "errors in outgoing"
30374 .cindex "host" "error"
30375 Three different kinds of error are recognized for outgoing SMTP: host errors,
30376 message errors, and recipient errors.
30377
30378 .vlist
30379 .vitem "&*Host errors*&"
30380 A host error is not associated with a particular message or with a
30381 particular recipient of a message. The host errors are:
30382
30383 .ilist
30384 Connection refused or timed out,
30385 .next
30386 Any error response code on connection,
30387 .next
30388 Any error response code to EHLO or HELO,
30389 .next
30390 Loss of connection at any time, except after &"."&,
30391 .next
30392 I/O errors at any time,
30393 .next
30394 Timeouts during the session, other than in response to MAIL, RCPT or
30395 the &"."& at the end of the data.
30396 .endlist ilist
30397
30398 For a host error, a permanent error response on connection, or in response to
30399 EHLO, causes all addresses routed to the host to be failed. Any other host
30400 error causes all addresses to be deferred, and retry data to be created for the
30401 host. It is not tried again, for any message, until its retry time arrives. If
30402 the current set of addresses are not all delivered in this run (to some
30403 alternative host), the message is added to the list of those waiting for this
30404 host, so if it is still undelivered when a subsequent successful delivery is
30405 made to the host, it will be sent down the same SMTP connection.
30406
30407 .vitem "&*Message errors*&"
30408 .cindex "message" "error"
30409 A message error is associated with a particular message when sent to a
30410 particular host, but not with a particular recipient of the message. The
30411 message errors are:
30412
30413 .ilist
30414 Any error response code to MAIL, DATA, or the &"."& that terminates
30415 the data,
30416 .next
30417 Timeout after MAIL,
30418 .next
30419 Timeout or loss of connection after the &"."& that terminates the data. A
30420 timeout after the DATA command itself is treated as a host error, as is loss of
30421 connection at any other time.
30422 .endlist ilist
30423
30424 For a message error, a permanent error response (5&'xx'&) causes all addresses
30425 to be failed, and a delivery error report to be returned to the sender. A
30426 temporary error response (4&'xx'&), or one of the timeouts, causes all
30427 addresses to be deferred. Retry data is not created for the host, but instead,
30428 a retry record for the combination of host plus message id is created. The
30429 message is not added to the list of those waiting for this host. This ensures
30430 that the failing message will not be sent to this host again until the retry
30431 time arrives. However, other messages that are routed to the host are not
30432 affected, so if it is some property of the message that is causing the error,
30433 it will not stop the delivery of other mail.
30434
30435 If the remote host specified support for the SIZE parameter in its response
30436 to EHLO, Exim adds SIZE=&'nnn'& to the MAIL command, so an
30437 over-large message will cause a message error because the error arrives as a
30438 response to MAIL.
30439
30440 .vitem "&*Recipient errors*&"
30441 .cindex "recipient" "error"
30442 A recipient error is associated with a particular recipient of a message. The
30443 recipient errors are:
30444
30445 .ilist
30446 Any error response to RCPT,
30447 .next
30448 Timeout after RCPT.
30449 .endlist
30450
30451 For a recipient error, a permanent error response (5&'xx'&) causes the
30452 recipient address to be failed, and a bounce message to be returned to the
30453 sender. A temporary error response (4&'xx'&) or a timeout causes the failing
30454 address to be deferred, and routing retry data to be created for it. This is
30455 used to delay processing of the address in subsequent queue runs, until its
30456 routing retry time arrives. This applies to all messages, but because it
30457 operates only in queue runs, one attempt will be made to deliver a new message
30458 to the failing address before the delay starts to operate. This ensures that,
30459 if the failure is really related to the message rather than the recipient
30460 (&"message too big for this recipient"& is a possible example), other messages
30461 have a chance of getting delivered. If a delivery to the address does succeed,
30462 the retry information gets cleared, so all stuck messages get tried again, and
30463 the retry clock is reset.
30464
30465 The message is not added to the list of those waiting for this host. Use of the
30466 host for other messages is unaffected, and except in the case of a timeout,
30467 other recipients are processed independently, and may be successfully delivered
30468 in the current SMTP session. After a timeout it is of course impossible to
30469 proceed with the session, so all addresses get deferred. However, those other
30470 than the one that failed do not suffer any subsequent retry delays. Therefore,
30471 if one recipient is causing trouble, the others have a chance of getting
30472 through when a subsequent delivery attempt occurs before the failing
30473 recipient's retry time.
30474 .endlist
30475
30476 In all cases, if there are other hosts (or IP addresses) available for the
30477 current set of addresses (for example, from multiple MX records), they are
30478 tried in this run for any undelivered addresses, subject of course to their
30479 own retry data. In other words, recipient error retry data does not take effect
30480 until the next delivery attempt.
30481
30482 Some hosts have been observed to give temporary error responses to every
30483 MAIL command at certain times (&"insufficient space"& has been seen). It
30484 would be nice if such circumstances could be recognized, and defer data for the
30485 host itself created, but this is not possible within the current Exim design.
30486 What actually happens is that retry data for every (host, message) combination
30487 is created.
30488
30489 The reason that timeouts after MAIL and RCPT are treated specially is that
30490 these can sometimes arise as a result of the remote host's verification
30491 procedures. Exim makes this assumption, and treats them as if a temporary error
30492 response had been received. A timeout after &"."& is treated specially because
30493 it is known that some broken implementations fail to recognize the end of the
30494 message if the last character of the last line is a binary zero. Thus, it is
30495 helpful to treat this case as a message error.
30496
30497 Timeouts at other times are treated as host errors, assuming a problem with the
30498 host, or the connection to it. If a timeout after MAIL, RCPT,
30499 or &"."& is really a connection problem, the assumption is that at the next try
30500 the timeout is likely to occur at some other point in the dialogue, causing it
30501 then to be treated as a host error.
30502
30503 There is experimental evidence that some MTAs drop the connection after the
30504 terminating &"."& if they do not like the contents of the message for some
30505 reason, in contravention of the RFC, which indicates that a 5&'xx'& response
30506 should be given. That is why Exim treats this case as a message rather than a
30507 host error, in order not to delay other messages to the same host.
30508
30509
30510
30511
30512 .section "Incoming SMTP messages over TCP/IP" "SECID233"
30513 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming over TCP/IP"
30514 .cindex "incoming SMTP over TCP/IP"
30515 .cindex "inetd"
30516 .cindex "daemon"
30517 Incoming SMTP messages can be accepted in one of two ways: by running a
30518 listening daemon, or by using &'inetd'&. In the latter case, the entry in
30519 &_/etc/inetd.conf_& should be like this:
30520 .code
30521 smtp stream tcp nowait exim /opt/exim/bin/exim in.exim -bs
30522 .endd
30523 Exim distinguishes between this case and the case of a locally running user
30524 agent using the &%-bs%& option by checking whether or not the standard input is
30525 a socket. When it is, either the port must be privileged (less than 1024), or
30526 the caller must be root or the Exim user. If any other user passes a socket
30527 with an unprivileged port number, Exim prints a message on the standard error
30528 stream and exits with an error code.
30529
30530 By default, Exim does not make a log entry when a remote host connects or
30531 disconnects (either via the daemon or &'inetd'&), unless the disconnection is
30532 unexpected. It can be made to write such log entries by setting the
30533 &%smtp_connection%& log selector.
30534
30535 .cindex "carriage return"
30536 .cindex "linefeed"
30537 Commands from the remote host are supposed to be terminated by CR followed by
30538 LF. However, there are known to be hosts that do not send CR characters. In
30539 order to be able to interwork with such hosts, Exim treats LF on its own as a
30540 line terminator.
30541 Furthermore, because common code is used for receiving messages from all
30542 sources, a CR on its own is also interpreted as a line terminator. However, the
30543 sequence &"CR, dot, CR"& does not terminate incoming SMTP data.
30544
30545 .cindex "EHLO" "invalid data"
30546 .cindex "HELO" "invalid data"
30547 One area that sometimes gives rise to problems concerns the EHLO or
30548 HELO commands. Some clients send syntactically invalid versions of these
30549 commands, which Exim rejects by default. (This is nothing to do with verifying
30550 the data that is sent, so &%helo_verify_hosts%& is not relevant.) You can tell
30551 Exim not to apply a syntax check by setting &%helo_accept_junk_hosts%& to
30552 match the broken hosts that send invalid commands.
30553
30554 .cindex "SIZE option on MAIL command"
30555 .cindex "MAIL" "SIZE option"
30556 The amount of disk space available is checked whenever SIZE is received on
30557 a MAIL command, independently of whether &%message_size_limit%& or
30558 &%check_spool_space%& is configured, unless &%smtp_check_spool_space%& is set
30559 false. A temporary error is given if there is not enough space. If
30560 &%check_spool_space%& is set, the check is for that amount of space plus the
30561 value given with SIZE, that is, it checks that the addition of the incoming
30562 message will not reduce the space below the threshold.
30563
30564 When a message is successfully received, Exim includes the local message id in
30565 its response to the final &"."& that terminates the data. If the remote host
30566 logs this text it can help with tracing what has happened to a message.
30567
30568 The Exim daemon can limit the number of simultaneous incoming connections it is
30569 prepared to handle (see the &%smtp_accept_max%& option). It can also limit the
30570 number of simultaneous incoming connections from a single remote host (see the
30571 &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& option). Additional connection attempts are
30572 rejected using the SMTP temporary error code 421.
30573
30574 The Exim daemon does not rely on the SIGCHLD signal to detect when a
30575 subprocess has finished, as this can get lost at busy times. Instead, it looks
30576 for completed subprocesses every time it wakes up. Provided there are other
30577 things happening (new incoming calls, starts of queue runs), completed
30578 processes will be noticed and tidied away. On very quiet systems you may
30579 sometimes see a &"defunct"& Exim process hanging about. This is not a problem;
30580 it will be noticed when the daemon next wakes up.
30581
30582 When running as a daemon, Exim can reserve some SMTP slots for specific hosts,
30583 and can also be set up to reject SMTP calls from non-reserved hosts at times of
30584 high system load &-- for details see the &%smtp_accept_reserve%&,
30585 &%smtp_load_reserve%&, and &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& options. The load check
30586 applies in both the daemon and &'inetd'& cases.
30587
30588 Exim normally starts a delivery process for each message received, though this
30589 can be varied by means of the &%-odq%& command line option and the
30590 &%queue_only%&, &%queue_only_file%&, and &%queue_only_load%& options. The
30591 number of simultaneously running delivery processes started in this way from
30592 SMTP input can be limited by the &%smtp_accept_queue%& and
30593 &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& options. When either limit is reached,
30594 subsequently received messages are just put on the input queue without starting
30595 a delivery process.
30596
30597 The controls that involve counts of incoming SMTP calls (&%smtp_accept_max%&,
30598 &%smtp_accept_queue%&, &%smtp_accept_reserve%&) are not available when Exim is
30599 started up from the &'inetd'& daemon, because in that case each connection is
30600 handled by an entirely independent Exim process. Control by load average is,
30601 however, available with &'inetd'&.
30602
30603 Exim can be configured to verify addresses in incoming SMTP commands as they
30604 are received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for details. It can also be configured
30605 to rewrite addresses at this time &-- before any syntax checking is done. See
30606 section &<<SECTrewriteS>>&.
30607
30608 Exim can also be configured to limit the rate at which a client host submits
30609 MAIL and RCPT commands in a single SMTP session. See the
30610 &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& option.
30611
30612
30613
30614 .section "Unrecognized SMTP commands" "SECID234"
30615 .cindex "SMTP" "unrecognized commands"
30616 If Exim receives more than &%smtp_max_unknown_commands%& unrecognized SMTP
30617 commands during a single SMTP connection, it drops the connection after sending
30618 the error response to the last command. The default value for
30619 &%smtp_max_unknown_commands%& is 3. This is a defence against some kinds of
30620 abuse that subvert web servers into making connections to SMTP ports; in these
30621 circumstances, a number of non-SMTP lines are sent first.
30622
30623
30624 .section "Syntax and protocol errors in SMTP commands" "SECID235"
30625 .cindex "SMTP" "syntax errors"
30626 .cindex "SMTP" "protocol errors"
30627 A syntax error is detected if an SMTP command is recognized, but there is
30628 something syntactically wrong with its data, for example, a malformed email
30629 address in a RCPT command. Protocol errors include invalid command
30630 sequencing such as RCPT before MAIL. If Exim receives more than
30631 &%smtp_max_synprot_errors%& such commands during a single SMTP connection, it
30632 drops the connection after sending the error response to the last command. The
30633 default value for &%smtp_max_synprot_errors%& is 3. This is a defence against
30634 broken clients that loop sending bad commands (yes, it has been seen).
30635
30636
30637
30638 .section "Use of non-mail SMTP commands" "SECID236"
30639 .cindex "SMTP" "non-mail commands"
30640 The &"non-mail"& SMTP commands are those other than MAIL, RCPT, and
30641 DATA. Exim counts such commands, and drops the connection if there are too
30642 many of them in a single SMTP session. This action catches some
30643 denial-of-service attempts and things like repeated failing AUTHs, or a mad
30644 client looping sending EHLO. The global option &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%&
30645 defines what &"too many"& means. Its default value is 10.
30646
30647 When a new message is expected, one occurrence of RSET is not counted. This
30648 allows a client to send one RSET between messages (this is not necessary,
30649 but some clients do it). Exim also allows one uncounted occurrence of HELO
30650 or EHLO, and one occurrence of STARTTLS between messages. After
30651 starting up a TLS session, another EHLO is expected, and so it too is not
30652 counted.
30653
30654 The first occurrence of AUTH in a connection, or immediately following
30655 STARTTLS is also not counted. Otherwise, all commands other than MAIL,
30656 RCPT, DATA, and QUIT are counted.
30657
30658 You can control which hosts are subject to the limit set by
30659 &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%& by setting
30660 &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%&. The default value is &`*`&, which makes
30661 the limit apply to all hosts. This option means that you can exclude any
30662 specific badly-behaved hosts that you have to live with.
30663
30664
30665
30666
30667 .section "The VRFY and EXPN commands" "SECID237"
30668 When Exim receives a VRFY or EXPN command on a TCP/IP connection, it
30669 runs the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_vrfy%& or &%acl_smtp_expn%& (as
30670 appropriate) in order to decide whether the command should be accepted or not.
30671 If no ACL is defined, the command is rejected.
30672
30673 .cindex "VRFY" "processing"
30674 When VRFY is accepted, it runs exactly the same code as when Exim is
30675 called with the &%-bv%& option.
30676
30677 .cindex "EXPN" "processing"
30678 When EXPN is accepted, a single-level expansion of the address is done.
30679 EXPN is treated as an &"address test"& (similar to the &%-bt%& option) rather
30680 than a verification (the &%-bv%& option). If an unqualified local part is given
30681 as the argument to EXPN, it is qualified with &%qualify_domain%&. Rejections
30682 of VRFY and EXPN commands are logged on the main and reject logs, and
30683 VRFY verification failures are logged on the main log for consistency with
30684 RCPT failures.
30685
30686
30687
30688 .section "The ETRN command" "SECTETRN"
30689 .cindex "ETRN" "processing"
30690 RFC 1985 describes an SMTP command called ETRN that is designed to
30691 overcome the security problems of the TURN command (which has fallen into
30692 disuse). When Exim receives an ETRN command on a TCP/IP connection, it runs
30693 the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_etrn%& in order to decide whether the command
30694 should be accepted or not. If no ACL is defined, the command is rejected.
30695
30696 The ETRN command is concerned with &"releasing"& messages that are awaiting
30697 delivery to certain hosts. As Exim does not organize its message queue by host,
30698 the only form of ETRN that is supported by default is the one where the
30699 text starts with the &"#"& prefix, in which case the remainder of the text is
30700 specific to the SMTP server. A valid ETRN command causes a run of Exim with
30701 the &%-R%& option to happen, with the remainder of the ETRN text as its
30702 argument. For example,
30703 .code
30704 ETRN #brigadoon
30705 .endd
30706 runs the command
30707 .code
30708 exim -R brigadoon
30709 .endd
30710 which causes a delivery attempt on all messages with undelivered addresses
30711 containing the text &"brigadoon"&. When &%smtp_etrn_serialize%& is set (the
30712 default), Exim prevents the simultaneous execution of more than one queue run
30713 for the same argument string as a result of an ETRN command. This stops
30714 a misbehaving client from starting more than one queue runner at once.
30715
30716 .cindex "hints database" "ETRN serialization"
30717 Exim implements the serialization by means of a hints database in which a
30718 record is written whenever a process is started by ETRN, and deleted when
30719 the process completes. However, Exim does not keep the SMTP session waiting for
30720 the ETRN process to complete. Once ETRN is accepted, the client is sent
30721 a &"success"& return code. Obviously there is scope for hints records to get
30722 left lying around if there is a system or program crash. To guard against this,
30723 Exim ignores any records that are more than six hours old.
30724
30725 .oindex "&%smtp_etrn_command%&"
30726 For more control over what ETRN does, the &%smtp_etrn_command%& option can
30727 used. This specifies a command that is run whenever ETRN is received,
30728 whatever the form of its argument. For
30729 example:
30730 .code
30731 smtp_etrn_command = /etc/etrn_command $domain \
30732 $sender_host_address
30733 .endd
30734 .vindex "&$domain$&"
30735 The string is split up into arguments which are independently expanded. The
30736 expansion variable &$domain$& is set to the argument of the ETRN command,
30737 and no syntax checking is done on the contents of this argument. Exim does not
30738 wait for the command to complete, so its status code is not checked. Exim runs
30739 under its own uid and gid when receiving incoming SMTP, so it is not possible
30740 for it to change them before running the command.
30741
30742
30743
30744 .section "Incoming local SMTP" "SECID238"
30745 .cindex "SMTP" "local incoming"
30746 Some user agents use SMTP to pass messages to their local MTA using the
30747 standard input and output, as opposed to passing the envelope on the command
30748 line and writing the message to the standard input. This is supported by the
30749 &%-bs%& option. This form of SMTP is handled in the same way as incoming
30750 messages over TCP/IP (including the use of ACLs), except that the envelope
30751 sender given in a MAIL command is ignored unless the caller is trusted. In
30752 an ACL you can detect this form of SMTP input by testing for an empty host
30753 identification. It is common to have this as the first line in the ACL that
30754 runs for RCPT commands:
30755 .code
30756 accept hosts = :
30757 .endd
30758 This accepts SMTP messages from local processes without doing any other tests.
30759
30760
30761
30762 .section "Outgoing batched SMTP" "SECTbatchSMTP"
30763 .cindex "SMTP" "batched outgoing"
30764 .cindex "batched SMTP output"
30765 Both the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports can be used for handling
30766 batched SMTP. Each has an option called &%use_bsmtp%& which causes messages to
30767 be output in BSMTP format. No SMTP responses are possible for this form of
30768 delivery. All it is doing is using SMTP commands as a way of transmitting the
30769 envelope along with the message.
30770
30771 The message is written to the file or pipe preceded by the SMTP commands
30772 MAIL and RCPT, and followed by a line containing a single dot. Lines in
30773 the message that start with a dot have an extra dot added. The SMTP command
30774 HELO is not normally used. If it is required, the &%message_prefix%& option
30775 can be used to specify it.
30776
30777 Because &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& are both local transports, they accept only
30778 one recipient address at a time by default. However, you can arrange for them
30779 to handle several addresses at once by setting the &%batch_max%& option. When
30780 this is done for BSMTP, messages may contain multiple RCPT commands. See
30781 chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>& for more details.
30782
30783 .vindex "&$host$&"
30784 When one or more addresses are routed to a BSMTP transport by a router that
30785 sets up a host list, the name of the first host on the list is available to the
30786 transport in the variable &$host$&. Here is an example of such a transport and
30787 router:
30788 .code
30789 begin routers
30790 route_append:
30791 driver = manualroute
30792 transport = smtp_appendfile
30793 route_list = domain.example batch.host.example
30794
30795 begin transports
30796 smtp_appendfile:
30797 driver = appendfile
30798 directory = /var/bsmtp/$host
30799 batch_max = 1000
30800 use_bsmtp
30801 user = exim
30802 .endd
30803 This causes messages addressed to &'domain.example'& to be written in BSMTP
30804 format to &_/var/bsmtp/batch.host.example_&, with only a single copy of each
30805 message (unless there are more than 1000 recipients).
30806
30807
30808
30809 .section "Incoming batched SMTP" "SECTincomingbatchedSMTP"
30810 .cindex "SMTP" "batched incoming"
30811 .cindex "batched SMTP input"
30812 The &%-bS%& command line option causes Exim to accept one or more messages by
30813 reading SMTP on the standard input, but to generate no responses. If the caller
30814 is trusted, the senders in the MAIL commands are believed; otherwise the
30815 sender is always the caller of Exim. Unqualified senders and receivers are not
30816 rejected (there seems little point) but instead just get qualified. HELO
30817 and EHLO act as RSET; VRFY, EXPN, ETRN and HELP, act
30818 as NOOP; QUIT quits.
30819
30820 No policy checking is done for BSMTP input. That is, no ACL is run at anytime.
30821 In this respect it is like non-SMTP local input.
30822
30823 If an error is detected while reading a message, including a missing &"."& at
30824 the end, Exim gives up immediately. It writes details of the error to the
30825 standard output in a stylized way that the calling program should be able to
30826 make some use of automatically, for example:
30827 .code
30828 554 Unexpected end of file
30829 Transaction started in line 10
30830 Error detected in line 14
30831 .endd
30832 It writes a more verbose version, for human consumption, to the standard error
30833 file, for example:
30834 .code
30835 An error was detected while processing a file of BSMTP input.
30836 The error message was:
30837
30838 501 '>' missing at end of address
30839
30840 The SMTP transaction started in line 10.
30841 The error was detected in line 12.
30842 The SMTP command at fault was:
30843
30844 rcpt to:<malformed@in.com.plete
30845
30846 1 previous message was successfully processed.
30847 The rest of the batch was abandoned.
30848 .endd
30849 The return code from Exim is zero only if there were no errors. It is 1 if some
30850 messages were accepted before an error was detected, and 2 if no messages were
30851 accepted.
30852 .ecindex IIDsmtpproc1
30853 .ecindex IIDsmtpproc2
30854
30855
30856
30857 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30858 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30859
30860 .chapter "Customizing bounce and warning messages" "CHAPemsgcust" &&&
30861 "Customizing messages"
30862 When a message fails to be delivered, or remains on the queue for more than a
30863 configured amount of time, Exim sends a message to the original sender, or
30864 to an alternative configured address. The text of these messages is built into
30865 the code of Exim, but it is possible to change it, either by adding a single
30866 string, or by replacing each of the paragraphs by text supplied in a file.
30867
30868 The &'From:'& and &'To:'& header lines are automatically generated; you can
30869 cause a &'Reply-To:'& line to be added by setting the &%errors_reply_to%&
30870 option. Exim also adds the line
30871 .code
30872 Auto-Submitted: auto-generated
30873 .endd
30874 to all warning and bounce messages,
30875
30876
30877 .section "Customizing bounce messages" "SECID239"
30878 .cindex "customizing" "bounce message"
30879 .cindex "bounce message" "customizing"
30880 If &%bounce_message_text%& is set, its contents are included in the default
30881 message immediately after &"This message was created automatically by mail
30882 delivery software."& The string is not expanded. It is not used if
30883 &%bounce_message_file%& is set.
30884
30885 When &%bounce_message_file%& is set, it must point to a template file for
30886 constructing error messages. The file consists of a series of text items,
30887 separated by lines consisting of exactly four asterisks. If the file cannot be
30888 opened, default text is used and a message is written to the main and panic
30889 logs. If any text item in the file is empty, default text is used for that
30890 item.
30891
30892 .vindex "&$bounce_recipient$&"
30893 .vindex "&$bounce_return_size_limit$&"
30894 Each item of text that is read from the file is expanded, and there are two
30895 expansion variables which can be of use here: &$bounce_recipient$& is set to
30896 the recipient of an error message while it is being created, and
30897 &$bounce_return_size_limit$& contains the value of the &%return_size_limit%&
30898 option, rounded to a whole number.
30899
30900 The items must appear in the file in the following order:
30901
30902 .ilist
30903 The first item is included in the headers, and should include at least a
30904 &'Subject:'& header. Exim does not check the syntax of these headers.
30905 .next
30906 The second item forms the start of the error message. After it, Exim lists the
30907 failing addresses with their error messages.
30908 .next
30909 The third item is used to introduce any text from pipe transports that is to be
30910 returned to the sender. It is omitted if there is no such text.
30911 .next
30912 The fourth item is used to introduce the copy of the message that is returned
30913 as part of the error report.
30914 .next
30915 The fifth item is added after the fourth one if the returned message is
30916 truncated because it is bigger than &%return_size_limit%&.
30917 .next
30918 The sixth item is added after the copy of the original message.
30919 .endlist
30920
30921 The default state (&%bounce_message_file%& unset) is equivalent to the
30922 following file, in which the sixth item is empty. The &'Subject:'& and some
30923 other lines have been split in order to fit them on the page:
30924 .code
30925 Subject: Mail delivery failed
30926 ${if eq{$sender_address}{$bounce_recipient}
30927 {: returning message to sender}}
30928 ****
30929 This message was created automatically by mail delivery software.
30930
30931 A message ${if eq{$sender_address}{$bounce_recipient}
30932 {that you sent }{sent by
30933
30934 <$sender_address>
30935
30936 }}could not be delivered to all of its recipients.
30937 This is a permanent error. The following address(es) failed:
30938 ****
30939 The following text was generated during the delivery attempt(s):
30940 ****
30941 ------ This is a copy of the message, including all the headers.
30942 ------
30943 ****
30944 ------ The body of the message is $message_size characters long;
30945 only the first
30946 ------ $bounce_return_size_limit or so are included here.
30947 ****
30948 .endd
30949 .section "Customizing warning messages" "SECTcustwarn"
30950 .cindex "customizing" "warning message"
30951 .cindex "warning of delay" "customizing the message"
30952 The option &%warn_message_file%& can be pointed at a template file for use when
30953 warnings about message delays are created. In this case there are only three
30954 text sections:
30955
30956 .ilist
30957 The first item is included in the headers, and should include at least a
30958 &'Subject:'& header. Exim does not check the syntax of these headers.
30959 .next
30960 The second item forms the start of the warning message. After it, Exim lists
30961 the delayed addresses.
30962 .next
30963 The third item then ends the message.
30964 .endlist
30965
30966 The default state is equivalent to the following file, except that some lines
30967 have been split here, in order to fit them on the page:
30968 .code
30969 Subject: Warning: message $message_exim_id delayed
30970 $warn_message_delay
30971 ****
30972 This message was created automatically by mail delivery software.
30973
30974 A message ${if eq{$sender_address}{$warn_message_recipients}
30975 {that you sent }{sent by
30976
30977 <$sender_address>
30978
30979 }}has not been delivered to all of its recipients after
30980 more than $warn_message_delay on the queue on $primary_hostname.
30981
30982 The message identifier is: $message_exim_id
30983 The subject of the message is: $h_subject
30984 The date of the message is: $h_date
30985
30986 The following address(es) have not yet been delivered:
30987 ****
30988 No action is required on your part. Delivery attempts will
30989 continue for some time, and this warning may be repeated at
30990 intervals if the message remains undelivered. Eventually the
30991 mail delivery software will give up, and when that happens,
30992 the message will be returned to you.
30993 .endd
30994 .vindex "&$warn_message_delay$&"
30995 .vindex "&$warn_message_recipients$&"
30996 However, in the default state the subject and date lines are omitted if no
30997 appropriate headers exist. During the expansion of this file,
30998 &$warn_message_delay$& is set to the delay time in one of the forms &"<&'n'&>
30999 minutes"& or &"<&'n'&> hours"&, and &$warn_message_recipients$& contains a list
31000 of recipients for the warning message. There may be more than one if there are
31001 multiple addresses with different &%errors_to%& settings on the routers that
31002 handled them.
31003
31004
31005
31006
31007 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31008 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31009
31010 .chapter "Some common configuration settings" "CHAPcomconreq"
31011 This chapter discusses some configuration settings that seem to be fairly
31012 common. More examples and discussion can be found in the Exim book.
31013
31014
31015
31016 .section "Sending mail to a smart host" "SECID240"
31017 .cindex "smart host" "example router"
31018 If you want to send all mail for non-local domains to a &"smart host"&, you
31019 should replace the default &(dnslookup)& router with a router which does the
31020 routing explicitly:
31021 .code
31022 send_to_smart_host:
31023 driver = manualroute
31024 route_list = !+local_domains smart.host.name
31025 transport = remote_smtp
31026 .endd
31027 You can use the smart host's IP address instead of the name if you wish.
31028 If you are using Exim only to submit messages to a smart host, and not for
31029 receiving incoming messages, you can arrange for it to do the submission
31030 synchronously by setting the &%mua_wrapper%& option (see chapter
31031 &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>&).
31032
31033
31034
31035
31036 .section "Using Exim to handle mailing lists" "SECTmailinglists"
31037 .cindex "mailing lists"
31038 Exim can be used to run simple mailing lists, but for large and/or complicated
31039 requirements, the use of additional specialized mailing list software such as
31040 Majordomo or Mailman is recommended.
31041
31042 The &(redirect)& router can be used to handle mailing lists where each list
31043 is maintained in a separate file, which can therefore be managed by an
31044 independent manager. The &%domains%& router option can be used to run these
31045 lists in a separate domain from normal mail. For example:
31046 .code
31047 lists:
31048 driver = redirect
31049 domains = lists.example
31050 file = /usr/lists/$local_part
31051 forbid_pipe
31052 forbid_file
31053 errors_to = $local_part-request@lists.example
31054 no_more
31055 .endd
31056 This router is skipped for domains other than &'lists.example'&. For addresses
31057 in that domain, it looks for a file that matches the local part. If there is no
31058 such file, the router declines, but because &%no_more%& is set, no subsequent
31059 routers are tried, and so the whole delivery fails.
31060
31061 The &%forbid_pipe%& and &%forbid_file%& options prevent a local part from being
31062 expanded into a file name or a pipe delivery, which is usually inappropriate in
31063 a mailing list.
31064
31065 .oindex "&%errors_to%&"
31066 The &%errors_to%& option specifies that any delivery errors caused by addresses
31067 taken from a mailing list are to be sent to the given address rather than the
31068 original sender of the message. However, before acting on this, Exim verifies
31069 the error address, and ignores it if verification fails.
31070
31071 For example, using the configuration above, mail sent to
31072 &'dicts@lists.example'& is passed on to those addresses contained in
31073 &_/usr/lists/dicts_&, with error reports directed to
31074 &'dicts-request@lists.example'&, provided that this address can be verified.
31075 There could be a file called &_/usr/lists/dicts-request_& containing
31076 the address(es) of this particular list's manager(s), but other approaches,
31077 such as setting up an earlier router (possibly using the &%local_part_prefix%&
31078 or &%local_part_suffix%& options) to handle addresses of the form
31079 &%owner-%&&'xxx'& or &%xxx-%&&'request'&, are also possible.
31080
31081
31082
31083 .section "Syntax errors in mailing lists" "SECID241"
31084 .cindex "mailing lists" "syntax errors in"
31085 If an entry in redirection data contains a syntax error, Exim normally defers
31086 delivery of the original address. That means that a syntax error in a mailing
31087 list holds up all deliveries to the list. This may not be appropriate when a
31088 list is being maintained automatically from data supplied by users, and the
31089 addresses are not rigorously checked.
31090
31091 If the &%skip_syntax_errors%& option is set, the &(redirect)& router just skips
31092 entries that fail to parse, noting the incident in the log. If in addition
31093 &%syntax_errors_to%& is set to a verifiable address, a message is sent to it
31094 whenever a broken address is skipped. It is usually appropriate to set
31095 &%syntax_errors_to%& to the same address as &%errors_to%&.
31096
31097
31098
31099 .section "Re-expansion of mailing lists" "SECID242"
31100 .cindex "mailing lists" "re-expansion of"
31101 Exim remembers every individual address to which a message has been delivered,
31102 in order to avoid duplication, but it normally stores only the original
31103 recipient addresses with a message. If all the deliveries to a mailing list
31104 cannot be done at the first attempt, the mailing list is re-expanded when the
31105 delivery is next tried. This means that alterations to the list are taken into
31106 account at each delivery attempt, so addresses that have been added to
31107 the list since the message arrived will therefore receive a copy of the
31108 message, even though it pre-dates their subscription.
31109
31110 If this behaviour is felt to be undesirable, the &%one_time%& option can be set
31111 on the &(redirect)& router. If this is done, any addresses generated by the
31112 router that fail to deliver at the first attempt are added to the message as
31113 &"top level"& addresses, and the parent address that generated them is marked
31114 &"delivered"&. Thus, expansion of the mailing list does not happen again at the
31115 subsequent delivery attempts. The disadvantage of this is that if any of the
31116 failing addresses are incorrect, correcting them in the file has no effect on
31117 pre-existing messages.
31118
31119 The original top-level address is remembered with each of the generated
31120 addresses, and is output in any log messages. However, any intermediate parent
31121 addresses are not recorded. This makes a difference to the log only if the
31122 &%all_parents%& selector is set, but for mailing lists there is normally only
31123 one level of expansion anyway.
31124
31125
31126
31127 .section "Closed mailing lists" "SECID243"
31128 .cindex "mailing lists" "closed"
31129 The examples so far have assumed open mailing lists, to which anybody may
31130 send mail. It is also possible to set up closed lists, where mail is accepted
31131 from specified senders only. This is done by making use of the generic
31132 &%senders%& option to restrict the router that handles the list.
31133
31134 The following example uses the same file as a list of recipients and as a list
31135 of permitted senders. It requires three routers:
31136 .code
31137 lists_request:
31138 driver = redirect
31139 domains = lists.example
31140 local_part_suffix = -request
31141 file = /usr/lists/$local_part$local_part_suffix
31142 no_more
31143
31144 lists_post:
31145 driver = redirect
31146 domains = lists.example
31147 senders = ${if exists {/usr/lists/$local_part}\
31148 {lsearch;/usr/lists/$local_part}{*}}
31149 file = /usr/lists/$local_part
31150 forbid_pipe
31151 forbid_file
31152 errors_to = $local_part-request@lists.example
31153 no_more
31154
31155 lists_closed:
31156 driver = redirect
31157 domains = lists.example
31158 allow_fail
31159 data = :fail: $local_part@lists.example is a closed mailing list
31160 .endd
31161 All three routers have the same &%domains%& setting, so for any other domains,
31162 they are all skipped. The first router runs only if the local part ends in
31163 &%-request%&. It handles messages to the list manager(s) by means of an open
31164 mailing list.
31165
31166 The second router runs only if the &%senders%& precondition is satisfied. It
31167 checks for the existence of a list that corresponds to the local part, and then
31168 checks that the sender is on the list by means of a linear search. It is
31169 necessary to check for the existence of the file before trying to search it,
31170 because otherwise Exim thinks there is a configuration error. If the file does
31171 not exist, the expansion of &%senders%& is *, which matches all senders. This
31172 means that the router runs, but because there is no list, declines, and
31173 &%no_more%& ensures that no further routers are run. The address fails with an
31174 &"unrouteable address"& error.
31175
31176 The third router runs only if the second router is skipped, which happens when
31177 a mailing list exists, but the sender is not on it. This router forcibly fails
31178 the address, giving a suitable error message.
31179
31180
31181
31182
31183 .section "Variable Envelope Return Paths (VERP)" "SECTverp"
31184 .cindex "VERP"
31185 .cindex "Variable Envelope Return Paths"
31186 .cindex "envelope sender"
31187 Variable Envelope Return Paths &-- see &url(http://cr.yp.to/proto/verp.txt) &--
31188 are a way of helping mailing list administrators discover which subscription
31189 address is the cause of a particular delivery failure. The idea is to encode
31190 the original recipient address in the outgoing envelope sender address, so that
31191 if the message is forwarded by another host and then subsequently bounces, the
31192 original recipient can be extracted from the recipient address of the bounce.
31193
31194 .oindex &%errors_to%&
31195 .oindex &%return_path%&
31196 Envelope sender addresses can be modified by Exim using two different
31197 facilities: the &%errors_to%& option on a router (as shown in previous mailing
31198 list examples), or the &%return_path%& option on a transport. The second of
31199 these is effective only if the message is successfully delivered to another
31200 host; it is not used for errors detected on the local host (see the description
31201 of &%return_path%& in chapter &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&). Here is an example
31202 of the use of &%return_path%& to implement VERP on an &(smtp)& transport:
31203 .code
31204 verp_smtp:
31205 driver = smtp
31206 max_rcpt = 1
31207 return_path = \
31208 ${if match {$return_path}{^(.+?)-request@your.dom.example\$}\
31209 {$1-request+$local_part=$domain@your.dom.example}fail}
31210 .endd
31211 This has the effect of rewriting the return path (envelope sender) on outgoing
31212 SMTP messages, if the local part of the original return path ends in
31213 &"-request"&, and the domain is &'your.dom.example'&. The rewriting inserts the
31214 local part and domain of the recipient into the return path. Suppose, for
31215 example, that a message whose return path has been set to
31216 &'somelist-request@your.dom.example'& is sent to
31217 &'subscriber@other.dom.example'&. In the transport, the return path is
31218 rewritten as
31219 .code
31220 somelist-request+subscriber=other.dom.example@your.dom.example
31221 .endd
31222 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
31223 For this to work, you must tell Exim to send multiple copies of messages that
31224 have more than one recipient, so that each copy has just one recipient. This is
31225 achieved by setting &%max_rcpt%& to 1. Without this, a single copy of a message
31226 might be sent to several different recipients in the same domain, in which case
31227 &$local_part$& is not available in the transport, because it is not unique.
31228
31229 Unless your host is doing nothing but mailing list deliveries, you should
31230 probably use a separate transport for the VERP deliveries, so as not to use
31231 extra resources in making one-per-recipient copies for other deliveries. This
31232 can easily be done by expanding the &%transport%& option in the router:
31233 .code
31234 dnslookup:
31235 driver = dnslookup
31236 domains = ! +local_domains
31237 transport = \
31238 ${if match {$return_path}{^(.+?)-request@your.dom.example\$}\
31239 {verp_smtp}{remote_smtp}}
31240 no_more
31241 .endd
31242 If you want to change the return path using &%errors_to%& in a router instead
31243 of using &%return_path%& in the transport, you need to set &%errors_to%& on all
31244 routers that handle mailing list addresses. This will ensure that all delivery
31245 errors, including those detected on the local host, are sent to the VERP
31246 address.
31247
31248 On a host that does no local deliveries and has no manual routing, only the
31249 &(dnslookup)& router needs to be changed. A special transport is not needed for
31250 SMTP deliveries. Every mailing list recipient has its own return path value,
31251 and so Exim must hand them to the transport one at a time. Here is an example
31252 of a &(dnslookup)& router that implements VERP:
31253 .code
31254 verp_dnslookup:
31255 driver = dnslookup
31256 domains = ! +local_domains
31257 transport = remote_smtp
31258 errors_to = \
31259 ${if match {$return_path}{^(.+?)-request@your.dom.example\$}}
31260 {$1-request+$local_part=$domain@your.dom.example}fail}
31261 no_more
31262 .endd
31263 Before you start sending out messages with VERPed return paths, you must also
31264 configure Exim to accept the bounce messages that come back to those paths.
31265 Typically this is done by setting a &%local_part_suffix%& option for a
31266 router, and using this to route the messages to wherever you want to handle
31267 them.
31268
31269 The overhead incurred in using VERP depends very much on the size of the
31270 message, the number of recipient addresses that resolve to the same remote
31271 host, and the speed of the connection over which the message is being sent. If
31272 a lot of addresses resolve to the same host and the connection is slow, sending
31273 a separate copy of the message for each address may take substantially longer
31274 than sending a single copy with many recipients (for which VERP cannot be
31275 used).
31276
31277
31278
31279
31280
31281
31282 .section "Virtual domains" "SECTvirtualdomains"
31283 .cindex "virtual domains"
31284 .cindex "domain" "virtual"
31285 The phrase &'virtual domain'& is unfortunately used with two rather different
31286 meanings:
31287
31288 .ilist
31289 A domain for which there are no real mailboxes; all valid local parts are
31290 aliases for other email addresses. Common examples are organizational
31291 top-level domains and &"vanity"& domains.
31292 .next
31293 One of a number of independent domains that are all handled by the same host,
31294 with mailboxes on that host, but where the mailbox owners do not necessarily
31295 have login accounts on that host.
31296 .endlist
31297
31298 The first usage is probably more common, and does seem more &"virtual"& than
31299 the second. This kind of domain can be handled in Exim with a straightforward
31300 aliasing router. One approach is to create a separate alias file for each
31301 virtual domain. Exim can test for the existence of the alias file to determine
31302 whether the domain exists. The &(dsearch)& lookup type is useful here, leading
31303 to a router of this form:
31304 .code
31305 virtual:
31306 driver = redirect
31307 domains = dsearch;/etc/mail/virtual
31308 data = ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/etc/mail/virtual/$domain}}
31309 no_more
31310 .endd
31311 The &%domains%& option specifies that the router is to be skipped, unless there
31312 is a file in the &_/etc/mail/virtual_& directory whose name is the same as the
31313 domain that is being processed. When the router runs, it looks up the local
31314 part in the file to find a new address (or list of addresses). The &%no_more%&
31315 setting ensures that if the lookup fails (leading to &%data%& being an empty
31316 string), Exim gives up on the address without trying any subsequent routers.
31317
31318 This one router can handle all the virtual domains because the alias file names
31319 follow a fixed pattern. Permissions can be arranged so that appropriate people
31320 can edit the different alias files. A successful aliasing operation results in
31321 a new envelope recipient address, which is then routed from scratch.
31322
31323 The other kind of &"virtual"& domain can also be handled in a straightforward
31324 way. One approach is to create a file for each domain containing a list of
31325 valid local parts, and use it in a router like this:
31326 .code
31327 my_domains:
31328 driver = accept
31329 domains = dsearch;/etc/mail/domains
31330 local_parts = lsearch;/etc/mail/domains/$domain
31331 transport = my_mailboxes
31332 .endd
31333 The address is accepted if there is a file for the domain, and the local part
31334 can be found in the file. The &%domains%& option is used to check for the
31335 file's existence because &%domains%& is tested before the &%local_parts%&
31336 option (see section &<<SECTrouprecon>>&). You cannot use &%require_files%&,
31337 because that option is tested after &%local_parts%&. The transport is as
31338 follows:
31339 .code
31340 my_mailboxes:
31341 driver = appendfile
31342 file = /var/mail/$domain/$local_part
31343 user = mail
31344 .endd
31345 This uses a directory of mailboxes for each domain. The &%user%& setting is
31346 required, to specify which uid is to be used for writing to the mailboxes.
31347
31348 The configuration shown here is just one example of how you might support this
31349 requirement. There are many other ways this kind of configuration can be set
31350 up, for example, by using a database instead of separate files to hold all the
31351 information about the domains.
31352
31353
31354
31355 .section "Multiple user mailboxes" "SECTmulbox"
31356 .cindex "multiple mailboxes"
31357 .cindex "mailbox" "multiple"
31358 .cindex "local part" "prefix"
31359 .cindex "local part" "suffix"
31360 Heavy email users often want to operate with multiple mailboxes, into which
31361 incoming mail is automatically sorted. A popular way of handling this is to
31362 allow users to use multiple sender addresses, so that replies can easily be
31363 identified. Users are permitted to add prefixes or suffixes to their local
31364 parts for this purpose. The wildcard facility of the generic router options
31365 &%local_part_prefix%& and &%local_part_suffix%& can be used for this. For
31366 example, consider this router:
31367 .code
31368 userforward:
31369 driver = redirect
31370 check_local_user
31371 file = $home/.forward
31372 local_part_suffix = -*
31373 local_part_suffix_optional
31374 allow_filter
31375 .endd
31376 .vindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
31377 It runs a user's &_.forward_& file for all local parts of the form
31378 &'username-*'&. Within the filter file the user can distinguish different
31379 cases by testing the variable &$local_part_suffix$&. For example:
31380 .code
31381 if $local_part_suffix contains -special then
31382 save /home/$local_part/Mail/special
31383 endif
31384 .endd
31385 If the filter file does not exist, or does not deal with such addresses, they
31386 fall through to subsequent routers, and, assuming no subsequent use of the
31387 &%local_part_suffix%& option is made, they presumably fail. Thus, users have
31388 control over which suffixes are valid.
31389
31390 Alternatively, a suffix can be used to trigger the use of a different
31391 &_.forward_& file &-- which is the way a similar facility is implemented in
31392 another MTA:
31393 .code
31394 userforward:
31395 driver = redirect
31396 check_local_user
31397 file = $home/.forward$local_part_suffix
31398 local_part_suffix = -*
31399 local_part_suffix_optional
31400 allow_filter
31401 .endd
31402 If there is no suffix, &_.forward_& is used; if the suffix is &'-special'&, for
31403 example, &_.forward-special_& is used. Once again, if the appropriate file
31404 does not exist, or does not deal with the address, it is passed on to
31405 subsequent routers, which could, if required, look for an unqualified
31406 &_.forward_& file to use as a default.
31407
31408
31409
31410 .section "Simplified vacation processing" "SECID244"
31411 .cindex "vacation processing"
31412 The traditional way of running the &'vacation'& program is for a user to set up
31413 a pipe command in a &_.forward_& file
31414 (see section &<<SECTspecitredli>>& for syntax details).
31415 This is prone to error by inexperienced users. There are two features of Exim
31416 that can be used to make this process simpler for users:
31417
31418 .ilist
31419 A local part prefix such as &"vacation-"& can be specified on a router which
31420 can cause the message to be delivered directly to the &'vacation'& program, or
31421 alternatively can use Exim's &(autoreply)& transport. The contents of a user's
31422 &_.forward_& file are then much simpler. For example:
31423 .code
31424 spqr, vacation-spqr
31425 .endd
31426 .next
31427 The &%require_files%& generic router option can be used to trigger a
31428 vacation delivery by checking for the existence of a certain file in the
31429 user's home directory. The &%unseen%& generic option should also be used, to
31430 ensure that the original delivery also proceeds. In this case, all the user has
31431 to do is to create a file called, say, &_.vacation_&, containing a vacation
31432 message.
31433 .endlist
31434
31435 Another advantage of both these methods is that they both work even when the
31436 use of arbitrary pipes by users is locked out.
31437
31438
31439
31440 .section "Taking copies of mail" "SECID245"
31441 .cindex "message" "copying every"
31442 Some installations have policies that require archive copies of all messages to
31443 be made. A single copy of each message can easily be taken by an appropriate
31444 command in a system filter, which could, for example, use a different file for
31445 each day's messages.
31446
31447 There is also a shadow transport mechanism that can be used to take copies of
31448 messages that are successfully delivered by local transports, one copy per
31449 delivery. This could be used, &'inter alia'&, to implement automatic
31450 notification of delivery by sites that insist on doing such things.
31451
31452
31453
31454 .section "Intermittently connected hosts" "SECID246"
31455 .cindex "intermittently connected hosts"
31456 It has become quite common (because it is cheaper) for hosts to connect to the
31457 Internet periodically rather than remain connected all the time. The normal
31458 arrangement is that mail for such hosts accumulates on a system that is
31459 permanently connected.
31460
31461 Exim was designed for use on permanently connected hosts, and so it is not
31462 particularly well-suited to use in an intermittently connected environment.
31463 Nevertheless there are some features that can be used.
31464
31465
31466 .section "Exim on the upstream server host" "SECID247"
31467 It is tempting to arrange for incoming mail for the intermittently connected
31468 host to remain on Exim's queue until the client connects. However, this
31469 approach does not scale very well. Two different kinds of waiting message are
31470 being mixed up in the same queue &-- those that cannot be delivered because of
31471 some temporary problem, and those that are waiting for their destination host
31472 to connect. This makes it hard to manage the queue, as well as wasting
31473 resources, because each queue runner scans the entire queue.
31474
31475 A better approach is to separate off those messages that are waiting for an
31476 intermittently connected host. This can be done by delivering these messages
31477 into local files in batch SMTP, &"mailstore"&, or other envelope-preserving
31478 format, from where they are transmitted by other software when their
31479 destination connects. This makes it easy to collect all the mail for one host
31480 in a single directory, and to apply local timeout rules on a per-message basis
31481 if required.
31482
31483 On a very small scale, leaving the mail on Exim's queue can be made to work. If
31484 you are doing this, you should configure Exim with a long retry period for the
31485 intermittent host. For example:
31486 .code
31487 cheshire.wonderland.fict.example * F,5d,24h
31488 .endd
31489 This stops a lot of failed delivery attempts from occurring, but Exim remembers
31490 which messages it has queued up for that host. Once the intermittent host comes
31491 online, forcing delivery of one message (either by using the &%-M%& or &%-R%&
31492 options, or by using the ETRN SMTP command (see section &<<SECTETRN>>&)
31493 causes all the queued up messages to be delivered, often down a single SMTP
31494 connection. While the host remains connected, any new messages get delivered
31495 immediately.
31496
31497 If the connecting hosts do not have fixed IP addresses, that is, if a host is
31498 issued with a different IP address each time it connects, Exim's retry
31499 mechanisms on the holding host get confused, because the IP address is normally
31500 used as part of the key string for holding retry information. This can be
31501 avoided by unsetting &%retry_include_ip_address%& on the &(smtp)& transport.
31502 Since this has disadvantages for permanently connected hosts, it is best to
31503 arrange a separate transport for the intermittently connected ones.
31504
31505
31506
31507 .section "Exim on the intermittently connected client host" "SECID248"
31508 The value of &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& should probably be
31509 increased, or even set to zero (that is, disabled) on the intermittently
31510 connected host, so that all incoming messages down a single connection get
31511 delivered immediately.
31512
31513 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
31514 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
31515 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
31516 Mail waiting to be sent from an intermittently connected host will probably
31517 not have been routed, because without a connection DNS lookups are not
31518 possible. This means that if a normal queue run is done at connection time,
31519 each message is likely to be sent in a separate SMTP session. This can be
31520 avoided by starting the queue run with a command line option beginning with
31521 &%-qq%& instead of &%-q%&. In this case, the queue is scanned twice. In the
31522 first pass, routing is done but no deliveries take place. The second pass is a
31523 normal queue run; since all the messages have been previously routed, those
31524 destined for the same host are likely to get sent as multiple deliveries in a
31525 single SMTP connection.
31526
31527
31528
31529 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31530 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31531
31532 .chapter "Using Exim as a non-queueing client" "CHAPnonqueueing" &&&
31533 "Exim as a non-queueing client"
31534 .cindex "client, non-queueing"
31535 .cindex "smart host" "suppressing queueing"
31536 On a personal computer, it is a common requirement for all
31537 email to be sent to a &"smart host"&. There are plenty of MUAs that can be
31538 configured to operate that way, for all the popular operating systems.
31539 However, there are some MUAs for Unix-like systems that cannot be so
31540 configured: they submit messages using the command line interface of
31541 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&. Furthermore, utility programs such as &'cron'& submit
31542 messages this way.
31543
31544 If the personal computer runs continuously, there is no problem, because it can
31545 run a conventional MTA that handles delivery to the smart host, and deal with
31546 any delays via its queueing mechanism. However, if the computer does not run
31547 continuously or runs different operating systems at different times, queueing
31548 email is not desirable.
31549
31550 There is therefore a requirement for something that can provide the
31551 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& interface but deliver messages to a smart host without
31552 any queueing or retrying facilities. Furthermore, the delivery to the smart
31553 host should be synchronous, so that if it fails, the sending MUA is immediately
31554 informed. In other words, we want something that extends an MUA that submits
31555 to a local MTA via the command line so that it behaves like one that submits
31556 to a remote smart host using TCP/SMTP.
31557
31558 There are a number of applications (for example, there is one called &'ssmtp'&)
31559 that do this job. However, people have found them to be lacking in various
31560 ways. For instance, you might want to allow aliasing and forwarding to be done
31561 before sending a message to the smart host.
31562
31563 Exim already had the necessary infrastructure for doing this job. Just a few
31564 tweaks were needed to make it behave as required, though it is somewhat of an
31565 overkill to use a fully-featured MTA for this purpose.
31566
31567 .oindex "&%mua_wrapper%&"
31568 There is a Boolean global option called &%mua_wrapper%&, defaulting false.
31569 Setting &%mua_wrapper%& true causes Exim to run in a special mode where it
31570 assumes that it is being used to &"wrap"& a command-line MUA in the manner
31571 just described. As well as setting &%mua_wrapper%&, you also need to provide a
31572 compatible router and transport configuration. Typically there will be just one
31573 router and one transport, sending everything to a smart host.
31574
31575 When run in MUA wrapping mode, the behaviour of Exim changes in the
31576 following ways:
31577
31578 .ilist
31579 A daemon cannot be run, nor will Exim accept incoming messages from &'inetd'&.
31580 In other words, the only way to submit messages is via the command line.
31581 .next
31582 Each message is synchronously delivered as soon as it is received (&%-odi%& is
31583 assumed). All queueing options (&%queue_only%&, &%queue_smtp_domains%&,
31584 &%control%& in an ACL, etc.) are quietly ignored. The Exim reception process
31585 does not finish until the delivery attempt is complete. If the delivery is
31586 successful, a zero return code is given.
31587 .next
31588 Address redirection is permitted, but the final routing for all addresses must
31589 be to the same remote transport, and to the same list of hosts. Furthermore,
31590 the return address (envelope sender) must be the same for all recipients, as
31591 must any added or deleted header lines. In other words, it must be possible to
31592 deliver the message in a single SMTP transaction, however many recipients there
31593 are.
31594 .next
31595 If these conditions are not met, or if routing any address results in a
31596 failure or defer status, or if Exim is unable to deliver all the recipients
31597 successfully to one of the smart hosts, delivery of the entire message fails.
31598 .next
31599 Because no queueing is allowed, all failures are treated as permanent; there
31600 is no distinction between 4&'xx'& and 5&'xx'& SMTP response codes from the
31601 smart host. Furthermore, because only a single yes/no response can be given to
31602 the caller, it is not possible to deliver to some recipients and not others. If
31603 there is an error (temporary or permanent) for any recipient, all are failed.
31604 .next
31605 If more than one smart host is listed, Exim will try another host after a
31606 connection failure or a timeout, in the normal way. However, if this kind of
31607 failure happens for all the hosts, the delivery fails.
31608 .next
31609 When delivery fails, an error message is written to the standard error stream
31610 (as well as to Exim's log), and Exim exits to the caller with a return code
31611 value 1. The message is expunged from Exim's spool files. No bounce messages
31612 are ever generated.
31613 .next
31614 No retry data is maintained, and any retry rules are ignored.
31615 .next
31616 A number of Exim options are overridden: &%deliver_drop_privilege%& is forced
31617 true, &%max_rcpt%& in the &(smtp)& transport is forced to &"unlimited"&,
31618 &%remote_max_parallel%& is forced to one, and fallback hosts are ignored.
31619 .endlist
31620
31621 The overall effect is that Exim makes a single synchronous attempt to deliver
31622 the message, failing if there is any kind of problem. Because no local
31623 deliveries are done and no daemon can be run, Exim does not need root
31624 privilege. It should be possible to run it setuid to &'exim'& instead of setuid
31625 to &'root'&. See section &<<SECTrunexiwitpri>>& for a general discussion about
31626 the advantages and disadvantages of running without root privilege.
31627
31628
31629
31630
31631 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31632 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31633
31634 .chapter "Log files" "CHAPlog"
31635 .scindex IIDloggen "log" "general description"
31636 .cindex "log" "types of"
31637 Exim writes three different logs, referred to as the main log, the reject log,
31638 and the panic log:
31639
31640 .ilist
31641 .cindex "main log"
31642 The main log records the arrival of each message and each delivery in a single
31643 line in each case. The format is as compact as possible, in an attempt to keep
31644 down the size of log files. Two-character flag sequences make it easy to pick
31645 out these lines. A number of other events are recorded in the main log. Some of
31646 them are optional, in which case the &%log_selector%& option controls whether
31647 they are included or not. A Perl script called &'eximstats'&, which does simple
31648 analysis of main log files, is provided in the Exim distribution (see section
31649 &<<SECTmailstat>>&).
31650 .next
31651 .cindex "reject log"
31652 The reject log records information from messages that are rejected as a result
31653 of a configuration option (that is, for policy reasons).
31654 The first line of each rejection is a copy of the line that is also written to
31655 the main log. Then, if the message's header has been read at the time the log
31656 is written, its contents are written to this log. Only the original header
31657 lines are available; header lines added by ACLs are not logged. You can use the
31658 reject log to check that your policy controls are working correctly; on a busy
31659 host this may be easier than scanning the main log for rejection messages. You
31660 can suppress the writing of the reject log by setting &%write_rejectlog%&
31661 false.
31662 .next
31663 .cindex "panic log"
31664 .cindex "system log"
31665 When certain serious errors occur, Exim writes entries to its panic log. If the
31666 error is sufficiently disastrous, Exim bombs out afterwards. Panic log entries
31667 are usually written to the main log as well, but can get lost amid the mass of
31668 other entries. The panic log should be empty under normal circumstances. It is
31669 therefore a good idea to check it (or to have a &'cron'& script check it)
31670 regularly, in order to become aware of any problems. When Exim cannot open its
31671 panic log, it tries as a last resort to write to the system log (syslog). This
31672 is opened with LOG_PID+LOG_CONS and the facility code of LOG_MAIL. The
31673 message itself is written at priority LOG_CRIT.
31674 .endlist
31675
31676 Every log line starts with a timestamp, in the format shown in the following
31677 example. Note that many of the examples shown in this chapter are line-wrapped.
31678 In the log file, this would be all on one line:
31679 .code
31680 2001-09-16 16:09:47 SMTP connection from [127.0.0.1] closed
31681 by QUIT
31682 .endd
31683 By default, the timestamps are in the local timezone. There are two
31684 ways of changing this:
31685
31686 .ilist
31687 You can set the &%timezone%& option to a different time zone; in particular, if
31688 you set
31689 .code
31690 timezone = UTC
31691 .endd
31692 the timestamps will be in UTC (aka GMT).
31693 .next
31694 If you set &%log_timezone%& true, the time zone is added to the timestamp, for
31695 example:
31696 .code
31697 2003-04-25 11:17:07 +0100 Start queue run: pid=12762
31698 .endd
31699 .endlist
31700
31701 .cindex "log" "process ids in"
31702 .cindex "pid (process id)" "in log lines"
31703 Exim does not include its process id in log lines by default, but you can
31704 request that it does so by specifying the &`pid`& log selector (see section
31705 &<<SECTlogselector>>&). When this is set, the process id is output, in square
31706 brackets, immediately after the time and date.
31707
31708
31709
31710
31711 .section "Where the logs are written" "SECTwhelogwri"
31712 .cindex "log" "destination"
31713 .cindex "log" "to file"
31714 .cindex "log" "to syslog"
31715 .cindex "syslog"
31716 The logs may be written to local files, or to syslog, or both. However, it
31717 should be noted that many syslog implementations use UDP as a transport, and
31718 are therefore unreliable in the sense that messages are not guaranteed to
31719 arrive at the loghost, nor is the ordering of messages necessarily maintained.
31720 It has also been reported that on large log files (tens of megabytes) you may
31721 need to tweak syslog to prevent it syncing the file with each write &-- on
31722 Linux this has been seen to make syslog take 90% plus of CPU time.
31723
31724 The destination for Exim's logs is configured by setting LOG_FILE_PATH in
31725 &_Local/Makefile_& or by setting &%log_file_path%& in the run time
31726 configuration. This latter string is expanded, so it can contain, for example,
31727 references to the host name:
31728 .code
31729 log_file_path = /var/log/$primary_hostname/exim_%slog
31730 .endd
31731 It is generally advisable, however, to set the string in &_Local/Makefile_&
31732 rather than at run time, because then the setting is available right from the
31733 start of Exim's execution. Otherwise, if there's something it wants to log
31734 before it has read the configuration file (for example, an error in the
31735 configuration file) it will not use the path you want, and may not be able to
31736 log at all.
31737
31738 The value of LOG_FILE_PATH or &%log_file_path%& is a colon-separated
31739 list, currently limited to at most two items. This is one option where the
31740 facility for changing a list separator may not be used. The list must always be
31741 colon-separated. If an item in the list is &"syslog"& then syslog is used;
31742 otherwise the item must either be an absolute path, containing &`%s`& at the
31743 point where &"main"&, &"reject"&, or &"panic"& is to be inserted, or be empty,
31744 implying the use of a default path.
31745
31746 When Exim encounters an empty item in the list, it searches the list defined by
31747 LOG_FILE_PATH, and uses the first item it finds that is neither empty nor
31748 &"syslog"&. This means that an empty item in &%log_file_path%& can be used to
31749 mean &"use the path specified at build time"&. It no such item exists, log
31750 files are written in the &_log_& subdirectory of the spool directory. This is
31751 equivalent to the setting:
31752 .code
31753 log_file_path = $spool_directory/log/%slog
31754 .endd
31755 If you do not specify anything at build time or run time, that is where the
31756 logs are written.
31757
31758 A log file path may also contain &`%D`& if datestamped log file names are in
31759 use &-- see section &<<SECTdatlogfil>>& below.
31760
31761 Here are some examples of possible settings:
31762 .display
31763 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=syslog `& syslog only
31764 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=:syslog `& syslog and default path
31765 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=syslog : /usr/log/exim_%s `& syslog and specified path
31766 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=/usr/log/exim_%s `& specified path only
31767 .endd
31768 If there are more than two paths in the list, the first is used and a panic
31769 error is logged.
31770
31771
31772
31773 .section "Logging to local files that are periodically &""cycled""&" "SECID285"
31774 .cindex "log" "cycling local files"
31775 .cindex "cycling logs"
31776 .cindex "&'exicyclog'&"
31777 .cindex "log" "local files; writing to"
31778 Some operating systems provide centralized and standardized methods for cycling
31779 log files. For those that do not, a utility script called &'exicyclog'& is
31780 provided (see section &<<SECTcyclogfil>>&). This renames and compresses the
31781 main and reject logs each time it is called. The maximum number of old logs to
31782 keep can be set. It is suggested this script is run as a daily &'cron'& job.
31783
31784 An Exim delivery process opens the main log when it first needs to write to it,
31785 and it keeps the file open in case subsequent entries are required &-- for
31786 example, if a number of different deliveries are being done for the same
31787 message. However, remote SMTP deliveries can take a long time, and this means
31788 that the file may be kept open long after it is renamed if &'exicyclog'& or
31789 something similar is being used to rename log files on a regular basis. To
31790 ensure that a switch of log files is noticed as soon as possible, Exim calls
31791 &[stat()]& on the main log's name before reusing an open file, and if the file
31792 does not exist, or its inode has changed, the old file is closed and Exim
31793 tries to open the main log from scratch. Thus, an old log file may remain open
31794 for quite some time, but no Exim processes should write to it once it has been
31795 renamed.
31796
31797
31798
31799 .section "Datestamped log files" "SECTdatlogfil"
31800 .cindex "log" "datestamped files"
31801 Instead of cycling the main and reject log files by renaming them
31802 periodically, some sites like to use files whose names contain a datestamp,
31803 for example, &_mainlog-20031225_&. The datestamp is in the form &_yyyymmdd_&.
31804 Exim has support for this way of working. It is enabled by setting the
31805 &%log_file_path%& option to a path that includes &`%D`& at the point where the
31806 datestamp is required. For example:
31807 .code
31808 log_file_path = /var/spool/exim/log/%slog-%D
31809 log_file_path = /var/log/exim-%s-%D.log
31810 log_file_path = /var/spool/exim/log/%D-%slog
31811 .endd
31812 As before, &`%s`& is replaced by &"main"& or &"reject"&; the following are
31813 examples of names generated by the above examples:
31814 .code
31815 /var/spool/exim/log/mainlog-20021225
31816 /var/log/exim-reject-20021225.log
31817 /var/spool/exim/log/20021225-mainlog
31818 .endd
31819 When this form of log file is specified, Exim automatically switches to new
31820 files at midnight. It does not make any attempt to compress old logs; you
31821 will need to write your own script if you require this. You should not
31822 run &'exicyclog'& with this form of logging.
31823
31824 The location of the panic log is also determined by &%log_file_path%&, but it
31825 is not datestamped, because rotation of the panic log does not make sense.
31826 When generating the name of the panic log, &`%D`& is removed from the string.
31827 In addition, if it immediately follows a slash, a following non-alphanumeric
31828 character is removed; otherwise a preceding non-alphanumeric character is
31829 removed. Thus, the three examples above would give these panic log names:
31830 .code
31831 /var/spool/exim/log/paniclog
31832 /var/log/exim-panic.log
31833 /var/spool/exim/log/paniclog
31834 .endd
31835
31836
31837 .section "Logging to syslog" "SECID249"
31838 .cindex "log" "syslog; writing to"
31839 The use of syslog does not change what Exim logs or the format of its messages,
31840 except in one respect. If &%syslog_timestamp%& is set false, the timestamps on
31841 Exim's log lines are omitted when these lines are sent to syslog. Apart from
31842 that, the same strings are written to syslog as to log files. The syslog
31843 &"facility"& is set to LOG_MAIL, and the program name to &"exim"&
31844 by default, but you can change these by setting the &%syslog_facility%& and
31845 &%syslog_processname%& options, respectively. If Exim was compiled with
31846 SYSLOG_LOG_PID set in &_Local/Makefile_& (this is the default in
31847 &_src/EDITME_&), then, on systems that permit it (all except ULTRIX), the
31848 LOG_PID flag is set so that the &[syslog()]& call adds the pid as well as
31849 the time and host name to each line.
31850 The three log streams are mapped onto syslog priorities as follows:
31851
31852 .ilist
31853 &'mainlog'& is mapped to LOG_INFO
31854 .next
31855 &'rejectlog'& is mapped to LOG_NOTICE
31856 .next
31857 &'paniclog'& is mapped to LOG_ALERT
31858 .endlist
31859
31860 Many log lines are written to both &'mainlog'& and &'rejectlog'&, and some are
31861 written to both &'mainlog'& and &'paniclog'&, so there will be duplicates if
31862 these are routed by syslog to the same place. You can suppress this duplication
31863 by setting &%syslog_duplication%& false.
31864
31865 Exim's log lines can sometimes be very long, and some of its &'rejectlog'&
31866 entries contain multiple lines when headers are included. To cope with both
31867 these cases, entries written to syslog are split into separate &[syslog()]&
31868 calls at each internal newline, and also after a maximum of
31869 870 data characters. (This allows for a total syslog line length of 1024, when
31870 additions such as timestamps are added.) If you are running a syslog
31871 replacement that can handle lines longer than the 1024 characters allowed by
31872 RFC 3164, you should set
31873 .code
31874 SYSLOG_LONG_LINES=yes
31875 .endd
31876 in &_Local/Makefile_& before building Exim. That stops Exim from splitting long
31877 lines, but it still splits at internal newlines in &'reject'& log entries.
31878
31879 To make it easy to re-assemble split lines later, each component of a split
31880 entry starts with a string of the form [<&'n'&>/<&'m'&>] or [<&'n'&>\<&'m'&>]
31881 where <&'n'&> is the component number and <&'m'&> is the total number of
31882 components in the entry. The / delimiter is used when the line was split
31883 because it was too long; if it was split because of an internal newline, the \
31884 delimiter is used. For example, supposing the length limit to be 50 instead of
31885 870, the following would be the result of a typical rejection message to
31886 &'mainlog'& (LOG_INFO), each line in addition being preceded by the time, host
31887 name, and pid as added by syslog:
31888 .code
31889 [1/5] 2002-09-16 16:09:43 16RdAL-0006pc-00 rejected from
31890 [2/5] [127.0.0.1] (ph10): syntax error in 'From' header
31891 [3/5] when scanning for sender: missing or malformed lo
31892 [4/5] cal part in "<>" (envelope sender is <ph10@cam.exa
31893 [5/5] mple>)
31894 .endd
31895 The same error might cause the following lines to be written to &"rejectlog"&
31896 (LOG_NOTICE):
31897 .code
31898 [1/18] 2002-09-16 16:09:43 16RdAL-0006pc-00 rejected fro
31899 [2/18] m [127.0.0.1] (ph10): syntax error in 'From' head
31900 [3/18] er when scanning for sender: missing or malformed
31901 [4/18] local part in "<>" (envelope sender is <ph10@cam
31902 [5\18] .example>)
31903 [6\18] Recipients: ph10@some.domain.cam.example
31904 [7\18] P Received: from [127.0.0.1] (ident=ph10)
31905 [8\18] by xxxxx.cam.example with smtp (Exim 4.00)
31906 [9\18] id 16RdAL-0006pc-00
31907 [10/18] for ph10@cam.example; Mon, 16 Sep 2002 16:
31908 [11\18] 09:43 +0100
31909 [12\18] F From: <>
31910 [13\18] Subject: this is a test header
31911 [18\18] X-something: this is another header
31912 [15/18] I Message-Id: <E16RdAL-0006pc-00@xxxxx.cam.examp
31913 [16\18] le>
31914 [17\18] B Bcc:
31915 [18/18] Date: Mon, 16 Sep 2002 16:09:43 +0100
31916 .endd
31917 Log lines that are neither too long nor contain newlines are written to syslog
31918 without modification.
31919
31920 If only syslog is being used, the Exim monitor is unable to provide a log tail
31921 display, unless syslog is routing &'mainlog'& to a file on the local host and
31922 the environment variable EXIMON_LOG_FILE_PATH is set to tell the monitor
31923 where it is.
31924
31925
31926
31927 .section "Log line flags" "SECID250"
31928 One line is written to the main log for each message received, and for each
31929 successful, unsuccessful, and delayed delivery. These lines can readily be
31930 picked out by the distinctive two-character flags that immediately follow the
31931 timestamp. The flags are:
31932 .display
31933 &`<=`& message arrival
31934 &`=>`& normal message delivery
31935 &`->`& additional address in same delivery
31936 &`*>`& delivery suppressed by &%-N%&
31937 &`**`& delivery failed; address bounced
31938 &`==`& delivery deferred; temporary problem
31939 .endd
31940
31941
31942 .section "Logging message reception" "SECID251"
31943 .cindex "log" "reception line"
31944 The format of the single-line entry in the main log that is written for every
31945 message received is shown in the basic example below, which is split over
31946 several lines in order to fit it on the page:
31947 .code
31948 2002-10-31 08:57:53 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 <= kryten@dwarf.fict.example
31949 H=mailer.fict.example [192.168.123.123] U=exim
31950 P=smtp S=5678 id=<incoming message id>
31951 .endd
31952 The address immediately following &"<="& is the envelope sender address. A
31953 bounce message is shown with the sender address &"<>"&, and if it is locally
31954 generated, this is followed by an item of the form
31955 .code
31956 R=<message id>
31957 .endd
31958 which is a reference to the message that caused the bounce to be sent.
31959
31960 .cindex "HELO"
31961 .cindex "EHLO"
31962 For messages from other hosts, the H and U fields identify the remote host and
31963 record the RFC 1413 identity of the user that sent the message, if one was
31964 received. The number given in square brackets is the IP address of the sending
31965 host. If there is a single, unparenthesized host name in the H field, as
31966 above, it has been verified to correspond to the IP address (see the
31967 &%host_lookup%& option). If the name is in parentheses, it was the name quoted
31968 by the remote host in the SMTP HELO or EHLO command, and has not been
31969 verified. If verification yields a different name to that given for HELO or
31970 EHLO, the verified name appears first, followed by the HELO or EHLO
31971 name in parentheses.
31972
31973 Misconfigured hosts (and mail forgers) sometimes put an IP address, with or
31974 without brackets, in the HELO or EHLO command, leading to entries in
31975 the log containing text like these examples:
31976 .code
31977 H=(10.21.32.43) [192.168.8.34]
31978 H=([10.21.32.43]) [192.168.8.34]
31979 .endd
31980 This can be confusing. Only the final address in square brackets can be relied
31981 on.
31982
31983 For locally generated messages (that is, messages not received over TCP/IP),
31984 the H field is omitted, and the U field contains the login name of the caller
31985 of Exim.
31986
31987 .cindex "authentication" "logging"
31988 .cindex "AUTH" "logging"
31989 For all messages, the P field specifies the protocol used to receive the
31990 message. This is the value that is stored in &$received_protocol$&. In the case
31991 of incoming SMTP messages, the value indicates whether or not any SMTP
31992 extensions (ESMTP), encryption, or authentication were used. If the SMTP
31993 session was encrypted, there is an additional X field that records the cipher
31994 suite that was used.
31995
31996 The protocol is set to &"esmtpsa"& or &"esmtpa"& for messages received from
31997 hosts that have authenticated themselves using the SMTP AUTH command. The first
31998 value is used when the SMTP connection was encrypted (&"secure"&). In this case
31999 there is an additional item A= followed by the name of the authenticator that
32000 was used. If an authenticated identification was set up by the authenticator's
32001 &%server_set_id%& option, this is logged too, separated by a colon from the
32002 authenticator name.
32003
32004 .cindex "size" "of message"
32005 The id field records the existing message id, if present. The size of the
32006 received message is given by the S field. When the message is delivered,
32007 headers may be removed or added, so that the size of delivered copies of the
32008 message may not correspond with this value (and indeed may be different to each
32009 other).
32010
32011 The &%log_selector%& option can be used to request the logging of additional
32012 data when a message is received. See section &<<SECTlogselector>>& below.
32013
32014
32015
32016 .section "Logging deliveries" "SECID252"
32017 .cindex "log" "delivery line"
32018 The format of the single-line entry in the main log that is written for every
32019 delivery is shown in one of the examples below, for local and remote
32020 deliveries, respectively. Each example has been split into two lines in order
32021 to fit it on the page:
32022 .code
32023 2002-10-31 08:59:13 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 => marv
32024 <marv@hitch.fict.example> R=localuser T=local_delivery
32025 2002-10-31 09:00:10 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 =>
32026 monk@holistic.fict.example R=dnslookup T=remote_smtp
32027 H=holistic.fict.example [192.168.234.234]
32028 .endd
32029 For ordinary local deliveries, the original address is given in angle brackets
32030 after the final delivery address, which might be a pipe or a file. If
32031 intermediate address(es) exist between the original and the final address, the
32032 last of these is given in parentheses after the final address. The R and T
32033 fields record the router and transport that were used to process the address.
32034
32035 If a shadow transport was run after a successful local delivery, the log line
32036 for the successful delivery has an item added on the end, of the form
32037 .display
32038 &`ST=<`&&'shadow transport name'&&`>`&
32039 .endd
32040 If the shadow transport did not succeed, the error message is put in
32041 parentheses afterwards.
32042
32043 .cindex "asterisk" "after IP address"
32044 When more than one address is included in a single delivery (for example, two
32045 SMTP RCPT commands in one transaction) the second and subsequent addresses are
32046 flagged with &`->`& instead of &`=>`&. When two or more messages are delivered
32047 down a single SMTP connection, an asterisk follows the IP address in the log
32048 lines for the second and subsequent messages.
32049
32050 The generation of a reply message by a filter file gets logged as a
32051 &"delivery"& to the addressee, preceded by &">"&.
32052
32053 The &%log_selector%& option can be used to request the logging of additional
32054 data when a message is delivered. See section &<<SECTlogselector>>& below.
32055
32056
32057 .section "Discarded deliveries" "SECID253"
32058 .cindex "discarded messages"
32059 .cindex "message" "discarded"
32060 .cindex "delivery" "discarded; logging"
32061 When a message is discarded as a result of the command &"seen finish"& being
32062 obeyed in a filter file which generates no deliveries, a log entry of the form
32063 .code
32064 2002-12-10 00:50:49 16auJc-0001UB-00 => discarded
32065 <low.club@bridge.example> R=userforward
32066 .endd
32067 is written, to record why no deliveries are logged. When a message is discarded
32068 because it is aliased to &":blackhole:"& the log line is like this:
32069 .code
32070 1999-03-02 09:44:33 10HmaX-0005vi-00 => :blackhole:
32071 <hole@nowhere.example> R=blackhole_router
32072 .endd
32073
32074
32075 .section "Deferred deliveries" "SECID254"
32076 When a delivery is deferred, a line of the following form is logged:
32077 .code
32078 2002-12-19 16:20:23 16aiQz-0002Q5-00 == marvin@endrest.example
32079 R=dnslookup T=smtp defer (146): Connection refused
32080 .endd
32081 In the case of remote deliveries, the error is the one that was given for the
32082 last IP address that was tried. Details of individual SMTP failures are also
32083 written to the log, so the above line would be preceded by something like
32084 .code
32085 2002-12-19 16:20:23 16aiQz-0002Q5-00 Failed to connect to
32086 mail1.endrest.example [192.168.239.239]: Connection refused
32087 .endd
32088 When a deferred address is skipped because its retry time has not been reached,
32089 a message is written to the log, but this can be suppressed by setting an
32090 appropriate value in &%log_selector%&.
32091
32092
32093
32094 .section "Delivery failures" "SECID255"
32095 .cindex "delivery" "failure; logging"
32096 If a delivery fails because an address cannot be routed, a line of the
32097 following form is logged:
32098 .code
32099 1995-12-19 16:20:23 0tRiQz-0002Q5-00 ** jim@trek99.example
32100 <jim@trek99.example>: unknown mail domain
32101 .endd
32102 If a delivery fails at transport time, the router and transport are shown, and
32103 the response from the remote host is included, as in this example:
32104 .code
32105 2002-07-11 07:14:17 17SXDU-000189-00 ** ace400@pb.example
32106 R=dnslookup T=remote_smtp: SMTP error from remote mailer
32107 after pipelined RCPT TO:<ace400@pb.example>: host
32108 pbmail3.py.example [192.168.63.111]: 553 5.3.0
32109 <ace400@pb.example>...Addressee unknown
32110 .endd
32111 The word &"pipelined"& indicates that the SMTP PIPELINING extension was being
32112 used. See &%hosts_avoid_esmtp%& in the &(smtp)& transport for a way of
32113 disabling PIPELINING. The log lines for all forms of delivery failure are
32114 flagged with &`**`&.
32115
32116
32117
32118 .section "Fake deliveries" "SECID256"
32119 .cindex "delivery" "fake; logging"
32120 If a delivery does not actually take place because the &%-N%& option has been
32121 used to suppress it, a normal delivery line is written to the log, except that
32122 &"=>"& is replaced by &"*>"&.
32123
32124
32125
32126 .section "Completion" "SECID257"
32127 A line of the form
32128 .code
32129 2002-10-31 09:00:11 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 Completed
32130 .endd
32131 is written to the main log when a message is about to be removed from the spool
32132 at the end of its processing.
32133
32134
32135
32136
32137 .section "Summary of Fields in Log Lines" "SECID258"
32138 .cindex "log" "summary of fields"
32139 A summary of the field identifiers that are used in log lines is shown in
32140 the following table:
32141 .display
32142 &`A `& authenticator name (and optional id)
32143 &`C `& SMTP confirmation on delivery
32144 &` `& command list for &"no mail in SMTP session"&
32145 &`CV `& certificate verification status
32146 &`D `& duration of &"no mail in SMTP session"&
32147 &`DN `& distinguished name from peer certificate
32148 &`DT `& on &`=>`& lines: time taken for a delivery
32149 &`F `& sender address (on delivery lines)
32150 &`H `& host name and IP address
32151 &`I `& local interface used
32152 &`id `& message id for incoming message
32153 &`P `& on &`<=`& lines: protocol used
32154 &` `& on &`=>`& and &`**`& lines: return path
32155 &`QT `& on &`=>`& lines: time spent on queue so far
32156 &` `& on &"Completed"& lines: time spent on queue
32157 &`R `& on &`<=`& lines: reference for local bounce
32158 &` `& on &`=>`& &`**`& and &`==`& lines: router name
32159 &`S `& size of message
32160 &`ST `& shadow transport name
32161 &`T `& on &`<=`& lines: message subject (topic)
32162 &` `& on &`=>`& &`**`& and &`==`& lines: transport name
32163 &`U `& local user or RFC 1413 identity
32164 &`X `& TLS cipher suite
32165 .endd
32166
32167
32168 .section "Other log entries" "SECID259"
32169 Various other types of log entry are written from time to time. Most should be
32170 self-explanatory. Among the more common are:
32171
32172 .ilist
32173 .cindex "retry" "time not reached"
32174 &'retry time not reached'&&~&~An address previously suffered a temporary error
32175 during routing or local delivery, and the time to retry has not yet arrived.
32176 This message is not written to an individual message log file unless it happens
32177 during the first delivery attempt.
32178 .next
32179 &'retry time not reached for any host'&&~&~An address previously suffered
32180 temporary errors during remote delivery, and the retry time has not yet arrived
32181 for any of the hosts to which it is routed.
32182 .next
32183 .cindex "spool directory" "file locked"
32184 &'spool file locked'&&~&~An attempt to deliver a message cannot proceed because
32185 some other Exim process is already working on the message. This can be quite
32186 common if queue running processes are started at frequent intervals. The
32187 &'exiwhat'& utility script can be used to find out what Exim processes are
32188 doing.
32189 .next
32190 .cindex "error" "ignored"
32191 &'error ignored'&&~&~There are several circumstances that give rise to this
32192 message:
32193 .olist
32194 Exim failed to deliver a bounce message whose age was greater than
32195 &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&. The bounce was discarded.
32196 .next
32197 A filter file set up a delivery using the &"noerror"& option, and the delivery
32198 failed. The delivery was discarded.
32199 .next
32200 A delivery set up by a router configured with
32201 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
32202 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left.
32203 .code
32204 errors_to = <>
32205 .endd
32206 failed. The delivery was discarded.
32207 .endlist olist
32208 .endlist ilist
32209
32210
32211
32212
32213
32214 .section "Reducing or increasing what is logged" "SECTlogselector"
32215 .cindex "log" "selectors"
32216 By setting the &%log_selector%& global option, you can disable some of Exim's
32217 default logging, or you can request additional logging. The value of
32218 &%log_selector%& is made up of names preceded by plus or minus characters. For
32219 example:
32220 .code
32221 log_selector = +arguments -retry_defer
32222 .endd
32223 The list of optional log items is in the following table, with the default
32224 selection marked by asterisks:
32225 .display
32226 &`*acl_warn_skipped `& skipped &%warn%& statement in ACL
32227 &` address_rewrite `& address rewriting
32228 &` all_parents `& all parents in => lines
32229 &` arguments `& command line arguments
32230 &`*connection_reject `& connection rejections
32231 &`*delay_delivery `& immediate delivery delayed
32232 &` deliver_time `& time taken to perform delivery
32233 &` delivery_size `& add &`S=`&&'nnn'& to => lines
32234 &`*dnslist_defer `& defers of DNS list (aka RBL) lookups
32235 &`*etrn `& ETRN commands
32236 &`*host_lookup_failed `& as it says
32237 &` ident_timeout `& timeout for ident connection
32238 &` incoming_interface `& incoming interface on <= lines
32239 &` incoming_port `& incoming port on <= lines
32240 &`*lost_incoming_connection `& as it says (includes timeouts)
32241 &` outgoing_port `& add remote port to => lines
32242 &`*queue_run `& start and end queue runs
32243 &` queue_time `& time on queue for one recipient
32244 &` queue_time_overall `& time on queue for whole message
32245 &` pid `& Exim process id
32246 &` received_recipients `& recipients on <= lines
32247 &` received_sender `& sender on <= lines
32248 &`*rejected_header `& header contents on reject log
32249 &`*retry_defer `& &"retry time not reached"&
32250 &` return_path_on_delivery `& put return path on => and ** lines
32251 &` sender_on_delivery `& add sender to => lines
32252 &`*sender_verify_fail `& sender verification failures
32253 &`*size_reject `& rejection because too big
32254 &`*skip_delivery `& delivery skipped in a queue run
32255 &` smtp_confirmation `& SMTP confirmation on => lines
32256 &` smtp_connection `& SMTP connections
32257 &` smtp_incomplete_transaction`& incomplete SMTP transactions
32258 &` smtp_no_mail `& session with no MAIL commands
32259 &` smtp_protocol_error `& SMTP protocol errors
32260 &` smtp_syntax_error `& SMTP syntax errors
32261 &` subject `& contents of &'Subject:'& on <= lines
32262 &` tls_certificate_verified `& certificate verification status
32263 &`*tls_cipher `& TLS cipher suite on <= and => lines
32264 &` tls_peerdn `& TLS peer DN on <= and => lines
32265 &` unknown_in_list `& DNS lookup failed in list match
32266
32267 &` all `& all of the above
32268 .endd
32269 More details on each of these items follows:
32270
32271 .ilist
32272 .cindex "&%warn%& ACL verb" "log when skipping"
32273 &%acl_warn_skipped%&: When an ACL &%warn%& statement is skipped because one of
32274 its conditions cannot be evaluated, a log line to this effect is written if
32275 this log selector is set.
32276 .next
32277 .cindex "log" "rewriting"
32278 .cindex "rewriting" "logging"
32279 &%address_rewrite%&: This applies both to global rewrites and per-transport
32280 rewrites, but not to rewrites in filters run as an unprivileged user (because
32281 such users cannot access the log).
32282 .next
32283 .cindex "log" "full parentage"
32284 &%all_parents%&: Normally only the original and final addresses are logged on
32285 delivery lines; with this selector, intermediate parents are given in
32286 parentheses between them.
32287 .next
32288 .cindex "log" "Exim arguments"
32289 .cindex "Exim arguments, logging"
32290 &%arguments%&: This causes Exim to write the arguments with which it was called
32291 to the main log, preceded by the current working directory. This is a debugging
32292 feature, added to make it easier to find out how certain MUAs call
32293 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&. The logging does not happen if Exim has given up root
32294 privilege because it was called with the &%-C%& or &%-D%& options. Arguments
32295 that are empty or that contain white space are quoted. Non-printing characters
32296 are shown as escape sequences. This facility cannot log unrecognized arguments,
32297 because the arguments are checked before the configuration file is read. The
32298 only way to log such cases is to interpose a script such as &_util/logargs.sh_&
32299 between the caller and Exim.
32300 .next
32301 .cindex "log" "connection rejections"
32302 &%connection_reject%&: A log entry is written whenever an incoming SMTP
32303 connection is rejected, for whatever reason.
32304 .next
32305 .cindex "log" "delayed delivery"
32306 .cindex "delayed delivery, logging"
32307 &%delay_delivery%&: A log entry is written whenever a delivery process is not
32308 started for an incoming message because the load is too high or too many
32309 messages were received on one connection. Logging does not occur if no delivery
32310 process is started because &%queue_only%& is set or &%-odq%& was used.
32311 .next
32312 .cindex "log" "delivery duration"
32313 &%deliver_time%&: For each delivery, the amount of real time it has taken to
32314 perform the actual delivery is logged as DT=<&'time'&>, for example, &`DT=1s`&.
32315 .next
32316 .cindex "log" "message size on delivery"
32317 .cindex "size" "of message"
32318 &%delivery_size%&: For each delivery, the size of message delivered is added to
32319 the &"=>"& line, tagged with S=.
32320 .next
32321 .cindex "log" "dnslist defer"
32322 .cindex "DNS list" "logging defer"
32323 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
32324 &%dnslist_defer%&: A log entry is written if an attempt to look up a host in a
32325 DNS black list suffers a temporary error.
32326 .next
32327 .cindex "log" "ETRN commands"
32328 .cindex "ETRN" "logging"
32329 &%etrn%&: Every valid ETRN command that is received is logged, before the ACL
32330 is run to determine whether or not it is actually accepted. An invalid ETRN
32331 command, or one received within a message transaction is not logged by this
32332 selector (see &%smtp_syntax_error%& and &%smtp_protocol_error%&).
32333 .next
32334 .cindex "log" "host lookup failure"
32335 &%host_lookup_failed%&: When a lookup of a host's IP addresses fails to find
32336 any addresses, or when a lookup of an IP address fails to find a host name, a
32337 log line is written. This logging does not apply to direct DNS lookups when
32338 routing email addresses, but it does apply to &"byname"& lookups.
32339 .next
32340 .cindex "log" "ident timeout"
32341 .cindex "RFC 1413" "logging timeout"
32342 &%ident_timeout%&: A log line is written whenever an attempt to connect to a
32343 client's ident port times out.
32344 .next
32345 .cindex "log" "incoming interface"
32346 .cindex "interface" "logging"
32347 &%incoming_interface%&: The interface on which a message was received is added
32348 to the &"<="& line as an IP address in square brackets, tagged by I= and
32349 followed by a colon and the port number. The local interface and port are also
32350 added to other SMTP log lines, for example &"SMTP connection from"&, and to
32351 rejection lines.
32352 .next
32353 .cindex "log" "incoming remote port"
32354 .cindex "port" "logging remote"
32355 .cindex "TCP/IP" "logging incoming remote port"
32356 .vindex "&$sender_fullhost$&"
32357 .vindex "&$sender_rcvhost$&"
32358 &%incoming_port%&: The remote port number from which a message was received is
32359 added to log entries and &'Received:'& header lines, following the IP address
32360 in square brackets, and separated from it by a colon. This is implemented by
32361 changing the value that is put in the &$sender_fullhost$& and
32362 &$sender_rcvhost$& variables. Recording the remote port number has become more
32363 important with the widening use of NAT (see RFC 2505).
32364 .next
32365 .cindex "log" "dropped connection"
32366 &%lost_incoming_connection%&: A log line is written when an incoming SMTP
32367 connection is unexpectedly dropped.
32368 .next
32369 .cindex "log" "outgoing remote port"
32370 .cindex "port" "logging outgoint remote"
32371 .cindex "TCP/IP" "logging ougtoing remote port"
32372 &%outgoing_port%&: The remote port number is added to delivery log lines (those
32373 containing => tags) following the IP address. This option is not included in
32374 the default setting, because for most ordinary configurations, the remote port
32375 number is always 25 (the SMTP port).
32376 .next
32377 .cindex "log" "process ids in"
32378 .cindex "pid (process id)" "in log lines"
32379 &%pid%&: The current process id is added to every log line, in square brackets,
32380 immediately after the time and date.
32381 .next
32382 .cindex "log" "queue run"
32383 .cindex "queue runner" "logging"
32384 &%queue_run%&: The start and end of every queue run are logged.
32385 .next
32386 .cindex "log" "queue time"
32387 &%queue_time%&: The amount of time the message has been in the queue on the
32388 local host is logged as QT=<&'time'&> on delivery (&`=>`&) lines, for example,
32389 &`QT=3m45s`&. The clock starts when Exim starts to receive the message, so it
32390 includes reception time as well as the delivery time for the current address.
32391 This means that it may be longer than the difference between the arrival and
32392 delivery log line times, because the arrival log line is not written until the
32393 message has been successfully received.
32394 .next
32395 &%queue_time_overall%&: The amount of time the message has been in the queue on
32396 the local host is logged as QT=<&'time'&> on &"Completed"& lines, for
32397 example, &`QT=3m45s`&. The clock starts when Exim starts to receive the
32398 message, so it includes reception time as well as the total delivery time.
32399 .next
32400 .cindex "log" "recipients"
32401 &%received_recipients%&: The recipients of a message are listed in the main log
32402 as soon as the message is received. The list appears at the end of the log line
32403 that is written when a message is received, preceded by the word &"for"&. The
32404 addresses are listed after they have been qualified, but before any rewriting
32405 has taken place.
32406 Recipients that were discarded by an ACL for MAIL or RCPT do not appear
32407 in the list.
32408 .next
32409 .cindex "log" "sender reception"
32410 &%received_sender%&: The unrewritten original sender of a message is added to
32411 the end of the log line that records the message's arrival, after the word
32412 &"from"& (before the recipients if &%received_recipients%& is also set).
32413 .next
32414 .cindex "log" "header lines for rejection"
32415 &%rejected_header%&: If a message's header has been received at the time a
32416 rejection is written to the reject log, the complete header is added to the
32417 log. Header logging can be turned off individually for messages that are
32418 rejected by the &[local_scan()]& function (see section &<<SECTapiforloc>>&).
32419 .next
32420 .cindex "log" "retry defer"
32421 &%retry_defer%&: A log line is written if a delivery is deferred because a
32422 retry time has not yet been reached. However, this &"retry time not reached"&
32423 message is always omitted from individual message logs after the first delivery
32424 attempt.
32425 .next
32426 .cindex "log" "return path"
32427 &%return_path_on_delivery%&: The return path that is being transmitted with
32428 the message is included in delivery and bounce lines, using the tag P=.
32429 This is omitted if no delivery actually happens, for example, if routing fails,
32430 or if delivery is to &_/dev/null_& or to &`:blackhole:`&.
32431 .next
32432 .cindex "log" "sender on delivery"
32433 &%sender_on_delivery%&: The message's sender address is added to every delivery
32434 and bounce line, tagged by F= (for &"from"&).
32435 This is the original sender that was received with the message; it is not
32436 necessarily the same as the outgoing return path.
32437 .next
32438 .cindex "log" "sender verify failure"
32439 &%sender_verify_fail%&: If this selector is unset, the separate log line that
32440 gives details of a sender verification failure is not written. Log lines for
32441 the rejection of SMTP commands contain just &"sender verify failed"&, so some
32442 detail is lost.
32443 .next
32444 .cindex "log" "size rejection"
32445 &%size_reject%&: A log line is written whenever a message is rejected because
32446 it is too big.
32447 .next
32448 .cindex "log" "frozen messages; skipped"
32449 .cindex "frozen messages" "logging skipping"
32450 &%skip_delivery%&: A log line is written whenever a message is skipped during a
32451 queue run because it is frozen or because another process is already delivering
32452 it.
32453 .cindex "&""spool file is locked""&"
32454 The message that is written is &"spool file is locked"&.
32455 .next
32456 .cindex "log" "smtp confirmation"
32457 .cindex "SMTP" "logging confirmation"
32458 &%smtp_confirmation%&: The response to the final &"."& in the SMTP dialogue for
32459 outgoing messages is added to delivery log lines in the form &`C=`&<&'text'&>.
32460 A number of MTAs (including Exim) return an identifying string in this
32461 response.
32462 .next
32463 .cindex "log" "SMTP connections"
32464 .cindex "SMTP" "logging connections"
32465 &%smtp_connection%&: A log line is written whenever an SMTP connection is
32466 established or closed, unless the connection is from a host that matches
32467 &%hosts_connection_nolog%&. (In contrast, &%lost_incoming_connection%& applies
32468 only when the closure is unexpected.) This applies to connections from local
32469 processes that use &%-bs%& as well as to TCP/IP connections. If a connection is
32470 dropped in the middle of a message, a log line is always written, whether or
32471 not this selector is set, but otherwise nothing is written at the start and end
32472 of connections unless this selector is enabled.
32473
32474 For TCP/IP connections to an Exim daemon, the current number of connections is
32475 included in the log message for each new connection, but note that the count is
32476 reset if the daemon is restarted.
32477 Also, because connections are closed (and the closure is logged) in
32478 subprocesses, the count may not include connections that have been closed but
32479 whose termination the daemon has not yet noticed. Thus, while it is possible to
32480 match up the opening and closing of connections in the log, the value of the
32481 logged counts may not be entirely accurate.
32482 .next
32483 .cindex "log" "SMTP transaction; incomplete"
32484 .cindex "SMTP" "logging incomplete transactions"
32485 &%smtp_incomplete_transaction%&: When a mail transaction is aborted by
32486 RSET, QUIT, loss of connection, or otherwise, the incident is logged,
32487 and the message sender plus any accepted recipients are included in the log
32488 line. This can provide evidence of dictionary attacks.
32489 .next
32490 .cindex "log" "non-MAIL SMTP sessions"
32491 .cindex "MAIL" "logging session without"
32492 &%smtp_no_mail%&: A line is written to the main log whenever an accepted SMTP
32493 connection terminates without having issued a MAIL command. This includes both
32494 the case when the connection is dropped, and the case when QUIT is used. It
32495 does not include cases where the connection is rejected right at the start (by
32496 an ACL, or because there are too many connections, or whatever). These cases
32497 already have their own log lines.
32498
32499 The log line that is written contains the identity of the client in the usual
32500 way, followed by D= and a time, which records the duration of the connection.
32501 If the connection was authenticated, this fact is logged exactly as it is for
32502 an incoming message, with an A= item. If the connection was encrypted, CV=,
32503 DN=, and X= items may appear as they do for an incoming message, controlled by
32504 the same logging options.
32505
32506 Finally, if any SMTP commands were issued during the connection, a C= item
32507 is added to the line, listing the commands that were used. For example,
32508 .code
32509 C=EHLO,QUIT
32510 .endd
32511 shows that the client issued QUIT straight after EHLO. If there were fewer
32512 than 20 commands, they are all listed. If there were more than 20 commands,
32513 the last 20 are listed, preceded by &"..."&. However, with the default
32514 setting of 10 for &%smtp_accep_max_nonmail%&, the connection will in any case
32515 have been aborted before 20 non-mail commands are processed.
32516 .next
32517 .cindex "log" "SMTP protocol error"
32518 .cindex "SMTP" "logging protocol error"
32519 &%smtp_protocol_error%&: A log line is written for every SMTP protocol error
32520 encountered. Exim does not have perfect detection of all protocol errors
32521 because of transmission delays and the use of pipelining. If PIPELINING has
32522 been advertised to a client, an Exim server assumes that the client will use
32523 it, and therefore it does not count &"expected"& errors (for example, RCPT
32524 received after rejecting MAIL) as protocol errors.
32525 .next
32526 .cindex "SMTP" "logging syntax errors"
32527 .cindex "SMTP" "syntax errors; logging"
32528 .cindex "SMTP" "unknown command; logging"
32529 .cindex "log" "unknown SMTP command"
32530 .cindex "log" "SMTP syntax error"
32531 &%smtp_syntax_error%&: A log line is written for every SMTP syntax error
32532 encountered. An unrecognized command is treated as a syntax error. For an
32533 external connection, the host identity is given; for an internal connection
32534 using &%-bs%& the sender identification (normally the calling user) is given.
32535 .next
32536 .cindex "log" "subject"
32537 .cindex "subject, logging"
32538 &%subject%&: The subject of the message is added to the arrival log line,
32539 preceded by &"T="& (T for &"topic"&, since S is already used for &"size"&).
32540 Any MIME &"words"& in the subject are decoded. The &%print_topbitchars%& option
32541 specifies whether characters with values greater than 127 should be logged
32542 unchanged, or whether they should be rendered as escape sequences.
32543 .next
32544 .cindex "log" "certificate verification"
32545 &%tls_certificate_verified%&: An extra item is added to <= and => log lines
32546 when TLS is in use. The item is &`CV=yes`& if the peer's certificate was
32547 verified, and &`CV=no`& if not.
32548 .next
32549 .cindex "log" "TLS cipher"
32550 .cindex "TLS" "logging cipher"
32551 &%tls_cipher%&: When a message is sent or received over an encrypted
32552 connection, the cipher suite used is added to the log line, preceded by X=.
32553 .next
32554 .cindex "log" "TLS peer DN"
32555 .cindex "TLS" "logging peer DN"
32556 &%tls_peerdn%&: When a message is sent or received over an encrypted
32557 connection, and a certificate is supplied by the remote host, the peer DN is
32558 added to the log line, preceded by DN=.
32559 .next
32560 .cindex "log" "DNS failure in list"
32561 &%unknown_in_list%&: This setting causes a log entry to be written when the
32562 result of a list match is failure because a DNS lookup failed.
32563 .endlist
32564
32565
32566 .section "Message log" "SECID260"
32567 .cindex "message" "log file for"
32568 .cindex "log" "message log; description of"
32569 .cindex "&_msglog_& directory"
32570 .oindex "&%preserve_message_logs%&"
32571 In addition to the general log files, Exim writes a log file for each message
32572 that it handles. The names of these per-message logs are the message ids, and
32573 they are kept in the &_msglog_& sub-directory of the spool directory. Each
32574 message log contains copies of the log lines that apply to the message. This
32575 makes it easier to inspect the status of an individual message without having
32576 to search the main log. A message log is deleted when processing of the message
32577 is complete, unless &%preserve_message_logs%& is set, but this should be used
32578 only with great care because they can fill up your disk very quickly.
32579
32580 On a heavily loaded system, it may be desirable to disable the use of
32581 per-message logs, in order to reduce disk I/O. This can be done by setting the
32582 &%message_logs%& option false.
32583 .ecindex IIDloggen
32584
32585
32586
32587
32588 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32589 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32590
32591 .chapter "Exim utilities" "CHAPutils"
32592 .scindex IIDutils "utilities"
32593 A number of utility scripts and programs are supplied with Exim and are
32594 described in this chapter. There is also the Exim Monitor, which is covered in
32595 the next chapter. The utilities described here are:
32596
32597 .itable none 0 0 3 7* left 15* left 40* left
32598 .irow &<<SECTfinoutwha>>& &'exiwhat'& &&&
32599 "list what Exim processes are doing"
32600 .irow &<<SECTgreptheque>>& &'exiqgrep'& "grep the queue"
32601 .irow &<<SECTsumtheque>>& &'exiqsumm'& "summarize the queue"
32602 .irow &<<SECTextspeinf>>& &'exigrep'& "search the main log"
32603 .irow &<<SECTexipick>>& &'exipick'& "select messages on &&&
32604 various criteria"
32605 .irow &<<SECTcyclogfil>>& &'exicyclog'& "cycle (rotate) log files"
32606 .irow &<<SECTmailstat>>& &'eximstats'& &&&
32607 "extract statistics from the log"
32608 .irow &<<SECTcheckaccess>>& &'exim_checkaccess'& &&&
32609 "check address acceptance from given IP"
32610 .irow &<<SECTdbmbuild>>& &'exim_dbmbuild'& "build a DBM file"
32611 .irow &<<SECTfinindret>>& &'exinext'& "extract retry information"
32612 .irow &<<SECThindatmai>>& &'exim_dumpdb'& "dump a hints database"
32613 .irow &<<SECThindatmai>>& &'exim_tidydb'& "clean up a hints database"
32614 .irow &<<SECThindatmai>>& &'exim_fixdb'& "patch a hints database"
32615 .irow &<<SECTmailboxmaint>>& &'exim_lock'& "lock a mailbox file"
32616 .endtable
32617
32618 Another utility that might be of use to sites with many MTAs is Tom Kistner's
32619 &'exilog'&. It provides log visualizations across multiple Exim servers. See
32620 &url(http://duncanthrax.net/exilog/) for details.
32621
32622
32623
32624
32625 .section "Finding out what Exim processes are doing (exiwhat)" "SECTfinoutwha"
32626 .cindex "&'exiwhat'&"
32627 .cindex "process, querying"
32628 .cindex "SIGUSR1"
32629 On operating systems that can restart a system call after receiving a signal
32630 (most modern OS), an Exim process responds to the SIGUSR1 signal by writing
32631 a line describing what it is doing to the file &_exim-process.info_& in the
32632 Exim spool directory. The &'exiwhat'& script sends the signal to all Exim
32633 processes it can find, having first emptied the file. It then waits for one
32634 second to allow the Exim processes to react before displaying the results. In
32635 order to run &'exiwhat'& successfully you have to have sufficient privilege to
32636 send the signal to the Exim processes, so it is normally run as root.
32637
32638 &*Warning*&: This is not an efficient process. It is intended for occasional
32639 use by system administrators. It is not sensible, for example, to set up a
32640 script that sends SIGUSR1 signals to Exim processes at short intervals.
32641
32642
32643 Unfortunately, the &'ps'& command that &'exiwhat'& uses to find Exim processes
32644 varies in different operating systems. Not only are different options used,
32645 but the format of the output is different. For this reason, there are some
32646 system configuration options that configure exactly how &'exiwhat'& works. If
32647 it doesn't seem to be working for you, check the following compile-time
32648 options:
32649 .display
32650 &`EXIWHAT_PS_CMD `& the command for running &'ps'&
32651 &`EXIWHAT_PS_ARG `& the argument for &'ps'&
32652 &`EXIWHAT_EGREP_ARG `& the argument for &'egrep'& to select from &'ps'& output
32653 &`EXIWHAT_KILL_ARG `& the argument for the &'kill'& command
32654 .endd
32655 An example of typical output from &'exiwhat'& is
32656 .code
32657 164 daemon: -q1h, listening on port 25
32658 10483 running queue: waiting for 0tAycK-0002ij-00 (10492)
32659 10492 delivering 0tAycK-0002ij-00 to mail.ref.example
32660 [10.19.42.42] (editor@ref.example)
32661 10592 handling incoming call from [192.168.243.242]
32662 10628 accepting a local non-SMTP message
32663 .endd
32664 The first number in the output line is the process number. The third line has
32665 been split here, in order to fit it on the page.
32666
32667
32668
32669 .section "Selective queue listing (exiqgrep)" "SECTgreptheque"
32670 .cindex "&'exiqgrep'&"
32671 .cindex "queue" "grepping"
32672 This utility is a Perl script contributed by Matt Hubbard. It runs
32673 .code
32674 exim -bpu
32675 .endd
32676 to obtain a queue listing with undelivered recipients only, and then greps the
32677 output to select messages that match given criteria. The following selection
32678 options are available:
32679
32680 .vlist
32681 .vitem &*-f*&&~<&'regex'&>
32682 Match the sender address. The field that is tested is enclosed in angle
32683 brackets, so you can test for bounce messages with
32684 .code
32685 exiqgrep -f '^<>$'
32686 .endd
32687 .vitem &*-r*&&~<&'regex'&>
32688 Match a recipient address. The field that is tested is not enclosed in angle
32689 brackets.
32690
32691 .vitem &*-s*&&~<&'regex'&>
32692 Match against the size field.
32693
32694 .vitem &*-y*&&~<&'seconds'&>
32695 Match messages that are younger than the given time.
32696
32697 .vitem &*-o*&&~<&'seconds'&>
32698 Match messages that are older than the given time.
32699
32700 .vitem &*-z*&
32701 Match only frozen messages.
32702
32703 .vitem &*-x*&
32704 Match only non-frozen messages.
32705 .endlist
32706
32707 The following options control the format of the output:
32708
32709 .vlist
32710 .vitem &*-c*&
32711 Display only the count of matching messages.
32712
32713 .vitem &*-l*&
32714 Long format &-- display the full message information as output by Exim. This is
32715 the default.
32716
32717 .vitem &*-i*&
32718 Display message ids only.
32719
32720 .vitem &*-b*&
32721 Brief format &-- one line per message.
32722
32723 .vitem &*-R*&
32724 Display messages in reverse order.
32725 .endlist
32726
32727 There is one more option, &%-h%&, which outputs a list of options.
32728
32729
32730
32731 .section "Summarizing the queue (exiqsumm)" "SECTsumtheque"
32732 .cindex "&'exiqsumm'&"
32733 .cindex "queue" "summary"
32734 The &'exiqsumm'& utility is a Perl script which reads the output of &`exim
32735 -bp`& and produces a summary of the messages on the queue. Thus, you use it by
32736 running a command such as
32737 .code
32738 exim -bp | exiqsumm
32739 .endd
32740 The output consists of one line for each domain that has messages waiting for
32741 it, as in the following example:
32742 .code
32743 3 2322 74m 66m msn.com.example
32744 .endd
32745 Each line lists the number of pending deliveries for a domain, their total
32746 volume, and the length of time that the oldest and the newest messages have
32747 been waiting. Note that the number of pending deliveries is greater than the
32748 number of messages when messages have more than one recipient.
32749
32750 A summary line is output at the end. By default the output is sorted on the
32751 domain name, but &'exiqsumm'& has the options &%-a%& and &%-c%&, which cause
32752 the output to be sorted by oldest message and by count of messages,
32753 respectively. There are also three options that split the messages for each
32754 domain into two or more subcounts: &%-b%& separates bounce messages, &%-f%&
32755 separates frozen messages, and &%-s%& separates messages according to their
32756 sender.
32757
32758 The output of &'exim -bp'& contains the original addresses in the message, so
32759 this also applies to the output from &'exiqsumm'&. No domains from addresses
32760 generated by aliasing or forwarding are included (unless the &%one_time%&
32761 option of the &(redirect)& router has been used to convert them into &"top
32762 level"& addresses).
32763
32764
32765
32766
32767 .section "Extracting specific information from the log (exigrep)" &&&
32768 "SECTextspeinf"
32769 .cindex "&'exigrep'&"
32770 .cindex "log" "extracts; grepping for"
32771 The &'exigrep'& utility is a Perl script that searches one or more main log
32772 files for entries that match a given pattern. When it finds a match, it
32773 extracts all the log entries for the relevant message, not just those that
32774 match the pattern. Thus, &'exigrep'& can extract complete log entries for a
32775 given message, or all mail for a given user, or for a given host, for example.
32776 The input files can be in Exim log format or syslog format.
32777 If a matching log line is not associated with a specific message, it is
32778 included in &'exigrep'&'s output without any additional lines. The usage is:
32779 .display
32780 &`exigrep [-t<`&&'n'&&`>] [-I] [-l] [-v] <`&&'pattern'&&`> [<`&&'log file'&&`>] ...`&
32781 .endd
32782 If no log file names are given on the command line, the standard input is read.
32783
32784 The &%-t%& argument specifies a number of seconds. It adds an additional
32785 condition for message selection. Messages that are complete are shown only if
32786 they spent more than <&'n'&> seconds on the queue.
32787
32788 By default, &'exigrep'& does case-insensitive matching. The &%-I%& option
32789 makes it case-sensitive. This may give a performance improvement when searching
32790 large log files. Without &%-I%&, the Perl pattern matches use Perl's &`/i`&
32791 option; with &%-I%& they do not. In both cases it is possible to change the
32792 case sensitivity within the pattern by using &`(?i)`& or &`(?-i)`&.
32793
32794 The &%-l%& option means &"literal"&, that is, treat all characters in the
32795 pattern as standing for themselves. Otherwise the pattern must be a Perl
32796 regular expression.
32797
32798 The &%-v%& option inverts the matching condition. That is, a line is selected
32799 if it does &'not'& match the pattern.
32800
32801 If the location of a &'zcat'& command is known from the definition of
32802 ZCAT_COMMAND in &_Local/Makefile_&, &'exigrep'& automatically passes any file
32803 whose name ends in COMPRESS_SUFFIX through &'zcat'& as it searches it.
32804
32805
32806 .section "Selecting messages by various criteria (exipick)" "SECTexipick"
32807 .cindex "&'exipick'&"
32808 John Jetmore's &'exipick'& utility is included in the Exim distribution. It
32809 lists messages from the queue according to a variety of criteria. For details
32810 of &'exipick'&'s facilities, visit the web page at
32811 &url(http://www.exim.org/eximwiki/ToolExipickManPage) or run &'exipick'& with
32812 the &%--help%& option.
32813
32814
32815 .section "Cycling log files (exicyclog)" "SECTcyclogfil"
32816 .cindex "log" "cycling local files"
32817 .cindex "cycling logs"
32818 .cindex "&'exicyclog'&"
32819 The &'exicyclog'& script can be used to cycle (rotate) &'mainlog'& and
32820 &'rejectlog'& files. This is not necessary if only syslog is being used, or if
32821 you are using log files with datestamps in their names (see section
32822 &<<SECTdatlogfil>>&). Some operating systems have their own standard mechanisms
32823 for log cycling, and these can be used instead of &'exicyclog'& if preferred.
32824 There are two command line options for &'exicyclog'&:
32825 .ilist
32826 &%-k%& <&'count'&> specifies the number of log files to keep, overriding the
32827 default that is set when Exim is built. The default default is 10.
32828 .next
32829 &%-l%& <&'path'&> specifies the log file path, in the same format as Exim's
32830 &%log_file_path%& option (for example, &`/var/log/exim_%slog`&), again
32831 overriding the script's default, which is to find the setting from Exim's
32832 configuration.
32833 .endlist
32834
32835 Each time &'exicyclog'& is run the file names get &"shuffled down"& by one. If
32836 the main log file name is &_mainlog_& (the default) then when &'exicyclog'& is
32837 run &_mainlog_& becomes &_mainlog.01_&, the previous &_mainlog.01_& becomes
32838 &_mainlog.02_& and so on, up to the limit that is set in the script or by the
32839 &%-k%& option. Log files whose numbers exceed the limit are discarded. Reject
32840 logs are handled similarly.
32841
32842 If the limit is greater than 99, the script uses 3-digit numbers such as
32843 &_mainlog.001_&, &_mainlog.002_&, etc. If you change from a number less than 99
32844 to one that is greater, or &'vice versa'&, you will have to fix the names of
32845 any existing log files.
32846
32847 If no &_mainlog_& file exists, the script does nothing. Files that &"drop off"&
32848 the end are deleted. All files with numbers greater than 01 are compressed,
32849 using a compression command which is configured by the COMPRESS_COMMAND
32850 setting in &_Local/Makefile_&. It is usual to run &'exicyclog'& daily from a
32851 root &%crontab%& entry of the form
32852 .code
32853 1 0 * * * su exim -c /usr/exim/bin/exicyclog
32854 .endd
32855 assuming you have used the name &"exim"& for the Exim user. You can run
32856 &'exicyclog'& as root if you wish, but there is no need.
32857
32858
32859
32860 .section "Mail statistics (eximstats)" "SECTmailstat"
32861 .cindex "statistics"
32862 .cindex "&'eximstats'&"
32863 A Perl script called &'eximstats'& is provided for extracting statistical
32864 information from log files. The output is either plain text, or HTML.
32865 Exim log files are also supported by the &'Lire'& system produced by the
32866 LogReport Foundation &url(http://www.logreport.org).
32867
32868 The &'eximstats'& script has been hacked about quite a bit over time. The
32869 latest version is the result of some extensive revision by Steve Campbell. A
32870 lot of information is given by default, but there are options for suppressing
32871 various parts of it. Following any options, the arguments to the script are a
32872 list of files, which should be main log files. For example:
32873 .code
32874 eximstats -nr /var/spool/exim/log/mainlog.01
32875 .endd
32876 By default, &'eximstats'& extracts information about the number and volume of
32877 messages received from or delivered to various hosts. The information is sorted
32878 both by message count and by volume, and the top fifty hosts in each category
32879 are listed on the standard output. Similar information, based on email
32880 addresses or domains instead of hosts can be requested by means of various
32881 options. For messages delivered and received locally, similar statistics are
32882 also produced per user.
32883
32884 The output also includes total counts and statistics about delivery errors, and
32885 histograms showing the number of messages received and deliveries made in each
32886 hour of the day. A delivery with more than one address in its envelope (for
32887 example, an SMTP transaction with more than one RCPT command) is counted
32888 as a single delivery by &'eximstats'&.
32889
32890 Though normally more deliveries than receipts are reported (as messages may
32891 have multiple recipients), it is possible for &'eximstats'& to report more
32892 messages received than delivered, even though the queue is empty at the start
32893 and end of the period in question. If an incoming message contains no valid
32894 recipients, no deliveries are recorded for it. A bounce message is handled as
32895 an entirely separate message.
32896
32897 &'eximstats'& always outputs a grand total summary giving the volume and number
32898 of messages received and deliveries made, and the number of hosts involved in
32899 each case. It also outputs the number of messages that were delayed (that is,
32900 not completely delivered at the first attempt), and the number that had at
32901 least one address that failed.
32902
32903 The remainder of the output is in sections that can be independently disabled
32904 or modified by various options. It consists of a summary of deliveries by
32905 transport, histograms of messages received and delivered per time interval
32906 (default per hour), information about the time messages spent on the queue,
32907 a list of relayed messages, lists of the top fifty sending hosts, local
32908 senders, destination hosts, and destination local users by count and by volume,
32909 and a list of delivery errors that occurred.
32910
32911 The relay information lists messages that were actually relayed, that is, they
32912 came from a remote host and were directly delivered to some other remote host,
32913 without being processed (for example, for aliasing or forwarding) locally.
32914
32915 There are quite a few options for &'eximstats'& to control exactly what it
32916 outputs. These are documented in the Perl script itself, and can be extracted
32917 by running the command &(perldoc)& on the script. For example:
32918 .code
32919 perldoc /usr/exim/bin/eximstats
32920 .endd
32921
32922 .section "Checking access policy (exim_checkaccess)" "SECTcheckaccess"
32923 .cindex "&'exim_checkaccess'&"
32924 .cindex "policy control" "checking access"
32925 .cindex "checking access"
32926 The &%-bh%& command line argument allows you to run a fake SMTP session with
32927 debugging output, in order to check what Exim is doing when it is applying
32928 policy controls to incoming SMTP mail. However, not everybody is sufficiently
32929 familiar with the SMTP protocol to be able to make full use of &%-bh%&, and
32930 sometimes you just want to answer the question &"Does this address have
32931 access?"& without bothering with any further details.
32932
32933 The &'exim_checkaccess'& utility is a &"packaged"& version of &%-bh%&. It takes
32934 two arguments, an IP address and an email address:
32935 .code
32936 exim_checkaccess 10.9.8.7 A.User@a.domain.example
32937 .endd
32938 The utility runs a call to Exim with the &%-bh%& option, to test whether the
32939 given email address would be accepted in a RCPT command in a TCP/IP
32940 connection from the host with the given IP address. The output of the utility
32941 is either the word &"accepted"&, or the SMTP error response, for example:
32942 .code
32943 Rejected:
32944 550 Relay not permitted
32945 .endd
32946 When running this test, the utility uses &`<>`& as the envelope sender address
32947 for the MAIL command, but you can change this by providing additional
32948 options. These are passed directly to the Exim command. For example, to specify
32949 that the test is to be run with the sender address &'himself@there.example'&
32950 you can use:
32951 .code
32952 exim_checkaccess 10.9.8.7 A.User@a.domain.example \
32953 -f himself@there.example
32954 .endd
32955 Note that these additional Exim command line items must be given after the two
32956 mandatory arguments.
32957
32958 Because the &%exim_checkaccess%& uses &%-bh%&, it does not perform callouts
32959 while running its checks. You can run checks that include callouts by using
32960 &%-bhc%&, but this is not yet available in a &"packaged"& form.
32961
32962
32963
32964 .section "Making DBM files (exim_dbmbuild)" "SECTdbmbuild"
32965 .cindex "DBM" "building dbm files"
32966 .cindex "building DBM files"
32967 .cindex "&'exim_dbmbuild'&"
32968 .cindex "lower casing"
32969 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
32970 The &'exim_dbmbuild'& program reads an input file containing keys and data in
32971 the format used by the &(lsearch)& lookup (see section
32972 &<<SECTsinglekeylookups>>&). It writes a DBM file using the lower-cased alias
32973 names as keys and the remainder of the information as data. The lower-casing
32974 can be prevented by calling the program with the &%-nolc%& option.
32975
32976 A terminating zero is included as part of the key string. This is expected by
32977 the &(dbm)& lookup type. However, if the option &%-nozero%& is given,
32978 &'exim_dbmbuild'& creates files without terminating zeroes in either the key
32979 strings or the data strings. The &(dbmnz)& lookup type can be used with such
32980 files.
32981
32982 The program requires two arguments: the name of the input file (which can be a
32983 single hyphen to indicate the standard input), and the name of the output file.
32984 It creates the output under a temporary name, and then renames it if all went
32985 well.
32986
32987 .cindex "USE_DB"
32988 If the native DB interface is in use (USE_DB is set in a compile-time
32989 configuration file &-- this is common in free versions of Unix) the two file
32990 names must be different, because in this mode the Berkeley DB functions create
32991 a single output file using exactly the name given. For example,
32992 .code
32993 exim_dbmbuild /etc/aliases /etc/aliases.db
32994 .endd
32995 reads the system alias file and creates a DBM version of it in
32996 &_/etc/aliases.db_&.
32997
32998 In systems that use the &'ndbm'& routines (mostly proprietary versions of
32999 Unix), two files are used, with the suffixes &_.dir_& and &_.pag_&. In this
33000 environment, the suffixes are added to the second argument of
33001 &'exim_dbmbuild'&, so it can be the same as the first. This is also the case
33002 when the Berkeley functions are used in compatibility mode (though this is not
33003 recommended), because in that case it adds a &_.db_& suffix to the file name.
33004
33005 If a duplicate key is encountered, the program outputs a warning, and when it
33006 finishes, its return code is 1 rather than zero, unless the &%-noduperr%&
33007 option is used. By default, only the first of a set of duplicates is used &--
33008 this makes it compatible with &(lsearch)& lookups. There is an option
33009 &%-lastdup%& which causes it to use the data for the last duplicate instead.
33010 There is also an option &%-nowarn%&, which stops it listing duplicate keys to
33011 &%stderr%&. For other errors, where it doesn't actually make a new file, the
33012 return code is 2.
33013
33014
33015
33016
33017 .section "Finding individual retry times (exinext)" "SECTfinindret"
33018 .cindex "retry" "times"
33019 .cindex "&'exinext'&"
33020 A utility called &'exinext'& (mostly a Perl script) provides the ability to
33021 fish specific information out of the retry database. Given a mail domain (or a
33022 complete address), it looks up the hosts for that domain, and outputs any retry
33023 information for the hosts or for the domain. At present, the retry information
33024 is obtained by running &'exim_dumpdb'& (see below) and post-processing the
33025 output. For example:
33026 .code
33027 $ exinext piglet@milne.fict.example
33028 kanga.milne.example:192.168.8.1 error 146: Connection refused
33029 first failed: 21-Feb-1996 14:57:34
33030 last tried: 21-Feb-1996 14:57:34
33031 next try at: 21-Feb-1996 15:02:34
33032 roo.milne.example:192.168.8.3 error 146: Connection refused
33033 first failed: 20-Jan-1996 13:12:08
33034 last tried: 21-Feb-1996 11:42:03
33035 next try at: 21-Feb-1996 19:42:03
33036 past final cutoff time
33037 .endd
33038 You can also give &'exinext'& a local part, without a domain, and it
33039 will give any retry information for that local part in your default domain.
33040 A message id can be used to obtain retry information pertaining to a specific
33041 message. This exists only when an attempt to deliver a message to a remote host
33042 suffers a message-specific error (see section &<<SECToutSMTPerr>>&).
33043 &'exinext'& is not particularly efficient, but then it is not expected to be
33044 run very often.
33045
33046 The &'exinext'& utility calls Exim to find out information such as the location
33047 of the spool directory. The utility has &%-C%& and &%-D%& options, which are
33048 passed on to the &'exim'& commands. The first specifies an alternate Exim
33049 configuration file, and the second sets macros for use within the configuration
33050 file. These features are mainly to help in testing, but might also be useful in
33051 environments where more than one configuration file is in use.
33052
33053
33054
33055 .section "Hints database maintenance" "SECThindatmai"
33056 .cindex "hints database" "maintenance"
33057 .cindex "maintaining Exim's hints database"
33058 Three utility programs are provided for maintaining the DBM files that Exim
33059 uses to contain its delivery hint information. Each program requires two
33060 arguments. The first specifies the name of Exim's spool directory, and the
33061 second is the name of the database it is to operate on. These are as follows:
33062
33063 .ilist
33064 &'retry'&: the database of retry information
33065 .next
33066 &'wait-'&<&'transport name'&>: databases of information about messages waiting
33067 for remote hosts
33068 .next
33069 &'callout'&: the callout cache
33070 .next
33071 &'ratelimit'&: the data for implementing the ratelimit ACL condition
33072 .next
33073 &'misc'&: other hints data
33074 .endlist
33075
33076 The &'misc'& database is used for
33077
33078 .ilist
33079 Serializing ETRN runs (when &%smtp_etrn_serialize%& is set)
33080 .next
33081 Serializing delivery to a specific host (when &%serialize_hosts%& is set in an
33082 &(smtp)& transport)
33083 .endlist
33084
33085
33086
33087 .section "exim_dumpdb" "SECID261"
33088 .cindex "&'exim_dumpdb'&"
33089 The entire contents of a database are written to the standard output by the
33090 &'exim_dumpdb'& program, which has no options or arguments other than the
33091 spool and database names. For example, to dump the retry database:
33092 .code
33093 exim_dumpdb /var/spool/exim retry
33094 .endd
33095 Two lines of output are produced for each entry:
33096 .code
33097 T:mail.ref.example:192.168.242.242 146 77 Connection refused
33098 31-Oct-1995 12:00:12 02-Nov-1995 12:21:39 02-Nov-1995 20:21:39 *
33099 .endd
33100 The first item on the first line is the key of the record. It starts with one
33101 of the letters R, or T, depending on whether it refers to a routing or
33102 transport retry. For a local delivery, the next part is the local address; for
33103 a remote delivery it is the name of the remote host, followed by its failing IP
33104 address (unless &%retry_include_ip_address%& is set false on the &(smtp)&
33105 transport). If the remote port is not the standard one (port 25), it is added
33106 to the IP address. Then there follows an error code, an additional error code,
33107 and a textual description of the error.
33108
33109 The three times on the second line are the time of first failure, the time of
33110 the last delivery attempt, and the computed time for the next attempt. The line
33111 ends with an asterisk if the cutoff time for the last retry rule has been
33112 exceeded.
33113
33114 Each output line from &'exim_dumpdb'& for the &'wait-xxx'& databases
33115 consists of a host name followed by a list of ids for messages that are or were
33116 waiting to be delivered to that host. If there are a very large number for any
33117 one host, continuation records, with a sequence number added to the host name,
33118 may be seen. The data in these records is often out of date, because a message
33119 may be routed to several alternative hosts, and Exim makes no effort to keep
33120 cross-references.
33121
33122
33123
33124 .section "exim_tidydb" "SECID262"
33125 .cindex "&'exim_tidydb'&"
33126 The &'exim_tidydb'& utility program is used to tidy up the contents of a hints
33127 database. If run with no options, it removes all records that are more than 30
33128 days old. The age is calculated from the date and time that the record was last
33129 updated. Note that, in the case of the retry database, it is &'not'& the time
33130 since the first delivery failure. Information about a host that has been down
33131 for more than 30 days will remain in the database, provided that the record is
33132 updated sufficiently often.
33133
33134 The cutoff date can be altered by means of the &%-t%& option, which must be
33135 followed by a time. For example, to remove all records older than a week from
33136 the retry database:
33137 .code
33138 exim_tidydb -t 7d /var/spool/exim retry
33139 .endd
33140 Both the &'wait-xxx'& and &'retry'& databases contain items that involve
33141 message ids. In the former these appear as data in records keyed by host &--
33142 they were messages that were waiting for that host &-- and in the latter they
33143 are the keys for retry information for messages that have suffered certain
33144 types of error. When &'exim_tidydb'& is run, a check is made to ensure that
33145 message ids in database records are those of messages that are still on the
33146 queue. Message ids for messages that no longer exist are removed from
33147 &'wait-xxx'& records, and if this leaves any records empty, they are deleted.
33148 For the &'retry'& database, records whose keys are non-existent message ids are
33149 removed. The &'exim_tidydb'& utility outputs comments on the standard output
33150 whenever it removes information from the database.
33151
33152 Certain records are automatically removed by Exim when they are no longer
33153 needed, but others are not. For example, if all the MX hosts for a domain are
33154 down, a retry record is created for each one. If the primary MX host comes back
33155 first, its record is removed when Exim successfully delivers to it, but the
33156 records for the others remain because Exim has not tried to use those hosts.
33157
33158 It is important, therefore, to run &'exim_tidydb'& periodically on all the
33159 hints databases. You should do this at a quiet time of day, because it requires
33160 a database to be locked (and therefore inaccessible to Exim) while it does its
33161 work. Removing records from a DBM file does not normally make the file smaller,
33162 but all the common DBM libraries are able to re-use the space that is released.
33163 After an initial phase of increasing in size, the databases normally reach a
33164 point at which they no longer get any bigger, as long as they are regularly
33165 tidied.
33166
33167 &*Warning*&: If you never run &'exim_tidydb'&, the space used by the hints
33168 databases is likely to keep on increasing.
33169
33170
33171
33172
33173 .section "exim_fixdb" "SECID263"
33174 .cindex "&'exim_fixdb'&"
33175 The &'exim_fixdb'& program is a utility for interactively modifying databases.
33176 Its main use is for testing Exim, but it might also be occasionally useful for
33177 getting round problems in a live system. It has no options, and its interface
33178 is somewhat crude. On entry, it prompts for input with a right angle-bracket. A
33179 key of a database record can then be entered, and the data for that record is
33180 displayed.
33181
33182 If &"d"& is typed at the next prompt, the entire record is deleted. For all
33183 except the &'retry'& database, that is the only operation that can be carried
33184 out. For the &'retry'& database, each field is output preceded by a number, and
33185 data for individual fields can be changed by typing the field number followed
33186 by new data, for example:
33187 .code
33188 > 4 951102:1000
33189 .endd
33190 resets the time of the next delivery attempt. Time values are given as a
33191 sequence of digit pairs for year, month, day, hour, and minute. Colons can be
33192 used as optional separators.
33193
33194
33195
33196
33197 .section "Mailbox maintenance (exim_lock)" "SECTmailboxmaint"
33198 .cindex "mailbox" "maintenance"
33199 .cindex "&'exim_lock'&"
33200 .cindex "locking mailboxes"
33201 The &'exim_lock'& utility locks a mailbox file using the same algorithm as
33202 Exim. For a discussion of locking issues, see section &<<SECTopappend>>&.
33203 &'Exim_lock'& can be used to prevent any modification of a mailbox by Exim or
33204 a user agent while investigating a problem. The utility requires the name of
33205 the file as its first argument. If the locking is successful, the second
33206 argument is run as a command (using C's &[system()]& function); if there is no
33207 second argument, the value of the SHELL environment variable is used; if this
33208 is unset or empty, &_/bin/sh_& is run. When the command finishes, the mailbox
33209 is unlocked and the utility ends. The following options are available:
33210
33211 .vlist
33212 .vitem &%-fcntl%&
33213 Use &[fcntl()]& locking on the open mailbox.
33214
33215 .vitem &%-flock%&
33216 Use &[flock()]& locking on the open mailbox, provided the operating system
33217 supports it.
33218
33219 .vitem &%-interval%&
33220 This must be followed by a number, which is a number of seconds; it sets the
33221 interval to sleep between retries (default 3).
33222
33223 .vitem &%-lockfile%&
33224 Create a lock file before opening the mailbox.
33225
33226 .vitem &%-mbx%&
33227 Lock the mailbox using MBX rules.
33228
33229 .vitem &%-q%&
33230 Suppress verification output.
33231
33232 .vitem &%-retries%&
33233 This must be followed by a number; it sets the number of times to try to get
33234 the lock (default 10).
33235
33236 .vitem &%-restore_time%&
33237 This option causes &%exim_lock%& to restore the modified and read times to the
33238 locked file before exiting. This allows you to access a locked mailbox (for
33239 example, to take a backup copy) without disturbing the times that the user
33240 subsequently sees.
33241
33242 .vitem &%-timeout%&
33243 This must be followed by a number, which is a number of seconds; it sets a
33244 timeout to be used with a blocking &[fcntl()]& lock. If it is not set (the
33245 default), a non-blocking call is used.
33246
33247 .vitem &%-v%&
33248 Generate verbose output.
33249 .endlist
33250
33251 If none of &%-fcntl%&, &%-flock%&, &%-lockfile%& or &%-mbx%& are given, the
33252 default is to create a lock file and also to use &[fcntl()]& locking on the
33253 mailbox, which is the same as Exim's default. The use of &%-flock%& or
33254 &%-fcntl%& requires that the file be writeable; the use of &%-lockfile%&
33255 requires that the directory containing the file be writeable. Locking by lock
33256 file does not last for ever; Exim assumes that a lock file is expired if it is
33257 more than 30 minutes old.
33258
33259 The &%-mbx%& option can be used with either or both of &%-fcntl%& or
33260 &%-flock%&. It assumes &%-fcntl%& by default. MBX locking causes a shared lock
33261 to be taken out on the open mailbox, and an exclusive lock on the file
33262 &_/tmp/.n.m_& where &'n'& and &'m'& are the device number and inode
33263 number of the mailbox file. When the locking is released, if an exclusive lock
33264 can be obtained for the mailbox, the file in &_/tmp_& is deleted.
33265
33266 The default output contains verification of the locking that takes place. The
33267 &%-v%& option causes some additional information to be given. The &%-q%& option
33268 suppresses all output except error messages.
33269
33270 A command such as
33271 .code
33272 exim_lock /var/spool/mail/spqr
33273 .endd
33274 runs an interactive shell while the file is locked, whereas
33275 .display
33276 &`exim_lock -q /var/spool/mail/spqr <<End`&
33277 <&'some commands'&>
33278 &`End`&
33279 .endd
33280 runs a specific non-interactive sequence of commands while the file is locked,
33281 suppressing all verification output. A single command can be run by a command
33282 such as
33283 .code
33284 exim_lock -q /var/spool/mail/spqr \
33285 "cp /var/spool/mail/spqr /some/where"
33286 .endd
33287 Note that if a command is supplied, it must be entirely contained within the
33288 second argument &-- hence the quotes.
33289 .ecindex IIDutils
33290
33291
33292 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33293 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33294
33295 .chapter "The Exim monitor" "CHAPeximon"
33296 .scindex IIDeximon "Exim monitor" "description"
33297 .cindex "X-windows"
33298 .cindex "&'eximon'&"
33299 .cindex "Local/eximon.conf"
33300 .cindex "&_exim_monitor/EDITME_&"
33301 The Exim monitor is an application which displays in an X window information
33302 about the state of Exim's queue and what Exim is doing. An admin user can
33303 perform certain operations on messages from this GUI interface; however all
33304 such facilities are also available from the command line, and indeed, the
33305 monitor itself makes use of the command line to perform any actions requested.
33306
33307
33308
33309 .section "Running the monitor" "SECID264"
33310 The monitor is started by running the script called &'eximon'&. This is a shell
33311 script that sets up a number of environment variables, and then runs the
33312 binary called &_eximon.bin_&. The default appearance of the monitor window can
33313 be changed by editing the &_Local/eximon.conf_& file created by editing
33314 &_exim_monitor/EDITME_&. Comments in that file describe what the various
33315 parameters are for.
33316
33317 The parameters that get built into the &'eximon'& script can be overridden for
33318 a particular invocation by setting up environment variables of the same names,
33319 preceded by &`EXIMON_`&. For example, a shell command such as
33320 .code
33321 EXIMON_LOG_DEPTH=400 eximon
33322 .endd
33323 (in a Bourne-compatible shell) runs &'eximon'& with an overriding setting of
33324 the LOG_DEPTH parameter. If EXIMON_LOG_FILE_PATH is set in the environment, it
33325 overrides the Exim log file configuration. This makes it possible to have
33326 &'eximon'& tailing log data that is written to syslog, provided that MAIL.INFO
33327 syslog messages are routed to a file on the local host.
33328
33329 X resources can be used to change the appearance of the window in the normal
33330 way. For example, a resource setting of the form
33331 .code
33332 Eximon*background: gray94
33333 .endd
33334 changes the colour of the background to light grey rather than white. The
33335 stripcharts are drawn with both the data lines and the reference lines in
33336 black. This means that the reference lines are not visible when on top of the
33337 data. However, their colour can be changed by setting a resource called
33338 &"highlight"& (an odd name, but that's what the Athena stripchart widget uses).
33339 For example, if your X server is running Unix, you could set up lighter
33340 reference lines in the stripcharts by obeying
33341 .code
33342 xrdb -merge <<End
33343 Eximon*highlight: gray
33344 End
33345 .endd
33346 .cindex "admin user"
33347 In order to see the contents of messages on the queue, and to operate on them,
33348 &'eximon'& must either be run as root or by an admin user.
33349
33350 The monitor's window is divided into three parts. The first contains one or
33351 more stripcharts and two action buttons, the second contains a &"tail"& of the
33352 main log file, and the third is a display of the queue of messages awaiting
33353 delivery, with two more action buttons. The following sections describe these
33354 different parts of the display.
33355
33356
33357
33358
33359 .section "The stripcharts" "SECID265"
33360 .cindex "stripchart"
33361 The first stripchart is always a count of messages on the queue. Its name can
33362 be configured by setting QUEUE_STRIPCHART_NAME in the
33363 &_Local/eximon.conf_& file. The remaining stripcharts are defined in the
33364 configuration script by regular expression matches on log file entries, making
33365 it possible to display, for example, counts of messages delivered to certain
33366 hosts or using certain transports. The supplied defaults display counts of
33367 received and delivered messages, and of local and SMTP deliveries. The default
33368 period between stripchart updates is one minute; this can be adjusted by a
33369 parameter in the &_Local/eximon.conf_& file.
33370
33371 The stripchart displays rescale themselves automatically as the value they are
33372 displaying changes. There are always 10 horizontal lines in each chart; the
33373 title string indicates the value of each division when it is greater than one.
33374 For example, &"x2"& means that each division represents a value of 2.
33375
33376 It is also possible to have a stripchart which shows the percentage fullness of
33377 a particular disk partition, which is useful when local deliveries are confined
33378 to a single partition.
33379
33380 .cindex "&%statvfs%& function"
33381 This relies on the availability of the &[statvfs()]& function or equivalent in
33382 the operating system. Most, but not all versions of Unix that support Exim have
33383 this. For this particular stripchart, the top of the chart always represents
33384 100%, and the scale is given as &"x10%"&. This chart is configured by setting
33385 SIZE_STRIPCHART and (optionally) SIZE_STRIPCHART_NAME in the
33386 &_Local/eximon.conf_& file.
33387
33388
33389
33390
33391 .section "Main action buttons" "SECID266"
33392 .cindex "size" "of monitor window"
33393 .cindex "Exim monitor" "window size"
33394 .cindex "window size"
33395 Below the stripcharts there is an action button for quitting the monitor. Next
33396 to this is another button marked &"Size"&. They are placed here so that
33397 shrinking the window to its default minimum size leaves just the queue count
33398 stripchart and these two buttons visible. Pressing the &"Size"& button causes
33399 the window to expand to its maximum size, unless it is already at the maximum,
33400 in which case it is reduced to its minimum.
33401
33402 When expanding to the maximum, if the window cannot be fully seen where it
33403 currently is, it is moved back to where it was the last time it was at full
33404 size. When it is expanding from its minimum size, the old position is
33405 remembered, and next time it is reduced to the minimum it is moved back there.
33406
33407 The idea is that you can keep a reduced window just showing one or two
33408 stripcharts at a convenient place on your screen, easily expand it to show
33409 the full window when required, and just as easily put it back to what it was.
33410 The idea is copied from what the &'twm'& window manager does for its
33411 &'f.fullzoom'& action. The minimum size of the window can be changed by setting
33412 the MIN_HEIGHT and MIN_WIDTH values in &_Local/eximon.conf_&.
33413
33414 Normally, the monitor starts up with the window at its full size, but it can be
33415 built so that it starts up with the window at its smallest size, by setting
33416 START_SMALL=yes in &_Local/eximon.conf_&.
33417
33418
33419
33420 .section "The log display" "SECID267"
33421 .cindex "log" "tail of; in monitor"
33422 The second section of the window is an area in which a display of the tail of
33423 the main log is maintained.
33424 To save space on the screen, the timestamp on each log line is shortened by
33425 removing the date and, if &%log_timezone%& is set, the timezone.
33426 The log tail is not available when the only destination for logging data is
33427 syslog, unless the syslog lines are routed to a local file whose name is passed
33428 to &'eximon'& via the EXIMON_LOG_FILE_PATH environment variable.
33429
33430 The log sub-window has a scroll bar at its lefthand side which can be used to
33431 move back to look at earlier text, and the up and down arrow keys also have a
33432 scrolling effect. The amount of log that is kept depends on the setting of
33433 LOG_BUFFER in &_Local/eximon.conf_&, which specifies the amount of memory
33434 to use. When this is full, the earlier 50% of data is discarded &-- this is
33435 much more efficient than throwing it away line by line. The sub-window also has
33436 a horizontal scroll bar for accessing the ends of long log lines. This is the
33437 only means of horizontal scrolling; the right and left arrow keys are not
33438 available. Text can be cut from this part of the window using the mouse in the
33439 normal way. The size of this subwindow is controlled by parameters in the
33440 configuration file &_Local/eximon.conf_&.
33441
33442 Searches of the text in the log window can be carried out by means of the ^R
33443 and ^S keystrokes, which default to a reverse and a forward search,
33444 respectively. The search covers only the text that is displayed in the window.
33445 It cannot go further back up the log.
33446
33447 The point from which the search starts is indicated by a caret marker. This is
33448 normally at the end of the text in the window, but can be positioned explicitly
33449 by pointing and clicking with the left mouse button, and is moved automatically
33450 by a successful search. If new text arrives in the window when it is scrolled
33451 back, the caret remains where it is, but if the window is not scrolled back,
33452 the caret is moved to the end of the new text.
33453
33454 Pressing ^R or ^S pops up a window into which the search text can be typed.
33455 There are buttons for selecting forward or reverse searching, for carrying out
33456 the search, and for cancelling. If the &"Search"& button is pressed, the search
33457 happens and the window remains so that further searches can be done. If the
33458 &"Return"& key is pressed, a single search is done and the window is closed. If
33459 ^C is typed the search is cancelled.
33460
33461 The searching facility is implemented using the facilities of the Athena text
33462 widget. By default this pops up a window containing both &"search"& and
33463 &"replace"& options. In order to suppress the unwanted &"replace"& portion for
33464 eximon, a modified version of the &%TextPop%& widget is distributed with Exim.
33465 However, the linkers in BSDI and HP-UX seem unable to handle an externally
33466 provided version of &%TextPop%& when the remaining parts of the text widget
33467 come from the standard libraries. The compile-time option EXIMON_TEXTPOP can be
33468 unset to cut out the modified &%TextPop%&, making it possible to build Eximon
33469 on these systems, at the expense of having unwanted items in the search popup
33470 window.
33471
33472
33473
33474 .section "The queue display" "SECID268"
33475 .cindex "queue" "display in monitor"
33476 The bottom section of the monitor window contains a list of all messages that
33477 are on the queue, which includes those currently being received or delivered,
33478 as well as those awaiting delivery. The size of this subwindow is controlled by
33479 parameters in the configuration file &_Local/eximon.conf_&, and the frequency
33480 at which it is updated is controlled by another parameter in the same file &--
33481 the default is 5 minutes, since queue scans can be quite expensive. However,
33482 there is an &"Update"& action button just above the display which can be used
33483 to force an update of the queue display at any time.
33484
33485 When a host is down for some time, a lot of pending mail can build up for it,
33486 and this can make it hard to deal with other messages on the queue. To help
33487 with this situation there is a button next to &"Update"& called &"Hide"&. If
33488 pressed, a dialogue box called &"Hide addresses ending with"& is put up. If you
33489 type anything in here and press &"Return"&, the text is added to a chain of
33490 such texts, and if every undelivered address in a message matches at least one
33491 of the texts, the message is not displayed.
33492
33493 If there is an address that does not match any of the texts, all the addresses
33494 are displayed as normal. The matching happens on the ends of addresses so, for
33495 example, &'cam.ac.uk'& specifies all addresses in Cambridge, while
33496 &'xxx@foo.com.example'& specifies just one specific address. When any hiding
33497 has been set up, a button called &"Unhide"& is displayed. If pressed, it
33498 cancels all hiding. Also, to ensure that hidden messages do not get forgotten,
33499 a hide request is automatically cancelled after one hour.
33500
33501 While the dialogue box is displayed, you can't press any buttons or do anything
33502 else to the monitor window. For this reason, if you want to cut text from the
33503 queue display to use in the dialogue box, you have to do the cutting before
33504 pressing the &"Hide"& button.
33505
33506 The queue display contains, for each unhidden queued message, the length of
33507 time it has been on the queue, the size of the message, the message id, the
33508 message sender, and the first undelivered recipient, all on one line. If it is
33509 a bounce message, the sender is shown as &"<>"&. If there is more than one
33510 recipient to which the message has not yet been delivered, subsequent ones are
33511 listed on additional lines, up to a maximum configured number, following which
33512 an ellipsis is displayed. Recipients that have already received the message are
33513 not shown.
33514
33515 .cindex "frozen messages" "display"
33516 If a message is frozen, an asterisk is displayed at the left-hand side.
33517
33518 The queue display has a vertical scroll bar, and can also be scrolled by means
33519 of the arrow keys. Text can be cut from it using the mouse in the normal way.
33520 The text searching facilities, as described above for the log window, are also
33521 available, but the caret is always moved to the end of the text when the queue
33522 display is updated.
33523
33524
33525
33526 .section "The queue menu" "SECID269"
33527 .cindex "queue" "menu in monitor"
33528 If the &%shift%& key is held down and the left button is clicked when the mouse
33529 pointer is over the text for any message, an action menu pops up, and the first
33530 line of the queue display for the message is highlighted. This does not affect
33531 any selected text.
33532
33533 If you want to use some other event for popping up the menu, you can set the
33534 MENU_EVENT parameter in &_Local/eximon.conf_& to change the default, or
33535 set EXIMON_MENU_EVENT in the environment before starting the monitor. The
33536 value set in this parameter is a standard X event description. For example, to
33537 run eximon using &%ctrl%& rather than &%shift%& you could use
33538 .code
33539 EXIMON_MENU_EVENT='Ctrl<Btn1Down>' eximon
33540 .endd
33541 The title of the menu is the message id, and it contains entries which act as
33542 follows:
33543
33544 .ilist
33545 &'message log'&: The contents of the message log for the message are displayed
33546 in a new text window.
33547 .next
33548 &'headers'&: Information from the spool file that contains the envelope
33549 information and headers is displayed in a new text window. See chapter
33550 &<<CHAPspool>>& for a description of the format of spool files.
33551 .next
33552 &'body'&: The contents of the spool file containing the body of the message are
33553 displayed in a new text window. There is a default limit of 20,000 bytes to the
33554 amount of data displayed. This can be changed by setting the BODY_MAX
33555 option at compile time, or the EXIMON_BODY_MAX option at run time.
33556 .next
33557 &'deliver message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-M%& option to request
33558 delivery of the message. This causes an automatic thaw if the message is
33559 frozen. The &%-v%& option is also set, and the output from Exim is displayed in
33560 a new text window. The delivery is run in a separate process, to avoid holding
33561 up the monitor while the delivery proceeds.
33562 .next
33563 &'freeze message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mf%& option to request
33564 that the message be frozen.
33565 .next
33566 .cindex "thawing messages"
33567 .cindex "unfreezing messages"
33568 .cindex "frozen messages" "thawing"
33569 &'thaw message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mt%& option to request
33570 that the message be thawed.
33571 .next
33572 .cindex "delivery" "forcing failure"
33573 &'give up on msg'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mg%& option to request
33574 that Exim gives up trying to deliver the message. A bounce message is generated
33575 for any remaining undelivered addresses.
33576 .next
33577 &'remove message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mrm%& option to request
33578 that the message be deleted from the system without generating a bounce
33579 message.
33580 .next
33581 &'add recipient'&: A dialog box is displayed into which a recipient address can
33582 be typed. If the address is not qualified and the QUALIFY_DOMAIN parameter
33583 is set in &_Local/eximon.conf_&, the address is qualified with that domain.
33584 Otherwise it must be entered as a fully qualified address. Pressing RETURN
33585 causes a call to Exim to be made using the &%-Mar%& option to request that an
33586 additional recipient be added to the message, unless the entry box is empty, in
33587 which case no action is taken.
33588 .next
33589 &'mark delivered'&: A dialog box is displayed into which a recipient address
33590 can be typed. If the address is not qualified and the QUALIFY_DOMAIN parameter
33591 is set in &_Local/eximon.conf_&, the address is qualified with that domain.
33592 Otherwise it must be entered as a fully qualified address. Pressing RETURN
33593 causes a call to Exim to be made using the &%-Mmd%& option to mark the given
33594 recipient address as already delivered, unless the entry box is empty, in which
33595 case no action is taken.
33596 .next
33597 &'mark all delivered'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mmad%& option to
33598 mark all recipient addresses as already delivered.
33599 .next
33600 &'edit sender'&: A dialog box is displayed initialized with the current
33601 sender's address. Pressing RETURN causes a call to Exim to be made using the
33602 &%-Mes%& option to replace the sender address, unless the entry box is empty,
33603 in which case no action is taken. If you want to set an empty sender (as in
33604 bounce messages), you must specify it as &"<>"&. Otherwise, if the address is
33605 not qualified and the QUALIFY_DOMAIN parameter is set in &_Local/eximon.conf_&,
33606 the address is qualified with that domain.
33607 .endlist
33608
33609 When a delivery is forced, a window showing the &%-v%& output is displayed. In
33610 other cases when a call to Exim is made, if there is any output from Exim (in
33611 particular, if the command fails) a window containing the command and the
33612 output is displayed. Otherwise, the results of the action are normally apparent
33613 from the log and queue displays. However, if you set ACTION_OUTPUT=yes in
33614 &_Local/eximon.conf_&, a window showing the Exim command is always opened, even
33615 if no output is generated.
33616
33617 The queue display is automatically updated for actions such as freezing and
33618 thawing, unless ACTION_QUEUE_UPDATE=no has been set in
33619 &_Local/eximon.conf_&. In this case the &"Update"& button has to be used to
33620 force an update of the display after one of these actions.
33621
33622 In any text window that is displayed as result of a menu action, the normal
33623 cut-and-paste facility is available, and searching can be carried out using ^R
33624 and ^S, as described above for the log tail window.
33625 .ecindex IIDeximon
33626
33627
33628
33629
33630
33631 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33632 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33633
33634 .chapter "Security considerations" "CHAPsecurity"
33635 .scindex IIDsecurcon "security" "discussion of"
33636 This chapter discusses a number of issues concerned with security, some of
33637 which are also covered in other parts of this manual.
33638
33639 For reasons that this author does not understand, some people have promoted
33640 Exim as a &"particularly secure"& mailer. Perhaps it is because of the
33641 existence of this chapter in the documentation. However, the intent of the
33642 chapter is simply to describe the way Exim works in relation to certain
33643 security concerns, not to make any specific claims about the effectiveness of
33644 its security as compared with other MTAs.
33645
33646 What follows is a description of the way Exim is supposed to be. Best efforts
33647 have been made to try to ensure that the code agrees with the theory, but an
33648 absence of bugs can never be guaranteed. Any that are reported will get fixed
33649 as soon as possible.
33650
33651
33652 .section "Building a more &""hardened""& Exim" "SECID286"
33653 .cindex "security" "build-time features"
33654 There are a number of build-time options that can be set in &_Local/Makefile_&
33655 to create Exim binaries that are &"harder"& to attack, in particular by a rogue
33656 Exim administrator who does not have the root password, or by someone who has
33657 penetrated the Exim (but not the root) account. These options are as follows:
33658
33659 .ilist
33660 ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX can be set to a string that is required to match the
33661 start of any file names used with the &%-C%& option. When it is set, these file
33662 names are also not allowed to contain the sequence &"/../"&. (However, if the
33663 value of the &%-C%& option is identical to the value of CONFIGURE_FILE in
33664 &_Local/Makefile_&, Exim ignores &%-C%& and proceeds as usual.) There is no
33665 default setting for &%ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX%&.
33666
33667 If the permitted configuration files are confined to a directory to
33668 which only root has access, this guards against someone who has broken
33669 into the Exim account from running a privileged Exim with an arbitrary
33670 configuration file, and using it to break into other accounts.
33671 .next
33672 If ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is defined, root privilege is retained for &%-C%&
33673 and &%-D%& only if the caller of Exim is root. Without it, the Exim user may
33674 also use &%-C%& and &%-D%& and retain privilege. Setting this option locks out
33675 the possibility of testing a configuration using &%-C%& right through message
33676 reception and delivery, even if the caller is root. The reception works, but by
33677 that time, Exim is running as the Exim user, so when it re-execs to regain
33678 privilege for the delivery, the use of &%-C%& causes privilege to be lost.
33679 However, root can test reception and delivery using two separate commands.
33680 ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is not set by default.
33681 .next
33682 If DISABLE_D_OPTION is defined, the use of the &%-D%& command line option
33683 is disabled.
33684 .next
33685 FIXED_NEVER_USERS can be set to a colon-separated list of users that are
33686 never to be used for any deliveries. This is like the &%never_users%& runtime
33687 option, but it cannot be overridden; the runtime option adds additional users
33688 to the list. The default setting is &"root"&; this prevents a non-root user who
33689 is permitted to modify the runtime file from using Exim as a way to get root.
33690 .endlist
33691
33692
33693
33694
33695 .section "Root privilege" "SECID270"
33696 .cindex "setuid"
33697 .cindex "root privilege"
33698 The Exim binary is normally setuid to root, which means that it gains root
33699 privilege (runs as root) when it starts execution. In some special cases (for
33700 example, when the daemon is not in use and there are no local deliveries), it
33701 may be possible to run Exim setuid to some user other than root. This is
33702 discussed in the next section. However, in most installations, root privilege
33703 is required for two things:
33704
33705 .ilist
33706 To set up a socket connected to the standard SMTP port (25) when initialising
33707 the listening daemon. If Exim is run from &'inetd'&, this privileged action is
33708 not required.
33709 .next
33710 To be able to change uid and gid in order to read users' &_.forward_& files and
33711 perform local deliveries as the receiving user or as specified in the
33712 configuration.
33713 .endlist
33714
33715 It is not necessary to be root to do any of the other things Exim does, such as
33716 receiving messages and delivering them externally over SMTP, and it is
33717 obviously more secure if Exim does not run as root except when necessary.
33718 For this reason, a user and group for Exim to use must be defined in
33719 &_Local/Makefile_&. These are known as &"the Exim user"& and &"the Exim
33720 group"&. Their values can be changed by the run time configuration, though this
33721 is not recommended. Often a user called &'exim'& is used, but some sites use
33722 &'mail'& or another user name altogether.
33723
33724 Exim uses &[setuid()]& whenever it gives up root privilege. This is a permanent
33725 abdication; the process cannot regain root afterwards. Prior to release 4.00,
33726 &[seteuid()]& was used in some circumstances, but this is no longer the case.
33727
33728 After a new Exim process has interpreted its command line options, it changes
33729 uid and gid in the following cases:
33730
33731 .ilist
33732 .oindex "&%-C%&"
33733 .oindex "&%-D%&"
33734 If the &%-C%& option is used to specify an alternate configuration file, or if
33735 the &%-D%& option is used to define macro values for the configuration, and the
33736 calling process is not running as root or the Exim user, the uid and gid are
33737 changed to those of the calling process.
33738 However, if ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, only
33739 root callers may use &%-C%& and &%-D%& without losing privilege, and if
33740 DISABLE_D_OPTION is set, the &%-D%& option may not be used at all.
33741 .next
33742 .oindex "&%-be%&"
33743 .oindex "&%-bf%&"
33744 .oindex "&%-bF%&"
33745 If the expansion test option (&%-be%&) or one of the filter testing options
33746 (&%-bf%& or &%-bF%&) are used, the uid and gid are changed to those of the
33747 calling process.
33748 .next
33749 If the process is not a daemon process or a queue runner process or a delivery
33750 process or a process for testing address routing (started with &%-bt%&), the
33751 uid and gid are changed to the Exim user and group. This means that Exim always
33752 runs under its own uid and gid when receiving messages. This also applies when
33753 testing address verification
33754 .oindex "&%-bv%&"
33755 .oindex "&%-bh%&"
33756 (the &%-bv%& option) and testing incoming message policy controls (the &%-bh%&
33757 option).
33758 .next
33759 For a daemon, queue runner, delivery, or address testing process, the uid
33760 remains as root at this stage, but the gid is changed to the Exim group.
33761 .endlist
33762
33763 The processes that initially retain root privilege behave as follows:
33764
33765 .ilist
33766 A daemon process changes the gid to the Exim group and the uid to the Exim
33767 user after setting up one or more listening sockets. The &[initgroups()]&
33768 function is called, so that if the Exim user is in any additional groups, they
33769 will be used during message reception.
33770 .next
33771 A queue runner process retains root privilege throughout its execution. Its
33772 job is to fork a controlled sequence of delivery processes.
33773 .next
33774 A delivery process retains root privilege throughout most of its execution,
33775 but any actual deliveries (that is, the transports themselves) are run in
33776 subprocesses which always change to a non-root uid and gid. For local
33777 deliveries this is typically the uid and gid of the owner of the mailbox; for
33778 remote deliveries, the Exim uid and gid are used. Once all the delivery
33779 subprocesses have been run, a delivery process changes to the Exim uid and gid
33780 while doing post-delivery tidying up such as updating the retry database and
33781 generating bounce and warning messages.
33782
33783 While the recipient addresses in a message are being routed, the delivery
33784 process runs as root. However, if a user's filter file has to be processed,
33785 this is done in a subprocess that runs under the individual user's uid and
33786 gid. A system filter is run as root unless &%system_filter_user%& is set.
33787 .next
33788 A process that is testing addresses (the &%-bt%& option) runs as root so that
33789 the routing is done in the same environment as a message delivery.
33790 .endlist
33791
33792
33793
33794
33795 .section "Running Exim without privilege" "SECTrunexiwitpri"
33796 .cindex "privilege, running without"
33797 .cindex "unprivileged running"
33798 .cindex "root privilege" "running without"
33799 Some installations like to run Exim in an unprivileged state for more of its
33800 operation, for added security. Support for this mode of operation is provided
33801 by the global option &%deliver_drop_privilege%&. When this is set, the uid and
33802 gid are changed to the Exim user and group at the start of a delivery process
33803 (and also queue runner and address testing processes). This means that address
33804 routing is no longer run as root, and the deliveries themselves cannot change
33805 to any other uid.
33806
33807 .cindex SIGHUP
33808 .cindex "daemon" "restarting"
33809 Leaving the binary setuid to root, but setting &%deliver_drop_privilege%& means
33810 that the daemon can still be started in the usual way, and it can respond
33811 correctly to SIGHUP because the re-invocation regains root privilege.
33812
33813 An alternative approach is to make Exim setuid to the Exim user and also setgid
33814 to the Exim group. If you do this, the daemon must be started from a root
33815 process. (Calling Exim from a root process makes it behave in the way it does
33816 when it is setuid root.) However, the daemon cannot restart itself after a
33817 SIGHUP signal because it cannot regain privilege.
33818
33819 It is still useful to set &%deliver_drop_privilege%& in this case, because it
33820 stops Exim from trying to re-invoke itself to do a delivery after a message has
33821 been received. Such a re-invocation is a waste of resources because it has no
33822 effect.
33823
33824 If restarting the daemon is not an issue (for example, if &%mua_wrapper%& is
33825 set, or &'inetd'& is being used instead of a daemon), having the binary setuid
33826 to the Exim user seems a clean approach, but there is one complication:
33827
33828 In this style of operation, Exim is running with the real uid and gid set to
33829 those of the calling process, and the effective uid/gid set to Exim's values.
33830 Ideally, any association with the calling process' uid/gid should be dropped,
33831 that is, the real uid/gid should be reset to the effective values so as to
33832 discard any privileges that the caller may have. While some operating systems
33833 have a function that permits this action for a non-root effective uid, quite a
33834 number of them do not. Because of this lack of standardization, Exim does not
33835 address this problem at this time.
33836
33837 For this reason, the recommended approach for &"mostly unprivileged"& running
33838 is to keep the Exim binary setuid to root, and to set
33839 &%deliver_drop_privilege%&. This also has the advantage of allowing a daemon to
33840 be used in the most straightforward way.
33841
33842 If you configure Exim not to run delivery processes as root, there are a
33843 number of restrictions on what you can do:
33844
33845 .ilist
33846 You can deliver only as the Exim user/group. You should explicitly use the
33847 &%user%& and &%group%& options to override routers or local transports that
33848 normally deliver as the recipient. This makes sure that configurations that
33849 work in this mode function the same way in normal mode. Any implicit or
33850 explicit specification of another user causes an error.
33851 .next
33852 Use of &_.forward_& files is severely restricted, such that it is usually
33853 not worthwhile to include them in the configuration.
33854 .next
33855 Users who wish to use &_.forward_& would have to make their home directory and
33856 the file itself accessible to the Exim user. Pipe and append-to-file entries,
33857 and their equivalents in Exim filters, cannot be used. While they could be
33858 enabled in the Exim user's name, that would be insecure and not very useful.
33859 .next
33860 Unless the local user mailboxes are all owned by the Exim user (possible in
33861 some POP3 or IMAP-only environments):
33862
33863 .olist
33864 They must be owned by the Exim group and be writeable by that group. This
33865 implies you must set &%mode%& in the appendfile configuration, as well as the
33866 mode of the mailbox files themselves.
33867 .next
33868 You must set &%no_check_owner%&, since most or all of the files will not be
33869 owned by the Exim user.
33870 .next
33871 You must set &%file_must_exist%&, because Exim cannot set the owner correctly
33872 on a newly created mailbox when unprivileged. This also implies that new
33873 mailboxes need to be created manually.
33874 .endlist olist
33875 .endlist ilist
33876
33877
33878 These restrictions severely restrict what can be done in local deliveries.
33879 However, there are no restrictions on remote deliveries. If you are running a
33880 gateway host that does no local deliveries, setting &%deliver_drop_privilege%&
33881 gives more security at essentially no cost.
33882
33883 If you are using the &%mua_wrapper%& facility (see chapter
33884 &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>&), &%deliver_drop_privilege%& is forced to be true.
33885
33886
33887
33888
33889 .section "Delivering to local files" "SECID271"
33890 Full details of the checks applied by &(appendfile)& before it writes to a file
33891 are given in chapter &<<CHAPappendfile>>&.
33892
33893
33894
33895 .section "IPv4 source routing" "SECID272"
33896 .cindex "source routing" "in IP packets"
33897 .cindex "IP source routing"
33898 Many operating systems suppress IP source-routed packets in the kernel, but
33899 some cannot be made to do this, so Exim does its own check. It logs incoming
33900 IPv4 source-routed TCP calls, and then drops them. Things are all different in
33901 IPv6. No special checking is currently done.
33902
33903
33904
33905 .section "The VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands in SMTP" "SECID273"
33906 Support for these SMTP commands is disabled by default. If required, they can
33907 be enabled by defining suitable ACLs.
33908
33909
33910
33911
33912 .section "Privileged users" "SECID274"
33913 .cindex "trusted users"
33914 .cindex "admin user"
33915 .cindex "privileged user"
33916 .cindex "user" "trusted"
33917 .cindex "user" "admin"
33918 Exim recognizes two sets of users with special privileges. Trusted users are
33919 able to submit new messages to Exim locally, but supply their own sender
33920 addresses and information about a sending host. For other users submitting
33921 local messages, Exim sets up the sender address from the uid, and doesn't
33922 permit a remote host to be specified.
33923
33924 .oindex "&%-f%&"
33925 However, an untrusted user is permitted to use the &%-f%& command line option
33926 in the special form &%-f <>%& to indicate that a delivery failure for the
33927 message should not cause an error report. This affects the message's envelope,
33928 but it does not affect the &'Sender:'& header. Untrusted users may also be
33929 permitted to use specific forms of address with the &%-f%& option by setting
33930 the &%untrusted_set_sender%& option.
33931
33932 Trusted users are used to run processes that receive mail messages from some
33933 other mail domain and pass them on to Exim for delivery either locally, or over
33934 the Internet. Exim trusts a caller that is running as root, as the Exim user,
33935 as any user listed in the &%trusted_users%& configuration option, or under any
33936 group listed in the &%trusted_groups%& option.
33937
33938 Admin users are permitted to do things to the messages on Exim's queue. They
33939 can freeze or thaw messages, cause them to be returned to their senders, remove
33940 them entirely, or modify them in various ways. In addition, admin users can run
33941 the Exim monitor and see all the information it is capable of providing, which
33942 includes the contents of files on the spool.
33943
33944 .oindex "&%-M%&"
33945 .oindex "&%-q%&"
33946 By default, the use of the &%-M%& and &%-q%& options to cause Exim to attempt
33947 delivery of messages on its queue is restricted to admin users. This
33948 restriction can be relaxed by setting the &%no_prod_requires_admin%& option.
33949 Similarly, the use of &%-bp%& (and its variants) to list the contents of the
33950 queue is also restricted to admin users. This restriction can be relaxed by
33951 setting &%no_queue_list_requires_admin%&.
33952
33953 Exim recognizes an admin user if the calling process is running as root or as
33954 the Exim user or if any of the groups associated with the calling process is
33955 the Exim group. It is not necessary actually to be running under the Exim
33956 group. However, if admin users who are not root or the Exim user are to access
33957 the contents of files on the spool via the Exim monitor (which runs
33958 unprivileged), Exim must be built to allow group read access to its spool
33959 files.
33960
33961
33962
33963 .section "Spool files" "SECID275"
33964 .cindex "spool directory" "files"
33965 Exim's spool directory and everything it contains is owned by the Exim user and
33966 set to the Exim group. The mode for spool files is defined in the
33967 &_Local/Makefile_& configuration file, and defaults to 0640. This means that
33968 any user who is a member of the Exim group can access these files.
33969
33970
33971
33972 .section "Use of argv[0]" "SECID276"
33973 Exim examines the last component of &%argv[0]%&, and if it matches one of a set
33974 of specific strings, Exim assumes certain options. For example, calling Exim
33975 with the last component of &%argv[0]%& set to &"rsmtp"& is exactly equivalent
33976 to calling it with the option &%-bS%&. There are no security implications in
33977 this.
33978
33979
33980
33981 .section "Use of %f formatting" "SECID277"
33982 The only use made of &"%f"& by Exim is in formatting load average values. These
33983 are actually stored in integer variables as 1000 times the load average.
33984 Consequently, their range is limited and so therefore is the length of the
33985 converted output.
33986
33987
33988
33989 .section "Embedded Exim path" "SECID278"
33990 Exim uses its own path name, which is embedded in the code, only when it needs
33991 to re-exec in order to regain root privilege. Therefore, it is not root when it
33992 does so. If some bug allowed the path to get overwritten, it would lead to an
33993 arbitrary program's being run as exim, not as root.
33994
33995
33996
33997 .section "Use of sprintf()" "SECID279"
33998 .cindex "&[sprintf()]&"
33999 A large number of occurrences of &"sprintf"& in the code are actually calls to
34000 &'string_sprintf()'&, a function that returns the result in malloc'd store.
34001 The intermediate formatting is done into a large fixed buffer by a function
34002 that runs through the format string itself, and checks the length of each
34003 conversion before performing it, thus preventing buffer overruns.
34004
34005 The remaining uses of &[sprintf()]& happen in controlled circumstances where
34006 the output buffer is known to be sufficiently long to contain the converted
34007 string.
34008
34009
34010
34011 .section "Use of debug_printf() and log_write()" "SECID280"
34012 Arbitrary strings are passed to both these functions, but they do their
34013 formatting by calling the function &'string_vformat()'&, which runs through
34014 the format string itself, and checks the length of each conversion.
34015
34016
34017
34018 .section "Use of strcat() and strcpy()" "SECID281"
34019 These are used only in cases where the output buffer is known to be large
34020 enough to hold the result.
34021 .ecindex IIDsecurcon
34022
34023
34024
34025
34026 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34027 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34028
34029 .chapter "Format of spool files" "CHAPspool"
34030 .scindex IIDforspo1 "format" "spool files"
34031 .scindex IIDforspo2 "spool directory" "format of files"
34032 .scindex IIDforspo3 "spool files" "format of"
34033 .cindex "spool files" "editing"
34034 A message on Exim's queue consists of two files, whose names are the message id
34035 followed by -D and -H, respectively. The data portion of the message is kept in
34036 the -D file on its own. The message's envelope, status, and headers are all
34037 kept in the -H file, whose format is described in this chapter. Each of these
34038 two files contains the final component of its own name as its first line. This
34039 is insurance against disk crashes where the directory is lost but the files
34040 themselves are recoverable.
34041
34042 Some people are tempted into editing -D files in order to modify messages. You
34043 need to be extremely careful if you do this; it is not recommended and you are
34044 on your own if you do it. Here are some of the pitfalls:
34045
34046 .ilist
34047 You must ensure that Exim does not try to deliver the message while you are
34048 fiddling with it. The safest way is to take out a write lock on the -D file,
34049 which is what Exim itself does, using &[fcntl()]&. If you update the file in
34050 place, the lock will be retained. If you write a new file and rename it, the
34051 lock will be lost at the instant of rename.
34052 .next
34053 .vindex "&$body_linecount$&"
34054 If you change the number of lines in the file, the value of
34055 &$body_linecount$&, which is stored in the -H file, will be incorrect. At
34056 present, this value is not used by Exim, but there is no guarantee that this
34057 will always be the case.
34058 .next
34059 If the message is in MIME format, you must take care not to break it.
34060 .next
34061 If the message is cryptographically signed, any change will invalidate the
34062 signature.
34063 .endlist
34064 All in all, modifying -D files is fraught with danger.
34065
34066 Files whose names end with -J may also be seen in the &_input_& directory (or
34067 its subdirectories when &%split_spool_directory%& is set). These are journal
34068 files, used to record addresses to which the message has been delivered during
34069 the course of a delivery attempt. If there are still undelivered recipients at
34070 the end, the -H file is updated, and the -J file is deleted. If, however, there
34071 is some kind of crash (for example, a power outage) before this happens, the -J
34072 file remains in existence. When Exim next processes the message, it notices the
34073 -J file and uses it to update the -H file before starting the next delivery
34074 attempt.
34075
34076 .section "Format of the -H file" "SECID282"
34077 .cindex "uid (user id)" "in spool file"
34078 .cindex "gid (group id)" "in spool file"
34079 The second line of the -H file contains the login name for the uid of the
34080 process that called Exim to read the message, followed by the numerical uid and
34081 gid. For a locally generated message, this is normally the user who sent the
34082 message. For a message received over TCP/IP via the daemon, it is
34083 normally the Exim user.
34084
34085 The third line of the file contains the address of the message's sender as
34086 transmitted in the envelope, contained in angle brackets. The sender address is
34087 empty for bounce messages. For incoming SMTP mail, the sender address is given
34088 in the MAIL command. For locally generated mail, the sender address is
34089 created by Exim from the login name of the current user and the configured
34090 &%qualify_domain%&. However, this can be overridden by the &%-f%& option or a
34091 leading &"From&~"& line if the caller is trusted, or if the supplied address is
34092 &"<>"& or an address that matches &%untrusted_set_senders%&.
34093
34094 The fourth line contains two numbers. The first is the time that the message
34095 was received, in the conventional Unix form &-- the number of seconds since the
34096 start of the epoch. The second number is a count of the number of messages
34097 warning of delayed delivery that have been sent to the sender.
34098
34099 There follow a number of lines starting with a hyphen. These can appear in any
34100 order, and are omitted when not relevant:
34101
34102 .vlist
34103 .vitem "&%-acl%&&~<&'number'&>&~<&'length'&>"
34104 This item is obsolete, and is not generated from Exim release 4.61 onwards;
34105 &%-aclc%& and &%-aclm%& are used instead. However, &%-acl%& is still
34106 recognized, to provide backward compatibility. In the old format, a line of
34107 this form is present for every ACL variable that is not empty. The number
34108 identifies the variable; the &%acl_c%&&*x*& variables are numbered 0&--9 and
34109 the &%acl_m%&&*x*& variables are numbered 10&--19. The length is the length of
34110 the data string for the variable. The string itself starts at the beginning of
34111 the next line, and is followed by a newline character. It may contain internal
34112 newlines.
34113
34114 .vitem "&%-aclc%&&~<&'rest-of-name'&>&~<&'length'&>"
34115 A line of this form is present for every ACL connection variable that is
34116 defined. Note that there is a space between &%-aclc%& and the rest of the name.
34117 The length is the length of the data string for the variable. The string itself
34118 starts at the beginning of the next line, and is followed by a newline
34119 character. It may contain internal newlines.
34120
34121 .vitem "&%-aclm%&&~<&'rest-of-name'&>&~<&'length'&>"
34122 A line of this form is present for every ACL message variable that is defined.
34123 Note that there is a space between &%-aclm%& and the rest of the name. The
34124 length is the length of the data string for the variable. The string itself
34125 starts at the beginning of the next line, and is followed by a newline
34126 character. It may contain internal newlines.
34127
34128 .vitem "&%-active_hostname%&&~<&'hostname'&>"
34129 This is present if, when the message was received over SMTP, the value of
34130 &$smtp_active_hostname$& was different to the value of &$primary_hostname$&.
34131
34132 .vitem &%-allow_unqualified_recipient%&
34133 This is present if unqualified recipient addresses are permitted in header
34134 lines (to stop such addresses from being qualified if rewriting occurs at
34135 transport time). Local messages that were input using &%-bnq%& and remote
34136 messages from hosts that match &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%& set this flag.
34137
34138 .vitem &%-allow_unqualified_sender%&
34139 This is present if unqualified sender addresses are permitted in header lines
34140 (to stop such addresses from being qualified if rewriting occurs at transport
34141 time). Local messages that were input using &%-bnq%& and remote messages from
34142 hosts that match &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& set this flag.
34143
34144 .vitem "&%-auth_id%&&~<&'text'&>"
34145 The id information for a message received on an authenticated SMTP connection
34146 &-- the value of the &$authenticated_id$& variable.
34147
34148 .vitem "&%-auth_sender%&&~<&'address'&>"
34149 The address of an authenticated sender &-- the value of the
34150 &$authenticated_sender$& variable.
34151
34152 .vitem "&%-body_linecount%&&~<&'number'&>"
34153 This records the number of lines in the body of the message, and is always
34154 present.
34155
34156 .vitem "&%-body_zerocount%&&~<&'number'&>"
34157 This records the number of binary zero bytes in the body of the message, and is
34158 present if the number is greater than zero.
34159
34160 .vitem &%-deliver_firsttime%&
34161 This is written when a new message is first added to the spool. When the spool
34162 file is updated after a deferral, it is omitted.
34163
34164 .vitem "&%-frozen%&&~<&'time'&>"
34165 .cindex "frozen messages" "spool data"
34166 The message is frozen, and the freezing happened at <&'time'&>.
34167
34168 .vitem "&%-helo_name%&&~<&'text'&>"
34169 This records the host name as specified by a remote host in a HELO or EHLO
34170 command.
34171
34172 .vitem "&%-host_address%&&~<&'address'&>.<&'port'&>"
34173 This records the IP address of the host from which the message was received and
34174 the remote port number that was used. It is omitted for locally generated
34175 messages.
34176
34177 .vitem "&%-host_auth%&&~<&'text'&>"
34178 If the message was received on an authenticated SMTP connection, this records
34179 the name of the authenticator &-- the value of the
34180 &$sender_host_authenticated$& variable.
34181
34182 .vitem &%-host_lookup_failed%&
34183 This is present if an attempt to look up the sending host's name from its IP
34184 address failed. It corresponds to the &$host_lookup_failed$& variable.
34185
34186 .vitem "&%-host_name%&&~<&'text'&>"
34187 .cindex "reverse DNS lookup"
34188 .cindex "DNS" "reverse lookup"
34189 This records the name of the remote host from which the message was received,
34190 if the host name was looked up from the IP address when the message was being
34191 received. It is not present if no reverse lookup was done.
34192
34193 .vitem "&%-ident%&&~<&'text'&>"
34194 For locally submitted messages, this records the login of the originating user,
34195 unless it was a trusted user and the &%-oMt%& option was used to specify an
34196 ident value. For messages received over TCP/IP, this records the ident string
34197 supplied by the remote host, if any.
34198
34199 .vitem "&%-interface_address%&&~<&'address'&>.<&'port'&>"
34200 This records the IP address of the local interface and the port number through
34201 which a message was received from a remote host. It is omitted for locally
34202 generated messages.
34203
34204 .vitem &%-local%&
34205 The message is from a local sender.
34206
34207 .vitem &%-localerror%&
34208 The message is a locally-generated bounce message.
34209
34210 .vitem "&%-local_scan%&&~<&'string'&>"
34211 This records the data string that was returned by the &[local_scan()]& function
34212 when the message was received &-- the value of the &$local_scan_data$&
34213 variable. It is omitted if no data was returned.
34214
34215 .vitem &%-manual_thaw%&
34216 The message was frozen but has been thawed manually, that is, by an explicit
34217 Exim command rather than via the auto-thaw process.
34218
34219 .vitem &%-N%&
34220 A testing delivery process was started using the &%-N%& option to suppress any
34221 actual deliveries, but delivery was deferred. At any further delivery attempts,
34222 &%-N%& is assumed.
34223
34224 .vitem &%-received_protocol%&
34225 This records the value of the &$received_protocol$& variable, which contains
34226 the name of the protocol by which the message was received.
34227
34228 .vitem &%-sender_set_untrusted%&
34229 The envelope sender of this message was set by an untrusted local caller (used
34230 to ensure that the caller is displayed in queue listings).
34231
34232 .vitem "&%-spam_score_int%&&~<&'number'&>"
34233 If a message was scanned by SpamAssassin, this is present. It records the value
34234 of &$spam_score_int$&.
34235
34236 .vitem &%-tls_certificate_verified%&
34237 A TLS certificate was received from the client that sent this message, and the
34238 certificate was verified by the server.
34239
34240 .vitem "&%-tls_cipher%&&~<&'cipher name'&>"
34241 When the message was received over an encrypted connection, this records the
34242 name of the cipher suite that was used.
34243
34244 .vitem "&%-tls_peerdn%&&~<&'peer DN'&>"
34245 When the message was received over an encrypted connection, and a certificate
34246 was received from the client, this records the Distinguished Name from that
34247 certificate.
34248 .endlist
34249
34250 Following the options there is a list of those addresses to which the message
34251 is not to be delivered. This set of addresses is initialized from the command
34252 line when the &%-t%& option is used and &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%&
34253 is set; otherwise it starts out empty. Whenever a successful delivery is made,
34254 the address is added to this set. The addresses are kept internally as a
34255 balanced binary tree, and it is a representation of that tree which is written
34256 to the spool file. If an address is expanded via an alias or forward file, the
34257 original address is added to the tree when deliveries to all its child
34258 addresses are complete.
34259
34260 If the tree is empty, there is a single line in the spool file containing just
34261 the text &"XX"&. Otherwise, each line consists of two letters, which are either
34262 Y or N, followed by an address. The address is the value for the node of the
34263 tree, and the letters indicate whether the node has a left branch and/or a
34264 right branch attached to it, respectively. If branches exist, they immediately
34265 follow. Here is an example of a three-node tree:
34266 .code
34267 YY darcy@austen.fict.example
34268 NN alice@wonderland.fict.example
34269 NN editor@thesaurus.ref.example
34270 .endd
34271 After the non-recipients tree, there is a list of the message's recipients.
34272 This is a simple list, preceded by a count. It includes all the original
34273 recipients of the message, including those to whom the message has already been
34274 delivered. In the simplest case, the list contains one address per line. For
34275 example:
34276 .code
34277 4
34278 editor@thesaurus.ref.example
34279 darcy@austen.fict.example
34280 rdo@foundation
34281 alice@wonderland.fict.example
34282 .endd
34283 However, when a child address has been added to the top-level addresses as a
34284 result of the use of the &%one_time%& option on a &(redirect)& router, each
34285 line is of the following form:
34286 .display
34287 <&'top-level address'&> <&'errors_to address'&> &&&
34288 <&'length'&>,<&'parent number'&>#<&'flag bits'&>
34289 .endd
34290 The 01 flag bit indicates the presence of the three other fields that follow
34291 the top-level address. Other bits may be used in future to support additional
34292 fields. The <&'parent number'&> is the offset in the recipients list of the
34293 original parent of the &"one time"& address. The first two fields are the
34294 envelope sender that is associated with this address and its length. If the
34295 length is zero, there is no special envelope sender (there are then two space
34296 characters in the line). A non-empty field can arise from a &(redirect)& router
34297 that has an &%errors_to%& setting.
34298
34299
34300 A blank line separates the envelope and status information from the headers
34301 which follow. A header may occupy several lines of the file, and to save effort
34302 when reading it in, each header is preceded by a number and an identifying
34303 character. The number is the number of characters in the header, including any
34304 embedded newlines and the terminating newline. The character is one of the
34305 following:
34306
34307 .table2 50pt
34308 .row <&'blank'&> "header in which Exim has no special interest"
34309 .row &`B`& "&'Bcc:'& header"
34310 .row &`C`& "&'Cc:'& header"
34311 .row &`F`& "&'From:'& header"
34312 .row &`I`& "&'Message-id:'& header"
34313 .row &`P`& "&'Received:'& header &-- P for &""postmark""&"
34314 .row &`R`& "&'Reply-To:'& header"
34315 .row &`S`& "&'Sender:'& header"
34316 .row &`T`& "&'To:'& header"
34317 .row &`*`& "replaced or deleted header"
34318 .endtable
34319
34320 Deleted or replaced (rewritten) headers remain in the spool file for debugging
34321 purposes. They are not transmitted when the message is delivered. Here is a
34322 typical set of headers:
34323 .code
34324 111P Received: by hobbit.fict.example with local (Exim 4.00)
34325 id 14y9EI-00026G-00; Fri, 11 May 2001 10:28:59 +0100
34326 049 Message-Id: <E14y9EI-00026G-00@hobbit.fict.example>
34327 038* X-rewrote-sender: bb@hobbit.fict.example
34328 042* From: Bilbo Baggins <bb@hobbit.fict.example>
34329 049F From: Bilbo Baggins <B.Baggins@hobbit.fict.example>
34330 099* To: alice@wonderland.fict.example, rdo@foundation,
34331 darcy@austen.fict.example, editor@thesaurus.ref.example
34332 104T To: alice@wonderland.fict.example, rdo@foundation.example,
34333 darcy@austen.fict.example, editor@thesaurus.ref.example
34334 038 Date: Fri, 11 May 2001 10:28:59 +0100
34335 .endd
34336 The asterisked headers indicate that the envelope sender, &'From:'& header, and
34337 &'To:'& header have been rewritten, the last one because routing expanded the
34338 unqualified domain &'foundation'&.
34339 .ecindex IIDforspo1
34340 .ecindex IIDforspo2
34341 .ecindex IIDforspo3
34342
34343 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34344 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34345
34346 .new
34347 .chapter "Support for DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail) - RFC4871" "CHID12" &&&
34348 "DKIM Support"
34349 .cindex "DKIM"
34350
34351 Since version 4.70, DKIM support is compiled into Exim by default. It can be
34352 disabled by setting DISABLE_DKIM=yes in Local/Makefile.
34353
34354 Exim's DKIM implementation allows to
34355 .olist
34356 Sign outgoing messages: This function is implemented in the SMTP transport.
34357 It can co-exist with all other Exim features, including transport filters.
34358 .next
34359 Verify signatures in incoming messages: This is implemented by an additional
34360 ACL (acl_smtp_dkim), which can be called several times per message, with
34361 different signature context.
34362 .endlist
34363
34364 In typical Exim style, the verification implementation does not include any
34365 default "policy". Instead it enables you to build your own policy using
34366 Exim's standard controls.
34367
34368 Please note that verification of DKIM signatures in incoming mail is turned
34369 on by default for logging purposes. For each signature in incoming email,
34370 exim will log a line displaying the most important signature details, and the
34371 signature status. Here is an example:
34372 .code
34373 2009-09-09 10:22:28 1MlIRf-0003LU-U3 DKIM: d=facebookmail.com s=q1-2009b c=relaxed/relaxed a=rsa-sha1 i=@facebookmail.com t=1252484542 [verification succeeded]
34374 .endd
34375 You might want to turn off DKIM verification processing entirely for internal
34376 or relay mail sources. To do that, set the &%dkim_disable_verify%& ACL
34377 control modifier. This should typically be done in the RCPT ACL, at points
34378 where you accept mail from relay sources (internal hosts or authenticated
34379 senders).
34380
34381
34382 .section "Signing outgoing messages" "SECID513"
34383 .cindex "DKIM" "signing"
34384
34385 Signing is implemented by setting private options on the SMTP transport.
34386 These options take (expandable) strings as arguments.
34387
34388 .option dkim_domain smtp string&!! unset
34389 MANDATORY
34390 The domain you want to sign with. The result of this expanded
34391 option is put into the &%$dkim_domain%& expansion variable.
34392
34393 .option dkim_selector smtp string&!! unset
34394 MANDATORY
34395 This sets the key selector string. You can use the &%$dkim_domain%& expansion
34396 variable to look up a matching selector. The result is put in the expansion
34397 variable &%$dkim_selector%& which should be used in the &%dkim_private_key%&
34398 option along with &%$dkim_domain%&.
34399
34400 .option dkim_private_key smtp string&!! unset
34401 MANDATORY
34402 This sets the private key to use. You can use the &%$dkim_domain%& and
34403 &%$dkim_selector%& expansion variables to determine the private key to use.
34404 The result can either
34405 .ilist
34406 be a valid RSA private key in ASCII armor, including line breaks.
34407 .next
34408 start with a slash, in which case it is treated as a file that contains
34409 the private key.
34410 .next
34411 be "0", "false" or the empty string, in which case the message will not
34412 be signed. This case will not result in an error, even if &%dkim_strict%&
34413 is set.
34414 .endlist
34415
34416 .option dkim_canon smtp string&!! unset
34417 OPTIONAL
34418 This option sets the canonicalization method used when signing a message.
34419 The DKIM RFC currently supports two methods: "simple" and "relaxed".
34420 The option defaults to "relaxed" when unset. Note: the current implementation
34421 only supports using the same canonicalization method for both headers and body.
34422
34423 .option dkim_strict smtp string&!! unset
34424 OPTIONAL
34425 This option defines how Exim behaves when signing a message that
34426 should be signed fails for some reason. When the expansion evaluates to
34427 either "1" or "true", Exim will defer. Otherwise Exim will send the message
34428 unsigned. You can use the &%$dkim_domain%& and &%$dkim_selector%& expansion
34429 variables here.
34430
34431 .option dkim_sign_headers smtp string&!! unset
34432 OPTIONAL
34433 When set, this option must expand to (or be specified as) a colon-separated
34434 list of header names. Headers with these names will be included in the message
34435 signature. When unspecified, the header names recommended in RFC4871 will be
34436 used.
34437
34438
34439 .section "Verifying DKIM signatures in incoming mail" "SECID514"
34440 .cindex "DKIM" "verification"
34441
34442 Verification of DKIM signatures in incoming email is implemented via the
34443 &%acl_smtp_dkim%& ACL. By default, this ACL is called once for each
34444 syntactically(!) correct signature in the incoming message.
34445
34446 To evaluate the signature in the ACL a large number of expansion variables
34447 containing the signature status and its details are set up during the
34448 runtime of the ACL.
34449
34450 Calling the ACL only for existing signatures is not sufficient to build
34451 more advanced policies. For that reason, the global option
34452 &%dkim_verify_signers%&, and a global expansion variable
34453 &%$dkim_signers%& exist.
34454
34455 The global option &%dkim_verify_signers%& can be set to a colon-separated
34456 list of DKIM domains or identities for which the ACL &%acl_smtp_dkim%& is
34457 called. It is expanded when the message has been received. At this point,
34458 the expansion variable &%$dkim_signers%& already contains a colon-
34459 separated list of signer domains and identities for the message. When
34460 &%dkim_verify_signers%& is not specified in the main configuration,
34461 it defaults as:
34462 .code
34463 dkim_verify_signers = $dkim_signers
34464 .endd
34465 This leads to the default behaviour of calling &%acl_smtp_dkim%& for each
34466 DKIM signature in the message. Current DKIM verifiers may want to explicitly
34467 call the ACL for known domains or identities. This would be achieved as follows:
34468 .code
34469 dkim_verify_signers = paypal.com:ebay.com:$dkim_signers
34470 .endd
34471 This would result in &%acl_smtp_dkim%& always being called for "paypal.com"
34472 and "ebay.com", plus all domains and identities that have signatures in the message.
34473 You can also be more creative in constructing your policy. Example:
34474 .code
34475 dkim_verify_signers = $sender_address_domain:$dkim_signers
34476 .endd
34477
34478 If a domain or identity is listed several times in the (expanded) value of
34479 &%dkim_verify_signers%&, the ACL is only called once for that domain or identity.
34480
34481
34482 Inside the &%acl_smtp_dkim%&, the following expansion variables are
34483 available (from most to least important):
34484
34485 .vlist
34486 .vitem &%$dkim_cur_signer%&
34487 The signer that is being evaluated in this ACL run. This can be domain or
34488 an identity. This is one of the list items from the expanded main option
34489 &%dkim_verify_signers%& (see above).
34490 .vitem &%$dkim_verify_status%&
34491 A string describing the general status of the signature. One of
34492 .ilist
34493 &%none%&: There is no signature in the message for the current domain or
34494 identity (as reflected by &%$dkim_cur_signer%&).
34495 .next
34496 &%invalid%&: The signature could not be verified due to a processing error.
34497 More detail is available in &%$dkim_verify_reason%&.
34498 .next
34499 &%fail%&: Verification of the signature failed. More detail is
34500 available in &%$dkim_verify_reason%&.
34501 .next
34502 &%pass%&: The signature passed verification. It is valid.
34503 .endlist
34504 .vitem &%$dkim_verify_reason%&
34505 A string giving a litte bit more detail when &%$dkim_verify_status%& is either
34506 "fail" or "invalid". One of
34507 .ilist
34508 &%pubkey_unavailable%& (when &%$dkim_verify_status%&="invalid"): The public
34509 key for the domain could not be retrieved. This may be a temporary problem.
34510 .next
34511 &%pubkey_syntax%& (when &%$dkim_verify_status%&="invalid"): The public key
34512 record for the domain is syntactically invalid.
34513 .next
34514 &%bodyhash_mismatch%& (when &%$dkim_verify_status%&="fail"): The calculated
34515 body hash does not match the one specified in the signature header. This
34516 means that the message body was modified in transit.
34517 .next
34518 &%signature_incorrect%& (when &%$dkim_verify_status%&="fail"): The signature
34519 could not be verified. This may mean that headers were modified,
34520 re-written or otherwise changed in a way which is incompatible with
34521 DKIM verification. It may of course also mean that the signature is forged.
34522 .endlist
34523 .vitem &%$dkim_domain%&
34524 The signing domain. IMPORTANT: This variable is only populated if there is
34525 an actual signature in the message for the current domain or identity (as
34526 reflected by &%$dkim_cur_signer%&).
34527 .vitem &%$dkim_identity%&
34528 The signing identity, if present. IMPORTANT: This variable is only populated
34529 if there is an actual signature in the message for the current domain or
34530 identity (as reflected by &%$dkim_cur_signer%&).
34531 .vitem &%$dkim_selector%&
34532 The key record selector string
34533 .vitem &%$dkim_algo%&
34534 The algorithm used. One of 'rsa-sha1' or 'rsa-sha256'.
34535 .vitem &%$dkim_canon_body%&
34536 The body canonicalization method. One of 'relaxed' or 'simple'.
34537 .vitem &%dkim_canon_headers%&
34538 The header canonicalization method. One of 'relaxed' or 'simple'.
34539 .vitem &%$dkim_copiedheaders%&
34540 A transcript of headers and their values which are included in the signature
34541 (copied from the 'z=' tag of the signature).
34542 .vitem &%$dkim_bodylength%&
34543 The number of signed body bytes. If zero ("0"), the body is unsigned. If no
34544 limit was set by the signer, "9999999999999" is returned. This makes sure
34545 that this variable always expands to an integer value.
34546 .vitem &%$dkim_created%&
34547 UNIX timestamp reflecting the date and time when the signature was created.
34548 When this was not specified by the signer, "0" is returned.
34549 .vitem &%$dkim_expires%&
34550 UNIX timestamp reflecting the date and time when the signer wants the
34551 signature to be treated as "expired". When this was not specified by the
34552 signer, "9999999999999" is returned. This makes it possible to do useful
34553 integer size comparisons against this value.
34554 .vitem &%$dkim_headernames%&
34555 A colon-separated list of names of headers included in the signature.
34556 .vitem &%$dkim_key_testing%&
34557 "1" if the key record has the "testing" flag set, "0" if not.
34558 .vitem &%$dkim_key_nosubdomaining%&
34559 "1" if the key record forbids subdomaining, "0" otherwise.
34560 .vitem &%$dkim_key_srvtype%&
34561 Service type (tag s=) from the key record. Defaults to "*" if not specified
34562 in the key record.
34563 .vitem &%$dkim_key_granularity%&
34564 Key granularity (tag g=) from the key record. Defaults to "*" if not specified
34565 in the key record.
34566 .vitem &%$dkim_key_notes%&
34567 Notes from the key record (tag n=)
34568 .endlist
34569
34570 In addition, two ACL conditions are provided:
34571
34572 .vlist
34573 .vitem &%dkim_signers%&
34574 ACL condition that checks a colon-separated list of domains or identities
34575 for a match against the domain or identity that the ACL is currently verifying
34576 (reflected by &%$dkim_cur_signer%&). This is typically used to restrict an ACL
34577 verb to a group of domains or identities, like:
34578
34579 .code
34580 # Warn when message apparently from GMail has no signature at all
34581 warn log_message = GMail sender without DKIM signature
34582 sender_domains = gmail.com
34583 dkim_signers = gmail.com
34584 dkim_status = none
34585 .endd
34586
34587 .vitem &%dkim_status%&
34588 ACL condition that checks a colon-separated list of possible DKIM verification
34589 results agains the actual result of verification. This is typically used
34590 to restrict an ACL verb to a list of verification outcomes, like:
34591
34592 .code
34593 deny message = Message from Paypal with invalid or missing signature
34594 sender_domains = paypal.com:paypal.de
34595 dkim_signers = paypal.com:paypal.de
34596 dkim_status = none:invalid:fail
34597 .endd
34598
34599 The possible status keywords are: 'none','invalid','fail' and 'pass'. Please
34600 see the documentation of the &%$dkim_verify_status%& expansion variable above
34601 for more information of what they mean.
34602 .endlist
34603 .wen
34604
34605 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34606 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34607
34608 .chapter "Adding new drivers or lookup types" "CHID13" &&&
34609 "Adding drivers or lookups"
34610 .cindex "adding drivers"
34611 .cindex "new drivers, adding"
34612 .cindex "drivers" "adding new"
34613 The following actions have to be taken in order to add a new router, transport,
34614 authenticator, or lookup type to Exim:
34615
34616 .olist
34617 Choose a name for the driver or lookup type that does not conflict with any
34618 existing name; I will use &"newdriver"& in what follows.
34619 .next
34620 Add to &_src/EDITME_& the line:
34621 .display
34622 <&'type'&>&`_NEWDRIVER=yes`&
34623 .endd
34624 where <&'type'&> is ROUTER, TRANSPORT, AUTH, or LOOKUP. If the
34625 code is not to be included in the binary by default, comment this line out. You
34626 should also add any relevant comments about the driver or lookup type.
34627 .next
34628 Add to &_src/config.h.defaults_& the line:
34629 .code
34630 #define <type>_NEWDRIVER
34631 .endd
34632 .next
34633 Edit &_src/drtables.c_&, adding conditional code to pull in the private header
34634 and create a table entry as is done for all the other drivers and lookup types.
34635 .next
34636 Edit &_Makefile_& in the appropriate sub-directory (&_src/routers_&,
34637 &_src/transports_&, &_src/auths_&, or &_src/lookups_&); add a line for the new
34638 driver or lookup type and add it to the definition of OBJ.
34639 .next
34640 Create &_newdriver.h_& and &_newdriver.c_& in the appropriate sub-directory of
34641 &_src_&.
34642 .next
34643 Edit &_scripts/MakeLinks_& and add commands to link the &_.h_& and &_.c_& files
34644 as for other drivers and lookups.
34645 .endlist
34646
34647 Then all you need to do is write the code! A good way to start is to make a
34648 proforma by copying an existing module of the same type, globally changing all
34649 occurrences of the name, and cutting out most of the code. Note that any
34650 options you create must be listed in alphabetical order, because the tables are
34651 searched using a binary chop procedure.
34652
34653 There is a &_README_& file in each of the sub-directories of &_src_& describing
34654 the interface that is expected.
34655
34656
34657
34658
34659 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34660 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34661
34662 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34663 . These lines are processing instructions for the Simple DocBook Processor that
34664 . Philip Hazel has developed as a less cumbersome way of making PostScript and
34665 . PDFs than using xmlto and fop. They will be ignored by all other XML
34666 . processors.
34667 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34668
34669 .literal xml
34670 <?sdop
34671 format="newpage"
34672 foot_right_recto="&chaptertitle;"
34673 foot_right_verso="&chaptertitle;"
34674 ?>
34675 .literal off
34676
34677 .makeindex "Options index" "option"
34678 .makeindex "Variables index" "variable"
34679 .makeindex "Concept index" "concept"
34680
34681
34682 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34683 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////